World Press Trends 2007

13:25
Pgina 1
400,000,000 newspaper readers per day

90,000 copies per hour
160 years of experience in printing
3 letters: MAN
COMMERCIAL VEHICLES
PRINTING SYSTEMS
DIESEL ENGINES
You can gauge the strength of MAN Roland from your newspaper. The probability is
high that it was printed on one of our rotary offset machines. We are the worlds number
one in web offset printing and a leading supplier of sheet-fed offset printing
machinery. For books, advertising and packaging international companies trust
our printing technology. Whats more, the MAN Group is strong in other futureoriented competence fields focusing on commercial vehicles, mechanical engineering
and services. So much pooled innovative strength does not go unrewarded. In
2003 the value of MAN shares almost doubled. In 2004 the upward trend continued.
Isnt it good to know that sustained action yields long-lasting success?
TURBOMACHINES
INDUSTRIAL SERVICES
ISBN 2-9524129-4-4
ISBN 978-2-952412-94-0
90000
MAN Roland is strategic partner of the World Association of Newspapers (WAN).
MAN Roland Druckmaschinen AG

9 782952 412940
World Press Trends 2007
www.man-roland.com
30/05/07
hiel,pflaume,schmidt,
wpt_cover2007
WORLD PRESS TRENDS

2007 EDITION
7, rue Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, 75005 Paris, France

Tel: (33) 1 47 42 85 00 Fax: (33) 1 47 42 49 48
E-mail: contact_us@wan.asso.fr
http://www.wan-press.org
World Association of Newspapers / ZenithOptimedia, 2007
Data provided by contributors,
ZenithOptimedia, London, and gathered from other sources
Processed by Tatiana Repkova and Benjamin Thalman
Database support Stphane Karges
Cover pages by Juan Carlos Cedillo
Graphic design and layout of inner pages by iver, s.r.o., Bratislava, Slovakia
ISBN 2-9524129-4-4
EAN 9782952412940
In 1998 WAN adopted the UNESCO definition of newspapers in order to further

standardise and thus facilitate international comparisons. According to the
definition which is used in this survey, daily newspapers are those published at least
four times a week, non-daily newspapers are those published three times a week or
less, and Sunday newspapers are those published only on Sundays.
WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007
CONTENTS
Preface ...........................................................................................i
CHAPTER I: OVERALL STATISTICS
Titles and circulations .................................................................2
Advertising ..................................................................................6
Online editions ..........................................................................12
Dailies
Paid-for dailies ........................................................................14
Free dailies ...............................................................................51
Paid-for & free dailies .............................................................60
Non-dailies
Paid-for non-dailies .................................................................78
Free non-dailies .......................................................................94
Paid-for & free non-dailies ...................................................101
Sundays
Paid-for Sundays ...................................................................113
Free Sundays ..........................................................................121
Paid-for & free Sundays ........................................................122
Printing ....................................................................................129
Distribution .............................................................................133
CHAPTER II: COUNTRY REPORTS
Tables in country reports .........................................................136
1. Afghanistan .........................................................................139
2. Albania ................................................................................141
3. Algeria .................................................................................143
4. American Samoa .................................................................145
5. Andorra ...............................................................................146
6. Angola .................................................................................147
7. Anguilla ...............................................................................149
8. Antarctica ............................................................................150
9. Antigua and Barbuda .........................................................151
10. Argentina ..........................................................................152
11. Armenia .............................................................................156
12. Aruba .................................................................................161
13. Australia ............................................................................162
14. Austria ...............................................................................169
15. Azerbaijan .........................................................................176
16. Bahamas, The ....................................................................179
17. Bahrain ..............................................................................180
18. Bangladesh ........................................................................182
19. Barbados ............................................................................184
20. Belarus ...............................................................................185
21. Belgium ..............................................................................188
22. Belize .................................................................................192
23. Benin ..................................................................................193
24. Bermuda ............................................................................195
25. Bhutan ...............................................................................197
26. Bolivia ................................................................................198
27. Bosnia and Herzegovina ...................................................200
28. Botswana ...........................................................................202
29. Brazil ..................................................................................204
30. British Virgin Islands .........................................................210
31. Brunei ................................................................................211
32. Bulgaria .............................................................................213
33. Burkina Faso ......................................................................219
34. Burundi ..............................................................................220
35. Cambodia ...........................................................................222
36. Cameroon ..........................................................................224
37. Canada ...............................................................................226
38. Cape Verde ........................................................................231
39. Cayman Islands ..................................................................232
40. Central African Republic ..................................................233
41. Chad ...................................................................................235
42. Chile ...................................................................................236
43. China ..................................................................................242
44. Christmas Island ................................................................249

45. Colombia ...........................................................................250
46. Comoros .............................................................................253
47. Congo, Democratic Republic ............................................254
48. Congo, Republic ................................................................256
49. Cook Islands ......................................................................258
50. Costa Rica ..........................................................................259
51. Croatia ...............................................................................263
52. Cuba ...................................................................................269
53. Cyprus ................................................................................271
54. Czech Republic ..................................................................274
55. Denmark ............................................................................281
56. Djibouti ..............................................................................287
57. Dominica ............................................................................288
58. Dominican Republic ..........................................................289
59. East Timor ..........................................................................290
50. Ecuador ..............................................................................293
61. Egypt ..................................................................................298
62. Equatorial Guinea .............................................................301
63. Eritrea ................................................................................302
64. Estonia ...............................................................................303
65. Ethiopia .............................................................................308
66. Falkland Islands .................................................................310
67. Faroe Islands ......................................................................311
68. Fiji .......................................................................................312
69. Finland ...............................................................................314
70. France ................................................................................319
71. French Guiana ...................................................................325
72. French Polynesia ...............................................................326
73. Gabon ................................................................................327
74. Gambia, The ......................................................................329
75. Georgia ..............................................................................330
76. Germany ............................................................................334
77. Ghana ................................................................................340
78. Gibraltar ............................................................................342
79. Greece ................................................................................343
80. Greenland ..........................................................................348
81. Grenada .............................................................................349
82. Guadeloupe .......................................................................350
83. Guam .................................................................................351
84. Guatemala .........................................................................352
85. Guinea ...............................................................................354
86. Guinea-Bissau ....................................................................356
87. Guyana ...............................................................................357
88. Haiti ...................................................................................358
89. Honduras ...........................................................................359
90. Hong Kong ........................................................................360
91. Hungary .............................................................................363
92. Iceland ...............................................................................368
93. India ...................................................................................372
94. Indonesia ...........................................................................379
95. Iran .....................................................................................383
96. Iraq .....................................................................................387
97. Ireland ................................................................................390
98. Israel ...................................................................................397
99. Italy ....................................................................................401
100. Ivory Coast .......................................................................407
101. Jamaica ............................................................................409
102. Japan ................................................................................410
103. Jordan ..............................................................................418
104. Kazakhstan ......................................................................421
105. Kenya ...............................................................................424
106. Kiribati .............................................................................427
107. Korea, North ...................................................................428
108. Korea, Republic of ..........................................................430
109. Kuwait .............................................................................436
110. Kyrgyzstan .......................................................................439
111. Laos ..................................................................................442
CONTENTS
112.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.
168.
169.
170.
171.
172.
173.
174.
175.
176.
177.
178.
179.
Latvia ...............................................................................445
Lebanon ...........................................................................449
Lesotho ............................................................................453
Liberia ..............................................................................454
Libya .................................................................................455
Liechtenstein ...................................................................457
Lithuania ..........................................................................458
Luxembourg ....................................................................462
Macau ..............................................................................467
Macedonia .......................................................................469
Madagascar .....................................................................472
Malawi .............................................................................473
Malaysia ...........................................................................475
Maldives ...........................................................................480
Mali ..................................................................................481
Malta ................................................................................483
Man, Isle of ......................................................................484
Marshall Islands ...............................................................485
Martinique .......................................................................486
Mauritania .......................................................................487
Mauritius .........................................................................489
Mayotte ...........................................................................490
Mexico .............................................................................491
Micronesia .......................................................................495
Moldova ...........................................................................496
Monaco ............................................................................501
Mongolia .........................................................................502
Montenegro ....................................................................506
Montserrat .......................................................................509
Morocco ...........................................................................510
Mozambique ...................................................................514
Myanmar .........................................................................517
Namibia ...........................................................................520
Nauru ...............................................................................522
Nepal ................................................................................523
Netherlands Antilles .......................................................525
Netherlands, The .............................................................526
New Caledonia ................................................................532
New Zealand ...................................................................533
Nicaragua ........................................................................537
Niger ................................................................................538
Nigeria .............................................................................540
Niue ..................................................................................542
Norfolk Island ..................................................................543
Northern Mariana Islands ...............................................544
Norway ............................................................................545
Oman ...............................................................................550
Pakistan ...........................................................................553
Palau ................................................................................555
Palestinian Authority ......................................................556
Panama ............................................................................559
Papua New Guinea .........................................................561
Paraguay ..........................................................................562
Peru ..................................................................................564
Philippines .......................................................................573
Pitcairn Islands ................................................................575
Poland ..............................................................................576
Portugal ...........................................................................585
Puerto Rico ......................................................................592
Qatar ................................................................................594
Reunion ...........................................................................597
Romania ...........................................................................598
Russia ...............................................................................603
Rwanda ............................................................................610
Saint Helena ....................................................................612
Saint Kitts and Nevis .......................................................613
Saint Lucia .......................................................................614
Saint Pierre and Miquelon .............................................615
180.
181.
182.
183.
184.
185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
201.
202.
203.
204.
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
212.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
226.
227.
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines .................................616

Salvador, El ......................................................................617
Samoa ..............................................................................618
San Marino ......................................................................619
Sao Tome and Principe ...................................................620
Saudi Arabia ....................................................................621
Senegal ............................................................................624
Serbia ...............................................................................626
Seychelles .........................................................................630
Sierra Leone ....................................................................631
Singapore ........................................................................633
Slovakia ............................................................................637
Slovenia ...........................................................................642
Solomon Islands ..............................................................645
Somalia ............................................................................646
South Africa ....................................................................648
Spain ................................................................................654
Sri Lanka ..........................................................................658
Sudan ...............................................................................662
Suriname ..........................................................................664
Swaziland ........................................................................665
Sweden ............................................................................667
Switzerland ......................................................................674
Syria .................................................................................679
Taiwan .............................................................................681
Tajikistan ..........................................................................686
Tanzania ..........................................................................688
Thailand ...........................................................................692
Togo .................................................................................696
Tonga ...............................................................................697
Trinidad and Tobago .......................................................698
Tunisia ..............................................................................700
Turkey ..............................................................................703
Turkmenistan ...................................................................708
Turks and Caicos Islands .................................................710
Tuvalu ..............................................................................711
Uganda ............................................................................712
Ukraine ............................................................................715
United Arab Emirates .....................................................724
United Kingdom .............................................................728
United States of America ...............................................736
Uruguay ...........................................................................744
Uzbekistan .......................................................................747
Vanuatu ...........................................................................749
Vatican .............................................................................750
Venezuela ........................................................................751
Vietnam ...........................................................................754
Virgin Islands (U.S.) .........................................................758
Wallis and Futuna ...........................................................759
Western Sahara ...............................................................760
Yemen ..............................................................................762
Zambia .............................................................................765
Zimbabwe ........................................................................767
CHAPTER III: QUICK REFERENCE

Number of journalists and employees ..................................770
VAT rates ..................................................................................771
Other taxes ..............................................................................772
Transport & telecommmunications tariff reductions ...........773
Total amount of direct subsidies ............................................774
Ownership regulations ...........................................................775
Currency exchange rates ........................................................776
CONTACTS...............................................................................781
PREFACE
Preface by World Association of Newspapers
World Press Trends 2007 is the most complete overview in 2006. The total number of paid-for and free daily
of newspaper markets worldwide since the first edition titles altogether increased by almost 20 per cent over the
published in 1987.
last five years, and by more than 4 per cent year-on-year
in 2006. None of these figures take into account
This edition of World Press Trends contains reports on dynamically growing numbers of registered titles in
every country and territory in the world where India, thousands of which cannot be included in this
newspapers are published. In addition to the 232 survey because relevant specific information about them
country reports, WPT includes a wealth of summaries is not available.
that provide a detailed global picture of the newspaper
world.
The total circulation of paid-for dailies in the world
increased by 9.5 per cent over five years, and by 2.3 per
More than 1.4 billion people now read a newspaper cent year-on-year in 2006. The total circulation of paiddaily. The number of daily newspaper titles and their for and free dailies altogether increased by almost 15 per
circulation has been steadily growing over last five years. cent over five years, and by 4.6 percent year-on-year in
Paid-for daily titles surpassed 10,000 as early as in 2003 2006.
and grew continuously to above 11,000 in 2006. Global
advertising expenditure in newspapers increased by The figures about numbers of daily newspaper titles
almost 16 per cent over last five years, and by 3.8 per represent 192 countries, compared to 148 in the
cent in 2006 compared to the previous year.
previous edition of World Press Trends; figures on
circulation are available for 183 countries, compared to
The world absolute leaders in the newspaper industry 70 in the previous edition. The range and depth of the
are:
latest research over last five years was facilitated by evergrowing amount and scope of information available on
India leading in the number of paid-for daily the Internet. Applicable pieces of data had been
newspaper titles since 2003 when it surpassed the evaluated for their credibility before they were put in
United States of America;
this book with attribution to public sources, or used as
background information for WAN assessment based on
The United States of America leading in the number simple arithmetic calculations, or WAN estimate
of free daily newspaper titles and advertising revenues; derived from general industry knowledge about
particular markets.
China leading in paid-for daily circulation and in the
number of top 100 dailies;
The book is compiled with the assistance of a wide
variety of contributors, ranging from newspaper
Spain leading in free daily circulation.
associations to individual analysts. Each contributor is
motivated to ensure that the data on his or her country
In relative categories, the leaders are:
is as comprehensive and accurate as possible. Without
the commitment of these dedicated contributors, from
San Marino, a country with 24,000 adults, the leader all over the globe, the book would be impossible to
in number of titles per adult population where two produce.
daily newspapers are published;
We extend our thanks to all who contributed to the
Aruba with 931 paid-for daily newspaper copies sold compilation of World Press Trends. You will find a list of
per thousand adults;
our key contributors on the last page of this book under
the heading Contacts.
Iceland, number one in paid-for and free daily
circulation per adult population, due to its more than The book also contains a wealth of data from
800 free copies per thousand adults.
ZenithOptimedia, whose forecasts allow us not only to
look back at the trends in the worlds press, but also give
The total number of paid-for daily titles increased by us a glimpse of what is in store for the newspaper
almost 18 per cent over last five years, and by 3.5 percent business in future years.
CHAPTER I
OVERALL STATISTICS
TITLES & CIRCULATIONS

PAID-FOR DAILIES: TITLES & CIRCULATION
No. dailies titles
Africa
America, North
America, South
Asia
Australia & Oceania
Europe
Total
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
342
1,952
926
4,051
89
2,164
9,524
360
1,954
1,013
4,825
88
2,201
10,441
381
1,956
1,030
4,766
87
2,262
10,482
394
1,950
1,042
5,071
88
2,287
10,832
399
1,937
1,041
5,424
89
2,317
11,207
16.67
-0.77
12.42
33.89
0.00
7.07
17.67
1.27
-0.67
-0.10
6.96
1.14
1.31
3.46
8,553
69,400
13,283
296,692
3,889
96,190
488,007
8,577
68,725
13,310
307,865
3,,853
94,080
496,410
8,594
67,171
13,485
317,181
3,797
93,377
503,605
8,650
65,846
14,099
328,637
3,877
94,069
515,178
1.05
-5.26
1.99
18.78
-0.46
-4.12
9.48
0.65
-1.97
4.55
3.61
2.11
0.74
2.30
Circulation of dailies (000)

Africa
8,560
America, North
69,499
America, South
13,824
Asia
276,676
Australia & Oceania
3,895
Europe
98,112
Total
470,566
This table includes figures from countries and territories for which we have at least one year data on number of titles or circulation.
The number of such countries and territories in each region is as follows:
Number of titles: Africa: 47
America, North: 27
America, South: 13
Asia: 46
Australia & Oceania: 13
Europe: 46
Total: 192
Circulation: Africa: 43
America, North: 14
America, South: 11
Asia: 46
Europe: 43
Total: 169
We have estimated some figures for countries and territories that do not have a complete set of data for all five years.
PAID-FOR DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION PER TITLE

2002
Average circulation per title (000)
Africa
25.9
America, North
35.6
America, South
15.7
Asia
73.1
Australia & Oceania
44.8
Europe
57.3
Total
53.8
2003
2004
2005
2006
24.6
35.5
14.0
65.1
45.2
56.2
50.8
23.3
35.2
14.0
68.4
45.3
53.4
51.6
22.6
34.5
14.1
66.0
44.2
52.5
50.6
22.4
34.0
14.8
63.7
44.6
52.8
50.0
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
-13.51
-4.49
-5.73
-12.86
-0.45
-7.85
-7.06
-0.88
-1.45
4.96
-3.48
0.90
0.57
-1.19
This table only includes figures from countries and territories for which we have information on both number of titles and circulation.
Africa: 43
America, North: 26
America, South: 11
Asia: 44
Europe: 43
Total: 180

FREE DAILIES: TITLES & CIRCULATION
No. dailies titles
Africa
America, North
America, South
Asia
Australia & Oceania
Europe
Total
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
1
27
8
7
2
39
84
1
36
8
9
2
47
103
1
37
10
17
2
66
133
1
63
10
20
2
89
185
1
81
16
25
3
161
287
0.00
200.00
100.00
257.14
50.00
312.82
241.67
0.00
28.57
60.00
25.00
50.00
80.90
55.14
65
3,488
802
2,543
180
10,023
17,101
65
3,833
524
4,412
180
11,471
20,485
65
5,320
552
5,411
180
16,245
27,773
65
6,241
977
6,406
271
26,720
40,680
0.00
147.86
20.62
393.15
50.56
199.25
194.76
0.00
17.31
76.99
18.39
50.56
64.48
46.47

Africa
65
America, North
2,518
America, South
810
Asia
1,299
Australia & Oceania
180
Europe
8,929
Total
13,801
This table includes figures from countries and territories for which we have at least one year data on number of titles and circulation.
Africa: 1
America, North: 4
America, South: 5
Asia: 10
Europe: 30
Total: 51
FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION PER TITLE

2002
Africa
65.0
America, North
93.3
America, South
101.3
Asia
185.6
Australia & Oceania
90.0
Europe
228.9
Total
164.3
2003
2004
2005
2006
65.0
96.9
100.3
282.6
90.0
213.3
166.0
65.0
103.6
52.4
259.5
90.0
173.8
154.0
65.0
84.4
55.2
270.6
90.0
182.5
150.1
65.0
77.0
61.1
256.2
90.3
166.0
141.7
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
0.00
-17.47
-39.68
38.04
0.33
-27.48
-13.76
0.00
-8.77
10.69
-5.32
0.33
-9.04
-5.60
This table includes figures from countries and territories for which we have at least one year data on number of titles and circulation.
Africa: 1
America, North: 4
America, South: 5
Asia: 10
Europe: 30
Total: 51

PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: TITLES & CIRCULATION
No. dailies titles
Africa
America, North
America, South
Asia
Australia & Oceania
Europe
Total
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
343
1,979
934
4,058
91
2,203
9,608
361
1,990
1,021
4,834
90
2,248
10,544
382
1,993
1,040
4,783
89
2,328
10,615
395
2,013
1,052
5,091
90
2,376
11,017
400
2,018
1,057
5,449
92
2,478
11,494
16.62
1.97
13.17
34.28
1.10
12.48
19.63
1.27
0.25
0.48
7.03
2.22
4.29
4.33
8,618
72,888
14,085
299,235
4,069
106,213
505,108
8,642
72,558
13,834
312,277
4,033
105,551
516,895
8,659
72,491
14,037
322,592
3,977
109,622
531,378
8,715
72,087
15,076
335,043
4,148
120,789
555,858
1.04
0.10
3.02
20.53
1.79
12.84
14.76
0.65
-0.56
7.40
3.86
4.30
10.19
4.61

Africa
8,625
America, North
72,017
America, South
14,634
Asia
277,975
Australia & Oceania
4,075
Europe
107,041
Total
484,367
This table includes figures from countries and territories for which we have at least one year data on number of titles
or circulation of paid-for or free dailies.
Number of titles: Africa: 47
Circulation: Africa: 43
America, North: 27
America, North: 26
America, South: 13
America, South: 11
Asia: 46
Asia: 46
Europe: 46
Europe: 45
Total: 192
Total: 183
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION PER TITLE

2002
Africa
26.0
America, North
36.4
America, South
16.5
Asia
73.0
Australia & Oceania
45.8
Europe
61.1
Total
54.7
2003
2004
2005
2006
24.7
36.6
14.7
65.2
46.2
60.3
51.9
23.4
36.4
14.4
68.9
46.4
57.8
52.9
22.7
36.0
14.6
66.6
45.2
58.5
52.3
22.5
35.7
15.6
64.4
46.1
62.5
52.4
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
-13.46
-1.92
-5.45
-11.78
0.66
2.29
-4.20
-0.88
-0.83
6.85
-3.30
1.99
6.84
0.19
Note: This table includes figures from countries and territories for which we have information on both number of titles
and circulation for both paid-for and free dailies.
Africa: 43
America, North: 26
America, South: 11
Asia: 45
Europe: 43
Total: 180

NUMBER OF DAILY NEWSPAPER TITLES
(worldwide)
12,000
10,000
84
103
133
10,441
10,482
2003
2004
185
10,832
287
11,207
9,524
8,000
6,000
4,000
2,000
2002
Paid-for dailies
2005
2006
Free dailies
DAILY NEWSPAPER CIRCULATION

(000 copies, worldwide)
600,000
500,000
13,801
470,566
27,773
40,680
17,101
20,485
496,410
503,605
515,178
488,007
2003
2004
2005
2006
400,000
300,000
200,000
100,000
2002
Paid-for dailies
Free dailies
ADVERTISING
NEWSPAPER AD EXPENDITURE AND NEWSPAPERS SHARE OF THE MARKET
ADVERTISING EXPENDITURE SHARES

News- Magapapers zines
TV
2002 (%)
News MagaRadio Cinema Outdoor Internet papers zines
TV
2006*(%)
2009*(%)
NewsRadio Cinema Outdoor Internet papers
Africa
Egypt
55.1
7.1
37.6
0.2
0.0
0.0
48.8
5.5
39.6
5.7
0.3
0.1
0.0
50.0
Kenya (1)
36.4
3.4
24.6
34.7
0.9
Nigeria (1)
49.5
1.2
33.0
4.8
11.5
South Africa
27.0
12.5
43.2
12.5
0.7
3.7
0.4
26.6
10.3
45.8
12.0
1.2
3.6
0.7
26.8
Canada
43.6
7.3
28.8
14.3
3.6
2.3
36.2
6.7
31.4
14.0
3.7
7.9
32.6
Costa Rica (1) (2)
29.1
5.9
49.6
15.4
36.5
10.9
32.0
14.5
6.2
Honduras (1)
31.6
0.6
65.7
2.1
America, North
Mexico
15.9
9.6
60.2
14.4
0.0
0.0
12.3
11.9
64.4
11.3
0.0
0.0
13.7
Panama
27.3
0.0
68.5
4.2
0.0
0.0
22.8
5.7
68.4
3.0
0.0
0.0
23.4
Puerto Rico
27.7
2.8
60.3
6.5
0.6
2.0
0.0
31.8
3.1
56.2
6.4
0.5
1.9
0.1
30.7
United States
30.3
14.0
34.5
13.0
0.2
3.3
4.8
29.5
14.2
33.4
11.9
0.3
3.6
7.1
27.6
Argentina
39.7
5.0
41.9
4.4
1.7
6.5
0.7
34.7
6.5
47.3
2.9
1.5
6.3
0.9
34.8
Bolivia (3)
4.5
33.5
13.3
Brazil
20.1
9.5
60.8
4.6
5.1
0.0
16.2
8.8
64.5
4.4
4.4
1.7
16.1
Chile
30.0
4.2
49.6
9.5
0.4
6.4
0.0
29.9
3.2
49.2
7.5
0.4
8.9
1.0
29.6
Colombia
22.8
6.2
60.8
10.2
0.0
0.0
27.0
8.5
53.0
11.5
0.0
0.0
29.9
Ecuador (2)
14.7
2.9
72.4
10.0
15.3
3.4
71.6
9.7
Peru
31.9
2.7
42.6
11.2
11.7
0.0
22.5
2.2
48.7
11.8
2.6
12.2
0.0
18.2
Uruguay
14.0
0.0
50.0
14.0
1.0
20.0
1.0
10.5
1.2
54.5
11.7
1.9
18.5
1.8
11.0
Venezuela
24.5
2.6
59.7
4.9
3.8
4.5
0.0
23.4
2.4
54.8
6.2
5.2
8.1
0.0
23.3
Bahrain (1)
40.3
9.8
47.2
1.2
0.3
1.2
69.0
7.7
13.9
1.7
7.7
0.0
71.5
Cambodia
5.6
85.1
9.3
China
37.1
3.0
45.5
4.3
10.0
0.0
31.9
3.3
44.0
5.0
15.8
0.0
30.8
Hong Kong
45.9
11.8
30.9
4.8
0.2
5.9
0.5
39.1
12.8
35.9
3.7
0.0
7.8
0.7
37.8
India
39.2
8.0
41.9
2.9
0.7
7.0
0.4
42.2
3.6
44.2
2.0
1.5
5.6
0.8
40.5
of America
America, South
Asia
Indonesia
26.8
4.0
64.2
3.2
0.1
1.8
0.0
25.5
3.9
63.8
3.2
0.0
3.6
0.0
26.7
Israel
50.3
6.7
28.9
7.4
0.4
5.2
1.1
42.0
6.5
29.9
6.5
0.5
6.2
8.5
39.2
Japan
25.5
9.6
46.0
4.4
12.5
2.0
22.8
8.7
45.0
3.9
11.2
8.4
21.2
70.9
5.5
20.0
3.6
Korea, Republic Of 47.9
4.2
31.3
3.0
11.2
2.4
42.2
4.4
33.1
2.8
9.3
8.2
37.7
Kuwait
14.0
2.9
1.1
12.1
0.0
73.9
9.5
4.4
1.3
10.9
0.0
75.7
Jordan (3)
* Forecast
69.9
Continued on the following page
ADVERTISING
ADVERTISING EXPENDITURE SHARES - continued
2002 (%)
News- Magapapers zines
TV
2006*(%)
News MagaRadio Cinema Outdoor Internet papers zines
TV
2009*(%)
NewsRadio Cinema Outdoor Internet papers
Laos
19.1
15.7
42.0
10.0
0.9
12.2
Lebanon (2)
8.7
6.0
74.5
3.7
7.1
24.0
7.1
39.6
7.9
1.6
19.8
Malaysia
63.0
4.6
26.5
4.1
0.3
1.4
0.0
57.5
3.2
32.3
3.8
0.4
2.8
0.0
56.2
Myanmar
8.8
26.3
50.9
1.8
12.3
Oman
72.1
7.0
20.9
0.0
0.0
79.5
2.6
17.9
0.0
0.0
83.8
Pakistan
33.4
8.8
47.6
2.7
0.5
6.9
Philippines
9.2
2.5
70.8
17.5
0.0
0.0
5.1
1.1
76.7
17.0
0.0
0.0
3.2
Qatar
88.6
1.6
9.8
93.0
0.5
4.8
1.0
0.8
95.5
Saudi Arabia
/Pan-Arab
21.9
11.1
63.0
1.5
2.5
0.0
24.5
5.3
64.3
0.6
3.3
2.0
30.5
Singapore
41.0
3.9
41.3
7.7
0.8
5.3
0.0
39.1
5.1
38.3
9.7
0.7
7.1
0.0
40.2
Sri Lanka
25.0
40
25.0
10.0
Taiwan
22.3
12.6
58.2
5.5
0.0
1.5
29.6
11.6
37.3
7.5
6.3
7.7
26.4
Thailand
25.9
5.4
55.0
9.1
0.9
3.5
0.2
23.9
6.7
55.1
7.6
1.7
4.8
0.2
21.7
Turkey
33.5
4.3
48.4
5.0
0.8
7.7
0.2
31.0
3.4
56.6
3.0
1.2
4.1
0.6
31.9
United Arab Emirates 63.0
15.7
9.0
5.2
7.0
0.0
78.2
12.5
2.4
0.1
0.8
4.4
1.7
78.9
Vietnam
0.0
55.5
1.3
13.6
0.0
16.3
7.5
70.2
0.2
0.0
5.6
0.1
15.0
29.6
Australia & Oceania

Australia
38.3
10.1
36.4
9.0
0.7
3.3
2.1
36.5
7.4
34.7
8.6
0.8
3.8
8.2
33.9
New Zealand
40.1
11.1
33.0
13.0
0.5
2.4
0.0
38.0
12.0
30.0
12.0
0.5
3.5
4.0
36.8
Austria
36.7
23.1
24.5
7.9
0.5
7.3
0.0
39.1
19.2
24.1
8.1
0.6
7.5
1.4
40.8
Belgium
19.9
13.9
44.5
10.7
1.2
9.4
0.6
25.9
10.5
39.0
12.1
1.1
8.4
3.1
23.6
Bosnia
& Herzegovina (2)
6.0
65.0
4.0
25
6.7
2.1
89.5
0.3
0.0
1.3
0.0
Bulgaria
17.5
11.7
58.5
12.3
0.0
12.8
8.4
67.0
3.5
7.4
0.9
9.0
Croatia (2)
13.3
11.4
68.3
6.9
14.3
10.7
68.2
6.6
0.2
Czech Republic
20.0
20.0
47.9
5.2
0.2
6.0
0.7
19.1
19.7
49.0
5.5
0.4
4.1
2.3
18.1
Denmark
44.7
3.1
15.6
2.1
0.7
3.1
3.9
36.3
2.9
20.3
1.5
0.5
3.0
5.9
31.9
Estonia
45.2
13.3
24.0
9.7
5.4
2.4
42.6
11.0
27.5
7.7
6.1
5.1
38.2
Finland
55.1
17.0
19.1
4.2
0.2
3.0
1.4
53.4
16.1
19.9
3.8
0.1
3.0
3.7
51.2
France
16.6
32.2
30.6
7.5
0.8
11.4
1.0
15.0
30.8
32.0
7.8
0.8
10.5
3.1
14.1
Germany
41.7
24.7
23.5
3.5
1.0
4.2
1.4
40.3
23.7
23.9
4.0
0.8
4.7
2.6
39.1
Europe
Greece
11.4
30.8
36.7
4.1
0.8
16.3
0.0
15.6
36.6
31.0
4.3
0.7
11.8
0.0
16.8
Hungary
12.4
12.2
63.9
4.5
0.3
6.7
0.0
10.2
10.7
63.8
6.1
0.2
7.3
1.8
9.8
Iceland
58.2
7.3
30.5
0.4
3.7
Ireland
60.7
2.3
20.0
6.3
0.9
9.5
0.4
59.6
2.6
20.2
7.3
0.6
7.9
1.8
58.0
Italy
21.1
14.4
53.4
5.1
0.8
3.9
1.3
19.0
13.7
54.5
6.2
0.8
3.7
2.0
18.8
Latvia
34.8
11.6
33.6
12.6
0.7
5.4
1.2
27.9
13.7
36.8
11.5
0.7
6.6
2.8
24.0
Lithuania
16.1
6.0
71.4
2.2
4.2
0.0
14.7
5.8
72.0
2.2
0.0
4.3
0.9
13.8
Luxembourg
62.3
10.3
7.0
13.6
6.8
Netherlands
43.5
24.0
21.5
6.2
0.2
3.7
0.9
39.0
21.3
24.8
7.1
0.2
4.2
3.4
37.4
Norway
44.3
12.0
33.3
4.8
0.9
2.8
1.9
42.1
10.3
27.0
4.9
0.8
3.9
11.0
37.4
Poland
10.7
12.5
63.6
7.0
0.4
5.4
0.3
15.8
14.5
50.8
9.2
1.4
6.9
1.4
14.7
Portugal
8.6
17.5
53.7
6.5
0.8
12.4
0.6
7.8
15.9
55.6
6.0
0.7
13.1
0.9
7.3
Romania
15.9
9.6
59.8
4.8
0.4
9.6
0.0
9.2
10.7
64.3
6.4
0.7
7.4
1.4
9.4
Russia
22.4
11.8
41.6
5.2
0.4
18.1
0.5
25.2
0.0
49.0
5.6
0.4
18.2
1.7
18.9
Slovakia
8.5
10.2
70.4
6.9
0.1
4.0
0.0
6.3
7.6
76.6
5.5
0.1
3.3
0.6
5.0
Slovenia
15.1
15.0
64.7
5.2
0.0
20.6
10.2
55.4
5.5
0.4
7.0
0.9
20.6
Spain
28.2
12.9
40.3
8.9
0.8
7.5
1.3
24.6
11.3
45.6
9.0
0.6
6.6
2.2
22.8
Sweden
48.9
14.0
21.8
3.0
0.5
5.0
6.7
44.6
12.4
22.7
2.9
0.4
5.6
11.4
41.3
Switzerland
48.6
17.9
13.8
3.4
1.0
14.9
0.5
35.5
22.9
23.3
3.8
1.5
11.6
1.4
36.6
Ukraine (2)
12.5
18.0
53.1
5.0
17.5
0.6
5.3
9.6
29.8
3.5
51.7
0.1
United Kingdom
39.8
15.5
30.6
4.1
1.5
6.8
1.7
33.5
13.1
27.0
3.6
1.3
7.8
13.5
30.0
Source: ZenithOptimedia
Newspapers include Magazines in Bosnia & Herzegovina, Cambodia, and Sri Lanka
Outdoor includes Other Media in China, Denmark, France, Japan, Republic of Korea, Luxembourg, Philippines, Russia, and the United States of America
* Forecast
(1) 2002 figures actually refer to 2001
ADVERTISING
CONTRIBUTION OF ADVERTISING AND COPY SALES
TO PAID-FOR DAILY NEWSPAPERS REVENUES (%)
Contribution to revenues
Advertising
Sales
Advertising
Country
Year
Africa
South Africa
Sales
Year
2002
49
51
48.8
51.2
2005
America, North
Canada
United States of America
2002
2002
78.8
86.6
21.2
13.4
77.1
87.2
22.9
12.8
2005
2004
America, South
Peru
Uruguay
2003
2002
47.1
57.2
52.9
42.8
45.1
57.4
54.9
42.6
2004
2003
Asia
Armenia
East Timor
Japan
Lebanon
Mongolia
Turkey
2002
2002
2002
2002
2003
2002
4.8
20.5
37.7
33.1
1.1
49.5
95.2
79.5
62.3
66.9
98.9
50.5
4.8
50
37.3
32.6
1.1
58.1
95.2
50
62.7
67.4
98.9
41.9
2002
2003
2003
2005
2003
2006
Australia & Oceania

Australia
2003
64.8
35.2
64.8
35.2
2003
Europe
Belgium
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2006
2003
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2003
2002
2005
2002
55.9
62.2
38.1
48.8
55.4
39.5
55.9
39
51.4
61.8
49.9
39.4
79
42.7
40.1
42.5
51.3
52.4
1.4
52.9
44.1
37.8
61.9
51.2
44.6
60.5
44.1
61
48.6
38.2
50.1
60.6
21
57.3
59.9
57.5
48.7
47.6
98.6
47.1
57.9
62.8
38.6
60.4
53.9
38
53.1
40.2
51.4
64.5
46.4
45.3
76.8
42.7
42.5
53.9
56.9
53
1.4
51.8
42.1
37.2
61.4
39.6
46.1
62
46.9
59.8
48.6
35.5
53.6
54.7
23.2
57.3
57.5
46.1
43.1
47
98.6
48.2
2003
2006
2005
2006
2006
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006
2006
2005
2006
2002
2006
2004
2006
2005
2005
2005
ADVERTISING
CONTRIBUTION OF DISPLAY, CLASSIFIED, INSERTS AND ONLINE
TO TOTAL ADVERTISING REVENUE (%)
using most recent available figures
Country
Display
Classified
Inserts
Online
Africa
South Africa
81.5
12.9
5.5
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
65.2
88.1
34.8
5.6
5.7
0.6
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Colombia
Peru
Uruguay
97.5
70.9
95.4
57
1.5
29.1
7.1
4.6
42
1
4.8
1
Asia
Indonesia
Israel
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Turkey
67
96.4
92.3
87
78
78.5
53
90
33
1.8
7.7
11.9
16
21.5
47
6
1.8
1.1
6
4
Australia & Oceania

Australia
41.7
58.3
Europe
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Romania
Russia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
56
90
86.5
52.7
84.8
75.3
70.3
88
65
94
79.6
92.8
88.6
90.1
61.5
90
86.5
99.1
79.7
74.2
57
68.6
72
85.3
41.8
7
6.3
44.9
15.2
24.7
29.7
26
6
20.4
7.2
5.2
6.2
38.5
9
13.5
19.9
25.8
36
25.5
20
14.7
2.2
3
3.5
2.4
12
6
6.2
3.7
1
0.9
0.4
3
5.9
4
-
3.7
3
5
4
-
ADVERTISING
INTERNET ADVERTISING EXPENDITURE
(in USD million, current prices)
10
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
4.37
6.61
17.49
18.65
20.06
359.04
7.56
America, North
Canada
Puerto Rico
112.1
0.9
7,250
169.29
1.2
7,758
226.92
1.4
8,688
464.46
1.4
9,992
661.98
1.4
12,490
490.53
55.56
72.28
42.53
0.00
25.00
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Chile
Uruguay
3.54
0.5
5.69
55
4.75
0.8
8.11
77
6.19
0.8
10.92
112.02
7.19
0.8
12.63
127.98
7.69
0.9
256.78
80.00
15.66
14.25
6.95
12.50
Asia
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Israel
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Saudi Arabia
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
United Arab Emirates
Vietnam
10
7.19
0.21
8.02
674.81
148.02
27.53
3.71
1.3
-
14.63
7.5
0.35
11.87
1,020
226.03
9.01
31.76
4.21
2.61
4.9
0.3
15.79
8.82
0.34
30.07
1,676.99
341.21
18
58.56
8.53
5.52
7.9
0.3
17.87
24.25
0.41
53.11
2,549.95
551.68
36
91.3
3.72
6.67
13.9
0.4
19.54
34
0.51
68
3,478.93
662.03
80
127.83
4.22
12.59
22.07
0.5
95.40
372.88
142.86
747.88
415.54
347.26
364.33
13.75
868.46
-
9.35
40.21
24.39
28.04
36.43
20.00
122.22
40.01
13.44
88.76
58.78
25.00
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
90.76
-
153.25
-
220.59
9.93
473.28
0.11
662.6
0.22
630.06
-
40.00
100.00
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
10.38
7.31
53.05
1.2
14.15
93.4
214.15
3.77
93.4
0.81
0.41
30.19
32.55
8.11
4.72
11.07
67.92
109.67
12.82
1
241.79
11.24
20.22
12.33
73.86
2.02
19.1
147.19
276.4
6.74
115.73
1.4
1.21
44.94
45.9
12.85
4.49
0.5
18
84.27
140.97
22.22
1
601.64
27.16
34.57
1.9
25.81
95.99
2.3
28.4
220.99
334.57
12.12
11.11
137.04
1.67
1.65
81.48
67.51
23.84
6.17
1
30
116.05
170.61
29.03
1.99
1,063.64
35
68.75
0.07
3.18
34.6
111.67
3.18
45
477.5
415
28.19
20
161.25
2.68
1.88
121.25
258.39
43.21
6.25
2.8
151.25
227.98
28.8
2.5
2,112.73
40
106.25
4.46
46.02
129.17
5.56
56.25
677.5
538.75
47.91
36.25
226.25
3.39
3.62
157.5
387.58
66.36
10
5.6
7.08
196.25
299.46
40
6.01
2,956.36
923.60
529.55
143.49
363.33
297.53
625.37
151.58
861.54
142.24
318.52
782.93
421.70
1,090.72
718.25
111.86
188.94
173.06
212.01
501.00
1,122.70
14.29
54.55
40.25
33.01
15.67
74.84
25.00
41.88
29.82
69.95
81.25
40.31
26.49
92.55
29.90
50.00
53.58
60.00
100.00
29.75
31.35
38.89
140.40
39.93
ADVERTISING
CHANGE IN INTERNET ADVERTISING EXPENDITURE 2006/05 (%)
(current prices)
0.00
20.00
40.00
60.00
80.00
100.00
120.00
140.40
Ukraine
122.22
Saudi Arabia
New Zealand
100.00
Romania
100.00
Lithuania
92.55
Turkey
88.76
Ireland
81.25
Estonia
74.84
Hungary
69.95
Portugal
60.00
58.78
Belgium
54.55
Poland
53.58
Norway
50.00
Canada
42.53
France
41.88
Italy
40.31
Bulgaria
40.25
India
40.21
Taiwan
40.01
Australia
40.00
United Kingdom
39.93
Switzerland
38.89
Japan
36.43
Czech Republic
33.01
Sweden
31.35
Netherlands, The
29.90
Germany
29.82
Spain
29.75
Israel
28.04
Latvia
26.49
25.00
Vietnam
25.00
Finland
25.00
Indonesia
24.39
Korea, Republic of
20.00
Denmark
15.67
Argentina
15.66
Austria
14.29
Brazil
14.25
Thailand
13.44
Uruguay
12.50
Hong Kong
9.35
South Africa
7.56
Chile
Puerto Rico
140.00
6.95
0.00
11
ONLINE EDITIONS
NUMBER OF DAILY NEWSPAPER WEBSITES (ONLINE EDITIONS)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
America, North
Bermuda
Canada
Costa Rica
1
54
5
1,296
1
63
6
1,343
1
66
6
1,520
1
72
5
1,600
1
99
7
1,674
0.00
83.33
40.00
29.17
0.00
37.50
40.00
4.62
America, South
Bolivia
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Peru
Uruguay
126
38
3
15
122
46
31
-
121
46
41
-
128
49
12
49
-
5.79
6.52
19.51
-
Asia
Armenia
Azerbaijan
East Timor
Indonesia
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Singapore
Turkey
5
2
24
104
6
14
5
6
-
5
26
28
107
6
1
6
-
4
32
102
6
5
1
6
-
10
265
5
6
27
11
6
-
120.00
0.00
-
10.00
-
22
12
12
372
3,000.00
14
17
15
5
8
29
11
49
40
259
15
3
3
91
14
5
3
35
81
41
100
77
10
14
17
13
5
8
32
10
49
41
264
2
3
91
14
3
6
35
78
45
23
100
71
100
15
17
12
8
32
11
48
43
384
3
3
94
14
6
7
12
35
78
42
12
24
12
6
100
69
-
16
18
31
10
9
35
12
53
384
24
4
3
94
16
6
10
35
77
42
32
23
11
11
7
59
70
579
-
17
20
35
12
13
38
12
52
382
25
3
3
94
16
6
29
78
45
16
25
11
8
53
75
-
21.43
17.65
133.33
140.00
62.50
31.03
9.09
6.12
47.49
0.00
0.00
3.30
14.29
20.00
-17.14
-3.70
9.76
-47.00
-2.60
-
6.25
11.11
12.90
20.00
44.44
8.57
0.00
-1.89
-0.52
4.17
-25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-17.14
1.30
7.14
-50.00
8.70
0.00
14.29
-10.17
7.14
-
Australia & Oceania

Australia
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
12
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
ONLINE EDITIONS
CHANGE IN NUMBER OF DAILY NEWSPAPER WEBSITES, 2006/05 (%)
13
DAILIES
TOP 100 PAID-FOR DAILIES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
14
Title
Language Country
Yomiuri Shimbun
The Asahi Shimbun
Mainichi Shimbun
BILD
Cankao Xiaoxi
The Sun
The Nikkei
People s Daily
Chunichi Shimbun
The Times of India
Tokyo Sports
The Chosun Ilbo
The Daily Mail
USA Today
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
German
Chinese
English
Japanese
Chinese
Japanese
English
Japanese
Korean
English
English
Circulation (000)
Japan
Japan
Japan
Germany
China
United Kingdom
Japan
China
Japan
India
Japan
Korea, Republic of
United Kingdom
United States
of America
Joong Ang Ilbo
Korean
Korea, Republic of
Sankei Shimbun
Japanese Japan
Dainik Jagran
Hindi
India
Dong-A Ilbo
Korean
Korea, Republic of
The Wall Street Journal
English
United States
of America
Nikkan Sports
Japanese Japan
Yangtze Evening Post
Chinese
China
Guangzhou Daily
Chinese
China
Yukan Fuji
Japanese Japan
Daily Mirror
English
United Kingdom
Dainik Bhaskar
Hindi
India
Nanfang City News
Chinese
China
Sankei Sports
Japanese Japan
Malayala Manorama
Malayalam India
Information Times
Chinese
China
Ananda Bazar Patrika
Bengali
India
Yangcheng Evening News Chinese
China
Hokkaido Shimbun
Japanese Japan
Thai Rath
Thai
Thailand
The Hindu
English
India
The New York Times
English
United States
of America
Chutian Metro Daily
Chinese
China
The Hindustan Times
English
India
Al-Ahram (Pyramids)
Arabic
Egypt
Yanzhao Metro Daily
Chinese
China
Sports Nippon
Japanese Japan
Gujarat Samachar
Gujarati
India
Qilu Evening News
Chinese
China
Xinming Evening News
Chinese
China
Hochi Shimbun
Japanese Japan
Daily Sports
Japanese Japan
Hindustan
Hindi
India
Eenadu
Telugu
India
Mathrubhumi
Malayalam India
Rajasthan Patrika
Hindi
India
The Daily Telegraph
English
United Kingdom
10,025
8,088
3,966
3,716
3,163
3,073
3,042
2,770
2,758
2,542
2,425
2,380
2,295
2,273
2,200
2,191
2,111
2,100
2,050
1,920
1,768
1,600
1,559
1,550
1,405
1,400
1,368
1,309
1,300
1,234
1,210
1,209
1,200
1,168
1,142
1,140
1,137
1,100
1,092
1,074
1,051
1,050
1,023
1,013
999
986
985
948
936
901
Title
Language Country
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Daily News
21st Century
Qiangjiang Evening News
Kronen Zeitung
Chunichi Sports
Punjab Kesari
Modern Express
The Los Angeles Times
Thai
Chinese
Chinese
German
Japanese
Hindi
Chinese
English
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Nanfang Daily
Metro Express
Nishinippon Shimbun
Daily Sakal
Dahe Newspaper
AJ
Wuhan Evening News
Kom Chat Leuk
Beijing Evening News
Al-Gomhuriya
The Maeil Economic Daily
Moskovsky Komsomolets
Western China City News
Ouest France
Fakty i Kommentarii
Jang
Daily Express
Daily Star
Komsomolskaya Pravda
Daily Thanthi
Sandesh
The Washington Post
Chinese
Chinese
Japanese
Marathi
Chinese
Hindi
Chinese
Thai
Chinese
Arabic
Korean
Russian
Chinese
French
Russian
Urdu
English
English
Russian
Tamil
Gujarati
English
81
82
83
84
De Telegraaf
Chugoku Shimbun
Shizuoka Shimbun
New York Daily News
Dutch
Japanese
Japanese
English
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
Fakt Gazeta Codzienna

The Hankook Ilbo
Today Evening News
Peninsula City News
Qingdao Evening News
Corriere della Sera
New York Post
Polish
Korean
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Italian
English
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
The Times
Khoa Sod
Posta
La Repubblica
Remate
Trud
Bulgar
Morning Post
New Express
English
Thai
Turkish
Italian
Filipino
Russian
Filipino
Chinese
Chinese
Circulation (000)
Thailand
China
China
Austria
Japan
India
China
United States
of America
China
China
Japan
India
China
India
China
Thailand
China
Egypt
Korea, Republic of
Russia
China
France
Ukraine
Pakistan
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
Russia
India
India
United States
of America
Netherlands, The
Japan
Japan
United States
of America
Poland
Korea, Republic of
China
China
China
Italy
United States
of America
United Kingdom
Thailand
Turkey
Italy
Philippines
Russia
Philippines
China
China
900
896
891
891
874
864
862
852
850
850
849
831
830
813
800
800
800
800
800
800
788
782
780
775
775
769
766
750
743
724
723
717
717
708
705
700
699
690
680
679
673
654
650
635
630
620
613
601
600
600
DAILIES
COUNTRIES OF TOP 100 PAID-FOR DAILIES
Country
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
China
Japan
India
United Kingdom
Korea, Republic of
Thailand
Russia
Egypt
Italy
Philippines
Austria
France
Germany
Netherlands, The
Pakistan
Poland
Turkey
Ukraine
LANGUAGES OF TOP 100 PAID-FOR DAILIES
No. top 100 dailies

25
18
17
7
7
5
4
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Language
No. top 100 dailies
Chinese
Japanese
English
Hindi
Korean
Russian
Thai
Arabic
Filipino
German
Gujarati
Italian
Malayalam
Bengali
Dutch
French
Marathi
Polish
Tamil
Telugu
Turkish
Urdu
25
18
17
6
5
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
15
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
population population (million)
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
Africa
Algeria
Angola
Benin
Botswana
Burkina Faso
Burundi
Cameroon
Central African Republic
Comoros
Congo, Democratic Republic of the
Congo, Republic of the
Egypt
Ethiopia
Gabon
Gambia, The
Ghana
Guinea
Ivory Coast
Kenya
Lesotho
Liberia
Libya
Madagascar
Malawi
Mali
Mauritania
Mauritius
Morocco
Mozambique
Namibia
Niger
Nigeria
Reunion
Sao Tome and Principe
Senegal
Seychelles
Sierra Leone
Somalia
South Africa
Sudan
Swaziland
Tanzania
Togo
Tunisia
Uganda
Zambia
Zimbabwe
40
5
20
1
5
1
4
5
2
11
5
12
1
2
9
2
20
4
1
3
4
2
8
2
4
23
2
4
1
20
3
1
15
1
9
3
18
25
2
7
1
7
4
3
4
40
4
20
1
5
1
4
5
2
11
4
12
1
2
10
2
20
5
3
4
2
9
4
4
23
5
4
1
22
3
1
18
1
9
4
18
26
2
11
1
8
5
3
4
45
1
20
1
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
13
1
2
10
2
21
5
3
4
2
9
4
4
25
6
4
1
24
3
1
23
1
9
5
18
27
2
15
1
10
5
3
3
47
1
20
1
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
13
4
1
2
11
2
21
5
4
4
12
2
12
4
4
27
2
4
1
26
3
1
26
1
10
6
18
28
2
15
1
10
5
3
3
48
1
20
1
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
14
3
1
2
11
2
21
5
6
4
14
2
12
4
4
27
2
4
1
26
3
1
26
1
10
6
19
28
2
14
1
10
5
3
3
20.00
-80.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
20.00
-50.00
0.00
-20.00
16.67
0.00
0.00
22.22
0.00
5.00
25.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
50.00
100.00
0.00
17.39
0.00
0.00
0.00
30.00
0.00
0.00
73.33
0.00
11.11
100.00
5.56
12.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
42.86
25.00
0.00
-25.00
2.13
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.69
-25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
50.00
0.00
16.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
5.56
0.00
0.00
-6.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
48
1
20
1
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
14
3
1
2
11
2
21
5
1
6
4
14
2
12
4
4
27
2
4
1
26
3
1
26
1
10
6
19
28
2
14
1
10
5
3
3
23,668
6,823
4,392
1,012
7,401
4,342
10,195
2,498
396
32,955
1,984
53,166
42,123
825
915
13,725
5,390
10,454
19,931
1,278
1,732
3,918
10,265
6,957
6,071
1,728
944
22,753
11,280
1,263
6,649
76,106
553
102
7,098
61
3,313
4,929
31,687
23,630
674
21,064
3,203
7,669
14,107
6,172
7,665
2.0
0.1
4.6
1.0
0.7
0.2
0.4
2.4
2.5
0.3
2.0
0.3
0.1
1.2
2.2
0.8
0.4
2.0
0.3
0.8
3.5
1.0
1.4
0.3
2.0
2.3
4.2
1.2
0.2
3.2
0.2
0.3
5.4
9.8
3.7
16.4
3.0
1.2
0.6
1.2
3.0
0.7
0.3
1.3
0.4
0.5
0.4
America, North
Antigua and Barbuda
Aruba
Bahamas, The
Barbados
Bermuda
Canada
Cayman Islands
Costa Rica
Cuba
Dominican Republic
Guadeloupe
Guatemala
Haiti
Honduras
Jamaica
Martinique
Mexico
Netherlands Antilles
Nicaragua
Panama
Puerto Rico
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Salvador, El
Trinidad and Tobago
Virgin Islands (U.S.)
2
3
3
2
1
102
1
6
18
9
7
2
6
3
1
299
3
6
5
4
1
1
5
4
1,457
1
2
3
4
2
1
102
1
7
18
8
8
2
6
3
1
3
6
5
4
1
1
5
4
1,456
1
2
4
4
2
1
100
1
7
18
8
1
9
2
4
3
1
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,457
1
2
4
4
2
1
100
1
5
18
8
1
10
2
4
3
1
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,452
1
2
4
4
2
1
100
2
6
18
8
1
10
2
4
3
1
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,437
1
0.00
33.33
33.33
0.00
0.00
-1.96
100.00
0.00
0.00
-11.11
42.86
0.00
-33.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
40.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-1.37
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
20.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-1.03
0.00
2
4
4
2
1
100
2
6
18
8
1
10
2
4
3
1
299
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,437
1
50
58
220
224
54
26,978
36
3,186
9,206
6,189
346
7,242
4,788
4,406
1,845
339
28,301
169
3,544
1,872
3,089
28
86
4,345
852
216,972
-
40.0
69.0
18.2
8.9
18.5
3.7
55.6
1.9
2.0
1.3
2.9
1.4
0.4
0.9
1.6
2.9
10.6
17.8
1.7
3.7
1.3
35.7
11.6
1.2
4.7
6.6
-
119
19
178
19
178
19
178
-
178
-
49.58
-
0.00
-
178
19
13,669
5,843
13.0
3.3
America, South
Argentina
Bolivia
* or latest available figure
16
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES - continued
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
523
47
39
2
2
5
45
3
13
-
529
54
2
3
5
59
3
13
-
532
56
2
3
4
73
3
12
92
535
56
41
2
3
4
85
3
12
87
532
56
42
17
2
3
4
86
3
12
87
1.72
19.15
7.69
0.00
50.00
-20.00
91.11
0.00
-7.69
-
-0.56
0.00
2.44
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.18
0.00
0.00
0.00
532
56
42
17
2
3
4
86
3
12
87
135,482
12,213
2,722
9,071
142
566
3,883
18,938
312
2,646
6,628
3.9
4.6
15.4
1.9
14.1
5.3
1.0
4.5
9.6
4.5
13.1
12
22
5
294
2
20
1,007
2
10
49
1,308
176
121
106
5
15
128
7
5
5
13
10
32
2
5
6
5
169
3
5
12
8
13
4
30
35
55
2
9
3
28
3
8
24
5
340
2
20
1,035
2
10
49
1,907
202
130
105
4
15
136
7
5
6
14
10
32
3
6
6
251
5
204
3
5
12
9
4
31
37
73
2
9
4
28
3
5
6
388
2
20
962
2
10
49
1,729
218
172
12
107
5
15
137
7
5
6
14
11
34
3
6
7
6
291
3
5
12
9
4
31
40
62
2
9
4
28
3
10
5
7
400
2
20
954
4
10
49
1,834
177
12
107
7
15
155
8
5
6
15
11
33
4
8
8
6
438
3
27
5
13
8
18
4
30
45
67
2
11
4
28
3
12
8
8
410
3
20
3
10
51
2,130
12
107
7
15
183
8
5
6
14
11
34
4
8
8
6
3
27
5
13
9
18
4
25
45
81
2
12
4
28
3
-33.33
60.00
39.46
50.00
0.00
50.00
0.00
4.08
62.84
0.94
40.00
0.00
42.97
14.29
0.00
20.00
7.69
10.00
6.25
100.00
60.00
33.33
20.00
0.00
0.00
8.33
12.50
38.46
0.00
-16.67
28.57
47.27
0.00
33.33
33.33
0.00
0.00
20.00
60.00
14.29
2.50
50.00
0.00
-25.00
0.00
4.08
16.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
18.06
0.00
0.00
0.00
-6.67
0.00
3.03
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
12.50
0.00
0.00
-16.67
0.00
20.90
0.00
9.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
12
8
24
8
410
3
20
954
3
10
51
2,130
218
177
12
107
7
15
183
8
5
6
14
11
34
4
8
8
251
6
438
3
27
5
13
9
18
4
25
45
81
2
12
4
28
3
17,198
2,554
5,904
507
98,873
273
8,936
937,652
677
6,537
5,930
758,020
174,707
50,752
4,968
109,521
3,913
17,616
39,635
1,766
3,602
3,730
2,887
380
13,284
203
2,043
34,867
17,347
1,778
101,076
742
58,168
678
16,699
3,265
15,354
11,904
18,072
43,733
30,718
3,265
1,954
18,331
61,594
11,507
0.7
3.1
4.1
15.8
4.1
11.0
2.2
1.0
4.4
1.5
8.6
2.8
1.2
3.5
2.4
1.0
1.8
0.9
4.6
4.5
1.4
1.6
4.8
28.9
2.6
19.7
3.9
0.2
14.5
3.4
4.3
4.0
0.5
7.4
0.8
2.8
1.2
0.3
1.4
1.0
2.6
0.6
6.1
0.2
0.5
0.3
Australia & Oceania

American Samoa
Australia
Cook Islands
Fiji
French Polynesia
Guam
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Northern Mariana Islands
Papua New Guinea
Samoa
Solomon Islands
Vanuatu
48
1
3
2
1
1
24
2
2
2
1
1
47
1
3
2
1
1
24
2
2
2
1
1
1
47
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
1
48
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
2
48
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-4.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2
48
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
38
16,620
13
624
204
121
158
3,218
67
3,525
130
324
141
52.6
2.9
76.9
4.8
9.8
8.3
6.3
7.1
29.9
0.6
15.4
3.1
7.1
Europe
Albania
Andorra
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
18
2
16
14
28
19
2
16
14
28
21
2
17
14
28
29
2
17
14
28
28
2
18
14
28
55.56
0.00
12.50
0.00
0.00
-3.45
0.00
5.88
0.00
0.00
28
2
18
14
28
2,694
61
6,915
15,271
8,715
10.4
32.8
2.6
0.9
3.2
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
French Guiana
Guyana
Paraguay
Peru
Suriname
Uruguay
Venezuela
Asia
Afghanistan
Armenia
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Brunei
Cambodia
China
East Timor
Georgia
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Iran
Israel
Japan
Jordan
Korea, North
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan
Laos
Lebanon
Macau
Malaysia
Maldives
Mongolia
Myanmar
Nepal
Oman
Pakistan
Palestinian Authority
Philippines
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Syria
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
Turkmenistan
Uzbekistan
Vietnam
Yemen

17
DAILIES
Change (%)
Country
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
France
Germany
Gibraltar
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Liechtenstein
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Moldova
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
San Marino
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Vatican
No.titles
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
7
59
12
18
73
30
12
2
54
85
374
1
38
29
2
6
91
24
2
6
7
4
4
36
81
45
14
24
436
3
19
6
132
91
98
101
1
7
62
11
18
65
30
11
2
53
85
372
1
37
28
2
7
91
23
2
6
10
4
5
35
78
47
15
35
472
3
15
6
136
90
97
101
1
7
58
12
18
80
30
11
2
53
85
371
1
37
30
2
7
91
22
2
21
6
11
4
6
35
78
46
16
51
485
3
12
7
136
90
93
101
1
7
60
13
21
84
31
11
2
53
85
368
1
39
38
2
8
91
22
2
21
6
10
4
7
4
35
77
43
15
46
491
3
13
11
8
139
88
91
42
104
1
7
15
21
86
30
12
2
53
85
370
1
39
30
1
9
91
21
2
21
6
10
4
7
4
29
77
44
16
61
521
3
10
11
8
140
85
91
39
104
1
0.00
25.00
16.67
17.81
0.00
0.00
0.00
-1.85
0.00
-1.07
0.00
2.63
3.45
-50.00
50.00
0.00
-12.50
0.00
0.00
42.86
0.00
75.00
-19.44
-4.94
-2.22
14.29
154.17
19.50
0.00
-42.11
33.33
6.06
-6.59
-7.14
2.97
0.00
0.00
15.38
0.00
2.38
-3.23
9.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.54
0.00
0.00
-21.05
-50.00
12.50
0.00
-4.55
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-17.14
0.00
2.33
6.67
32.61
6.11
0.00
-23.08
0.00
0.00
0.72
-3.41
0.00
-7.14
0.00
0.00
7
60
15
21
86
30
12
2
53
85
370
1
39
30
1
9
91
21
2
21
6
10
4
7
4
29
77
44
16
61
521
3
10
11
8
140
85
91
39
104
1
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
3,288
6,672
3,678
624
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
49,322
70,788
23
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.90
48,043
1,968
28
2,748
374
1,563
332
3,572
12,456
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
79,112
24
6,315
4,276
1,717
37,439
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
-
2.1
9.0
4.1
33.7
9.8
6.8
10.5
52.6
12.3
1.7
5.2
43.5
8.8
3.0
4.1
2.8
1.9
10.7
71.4
7.6
16.0
6.4
12.0
2.0
0.3
2.2
20.4
1.4
1.9
3.4
6.6
125.0
1.6
2.6
4.7
3.7
11.2
14.4
1.0
2.2
-
18
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
(using most recent available figures)
19
DAILIES
20
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
21
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
(using most recent available figures) - continued
22
DAILIES
PAID-FOR MORNING DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
14
2
16
2
-
0.00
-
2
16
11,280
31,687
0.2
0.5
America, North
Bahamas, The
Canada
Costa Rica
Jamaica
2
2
2
777
3
2
2
787
3
7
2
2
814
3
57
5
2
2
817
3
6
2
2
833
50.00
0.00
0.00
7.21
0.00
20.00
0.00
0.00
1.96
3
57
6
2
2
833
220
26,978
3,186
1,845
169
216,972
13.6
2.1
1.9
1.1
11.8
3.8
America, South
Bolivia
Chile
Ecuador
Peru
19
45
19
59
19
55
73
55
84
55
15
85
88.89
0.00
1.19
19
55
15
85
5,843
12,213
9,071
18,938
3.3
4.5
1.7
4.5
Asia
Israel
Malaysia
Singapore
32
-
32
-
10
34
8
10
33
5
10
10
34
11
6.25
-
0.00
3.03
10.00
10
34
5
11
4,968
13,284
3,265
1,954
2.0
2.6
1.5
5.6
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
48
7
0.00
0.00
48
7
16,620
3,218
2.9
2.2
16
13
58
53
374
23
29
1
91
6
45
24
98
-
16
13
61
53
372
21
28
1
91
6
47
35
457
97
-
17
13
28
57
14
53
371
21
30
2
91
21
6
46
51
468
88
93
29
17
13
28
59
84
16
53
368
23
38
2
6
91
21
6
43
46
470
139
86
91
19
18
13
28
86
15
53
370
24
30
1
7
91
21
6
44
61
472
140
83
91
-
12.50
0.00
0.00
-1.07
4.35
3.45
0.00
0.00
0.00
-2.22
154.17
-7.14
-
5.88
0.00
0.00
2.38
-6.25
0.00
0.54
4.35
-21.05
-50.00
16.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.33
32.61
0.43
0.72
-3.49
0.00
-
18
13
28
59
86
15
53
370
24
30
1
7
91
21
6
44
61
472
140
83
91
19
6,915
15,271
8,715
6,672
8,751
4,413
4,321
70,788
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.9
48,043
2,748
374
32,135
17,850
79,112
37,439
7,564
6,326
47,875
2.6
0.9
3.2
8.8
9.8
3.4
12.3
5.2
5.4
3.0
4.1
2.1
1.9
7.6
16.0
1.4
3.4
6.0
3.7
11.0
14.4
0.4
Africa
Mozambique
South Africa
Europe
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
Denmark
Finland
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Poland
Romania
Russia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
United Kingdom
23
DAILIES
PAID-FOR MORNING DAILIES:
NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
24
DAILIES
PAID-FOR EVENING & AFTERNOON DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
31,687
0.1
1
1
1
692
1
1
1
680
1
1
1
653
1
43
1
1
645
1
1
1
614
0.00
0.00
0.00
-11.27
0.00
0.00
0.00
-4.81
1
43
1
1
614
220
26,978
1,845
169
216,972
4.5
1.6
0.5
5.9
2.8
1
-
1
1
1
2
1
0.00
0.00
1
2
1
12,213
9,071
18,938
0.1
0.2
0.1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
0.00
0.00
2
3
1
4,968
3,265
1,954
0.4
0.9
0.5
17
17
16
16
16
-5.88
0.00
16
3,218
5.0
1
1
15
1
-
1
1
16
1
15
-
1
1
16
16
17
2
72
1
1
15
16
2
21
2
75
1
15
15
2
24
2
-
0.00
0.00
-
0.00
0.00
-6.25
0.00
14.29
0.00
-
1
1
15
15
1
2
24
2
75
15,271
6,672
4,413
4,454
243
3,262.90
79,112
7,564
47,875
0.1
0.1
3.4
3.4
4.1
0.6
0.3
0.3
1.6
Africa
South Africa
America, North
Bahamas, The
Canada
Jamaica
America, South
Chile
Ecuador
Peru
Asia
Israel
Singapore
Australia & Oceania
New Zealand
Europe
Belarus
Bulgaria
Denmark
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Russia
Sweden
United Kingdom
25
DAILIES
PAID-FOR EVENING & AFTERNOON DAILIES:
NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
26
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
Africa
Algeria
Angola
Benin
Botswana
Burkina Faso
Burundi
Cameroon
Congo,
Democratic Republic of the
Egypt
Ethiopia
Gabon
Gambia, The
Ghana
Guinea
Ivory Coast
Kenya
Lesotho
Liberia
Libya
Madagascar
Malawi
Mali
Mauritania
Mauritius
Morocco
Mozambique
Namibia
Nigeria
Reunion
Senegal
Seychelles
Sierra Leone
Somalia
South Africa
Sudan
Swaziland
Tanzania
Togo
Uganda
Zambia
Zimbabwe
America, North
Antigua and Barbuda
Aruba
Bahamas, The
Barbados
Bermuda
Canada
Cayman Islands
Costa Rica
Cuba
Dominican Republic
Guadeloupe
Guatemala
Haiti
Honduras
Jamaica
Martinique
Mexico
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Adult Average circulation/

population adult population
(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
110
35
11
33
20
65
4
75
100
35
11
33
20
65
4
70
940
41
36
11
33
20
65
4
60
950
41
38
11
33
20
70
5
50
960
41
40
11
33
20
70
5
50
-62.73
14.29
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.69
25.00
-33.33
1.05
0.00
5.26
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
960
41
40
11
33
20
70
5
50
23,668
6,823
4,392
1,012
7,401
4,342
10,195
2,498
32,955
40.6
6.0
9.1
10.9
4.5
4.6
6.9
2.0
1.5
10
3,200
22
3
180
25
211
4
40
70
20
6
90
28
760
70
100
3
20
9
1,137
80
25
102
5
75
56
125
8
3,000
22
3
190
25
212
40
70
20
8
90
350
28
780
70
105
3
20
12
1,286
85
25
110
5
83
55
125
8
2,900
22
3
200
25
190
214
40
70
20
8
95
355
16
28
800
70
110
3
20
16
1,408
88
25
120
5
89
55
125
8
2,800
95
22
3
215
25
190
215
45
70
100
22
40
9
100
300
17
28
820
73
115
3
22
20
1,504
90
25
120
5
92
54
125
8
2,700
92
20
3
215
25
215
50
70
110
22
40
9
110
300
17
28
820
73
120
3
22
20
1,628
90
25
115
5
92
125
-20.00
-15.63
-9.09
0.00
19.44
0.00
0.00
1.90
25.00
0.00
10.00
50.00
22.22
0.00
7.89
4.29
20.00
0.00
10.00
122.22
43.18
12.50
0.00
12.75
0.00
22.67
0.00
0.00
-3.57
-3.16
-9.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
190
0.00
11.11
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.35
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.24
0.00
0.00
-4.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
8
2,700
92
20
3
215
25
10,454
215
4
50
70
110
22
40
9
110
300
17
28
820
73
120
3
22
20
1,628
90
25
115
5
92
54
125
1,984
53,166
42,123
825
915
13,725
5,390
18.2
19,931
1,278
1,732
3,918
10,265
6,957
6,071
1,728
944
22,753
11,280
1,263
76,106
553
7,098
61
3,313
4,929
31,687
23,630
674
21,064
3,203
14,107
6,172
7,665
4.0
50.8
2.2
24.2
3.3
15.7
4.6
10.8
3.1
28.9
17.9
10.7
3.2
6.6
5.2
116.5
13.2
1.5
22.2
10.8
132.0
16.9
49.2
6.6
4.1
51.4
3.8
37.1
5.5
1.6
6.5
8.7
16.3
7
30
34
17
5,005
10
288
1,800
320
7
200
65
4,700
29
7
33
37
18
4,930
10
281
1,800
400
7
200
65
29
8
54
35
40
18
4,911
10
275
1,800
2
450
8
160
65
30
8
54
39
44
19
4,799
10
153
1,800
240
2
500
8
160
115
65
30
9
54
40
48
19
4,573
18
199
1,800
240
2
550
8
160
115
65
4,200
30
28.57
33.33
41.18
11.76
-8.63
80.00
-30.90
0.00
71.88
14.29
-20.00
0.00
-10.64
3.45
12.50
0.00
2.56
9.09
0.00
-4.71
80.00
30.07
0.00
0.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
9
54
40
48
19
4,573
18
199
1,800
240
2
550
8
160
115
65
4,200
30
50
58
220
224
54
26,978
36
3,186
9,206
6,189
346
7,242
4,788
4,406
1,845
339
28,301
169
180.0
931.0
181.8
214.3
351.9
169.5
500.0
62.5
195.5
38.8
5.8
75.9
1.7
36.3
62.3
191.7
148.4
177.5
27
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000) - continued
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Nicaragua
Panama
Puerto Rico
Salvador, El
Trinidad and Tobago
200
185
579
3
250
157
55,186
16
190
190
580
3
250
158
55,185
16
180
190
580
3
250
158
54,626
17
180
191
580
3
250
159
53,345
17
180
191
586
3
250
160
52,329
17
-10.00
3.24
1.21
0.00
0.00
1.91
-5.18
6.25
0.00
0.00
1.03
0.00
0.00
0.63
-1.90
0.00
180
191
586
3
250
160
52,329
17
3,544
1,872
3,089
28
4,345
852
216,972
-
50.8
102.0
189.7
107.1
57.5
187.8
241.2
-
America, South
Argentina
Bolivia
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
French Guiana
Guyana
Paraguay
Uruguay
Venezuela
1,091
6,972
1,800
15
13
140
155
-
1,128
6,470
15
30
150
152
2,400
1,175
138
6,522
600
15
30
140
140
2,450
1,194
6,789
602
1,550
15
32
130
135
2,400
1,287
7,230
602
1,600
530
15
32
130
135
2,400
17.97
3.70
-11.11
0.00
146.15
-7.14
-12.90
-
7.79
6.50
0.00
3.23
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1,287
138
7,230
602
1,600
530
15
32
130
135
2,400
13,669
5,843
135,482
12,213
25,519
9,071
142
566
3,883
2,646
6,628
94.2
23.6
53.4
49.3
62.7
58.4
105.6
56.5
33.5
51.0
362.1
Asia
Afghanistan
Armenia
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Brunei
Cambodia
China
East Timor
Georgia
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Iran
Israel
Japan
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Korea, North
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan
Laos
Lebanon
Macau
Malaysia
Maldives
Mongolia
Myanmar
Oman
Pakistan
Philippines
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Syria
Taiwan
Tajikistan
Thailand
Turkey
Turkmenistan
27
180
1,000
30
50
85,470
24
57,844
4,665
70,815
70
300
4,500
300
36
20
215
168
2,334
9
42
817
120
6,009
35
60
1,190
1,045
493
120
4,100
237
6,500
3,306
-
26
180
1,000
25
50
88,657
24
72,939
4,567
70,339
60
4,500
330
65
22
215
169
2,429
12
38
120
6,246
35
65
1,230
1,046
125
4,500
217
6,650
4,433
45
22
140
1,100
25
50
96,554
24
73,537
4,866
730
70,364
65
4,500
13,441
350
23
215
180
2,608
12
50
160
7,818
35
70
1,270
1,011
125
4,500
6,850
4,470
45
24
22
140
1,200
25
55
98,744
4
24
2,216
78,689
740
69,680
90
4,500
14,500
380
53
25
230
185
2,750
16
52
165
7,890
40
3,780
81
1,300
1,009
600
130
4,500
7,300
5,003
56
26
28
150
1,300
35
55
3
24
2,000
88,863
1,600
750
69,100
120
4,500
16,036
430
55
25
240
185
2,800
15
52
550
165
40
3,780
81
1,397
1,050
600
130
4,200
7,300
5,143
56
3.70
-16.67
30.00
16.67
10.00
0.00
53.63
-2.42
71.43
0.00
43.33
52.78
25.00
11.63
10.12
19.97
66.67
23.81
-32.68
37.50
14.29
35.00
17.39
0.48
21.70
8.33
2.44
12.31
55.57
-
8.33
27.27
7.14
8.33
40.00
0.00
-25.00
0.00
-9.75
12.93
1.35
-0.83
33.33
0.00
10.59
13.16
3.77
0.00
4.35
0.00
1.82
-6.25
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.46
4.06
0.00
0.00
-6.67
0.00
2.80
0.00
26
28
150
1,300
35
55
98,744
3
24
2,000
88,863
4,866
1,600
750
69,100
120
300
4,500
16,036
430
55
25
240
185
2,800
15
52
550
165
7,890
40
3,780
81
1,397
1,050
600
130
4,200
217
7,300
5,143
56
17,198
2,554
507
98,873
273
8,936
937,652
677
6,537
5,930
758,020
174,707
50,752
4,968
109,521
3,913
11,723
17,616
39,635
1,766
3,602
3,730
2,887
380
13,284
203
2,043
34,867
1,778
101,076
742
58,168
678
16,699
3,265
15,354
11,904
18,072
4,550
43,733
30,718
3,265
1.5
11.0
295.9
13.1
128.2
6.2
105.3
4.4
3.7
337.3
117.2
27.9
31.5
151.0
630.9
30.7
25.6
255.4
404.6
243.5
15.3
6.7
83.1
486.8
210.8
73.9
25.5
15.8
92.8
78.1
53.9
65.0
119.5
83.7
321.6
39.1
10.9
232.4
47.7
166.9
167.4
17.2
28

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000) - continued
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*

Uzbekistan
Vietnam
Yemen
600
27
2,600
35
600
30
2,600
35
600
30
2,600
40
750
30
2,600
40
800
30
2,600
40
33.33
11.11
0.00
14.29
6.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
800
30
2,600
40
1,954
18,331
61,594
11,507
409.4
1.6
42.2
3.5
Australia & Oceania

American Samoa
Australia
Cook Islands
Fiji
French Polynesia
Guam
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Papua New Guinea
Solomon Islands
Vanuatu
2
40
22
20
26
745
7
5
3
2,970
2
40
22
20
26
739
7
5
3
4
2,934
2
40
22
20
26
739
7
51
5
3
4
2,885
2
40
22
20
26
729
7
54
5
3
7
2,970
2
40
22
20
26
721
7
54
5
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-3.22
0.00
0.00
0.00
75.00
2.95
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-1.10
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7
2,970
2
40
22
20
26
721
7
54
5
3
38
16,620
13
624
204
121
158
3,218
67
3,525
324
141
184.2
178.7
153.8
64.1
107.8
165.3
164.6
224.1
104.5
15.3
15.4
21.3
Europe
Albania
Andorra
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
France
Germany
Gibraltar
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Liechtenstein
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Moldova
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Vatican
2,137
1,300
1,475
853
597
90
1,690
1,433
255
17
2,268
8,151
23,267
3
1,292
1,595
76
591
5,831
387
18
118
130
80
60
4,311
2,524
3,571
551
512
344
4,157
3,671
2,594
18,349
70
76
2,126
1,300
1,478
90
667
508
90
1,667
1,381
251
17
2,243
8,037
22,571
4
1,288
1,540
71
772
5,721
358
18
115
150
85
70
4,204
2,450
4,077
571
506
4,185
3,668
2,593
17,250
70
74
25
2,144
1,300
1,486
100
616
382
95
1,661
1,325
257
17
2,255
7,934
22,095
4
1,120
1,470
63
742
5,745
356
20
500
115
150
90
75
4,061
2,405
3,979
593
1,148
480
360
4,240
3,652
2,486
16,485
70
70
27
2,153
1,300
1,466
100
558
411
100
1,742
1,290
256
17
2,240
7,807
21,543
5
1,320
1,460
64
758
5,466
348
20
527
115
160
95
98
55
3,912
2,338
4,369
570
1,105
460
430
4,200
3,603
2,405
1,850
16,494
70
65
27
2,356
1,307
1,424
100
560
100
1,711
1,268
276
17
2,224
7,686
21,091
5
1,256
1,451
48
800
5,569
321
20
535
114
140
100
98
55
3,831
2,270
4,462
621
1,389
150
465
350
4,110
3,526
2,344
3,301
16,056
70
10.25
0.54
-3.46
-6.20
11.11
1.24
-11.51
8.24
0.00
-1.94
-5.70
-9.35
66.67
-2.79
-9.03
-36.84
35.36
-4.49
-17.05
11.11
-3.39
7.69
25.00
63.33
-11.13
-10.06
24.95
12.70
-9.18
1.74
-1.13
-3.95
-9.64
-12.50
0.00
-7.14
0.00
9.43
0.54
-2.86
0.00
36.25
0.00
-1.78
-1.71
7.81
0.00
-0.71
-1.55
-2.10
0.00
-4.85
-0.62
-25.00
5.54
1.88
-7.76
0.00
1.52
-0.87
-12.50
5.26
0.00
0.00
-2.07
-2.91
2.13
8.95
25.70
1.09
-18.60
-2.14
-2.14
-2.54
78.43
-2.66
0.00
65
27
2,356
1,307
1,424
100
558
560
100
1,711
1,268
276
17
2,224
7,686
21,091
5
1,256
1,451
48
800
5,569
321
20
535
114
140
100
98
55
3,831
2,270
4,462
621
1,389
150
465
350
4,110
3,526
2,344
3,301
16,056
70
2,694
61
6,915
15,271
8,715
3,288
6,672
3,678
624
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
49,322
70,788
23
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.9
48,043
1,968
28
2,748
374
1,563
332
3,572
12,456
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
6,315
4,276
1,717
37,439
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
-
24.1
442.6
340.7
85.6
163.4
30.4
83.6
152.3
160.3
195.5
287.3
241.7
447.4
514.7
155.8
297.9
217.4
282.0
144.6
197.5
245.2
115.9
163.1
714.3
194.7
304.8
89.6
301.2
27.4
4.4
287.0
601.2
138.9
74.7
77.8
23.8
108.7
203.8
109.8
466.2
370.5
82.0
335.4
-
29
DAILIES
0
China
India
Japan
Germany
United Kingdom
Korea, Republic of
Pakistan
France
Thailand
Brazil
Italy
Turkey
Indonesia
Canada
Korea, North
Poland
Mexico
Taiwan
Spain
Netherlands, The
Philippines
Sweden
Ukraine
Australia
Malaysia
Egypt
Vietnam
Venezuela
Austria
Switzerland
Norway
Finland
Hong Kong
Cuba
Czech Republic
South Africa
Colombia
Iran
Hungary
Belgium
Saudi Arabia
Romania
Belarus
Bangladesh
Argentina
Denmark
Greece
Singapore
Algeria
Nigeria
Ireland
Israel
New Zealand
Portugal
Chile
Sri Lanka
Puerto Rico
Croatia
Bulgaria
Guatemala
Myanmar
Lithuania
Ecuador
Slovakia
Kuwait
Slovenia
Latvia
Morocco
Kazakhstan
Estonia
Salvador, El
Dominican Republic
Lebanon
Tajikistan
Ghana
Kenya
Costa Rica
Panama
Ivory Coast
Macau
Nicaragua
Oman
Honduras
Trinidad and Tobago
Bahrain
Serbia
Macedonia
Bolivia
Uruguay
20,000
40,000
60,000
80,000
100,000
98,744
88,863
69,100
52,329
21,091
16,056
16,036
7,890
7,686
7,300
7,230
5,569
5,143
4,866
4,573
4,500
4,462
4,200
4,200
4,110
3,831
3,780
3,526
3,301
2,970
2,800
2,700
2,600
2,400
2,356
2,344
2,270
2,224
2,000
1,800
1,711
1,628
1,600
1,600
1,451
1,424
1,397
1,389
1,307
1,300
1,287
1,268
1,256
1,050
960
820
800
800
750
721
621
602
600
586
560
558
550
550
535
530
465
430
350
321
300
300
276
250
240
240
217
215
215
199
191
190
185
180
165
160
160
150
150
140
138
135
30
DAILIES
0
Paraguay
Syria
Zimbabwe
Senegal
Jordan
Tanzania
Jamaica
Luxembourg
Madagascar
Mauritius
Cyprus
Malta
Moldova
Ethiopia
Uganda
Sudan
Qatar
Reunion
Cameroon
Libya
Vatican
Martinique
Albania
Turkmenistan
Cambodia
Kyrgyzstan
Montenegro
Zambia
Aruba
Papua New Guinea
Mongolia
Congo, Democratic Republic of
the
Liberia
Barbados
Iceland
Angola
Benin
Mali
Bahamas, The
Yemen
Fiji
Brunei
Burkina Faso
Guyana
Uzbekistan
Namibia
Armenia
Andorra
Afghanistan
New Caledonia
Guinea
Swaziland
Laos
Georgia
Malawi
Sierra Leone
French Polynesia
Burundi
Gabon
Somalia
Guam
Liechtenstein
Bermuda
Cayman Islands
Mozambique
Faroe Islands
French Guiana
Maldives
Botswana
Mauritania
Antigua and Barbuda
Haiti
American Samoa
Togo
Solomon Islands
Gibraltar
Lesotho
Gambia, The
Seychelles
East Timor
Vanuatu
Guadeloupe
Cook Islands
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
130
130
125
120
120
115
115
114
110
110
100
100
100
98
92
92
90
81
73
70
70
70
65
65
56
55
55
55
54
54
54
52
50
50
48
48
41
40
40
40
40
40
40
35
33
32
30
30
28
28
27
26
26
25
25
25
24
22
22
22
20
20
20
20
20
19
18
17
17
17
15
15
11
9
9
8
8
7
7
5
5
5
5
4
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
31
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
32
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
33
DAILIES
PAID-FOR MORNING DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
16
17
17
0.00
17
11,280
1.5
18
288
17
46,617
20
281
17
46,930
20
275
18
46,887
23
153
56
18
46,123
23
199
56
18
45,441
27.78
-30.90
5.88
-2.52
0.00
30.07
0.00
0.00
-1.48
23
199
56
18
45,441
220
3,186
1,845
169
216,972
104.5
62.5
30.4
106.5
209.4
139
567
-
569
-
570
470
0.18
-
139
570
470
5,843
12,213
9,071
23.8
46.7
51.8
653
653
3,265
200.0
524
525
526
2,970
503
-4.37
2,970
503
16,620
3,218
178.7
156.3
2,137
1,260
2,268
467
54
118
3,571
2,594
-
2,126
1,260
2,243
454
53
115
4,077
2,593
1,404
2,144
1,260
1,486
473
192
2,255
22,095
460
63
500
115
3,979
2,866
2,486
1,361
2,153
1,260
1,466
1,742
881
2,240
21,543
474
1,460
64
645
527
115
4,369
2,835
2,405
1,340
2,356
1,280
1,424
1,711
1,055
2,224
21,091
477
1,451
48
691
535
114
4,462
2,784
2,344
-
10.25
1.59
-1.94
2.14
-11.11
-3.39
24.95
-9.64
-
9.43
1.59
-2.86
-1.78
19.75
-0.71
-2.10
0.63
-0.62
-25.00
7.13
1.52
-0.87
2.13
-1.80
-2.54
-
2,356
1,280
1,424
1,711
1,055
192
2,224
21,091
477
1,451
48
691
535
114
4,462
2,784
2,344
1,340
6,915
15,271
8,715
8,751
4,413
1,142
4,321
70,788
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.90
2,748
374
32,135
7,564
6,326
47,875
340.7
83.8
163.4
195.5
239.1
168.1
514.7
297.9
107.1
144.6
197.5
211.8
194.7
304.8
138.9
368.1
370.5
28.0
Africa
Mozambique
America, North
Bahamas, The
Costa Rica
Jamaica
America, South
Bolivia
Chile
Ecuador
Asia
Singapore
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Poland
Sweden
Switzerland
United Kingdom
34
DAILIES
PAID-FOR MORNING DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
35
DAILIES
PAID-FOR EVENING & AFTERNOON DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
12
12
8,569
13
12
8,255
15
12
7,739
16
59
12
7,222
17
59
12
6,888
41.67
0.00
-19.62
6.25
0.00
0.00
-4.62
17
59
12
6,888
220
1,845
169
216,972
77.3
32.0
71.0
31.7
40
-
33
-
33
-
32
60
-3.03
-
32
60
12,213
9,071
2.6
6.6
356
356
3,265
109.0
215
214
203
218
7.39
218
3,218
67.7
40
825
22
-
40
834
18
3,680
40
852
65
660
786
3,206
40
409
846
113
768
3,490
27
213
779
109
743
-
-32.50
-5.58
-
-32.50
-47.92
-7.92
-3.54
-3.26
-
27
213
65
779
18
109
743
3,490
15,271
4,413
1,142
4,454
243
3,262.90
7,564
47,875
1.8
48.3
56.9
174.9
74.1
33.4
98.2
72.9
America, North
Bahamas, The
Jamaica
America, South
Chile
Ecuador
Asia
Singapore
Australia & Oceania
New Zealand
Europe
Belarus
Denmark
Estonia
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Sweden
United Kingdom
PAID-FOR EVENING & AFTERNOON DAILIES:

AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
36
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: ANNUAL COPY SALES (millions of copies)
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
36.0
294.0
-
340.1
-
386.0
-
13.50
-
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
1,696.0
99.0
1,670.0
96.0
1,669.0
94.0
1,752.0
55.6
59.9
-39.49
7.73
America, South
Bolivia
Chile
Uruguay
248.0
10.9
51.0
218.0
-
602.0
-
218.3
-
-63.74
-
0.6
11,346.0
1,679.0
52.0
700.0
11.0
327.0
163.0
-
1,644.0
54.0
12.0
-
1,751.0
56.0
14.0
1,636.0
60.0
1,826.0
64.0
1,877.0
23.08
-
6.67
2.79
232.0
950.0
241.0
909.0
230.0
227.0
224.0
-3.45
-1.32
1,868.0
440.0
214.0
494.0
70.0
759.0
2,507.0
221.0
474.0
22.9
184.0
2,040.0
81.0
35.0
41.0
6.3
1,333.0
743.0
754.8
188.0
156.0
1,505.0
1,227.0
783.0
5,515.0
1,871.0
439.0
182.0
544.0
490.0
70.0
759.0
2,457.0
219.8
469.0
24.2
236.0
2,013.0
80.0
34.1
47.0
1,291.0
718.0
738.1
193.0
154.9
1,520.0
1,262.0
767.0
5,384.0
1,875.0
444.0
137.0
501.0
456.0
71.0
750.0
2,445.0
226.5
448.0
21.6
231.0
1,987.0
75.0
34.4
9.6
1,251.0
729.0
844.1
155.0
145.7
1,535.0
1,216.0
761.0
5,215.0
1,873.0
438.4
506.0
455.0
75.0
753.0
2,410.0
213.0
445.0
21.9
235.0
1,905.0
73.0
34.2
10.8
1,189.0
696.0
807.0
198.4
140.2
1,520.0
1,214.0
736.0
473.7
5,134.0
2,070.0
427.0
513.0
391.0
78.5
746.0
2,325.0
205.8
447.0
16.9
228.2
1,941.0
33.7
1,164.0
670.0
818.0
189.9
145.7
1,488.0
1,184.5
710.0
-
10.81
-2.95
3.85
12.14
-1.71
-7.26
-6.88
-5.70
-26.20
24.02
-4.85
-3.71
-12.68
-9.83
8.37
1.01
-6.60
-1.13
-3.46
-9.32
-
10.52
-2.60
1.38
-14.07
4.67
-0.93
-3.53
-3.38
0.45
-22.83
-2.89
1.89
-1.46
-2.10
-3.74
1.36
-4.28
3.92
-2.11
-2.43
-3.53
-
Asia
East Timor
India
Indonesia
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkey
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
37
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: ANNUAL COPY SALES (millions of copies)
38
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: CHANGE IN ANNUAL COPY SALES
(number of copies), 2006/05 (%)
39
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES
(in national currencies, millions, current prices)
Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa (South Africa, rand)
1,572.0
1,700.0
1,926.0
2,296.0
America, North
Canada (Canada, dollar)
Costa Rica (Costa Rica, colon)
United States of America (United States of America, dollar)
2510.0
44,102.0
2529.0
25,594.0
44,939.0
2611.0
25,036.0
46,703.0
2659.3
47,408.0
27,619.0
46,611.0
5.69
-1.68
America, South
Argentina (Argentina, peso)
Brazil (Brazil, real)
Colombia (Colombia, peso)
Peru (Peru, nuevo sol)
Uruguay (Uruguay, peso)
1,138.2
1,919.0
574,908.0
60.0
279.0
2,006.0
688,448.0
57.0
325.0
2,315.0
58.0
-
2,564.8
-
3,340.9
-
193.52
-
30.26
-
25,600.0
44,547.0
744,000.0
31,500.0
2,375.4
820.0
30,000.0
901.0
8.11
135.25
-4.76
9.88
2,338.0
2,308.0
19.59
-1.28
30.36
32.25
68.75
12.00
0.98
18.64
33.06
5.31
35.19
29.09
8.11
16.79
74.86
11.36
-
6.10
14.55
2.50
1.37
1.45
-1.40
4.49
3.77
4.89
5.73
-0.46
6.72
20.96
3.83
-
Asia
Armenia (Armenia, dram)
China (China, yuan)
East Timor (Uruguay, peso)
India (India, rupee)
Indonesia (Indonesia, rupiah)
Israel (Israel, new shekel)
Japan (Japan, yen)
Lebanon (Lebanon, pound)
Malaysia (Malaysia, ringgit)
Mongolia (Mongolia, tugrik)
Sri Lanka (Sri Lanka, rupee)
Turkey (Turkish new lira)
Australia & Oceania
Australia (Australia, dollar)
Europe
Austria (Austria, euro)
Belgium (Belgium, euro)
Bulgaria (Bulgaria, lev)
Czech Republic (Czech Republic, koruna)
Denmark (Denmark, krone)
Estonia (Estonia, kroon)
Finland (Finland, euro)
France (France, euro)
Germany (Germany, euro)
Greece (Greece, euro)
Hungary (Hungary, forint)
Ireland (Ireland, euro)
Italy (Italy, euro)
Latvia (Latvia, lat)
Lithuania (Lithuania, litas)
Luxembourg (Luxembourg, euro)
Macedonia (Macedonia, denar)
Netherlands, The (Netherlands, euro)
Poland (Poland, zloty)
Romania (Romanian leu)
Serbia (Serbian dinar)
Slovakia (Slovakia, koruna)
Spain (Spain, euro)
Sweden (Sweden, krona)
Ukraine (Ukraine, hryvnia)
United Kingdom (United Kingdom, pound)
40
30.2
18,848.0
24,301.0
26,500.0
0.1
0.1
26,586.0
32,713.0
37,164.0
3,502,100.0 5,326,000.0 6,684,000.0
164.8
210.0
771,000.0 754,000.0 755,000.0
27,750.0
22,500.0
29,750.0
1,887.9
2,039.0
2,267.1
32.4
1,406.0
383.0
459.0
645.0
1,930.0
2,051.0
2,213.0
537.4
547.7
352.4
411.1
56.0
65.0
73.0
6,249.0
6,388.0
7,322.0
7,789.0
8,264.0
2,410.0
2,274.0
2,381.0
2,605.0
224.0
252.0
280.0
330.0
378.0
475.0
484.0
511.0
519.0
532.0
1,426.0
1,374.0
1,408.0
1,420.5
1440.0
4,937.0
4,455.0
4,502.0
4,476.6
118.0
182.1
123.0
138.0
140.0
35,627.0
39,718.0
45,023.0
48,077.0
47,406.0
419.0
486.0
546.0
570.5
1,413.0
1,382.0
1,401.0
1,434.0
1488.0
10.8
11.4
12.7
13.9
14.6
110.0
115.0
142.0
134.3
142.0
64.1
67.0
68.9
69.3
308.0
560.0
628.0
675.0
657.0
654.0
2,036.0
2,971,519.1 3,692,006.9 5,565,121.0 4,868,750.3 5,196,135.2
1704.4
1,152.0
1,418.0
1,794.0
1,222.8
1,286.6
1,375.8
1,664.2
7,504.3
7,506.0
7,622.0
8,049.0
8,357.0
65.3
70.5
77.7
87.2
2,309.0
2,351.0
2,448.0
2,455.0
-
DAILIES
(in USD, million, current prices)
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
149.3
224.6
298.1
359.9
1,598.7
44,102.0
1,806.4
62.5
44,939.0
2,008.5
56.0
46,703.0
2,197.8
47,408.0
52.3
46,611.0
5.69
-1.68
366.0
646.1
222.8
16.4
13.1
643.0
234.3
15.8
11.5
790.1
16.5
-
875.4
-
1081.2
-
195.43
-
23.51
-
Asia
Armenia
China
India
Indonesia
Israel
Japan
Lebanon
Malaysia
Sri Lanka
Turkey
0.1
2,273.6
546.1
374.6
34.8
6,157.2
17.7
496.8
14.7
248.7
2,931.4
701.1
619.8
46.2
6,501.1
14.5
536.6
300.0
3,196.6
819.7
747.2
6,979.8
19.2
596.6
444.8
3,122.0
1,009.7
6,756.3
20.8
626.8
607.4
19.5
625.7
9.76
151.58
-6.40
3.01
Australia & Oceania

Australia
1,048.9
1,331.8
1,627.2
1,784.7
1,735.3
65.44
-2.77
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Poland
Romania
Serbia
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
507.0
332.5
27.1
190.5
305.8
13.5
448.1
1,345.3
4,657.6
111.3
138.1
1,333.0
17.4
30.1
60.5
4.8
528.3
87.2
25.4
772.1
11.9
3,446.3
615.4
461.9
37.6
226.3
345.6
18.2
543.8
1,543.8
5,005.6
204.6
176.9
470.8
1,552.8
19.9
37.6
75.3
705.6
108.3
38.6
1,373.9
929.0
12.8
3,854.1
284.6
397.5
22.2
630.9
1,738.3
5,558.0
151.9
221.9
600.0
1,729.6
23.4
51.1
85.1
833.3
166.4
55.6
1,588.4
1,037.0
14.2
4,450.9
324.7
434.2
26.2
648.8
1,775.6
5,595.8
172.5
240.5
682.5
1,792.5
24.9
48.7
821.3
628.4
165.8
25.4
1,719.8
1,077.5
16.9
4,463.6
46.5
365.2
30.3
665.0
1,800.0
175.0
224.9
713.1
1,860.0
26.1
51.6
86.6
817.5
184.4
2,080.3
1,132.4
-
71.90
91.74
124.68
48.40
33.80
57.20
62.88
39.53
49.66
71.85
43.24
54.74
111.57
46.67
-
12.47
15.64
2.50
1.37
1.45
-6.49
4.49
3.77
4.87
6.12
-0.46
11.18
20.96
5.09
-
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Colombia
Peru
Uruguay
41
DAILIES
42
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: CHANGE IN ADVERTISING REVENUES
(current prices), 2006/05 (%)
43
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: SALES REVENUES
(in national currencies, millions, current prices)
Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
Tanzania (Tanzania, shilling)
1,636.0
7,200.0
1,789.0
-
2,025.0
-
2,406.0
-
America, North
674.0
6,830.0
722.6
6,974.0
745.1
6,832.0
789.1
-
209.0
64.1
241.0
70.5
-
64.5
-
649.5
66.54
17.88
America, South
Ecuador (United States of America, dollar)
Asia
Japan (Japan, yen)
Australia & Oceania
New Zealand (New Zealand, dollar)
Europe
Croatia (Croatia, kuna)
Iceland (Iceland, krona)
Italy (Italy, euro)
Portugal (Portugal, euro)
Spain (Spain, euro)
44
600.0
0.3
0.1
1,275,000.0 1,265,000.0 1,257,300.0 1,256,200.0
56,000.0
58,000.0
60,300.0
65,100.0
2,866.0
3,053.0
3,053.0
390.0
254.0
470.0
551.0
1,116.0
230.3
240.7
253.3
259.7
2.53
278.3
1,286.0
3,797.0
3,910.0
235.0
383.0
2,179.9
3,893.0
184.8
1,567.0
211.0
1,421.0
16.6
17.0
413.4
837.0
1,560.0
1,140.7
6,824.7
2,058.8
299.0
1,096.0
3,796.0
4,048.0
240.0
439.0
2,243.0
3,947.0
183.6
1,320.6
259.0
1,592.0
16.3
18.2
468.0
902.0
1,418.0
1,160.0
6,851.0
2,068.7
312.0
824.7
4,377.0
4,074.0
286.0
452.0
3,970.0
189.0
285.0
1,722.0
16.4
18.4
914.0
114.0
1,534.0
1,289.0
7,025.0
2,159.8
319.0
4,537.0
4,144.0
342.0
205.0
302.9
1,668.0
16.8
20.1
906.0
113.9
1,501.0
1,263.0
7,129.0
1,162.7
2,286.5
322.0
4,891.0
248.0
455.0
4,013.7
33,719.0
314.3
1,718.0
20.9
885.0
125.0
1,530.0
1,260.0
-
15.70
28.81
5.53
18.80
3.10
48.96
20.90
22.94
5.73
-1.92
10.46
-
0.94
7.80
-27.49
3.76
3.00
3.98
-2.32
9.75
1.93
-0.24
-
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: SALES REVENUES
(in USD, million)
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
155.4
7.2
236.3
-
313.5
-
377.1
-
429.3
6,830.0
516.1
6,974.0
573.2
6,832.0
652.2
-
9.8
17.8
8.5
20.1
-
64.5
-
1.1
10,182.1
35.8
2.6
253.3
10,907.1
37.3
2.7
166.0
11,623.4
39.0
2.7
324.1
11,407.6
42.9
408.2
451.0
78.10
10.51
724.7
133.9
159.4
178.4
168.6
-5.46
262.6
158.8
115.7
496.2
14.2
361.3
2,056.5
3672.6
174.3
17.1
199.1
1,340.6
26.8
16.0
6.4
789.6
34.4
1,076.1
702.1
3,072.8
336.0
157.3
134.5
615.2
17.3
493.3
2,520.2
4434.8
206.3
17.2
291.0
1,788.8
28.7
20.5
8.6
1,013.5
38.6
1,303.4
847.9
3,391.3
385.2
131.3
170.1
680.1
22.7
558.0
4901.2
233.3
351.9
2,125.9
30.4
22.7
1,128.4
140.7
47.5
1,591.4
955.8
3,926.9
398.8
189.1
690.7
27.2
256.3
378.6
2,085.0
30.0
25.1
1,132.5
142.4
48.3
1,578.8
954.4
225.3
4,157.3
402.5
216.1
19.9
568.8
5017.1
159.9
392.9
2,147.5
26.1
1,106.3
156.3
51.5
1,575.0
-
53.30
86.75
40.57
57.41
36.61
97.37
60.19
62.84
40.10
49.58
46.36
-
0.94
14.28
-26.77
3.77
3.00
3.94
-2.32
9.74
6.67
-0.24
-
America, North
Canada
America, South
Ecuador
Peru
Uruguay
Asia
Armenia
Japan
Lebanon
Mongolia
Turkey
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Belgium
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Portugal
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
45
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: SALES REVENUES (in USD, million)
46
DAILIES
PAID-FOR DAILIES: CHANGE IN SALES REVENUES
47
DAILIES
DAILY NEWSPAPER REACH (%)
Country
48
All adults
Men
Women
Main household
shopper
Africa
Namibia
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
14
25.2
8
29.7
2
-
20.8
-
26
-
America, North
Costa Rica
Mexico
90.3
33
49.9
92.5
30
52.3
88.1
30
47.6
45
-
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
Peru
Uruguay
Venezuela
45
47
75.2
40
48
23.9
70
33
52
77.6
24
50
55.4
25.2
60
39
44
73.9
26
46
44.6
22.7
63
52
38
24
48
Asia
Armenia
China
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Israel
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Kyrgyzstan
Laos
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Myanmar
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
14
60.6
75
46
29.8
62.7
92
53.2
29
21
39.9
54.7
60
45
80
90
52.8
28
33.3
37.8
66.3
92.5
57.1
32
49
55.2
54.6
82
53.9
44.7
21.7
59.3
91.6
41.2
25
30.9
44.8
45.4
77
51.7
21.8
61.9
23
40.9
37.4
79
30.8
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
60
50.4
64
51.6
56
49.3
59
53.3
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
72.7
51.7
39
86
49.9
82.5
68.5
82
43.5
73.7
3
50
96
53.7
41.8
64.7
56.1
66.7
24
36
72.5
83
65.7
82.3
50.8
10.7
35.3
60
51.6
41.8
84
77.5
30.1
33.2
74.7
56.1
42
54
52.9
84.3
65.3
83
47.9
75.7
15.9
54
57.2
53.2
65.9
56.5
68.5
14
42.3
73.9
83
69.4
89.1
58.4
11.5
41.7
65
54.6
50.9
84
80.5
31.7
35.5
70.9
47.5
36
46
47
80.8
69.9
80
39.5
71.9
10.2
46
50.3
31.2
63.7
55.8
64.9
10
29.7
71.1
84
61
76.1
43.8
10
29.1
45
48.6
33.1
84
74.6
28.7
30.9
74.2
50.4
74
53.2
82.8
68.5
42.5
11.7
48
51.7
34.5
64.9
56.5
68.9
72.3
64.5
49.5
11.4
35.3
34.2
84
76.9
31.6
DAILIES
DAILY NEWSPAPER CONSUMPTION (minutes/day)
Countries
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
37
40
39
41
42
13.51
2.44
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
47
46
27
49
46
25
48
27
-
49
-
33
24
-
-29.79
-47.83
-
-32.65
-
America, South
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
115
210
112
224
114
30
222
115
30
-
112
30
201
-2.61
-4.29
-2.61
0.00
-
Asia
China
India
Israel
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Malaysia
Taiwan
Turkey
56
37
21
30
62
27
41
68
21
-
53
34
102
22
45
49
26
22
46
48
44
31
29.7
42
-14.29
40.00
-2.04
-8.70
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
19
20
29.53
38
31
-
4.98
-
30
15
48
40
8
39.9
30
15
28
49
-
41
15
39
30
41.3
40
30
16
30
47
-
43
18
19
48
36
40.4
15
29
39
-
54
43
19
28
43.1
46
20
18
45
17
29
37
50
41
23
28
20
9.7
17
29
38
22
36.67
13.33
3.57
-22.45
-
0.00
0.00
-46.11
0.00
0.00
2.70
-56.00
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Denmark
Finland
Germany
Greece
Ireland
Malta
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Russia
Serbia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
49
DAILIES
COVER PRICES OF DAILY NEWSPAPERS
(price minimum, using most recent available figures)
Country
Africa
Mozambique (Mozambique, metical)
Uganda (Uganda, shilling)
National currency
Single copy
Subscription
Single copy
USD
Subscription
12,000
1.5
150
600
12,000
2.8
-
0.52
0.87
0.43
0.45
0.52
0.41
-
America, North
Bermuda (Bermuda, dollar)
Mexico (Mexico, peso)
0.75
0.8
100
2
0.25
670
2.85
97
4
0.5
0.75
1.11
0.57
1.03
1
670
3.43
0.29
0.52
3.5
America, South
Bolivia (Bolivia, boliviano)
Chile (Chile, peso)
0.4
1
200
0.25
0.5
25
13
284
0.25
49
-
0.05
1.38
1.11
0.9
1.04
1.05
1.6
0.53
0.45
15.77
-
100
1,375.26
0.5
0.5
1,930
60
400
1,000
1.2
255
0.4
6
0.25
100
916.84
48,000
50
8,000
1,000
7,167
0.4
-
0.24
0.3
0.02
0.26
0.22
2.15
0.68
1.3
0.4
0.23
0.47
0.26
0.35
0.26
0.2
5.37
1.44
16.54
1.3
6.4
0.47
-
0.9
0.6
1.88
0.97
10
0.96
0.95
0.5
6
0.4
5
10
2.3
1.2
0.7
0.98
0.5
69
220
0.9
1
0.25
0.7
5
1.5
1
8
0.9
1.5 *
25
9
95
0.85
9
1.6
0.5
0.3
0.74
0.67
0.65
6
5
6.85
3.5
0.55
22.53
45
2,800
0.67
0.12
0.39
5
200
0.65
390
0.5
61.74
8
0.5
4.55
0.71
0.5
-
0.49
1.2
2.5
3.82
1
0.65
0.8
4.21
1.44
2.5
1.13
1.22
3.75
1.19
3.14
3.13
1.38
0.8
1.31
0.4
0.12
2.5
3.11
1.27
1.88
0.5
0.5
1.26
1.88
2.71
1.83
0.29
1.11
0.93
1.49
1.02
1
0.75
3.2
1.03
0.69
28.16
1.19
39.94
1.09
0.73
0.83
0.4
16.22
1.75
590.06
1.27
77.18
0.47
1.6
1.86
0.86
0.29
-
Asia
Azerbaijan (Azerbaijani manat)
Georgia (Georgia, lari)
Japan (Japan, yen)
Korea, Republic of (Korea, Republic of, won)
Singapore (Singapore, dollar)
Australia & Oceania
Europe
Albania (Albania, lek)
Cyprus (Cyprus, pound)
Italy (Italy, euro)
Moldova (Moldova, Leu)
Norway (Norway, krone)
Slovenia (Slovenia, tolar)
Spain (Spain, euro)
Switzerland (Switzerland, franc)
* Price maximum
50
DAILIES
TOP 20 FREE DAILIES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Title
Language
Country
Metro
Leggo
20 Minutos
Que!
ADN
Metro
Metro
City
E Polis
Metro Directo
20 Minutes
The Daily Focus
Metro
Metro
Headline Daily
Metro, Novaya Gorodskaya Gazeta (Moscow)
Metro
am7
Direct Soir
Metro
English
Italian
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
English / French
Italian
Italian
Italian
Spanish
French
Korean
English
French
Chinese
Russian
Polish
Korean
French
Korean / English
United Kingdom
Italy
Spain
Spain
Spain
Canada
Italy
Italy
Italy
Spain
France
Korea, Republic of
France
Hong Kong
Russia
Poland
Korea, Republic of
France
Korea, Republic of
Circulation (000)
1,134
1,050
997
970
914
900
850
840
780
766
739
700
638
636
603
600
511
500
500
500
COUNTRIES OF TOP 20 FREE DAILIES

Country
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Italy
Spain
France
Korea, Republic of
Canada
Hong Kong
Poland
Russia
United Kingdom
No. top 20 free dailies

4
4
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
51
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
Africa
Botswana
0.00
0.00
1,012
1.0
America, North
Canada
Dominican Republic
Mexico
2
4
1
20
3
4
1
28
3
3
2
29
24
3
2
34
25
3
3
50
1,150.00
-25.00
200.00
150.00
4.17
0.00
50.00
47.06
25
3
3
50
26,978
6,189
28,301
216,972
0.9
0.5
0.1
0.2
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Venezuela
4
3
1
-
4
3
1
-
6
3
1
-
6
3
1
-
6
4
3
2
1
50.00
0.00
100.00
-
0.00
0.00
100.00
-
6
4
3
2
1
13,669
135,482
12,213
9,071
6,628
0.4
0.0
0.2
0.2
0.2
Asia
China
Hong Kong
Israel
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Malaysia
Philippines
Singapore
Taiwan
1
1
1
1
1
2
-
1
1
3
1
1
2
-
1
1
1
8
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
9
1
2
2
2
2
200.00
0.00
800.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
-
100.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
2
3
1
1
9
1
2
2
2
2
937,652
5,930
4,968
109,521
39,635
13,284
58,168
3,265
18,072
1,954
0.0
0.5
0.2
0.0
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.6
0.1
1.0
Australia & Oceania

Australia
50.00
50.00
16,620
0.2
Europe
Andorra
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
1
1
1
3
2
3
1
1
1
5
2
2
4
2
4
6
1
1
1
5
2
3
2
1
1
5
2
2
9
2
4
6
1
2
1
1
5
2
7
3
1
1
5
2
2
2
2
15
3
3
8
1
1
1
2
6
1
2
8
3
1
2
3
5
1
1
2
2
3
2
2
2
23
3
4
8
1
4
1
1
1
4
12
1
2
8
4
3
1
2
3
10
1
1
3
3
3
2
3
31
1
28
6
7
2
12
300.00
0.00
300.00
300.00
0.00
166.67
200.00
0.00
100.00
100.00
50.00
50.00
600.00
200.00
75.00
100.00
0.00
300.00
0.00
100.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
50.00
50.00
0.00
0.00
50.00
1,450.00
21.74
100.00
75.00
50.00
1
4
1
1
1
4
12
1
2
8
4
3
1
2
3
10
1
1
3
3
3
2
3
31
1
28
6
7
2
12
61
6,915
15,271
8,715
3,678
8,751
4,413
1,142
4,321
49,322
70,788
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.90
48,043
1,968
2,748
1,563
13,350
32,135
8,311
17,850
79,112
6,315
37,439
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
16.4
0.6
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.5
2.7
0.9
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.7
0.1
8.2
0.9
0.2
0.5
0.4
1.9
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.2
0.7
0.8
1.1
0.0
0.3
52
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
53
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
54
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Africa
Botswana
65
65
65
65
65
0.00
0.00
65
1,012
64.2
456
486
50
1,526
660
466
50
2,312
667
365
80
2,721
1,553
365
90
3,312
1,707
365
220
3,949
274.34
-24.90
340.00
158.78
9.92
0.00
144.44
19.23
1,707
365
220
3,949
26,978
6,189
28,301
216,972
63.3
59.0
7.8
18.2
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Venezuela
481
234
95
-
451
251
100
-
188
216
120
-
202
200
150
-
207
340
210
140
80
-56.96
-10.26
47.37
-
2.48
5.00
-6.67
-
207
340
210
140
80
13,669
135,482
12,213
9,071
6,628
15.1
2.5
17.2
15.4
12.1
Asia
China
Hong Kong
Israel
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Malaysia
Philippines
Singapore
Taiwan
302
77
400
140
100
280
-
308
80
1,447
143
115
450
-
150
323
82
2,906
145
115
531
100
60
300
1,118
150
83
3,080
150
115
250
100
65
600
1,216
180
84
3,210
230
215
370
200
101
302.65
9.09
702.50
64.29
115.00
32.14
-
100.00
8.77
20.00
1.20
4.22
53.33
86.96
48.00
100.00
55.38
600
1,216
180
84
3,210
230
215
370
200
101
937,652
5,930
4,968
109,521
39,635
13,284
58,168
3,265
18,072
1,954
0.6
205.1
36.2
0.8
81.0
17.3
3.7
113.3
11.1
51.7
Australia & Oceania

Australia
180
180
180
180
271
50.56
50.56
271
16,620
16.3
150
176
200
373
174
936
88
322
86
2,005
751
298
1,183
580
770
837
150
200
200
530
165
1,030
198
320
97
2,150
803
294
1,720
596
750
820
5
330
220
200
581
170
1,259
214
320
100
2,280
10
940
518
200
1,943
672
619
890
5
200
218
470
656
42
194
1,461
235
340
187
127
3,020
100
50
10
1,109
897
221
30
435
3,446
765
821
1,206
5
658
28
226
187
1,088
2,113
58
200
2,116
163
235
324
202
165
4,750
103
101
60
938
1,281
326
187
1,135
150
4,962
1,195
1,166
210
2,388
338.67
28.41
444.00
466.49
14.94
126.07
167.05
0.62
134.88
136.91
24.90
329.87
319.44
106.03
51.43
185.30
0.00
229.00
3.67
131.49
222.10
38.10
3.09
44.83
0.00
-4.71
8.02
29.92
57.28
3.00
102.00
500.00
-15.42
42.81
47.51
523.33
160.92
43.99
56.21
42.02
98.01
5
658
28
226
187
1,088
2,113
58
200
2,116
163
235
324
202
165
4,750
103
101
60
938
1,281
326
187
1,135
150
4,962
1,195
1,166
210
2,388
61
6,915
15,271
8,715
3,678
8,751
4,413
1,142
4,321
49,322
70,788
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.90
48,043
1,968
2,748
1,563
13,350
32,135
8,311
17,850
79,112
6,315
37,439
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
82.0
95.2
1.8
25.9
50.8
124.3
478.8
50.8
46.3
42.9
2.3
52.8
32.3
831.3
50.6
98.9
52.3
36.8
38.4
70.3
39.9
39.2
10.5
14.3
23.8
132.5
158.0
184.3
5.2
49.9
America, North
Canada
Dominican Republic
Mexico
Europe
Andorra
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
55
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
56
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
57
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES
(national currencies, millions, current prices)
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
America, South
37.8
62.2
74.8
97.88
20.26
Asia
38.9
50.4
65.1
60.6
236.0
892.0
3,895.0
53.0
939.0
1,101.0
232.0
920.0
4,535.0
76.0
942.0
1,159.0
254.0
1005.0
4,817.0
93.0
1,230.0
1,230.0
260.0
1090.0
5,709.0
0.1
100.0
146.0
1,355.0
1,178.0
922.0
23.6
1,168.0
77.0
5,593.0
1.1
4.8
114.0
126.3
1,504.0
-
290.68
30.94
43.59
115.09
60.17
-
254.62
7.16
-2.03
816.67
14.00
11.00
-
Europe
Spain (Spain, euro)

(USD, million, current prices)
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
America, South
Argentina
12.2
21.2
24.2
99.26
14.04
Asia
Malaysia
10.2
13.3
17.1
16.0
7.2
841.5
15.1
50.0
96.6
1643.3
8.2
1,033.7
20.2
85.4
116.6
1,900.0
9.9
1,240.7
23.7
114.8
167.4
2,236.4
10.8
1,362.5
28.6
0.2
125.0
45.1
181.4
2,141.8
40.7
1.9
1,460.0
96.3
26.5
2.0
1.8
142.5
157.9
203.8
-
466.62
73.50
75.81
185.00
110.96
-
275.83
7.16
-7.08
833.33
14.00
12.35
-
Europe
Czech Republic
Estonia
France
Greece
Hungary
Latvia
Lithuania
Netherlands, The
Poland
Spain
Sweden
United Kingdom
58
DAILIES
FREE DAILIES: CHANGE IN ADVERTISING REVENUES

59
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
Africa
Algeria
Angola
Benin
Botswana
Burkina Faso
Burundi
Cameroon
Comoros
Egypt
Ethiopia
Gabon
Gambia, The
Ghana
Guinea
Ivory Coast
Kenya
Lesotho
Liberia
Libya
Madagascar
Malawi
Mali
Mauritania
Mauritius
Morocco
Mozambique
Namibia
Niger
Nigeria
Reunion
Senegal
Seychelles
Sierra Leone
Somalia
South Africa
Sudan
Swaziland
Tanzania
Togo
Tunisia
Uganda
Zambia
Zimbabwe
40
5
20
2
5
1
4
5
2
11
5
12
1
2
9
2
20
4
1
3
4
2
8
2
4
23
2
4
1
20
3
1
15
1
9
3
18
25
2
7
1
7
4
3
4
40
4
20
2
5
1
4
5
2
11
4
12
1
2
10
2
20
5
3
4
2
9
4
4
23
5
4
1
22
3
1
18
1
9
4
18
26
2
11
1
8
5
3
4
45
1
20
2
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
13
1
2
10
2
21
5
3
4
2
9
4
4
25
6
4
1
24
3
1
23
1
9
5
18
27
2
15
1
10
5
3
3
47
1
20
2
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
13
4
1
2
11
2
21
5
4
4
12
2
12
4
4
27
2
4
1
26
3
1
26
1
10
6
18
28
2
15
1
10
5
3
3
48
1
20
2
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
14
3
1
2
11
2
21
5
6
4
14
2
12
4
4
27
2
4
1
26
3
1
26
1
10
6
19
28
2
14
1
10
5
3
3
20.00
-80.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
20.00
-50.00
0.00
-20.00
16.67
0.00
0.00
22.22
0.00
5.00
25.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
50.00
100.00
0.00
17.39
0.00
0.00
0.00
30.00
0.00
0.00
73.33
0.00
11.11
100.00
5.56
12.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
42.86
25.00
0.00
-25.00
2.13
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.69
-25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
50.00
0.00
16.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
5.56
0.00
0.00
-6.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
48
1
20
2
5
1
4
6
1
11
4
14
3
1
2
11
2
21
5
1
6
4
14
2
12
4
4
27
2
4
1
26
3
1
26
1
10
6
19
28
2
14
1
10
5
3
3
23,668
6,823
4,392
1,012
7,401
4,342
10,195
2,498
396
32,955
1,984
53,166
42,123
825
915
13,725
5,390
10,454
19,931
1,278
1,732
3,918
10,265
6,957
6,071
1,728
944
22,753
11,280
1,263
6,649
76,106
553
102
7,098
61
3,313
4,929
31,687
23,630
674
21,064
3,203
7,669
14,107
6,172
7,665
2.0
0.1
4.6
2.0
0.7
0.2
0.4
2.4
2.5
0.3
2.0
0.3
0.1
1.2
2.2
0.8
0.4
2.0
0.3
0.8
3.5
1.0
1.4
0.3
2.0
2.3
4.2
1.2
0.2
3.2
0.2
0.3
5.4
9.8
3.7
16.4
3.0
1.2
0.6
1.2
3.0
0.7
0.3
1.3
0.4
0.5
0.4
America, North
Antigua and Barbuda
Aruba
Bahamas, The
Barbados
Bermuda
Canada
Cayman Islands
Costa Rica
Cuba
Dominican Republic
Guadeloupe
Guatemala
Haiti
Honduras
Jamaica
Martinique
Mexico
Nicaragua
Panama
Puerto Rico
Salvador, El
Trinidad and Tobago
2
3
3
2
1
104
1
6
18
13
7
2
6
3
1
300
3
6
5
4
1
1
5
4
1,477
1
2
3
4
2
1
105
1
7
18
12
8
2
6
3
1
1 (1)
3
6
5
4
1
1
5
4
1,484
1
2
4
4
2
1
103
1
7
18
11
1
9
2
4
3
1
2 (1)
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,486
1
2
4
4
2
1
124
1
5
18
11
1
10
2
4
3
1
2 (1)
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,486
1
2
4
4
2
1
125
2
6
18
11
1
10
2
4
3
1
3 (1)
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,487
1
0.00
33.33
33.33
0.00
0.00
20.19
100.00
0.00
0.00
-15.38
42.86
0.00
-33.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
40.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.68
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.81
100.00
20.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.07
0.00
2
4
4
2
1
125
2
6
18
11
1
10
2
4
3
1
300
3
6
7
4
1
1
5
4
1,487
1
50
58
220
224
54
26,978
36
3,186
9,206
6,189
346
7,242
4,788
4,406
1,845
339
28,301
169
3,544
1,872
3,089
28
86
4,345
852
216,972
-
40.0
69.0
18.2
8.9
18.5
4.6
55.6
1.9
2.0
1.8
2.9
1.4
0.4
0.9
1.6
2.9
10.6
17.8
1.7
3.7
1.3
35.7
11.6
1.2
4.7
6.9
-
123
19
523
182
19
529
184
19
532
184
535
184
536
49.59
2.49
0.00
0.19
184
19
536
13,669
5,843
135,482
13.5
3.3
4.0
America, South
Argentina
Bolivia
Brazil
* (1) Free dailies only
60
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES - continued
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
50
39
1
2
2
5
45
3
13
-
57
1
2
3
5
59
3
13
-
59
1
2
3
4
73
3
12
92
59
41
1
2
3
4
85
3
12
87
59
42
19
2
3
4
86
3
12
88
18.00
7.69
1,800.00
0.00
50.00
-20.00
91.11
0.00
-7.69
-
0.00
2.44
1,800.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.18
0.00
0.00
1.15
59
42
19
2
3
4
86
3
12
88
12,213
2,722
9,071
142
566
3,883
18,938
312
2,646
6,628
4.8
15.4
2.1
14.1
5.3
1.0
4.5
9.6
4.5
13.3
12
22
5
294
2
20
1,007
2
10
50
1,308
176
121
107
5
15
129
7
5
5
13
10
33
2
5
6
5
169
3
1 (1)
5
12
10
13
4
30
35
55
2
9
3
28
3
8
24
5
340
2
20
1,035
2
10
50
1,907
202
130
106
4
15
139
7
5
6
14
10
33
3
6
6
251
5
204
3
1 (1)
5
12
11
4
31
37
73
2
9
4
28
3
5
6
388
2
20
963
2
10
50
1,729
218
172
12
108
5
15
145
7
5
6
14
11
35
3
6
7
6
291
3
1 (1)
5
12
11
4
32
40
62
2
10
4
28
3
10
5
7
400
2
20
955
4
10
52
1,834
177
13
108
7
15
164
8
5
6
15
11
34
4
8
8
6
438
3
28
5
13
9
18
4
31
45
67
2
12
4
28
3
12
8
8
410
3
20
2 (1)
3
10
54
2,130
13
108
7
15
192
8
5
6
14
11
35
4
8
8
6
3
29
5
13
11
18
4
27
45
81
2
14
4
28
3
-33.33
60.00
39.46
50.00
0.00
50.00
0.00
8.00
62.84
0.93
40.00
0.00
48.84
14.29
0.00
20.00
7.69
10.00
6.06
100.00
60.00
33.33
20.00
0.00
0.00
8.33
10.00
38.46
0.00
-10.00
28.57
47.27
0.00
55.56
33.33
0.00
0.00
20.00
60.00
14.29
2.50
50.00
0.00
-25.00
0.00
3.85
16.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
17.07
0.00
0.00
0.00
-6.67
0.00
2.94
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.57
0.00
0.00
22.22
0.00
0.00
-12.90
0.00
20.90
0.00
16.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
12
8
24
8
410
3
20
955
3
10
54
2,130
218
177
13
108
7
15
192
8
5
6
14
11
35
4
8
8
251
6
438
3
29
5
13
11
18
4
27
45
81
2
14
4
28
3
17,198
2,554
5,904
507
98,873
273
8,936
937,652
677
6,537
5,930
758,020
174,707
50,752
4,968
109,521
3,913
17,616
39,635
1,766
3,602
3,730
2,887
380
13,284
203
2,043
34,867
17,347
1,778
101,076
742
58,168
678
16,699
3,265
15,354
11,904
18,072
43,733
30,718
3,265
1,954
18,331
61,594
11,507
0.7
3.1
4.1
15.8
4.1
11.0
2.2
1.0
4.4
1.5
9.1
2.8
1.2
3.5
2.6
1.0
1.8
0.9
4.8
4.5
1.4
1.6
4.8
28.9
2.6
19.7
3.9
0.2
14.5
3.4
4.3
4.0
0.5
7.4
0.8
3.4
1.2
0.3
1.5
1.0
2.6
0.6
7.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
Australia & Oceania

American Samoa
Australia
Cook Islands
Fiji
French Polynesia
Guam
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Papua New Guinea
Samoa
Solomon Islands
Vanuatu
50
1
3
2
1
1
24
2
2
2
1
1
49
1
3
2
1
1
24
2
2
2
1
1
1
49
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
1
50
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
2
51
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-4.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2
51
1
3
2
1
1
23
2
2
2
1
1
38
16,620
13
624
204
121
158
3,218
67
3,525
130
324
141
52.6
3.1
76.9
4.8
9.8
8.3
6.3
7.1
29.9
0.6
15.4
3.1
7.1
Europe
Albania
Andorra
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
18
2
17
14
29
7
19
2
17
14
29
7
21
3
19
14
29
7
29
3
18
14
29
7
28
3
22
15
29
7
55.56
50.00
29.41
7.14
0.00
0.00
-3.45
0.00
22.22
7.14
0.00
0.00
28
3
22
15
29
7
2,694
61
6,915
15,271
8,715
3,288
10.4
49.2
3.2
1.0
3.3
2.1
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
French Guiana
Guyana
Paraguay
Peru
Suriname
Uruguay
Venezuela
Asia
Afghanistan
Armenia
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Brunei
Cambodia
China
East Timor
Georgia
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Iran
Israel
Japan
Jordan
Korea, North
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan
Laos
Lebanon
Macau
Malaysia
Maldives
Mongolia
Myanmar
Nepal
Oman
Pakistan
Philippines
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Syria
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
Turkmenistan
Uzbekistan
Vietnam
Yemen

(1) Free dailies only
61
DAILIES
Change (%)
Country
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
France
Germany
Gibraltar
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Liechtenstein
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Moldova
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
San Marino
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Vatican
No.titles
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
59
12
18
74
33
12
2
56
88
374
1
39
30
3
6
96
24
2
6
7
4
4
38
81
47
14
24
436
3
19
6
136
93
102
107
1
62
11
18
66
35
11
2
55
88
372
1
39
29
3
7
96
23
2
6
10
4
5
37
78
49
15
35
472
3
15
6
145
92
101
107
1
58
12
18
81
35
11
2
55
92
371
1
40
31
3
7
96
22
2
21
6
13
4
6
37
78
48
18
51
485
3
12
7
151
93
96
109
1
60
13
21
86
37
12
2
55
93
368
1
42
39
4
11
96
23
2
22
6
12
4
7
4
37
77
46
17
48
493
3
13
11
8
162
91
95
42
112
1
16
21
90
42
13
2
55
93
374
1
42
31
3
12
101
22
2
22
6
13
4
7
4
32
77
47
18
64
552
3
11
11
8
168
91
98
41
116
1
33.33
16.67
21.62
27.27
8.33
0.00
-1.79
5.68
0.00
0.00
7.69
3.33
0.00
100.00
5.21
-8.33
0.00
0.00
85.71
0.00
75.00
-15.79
-4.94
0.00
28.57
166.67
26.61
0.00
-42.11
33.33
23.53
-2.15
-3.92
8.41
0.00
23.08
0.00
4.65
13.51
8.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.63
0.00
0.00
-20.51
-25.00
9.09
5.21
-4.35
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
-13.51
0.00
2.17
5.88
33.33
11.97
0.00
-15.38
0.00
0.00
3.70
0.00
3.16
-2.38
3.57
0.00
60
16
21
90
42
13
2
55
93
374
1
42
31
3
12
101
22
2
22
6
13
4
7
4
32
77
47
18
64
552
3
11
11
8
168
91
98
41
116
1
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
6,672
3,678
624
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
49,322
70,788
23
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.9
48,043
1,968
28
2,748
374
1,563
332
3,572
12,456
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
79,112
24
6,315
4,276
1,717
37,439
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
-
9.0
4.4
33.7
10.3
9.5
11.4
52.6
12.7
1.9
5.3
43.5
9.4
3.1
12.3
3.7
2.1
11.2
71.4
8.0
16.0
8.3
12.0
2.0
0.3
2.4
20.4
1.5
2.2
3.6
7.0
125.0
1.7
2.6
4.7
4.5
12.0
15.5
1.0
2.4
-
62
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
63
DAILIES
64
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
65
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
66
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
Africa
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Algeria
Angola
Benin
Botswana
Burkina Faso
Burundi
Cameroon
Egypt
Ethiopia
Gabon
Gambia, The
Ghana
Guinea
Ivory Coast
Kenya
Lesotho
Liberia
Libya
Madagascar
Malawi
Mali
Mauritania
Mauritius
Morocco
Mozambique
Namibia
Nigeria
Reunion
Senegal
Seychelles
Sierra Leone
Somalia
South Africa
Sudan
Swaziland
Tanzania
Togo
Uganda
Zambia
Zimbabwe
110
35
76
33
20
65
4
75
10
3,200
22
3
180
25
211
4
40
70
20
6
90
28
760
70
100
3
20
9
1,137
80
25
102
5
75
56
125
100
35
76
33
20
65
4
70
8
3,000
22
3
190
25
212
40
70
20
8
90
350
28
780
70
105
3
20
12
1,286
85
25
110
5
83
55
125
940
41
36
76
33
20
65
4
60
8
2,900
22
3
200
25
214
40
70
20
8
95
355
16
28
800
70
110
3
20
16
1,408
88
25
120
5
89
55
125
950
41
38
76
33
20
70
5
50
8
2,800
95
22
3
215
25
190
215
45
70
100
22
40
9
100
300
17
28
820
73
115
3
22
20
1,504
90
25
120
5
92
54
125
960
41
40
76
33
20
70
5
50
8
2,700
92
20
3
215
25
190
215
50
70
110
22
40
9
110
300
17
28
820
73
120
3
22
20
1,628
90
25
115
5
92
125
-62.73
14.29
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.69
25.00
-33.33
-20.00
-15.63
-9.09
0.00
19.44
0.00
1.90
25.00
0.00
10.00
50.00
22.22
0.00
7.89
4.29
20.00
0.00
10.00
122.22
43.18
12.50
0.00
12.75
0.00
22.67
0.00
1.05
0.00
5.26
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-3.57
-3.16
-9.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
11.11
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.35
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.24
0.00
0.00
-4.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
960
41
40
76
33
20
70
5
50
8
2,700
92
20
3
215
25
190
215
4
50
70
110
22
40
9
110
300
17
28
820
73
120
3
22
20
1,628
90
25
115
5
92
54
125
23,668
6,823
4,392
1,012
7,401
4,342
10,195
2,498
32,955
1,984
53,166
42,123
825
915
13,725
5,390
10,454
19,931
1,278
1,732
3,918
10,265
6,957
6,071
1,728
944
22,753
11,280
1,263
76,106
553
7,098
61
3,313
4,929
31,687
23,630
674
21,064
3,203
14,107
6,172
7,665
40.6
6.0
9.1
75.1
4.5
4.6
6.9
2.0
1.5
4.0
50.8
2.2
24.2
3.3
15.7
4.6
18.2
10.8
3.1
28.9
17.9
10.7
3.2
6.6
5.2
116.5
13.2
1.5
22.2
10.8
132.0
16.9
49.2
6.6
4.1
51.4
3.8
37.1
5.5
1.6
6.5
8.7
16.3
America, North
Antigua and Barbuda
Aruba
Bahamas, The
Barbados
Bermuda
Canada
Cayman Islands
Costa Rica
Cuba
Dominican Republic
Guadeloupe
Guatemala
Haiti
Honduras
Jamaica
Martinique
Mexico
Nicaragua
Panama
Puerto Rico
Saint Kitts and Nevis3
Salvador, El
Trinidad and Tobago
7
30
34
17
5,461
10
288
1,800
486
320
7
200
65
4,750
29
200
185
579
3
250
157
56,712
16
7
33
37
18
5,590
10
281
1,800
466
400
7
200
65
50 (1)
29
190
190
580
3
250
158
57,497
16
8
54
35
40
18
5,578
10
275
1,800
365
2
450
8
160
65
80 (1)
30
180
190
580
3
250
158
57,347
17
8
54
39
44
19
6,352
10
153
1,800
605
2
500
8
160
115
65
90 (1)
30
180
191
580
3
250
159
56,657
17
9
54
40
48
19
6,280
18
199
1,800
605
2
550
8
160
115
65
4,420
30
180
191
586
0.00
250
160
56,278
17
28.57
33.33
41.18
11.76
15.00
80.00
-30.90
0.00
24.49
71.88
14.29
-20.00
0.00
-6.95
3.45
-10.00
3.24
1.21
0.00
0.00
1.91
-0.77
6.25
12.50
0.00
2.56
9.09
0.00
-1.13
80.00
30.07
0.00
0.00
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4,811.11
0.00
0.00
0.00
1.03
3
0.00
0.63
-0.67
0.00
9
54
40
48
19
6,280
18
199
1,800
605
2
550
8
160
115
65
4,420
30
180
191
586
28
250
160
56,278
17
50
58
220
224
54
26,978
36
3,186
9,206
6,189
346
7,242
4,788
4,406
1,845
339
28,301
169
3,544
1,872
3,089
107.1
4,345
852
216,972
-
180.0
931.0
181.8
214.3
351.9
232.8
500.0
62.5
195.5
97.8
5.8
75.9
1.7
36.3
62.3
191.7
156.2
177.5
50.8
102.0
189.7
America, South
Argentina
Bolivia
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
1,572
6,972
234
1,800
95 (1)
1,579
6,470
251
100 (1)
1,363
138
6,522
816
120 (1)
1,396
6,789
802
1,550
150 (1)
1,494
7,570
812
1,600
670
-4.96
8.58
247.01
-11.11
605.26
7.02
11.50
1.25
3.23
346.67
1,494
138
7,570
812
1,600
670
13,669
5,843
135,482
12,213
2,722
9,071
109.3
23.6
55.9
66.5
587.8
73.9


(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
57.5
187.8
259.4
-
67
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000) - continued
Change (%)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
15
13
140
155
-
15
30
150
152
2,400
15
30
140
140
2,450
15
32
130
135
2,400
15
32
130
135
2,480
0.00
146.15
-7.14
-12.90
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.33
15
32
130
135
2,480
142
566
3,883
2,646
6,628
105.6
56.5
33.5
51.0
374.2
27
180
1,000
30
50
85,470
24
302
57,844
4,665
70,892
70
300
4,500
400
300
36
20
215
168
2,474
9
42
817
120
6,009
35
100
60
1,190
1,325
493
120
4,100
237
6,500
3,306
600
27
2,600
35
26
180
1,000
25
50
88,657
24
308
72,939
4,567
70,419
60
4,500
1,447
330
65
22
215
169
2,572
12
38
120
6,246
35
115
65
1,230
1,496
125
4,500
217
6,650
4,433
45
600
30
2,600
35
22
140
1,100
25
50
96,704
24
323
73,537
4,866
730
70,446
65
4,500
16,347
350
23
215
180
2,753
12
50
160
7,818
35
115
70
1,270
1,542
125
4,600
6,850
4,470
45
660
30
2,600
40
24
22
140
1,200
25
55
99,044
4
24
3,334
78,689
890
69,763
90
4,500
17,580
380
53
25
230
185
2,900
16
52
165
7,890
40
3,895
81
1,300
1,259
600
130
4,600
7,300
5,003
56
815
30
2,600
40
26
28
150
1,300
35
55
600 (1)
3
24
3,216
88,863
1,600
930
69,184
120
4,500
19,246
430
55
25
240
185
3,030
15
52
550
165
40
3,995
81
1,397
1,420
600
130
4,400
7,300
5,143
56
901
30
2,600
40
3.70
-16.67
30.00
16.67
10.00
0.00
964.90
53.63
-2.41
71.43
0.00
4,711.50
43.33
52.78
25.00
11.63
10.12
22.47
66.67
23.81
-32.68
37.50
14.29
3,895.00
35.00
17.39
7.17
21.70
8.33
7.32
12.31
55.57
50.17
11.11
0.00
14.29
8.33
27.27
7.14
8.33
40.00
0.00
-25.00
0.00
-3.54
12.93
4.49
-0.83
33.33
0.00
9.48
13.16
3.77
0.00
4.35
0.00
4.48
-6.25
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.57
0.00
7.46
12.79
0.00
0.00
-4.35
0.00
2.80
0.00
10.55
0.00
0.00
0.00
26
28
150
1,300
35
55
99,044
3
24
3,216
88,863
4,866
1,600
930
69,184
120
300
4,500
19,246
430
55
25
240
185
3,030
15
52
550
165
7,890
40
3,995
81
1,397
1,420
600
130
4,400
217
7,300
5,143
56
901
30
2,600
40
17,198
2,554
507
98,873
273
8,936
937,652
677
6,537
5,930
758,020
174,707
50,752
4,968
109,521
3,913
11,723
17,616
39,635
1,766
3,602
3,730
2,887
380
13,284
203
2,043
34,867
1,778
101,076
742
58,168
678
16,699
3,265
15,354
11,904
18,072
4,550
43,733
30,718
3,265
1,954
18,331
61,594
11,507
1.5
11.0
295.9
13.1
128.2
6.2
105.6
4.4
3.7
542.3
117.2
27.9
31.5
187.2
631.7
30.7
25.6
255.4
485.6
243.5
15.3
6.7
83.1
486.8
228.1
73.9
25.5
15.8
92.8
78.1
53.9
68.7
119.5
83.7
434.9
39.1
10.9
243.5
47.7
166.9
167.4
17.2
461.1
1.6
42.2
3.5
Australia & Oceania

American Samoa
Australia
Cook Islands
Fiji
French Polynesia
Guam
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Papua New Guinea
Solomon Islands
Vanuatu
180
2
40
22
20
26
745
7
5
3
3,150
2
40
22
20
26
739
7
5
3
4
3,114
2
40
22
20
26
739
7
51
5
3
4
3,065
2
40
22
20
26
729
7
54
5
3
7
3,241
2
40
22
20
26
721
7
54
5
3
1,700.56
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-3.22
0.00
0.00
0.00
75.00
5.74
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-1.10
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7
3,241
2
40
22
20
26
721
7
54
5
3
38
16,620
13
624
204
121
158
3,218
67
3,525
324
141
184.2
195.0
153.8
64.1
107.8
165.3
164.6
224.1
104.5
15.3
15.4
21.3
Europe
Albania
Andorra
Austria
Belarus
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
2,287
1,300
1,651
853
597
90
1,890
76
2,276
1,300
1,678
90
667
508
90
1,867
74
30
2,474
1,300
1,706
100
616
382
95
1,861
70
32
2,353
1,300
1,684
100
558
411
100
2,212
65
32
3,014
1,335
1,650
100
747
100
2,799
31.79
2.69
-0.06
25.13
11.11
48.10
-7.14
0.00
28.09
2.69
-2.02
0.00
81.75
0.00
26.54
65
32
3,014
1,335
1,650
100
558
747
100
2,799
2,694
61
6,915
15,271
8,715
3,288
6,672
3,678
624
8,751
24.1
524.6
435.9
87.4
189.3
30.4
83.6
203.1
160.3
319.8
Country
French Guiana
Guyana
Paraguay
Uruguay
Venezuela
Asia
Afghanistan
Armenia
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Brunei
Cambodia
China
East Timor
Georgia
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Iran
Israel
Japan
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Korea, North
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan
Laos
Lebanon
Macau
Malaysia
Maldives
Mongolia
Myanmar
Oman
Pakistan
Philippines
Qatar
Saudi Arabia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Syria
Taiwan
Tajikistan
Thailand
Turkey
Turkmenistan
Uzbekistan
Vietnam
Yemen
68

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000) - continued
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
France
Germany
Gibraltar
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Liechtenstein
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Moldova
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Vatican
1,806
255
17
2,442
9,087
23,267
3
1,380
1,917
162
591
7,836
387
18
118
130
80
60
5,062
2,524
3,869
551
512
344
5,340
4,251
3,364
19,186
70
1,911
251
17
2,408
9,067
22,571
4
1,486
1,860
168
772
7,871
358
18
115
150
85
70
5,007
2,450
4,371
571
506
5,905
4,264
3,343
18,070
70
1,906
257
17
2,425
9,193
22,095
4
1,334
1,790
163
742
8,025
356
20
500
115
160
90
75
5,001
2,405
4,497
793
1,148
480
360
6,183
4,324
3,105
17,375
70
1,946
298
17
2,434
9,268
21,543
5
1,555
1,800
251
885
8,486
448
20
577
115
170
95
98
55
5,021
2,338
5,266
791
1,135
435 (1)
460
430
7,646
4,368
3,226
1,850
17,700
70
3,381
334
17
2,424
9,802
21,254
5
1,491
1,775
250
965
10,319
424
20
636
114
200
100
98
55
4,769
2,270
5,743
947
1,576
1,135 (1)
150 (1)
465
350
9,072
4,721
3,510
3,511
18,444
70
87.21
30.98
0.00
-0.74
7.87
-8.65
66.67
8.04
-7.41
54.32
63.28
31.69
9.56
11.11
-3.39
53.85
25.00
63.33
-5.79
-10.06
48.44
71.87
-9.18
1.74
69.89
11.06
4.34
-3.87
0.00
73.74
12.08
0.00
-0.41
5.76
-1.34
0.00
-4.12
-1.39
-0.40
9.04
21.60
-5.36
0.00
10.23
-0.87
17.65
5.26
0.00
0.00
-5.02
-2.91
9.06
19.72
38.85
160.92
1.09
-18.60
18.65
8.08
8.80
89.78
4.20
0.00
3,381
334
17
2,424
9,802
21,254
5
1,491
1,775
250
965
10,319
424
20
636
114
200
100
98
55
4,769
2,270
5,743
947
1,576
1,135
150
465
350
9,072
4,721
3,510
3,511
18,444
70

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
49,322
70,788
23
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.90
48,043
1,968
28
2,748
374
1,563
332
3,572
12,456
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
79,112
6,315
4,276
1,717
37,439
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
-
766.1
292.5
447.4
561.0
198.7
300.2
217.4
334.8
176.8
1,028.80
295.7
214.8
215.4
714.3
231.4
304.8
128.0
301.2
27.4
4.4
357.2
601.2
178.7
113.9
88.3
14.3
23.8
108.7
203.8
242.3
624.1
554.9
87.2
385.3
-

69
DAILIES
70
DAILIES
71
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
72
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
73
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES
Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
1,572.0
1,700.0
1,926.0
2,296.0
America. North
2,510.0
44,102.0
2,529.0
25,594.0
46,155.0
2,611.0
25,036.0
48,244.0
2,659.3
49,435.0
27,619.0
49,275.0
11.73
-0.32
America, South
Colombia (Colombia, peso)
1,176.0
1,919.0
574,908.0
60.0
279.0
2,006.0
688,448.0
57.0
325.0
2,315.0
58.0
-
2,627.0
-
3,415.7
-
190.45
-
30.02
-
25,600.0
44,547.0
744,000.0
31,500.0
2,436.0
820.0
30,000.0
901.0
8.11
135.25
-4.76
9.88
2,338.0
2,308.0
19.59
-1.28
30.36
41.65
79.29
12.00
12.51
83.90
34.10
5.31
45.37
33.45
8.11
25.29
74.86
30.14
16.79
-
14.13
21.70
2.50
3.88
57.25
-1.46
4.49
3.77
11.82
9.31
1.45
6.72
-
Asia
China (China, yuan)
Japan (Japan, yen)
30.2
18,848.0
24,301.0
26,500.0
0.1
0.1
26,586.0
32,713.0
37,164.0
3,502,100.0 5,326,000.0 6,684,000.0
164.8
210.0
771,000.0 754,000.0 755,000.0
27,750.0
22,500.0
29,750.0
1,926.8
2,089.4
2,332.2
32.4
1,406.0
383.0
459.0
645.0
Australia & Oceania

Europe
Italy (Italy, euro)
Romania (Romanian leu)
Spain (Spain, euro)
74
1,930.0
2,051.0
2,213.0
537.4
547.7
352.4
411.1
56.0
65.0
73.0
6,485.0
6,620.0
7,576.0
8,049.0
9,186.0
2,410.0
2,274.0
2,381.0
2,605.0
224.0
252.0
280.0
330.0
401.6
475.0
484.0
511.0
519.0
532.0
2,318.0
2,294.0
2,413.0
2,510.5
2,608.0
4,937.0
4,455.0
4,502.0
4,476.6
118.0
182.1
123.0
138.0
217.0
39,522.0
44,253.0
49,840.0
53,786.0
52,999.0
419.0
486.0
546.0
570.5
1,413.0
1,382.0
1,401.0
1,434.0
1,488.0
10.8
11.4
12.7
14.0
15.7
110.0
115.0
142.0
134.3
146.8
64.1
67.0
68.9
69.3
308.0
613.0
704.0
768.0
757.0
768.0
2,182.0
2,971,519.1 3,692,006.9 5,565,121.0 4,868,750.3 5,196,135.2
1,704.4
1,152.0
1,418.0
1,794.0
1,222.8
1,286.6
1,375.8
1,790.5
8,443.3
8,448.0
8,852.0
9,404.0
9,861.0
65.3
70.5
77.7
87.2
3,410.0
3,510.0
3,678.0
3,633.0
-
4.86
-
DAILIES
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
149.3
224.6
298.1
359.9
1,598.7
44,102.0
1,806.4
62.5
46,155.0
2,008.5
56.0
48,244.0
2,197.8
49,435.0
52.3
49,275.0
11.73
-0.32
378.1
646.1
222.8
16.4
13.1
643.0
234.3
15.8
11.5
790.1
16.5
-
896.6
-
1105.4
-
192.34
-
23.29
-
Asia
Armenia
China
India
Indonesia
Israel
Japan
Lebanon
Malaysia
Sri Lanka
Turkey
0.1
2,273.6
546.1
374.6
34.8
6,157.2
17.7
507.1
14.7
248.7
2,931.4
701.1
619.8
46.2
6,501.1
14.5
549.8
300.0
3,196.6
819.7
747.2
6,979.8
19.2
613.7
444.8
3,122.0
1,009.7
6,756.3
20.8
642.7
607.4
19.5
625.7
9.76
151.58
-6.40
3.01
Australia & Oceania

Australia
1,048.9
1,331.8
1,627.2
1,784.7
1,735.3
65.44
-2.77
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Poland
Romania
Serbia
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
507.0
332.5
27.1
197.7
305.8
13.5
448.1
2,186.8
4,657.6
111.3
153.1
1,333.0
17.4
30.1
60.5
4.8
578.3
87.2
25.4
868.7
11.9
5,089.6
615.4
461.9
37.6
234.5
345.6
18.2
543.8
2,577.5
5,005.6
204.6
197.1
470.8
1,552.8
19.9
37.6
75.3
791.0
108.3
38.6
1,373.9
1,045.5
12.8
5,754.1
294.4
397.5
22.2
630.9
2,979.0
5,558.0
151.9
245.6
600.0
1,729.6
23.4
51.1
85.1
948.1
166.4
55.6
1,588.4
1,204.4
14.2
6,687.3
335.5
434.2
26.2
648.8
3,138.1
5,595.8
172.5
269.0
682.5
1,792.5
25.1
48.7
946.3
673.5
165.8
25.4
1,719.8
1,258.9
16.9
6,605.5
46.5
405.9
32.2
665.0
3,260.0
271.3
251.4
713.1
1,860.0
28.0
53.4
86.6
960.0
184.4
2,238.1
1,336.2
-
71.90
105.37
138.70
48.40
49.08
143.67
64.15
39.53
60.91
77.67
43.24
66.00
111.57
53.82
-
20.98
22.85
2.50
3.88
57.25
-6.55
4.49
3.77
11.81
9.72
1.45
11.18
30.14
6.14
-
America. North
Canada
Costa Rica
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Colombia
Peru
Uruguay
75
DAILIES
76
DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: CHANGE IN ADVERTISING REVENUES
77
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
(000)
No. titles/adult
population
(million)
2006*
Africa
Angola
Botswana
Cape Verde
Chad
Comoros
Equatorial Guinea
Eritrea
Ethiopia
Gabon
Gambia, The
Ghana
Kenya
Lesotho
Liberia
Mauritius
Mayotte
Morocco
Mozambique
Niger
Nigeria
Saint Helena
Senegal
Sierra Leone
Somalia
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
Western Sahara
Zambia
Zimbabwe
7
4
5
4
250
20
10
3
95
7
15
12
1
11
61
2
23
2
57
110
20
7
1
6
18
8
4
5
4
220
20
9
3
95
8
15
12
1
509
14
60
2
25
11
45
110
23
8
2
6
17
16
9
4
5
4
213
20
1
3
70
9
3
95
9
15
12
1
21
12
59
2
27
19
38
122
27
9
2
7
14
16
10
4
5
5
147
20
1
3
60
9
3
95
10
15
20
12
1
27
12
59
2
28
25
30
70
27
2
7
13
16
11
4
5
5
147
20
1
3
53
9
3
95
10
14
15
12
1
27
15
59
2
30
31
30
71
25
2
7
13
57.14
0.00
0.00
25.00
-41.20
0.00
-10.00
0.00
0.00
42.86
-6.67
0.00
0.00
145.45
-3.28
0.00
30.43
1,450.00
-47.37
-35.45
25.00
100.00
16.67
-27.78
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-11.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-6.67
-25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
7.14
24.00
0.00
1.43
-7.41
0.00
0.00
0.00
16
11
4
5
5
147
20
1
3
53
9
3
95
10
14
15
12
1
509
27
15
59
2
30
31
30
71
25
9
2
7
13
6,823
1,012
261
5,179
396
32,955
1,984
315
2,680
42,123
825
915
13,725
19,931
1,278
1,732
944
109
22,753
11,280
6,649
76,106
6
7,098
3,313
4,929
31,687
21,064
14,107
6,172
7,665
2.3
10.9
15.3
1.0
12.6
4.5
10.1
3.2
1.1
1.3
10.9
3.3
6.9
0.5
11.0
8.7
12.7
9.2
22.4
2.4
2.3
0.8
333.3
4.2
9.4
6.1
2.2
1.2
0.6
1.1
1.7
America, North
Anguilla
Belize
Bermuda
British Virgin Islands
Costa Rica
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Greenland
Grenada
Guadeloupe
Martinique
Mexico
Montserrat
Saint Lucia
Saint Pierre and Miquelon
Turks and Caicos Islands
2
10
3
7
22
3
7
2
3
2
5
11
2
5
6
1
8
2
6,699
2
10
3
7
29
3
7
2
4
2
5
2
4
6
1
8
2
6,704
2
10
3
7
42
3
7
2
4
2
5
2
4
6
1
8
2
6,692
2
10
3
8
28
3
7
2
4
2
5
2
4
6
1
9
2
6,659
2
10
3
8
32
3
7
2
5
2
5
2
4
6
1
9
2
6,394
0.00
0.00
0.00
14.29
45.45
0.00
0.00
0.00
66.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
-20.00
0.00
0.00
12.50
0.00
-4.55
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
14.29
0.00
0.00
0.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-3.98
2
10
3
8
32
3
7
2
5
2
5
11
2
4
6
1
9
2
6,394
11
174
54
19
3,186
51
6,189
43
60
346
339
28,301
8
28
119
6
86
15
216,972
181.8
57.5
55.6
421.1
10.0
58.8
1.1
46.5
83.3
5.8
14.7
0.4
250.0
142.9
50.4
166.7
104.7
133.3
29.5
America, South
Bolivia
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Falkland Islands
French Guiana
27
2,161
12
1
3
27
2,464
32
1
3
29
2,472
32
1
3
2,563
36
1
3
2,544
32
1
1
3
17.72
166.67
0.00
0.00
-0.74
-11.11
0.00
0.00
29
2,544
32
1
1
3
5,843
135,482
12,213
9,071
142
5.0
18.8
2.6
0.1
21.1
Asia
Armenia
Azerbaijan
Bhutan
China
East Timor
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Israel
Jordan
Korea, North
Korea, Republic of
Kyrgyzstan
Lebanon
Macau
41
1
1,130
2
46,322
289
7
5,058
105
2
7
43
11
1
1,084
4
23
49,814
331
7
4,758
115
2
7
47
1
964
3
23
52,182
349
90
7
4,845
125
4
7
48
1
977
3
53,883
90
23
7
4,933
131
2
7
46
3
3
90
23
7
135
2
7
12.20
200.00
50.00
0.00
28.57
0.00
0.00
-4.17
200.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.05
0.00
0.00
46
11
3
977
3
23
53,883
349
90
23
7
4,933
135
2
7
2,554
5,904
1,394
937,652
677
5,930
758,020
174,707
4,968
3,913
17,616
39,635
3,602
2,887
380
18.0
1.9
2.2
1.0
4.4
3.9
71.1
2.0
18.1
5.9
0.4
124.5
37.5
0.7
18.4
Country
No.titles
Adult
population

78
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES - continued
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
Malaysia
Mongolia
Nepal
Pakistan
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkmenistan
Yemen
2
174
551
2
37
8
2
158
1,585
741
2
20
25
155
988
2
22
36
147
1,559
2
21
-
3
21
-
50.00
-
50.00
0.00
-
2
147
1,585
1,559
3
37
21
36
13,284
2,043
17,347
101,076
3,265
15,354
3,265
11,507
0.2
72.0
91.4
15.4
0.9
2.4
6.4
3.1
Australia & Oceania

Australia
Christmas Island
Cook Islands
Fiji
Guam
Kiribati
Marshall Islands
Micronesia
Nauru
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Niue
Norfolk Island
Palau
Pitcairn Islands
Solomon Islands
Tonga
Tuvalu
Wallis and Futuna
95
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
9
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
116
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
9
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
135
1
2
3
2
3
1
3
5
3
9
1
2
3
1
1
3
1
1
155
1
2
3
2
3
1
4
5
3
9
1
2
3
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
3
2
3
1
3
5
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-44.44
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-44.44
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
155
1
2
3
2
3
1
4
5
3
5
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
1
16,620
13
624
121
65
37
69
10
158
3,218
16
324
74
8
-
9.3
153.8
4.8
16.5
46.2
27.0
58.0
500.0
19.0
1.6
187.5
6.2
40.5
125.0
-
77
123
181
75
1
50
4
146
23
14
195
12
98
61
10
4
2
78
2
46
77
11
14
20,923
25
75
121
480
79
106
167
127
70
1
47
4
146
25
12
201
12
53
64
10
9
4
2
2
42
84
17
14
24,069
74
115
483
79
104
233
132
95
1
47
4
146
27
14
211
12
53
65
315
11
9
4
2
76
2
40
89
11
17
25,089
164
74
113
467
80
101
180
132
96
1
27
4
148
27
15
12
111
64
9
4
2
120
2
20
86
15
18
17
25,686
178
78
111
212
531
81
100
100
1
27
4
147
28
16
13
111
81
9
5
2
2
20
142
18
29
26,112
180
79
109
100
528
5.19
-18.70
33.33
0.00
-46.00
0.00
0.68
21.74
14.29
8.33
13.27
32.79
-10.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
84.42
63.64
107.14
24.80
620.00
5.33
-9.92
10.00
1.25
-0.99
4.17
0.00
0.00
0.00
-0.68
3.70
6.67
8.33
0.00
26.56
0.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
65.12
20.00
61.11
1.66
1.12
1.28
-1.80
-52.83
-0.56
81
100
180
132
100
1
27
4
147
28
16
211
13
111
81
315
9
9
5
2
120
2
20
40
142
18
29
17
26,112
180
79
109
100
528
2,694
6,915
6,672
3,678
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
70,788
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.90
1,968
2,748
374
1,563
332
63
3,572
27
12,456
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
79,112
1,717
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
30.1
14.5
27.0
35.9
11.4
0.2
23.6
105.3
34.0
0.4
3.6
21.0
53.5
34.0
41.2
114.6
24.1
5.8
15.1
31.7
33.6
74.1
1.6
3.0
37.6
0.6
3.5
1.0
330.1
104.8
10.4
17.2
2.5
11.0
Europe
Albania
Austria
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Man, Isle of
Moldova
Monaco
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Slovenia
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
79
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
80
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES - continued
81
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per milion)
82
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per milion)
83
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Africa
Chad
Mozambique
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
3
1,332
70
84
3
1,265
75
90
4
1,729
80
93
4
26
1,598
80
-
4
26
1,553
75
-
33.33
16.59
7.14
-
0.00
0.00
-2.82
-6.25
-
4
26
1,553
75
93
5,179
11,280
31,687
21,064
14,107
0.8
2.3
49.0
3.6
6.6
America, North
Costa Rica
168
21,072
21,200
20,898
10
21,417
12
20,625
-92.86
-2.12
20.00
-3.70
12
20,625
3,186
216,972
3.8
95.1
19
-
53
19
53
5,843
9,071
3.3
5.8
15
101,740
57,410
5,608
300
120
524
1,967
99
1,302
-
15
102,067
69,067
5,617
400
69
402
2,005
101
306
59
15
98,662
59,550
5,617
400
450
2,166
86
307
59
15
96,744
77,476
400
2,196
91
-
56
35
91,309
400
95
-
133.33
59.05
33.33
-4.04
-
-5.08
133.33
17.85
0.00
4.40
-
56
35
96,744
91,309
5,617
400
69
450
2,196
95
1,302
307
2,554
1,394
937,652
758,020
174,707
2,887
13,284
2,043
101,076
3,265
15,354
3,265
21.9
25.1
103.2
120.5
32.2
138.6
5.2
220.3
21.7
29.1
84.8
94.0
4
68
456
4
67
433
4
65
474
4
61
4
39
0.00
-42.65
0.00
-36.07
474
4
39
16,620
65
3,218
28.5
61.5
12.1
2,190
540
7,442
341
4
947
1,913
204
23
1,400
548
91
595
361
395
321
381
392
597
6,470
545
1,875
550
7,563
336
4
937
1,876
156
21
887
554
89
12
293
441
291
350
386
541
6,081
892
2,062
560
6,060
229
4
945
1,933
194
24
856
530
80
876
285
450
197
305
380
537
5,911
722
566
61
209
4
934
2,042
367
23
897
538
80
890
444
280
347
317
395
517
3,280
6,180
580
59
208
4
923
2,055
325
897
729
87
590
298
479
235
401
490
6,937
5,888
7.41
-99.21
-39.00
0.00
-2.53
7.42
59.31
-35.93
33.03
-4.40
49.37
-7.17
25.72
2.30
-17.92
-9.00
2.47
-3.28
-0.48
0.00
-1.18
0.64
-11.44
0.00
35.50
8.75
32.88
6.43
38.04
-25.87
1.52
-5.22
111.49
-4.72
722
2,062
580
59
208
4
923
2,055
325
23
897
729
87
12
890
285
590
298
479
235
401
490
6,937
5,888
6,672
3,678
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
70,788
4,454
243
3,262.90
1,968
374
1,563
3,572
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
108.2
560.6
66.3
13.4
182.1
105.3
213.6
29.0
73.0
94.7
274.9
370.4
232.6
7.7
249.2
21.3
156.3
9.3
57.6
13.2
53.0
77.5
172.3
123.0
America, South
Bolivia
Ecuador
Asia
Armenia
Bhutan
China
India
Indonesia
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Pakistan
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkmenistan
Australia & Oceania
Australia
Kiribati
New Zealand
Europe
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
Germany
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
84
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
85
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
86
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: ANNUAL COPY SALES (millions of copies)
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
34.4
341.0
-
83.4
-
83.6
-
0.24
-
America, North
Costa Rica
0.6
0.6
0.00
America, South
Bolivia
1.0
0.3
292.0
24.0
12.0
4.0
68.0
292.0
28.0
12.0
-
292.0
28.0
10.0
-
28.0
-
28.0
-
16.67
-
0.00
-
5.0
32.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.0
-40.00
-40.00
92.0
37.0
3.0
21.0
81.0
13.0
1.2
40.0
30.9
51.0
15.9
19.0
36.0
50.0
328.0
99.0
29.0
3.0
22.0
81.0
12.6
1.2
46.0
39.0
1.0
51.0
19.7
17.0
36.0
46.0
338.0
115.0
30.0
3.0
16.0
88.0
14.1
1.4
44.0
38.0
35.9
54.0
20.8
12.0
37.0
46.0
334.0
30.0
3.0
17.0
87.0
23.0
1.3
46.5
37.0
40.1
54.0
20.0
18.2
38.0
44.0
173.5
319.0
30.4
3.0
18.2
87.0
22.9
46.4
62.0
20.2
20.6
38.7
41.0
-
-17.84
0.00
-13.33
7.41
76.15
21.57
27.04
8.42
7.50
-18.00
-
1.33
0.00
7.06
0.00
-0.43
-0.22
14.81
1.00
13.19
1.84
-6.82
-
Asia
East Timor
Indonesia
Lebanon
Mongolia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Macedonia
Moldova
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
87
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: ANNUAL COPY SALES (millions of copies)
88
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: CHANGE IN ANNUAL COPY SALES
89
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: SALES REVENUES
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
842.0
688.0
1,003.0
-
1,171.0
-
1,374.0
-
300.0
3,058.0
299.0
299.0
11.1
12.1
10.6
11.4
7.55
219.0
113.0
51.0
226.0
17.0
129.0
8.3
11.8
94.2
131.5
1,125.0
279.0
115.0
49.0
194.0
20.9
162.1
8.3
131.0
139.3
1,237.5
303.0
84.0
52.0
193.0
23.5
122.0
8.4
24.0
120.0
149.3
319.0
112.0
55.0
78.3
8.7
22.5
124.0
153.1
221.6
337.0
86.0
55.0
201.6
82.4
21.4
-
53.88
-23.89
7.84
-10.80
-
5.64
-23.21
5.24
-4.89
-
Asia
Australia & Oceania
Europe
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: SALES REVENUES

Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
80.0
0.7
132.5
-
181.3
-
215.4
-
Asia
Armenia
Mongolia
0.5
2.8
0.3
0.3
6.5
8.0
7.5
7.4
-0.80
6.7
6.8
48.1
213.2
16.0
1.4
13.4
11.1
9.7
196.3
161.4
9.9
8.3
55.1
218.0
23.5
2.1
14.6
16.2
228.4
197.1
11.8
6.7
64.2
238.3
29.0
150.6
15.6
29.6
16.3
271.5
13.3
8.9
68.8
97.9
15.6
28.1
16.6
29.7
402.9
14.9
6.9
68.8
252.0
103.0
26.8
-
123.24
1.47
42.90
18.19
-
11.95
-22.47
5.24
-4.91
-
Australia & Oceania

New Zealand
Europe
Croatia
Czech Republic
Estonia
Finland
Germany
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Netherlands, The
Portugal
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
90
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: SALES REVENUES (in USD, million, current prices)
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: CHANGE IN SALES REVENUES

91
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
823.0
975.0
1,139.0
1,327.0
America, South
0.8
1.2
1.2
50.00
0.00
Asia
54.2
2,047.0
236,900.0
85.5
550.0
2,264.0
310,000.0
49.0
450.0
2,388.0
332,000.0
500.0
2,693.0
550.0
450.0
-18.18
-18.18
Australia & Oceania

222.0
286.0
321.0
337.0
377.0
69.82
11.87
Europe
14.5
115.0
49.0
268.0
31.5
216.5
3.3
8.5
3.2
6.3
223.0
40.1
580.0
17.4
131.0
51.0
225.1
26.1
200.6
144.0
5.9
10.0
5.4
6.3
238.0
40.1
598.0
144.0
55.0
2,268.0
240.0
13.0
177.0
7.0
11.0
4.5
7.0
236.0
52.5
644.0
105.0
56.0
2,242.8
252.8
27.0
393.4
7.0
24.8
7.0
250.0
56.8
616.0
22.5
134.3
58.0
2,236.0
27.0
468.0
7.5
30.4
5.4
8.0
490.0
-
55.17
16.78
18.37
-14.29
127.27
257.65
68.75
26.98
119.73
-
27.90
3.57
-0.30
0.00
18.96
7.14
22.58
14.29
96.00
-
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES (in USD, million, current prices)

92
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
78.2
128.8
176.3
208.0
America, South
Argentina
0.3
0.4
0.4
50.00
-4.88
Asia
Armenia
India
Indonesia
Israel
Lebanon
0.1
42.1
25.3
18.0
0.4
48.5
36.1
10.8
0.3
52.7
37.1
0.3
61.0
0.4
0.3
-17.14
-19.44
Australia & Oceania

Australia
120.7
185.7
236.0
257.3
283.5
134.94
10.19
Europe
Bulgaria
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Netherlands, The
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
7.0
6.9
46.2
252.8
29.7
2.4
5.3
2.3
3.0
5.9
22.9
7.3
865.7
10.1
9.5
57.3
252.9
29.3
2.6
161.8
10.4
3.3
6.1
7.1
29.5
7.3
980.3
11.4
67.9
2,800.0
296.3
16.1
218.5
13.0
4.0
5.6
8.6
32.1
9.6
1,170.9
8.3
70.0
2,803.5
316.0
33.8
491.8
12.5
9.0
8.8
33.5
11.0
1,120.0
14.3
10.8
72.5
2,795.0
33.8
585.0
13.4
11.1
6.8
10.0
66.4
-
104.71
55.64
56.82
13.56
151.69
376.29
123.51
68.35
189.45
-
29.14
3.57
-0.30
0.00
18.96
7.12
22.91
14.29
98.39
-
PAID-FOR NON-DAILIES: CHANGE IN ADVERTISING REVENUES

93
NON-DAILIES
FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
Africa
South Africa
185
120
128
6.67
128
31,687
4.0
America, North
Costa Rica
Mexico
3
-
2
-
-33.33
-
2
1
3,186
28,301
0.6
0.0
America, South
Bolivia
Chile
Ecuador
4
-
5
-
11
1
-
2
2
11
2
2
5,843
12,213
9,071
1.9
0.2
0.2
Asia
Lebanon
-33.33
0.00
2,887
0.7
243
1
111
257
1
113
290
1
107
303
1
101
292
1
99
20.16
0.00
-10.81
-3.63
0.00
-1.98
292
1
99
16,620
37
3,218
17.6
27.0
30.8
75
75
278
8
1
1,312
20
10
4
10
1
555
2
13
40
550
90
75
100
300
7
1
1,292
33
13
7
7
1
528
2
10
107
42
574
85
75
100
280
3
1
1,288
33
12
7
5
8
2
1
518
1
8
269
54
41
521
111
75
100
285
2
1
1,306
11
40
7
7
1
5
9
298
56
43
645
135
100
266
2
1
1,350
11
40
8
6
1
2
3
430
60
54
12
652
80.00
33.33
-4.32
-75.00
0.00
2.90
10.00
100.00
-40.00
0.00
0.00
-76.92
35.00
18.55
21.62
0.00
-6.67
0.00
0.00
3.37
0.00
0.00
14.29
-14.29
0.00
-60.00
-66.67
44.30
7.14
25.58
1.09
135
75
100
266
2
1
1,350
33
11
40
8
5
6
2
1
518
2
3
430
60
54
12
652
6,915
3,678
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
70,788
10,037
243
3,262.90
1,968
2,748
374
1,563
63
13,350
32,135
8,311
79,112
1,717
7,564
40,271
47,875
19.5
20.4
11.4
60.3
1.8
26.3
19.1
3.3
45.3
12.3
4.1
1.8
16.0
1.3
15.9
38.8
0.1
0.4
5.4
34.9
7.1
0.3
13.6
Australia & Oceania

Australia
Marshall Islands
New Zealand
Europe
Austria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Germany
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Man, Isle of
Netherlands, The
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Slovenia
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
94
NON-DAILIES
FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
95
NON-DAILIES
FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
96
NON-DAILIES
FREE NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Africa
South Africa
3,500
4,430
4,484
3,052
4,212
20.34
38.01
4,212
31,687
132.9
America, North
28,951
29,013
28,917
28,125
27,048
-6.57
-3.83
27,048
216,972
124.7
4
-
6
-
13
-
54
13
54
5,843
9,071
2.2
6.0
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
2,650
10,419
2,739
2,662
2,635
15,172
2,631
-0.72
-0.15
15,172
2,631
16,620
3,218
912.9
817.6
Europe
Croatia
Denmark
Estonia
Germany
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Luxembourg
Netherlands, The
Poland
Portugal
Slovenia
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
7,378
129
88,900
51
263
332
19,657
106
1,006
1,916
25,242
110
7,500
138
86,800
61
271
296
18,674
100
1,992
1,691
24,898
121
6,000
88
85,000
52
423
294
17,920
298
3,256
8,406
1,484
24,362
8,400
37
85,600
52
250
402
257
1,319
3,528
600
1,603
24,730
9,039
42
86,400
250
412
172
519
3,706
600
1,908
4,591
23,562
22.51
-67.44
-2.81
56.65
-48.19
389.62
268.39
-0.42
-6.66
7.61
13.51
0.93
0.00
2.49
-33.07
-60.65
5.05
0.00
19.03
-4.72
121
9,039
42
86,400
52
250
412
172
17,920
519
3,706
600
1,908
4,591
23,562
3,678
4,413
1,142
70,788
243
3,262.90
1,968
374
13,350
32,135
8,311
1,717
7,564
40,271
47,875
32.9
2048.3
36.8
1220.5
214.0
76.6
209.3
459.9
1342.3
16.2
445.9
349.4
252.2
114.0
492.2
America, South
Bolivia
Ecuador

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
97
NON-DAILIES
FREE NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
98
NON-DAILIES
FREE NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
99
NON-DAILIES
FREE NON-DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
395.0
486.0
662.0
829.0
Australia & Oceania

591.0
646.0
693.0
679.0
697.0
17.94
2.65
Europe
13.0
56.0
141.1
6.5
16.0
61.0
173.1
4.1
17.0
66.0
4.6
68.0
-
69.0
0.2
4.3
23.21
-33.85
1.47
-
FREE NON-DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES

Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
37.5
64.2
102.5
129.9
Australia & Oceania

Australia
321.2
419.5
509.6
518.3
524.1
63.16
1.11
Europe
Estonia
Finland
Iceland
Latvia
Luxembourg
0.8
52.8
1.5
6.1
1.2
68.5
2.3
4.6
1.4
81.5
5.7
85.0
-
86.3
0.4
5.4
63.26
-12.40
1.47
-
100
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
Africa
Angola
Botswana
Cape Verde
Chad
Comoros
Equatorial Guinea
Eritrea
Ethiopia
Gabon
Gambia, The
Ghana
Kenya
Lesotho
Liberia
Mauritius
Mayotte
Morocco
Mozambique
Niger
Nigeria
Saint Helena
Senegal
Sierra Leone
Somalia
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
Western Sahara
Zambia
Zimbabwe
7
4
5
4
250
20
10
3
95
7
15
12
1
11
61
2
23
2
57
110
20
7
1
6
18
8
4
5
4
220
20
9
3
95
8
15
12
1
509
14
60
2
25
11
45
110
23
8
2
6
17
16
9
4
5
4
213
20
1
3
70
9
3
95
9
15
12
1
21
12
59
2
27
19
38
307
27
9
2
7
14
16
10
4
5
5
147
20
1
3
60
9
3
95
10
15
20
12
1
27
12
59
2
28
25
30
190
27
2
7
13
16
11
4
5
5
147
20
1
3
53
9
3
95
10
14
15
12
1
27
15
59
2
30
31
30
199
25
2
7
13
57.14
0.00
0.00
25.00
-41.20
0.00
-10.00
0.00
0.00
42.86
-6.67
0.00
0.00
145.45
-3.28
0.00
30.43
1,450.00
-47.37
80.91
25.00
100.00
16.67
-27.78
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-11.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-6.67
-25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
7.14
24.00
0.00
4.74
7.41
0.00
0.00
0.00
16
11
4
5
5
147
20
1
3
53
9
3
95
10
14
15
12
1
509
27
15
59
2
30
31
30
199
25
9
2
7
13
6,823
1,012
261
5,179
396
32,955
1,984
315
2,680
42,123
825
915
13,725
19,931
1,278
1,732
944
109
22,753
11,280
6,649
76,106
6
7,098
3,313
4,929
31,687
21,064
14,107
6,172
7,665
2.3
10.9
15.3
1.0
12.6
4.5
10.1
3.2
1.1
1.3
10.9
3.3
6.9
0.5
11.0
8.7
12.7
9.2
22.4
2.4
2.3
0.8
333.3
4.2
9.4
6.1
6.3
1.2
0.6
1.1
1.7
America, North
Anguilla
Belize
Bermuda
Costa Rica
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Greenland
Grenada
Guadeloupe
Martinique
Mexico
Montserrat
Saint Lucia
2
10
3
7
22
3
7
2
3
2
5
12
2
5
6
1
8
2
6,699
2
10
3
7
29
3
7
2
4
2
5
2
4
6
1
8
2
6,704
2
10
3
7
42
3
7
2
4
2
5
2
4
6
1
8
2
6,692
2
10
3
8
31
3
7
2
4
2
5
2
4
6
1
9
2
6,659
2
10
3
8
34
3
7
2
5
2
5
2
4
6
1
9
2
6,394
0.00
0.00
0.00
14.29
54.55
0.00
0.00
0.00
66.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
-20.00
0.00
0.00
12.50
0.00
-4.55
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
9.68
0.00
0.00
0.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-3.98
2
10
3
8
34
3
7
2
5
2
5
12
2
4
6
1
9
2
6,394
11
174
54
19
3,186
51
6,189
43
60
346
339
28,301
8
28
119
6
86
15
216,972
181.8
57.5
55.6
421.1
10.7
58.8
1.1
46.5
83.3
5.8
14.7
0.4
250.0
142.9
50.4
166.7
104.7
133.3
29.5
America, South
Bolivia
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Falkland Islands
French Guiana
31
2,161
12
1
3
32
2,464
32
1
3
40
2,472
33
1
3
2,563
36
1
3
2,544
34
3
1
3
17.72
183.33
0.00
0.00
-0.74
-5.56
0.00
0.00
40
2,544
34
3
1
3
5,843
135,482
12,213
9,071
142
6.8
18.8
2.8
0.3
21.1
Asia
Armenia
Azerbaijan
Bhutan
China
East Timor
Hong Kong
India
Indonesia
Israel
Jordan
Korea, North
Korea, Republic of
Kyrgyzstan
Lebanon
Macau
Malaysia
41
1
1,130
2
289
7
5,058
105
5
7
2
43
11
1
1,084
4
23
331
7
4,758
115
6
7
2
47
1
964
3
23
3,862
349
90
7
4,845
125
8
7
-
48
1
977
3
5,391
90
23
7
4,933
131
4
7
-
46
3
3
6,382
90
23
7
135
4
7
-
12.20
200.00
50.00
0.00
28.57
-20.00
0.00
-
-4.17
200.00
0.00
18.38
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.05
0.00
0.00
-
46
11
3
977
3
23
6,382
349
90
23
7
4,933
135
4
7
2
2,554
5,904
1,394
937,652
677
5,930
758,020
174,707
4,968
3,913
17,616
39,635
3,602
2,887
380
13,284
18.0
1.9
2.2
1.0
4.4
3.9
8.4
2.0
18.1
5.9
0.4
124.5
37.5
1.4
18.4
0.2

101
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES - continued
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
Mongolia
Nepal
Pakistan
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkmenistan
Yemen
174
551
2
37
8
158
1,585
741
2
20
25
155
988
2
22
36
147
1,559
2
21
-
3
21
-
50.00
-
50.00
0.00
-
147
1,585
1,559
3
37
21
36
2,043
17,347
101,076
3,265
15,354
3,265
11,507
72.0
91.4
15.4
0.9
2.4
6.4
3.1
Australia & Oceania

Australia
Christmas Island
Cook Islands
Fiji
Guam
Kiribati
Marshall Islands
Micronesia
Nauru
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Niue
Norfolk Island
Palau
Pitcairn Islands
Solomon Islands
Tonga
Tuvalu
Wallis and Futuna
338
1
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
120
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
373
1
2
3
2
3
2
2
3
122
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
425
1
2
3
2
3
2
3
5
3
116
1
2
3
1
1
3
1
1
458
1
2
3
2
3
2
4
5
3
110
1
2
3
1
1
3
1
1
292
1
2
3
2
3
2
3
104
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
-13.61
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-13.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
-36.24
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-5.45
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
292
1
2
3
2
3
2
4
5
3
104
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
1
16,620
13
624
121
65
37
69
10
158
3,218
16
324
74
8
-
17.6
153.8
4.8
16.5
46.2
54.1
58.0
500.0
19.0
32.3
187.5
6.2
40.5
125.0
-
77
198
181
150
279
58
5
146
1,335
14
215
22
98
65
20
4
3
78
2
601
77
13
27
20,923
25
115
121
1,030
79
196
167
202
170
301
54
5
146
1,317
12
234
25
53
71
17
9
4
3
2
570
84
19
24
24,176
116
115
1,057
79
189
233
207
195
281
50
5
146
1,315
14
244
24
53
72
320
19
11
4
3
76
2
558
89
12
25
25,358
218
115
113
988
80
212
180
207
196
286
29
5
148
1,333
15
23
151
71
16
4
3
120
2
20
86
20
27
17
25,984
234
121
111
212
1,176
81
235
200
267
29
5
147
1,378
16
24
151
89
15
5
3
2
20
142
20
32
26,542
240
133
109
112
1,180
5.19
18.69
33.33
-4.30
-50.00
0.00
0.68
3.22
14.29
9.09
54.08
36.92
-25.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
84.42
53.85
18.52
26.86
860.00
15.65
-9.92
14.56
1.25
10.85
2.04
-6.64
0.00
0.00
-0.68
3.38
6.67
4.35
0.00
25.35
-6.25
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
65.12
0.00
18.52
2.15
2.56
9.92
-1.80
-47.17
0.34
81
235
180
207
200
267
29
5
147
1,378
16
244
24
151
89
320
15
11
5
3
120
2
20
558
142
20
32
17
26,542
240
133
109
112
1,180
2,694
6,915
6,672
3,678
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
70,788
4,454
10,037
243
3,262.90
1,968
2,748
374
1,563
332
63
3,572
27
12,456
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
79,112
1,717
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
30.1
34.0
27.0
56.3
22.9
60.5
25.4
131.6
34.0
19.5
3.6
24.3
98.8
46.3
45.2
116.4
40.1
7.0
15.1
47.6
33.6
74.1
1.6
41.8
37.6
0.6
3.9
1.0
335.5
139.8
17.6
17.2
2.8
24.6
Europe
Albania
Austria
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Man, Isle of
Moldova
Monaco
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Slovenia
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
102
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES
103
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES - continued
104
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
105
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: NUMBER OF TITLES / ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
106
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Africa
Chad
Mozambique
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
3
4,832
70
84
3
5,695
75
90
4
6,213
80
93
4
26
4,650
80
-
4
26
5,765
75
-
33.33
19.31
7.14
-
0.00
0.00
23.98
-6.25
-
4
26
5,765
75
93
5,179
11,280
31,687
21,064
14,107
0.8
2.3
181.9
3.6
6.6
America, North
Costa Rica
168
50,023
50,213
49,815
10
49,542
12
47,673
-92.86
-4.70
20.00
-3.77
12
47,673
3,186
216,972
3.8
219.7
4
-
6
-
32
-
107
32
107
5,843
9,071
5.5
11.8
15
101,740
57,410
5,608
300
120
524
1,967
99
1,302
-
15
102,067
69,067
5,617
400
69
402
2,005
101
306
59
15
98,662
59,550
5,617
400
450
2,166
86
307
59
15
96,744
77,476
400
2,196
91
-
56
35
91,309
400
95
-
133.33
59.05
33.33
-4.04
-
-5.08
133.33
17.85
0.00
4.40
-
56
35
96,744
91,309
5,617
400
69
450
2,196
95
1,302
307
2,554
1,394
937,652
758,020
174,707
2,887
13,284
2,043
101,076
3,265
15,354
3,265
21.9
25.1
103.2
120.5
32.2
138.6
5.2
220.3
21.7
29.1
84.8
94.0
Australia & Oceania

Australia
Kiribati
New Zealand
4
2,718
10,875
4
2,806
433
4
2,727
474
4
2,696
15,172
4
2,670
0.00
-1.77
3,100.84
0.00
-0.96
15,172
4
2,670
16,620
65
3,218
912.9
61.5
829.7
Europe
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Faroe Islands
Finland
Germany
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
2,190
540
14,820
470
4
947
90,813
204
74
1,400
811
423
595
20,018
395
427
1,387
2,308
597
31,712
545
1,985
550
15,063
474
4
937
88,676
156
82
887
825
385
12
18,967
441
391
2,342
2,077
541
30,979
892
2,183
560
12,060
317
4
945
86,933
194
76
856
953
374
876
18,205
450
495
3,561
8,406
1,864
537
30,273
722
566
8,461
246
4
934
87,642
367
75
1,147
940
337
890
444
1,599
3,875
317
600
1,998
517
3,280
30,910
580
9,098
250
4
923
88,455
325
1,147
1,141
259
590
817
4,185
235
600
2,309
490
11,528
29,450
7.41
-38.61
-46.81
0.00
-2.53
-2.60
59.31
-18.07
40.69
-38.77
49.37
91.33
201.73
0.04
-17.92
-7.13
2.47
7.53
1.63
0.00
-1.18
0.93
-11.44
0.00
21.38
-23.15
32.88
-48.91
8.00
-25.87
0.00
15.57
-5.22
251.46
-4.72
722
2,183
580
9,098
250
4
923
88,455
325
75
1,147
1,141
259
12
890
18,205
590
817
4,185
235
600
2,309
490
11,528
29,450
6,672
3,678
8,751
4,413
1,142
38
4,321
70,788
4,454
243
3,262.90
1,968
374
1,563
3,572
13,350
3,776
32,135
8,311
17,850
1,717
7,564
6,326
40,271
47,875
108.2
593.5
66.3
2061.6
218.9
105.3
213.6
1249.6
73.0
308.6
351.5
579.8
692.5
7.7
249.2
1363.7
156.3
25.4
503.5
13.2
349.4
305.3
77.5
286.3
615.1
America, South
Bolivia
Ecuador
Asia
Armenia
Bhutan
China
India
Indonesia
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Pakistan
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkmenistan

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
107
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
108
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION/ADULT POPULATION
(copies per thousand)
109
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: ADVERTISING REVENUES
Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
1,218.0
1,461.0
1,801.0
2,156.0
America, South
0.8
1.2
1.2
50.00
0.00
Asia
54.2
2,047.0
236,900.0
85.5
550.0
2,264.0
310,000.0
49.0
450.0
2,388.0
332,000.0
500.0
2,693.0
550.0
450.0
-18.18
-18.18
Australia & Oceania

813.0
932.0
1,014.0
1,016.0
1,074.0
32.10
5.71
Europe
14.5
128.0
105.0
268.0
31.5
357.6
3.3
8.5
9.7
6.3
223.0
40.1
580.0
17.4
147.0
112.0
225.1
26.1
373.7
144.0
5.9
10.0
9.5
6.3
238.0
40.1
598.0
161.0
121.0
2,268.0
240.0
13.0
177.0
7.0
11.0
9.1
7.0
236.0
52.5
644.0
105.0
124.0
2,242.8
252.8
27.0
393.4
7.0
24.8
7.0
250.0
56.8
616.0
22.5
134.3
127.0
2,236.0
27.0
468.0
7.7
30.4
9.7
8.0
490.0
-
55.17
4.92
20.95
-14.29
133.33
257.65
0.00
26.98
119.73
-
27.90
2.42
-0.30
0.00
18.96
10.00
22.58
14.29
96.00
-
Africa
110
NON-DAILIES
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
37.5
64.2
102.5
129.9
America, South
Argentina
0.3
0.4
0.4
50.00
-4.88
Asia
Armenia
India
Indonesia
Israel
Lebanon
0.1
42.1
25.3
18.0
-
48.5
36.1
10.8
-
52.7
37.1
-
61.0
0.4
0.3
-19.44
Australia & Oceania

Australia
321.2
185.7
236.0
518.3
524.1
63.16
1.11
Europe
Bulgaria
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Iceland
Ireland
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Netherlands, The
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
7.0
0.8
52.8
252.8
29.7
1.5
5.3
2.3
6.1
5.9
22.9
7.3
865.7
10.1
1.2
68.5
252.9
29.3
2.3
161.8
10.4
3.3
4.6
7.1
29.5
7.3
980.3
1.4
81.5
2,800.0
296.3
16.1
218.5
13.0
4.0
5.7
8.6
32.1
9.6
1,170.9
8.3
85.0
2,803.5
316.0
33.8
491.8
12.5
9.0
8.8
33.5
11.0
1,120.0
14.3
10.8
86.3
2,795.0
33.8
585.0
0.4
11.1
5.4
10.0
66.4
-
104.71
1,280.77
63.26
13.56
-93.23
376.29
-12.40
68.35
189.45
-
29.14
1.47
-0.30
0.00
18.96
-97.12
22.91
14.29
98.39
-
111
NON-DAILIES
PAID-FOR & FREE NON-DAILIES: CHANGES IN ADVERTISING REVENUES

112
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No.titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
12
13
85.71
8.33
13
31,687
0.4
1
913
917
915
28
914
27
1
907
-0.66
-3.57
-0.77
27
1
1
907
26,978
3,186
28,301
216,972
1.0
0.3
0.0
4.2
America, South
Chile
200.00
0.00
12,213
0.2
Asia
India
Lebanon
Malaysia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
7
14
7
15
32
7
-
34
7
-
33
7
-
5
7
-
0.00
-
0.00
-
7
5
33
7
15
758,020
2,887
13,284
3,265
15,354
0.0
1.7
2.5
2.1
1.0
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
11
2
10
2
10
2
11
3
13
3
18.18
50.00
18.18
0.00
13
3
16,620
3,218
0.8
0.9
Europe
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Macedonia
Malta
Netherlands, The
Romania
Slovenia
Switzerland
United Kingdom
1
32
7
4
3
6
6
3
5
21
157
5
1
32
17
5
3
10
6
4
4
22
186
5
3
32
7
5
3
10
6
2
4
2
4
22
183
4
33
6
4
6
10
3
6
2
4
2
4
23
3
34
6
4
3
10
7
2
5
2
5
21
200.00
6.25
-14.29
0.00
0.00
66.67
16.67
66.67
0.00
0.00
-25.00
3.03
0.00
0.00
-50.00
0.00
16.67
0.00
25.00
0.00
25.00
-8.70
183
5
3
34
6
4
3
10
3
7
2
5
2
5
21
6,672
3,678
8,751
49,322
70,788
4,454
10,037
3,262.9
1,563
332
13,350
17,850
1,717
6,326
47,875
27.4
1.4
0.3
0.7
0.1
0.9
0.3
3.1
1.9
21.1
0.1
0.3
1.2
0.8
0.4
Africa
South Africa
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
Mexico
113
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: NUMBER OF TITLES
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: NUMBER OF TITLES/ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)

114
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Africa
South Africa
1,449
1,465
1,470
1,708
1,782
22.98
4.33
1,782
31,687
56.2
America, North
Canada
2,944
58,780
2,908
58,495
2,948
57,753
2,987
55,270
2,906
53,175
-1.29
-9.54
-2.71
-3.79
2,906
53,175
26,978
216,972
107.7
245.1
16
16
12,213
1.3
35
2,395
1,062
720
2,957
1,067
-
3,959
1,048
-
3,200
1,029
-
1,030
-
-3.01
-
0.10
-
35
3,200
1,030
720
2,887
13,284
3,265
15,354
12.1
240.9
315.5
46.9
311
314
320
406
3,484
389
25.08
-4.19
3,484
389
16,620
3,218
209.6
120.9
308
4,233
4,485
40
365
848
968
15,192
1,831
318
4,264
4,315
47
388
1,369
838
14,467
2,450
479
4,238
4,165
24
420
1,261
690
288
814
14,374
2,341
531
4,308
3,868
227
440
1,238
30
758
297
213
813
14,254
354
4,282
3,830
236
430
1,220
725
361
213
869
12,948
14.94
1.16
-14.60
490.00
17.81
43.87
-10.23
-14.77
-33.33
-0.60
-0.98
3.96
-2.27
-1.45
-4.35
21.55
0.00
6.89
-9.16
2,341
354
4,282
3,830
236
430
1,220
30
725
361
213
869
12,948
6,672
8,751
49,322
70,788
4,454
10,037
3,262.90
1,563
13,350
17,850
1,717
6,326
47,875
350.9
40.5
86.8
54.1
53.0
42.8
373.9
19.2
54.3
20.2
124.1
137.4
270.5
America, South
Chile
Asia
Lebanon
Malaysia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Romania
Slovenia
Switzerland
United Kingdom

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
115
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: AVERAGE CIRCULATION/ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)

116
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: ANNUAL COPY SALES
(millions of copies)
Countries
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
1.6
295
-
77
-
81
-
5.19
-
America, North
Mexico
138
America, South
Chile
0.8
Asia
India
Lebanon
Malaysia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
8.6
1
125
56
37
Australia & Oceania

New Zealand
16
16
17
16
20
25.00
25.00
Europe
Czech Republic
France
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Netherlands, The
Switzerland
United Kingdom
15
220
2
18
44
50
759
17
220
1.8
20
72
44
763
19
219
1.4
21
66
34
42
746
27
218
10
33
38
42
719
19
223
12.7
22
63.4
36
45
-
26.67
1.36
535.00
22.22
44.09
-10.00
-
-29.63
2.29
27.00
-33.33
-5.26
7.14
-
117
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: ANNUAL COPY SALES (millions of copies)
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: CHANGE IN ANNUAL COPY SALES

118
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: SALES REVENUES
Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
320
America, North
4,196
4,250
4,157
Asia
1,100
282
21.3
29.8
39.9
32.8
-17.79
174
56.4
69
632.8
174
56.1
101
683.5
225
40
206
713.7
323
180
119.4
753.3
221
1,993
118
-
27.01
71.01
-
-31.58
-1.17
-
Africa
Australia & Oceania

Europe
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: SALES REVENUES

Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
Tanzania
0.32
America, North
4,196
4,250
4,157
0.7
183.12
12.38
19.74
28.1
21.3
-24.20
5.3
53.21
65.09
944.48
6.16
63.03
113.48
1,120.49
8.74
49.38
254.32
1,297.64
13.46
225
149.25
1,369.64
9.77
9.45
147.5
-
84.34
126.61
-
-27.41
-1.17
-
Asia
Lebanon
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Czech Republic
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
United Kingdom
119
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: ADVERTISING REVENUES
Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
America, South
Australia (Australia. dollar)
329
379
435
14.78
Asia
130.1
221.6
704
134
239
-
287.3
-
286
-
Australia & Oceania

301
331
379
434
411
36.54
-5.30
74
122.8
639
387
69
94.2
779
168
387
122.7
120
901
233
401
181
128
1,073
196
365
174
150
1,700
215.7
-
135.14
22.15
166.04
-
-3.87
17.19
58.43
10.05
-
Europe
PAID-FOR SUNDAYS: ADVERTISING REVENUES

Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2.49
8.96
259.84
Asia
Israel
Malaysia
Sri Lanka
27.45
58.32
7.35
29.45
62.89
-
75.61
-
75.46
-
Australia & Oceania

Australia
163.59
214.94
278.68
331.3
309.02
88.90
-6.73
Europe
Czech Republic
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
United Kingdom
2.26
115.85
2.48
577.61
2.44
105.84
3.47
188.76
634.43
4.77
148.15
4.44
287.65
729.09
7.54
160
5.37
245
663.64
7.69
187.5
8.06
269.62
-
240.27
61.85
225.00
-
1.99
17.19
50.09
10.05
-
America, South
Argentina
120
SUNDAYS
FREE SUNDAYS: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
Europe
Belgium
Germany
United Kingdom
No. titles
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
1
190
-
1
201
9
2
239
8
100.00
18.91
-11.11
2
239
8
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
8,715
70,788
47,875
0.2
3.4
0.2
No. titles
Adult
population
FREE SUNDAYS: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)

Change (%)
Country
Europe
Belgium
Germany
United Kingdom
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
(000)
No. titles/adult
population
(copies per 000)
2006*
479
475
18,000
259
512
19,000
390
535
19,500
432
4.49
2.63
10.77
535
19,500
432
8,715
70,788
47,875
61.4
275.5
9.0
121
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: NUMBER OF TITLES
Change (%)
Country
No. titles
Adult
No. titles/adult
(000)
2006*
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
2006*
12
13
85.71
8.33
13
31,687
0.4
1
913
917
915
28
914
27
1
907
-0.66
-3.57
-0.77
27
1
1
907
26,978
3,186
28,301
216,972
1.0
0.3
0.0
4.2
America, South
Chile
200.00
0.00
12,213
0.2
Asia
India
Lebanon
Malaysia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
7
14
7
15
32
7
-
34
7
-
33
7
-
5
7
-
0.00
-
0.00
-
7
5
33
7
15
758,020
2,887
13,284
3,265
15,354
0.0
1.7
2.5
2.1
1.0
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
11
2
10
2
10
2
11
3
13
3
18.18
50.00
18.18
0.00
13
3
16,620
3,218
0.8
0.9
Europe
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Macedonia
Malta
Netherlands, The
Romania
Slovenia
Switzerland
United Kingdom
1
32
7
4
3
6
6
3
5
21
157
5
1
32
17
5
3
10
6
4
4
22
1
186
5
3
32
197
5
3
10
6
2
4
2
4
22
1
183
4
33
207
4
6
10
3
6
2
4
2
4
32
2
3
34
245
4
3
10
7
2
5
2
5
29
200.00
6.25
3,400.00
0.00
0.00
66.67
16.67
66.67
0.00
38.10
100.00
-25.00
3.03
18.36
0.00
-50.00
0.00
16.67
0.00
25.00
0.00
25.00
-9.38
2
183
5
3
34
245
4
3
10
3
7
2
5
2
5
29
8,715
6,672
3,678
8,751
49,322
70,788
4,454
10,037
3,262.9
1,563
332
13,350
17,850
1,717
6,326
47,875
0.2
27.4
1.4
0.3
0.7
3.5
0.9
0.3
3.1
1.9
21.1
0.1
0.3
1.2
0.8
0.6
Africa
South Africa
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
Mexico
122
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: NUMBER OF TITLES
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: NUMBER OF TITLES/ADULT POPULATION (titles per million)
123
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
Change (%)
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2006/02
2006/05
Average
circulation
(000)
2006*
Africa
South Africa
1,449
1,465
1,470
1,708
1,782
22.98
4.33
1,782
31,687
56.2
America, North
Canada
2,944
58,780
2,908
58,495
2,948
57,753
2,987
55,270
2,906
53,175
-1.29
-9.54
-2.71
-3.79
2,906
53,175
26,978
216,972
107.7
245.1
16
16
12,213
1.3
35
2,395
1,062
720
2,957
1,067
-
3,959
1,048
-
3,200
1,029
-
1,030
-
-3.01
-
0.10
-
35
3,200
1,030
720
2,887
13,284
3,265
15,354
12.1
240.9
315.5
46.9
311
314
320
406
3,484
389
25.08
-4.19
3,484
389
16,620
3,218
209.6
120.9
308
4,233
4,485
40
365
848
968
15,192
1,831
318
4,264
4,315
47
388
1,369
838
14,946
475
2,450
479
4,238
22,165
24
420
1,261
690
288
814
14,633
512
2,341
531
4,308
22,868
227
440
1,238
30
758
297
213
813
14,644
535
354
4,282
23,330
236
430
1,220
725
361
213
869
13,380
14.94
1.16
420.18
490.00
17.81
43.87
-10.23
-11.93
4.49
-33.33
-0.60
2.02
3.96
-2.27
-1.45
-4.35
21.55
0.00
6.89
-8.63
535
2,341
354
4,282
23,330
236
430
1,220
30
725
361
213
869
13,380
8,715
6,672
8,751
49,322
70,788
4,454
10,037
3,262.90
1,563
13,350
17,850
1,717
6,326
47,875
61.4
350.9
40.5
86.8
329.6
53.0
42.8
373.9
19.2
54.3
20.2
124.1
137.4
279.5
America, South
Chile
Asia
Lebanon
Malaysia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czech Republic
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Romania
Slovenia
Switzerland
United Kingdom

(000)
(copies per 000)
2006*
124
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: AVERAGE CIRCULATION (000)
125
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: AVERAGE CIRCULATION / ADULT POPULATION (copies per thousand)
126
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: ANNUAL COPY SALES
(millions of copies)
Countries
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
1.6
295
-
77
-
81
-
5.19
-
America, North
Mexico
138
America, South
Chile
0.8
Asia
India
Lebanon
Malaysia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
8.6
1
125
56
37
Australia & Oceania

New Zealand
16
16
17
16
20
25.00
25.00
Europe
Belgium
Czech Republic
France
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Netherlands, The
Switzerland
United Kingdom
15
220
2
18
44
50
759
17
220
1.8
20
72
44
763
19
219
1.4
21
66
34
42
746
25.1
27
218
10
33
38
42
719
26
19
223
12.7
22
63.4
36
45
-
26.67
1.36
535.00
22.22
44.09
-10.00
-
3.59
-29.63
2.29
27.00
-33.33
-5.26
7.14
-
127
SUNDAYS
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: ANNUAL COPY SALES (millions of copies)
PAID-FOR & FREE SUNDAYS: CHANGES IN ANNUAL COPY SALES

(number of copies) 2006/05 (%)
128
PRINTING
NEWSPRINT COSTS (average per ton)
Country
National currency
USD
12,000,000
1,590,750
522
890
America, North
Mexico (Mexico, peso)
6,150
544
635
544
America, South
1,571
1,345
649
10,600
508
617
649
497
472,000
2,465,000
4,400
2,200
5,390,000
972,230
1,200,000
2,363
360,000
34,000
986
823
502
551
103
603
778
778
623
326
355
685
Australia & Oceania

985
1,222
535
794
Europe
Italy (Italy, euro)
Russia (Russia, ruble)
Spain (Spain, euro)
527
7,700
490
570
560
510
585
327
520
30,000
9,360
515
1,850
15,226
22,000
500
2,950
375
483
556
613
538
700
638
731
584
650
552
759
636
571
560
740
625
548
682
Africa
Mozambique (Mozambique, metical)
Uganda (Uganda, shilling)
Asia
Azerbaijan (Azerbaijani (old) manat)
China (China, yuan)
Korea, Republic of (Korea, Republic of, won)
129
PRINTING
FOUR-COLOUR NEWSPAPERS: NUMBER OF TITLES
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
South Africa
18
America, North
Costa Rica
Mexico
6
45
7
-
7
-
5
-
6
-
America, South
Bolivia
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Uruguay
114
42
4
76
4
38
79
-
128
-
138
22
-
Asia
Indonesia
Japan
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkey
465
106
11
9
22
55
533
110
12
61
66
567
108
13
34
62
13
34
67
14
81
355
16
28
28
11
17
29
11
54
61
30
3
4
82
31
6
2
39
81
42
19
6
91
119
16
28
11
67
35
10
61
53
3
82
30
5
7
36
78
63
40
12
137
-
17
28
11
85
35
41
199
61
3
18
87
24
5
36
78
56
39
147
-
17
28
13
90
37
41
201
61
79
45
4
18
87
27
5
36
77
59
43
11
139
150
-
32
15
92
41
42
34
3
19
88
31
30
78
66
50
11
149
65
-
Australia & Oceania

Australia
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
130
PRINTING
FOUR-COLOUR NEWSPAPERS: NUMBER OF TITLES
131
PRINTING
FORMATS OF DAILY NEWSPAPERS: NUMBER OF TITLES
Country
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Others
13
85
180
1,417
17
5
120
44
1
-
America, South
Bolivia
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Peru
Uruguay
3
108
2
9
5
1
45
26
94
12
3
6
1
-
Asia
Armenia
Indonesia
Japan
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkey
1
218
107
13
25
51
7
27
81
5
349
3
1
9
39
2
3
-
1
10
-
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
4
25
351
1
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Slovakia
Slovenia
Sweden
Ukraine
United Kingdom
9
1
6
16
39
29
12
7
53
7
2
1
6
25
60
1
5
14
25
18
8
20
62
14
2
2
25
43
119
18
64
5
3
12
38
97
2
5
5
78
1
49
3
1
112
66
92
12
90
43
6
8
2
1
55
8
22
41
-
Africa
South Africa
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
Mexico
132
DISTRIBUTION
TYPE OF NEWSPAPER SALES (%)
Country
Single copy
Subscriptions
sales
(home and postal
deliveries)
Home
deliveries
Postal
deliveries
Office
Bulk (sponsored)
Free
deliveries
deliveries
distribution
Other
Africa
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
78.0
99.0
98.0
13.0
0.6
2.0
5.0
-
2.0
0.4
-
2.0
-
America, North
Costa Rica
69.0
16.8
31.0
74.7
31.0
74.0
0.7
8.5
America, South
Argentina
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Uruguay
40.0
44.8
61.8
70.1
100.0
38.2
-
60.0
55.2
17.3
-
9.0
-
2.0
-
0.6
-
1.0
-
Asia
Armenia
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Turkey
85.0
5.1
6.0
85.0
70.0
21.0
56.7
60.0
80.0
94.4
20.0
94.3
90.8
15.0
30.0
43.3
35.0
-
0.1
3.2
79.0
5.0
-
15.0
0.5
-
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
14.0
50.1
48.5
93.0
80.0
68.4
15.6
40.0
13.0
68.0
35.6
97.0
37.6
13.6
91.0
91.0
41.9
9.9
97.0
8.0
23.0
78.4
41.9
65.0
72.0
20.0
10.0
82.0
65.1
15.0
7.0
29.0
84.4
60.0
88.0
64.4
61.7
1.0
9.0
58.1
18.7
4.5
35.0
10.9
75.0
16.0
20.0
29.0
79.0
69.0
8.0
1.0
86.4
90.1
0.2
71.0
90.0
1.0
47.8
21.0
18.0
20.0
2.0
61.7
9.0
70.2
3.0
0.1
77.0
13.0
4.0
15.0
35.0
2.6
0.2
6.9
1.0
5.0
2.6
0.7
8.0
1.8
5.1
-
14.2
1.7
1.5
5.0
0.8
5.0
4.9
5.0
1.0
1.7
0.4
1.8
1.2
0.2
-
133
DISTRIBUTION
NEWSPAPER DISTRIBUTION COSTS (% of cover price)
Country
134
Single copy
sales
Home
deliveries
Postal
deliveries
America, North
Mexico
25
70
America, South
Chile
Ecuador
Uruguay
36
6
40
14
-
Asia
Armenia
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Sri Lanka
Turkey
30
30
20
30
12
13
30
20
-
45
70
-
Australia & Oceania

Australia
32
32
Europe
Belgium
Croatia
Czech Republic
Estonia
Finland
Greece
Hungary
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Netherlands, The
Poland
Slovakia
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
31
31
35
32
26
38
29
26
28
38
15
33
32
40
20
45
36
31
24
40
29
35
35
26
26
33
45
-
28
40
35
18
41
14
15
15
38
30
20
CHAPTER II
COUNTRY REPORTS
Tables in country reports

Country reports only include available data, so some of the following tables are not presented in all country
reports. Tables without order numbers are specific only for one or a few countries.
All data are presented in current prices.
1.
2.
COMMENTARY
(General economic situation Performance of
newspapers vs. other media Performance of
different types of newspapers Newspaper
launches / closures Advertising Circulation
Readership Online/Digital Publishing
Ownership Media/Press Laws Copyright
Distribution Postal Issues Taxes State
Support Environment Other Factors)
4.b
4.c
4.d
POPULATION
2.a
2.b
Population by age and sex

Population by social class and sex
Social classes are defined as follows, unless
otherwise notified:
A = Upper middle class - higher managerial,
administrative or professional
B = Middle class - intermediate managerial,
C1 = Lower middle class - supervisory
or clerical, and junior managerial,
C2 = Skilled working class - Skilled manual
workers
D = Working class - Semi and unskilled manual
workers
E = Those at lowest levels of subsistence - State
pensioners or widows (no other earners)
2.ca Households (occupancy)
2.cb Households (children)
2.d Housewives (co-habiting persons)
3.
3.a
3.b
NUMBER OF TITLES AND CIRCULATION

Number of titles
Dailies = newspapers published at least four
days a week
Non-dailies = newspapers published three days
a week or less (with the exception of papers
published on Sundays only)
Sundays = newspapers published on Sundays
only
Circulation
For definition of dailies, non-dailies, and
Sundays, please see table 3.a
4.
SALES
4.a
Total number of copies sold or distributed

annually
For definition of dailies, non-dailies,
and Sundays, please see table 3.a
136
Sales revenues
For definition of dailies, non-dailies,
and Sundays, please see table 3.a
Type of newspaper sales (%)
Including data for all types of paid-for daily
newspapers, unless otherwise notified
Cover prices
Single copy: a range of cover prices of daily
newspapers on weekdays
Subscription: the price of subscription divided
by number of editions in a subscription period
5.
NEWSPAPER REACH, READERSHIP

AND MEDIA CONSUMPTION
5.a
Newspaper reach (%)

A percentage of people who read a daily
newspaper, unless otherwise notified
Age structure of readership
Readership of daily newspapers, unless
otherwise notified
Media consumption (minutes per day)
Data on all adults and all newspapers (dailies,
non-dailies, and Sundays), unless otherwise
notified
5.b
5.c
6.
ONLINE / DIGITAL PUBLISHING
6.a
Online editions
This refers only to webpages with editorial
content. For definition of dailies, non-dailies,
and Sundays, please see notes to table 3.a
Online readership
Page impression (IF ABC definition) = a file, or
a combination of files, sent to a user as a result
of that users request being received by the
server; application of another unit of measurement or another period is indicated
in footnotes below tables
6.b
7.
ADVERTISING
7.aa
7.ab
7.ac
7.ba
Gross domestic product

Gross domestic product per capita
Ad spend as a % of GDP
Advertising expenditure per medium
Data 2006-2009 represent forecast, unless
otherwise notified
Others represent transport, direct mail, video
etc., or a combination of any of those media if
only available as a total figure
7.bb Advertising expenditure per medium (%)
Data 2006-2009 represent forecast, unless
otherwise notified
7.c
7.d
7.e
7.f
7.g
8.
8.a
Others represent transport, direct mail, video

etc., or a combination of any of those media if
only available as a total figure
Advertising revenues
For definition of dailies, non-dailies, and
Sundays, please see table 3.a
Daily newspaper advertising expenditure National / Retail / Classified /
Digital (U.S. only)
Advertising volume sold
(pages & page equivalents)
Data for all newspapers (dailies, non-dailies,
and Sundays), unless otherwise notified
Contribution of display, classified and insert
advertising to total advertising revenue (%)
Data for dailies, unless otherwise notified
Classified advertising is that sold by line, word,
or column inch, and semi-display
advertisements on classified pages
Top newspaper advertising categories
Data for dailies, unless otherwise notified
Top advertising categories
in national newspapers (U.K. only)
Top advertising categories
in regional newspapers (U.K. only)
Top newspaper advertisers
Top national newspaper advertisers (U.K. only)
Top regional newspaper advertisers (U.K. only)
9.
EMPLOYMENT AND SALARIES
9.a
Employment
Salaries
Including salaries and employers contributions
PUBLISHERS AND NEWSPAPERS
13. SUBSIDIES
13.a Subsidies generally
13.b Direct subsidies
Top publishing companies

Top national publishing companies (U.K. only)
Top regional publishing companies (U.K. only)
Top owners
8.ba Top paid-for dailies
Formats:
Broadsheet = a page of minimum dimensions
of 53x33 cm (21x13 inches)
Tabloid = a page approximately half the size of
a broadsheet newspaper
Berliner = a page 47x31.5 cm
Rheinisch = a page 51x35 cm
Nordic = a page 57x40 cm
Belgian = a page 52x36.5 cm
Top national paid-for dailies (U.K. only)
Top regional paid-for dailies (U.K. only)
8.bb Top free dailies
For formats, please see table 8.ba
Top national free dailies (U.K. only)
Top regional free dailies (U.K. only)
9.b
10. PRINTING AND DISTRIBUTION

10.a Newspaper colour capability and formats
For formats, please see table 8.ba
10.ba Distribution costs as a % of average cover
price
10.bb Average distribution costs per copy
10.c Newsprint costs
Newsprint consumption
11. RESEARCH
(Circulation Readership Methodology)
Conducted by independent organisations not
operated by the newspapers themselves
12. TAXES
(Standard VAT VAT on : single copy sales,
subscription sales, advertising, newsprint,
composition, plant Other taxes: tax
on profits, tax concessions)
14. DISCOUNTS
(Post Railroad Telephone Telegraph
Telex Other)
15. OWNERSHIP
15.a Ownership laws and rules
15.b Cross-media ownership restrictions
137
AFGHANISTAN
Media Market Description
General economic situation
Real GDP growth exceeded 8% in 2006. Afghanistan is
highly dependent on foreign aid, agriculture, and trade
with neighboring countries. Expanding poppy
cultivation and a growing opium trade generate roughly
USD3 billion in illicit economic activity and looms as
one of the most serious policy concerns for Kabul.
Inflation rate was estimated at 16.3% in 2005.
Performance of newspapers vs. other media
In 2006, there were approximately 50 private radio
stations, five news agencies, and eight television
networks, though not all were independently owned and
operated. The government owned most of the electronic
news media. Radio is the most popular medium in the
country.
Performance of different types of newspapers
In 2006, there were approximately 400 publications.
The government owned at least 35 of them. Many
newspapers were published only sporadically, and many
were affiliated with different provincial authorities.
Currently, the Mideast Edition is command-sponsored

and distributed at no charge to downrange troops. Stars
and Stripes is printed in Kabul and distributed in Kabul,
Kandahar, and Bagram. (The newspaper is also printed
in Bahrain, Qatar, Kuwait and Iraq.)
Newspaper launches / closures
A third independent, four-page daily newspaper Siasat
was launched in the western Herat province. The price
of the paper has been set at five afghanis per copy.
The dailies Rooz and Pagah are the other newspapers
published from Herat. About 30 publications, including
dailies, weeklies, and monthlies are published from the
province.
Online / Digital Publishing
There were no government restrictions on the Internet
or reports that the government monitored e-mail or
Internet chatrooms. Internet access was unavailable to
most citizens, and computer literacy and ownership rates
were miniscule, although Internet cafes were increasingly
popular.
Cumbersome licensing procedures restricted operations

of publishing houses.
Media / Press Laws
The law prohibits information that could insult the
Stars and Stripes is a daily newspaper published for the sacred religion of Islam and other religions. The foreign
U.S. military, Department of Defense civilians, media were covered under the freedom of speech law;
contractors, and their families. Unique among the many however, they were restricted from commenting
military publications, Stars and Stripes operates as a First negatively on Islam and from publishing materials that
Amendment newspaper, free of control and censorship. were considered a threat to the president.
Under the 2004 media law, new newspapers and printers
had to get a license from the information ministry and
foreign investment in the media was strictly limited.
There was concern within the media community that
a draft media law under consideration in parliament at
year's end would place greater restrictions on media
content and create an overall climate of potential
government intimidation and media self-censorship.
Elements of the latest draft included: language that seeks
to keep Radio-Television Afghanistan under the rubric
of the government, rather than converting it to
independent Public Service Broadcasting; the
elimination of three committees that protected
journalists from politically-motivated reprisals; and the
designation of certain categories of content as
prohibited.
Map: CIA The World Factbook
Other Factors
In 2004 the Ministry of Information and Culture
announced the creation of a Commission of Religious
Clergy to monitor the media, but the commissions
authority to censor content remains unclear.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; WAN from public sources
139
AFGHANISTAN
2.a
Population by age and sex (2006)
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
13,859
16,445
753
31,057
45
53
2
100
7.aa
Male
000
7,095
8,437
367
15,899
45
53
2
100
6,764
8,008
386
15,158
2000
GDP
45
53
3
100
8.ba
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
Total paid-for dailies
30
10
40
12
33.33
20.00
2004
927.3
Top paid-for dailies (2006)
Title
Language
Publisher
Hewad (Homeland)
Anis (Companion / Friendship)
Daily Arman
Kabul Times
Shariat
Pashtu
Dari 1
English
English
-
Government
Government
Government
-
Circulation (000)
8
5
4
1
-
Source: WAN from public sources

1
Including articles in Pashtu and Uzbek
Source: WAN assessment

3.b
(Afghanistan, afghani, bln)

2001
2002
2003
Source: CIA - The World Factbook

3.a
Female
000
%
Total average circulation per issue

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
24
26
8.33
140
ALBANIA
The economy is bolstered by annual remittances from
abroad of USD600-USD800 million, mostly from
Albanians residing in Greece and Italy; this helps offset
the towering trade deficit. Agriculture accounts for
about one-quarter of GDP. The government is moving
slowly to improve the poor national road and rail
network, a long-standing barrier to sustained economic
growth. Growth was strong in 2003-06 and the inflation
rate is low (2.8%) and stable.
no such rules for print media. However, many

newspapers mark the pages that are sold as
advertisements or commercial announcements. When
parts of the page are sold, such sections are not always
marked. In almost all cases, the advertisements are
framed in boxes to separate them from editorial content.
There are 28 daily newspapers. Their individual

circulation ranges from 500 to 20,000 copies. While the
number of newspapers has almost doubled over the last
five years, their total circulation has fallen by around
30%. The newest daily, Shqip, which was launched in
March 2006, is actually the biggest. Shqip is an affiliate
of the biggest media group in Albania, Top Media,
which controls the leading Top Channel TV, Top
Albania Radio and Digitalb platform for satellite and
terrestrial digital paid programmes.

There were no government restrictions on access to the
Internet or reports that the government monitored email or Internet chatrooms. Access to the Internet has
increased over the year, but remained limited,
particularly outside the major urban areas.
Circulation
Publishers offer cover prices as low as 10 ALL (8 cents of
a euro) per copy, which is half of the lowest price applied
to any paper in 2000, or offer the paper plus a music CD
for 100 ALL (EUR0.8) or 200 ALL (EUR1.6) for the
According to official data, there were 64 private paper plus a bestselling book. Nevertheless, sales
television stations and 44 private radio stations, but the continue to fall and more readers prefer to read any
actual number was reportedly larger. The growing paper offered for free from their favourite coffee bar.
number of satellite dishes in Albanian towns makes
television to be by far the leading medium.
Readership
Experts say that the crisis in the printed media market is
Agjensia Telegrafike Shqiptare (Albanian Telegraphic due to newspaper editorial policies. In recent years,
Agency) is the official news agency.
many big business companies have invested in this
market, but they have tried to use the power of their
media to put pressure on, or even blackmail the
An estimated 200 publications were available in 2006, government. Other media have been explicitly backing
including daily and weekly newspapers, magazines, the government. There is a growing concern in society
newsletters, and pamphlets. Political parties, trade that the media is being abused by their owners, often
unions, and various societies and groups published their suspected to have links with the underworld, in their
own newspapers or magazines independent of power games. As a result, more Albanians abstain from
government influence.
reading daily papers.
Ownership
The Gazeta Shqiptare is published by an Italian
newspaper based in Bari called La Gazzetta del
Mezzogiorno. This marks the only example of foreign
Publishers and newspaper owners continued to dictate ownership in the Albanian press sector.
news stories to serve their political and economic
interests and sometimes blocked stories that ran counter A single person cannot own more than 40 percent of
to those interests. Journalists continued to practice self- shares in a media entity, and one cannot own shares in
censorship, and there was little transparency in the both national television and national radio. These rules
financing of the media.
are circumvented by widespread evasion and deception.
Cross-ownership between broadcasting and print media
The independent print media were active but were is not regulated. Approved on December 1, 2003, the
constrained by limited professionalism, lack of finances, Law on Protection of Competition no. 9121/2003 does
and political pressure.
not impose any limit on market consolidation.
The transparency of ownership is not mandated by
One new major national daily newspaper, Shqip, started legislation. Only a few outlets do so on their own initiative.
in spring 2006 while two others, Dita and Express, closed. Media owners are often directly involved in politics.
Advertising
Media / Press Laws
The law on electronic media stipulates that ads should Libel is a crime that may be punished with a prison
be clearly distinguished from editorial content. There are sentence of up to two years and a fine. In contrast with
141
ALBANIA
the previous year, there were no cases of libel suits
against the media reported during 2006.
Printing & Distribution
The print media is plagued by a weak, often
malfunctioning distribution system. Tirana-based
newspapers cannot reach distant rural areas due to poor
infrastructure.
Other Factors
Many journalists complained that the absence of
employment contracts frequently hindered their ability
to report objectively.
Journalists are allowed to sell advertising. There is no
trade union for journalists, and their associations are
weak and fragmented. They are generally not in
a position to fight for their opinions, especially against
owners.
In 2005 the editorial office of the top-circulation daily,
Shekulli, was damaged when an explosive was thrown
onto its balcony. The case was closed with no formal
charges having been filed.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; SEENPM; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
888
2,374
320
3,582
25
66
9
100
7.aa
Male
000
465
1,215
148
1,828
25
66
8
100
423
1,159
172
1,754
GDP
24
66
10
100
8.ba
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
19
79
21
79
29
80 1
28
81 2
55.56
5.19
-3.45
1.25
Source: 2002-2004 Albanian Media Institute; 2005-2006 WAN from public sources
1
Estimate
2
Estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
76
74
70
65
-7.14
Source: 2003 Albanian Media Institute; 2004-2006 WAN assessment

4.d
Cover prices (2006)
Single copy
10.00

(2004)
8.a
(Albania, lek)
min
max
50.00
Publisher
Spekter
Klan
Hoha
Party Papers
Others
Share (%) 1
21
16
11
16
36
Source: The Commercial Register

1
Print media
2006
1,722.7 1,857.9 2,079.8
Number of titles

18
Total paid-for non-dailies 77
(Albania, lek, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2002

3.a
Female
000
%
Title
Language Publisher
Format
Albania
Albanian Daily News
Balkan
Biznes
Ekonomia
Gazeta 55
Gazeta Shqiptare
Koha Jone (Our Time)
Korrieri
Panorama
Republika
Rilindja Demokratike
(The Democratic Revival)
Shekulli
Shqip
Sot
Sport Ekspres
Sporti Shqiptar
Tema
Zeri i Popullit (Peoples Voice)
English
-
Ylli Rakipi
Tribuna Ekonomike Shqiptare e Pavarur
Ferrano Group
Sh. a. Spekter
Enti botues Ekonomia
Fahri Balliu
Edisud sh. p. a.
Nikolle Lesi
Media 6
Panorama Group
Partia Republikane e Shqiperise
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Partia Demokratike
Sh. a. Spekter
Top Media
Nikolle Lesi
Sh. a. Spekter
Media Enter sh. p. k.
Partia Socialiste e Shqiperise
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
Source: Albanian Media Institute; WAN from public sources

Due to lack of circulation and readership data, dailies are ranked in alphabetical order
9.a
Employment
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total number of journalists Total number of employees -
543
842
305
827
-43.83
-1.78
Source: Albanian Media Institute
142
ALGERIA
The hydrocarbons sector is the backbone of the
economy, accounting for roughly 60% of budget
revenues, 30% of GDP, and over 95% of export
earnings. Algeria has the seventh-largest reserves of
natural gas in the world and is the second-largest gas
exporter. Algeria has decreased its external debt to less
than 10% of GDP after repaying its Paris Club and
London Club debt in 2006. The inflation rate was
estimated at 3% in 2006.
Media / Press Laws

The law specifies that freedom of speech must respect
individual dignity, the imperatives of foreign policy,
and the national defense. The state of emergency decree
gives the government broad authority to restrict these
freedoms and take legal action against what it considers
to be threats to the state or public order. These
regulations were heavily applied throughout the year,
and in some instances the government targeted specific
media organizations and their staff.

Radio and television are government-owned.
Restrictions remained in place on the international
media, limiting its ability to report freely; however, the
restrictions were not as stringently enforced as in
previous years.
The law permits the government to levy fines and to

imprison members of the press in a manner that restricts
press freedom.

The countrys non-state-owned print media consisted of
more than 43 daily, 60 weekly, and 17 monthly
publications that supported or opposed the government
to varying degrees.
The state owns four newspapers: the French-language El
Moujahid and La Nouvelle Republique, and the Arabiclanguage El Chaab and El Massa.
Charges of defamation are based on the 1990

communication law which protects Islam from
defamation, controls access to external information, and
outlaws writing that threatens national unity. In 2001,
the laws were amended to criminalize writing, cartoons,
and speech that insult or offend the president,
parliament, judiciary, or armed forces. The Penal Code
imposes high fines and prison terms of up to 24 months
for defamation or the insult of government figures,
including the president, members of parliament, judges,
members of the military, and any other authority of
public order. Those convicted face prison sentences that
range from 3 to 24 months and fines of USD675 to
USD6,750 (50,000 to 500,000 dinars).

The sports daily Planete sport was launched in March
2006.
Article 144 of the Penal Code provides for up to five
years in prison for offenses against the Prophet or Gods
Unlike in previous years, there were no closures of Messengers or which denigrate the doctrine of Islam.
newspapers for debts to the state-owned printing house.
During 2006, 68 press-related cases were tried. In 2005,
Advertising
there were 114 recorded cases of press harassment.
The government continued to influence the
independent press through the state-owned advertising In May and July, President Bouteflika pardoned all 200
company, Agence Nationale d Edition et de Publicite journalists with pending defamation cases or defamation
(ANEP), which decided which independent newspapers convictions, including 11 sentenced to jail terms in
could benefit from advertisements placed by state- 2005.
owned agencies and companies.
The government continued restrictions on both the local
and the international medias coverage of issues relating
The government monitored email and internet to national security and terrorism.
chatrooms, particularly those dealing with terrorism and
security issues. Article 14 of the 1998 ministerial decree Printing & Distribution
on telecommunications states that Internet service Most independent newspapers continued to rely on the
providers are legally liable for the material and Web sites governments four publishers for printing presses and
they host.
newsprint.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Xinhua; Jeune Afrique
143
ALGERIA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
40
40
45
47
48
20.00
2.13
Source: 2002-2005 WAN assessment; 2006 WAN from public sources

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
940
950
960
1.05

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Algeria, dinar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
14,533.4 17,630.4 19,050.6

8.ba

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
9,262
22,099
1,569
32,930
28
67
5
100
Male
000
4,722
11,134
735
16,591
28
67
4
100
Female
000
%
4,540
10,965
834
16,339
28
67
5
100
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation (000)
Le Quotidien dOran
El Watan (Homeland)
El Khabar
El Youm
Libert
LExpression
Le Matin
Le Soir dAlgrie
El Moudjahid
Chourouk el-Youmi
Al Fadjr
La Nouvelle Republique
Le Jeune Independant
LActualit
La Tribune
El Chaab
El Massa
French/Arabic
French
Arabic
Arabic
French
French
French
French
French
Arabic
Arabic
French
French
French
French
Arabic
Arabic
SPA Oran Presse

SPA El Watan
El Khabar Group
Government
Government
Government
Government
190
130
100
90
80
60
60
50
50
50
30
30
30
30
10
-
Source: US State Department; WAN from public sources
144
AMERICAN SAMOA
Economic activity is strongly linked to the U.S. with
which American Samoa conducts most of its foreign
trade. Tuna fishing and tuna processing plants are the
backbone of the private sector. Tourism is a promising
developing sector.
The newest daily newspaper in the Pacific Islands, the
American Samoa Tribune, went on sale in American
Samoa in February 2006. The bilingual (English and

Samoan) newspaper is being compiled and printed from
a new production centre set up at Tafuna, American
Samoa, by the Samoa Observer Newspaper Group.
The groups flagship is the 27-year-old Samoa Observer,
a bilingual daily newspaper published from Apia, Samoa.
In 2005, the group also launched a New Zealand edition
of Samoa Observer.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; Pacific Magazine; BBC; Samoa News (website)
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
100.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
75.00

7.aa

1999
GDP
(USA, dollar, bln)

2000
2001
2002
-
2003
510.1

8.ba
Title
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
20
36
2
58
34
62
3
100
Publisher
Circulation Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(000)
(USD)
Samoa News English / Samoan1 Osini Faleatasi Inc.2

American
English / Samoan Samoa Observer
Samoa Tribune
Newspaper Ltd.

2.a
Language
Male
000
10
19
1
30
33
63
3
100
Female
000
%
10
17
1
28
4
3
250
-
425
-

1
60% of content in English
2
Owned by American Samoa residents
36
61
4
100
145
ANDORRA
Tourism accounts for more than 80% of GDP. The
banking sector, with its partial tax haven status, also
contributes substantially to the economy. The inflation
rate was estimated at 3.4% in 2004.
and Spain. The independent media expresses diverse

opinions, including government criticism.
There are two independent paid-for daily newspapers
and several weeklies in Andorra.

The main TV station is TVA, operated by Radio In 2004, a free daily Bondia was launched.
i Television dAndorra. There are three radio stations.
Andorrans also have access to broadcasts from France French and Spanish newspapers are also widely available.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
2
2
-
2
2
-
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
50.00
0.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
30
25
5
32
27
5
32
27
5
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

(Euro Member Countries, euro, bln)
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
GDP
1.7
1.5

8.ba
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
10
51
10
71
14
72
14
100
Title
Male
000
5
27
5
37
14
73
14
100
Female
000
%
5
24
5
34
15
71
15
100
Language
Diari dAndorra Catalan

El Periodic
Catalan
dAndorra
Publisher
Readership Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(000)
(euro)
Premsa Andorrana, SA
Grupo Zeta
17
-
740
750
875
970

8.bb
Top free dailies (2006)
Title
Language
Publisher
Bondia
Catalan
La Veu del Poble SL
Circulation (000)
5
146
ANGOLA
Oil production and its supporting activities contribute
about half of GDP and 90% of exports. Increased oil
production suppoted 12% growth in 2004, 19% growth
in 2005, and nearly 17% growth in 2006. Much of the
infrastructure in Angola is still damaged or
underdeveloped from the 27-year-long civil war.
Subsistence agriculture provides the main livelihood for
half of the population, but half of the food must still be
imported. Consumer inflation declined from 325% in
2000 to about 13% in 2006. To fully take advantage of
its rich national resources - gold, diamonds, extensive
forests, Atlantic fisheries, and large oil deposits - Angola
will need to continue reforming government policies and
to reduce corruption.
The only national news agencies are the Agencia Angola

Press (ANGOP), a state-run agency founded in 1975,
and Centro de Imprensa Anibal de Melo (CIAM),
a government press centre.
The government-owned and -operated Jornal de Angola
was the only daily newspaper. Its production is limited
to Luanda, with a print run of approximately 30,00040,000 copies, and a prohibitively high cover price
(USD1.20).
There were 12 private weekly publications, including

Angolense, Semanario Angolense, Folha 8, A Capital,
Actual, Agora, and Cruzeiro do Sul. Some of them were
distributed in the provinces several days after publication
The state controls all media with nationwide reach, in Luanda. There were also four smaller weeklies in the
including the radio, the most influential medium.
southern provinces.
There were five provincially-based commercial radio Diario da Republica is the official government
stations and two government-owned television stations, newsletter.
which broadcast from Luanda and most provincial
capitals.
There are no English-language nezspapers.
Media / Press Laws
On May 26, 2006, President Dos Santos promulgated
new press law. The law ended the state monopoly on
television, partially opened the FM bandwidth to
independent broadcasters, and rescinded travel
restrictions on journalists.
As a result of this law, foreign journalists no longer need
authorization from the Ministry of Interior to meet
government officials or to travel within the country.
Defamation of the president or his representatives is
a crime, punishable by imprisonment or fine. Factuality
is not an acceptable defense against defamation charges;
the only allowable defense is for the accused to show that
he did not produce the actual material alleged to have
caused harm. No persons have been charged under this
law.
Other Factors
Printed stories are often the result of bribery (ie,
information provided to journalists in order to guarantee
good exposure).
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC;

BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative; WAN from public sources
147
ANGOLA
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5,304
6,488
335
12,127
44
54
3
100
3.b
Male
000
2,678
3,292
149
6,119
44
54
2
100
2,626
3,196
186
6,008
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
44
53
3
100
110
100
7.aa
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4
-
1
1
16
12
4
1
1
16
12
4
1
1
16
12
4
-80.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
41
41
-62,73
0.00

2002

5
National paid-for dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies National paid-for non-dailies Regional and local
paid-for non-dailies
41
Source: 2002 WAN assessment; 2003-2006 WAN from public sources

3.a
Female
000
%
GDP
(Angola, kwanza, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
1,187.8 2,081.7 4,523.3

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Jornal de Angola
Government
Circulation (000)
Cover price (USD)
Format
41
1.2
Tabloid
148
ANGUILLA
The economy depends heavily on luxury tourism,
offshore banking, lobster fishing, and remittances from
emigrants. Increased activity in the tourism industry has
contributed to economic growth. Prospects for the
economy will depend largely on the tourism sector.
The inflation rate was estimated at 5.3% for 2006.

There are 37 cable TV channels available in the country.
There are no daily newspapers. There are two weekly
newspapers, the Anguillian and the Light. The Anguillan
is the leading local newspaper, printing an average of
1,200 to 1,500 copies per publication run.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
2
9
2
13
Male
Female
000
%
000
1
5
1
7
14
71
14
100
15
69
15
100
1
4
1
6
17
67
17
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total paid-for non-dailies
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 Commonwealth Press Union; 2006 WAN from public sources
7.aa

2000
GDP
(East Caribbean, dollar, bln)

2001
2002
2003
2004
-
0.3
0.3
0.3
149
ANTARCTICA
Fishing off the coast and tourism, both based abroad,
account for the limited economic activity of Antarctica.
A total of 23,175 tourists visited in the 2004-05
Antarctic summer, up from the 19,486 visitors the
previous year. Nearly all of them were passengers on
commercial (non-governmental) ships and several yachts
that make trips during the summer.

There are no daily newspapers. The only weekly
newspaper, The Antarctic Sun, is published during the
austral summer at McMurdo Station for the United
States Antarctic Program. The newspaper is funded by
the National Science Foundation. Its primary audience
is US Antarctic program participants, their families, and
their friends.

Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
41

No indigenous inhabitants, but there are both permanent and summer-only
staffed research stations. Twenty-six nations, all signatory to the Antarctic Treaty,
operate through their National Antarctic Program a number of seasonal-only
(summer) and year-round research stations on the continent and its nearby
islands; these stations are populated by persons doing and supporting science
or engaged in the management and protection of the Antarctic region.
1
The number varies from approximately 4,000 in summer to 1,000 in winter;

in addition, approximately 1,000 personnel, including ship crews and scientists
doing onboard research, are present in the waters of the treaty region.
In addition, during the austral summer some nations have numerous occupied
locations such as tent camps, summer-long temporary facilities, and mobile
traverses in support of research.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

150
ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA

Tourism continues to dominate the economy, accounting
for more than half of GDP. Weak tourist arrival numbers
since early 2000 have slowed the economy and pressed
the government into a tight fiscal corner. The inflation

The editorial and news focus of the mainstream daily
Antigua Sun is influenced by a foreign owner who has
invested a lot in the country and wields considerable
political influence.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
19
47
3
69
Male
Female
000
%
000
10
24
1
35
29
69
3
100
28
68
4
100
9
23
2
34
26
68
6
100
Number of titles
3.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
9
28.57
28.57
12.50
12.50

7.aa

1998
GDP

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
2.0

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Daily Observer
Antigua Sun 1
Observer Group
Sun Printing & Publishing Ltd.2
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
5
4
11
Cover price
(East Caribbean Dollar) (USD)
2.00
2.00
0.75
0.75
Format
Tabloid

1
Established in 1997; published Monday-Saturday
2
Publishing also Sun St. Kitts/Nevis
151
ARGENTINA
Argentina benefits from rich natural resources, a highly
literate population, an export-oriented agricultural
sector, and a diversified industrial base. The government
also restructured its defaulted debt in 2005, convincing
most bondholders to accept a large cut on the value of
their holdings, and paid off its IMF obligations from
reserves in full in early 2006, both of which have
reduced the external debt burden of Argentina. Real
GDP has continued to grow strongly, averaging
9 percent during the period 2003-2006, bolstering
government revenues and keeping the fiscal accounts in
surplus. The inflaton rate was estimated at 10% in 2006.
Advertising
National government spending on advertising increased
significantly over the past few years, from approximately
USD5 million (15.4 million pesos) in 2002 to
approximately USD47 million (127.5 million pesos)
during 2006.

The Association for Argentine Reporter Entities
(ADEPA) complained about violation of e-mail privacy
in a case where transcripts of e-mail exchanges between
a reporter and a federal judge investigating an
international drug trafficking network appeared in one
of the law firms representing the defendants. ADEPA
argued that the intelligence service must have been
The federal government owns the Telam wire service, monitoring the reporters e-mails and had given the ea radio network, and a television station. A few mails to the defendants law firm, since the
provincial governments also own broadcast media.
communications were private and had not been made
public or shared by either the reporter or the federal
judge.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department
2.a
Age
12-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-75
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,503
2,281
3,625
3,074
2,711
1,978
1590
18,762
19
12
19
16
14
11
8
100
Male
000
1,804
1,165
1,789
1,441
1,199
929
667
8,994
20
13
20
16
13
10
7
100
Female
000
%
1,699
1,116
1,836
1,633
1,512
1,049
923
9,768
17
11
19
17
16
11
9
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data referring to 13 metropolitan areas, including the capital city
and its surrounding area
2.b
Population by social class and sex (2006)
Social class
ABC1
C2
C3
D1
D2
Total
All adults
000
%
2,112
1,884
4,633
5,159
4,974
18,762
11
10
25
28
27
100
Male
000
1,063
923
2,254
2,586
2,167
8,993
12
10
25
29
24
100
Female
000
%
1,049
961
2,379
2,574
2,807
9,770
11
10
24
26
29
100
Source: TGI Latina

Aged 12-75; data referring to 13 metropolitan areas, including the capital city
152
A = Upper middle class - higher managerial, administrative or professional

B = Middle class - intermediate managerial, administrative or professional
C1 = Lower middle class - supervisory or clerical, and junior managerial,
C2 = Skilled working class - Skilled manual workers
D = Working class - Semi and unskilled manual workers
E = Those at lowest levels of subsistence - state pensioners or widows
(no other earners)
ARGENTINA
Households (occupancy)
(2006)
2.cb
Households (children)
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
918
1,341
1,502
1,386
1,850
6,997
13
19
22
20
26
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data referring to 13 metropolitan
areas, including the capital city and its
surrounding area
5.a
Households
000
%
Without persons below 20

With persons below 20
aged 0-2
aged 3-8
aged 9-11
aged 12-19
Total
1,544
3,685
913
1,537
985
2,280
6,998
22
53
13
22
14
33
100
Source: TGI Latina

areas, including the capital city
Newspaper reach (2006)

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
Main household shopper
Age
45
33
39
52
12-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-75
Total
Source: TGI Latina

Aged 12-75; data referring to 13
metropolitan areas, including
the capital city and its surrounding
area
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-75
Total
918
1,725
1,548
1,553
1,103
989
7,835
5.c
12
22
20
20
14
13
100
All newspapers
Radio
Television
Internet 2
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
31
66
70
-
2005
360
180
45
Source: 2001 EGM; 2005 Radio: TGI; television: TGI, Asociacin Argentina de TV
por Cable, Comfer, Monitor; internet: Global Mind; ZenithOptimedia
1
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Media consumption
2001 1
Source: TGI Latina

3.a
34
53
48
55
51
54
55
49

areas, including the capital city
Housewives (co-habiting
persons) (2006)
Housewives
000
%
13
13
19
18
15
12
10
100
Source: TGI Latina
2.d
Age
%
% daily reach
of readership within age
group
123
119
9
110
182
178
9
169
184
178
9
169
184 184
178 1 178 2
9
9
169 169
6
1 % reach by medium; adults per day

2005 Reported as 30-60 minutes, the average was taken; this figure refers to
adults with internet access
49.59
49.58
0.00
53.64
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.aa
50.00
0.00
Source: IFS, ZenithOptimedia
GDP
2001
(Argentina, peso, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
269.0
313.0
435.0
535.5
(Argentina, peso, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
376.0
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 WAN from public sources; 2005 WAN assessment
1
2
7.ab
Including 36 titles associated to IVC

Including 37 titles associated to IVC

2000
3.b
GDP per capita
Total dailies
Total paid-for dailies 1
Total free dailies
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1,572 1,579 1,363 1,396 1,494

1,091 1,128 1,175 1,194 1,287
481 451 188 202 207
7.ac
-4.96
17.97
-56.96
7.02
7.79
2.48
Source: 2002-2005 IVC; WAN assessment; 2006 IVC (paid-for dailies); Free Dailies
Newsletter, WAN assessment (free dailies)
1
7.7
7.2
8.2
9.8
11.7
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.49
0.64
0.65
0.69
0.65
Ad expenditure
2002-2005 Titles audited by IVC
153
ARGENTINA
7.ba

(Argentina, peso, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
690 1,091 1,201 1,520

613
963 1,108 1,282
77
128
93
238
647 1,037 1,289 1,744
68
83
93
105
26
37
43
57
101
128 188 232
11
17
24
32
1,543 2,393 2,838 3,690
1,748
1,474
274
2,005
121
65
267
37
4,243
1,922
1,621
301
2,205
133
71
293
40
4,664
2,056
1,734
322
2,359
142
75
313
43
4,988
2,179
1,838
341
2,500
150
80
332
46
5,287
Source: AAAA, ZenithOptimedia

2005 After discounts; excludes production costs; excludes classified; 2002-2005
excludes agency commission; 2002 radio, magazines and outdoor are Buenos Aires
only; 2003 radio and outdoor are Buenos Aires only
7.f Top newspaper advertising

categories (2005)
7.g Top newspaper advertisers

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Classified ads
Sales houses
Media owners
Communications
Political & civil assoc.
Hygiene & beauty
Food
Pharmaceutical
Soft drinks
Detergents
Cencosud
Carrefour
Coto Cicsa
Fravega
Telecom Argentina SA
Presidencia De La Nacion
La Nacion SA
Garbarino SA
Artear
Cia De Telefonos Del Interior
866,700
471,000
292,200
184,800
100,400
8,000
7,800
7,600
4,500
1,100
Expenditure 1
102,118.1
84,987.8
78,510.2
69,138.4
63,950.6
62,097.7
52,016.9
51,722.4
41,209.8
35,588.5
Source: Monitor Medios Publicitarios

1

(2002)
Calculations based on gross revenues
8.a
7.c
(Argentina, peso, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) 1,176.8

Total dailies
1,176.0
1,138.2
991.1
Regional and local paid-for dailies 147.1
Total free dailies
37.8
0.8
National paid-for non-dailies
0.8
Total paid-for Sundays
National paid-for Sundays
-
2,635.5
2,627.0
2,564.8
2,224.3
340.5
62.2
1.2
1.2
7.3
7.3
3,444.6
3,415.7
3,340.9
2,880.7
460.2
74.8
1.2
1.2
27.7
27.7
192.71
190.45
193.52
190.66
212.85
97.88
50.00
50.00
-
30.70
30.02
30.26
29.51
35.15
20.26
0.00
0.00
279.45
279.45
Publisher
Owners
Grupo Clarin
La Nacion
Ambito Financiero
P8gina 12
La Prensa
El Cronista
Source: Monitor
Refers to all media owners

8.ba
98,906 105,597

7.e Contribution of display, classified, insert and online advertising
to total advertising revenue
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
97.5
1.5
1.0
-
Display
Classified
Inserts
Online 1
1
Not audited
Title

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
61,253
205,500
103,200
94,200
76,700
74,800
57,600
47,300
46,600
41,000
39,700
Source: Monitor de Medios

Publicitarios, ZenithOptimedia
Calculations based on gross revenues; excluding online dailies; auditing started

in 2003
(A+B+C+D) = total dailies + total non-dailies + total Sundays + online newspapers
Total
Revenue
Editorial Agea
La Nacion
Editorial Atlantida
Editorial Perfil
Prima
Turner International
Fenix Producciones
Produfe
BAE Negocios
Artear
7.d
7.g Top owners

(2005)
Clarin
La Nacion
Crnica
Ambito Financiero
Diario Popular
Ole
El Cronista
Infobae
Circulation
Readership 1
(000)
(000)
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Argentina, peso)
391
175
166
90
79
62
60
25
5,000
2,500
3,500
1,500
3,400
2,500
1,000
1,000
83,931
68,934
41,544
51,450
23,106
23,738
18,500
21,780
109,110
73,390
54,007
66,885
32,349
28,402
22,200
28,314
Source: VC - Tarifario, ZenithOptimedia

1
Adults
8.bb
Title
Publisher
La Razon 1
Diario la U 2
Noticias de la Calle 3
Huarpe 4
Extra de Bolsillo
Jornada
Editorial La Razon SA (Grupo Clarin)

Periodismo Universitario SA
La Verdad S.R.L.
El Huarpes SA
Jornada SA
Circulation (000)
125
30
26
16
5
5
Source: Free Dailies Newsletter; IVC; WAN assessment

La Razon was founded in 1905 as a paid paper and was converted to a free daily
in 1999; published in Buenos Aires; a local edition launched in Neuquen, capital
of the Neuquen province in West-Argentina on October 17, 2006, with initial
circulation of at least 5,000 copies
2
In Buenos Aires
3
In Posadas
4
In San Juan
1
154
ARGENTINA
10.c
Newsprint costs
11.
2002
Average per ton
(Argentina, peso)
2003
2004
2005
-
1,383
2006
1
1,571 2
Research
Circulation is audited by
Institudo Verificador de Circulaciones (IVC)
Source: El Dia
2006 January-June
1
Domestic newsprint 48.8 g from Papel Prensa, S.A.; imported newsprint average
cost was USD609 per ton
1
Domestic newsprint 48.8 g from Papel Prensa, S.A.; imported newsprint average
cost was USD650 per ton in the same period
Readership is measured by
TGI Latina
Methodology
Annual sample of 10,282 people aged 12-75 from 13
metropolitan areas, including the capital city and its
surrounding area; four reports per year, covering last 12
months and last six months; personal interviews and
questionnaires
155
ARMENIA
The general economy of Armenia, while constantly
improving during recent years, still does not function
like a typical market economy. Several branches of the
economy may be described as monopolized, which
affects media activity in general.
the Healthcare Ministry for medicine, medical

equipment, and medical methods advertising. According
to experts, this requirement creates an additional
potential for corruption and represents an additional
obstacle to free dissemination of advertisement
information.
Another major factor behind the contradictions of the

social-economical situation is the steady depreciation of
currency. According to the Armenia National Voter
Study (November 2006), 24% of Armenians said that
the financial situation of their household improved in
the last year, while 27% said it declined.
Circulation
Some newspapers have increased their circulation by 100
to 200 copies per issue. Meanwhile, new dailies are
launched with a modest circulation of 1,000 to 1,500
copies.

Newspapers in general offer more diverse opinions than
the broadcast media. However, newspapers have little
public impact because of their low circulations. More
than 97% of the people rely on TV for news and
information. The major media outlets generally
maintain pro-governmental views.
Readership
According to the Armenia National Voter Study, in
November 2006 44% of respondents did not regularly
read any of the newspapers published in Armenia,
compared to 52% in August 2006 and 48% in May
2006. The same research revealed that 45% of Armenian
residents did not trust news and political information
from any newspaper (November 2006), compared to
53% in May and August 2006.

As a rule, newspapers are launched in pre-election years, Public attention seems to be shifting from newspapers to
with, generally, no survival prospects after elections. Two entertainment (consumer) magazines.
new national dailies were launched in 2006, a year
before parliamentary elections:
The number of Internet users increased from 100,000 to
Zhamanak Yerevan is a version of the Zhamanak Los 150,000 in 2006 (estimates). The number of websites,
Angeles newspaper, published in the USA in Armenian including those of governmental/administrative bodies,
and English, intended for Armenia.
increased as well.
Hayk daily restarted publication in September 2006,
after a seven-year break. Formerly it was launched in
November 1989, becoming the first alternative
publication in Soviet Armenia. Before 1999, Hayk was
the organ of the Armenian National Movement, the
ruling party from the first days of independence in 1991
up to February 1998.
The price of mobile connections dropped significantly

in 2005 after the second mobile operator entered the
market.
Copyright
In 2006, the National Assembly adopted the new law
On Copyright and Adjacent Rights. The law contains a
number of common provisions on media activities that
Pakagits non-daily newspaper shifted to daily publishing are mostly similar to the stipulations of the previous law
(5 days a week) after a couple of years of non-daily of 1999.
status.
Thus, Clause 2 of Article 4 of the new law indicates that
No closures were registered in 2006, while publishing of the information of the news of the day or current affairs
Ayb-Fe weekly remains interrupted for an indefinite and facts is not an object of copyright.
period of time.
Article 32 dictates that the copyright for an interview
Advertising
belongs to the person interviewed and the person
Armenia has no real tradition of private advertising. interviewing, as co-authors, unless they have settled
Most advertising expenditure is political in nature. The a different arrangement between them (cl. 1) and that
majority of advertising expenditure goes to TV, while publication of an interview is allowed by the consent of
radio takes most of the rest, leaving too little for the interviewed and the interviewing individuals
newspapers and even less for their online editions.
(cl. 2).
In 2006, the National Assembly of Armenia amended Article 22 of the Law also stipulates free use of the works
the advertising law, which now requires permission from without the authors consent and remuneration but with
156
ARMENIA
a mandatory specification of the author and the source, and distribution of periodicals will either have to pay the
unless it runs contrary to the legitimate interests of the required license fee of 5 mln drams, which will cause
author.
them to go bankrupt, or have to outsource the
distribution to another licensed entity. The latter would
imply indirect honoring of obligations in respect of
On December 1, 2006, the publishing house Tigran subscribers, and a higher cost of subscription and a lower
Mets, which prints about three dozen newspapers, stated print run due to different entities being responsible for
that due to a newsprint shortage, it would stop printing the subscription and distribution.
as of December 6, 2006 for an undetermined period of
time. The newsprint shortage resulted from delivery 2. Editorial offices of periodicals and publishers will not
problems caused by inaction of the ferry between have the possibility of subscribing and distributing their
Ilyichevsk (Ukraine) and Poti (Georgia). Newspapers publications on their own.
were looking for alternative publishing houses and did
not stop publishing, despite the increased expenses and Moreover, this situation contradicts some provisions of
technical problems in some cases. The ferry route was the Constitution and the Law on Mass Media Activities,
reopened in mid-December. It is expected that such as well as Article 10 of the European Convention for the
a situation might happen during election campaigns in Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental
2007 or 2008.
Freedoms.
Postal Issues
In January 2006, the Ministry of Transport and
Communication published an official explanation of
Article 11 of the Law on Postal Communication,
declaring that the print press subscription is not a postal
service and, as such, is not subject to licensing. Both this
explanation and draft amendments initiated by the
Government refer only to subscription, whereas
distribution in effect remains subject to licensing. This
means that an entity which provides subscription service
cannot distribute the press without a license.
At the end of 2006, the National Assembly had still not

discussed a set of draft amendments to the Law on Postal
Communication, which had been proposed by several
parliamentarians, and, if adopted, would dispel all of the
aforementioned concerns. However, both the
Government and the Standing Committee for Finance,
Credit, Fiscal, and Economic Affairs of National
Assembly are negative about this draft and would prefer
to retain the licensing clause and lower the licensing fee
State Support
The Government has increased subsidies to print media,
According to Yerevan Press Club experts, this means:
however, there are no clear and fair criteria for
1. Small organizations engaged only in the subscription distributing the funds.
Source: Yerevan Press Club
2.a
Age
0-4
5-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
179
485
625
465
455
453
210
346
3,219
6
15
19
14
14
14
7
11
100
Male
000
96
253
315
228
216
213
94
140
1,554
6
16
20
15
14
14
6
9
100
Female
000
%
83
232
310
238
239
238
116
207
1,665
5
14
19
14
14
14
7
12
100
Source: National Statistical Service of the Republic of Armenia

2.b Population by social class
(2002)
Social class
A+B
C
D
Total
All adults
000
%
868
250
2,577
3,694
A = executive/managers/administrators
B = professional/managers
C = skilled manual workers
D = state pensioners/widows/children
24
7
70
100
Source: Armenia Sociological Association
157
ARMENIA
(2006)
2.ca
Occupancy
4.c
Households
%
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
6 people
7 people or more
Total
Type of newspaper sales

2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
85
15
100
85
15
100
85
15
100
85
15
100
85
15
100
Single copy sales

Other
Total
4
11
15
25
20
16
9
100
Source: RA Agency of Media Distribution

4.d
Cover prices (2006)
Source: Armenia National Voter Study

(2006)
Single copy
Subscription
The study was carried out by the

International Republican Institute,
Baltic Surveys Ltd. / Gallup, and the
Armenian Sociological Association;
it was funded by the USAID
Source: RA Agency of Media Distribution
3.a
8
6
2
5
5
-
5
5
-
8
8
-
-33.33
33.33
-
60.00
60.00
-
41
12
29
43
13
30
47
16
31
48
17
31
46
15
31
12.20
25.00
6.90
-4.17
-11.76
0.00
22
22
22
59
38
21
7.aa
5
7
4
11
28
28
56
35
21
3.7
3.7
-
7.ab
27.27
27.27
-5.08
-7.89
0.00
10.00
0.00
2006
1,624.6 1,907.9 2,244.0 2,665.0
GDP per capita
(Armenia, dram, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
505.9
827.4
593.6
697.4

7.c
(Armenia, dram, mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01

Total paid-for non-dailies -

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
600.0
300.0
120.00
333.33
Sales revenues
11
13
(Armenia, dram, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2002
22
22
59
38
21
10
13
GDP
1. There are no free and Sunday newspapers in Armenia.

2. There are no daily or community newspapers in Armenia's regions
3. National newspapers are defined as those which are published in Yerevan
and distributed throughout the country.
4. Regional newspaper are defined as those publications distributed through
certain regions.
5
3
2002
Source: 2002-2005 RA Agency of Media Distribution; Yerevan Press Club; IREX

ProMedia; WAN from public sources; 2003 UNESCAP; 2006 RA Agency of Media
Distribution; Yerevan Press Club
Online editions
Source: Yerevan Press Club Address Book
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
16
24
29
36
11
Dailies
Non-dailies

Monthly
14
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1. There are no free and Sunday newspapers in Armenia.

2. There are no daily or community newspapers in Armenia's regions
3. National newspapers are defined as those which are published in Yerevan
and distributed throughout the country.
4. Regional newspaper are defined as those publications distributed through
certain regions.
26
26
-
18-29
30-44
45-59
60 +
6.a
Source: 2002-2003 WAN estimate; 2004-2005 RA Agency of Media Distribution;

Yerevan Press Club; IREX ProMedia; WAN from public sources; 2006 RA Agency of
Media Distribution; Yerevan Press Club
4.b
All adults
% of readership
12
6
6

27
27
110.00
(%)
Weekly

(2002)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
3.b
100.00
100.00
Daily
5.b
Number of titles

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
5.a
(Armenia, dram)
min
max
30.2
54.2

categories (2002)

(2002)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Expenditure
(%)
Bank services and reports

Property
Airlines and travel agencies
Cosmetics and beauty salons
Alcohol and cigarettes
Computers and accessories
Classified
Training and education
30
25
20
7
5
5
5
3
SIL Group
Armavia
Grand Candy
Multi Group
Jermuk
Vedi Alco
Cigaronne
Grand Tobacco
Kilikia Beer
Avshar
Expenditure
(Armenia, dram, 000)
7,000
6,600
3,000
2,000
1,500
700
400
300
200
200
Source: Informal survey of newspaper

ad sales departments
158
ARMENIA
(2002)
8.a
Publisher
Tigran Mets
Gind
H.Simikyan
Grigor Tatevatsi
Voskan Yerevantsi
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Hayastani Hanrapetutyun
Haykakan Zhamanak
Pakagits
Aravot
Hayots Ashkhar
Armenian
Armenian
Armenian
Armenian
Armenian
Azg
Zhamanak Yerevan
Hayk
Armenian
Armenian
Armenian
Hanrapetutyun CJSC
Dareskizb Ltd.
AGAP-Hrat Ltd.
Aravot Oratert Ltd.
Hayots Ashkhar
Terti Khmbagrutjun Ltd.
Azg Oratert Ltd.
Skizb Media Kentron Ltd.
Hayk Editorial Staff Ltd.
Cover price
(000)
Format 1
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Armenia, dram) (Armenia, dram)
(Armenia, dram) (USD)
6
5
4
4
4
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
0.26
A2
A3
A3
A3
A3
150.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
180.00
280.00
-
3
1
1
100.00
100.00
100.00
0.26
0.26
0.26
A3
Tabloid
A3
100.00
-
Source: From public sources and interviews

Ad rates for both mono and colour per 1 square cm
1
Page sizes of the Soviet times: A2 = 297x420 mm; A3 = 420x594 mm
10.a
Newspaper colour capability & formats
13.a
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Broadsheets
Tabloids
10.ba
1
5
Distribution costs as a % of average cover price

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
30
45
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
Figures include dailies and non-dailies
10.c
Are there subsidies for the purchase of newsprint?

No
Are loans granted at low rates for re-equipment
or improving existing equipment?
No
Are there any direct subsidies?
Yes
Newsprint costs
13.b
1998
Average per ton
Subsidies generally (2006)
(Armenia, dram)
1999
2000
2001
-
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2002
472,000
Total amount
30.0
182.0
Source: 2004 Yerevan Press Club; 2006 Journalists Union of Armenia

12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Tax on profits - standard rate
Tax on profits for newspapers
Discounts (2006)
14.
20
Discount on rates of
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
159
ARMENIA
Does any law exist governing publishing-house ownership,

or the registration of shares in newspaper-publishing
companies?
No
So as to guarantee disclosure and transparency in the capital

structure and to avoid silent partners, is there any law or
rule permitting in any event the possibility of finding out
who are the actual owners of a publishing company?
There is a general anti-monopoly law regulating
businesses, but no specific rules for publishers.
Is there any law prohibiting or restricting foreign companies

or individuals from owning shares, and in particular, the
majority of shares, of domestic daily newspapers?
No
Is there an antitrust law limiting concentration in the daily

press?
There is a general anti-monopoly law regulating
businesses, but no specific rules for publishers.
Is there any law prohibiting daily newspaper or periodical

publishers from operating radio or television stations in the
same locality?
The RA Law On Television and Radio does not prohibit
it but stipulates that both TV and radio broadcasting
require a licence (Article 7).
Is further regulation of media concentration expected?

No
15.a
15.b
Ownership laws and rules
Cross-media ownership restrictions
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National TV
Licensees
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
No special regulations
Local Radio Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National Radio
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed, but cannot own

a control package of shares
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Foreign Investors

a control package of shares a control package of shares
160
ARUBA
Tourism is the mainstay of the small, open Aruban
economy, with offshore banking and oil refining and
storage also important. Over 1.5 million tourists per year
visit Aruba, with 75% of those from the US.
Construction continues to boom, with hotel capacity
five times the 1985 level. The inflation rate was
estimated at 3.4% in 2005.
Circulation
Aruba belongs to countries with the relatively highest
daily newspaper circulation (about 750 daily newspaper
copies per thousand population).

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
14
49
9
72
Male
Female
000
%
000
7
24
4
35
20
69
11
100
19
68
13
100
7
25
5
37
19
68
14
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
33.33
0.00
Source: 2002-2003 WAN assessment; 2004-2006 WAN from public sources

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
54
54
54
0.00

7.aa

2001

GDP
(Aruban guilder/florin, bln)

2002
2003
2004
3.5
2005
4.0

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Diario
Aruba Today
/ Bon Dia 1
Solo di Pueblo
Awe Mainta
Amigoe 2
Papiamento 3
Agencia Arubano di Noticia
English / Papiamento Sociedad Interamericana di Prensa
25
19
80
1.50
-
Broadsheet
Papiamento
Papiamento
Dutch
Uitgeverij Amigoe NV
Readership Cover price

Format
(000)
(Aruban guilder)

1
Published Monday-Sunday; Bon Dia is the Papiamento version of the Aruba Today
2
Founded in 1884, Amigoe is the oldest daily newspaper appearing in the Netherlands Antilles and Aruba. The Amigoe
is an evening daily in the Netherlands Antilles; a separate daily edition is printed for Aruba, with more local Aruba news
and advertisements. Some pages appear in both editions.
3
Local language
161
AUSTRALIA
At first glance, the Australian economy continues to
perform strongly, with inflation controlled around the
3% level, interest rates steady at 6.25% and
unemployment running at a 30-year low of 4.5%.
The massive demand for natural resources from China
and India has boosted commodity prices and greatly
benefited Australias trade in mineral exports. However,
the impact of the worst drought in 100 years has reduced
forecast GDP growth to 2.8% in 2007. The result has
been a two-tier economy based on geography and
industry. In regions affected by drought and without
reserves of natural resources such as coal, iron ore and
nickel, local economies have slowed and newspapers
serving those markets have suffered as a consequence. In
regions less reliant on agriculture and with large natural
resources reserves, local economies are thriving and their
newspapers along with them.
In the six months to December 2006 (the latest available
figures), advertising in metropolitan daily newspapers
(down 5.7%) and Sunday papers (down 10.2%) fell at
a time when the advertising market as a whole rose by
3.8%. However, regional daily newspapers (up 3.4%)
and regional non-dailies (up 12.9%) reflected the strong
export-oriented economies of some parts of regional
Australia. This disparity is expected to remain for the
immediate future as the natural resource export boom
continues.
Readership
Readership numbers for most major metropolitan and
regional titles increased in the latest survey period.
Newspapers are applying more resources to their online
extensions as the revenue from online display continues
to grow.
Ownership
A number of mergers and privatisations have been
mooted ahead of planned changes to media ownership
laws. Corporate activity in late 2006 included :
- News Corp taking a 7.5 per cent strategic stake in
Fairfax Media for AUD360 million, or AUD5.20
a share.
- Seven Network taking a 14.9% stake in WA
Newspapers for AUD11 a share.
- Publishing and Broadcasting Limited spinning off its
main media assets (ACP Magazines, the Nine Network,
its 50% share in ninemsn) into a joint venture with
private equity group CVC Asia-Pacific. CVC will hold
convertible notes in the new entity until the foreign
ownership rules are relaxed, at which time subject to
Foreign Investment Review Board approval the notes will
convert. PBL to retain control of the JV, which will look
for new media opportunities in Australia and overseas.
PBL will use the proceeds of the USD4.5 billion sale to
fund growth in its publicly-listed gaming business.

There were no major closures. A free daily commuter
newspaper, Brisbane Mx, published by News Limited, - Seven Network Ltd followed the lead of Publishing and
launched in Brisbane in Queensland in March 2007.
Broadcasting Ltd by spinning off its media assets and
laying the groundwork for expansion. Seven sold its
Advertising
television and magazine assets into a USD4 billion media
The two fastest growing media categories in Australia are joint venture with US-based private equity firm Kohlberg
online and outdoor. In the six months to December 2006 Kravis Roberts & Co (KKR), with the aim of pursuing
(the latest available figures), when advertising grew 3.8% growth in the media sector in Australia and New Zealand
to AUD4.9 billion, online advertising was up 60% to and perhaps elsewhere. The new enterprise, called Seven
AUD421 million drawing level with radio with an Media Group, includes Seven Networks television,
8.5% share of the advertising market. Outdoor grew magazine and online assets. KKR and Seven will each
13% over the same period the prior year. Newspapers as hold 50 per cent of the new joint venture.
a whole were down 2.4%. The rapid expansion of online
advertising continues to be a feature of the local market. - Independent News & Media of Ireland, together with
Comprising
online
display,
classified
and Providence Partners and the Carlyle Group, are seeking
search/directories, the category has benefited from the to privatise APN News & Media, of which INM already
arrival of Google in Australia and the expansion of its holds a 40% stake.
local search classified business.
- Macquarie Media Group has picked up a 14.9% stake
Circulation
in Southern Cross Broadcasting for AUD165 million.
Newspaper circulations have trended flat, although
changes in the Audit Bureau of Circulation methodology - Fairfax Media and Rural Press are considering a AUD9
make meaningful comparisons with prior periods billion merger to create the largest newspaper group in
difficult.
Australasia.
162
AUSTRALIA
Media / Press Laws
The Federal Government is due to proclaim new media
ownership laws in 2007 that will open up the Australian
media industry to foreign ownership as well as crossmedia ownership. Some limitations will continue but
the previously onerous restrictions have been greatly
liberalised. Proprietors will be allowed to own two of the
three main media types in any one market (daily

newspapers, TV and radio). For the first time, full
foreign ownership of newspaper and TV assets will be
allowed; however, overseas investors will still need to
gain approval from the Foreign Investment Review
Board (FIRB).
Source: APN News & Media

2.b
Social class
AB
C
D
E
FG
Total
All adults
000
%
3,348
3,347
3,347
3,347
3,348
16,737
20
20
20
20
20
100
Male
000
1,810
1,618
1,642
1,626
1,551
8,247
22
20
20
20
19
100
Female
000
%
1,538
1,729
1,705
1,721
1,797
8,490
18
20
20
20
21
100
Source: Roy Morgan Research September

Socio-economic quintiles based on rankings on three main criteria: income,
education, and occupation
(no other earners)
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,985
2,859
2,873
3,039
2,842
2,273
2,734
20,605
19
14
14
15
14
11
13
100
Male
000
2,045
1,467
1,445
1,514
1,413
1,140
1,233
10,257
20
14
14
15
14
11
12
100
Source: Australian Bureau of Statistics, June Qtr 2006

Estimates only
Female
000
%
1,940
1,392
1,428
1,525
1,430
1,133
1,501
10,348
19
13
14
15
14
11
15
100
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
1,556
5,240
3,391
3,794
2,756
16,737
9
31
20
23
17
100
Source: Roy Morgan Research

September
Without children
With children
aged 0-2
aged 3-8
aged 9-15
Total
Households
000
%
10,560
6,177
1,456
2,690
3,994
16,737
63
37
9
16
24
100

September
2.d Housewives (co-habiting

persons) (2006)
Age
14-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65+
Total
Housewives
000
%
111
337
313
235
164
136
1,296
9
26
24
18
13
11
100

September
163
AUSTRALIA
3.a
Number of titles
4.a
Total number of copies sold or distributed annually
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
50
48
2
Regional and local
35
paid-for dailies
City paid-for dailies
11
Morning paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
2
Regional and local
free dailies
City free dailies
Total non-dailies
338
Regional and local
95
Total free non-dailies 1 243
Regional and local
free non-dailies
City free non-dailies
Total paid-for Sundays 11
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
City paid-for Sundays
11

930
National paid-for dailies 1 778
Regional and local
153
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
31
Total free non-dailies
-
49
47
2
35
49
47
2
35
50
48
2
36
51
48
2
36
2.00
0.00
0.00
2.86
2.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
10
2
-
10
2
-
10
2
-
10
48
3
1
-9.09
50.00
-
0.00
50.00
-
373
116
116
425
135
135
458
155
155
2
292
-
-13.61
-
-36.24
-
257
-
290
-
303
-
292
109
20.16
-
-3.63
-
4.b
10
-
10
-
11
-
183
13
3
18.18
-
18.18
-
10
10
11
10
-9.09
-9.09

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
3,150 3,114 3,065 3,241
2,970 2,934 2,885 2,970
215 217
219 221
Regional and local
522 572
591 594
paid-for dailies
2,233 2,145 2,075 2,155
2,970
Total free dailies
180 180 180 180 271
50.56
Regional and local
90
free dailies
City free dailies
181
Total paid-for non-dailies 456 433 474
Regional and local
456 433
474
Total free non-dailies 1
- 10,419 - 15,172
National free non-dailies
- 12,030
Regional and local
3,142
free non-dailies
City free non-dailies
8,888
3,484
Regional and local
63
paid-for Sundays
3,461 3,459 3,474 3,422
-
5.74
2.95
0.91
0.51
950
103
162
909
732
177
-2.26
-5.91
15.69
-4.32
610.68
9.26
685
32
32
542
180
2004 Including city dailies
Sales revenues
1,041.1
864.1
177.0
1,116.0
111.0
205.0
177.0
30.7
30.7
800.0
36.0
247.3
247.0
282.0
282.0
Source: Advertising Expenditure in Main Media, Commercial Economic Advisory

Service of Australia (CEASA).
Excludes agency commission, production costs and directories; after discounts
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Australia, dollar)
min
max
Single copy
3.86
50.56
-
0.90
2.50
Source: ABC July - December 2006

(2006)
5.b
Age
14-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
-1.50
Source: 2002 WAN assessment; 2003-2004 ABC/Circulation Audit Board; WAN

assessment; 2005 ABC July to December; CAB April to September; 2006 ABC July to
September; CAB April to September
1
(Australia, dollar, mln)

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Suburban newspapers
3.b
Source: ABC/Circulation Audit Board
Source: 2002-2004 ABC/Circulation Audit Board; WAN assessment (free dailies);

2005 ABC July to December; CAB April to September; WAN assessment (free
dailies); 2006 ABC July to September 2006; CAB April to September
1
(mln)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
%
% daily reach
group
5
12
16
17
19
15
16
100
All adults
Men
Women
60
64
56
59

September
47
60
57
58
63
64
64
60

September
5.c
Media consumption
Suburban newspapers
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
-
30
16
133
18
65
2006
31
17
134
191
69
164
AUSTRALIA
6.a
Online editions
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sundays
22
460
-
12
12
12
450
12
372
-
3,000.00
-
Source: National Library of Australia

The figures for regional, surburban & trader papers should be regarded
as a minimum as it is difficult to monitor all of them accurately.
6.b
Online readership (2006)
Newspaper/ Publisher
Website
The Sydney Morning Herald

The Age
The Australian
The Herald Sun
The Daily Telegraph
smh.com.au
age.com.au
australian.news.com.au
heraldsun.news.com.au
dailytelegraph.news.com.au
Page impressions (000)

92,000
53,000
17,000
15,000
8,000

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1,930
National paid-for dailies 1 1,566
Regional and local
364
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
813
Total paid-for non-dailies222
Regional and local
222
Total free non-dailies 2 591
City paid-for Sundays 3
301
2,051 2,213 2,338 2,308

1,642 1,796 1,891 1,834
409 417
447 474
19.59
17.11
30.22
-1.28
-3.01
6.04
932 1,014 1,016 1,074

286 321 337 377
286 321
337 377
32.10
69.82
69.82
5.71
11.87
11.87
646
331
331
17.94
36.54
36.54
2.65
-5.30
-5.30
693
379
379
679
434
434
697
411
411
Source: Commercial Economic Advisory Service of Australia

Excludes agency commission,production costs and directories. After discounts
1
Including national and city (metropolitan) dailies

Suburban newspapers
3
Metropolitan Sunday newspapers
2
Source: Nielsen//NetRatings Market Intelligence for Audited Sites

7.aa

GDP
2002
(Australia, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
760.4
808.6
927.3 1
864.7
903.6
Source: 2002-2005 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Australian Bureau of Statistics

1
GDP per capita
2001
(Australia, dollar, 000)

2002
2003
2004
2005
36.9
39.0
45.0 1
41.0
43.4
Source: 2001-2004 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2005 Australian Bureau of Statistics

1
12 months to September 2006
7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.03
1.06
1.09
1.11
1.20 1
Source: 2002-2005 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2006 CEASA

1
2005
47.70
52.30
45.50
54.50
56.40
43.60
41.70
58.30

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Retail
Motor vehicles
Real estate
Recruitment
Entertainment & leisure
Travel/accommodation
Finance
Communications
Government
Services
Coles Group Limited

Woolworths Limited
Government Commonwealth
Harvey Holdings Limited
Government Victoria
Government New South Wales
Telstra Corporation Limited
Government Queensland
Government Western Australia
Toyota Motor Corporation
Aust. Ltd.
8.a
607.9
447.2
428.3
320.0
229.7
193.8
181.9
78.4
66.1
48.9
Expenditure
79,001
55,887
54,079
51,317
35,128
29,426
24,668
24,461
20,204
20,122
Top publishing companies (2006)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Publisher
3,780
2,991
789
2,666
702
58
261
167
7,813
News Limited
Fairfax Media
Independent publishers
APN News & Media 1
Rural Press Limited
4,074
3,252
822
2,924
737
66
297
236
8,544
2004
45.40
54.60
Source: Nielsen Media Research AdEx
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor 1
Internet
Total
(%)
2003

categories (2005)
Source: Nielsen Media Research
Estimate based on 2005 data
7.ba
2002
Source: Comercial Economic Advisory Service of Australia (CEASA)
12 months to September 2006
7.ab
Display
Classified
2001
4,532
3,637
895
3,266
842
74
327
300
9,341
4,517
3,790
727
3,615
880
84
354
620
10,070
4,625
3,847
778
3,655
902
89
396
868
10,535
4,722
3,905
817
3,747
942
96
428
1,156
11,091
4,822
3,964
858
3,848
989
102
471
1,463
11,695
4,894
4,023
871
3,906
1,004
104
478
1,485
11,871
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
5,118
4,271
1,687
660
388
1,307,060
1,034,766
287,928
80,687
40,506
Source: ABC July to September 2006 (audited): national dailies , metro

newspapers, and regional newspapers
1
Source: Commercial Economic Advisory Service of Australia, ABVS,

ZenithOptimedia
Nielsen Media Research AdEx data, including selected major publications,

dailies based on Monday-Saturday average
After discounts; includes classified; excludes production costs; excludes agency

commission
1
Including Transport
165
AUSTRALIA
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
The Herald Sun

The Daily Telegraph
The West Australian
The Courier-Mail
The Sydney Morning
Herald
The Advertiser
The Age
The Australian
The Australian
Financial Review
The Mercury
English
English
English
English
English
News Limited
News Limited
West Australian Newspapers
News Limited
Fairfax Media
English
English
English
English
English
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono 1 Colour 2
(Australia, dollar)
(000)
(000)
(Australia, dollar)
540
394
228
225
212
1,482
1,166
581
603
887
1.10
1
1.20
1
1.20
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
32,076
27,278
11,778
12,037
46,978
41,699
35,461
15,311
15,648
61,072
News Limited
Fairfax Media
News Limited
Fairfax Media
203
200
135
86
562
736
426
265
1.10
1.40
1.20
2.50
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
9,363
35,120
29,920
15,814
12,172
47,412
38,896
22,140
News Limited
49
131
1.10
Tabloid
4,389
5,706
Source: Circulation: ABC July to September (audited); readership: Roy Morgan Research September
1, 2
Current as of February 2007, GST exclusive
8.bb
Title
Language Publisher
Circulation
Format
(000)
Mx Sydney / Mx Melbourne
Manly Daily 4
English
English
News Limited
Cumberland Newspaper Group
(News Limited)
181 5
90
Full page ad rate

Mono 1 Colour 2
(Australia, dollar)
Tabloid
Tabloid
7,159
5,515
7,159
7,169
Source: Circulation: CAB April to September; readership: Roy Morgan Research September; WAN from public sources
1, 2
Current as of February 2007, GST exclusive

Two different editions
4
Suburban newspaper in Cumberland, the area of Sydneys northern beaches; delivered free to homes and businesses from
Manly to Palm Beach Tuesday-Saturday; it has been continually published for 100 years, with the first edition distributed
on the famous Manly ferries in 1906
5
Sydney 92,000; Melbourne 89,000
3
10.a
11.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
10.c
355
4
351
Audit Bureau of Circulation (ABC); Circulation Audit
Bureau (CAB)
Roy Morgan Research
Newsprint costs
1998
Average per ton
Research
(Australia, dollar)
1999
2000
2001
-
Source: ANM/Fletcher Challenge Paper/Norske Skog
947
980
2002
985
Methodology
Sample size: 50,000 Australia-wide; frequency: once
a week; single source, combination of face-to-face
questions, plus leave-behind diary; readership questions:
composite measurement approach is used; methodology
depends on frequency of publication, i.e. first time
reading weekly magazines; front cover recognition
fortnightly, monthly or less freqency published
magazines; through the book business magazines;
recency newspapers
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
Tax on profits standard rate
10
30
30
Source: Australian Taxation Office
166
AUSTRALIA
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
Are loans granted at low rates for re-equipment or
improving existing equipment?
No
No
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0

companies?
Laws governing the ownership of media assets are due to
change in Australia in 2007 when the Federal
Government proclaims new legislation. Newspapers will
be able to own either TV or radio assets in the same
market, which was previously prohibited. All media
proprietors must register with the Australian
Communications and Media Authority, which
maintains a media ownership register, and will
administer the new ownership framework. These laws
are contained under the Broadcasting Services Act.
Monopolies provisions are administered by the
Australian Competition and Consumer Commission
under the Trade Practices Act.

Laws prohibiting foreign companies from owning more
than 25% of a metropolitan newspaper and 50% of
a regional newspaper will be lifted in 2007.
New legislation allows for 100% foreign ownership,
subject to approval by the Foreign Investment Review
Board.
same locality?
Laws prohibiting cross media ownership will be
amended in 2007, allowing for a company to own two
of daily newspaper, radio or TV in a single market. Nondaily and free publications are exempt from this
restriction.
Yes, under the Broadcasting Services Act all media
companies must register with the Australian
Communications and Media Authority, which oversees
the media ownership law.
press?
As part of general anti-trust provisions in Section 50 of
the Trade Practices Act, a company is deemed to be in
breach if its actions lead to a substantial lessening of
competition in a market. The Australian Competition
and Consumer Commission, which administers the Act,
has broad-ranging powers to investigate specific cases.
No.
167
AUSTRALIA
15.b
Cross-media ownership restrictions (2006)
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
One licence per region
Yes, provided total market

coverage does not exceed
75% of the Australian
population
Yes, but precludes owning

radio in the same market
Yes

a daily newspaper
in the same market
National TV
Licensees
Yes, provided total market

coverage does not exceed
75% of the Australian
population
One licence per region
Yes


a daily newspaper
in the same market
Regional
Newspaper
Owners

Yes
Yes
Yes

TV in the same market
National
Newspaper
Owners
Yes

Yes
Yes

Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

a newspaper in the same
market
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes

a newspaper in the same
market
Yes

Yes, but limit of 2 licences

per market
100%, subject to Foreign

Investment Review Board
approval

approval

approval

approval

approval
Local Radio
Licensees
National Radio
Licensees
Foreign Investors
Due to be proclaimed by the Federal Government in 2007
168
AUSTRIA
Austrias economy developed favourably in 2006 and
additionally profited from the general upswing in
Europe. The gross domestic product (GDP) grew by
3.2% in real terms, which was more than the average for
the European Union. Growth was essentially fuelled by
exports. Despite the generally good economic
conditions, private consumption only rose by 1.9% in
real terms, due to the merely moderate increase in wages.
Inflation remained at +1.5% on average over the year
(harmonized EU consumer price index +1.7%),
although prices for household power and fuel increased
above average. The unemployment rate declined from
5.2% in 2005 to 4.9% of the economically active
population (Eurostat definition).
The print media presented themselves as the most
innovative media sector in Austria in 2006, with
attractive relaunches, new titles and the development of
cross-media offerings. A new paid daily was launched in
September, while four new free papers for metropolitan
areas were launched between May and September in
addition to an existing commuter paper in eastern
Austria.
years in the doldrums, magazines of every kind grew by

0.8% to EUR 321 million; newspaper supplements also
picked up considerably, rising 6.8% to EUR 110
million. Expenditure on online advertising, which is still
a relatively small market in Austria, expanded by 29.7%
to EUR 36.8 million in 2006.
In sectoral terms, the capital goods industry remained
the leading advertiser, as in previous years, spending
a gross total of EUR 929 million (+4%) on advertising.
It was followed by the services sector with gross
advertising expenditure of EUR 615 million, a rise of
6.9% over the preceding year. The branded goods sector
once again grew strongly by 9.1%, with expenditure
totalling EUR 509 million. The retail and mail order
trade boosted their gross advertising expenditure by
4.9%, to EUR 388 million.
Under the leadership of the VZ and in cooperation

with the Creativ Club Austria (CCA), a European
competition entitled best YET for young creative
talents has been organized and hosted in Austria since
2006. The purpose of this initiative is to attract young
creative talents with a maximum age of 28 to print
advertising. In 2006, 42 teams (each comprising one
graphic designer and one copywriter) submitted 85
The new free papers which appear from Monday to entries to the competition.
Friday are issued by publishing companies whose
portfolios also include paid dailies. Several Austrian Circulation
publishing companies have already realized mobile The reader market was characterized by growing
services and interactive services with varying degrees of competition. However, circulation figures for the
intensity in order to strengthen the loyalty of their established paid newspapers have essentially remained
readers and to remain present throughout the entire day. more or less unchanged. This is remarkable, considering
that some 800,000 copies are distributed free of charge
Advertising
every day of the week in the form of commuter papers
The economic development also stimulated the and other free offerings.
advertising sector. In 2006, the Austrian economy spent
a total of EUR 2,949 million (+6.2% over the preceding Readership
year) on advertising (according to listed prices excluding Market saturation can generally be described as relatively
discounts and taxes), with classical advertising, i.e. high. According to the media analysis 2006, which did
advertising in daily and weekly newspapers, magazines, not yet include the new paper, 72.7% of the Austrian
trade journals, television, radio, outdoor advertising and public over 14 years of age read one paid newspaper
classical leaflets, accounting for EUR 2,326 million daily; the figure was 59.6% for the age group 14 to 19
(+5.8%). However, it must be remembered that year olds and 67.5% for the age group 20 to 29 year
significant discounts are granted on account of the fierce olds.
competition between media and this fact must also be
taken into account when considering the following In 2006, the VZ launched a widely acclaimed reader
figures.
campaign addressed, in particular, to the age group of 17
to 25 year olds in order to win them as newspaper
With advertising revenues of EUR 1,318 million (+5%) readers. The benefits of reading a newspaper were
and a 56.6% share in classical advertising, the print humorously and strikingly conveyed in the young
media indisputably continued to lead the market in peoples own language with the claim No paper, no
2006 despite growing competition between the media. idea. The first phase of the campaign was accompanied
Daily newspapers generated revenues of EUR 668 by a separate online appearance and extended from
million, a rise of 6.4% over the preceding year. Regional October to December 2006; a second phase will be
weekly newspapers also grew, boosting their share by launched at the end of March 2007 until June 2007.
3.6% in relation to 2005, to EUR 213 million. After Print subjects in the media of VZ members serve as
169
AUSTRIA
advertising media, with corresponding cinema and radio Printing & Distribution
spots. These were supplemented by BoomerangCards Daily newspapers are predominantly delivered by the
and attractive giveaways.
publishing companies' own delivery services; postal
deliveries play a minor part here, as the post office does
not offer an early morning delivery service. The trend is
All daily newspapers also issue online editions. Paid generally away from individual sales towards more
contents are only offered to a very limited extent and subscription sales. Weekly newspapers and magazines,
basically only provide access to archives. 67% of the on the other hand, are predominantly delivered by the
Austrian public have Internet access and 52% qualify as post office.
intensive users. One striking feature is that the
equipment used at home is becoming more professional Postal Issues
and no less than 86% of all households already have A ruling by the Supreme Constitutional Court on 25
high-speed Internet access.
April 2006 rescinded the obligation imposed on house
owners by the law on postal services, requiring them to
The Austrian National Library prompted a debate over install new letter boxes with slot instead of the old
a statutory obligation for publishing companies to pigeon-hole systems by July 2006 (with free access for all
supply the National Library with their online contents postal service-providers). According to the Court, this
free of charge for the purposes of collecting and obligation constituted an interference with the
archiving all publications issued or published in Austria, constitutionally guaranteed right of ownership and
including the electronic media; a statutory ruling has therefore did not serve the public interest. A new
not yet been passed. Publishing companies have already regulation has not yet been passed.
been obliged since 2001 to supply the National Library
with copies of all digital publications issued on physical State Support
data media (e.g., CD-ROMs, DVDs, etc).
With regard to promotion of the press (for criteria, see
World Press Trends 2005, page 156), 15 daily
Media / Press Laws
newspapers received a total of EUR 2.44 million in
Following the parliamentary elections on 1 October marketing promotion from the Federal budget, while
2006, a new coalition government with the Austrian eight dailies were awarded a total of EUR 6.64 million
Social Democratic Party (SP) and the Austrian Peoples in special promotion to preserve the regional diversity.
Party (VP) came into office on 11 January 2007 with 45 weekly newspapers received promotion totalling
a broad parliamentary majority. The government agenda EUR 2.08 million last year. A total of EUR 0.97 million
also includes a fairly comprehensive chapter devoted to was spent on quality assurance and promotion for the
media policy with the following objectives: future, which also includes training for journalists,
a commitment to the dual broadcasting system, the promotion of reading and research projects.
establishment of an independent, convergent media
regulator, an evaluation of promotion for the press, Other Factors
establishment of media promotion for electronic media, The VZ also offered additional training for members
evaluation of the restrictions on advertising by the public of the publishing companies staff last year, not only in
broadcasting corporation ORF, a digitalization the field of reader marketing (subscription sales,
campaign for radio broadcasting, and further initiatives customer service centre, sales marketing), but also in the
to promote digitalization in broadcasting (new forms, field of advertising sales (principles of market and media
such as mobile TV, are to be encouraged).
research for advertising sales, creativity in sales, print
performance studies and their use in the sales process).
A new management took over the public broadcasting Specific training seminars were offered for this purpose.
corporation ORF at the beginning of 2007. The VZ
and ORF have started talks over future media policy in
Austria prior to the forthcoming political debates.
Source: Verband sterreichischer Zeitungen (VZ) Austrian Newspaper Association; FOCUS-Research
170
AUSTRIA
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
34.5
28.6
16.2
13.5
7.2
3,475
1,198
993
564
467
253
100
Source: Statistics Austria, Microcensus
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
all under 15 1
Total
1,475
64.4
815
2,291
35.6
100
Source: Statistics Austria, Microcensus

1
No current figures for age split

of children available

persons) (2003)
Age
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
13
89
121
111
106
115
554
2
16
22
20
19
21
100
Source: Statistics Austria

3.a

2.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
1,318
1,015
1,096
1400
1,117
949
1,338
8,233
16.0
12.3
13.3
17.0
13.6
11.5
16.3
100
Male
000
676
517
549
709
557
461
533
4,002
16.9
12.9
13.7
17.7
13.9
11.5
13.3
100
Female
000
%
642
498
547
691
560
488
805
4,231
15.2
11.8
12.9
16.3
13.2
11.5
19.0
100
Source: Statistics Austria, Statistical Yearbook

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
2,074
1,393
1,432
1,328
692
6,919
29.9
20.1
20.7
19.2
10.0
100
Number of titles
Male
000
1,155
705
690
583
208
3,341
34.5
21.1
20.6
17.4
6.2
100
Female
000
%
919
688
742
745
484
3,578
Source: Media Analysis

A = Upper middle class higher managerial, administrative or professional;
B = Middle class intermediate managerial, administrative or professional
C1 = Lower middle class supervisory or clerical, and junior managerial,
C2 = Skilled working class Skilled manual workers
D = Working class Semi and unskilled manual workers
E = Those at lowest levels of subsistence state pensioners or widows
(no other earners)
25.7
19.2
20.7
20.8
13.5
100
Total dailies
17
16
8
Regional and local
8
paid-for dailies
16
Total free dailies
1
Regional and local
1
free dailies
Total non-dailies
198
National paid-for non-dailies 13
Regional and local
110
75
Regional and local
75
free non-dailies
17
16
7
9
19
17
7
10
18
17
7
10
22
18
8
10
29.41
12.50
0.00
25.00
22.22
5.88
14.29
0.00
16
1
1
17
2
2
17
1
1
18
4
4
12.50
300.00
300.00
5.88
300.00
300.00
196
106
15
91
189
104
11
93
212
101
8
93
235
100
8
92
18.69
-18.70
-38.46
-16.36
10.85
-0.99
0.00
-1.08
90
90
85
85
111
111
135
135
80.00
80.00
21.62
21.62
Source: ABC, Austrian Newspaper Association, Austrian Press Handbook;

WAN assessment (free dailies)
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies
2,287 2,276 2,474 2,353 3,014

2,137 2,126 2,144 2,153 2,356
1,436 1,419 1,425 1,420 1,619
701 707 719
733 737
31.79
10.25
12.74
5.14
28.09
9.43
14.01
0.55
2,137 2,126 2,144 2,153 2,356

150 150 330 200 658
150 150 330
200 658
10.25
338.67
338.67
9.43
229.00
229.00
Source: ABC, Austrian Newspaper Association, Austrian Press Handbook;

WAN assessment (free dailies); 2005-2006 AK (Final Reports 2001-2005,
Average Monday-Saturday)
171
AUSTRIA
4.a
6.a
Online editions
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
1,868
1,868
National paid-for dailies 1,280
Regional and local
589
paid-for dailies
Morning paid-for dailies 1,868
Total free dailies
National free dailies
Regional and local free dailies -
1,871
1,871
1,275
596
2,045 2,043 2,875

1,875 1,873 2,070
1,272 1,267 1,435
604
606 635
53.91
10.81
12.11
7.81
40.72
10.52
13.26
4.79
1,871 1,875 1,873 2,070

170 170 805
210
170
170 595
10.81
-
10.52
373.53
250.00
Source: AK, Austrian Newspaper Association

4.c
Dailies
14
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
17.63
67.02
9.70
5.65
100
16.60
68.38
9.15
5.87
100
15.69
70.41
3.58
8.86
1.47
100
13.73
71.41
3.53
9.82
1.50
100
14.01
65.06
5.04
14.18
1.70
100
Source: AK (Final Reports 2001-2006, Average Monday-Saturday)

On January 1, 2004, the reformed guidelines of the AK came into force,
including changes in the definition of paid circulation. Therefore, 2004-2006 data
are not comparable with those of previous years.
6.b
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Austria, euro)
max
Single copy
Subscription
All adults
Men
Women
0.96
0.74
Source: Austrian Presshandbook

(2006)
5.b
Age
14-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-59
60-69
70+
Total
72.7
74.7
70.9
74.2
21.43
6.25
Website
www.news.at
www.krone.at
www.kurier.at
www.kleinezeitung.at
www.derstandard.at

369,093
199,186
95370
41,657
39,499
7.aa
GDP1
2002
(Austria, euro, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
220.8
226.2
245.1
265.0
2001
(Austria, euro, 000)

2002
2003
2004
2005
26.2
27.3
28.9
29.8
235.8
Source: 2002-2005 Statistik Austria; 2006 WIFO

1
2006 WIFO forecast
7.ab
27.9
Source: 2001 IFS,ZenitOptimedia; 2002-2005 Statistik Austria

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.84
0.84
0.85
0.87
0.87

(Austria, euro, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
59.6
67.5
69.4
77.1
77.8
79.6
73.6
72.7
1,113 1,141 1,186

537
549 564
576
592 622
456
463 497
147
154 171
9
11
10
136
138 140
10
22
1,861 1,918 2,026
1,255
833
422
508
176
14
157
28
2,138
1,314 1,400 1,471 1,527

881
955 1,015 1,059
433
445
456
468
544
571
592
605
183
190
199
210
13
13
14
14
168
176
183
191
32
38
42
46
2,254 2,388 2,501 2,593
Source: Nielsen, Focus Media Research, Wegra, ZenithOptimedia

Includes agency commission at 15%; excludes production costs; includes classified
advertising; before discounts; daily newspapers only
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
Regional and local newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
17
7.ba

5.c
16
NEWS-Networld
Krone.at
Kurier Online
Kleine Zeitung Online
derStandard.at
%
% daily reach
group
8.5
14.8
18.4
18.8
14.1
12.3
12.9
100
15
GDP per capita

4.d
14
Source: Austrian Press Handbook
Source: Austrian Web Analysis 1-12/2006
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Bulk (sponsored) deliveries
Free distribution
Other
Total
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
30
209
162
25
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
41
31
35
195
183
84
7.c
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
7.d
590.0 571.0 537.4 547.7
1.92
Source: Radiotest; Teletest; MTUs; AIM-Spezial; Regioprint

2006: 6,263 CASI/CAPI interviews, age 14+, subjective estimation of consumption
the day before
Source: VOZ, FOCUS Institute; 2003 WAN/ZenithOptimedia estimate
2002
Total

2003
2004
2005
2006
58,500 96,398 125,855 123,243 129,978
Source: 2002-2003 VOZ, FOCUS Institute; 2004-2006 Focus Media Research
172
AUSTRIA
categories (2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure 1
Food
Telecommunications
Banks
Car Manufacturers
Marketing/Advertising
/Printing Services
Fairs/Events/Exhibitions
Press
Public Services
Car Retailers
Furniture Retailers
8.a
Advertiser
Publisher
Expenditure
Hofer
Spar Austria
REWE
Telekom Austria
Verlagsgruppe News
Raiffeisen
T-Mobile Austria
Bank Austria / Creditanstalt
Catro
Lidl Austria
94,694
69,551
66,874
57,677
61,867
50,659
49,868
41,264
29,052
29,751
26,879
26,565
24,822
23,476
18,628
18,244
18110
15260
15,122
15,072
Source: Media Focus Research
Source: Media Focus Research

1

(2006)
Gross figures for all newspapers
Gross ad spendings
8.ba

(2006)
Total circulation (000)
Krone Verlag
Kleine Zeitung
sterreich Classic
Kurier Zeitungsverlag
und Druckerei
Wimmer Medien
Schlssel Verlag J. S. Moser
Die Presse Verlagsgesellschaft
Standard Verlagsgesellschaft
Salzburger Nachrichten
Verlagsgesellschaft
Eugen Russ Vorarlberger
Zeitugnsverlag und Druckerei
Gesellschaft
891
289
207
196
129
128
103
100
84
69
Source: Audit Bureau of Circulations
Title
Language Publisher
Kronen Zeitung
Kleine Zeitung
sterreich Classic
Kurier
German
German
German
German
ONachrichten
German
Die Presse
German
Tiroler Tageszeitung
German
Der Standard
German
Salzburger Nachrichten German
Vorarlberger Nachrichten German
Circulation Readership
Krone-Verlag GmbH. & Co KG

Kleine Zeitung GmbH. & Co KG
sterreich - Zeitungsverlag GmbH
Kurier Zeitungsverlag und Druckerei
GmbH.
ON Wimmer Medien GmbH
& Co KG0
Die Presse Verlagsgesellschaft mbH.
& Co KG
Schlsselverlag J. S. Moser GmbH.
Standard Verlagsgesellschaft mbH.
Salzburger Nachrichten Verlags
GmbH. & Co KG
Eugen Russ Vorarlberger
Zeitungsverlag und Druckerei GmbH.
Cover price
Format
usual max
(Austria, euro)
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
usual
max
usual
max
(Austria, euro)
(000)
(000)
891
289
207
196
3,031
847
668
0.90
0.90
0.50
0.90
0.90
0.90
0.50
1.00
198 x 265
200 x 275
216 x 315
266 x 400
23,452
15,064
13,900
22,848
25,042
40,458
15,900
26,520
29,971
20,086
13,900
22,848
31,959
53,944
15,900
26,520
129
385
0.95
1.30
270 x 410
11,972
13,612
16,072
18,696
103
300
1.30
1.50
266 x 421
13,680
16,640
17,100
20,800
102
100
84
323
341
265
1.00
1.30
1.00
1.30
1.30
1.30
284 x 430
272 x 428
270 x 410
10,836
14,980
10,086
12,882
18,980
11,611
15,480
17,227
14,120
18,404
21,827
16,255.
69
225
1.00
1.40
278 x 425
6,664
7,106
9,330
9,950
Source: Austrian Presshandbook 2007, Audit Bureau of Circulations; Media Analysis

8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Heute 1
ok 2
Obersterreichs Neue 3
Neue Express 4
German
German
German
German
AHVV Verlags GmbH

Innovation Medien GmbH
Neue Medien Verlags GmbH
Neue Express Verlag GmbH
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
470
93
85
10
289
-
Format
203 x 272
200 x 275
199 x 272
212 x 275
Full page ad rate Colour

9,792
2,960
3,264
390
Source: Austrian Presshandbook; Regioprint

1
Vienna, St. Polten, Graz, Linz

Graz, Karnten
3
Linz, Wels, Steyr
4
Innsbruck
2
10.a

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
15
6
9
16
9
7
16
9
7
17
9
8
17
9
8
13.33
50.00
-11.11
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: Austrian Press Handbook
173
AUSTRIA
11.
Research
sterreichische Auflagenkontrolle (AK) - Audit
Bureau of Circulation: www.oeak.at
Verein Arbeitsgemeinschaft Media-Analysen - Media
Analysis: www.media-analyse.at
Methodology
Face-to-face interviews (standardised questionnaire) run
throughout the year with a disproportionate random
sample of 16,177 individuals aged 14+. The response
rate is 80.2%.
For the Media Analysis 2006 there has been a change in
procedures. There may be slight differences in reach
data because of new criteria, or the use of more complex
matrices, so comparisons with previous years data are
not recommended.
12.
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Tax on advertising
20

All Austrian newspapers may apply to a committee for
either a general subsidy or a special subsidy. The general
subsidy is for all dailies and weeklies. The special subsidy
is available to smaller dailies with less than 15%
coverage and 22% advertising pagination.
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
General subsidy 1
Special subsidy of the press 2
Sales subsidy Quality assurance and future
promotion subsidy
Total amount
10
10
20
20
20
20
34
34
5
5.9
7.6
-
5.5
7.4
-
4.8
8.7
4.5
-
6.6
4.5
1.0
6.6
1.7
-13.16
0.00
-
0.00
70.00
13.5
12.9
13.5
12.1
12.9
-4.44
6.61
Source: 2005, Austrian Newspaper Association

2006, KommAustria
1
2
General subsidy for dailies and weeklies

Special subsidy for dailies under particular conditions
14.
Subsidies generally
Discounts (2006)

The press subsidy was awarded for the first time on
a new statutory basis in 2004. The subsidy now
encompasses three areas: the sales subsidy (distribution),
the special subsidy of the press and the quality
assurance and a subsidy for the future. The sales
subsidy is available for all daily and weekly newspapers
that meet certain criteria, such as a minimum
circulation (10,000 sold copies for daily newspapers /
5,000 sold copies for weekly newspapers) and being of
more than a purely local interest. Daily newspapers are
subsidized with equal sums, while weekly newspapers
obtain a subsidy for the first 15,000 copies sold on
subscription. The special subsidy of the press, reserved
exclusively for daily newspapers, is to maintain the
diversity of newspapers. Leading daily newspapers on
the market (nationwide and regional) are excluded from
this type of subsidy; the same applies for daily
newspapers with over 100,000 sold copies. Daily
newspapers worthy of a subsidy receive a uniform basic
sum and additional funds for the first 25,000 sold
copies. The quality assurance and subsidy for the
174

There is no general subsidy for capital investment, but
preferential loans are available in the Vienna region.
13.b
Taxes (2006)
13.a
future is intended to promote training for journalists.

Newspapers can also apply for subsidies to cover costs of
their contractual foreign correspondents and for
training modules for their journalists. A new subsidy for
reading is to encourage reading of daily and weekly
newspapers at schools. A subsidy for press-related
research projects is also new. It covers up to 50% of the
project costs.
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
15a.
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0

companies?
According to the Cartel Act, the acquisition of
a controlling stake in a publishing house must be
notified to the Competition Authority, if the buyer is
itself a media company or is owned by a media company
(upon condition that both companies involved have
generated a turnover of at least Euro 5 million each the
year before the acquisition). The court may prohibit the
acquisition if it is deemed to create or fortify a dominant
position or endanger the plurality of the media
landscape.
AUSTRIA
No
same locality?
Parliament enacted the Private TV Broadcasting Act on
5 th July 2001, opening up the market for private
terrestrial TV. The media clause of the Act allows
newspaper publishers to hold 100% of a TV operator,
except that publishers with a 30% share of the national
newspaper readership may not own the national TV
operator, and publishers with a 30% share of a regions
newspaper readership may not own a TV operator in
that region.
There is no restriction for publishers to operate a radio
broadcasting station in the same locality (Private Radio
Broadcasting Act 2001).
15.b

According to the Media Act, a publication must disclose
the identity of its owners/stakeholders and parent
companies as well as controlling interests in other
companies.
press?
The acquisition of a controlling stake in a media
company is dependent on the notification to the
Competition Authority which can launch an
investigation and apply at the Cartel court for
prohibiting the merger on grounds of creating or
fortifying a dominant position of the companies
involved in the merger or of endangering the plurality of
the media landscape. The Cartel Law further provides
for the control of abuses of dominance in the media
sector. In case of breach of the prohibitions, the court
may impose specific restrictions on the dominant
company with the effect of weakening or abolishing the
dominant position.
Is further regulation of media concentration expected? No
Crossmedia ownership restrictions
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Allowed 100%
as long as areas
of coverage con't overlap
Forbidden
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
National TV
Licensees
Forbidden
Only one private

national TV licence
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed 100%, as long as Allowed 100%, as long as

owner does not cover more owner does not cover more
than 30% of readership
in region
in Austria
Cartel Act
Cartel Act
Allowed 100%
National
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed 100%, as long as Allowed 100%, as long as

owner does not cover more owner does not cover more
in region
in Austria
Cartel Act
Cartel Act
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100% but every

region may only be covered
once by one owner (twice
by one media chain)
No national licence
No national licence
The first national license was

granted in December 2004,
a second one open for
application in 2007 (only to
incumbent operators)
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
EEA companies:
allowed 100%
Others: 49%
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Allowed 100%
Allowed 100%
Local Radio
Licensees
Allowed 100% as long as

the radio has no more than the radio has no more than
30% of the audience
30% of the nationwide
in the region
audience
National Radio
Licensees

the radio has no more than the radio has no more than
30% of the audience
30% of the nationwide
in the region
audience
Foreign Investors
EEA companies:
allowed 100%
Others: 49%
EEA companies:
allowed 100%
Others: 49%
175
AZERBAIJAN
The number one export of Azerbaijan is oil.
A consortium of Western oil companies began pumping
1 million barrels a day from a large offshore field in early
2006. Economists estimate that by 2010 revenues from
this project will double the current GDP of Azerbaijan.
Trade with Russia and the other former Soviet republics
is declining in importance while trade is building with
Turkey and the nations of Europe. The inflation rate was
The majority of independent and opposition newspapers

remained in a precarious financial position; they
continued to have problems paying wages, taxes, and
periodic court fines.
The independent newspapers Azadliq and Bizim yol
were evicted in November from the premises in central
Baku they had occupied for over a decade, ostensibly
because they owed USD26,000 in rent arrears. The State
Property Committee had offered alternative premises
that the editorial staff of Azadliq rejected as unsuitable.

A large number of opposition and independent media
outlets operated during the year. The print media
expressed a wide variety of views on government policies.
However, most broadcast media adhered to
a progovernment line in their news coverage.

Real Azerbaijan, the largest circulated weekly (15,000
copies), ceased publication in October 2006, after its
editor was sentenced to two years imprisonment for
insult of the honor and dignity of Interior Minister
Ramil Usubov. The sentence was suspended for two-year
There were 17 television and 12 radio stations. period. The editor reported harassment and threats on
A recently-launched public TV and radio service is the safety of Real Azerbaijan staff and their families as
intended to be free from overt government control. The the reason for the closure of the paper.
broadcaster is a requirement for Azerbaijans
membership of the democracy and human rights body, Advertising
the Council of Europe.
Total advertising revenue in media sector was more than
USD16 million in 2005.
There has been a debate about whether to retain state
TV in its entirety; a 2004 law stipulates that only one of Circulation
the two state channels will be removed from direct The cover prices of some leading Azerbaijani newspapers
government control.
have increased by 50 percent since January 9, 2006 due
to increases in prices of oil products, electricity, natural
The countrys first independent TV station, ANS gas and water in the country.
television, was pulled from the air by the government.
Authorities said the station had not extended its license. In particular, the prices of daily newspapers have
ANS TV had an audience of 2.5 million people in Baku increased from 0.2 manats to 0.3 manats (approximately
and the surrounding areas.
USD0.35), and weekly newspapers from 0.4 manats to
0.6 manats (approximately USD0.7).
Russian TV channels are relayed in Azerbaijan, though
there have been calls for them to be curbed over alleged Readership
bias in their coverage of Azerbaijani issues.
Only 2.8% of Azerbaijanis regularly read newspapers,
70.8% do not read them or read them very seldom; 29%
TV stations from Turkey are widely available, and in say that newspapers are not interesting; 21% do not have
parts of the country broadcasts from Armenia and money to buy newspapers, 9.2% complain about the
Nagorno Karabakh can be picked up.
absence of news-stalls, and 7% do not show an interest
in newspapers, according to poll of people in 12 cities
and 15 regions, conducted by Puls Center among
There were several national state newspapers and various social groups.
numerous newspapers funded by city or district level
officials. In contrast to progovernment newspapers, the People do not like to read, says Arif Aliev, the founder
distribution of many opposition newspapers was limited and editor of the daily Gun Seher and president of the
to the capital, and their circulation was low. During the independent journalists union in Baku. Rich people
year many opposition and government-run newspapers found their own newspapers. We have hardly any
reduced circulation, and several, including prominent nonpartisan journalism. Even the largest papers, Yeni
opposition newspaper Yeni Musavat, reduced frequency. Musavat and Baki Khabar, both of the opposition, have
Moderate independent newspapers Echo and Zerkalo, a daily circulation of a mere 7,000 in a country of
however, maintained their circulation.
8 million. Aliev also explains why: People have lost
their orientation since the collapse of the Soviet Union.
176
AZERBAIJAN
After independence in 1991, we changed our alphabet
for the fourth time in a century. Thus, the young cannot
read older books, and older people cannot read new
ones. Also, a book costs about USD5 in a country with
an average monthly income of USD35.
to 2005, the number of defamation suits threatening the

financial viability of the print media increased during
the year.
Libel is a criminal offense; the law allows for large fines

and up to three years imprisonment. The government
intimidated and harassed the media, primarily through
defamation suits, prohibitively high court fines for libel,
and measures that hampered printing and distribution
of independent newspapers and magazines. In contrast
State Support
The OSCE office in Baku welcomed President Ilham
Aliyevs decision to cancel the debts of newspapers,
including leading opposition publications, to the state
publishing house Azerbaijan. The debts, totalling
350,000 euros, will be paid from the state budget.

Most newspapers and magazines were printed in
Media / Press Laws
government publishing houses or on private printing
A state regulatory agency, the NTRC, was responsible presses owned by individuals close to the government.
for issuing licenses and monitoring broadcasts, but it did
not function independently of the government and its Continuing a trend from 2005, Gaya, the countrys
procedures were not transparent. The justice ministry largest independent newspaper distributor, reopened
must register a corporation such as a television station some of its 20 newsstands in Baku that were torn down
operating company in order for it to have legal existence. in 2002 by the Baku mayors office. However, some of
Despite pressure from independent media outlets, the the newsstands remain in the custody of the Baku
NTRC did not open tenders for the issuance of new municipal authorities.
broadcast licenses during the year.
As in 2005, the government tightened enforcement on
In October 2006, the government issued a command unregistered, independent newspaper vendors who
that Azerbaijani media outlets cease broadcasting news mainly distributed opposition newspapers, stating that
materials prepared abroad.
the illegal vendors created traffic hazards on city streets.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; Interfax; IREX; Baku Today; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,058
5,279
625
7,962
26
66
8
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
1,047
2,573
247
3,867
27
67
6
100
1,011
2,706
378
4,095
25
66
9
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
All newspapers
Regional and local
27
22
22
-
22
22
22
-
35
24
24
11
8
3
140 1
-
418.52
-
Source: 2005 IREX

2003: Includes only newspapers which are published regularly
1
Including both government and independent titles published regularly
177
AZERBAIJAN
3.b
6.a
Online editions
(000)
Change (%)
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001/97 2001/00
4.d
132
132
15
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Dailies
Non-dailies
1
Cover prices (2006)
7.aa
1,375.30
916.80
26 1
6

2002
GDP
(Azerbaijani manat, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
130,944.2 175,130.3 266,342.0

8.ba
14
-
Two of which are published only as online formats
(Azerbaijani manat)
min
Single copy
Subscription
Title
Language
Publisher
Yeni Musavat
Azadliq
Ekspress
Baki Khaber
Azerbaycan
Khalq qezeti
Echo
Zerkalo
Sherq
Azeri
Azeri
Russian
Azeri
Azeri
Azeri
Russian
Russian
Azeri
Isa Qember
Gunduz Tahirli and Collective
Mushfiq Safiyev
Tahir Tagiyev
Milli Mejlis
Administration of the President
Ayna Publishing
Ayna Publishing
Akif Ashirli
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Cover price
(USD)
Format
25
10
9
7
6
6
6
6
6
60
30
15
18
10
10
8
8
14
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Source: Azerbaijan Journalists Confederation; WAN from public sources

10.c
Newsprint costs
1999
Average per ton

1
(Azerbaijani manat)
2000
2001
2002
-
3,600,000
2003
2,465,000 1
Except for the period October-November 2003, when the costs were
5,670,000 manats.
178
BAHAMAS, THE
The Bahamas is a stable, developing nation with an
economy heavily dependent on tourism and offshore
banking. Tourism together with tourism-driven
construction and manufacturing accounts for
approximately 60% of GDP and directly or indirectly
employs half of the labor force. Financial services
constitute the second-most important sector of the
Bahamian economy, accounting for about 15% of GDP.
Overall growth prospects in the short run rest heavily on
the fortunes of the tourism sector, which depends on
growth in the US, the source of more than 80% of the
visitors. The inflation rate was estimated at 1.2% in
2004.
Family Islands (on Grand Bahama, Abaco and

Eleuthera). There is one local television channel.
There are four dailies in the Bahamas. Several non-daily
newspapers include The Punch, circulation 20,000, a biweekly tabloid, and The Abaconian, a bi-monthly
tabloid with a circulation of 7,000.
There were no government restrictions on access to the
Internet.
Media / Press Laws

Members of independent media complained that the
government restricted access to some information,
Broadcasting was government controlled until 1992. providing preferential access to government media
A public radio station was established in the 1930s as sources and denying access to certain government
a hurricane warning service. There are currently 10 information.
private radio stations on New Providence and four in the
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; Media Enterprises; US State Department; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Evening and afternoon
paid-for dailies
3
3
2
1
4
4
3
1
4
4
3
1
4
4
3
1
4
4
3
1
33.33
33.33
50.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

paid-for dailies
30
30
18
12
33
33
20
13
35
35
20
15
39
39
23
16
40
40
23
17
33.33
33.33
27.78
41.67
2.56
2.56
0.00
6.25

7.aa

2002
GDP
2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
84
201
19
304
28
66
6
100
5.0
2006
5.7
6.5
Age
(Bahamas, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
8.ba
Male
000
42
99
8
149
28
66
5
100
Female
000
%
42
102
11
155
27
66
7
100
Title
Language Publisher
The Nassau Guardian

The Tribune 1
The Bahama Journal
Freeport News
English
English
English
English
Circulation (000) Format
The Nassau Guardian Ltd.

Family owned
Jones Communications Ltd.
The Nassau Guardian Ltd.
17
17
3
3
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Source: 2006, WAN from public sources

1
Afternoon daily; it also publishes a Bahamian version of the Miami Herald

as a supplement included in the paper
179
BAHRAIN
Petroleum production and refining account for about
60% of the export receipts of Bahrain, 70% of
government revenues, and 20% of GDP, underpinning
the strong economic growth of Bahrain in recent years.
Bahrain is actively pursuing the diversification and
privatization of its economy to reduce its dependence on
oil. As part of this effort, Bahrain and the U.S. in August
2006 implemented a Free Trade Agreement (FTA).
The inflation rate was estimated at 3.5% in 2006.
Ownership
The Ministry of Information handles all licensing.
However, newspapers have to obtain clearance from the
Minister of Information and approval from the Cabinet.
The law requires publishers to have BHD 1 million
(USD2.65 million) paid-up capital to issue a daily
newspaper, and BHD 250,000 (USD662,000) for nondailies. Specialised newspapers must have capital of no
less than BHD 50,000 (USD132,000). In order to
obtain a licence, the company has to be owned by
Bahraini nationals - not fewer than five shareholders Performance of newspapers vs. other media
and governed by the law of establishing commercial
The government owned and operated all local radio and companies.
television stations. However, satellite television systems
were readily available to the public, providing access to Media / Press Laws
international broadcasts. There were no reports of In 2002 the king decreed a press law. The government
restrictions in access to these broadcasts. In 2004 the began implementing the law but later froze it due to
government lifted its ban on correspondents from the a public outcry. Although suspended the law was
Qatar-based Al-Jazeera satellite television channel, but enforced at the governments discretion. The suspended
maintained control over the selection of the locally- press law provides for restricted freedom of speech and
based correspondent.
press. The law provides for prison sentences in three
general categories of offenses: criticizing the states
official religion; criticizing the king; and inciting actions
There was no government-owned print media, but the that undermine state security. In addition, the law allows
Ministry of Information exercised considerable control fines up to USD5,300 (2,000 dinars) for 14 other
over local privately owned print media.
offenses, including publicizing statements issued by
a foreign state or organization before obtaining the
consent of the Minister of Information; publishing any
Al Waqt (The Time), an Arabic daily newspaper, news reports that may adversely affect the value of the
published by Time Media House, was launched on national currency; reporting any offense against the head
February 21, 2006.
of a state that maintains diplomatic relations with the
country; or publishing offensive remarks towards an
In the last two years Bahrain has seen the launch of three accredited representative of a foreign country because of
Arabic dailies, notably Al Meethaq (2004), Al Watan acts connected with the persons position.
(2005) and Al Waqt. This raises the number of dailies to
eight. Two of these are published in English.
The law prohibits newspapers from publishing
information related to any case that is under
Advertising
investigation or is being tried in the courts. It also levies
Print media in Bahrain has the biggest share of ad spend a fine of up to USD2,650 (1,000 dinars) on any
in the country, at 61%. Of this share, 50% went to four newspaper or individual who publishes news relating to
Arabic newspapers and two English dailies, while 11% crimes that the investigative authorities have decided
was spent in magazines in 2004. Of the remaining 39%, should not be published.
36% went to television and 3% was equally divided
between cinema, radio and outdoor advertising.
Representatives from the Ministry of Information
actively monitored and blocked local stories on sensitive
matters, especially those related to sectarianism, national
The government restricted use of the Internet. The only security, or criticism of the royal family, the Saudi royal
Internet service provider in the country is government- family, and judges.
owned Batelco which prohibited user access to Internet
sites considered to be antigovernment or anti-Islamic. Printing & Distribution
E-mail use was reportedly monitored. Under new The total number of press outlets is around 120, of
government regulations, Web site administrators face the which international press is available in 30. The retail
same libel laws that apply to print journalists, and Web network for press products is mainly comprised of
masters are held jointly responsible for all of the content supermarkets, bookshops, and hotel newsstands.
posted on their Web sites or chat rooms.
International press sales are generally 45% lower during
the tourism off-season.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Khaleej Times; APN Newsletter; WAN from public sources
180
BAHRAIN
7.ac
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.97
0.88
Ad expenditure
7.ba

(Bahrain, dinar, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Cinema
Outdoor
Total
32.7
29.3
3.4
7.8
0.7
3.4
44.6 1
34.3
30.8
3.5
6.2
0.7
3.4
44.6
35.2
31.7
3.5
5.9
0.8
3.5
45.3
35.8
32.3
3.5
5.5
0.8
3.6
45.7
36.6
33.1
3.5
5.2
0.8
3.6
46.4
Source: ZenithOptimedia, OANDA

1USD = BHD0.38 (2005 exchange rate)
1
Arithmetic total is 46.2, difference due to curency conversion and rounding

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
192
482
25
699
Male
27
69
4
100
Female
000
%
000
97
280
13
390
25
72
3
100
95
202
12
309
31
65
4
100
Number of titles
60.00
14.29

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
180
180
140
140
150
-16.67
7.14

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Bahrain, dinar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
4.3
5.4
2006
6.7

7.ab
Advertiser
Retail stores
Publishing/media
Financial services
Vehicles
Government
Entertainment
Professional services
Travel, hotels & resorts
Office equipment
Commercial & public services
Batelco
Kuwait & Bahrain
Tradearabia.com
Dell
Standard Chartered
Natl Bank of Bahrain
Sada Al Ousbou
Giant
Club One
Hertz
4,820
3,063
3,009
2,953
2,056
1,911
1,844
1,517
1,288
1,149
Expenditure
(Bahrain, dinar, 000)
940
504
421
416
413
410
409
388
362
294
Source: PARC
Title
Language Publisher
Al Ayam (The Days) Arabic

Al Meethaq
Arabic
Akhbar al Khaleej
Arabic
Bahrain Tribune
English
Gulf Daily News
English
Al Wasat
Arabic
Al Watan
Al Waqt
Khaleej Times 2
Arabic
Arabic
English
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
36
35
32
13
11
73 3
450 4
Alayan Company
for Press & Publishing
Dar el Meethaq
Dar Akhbar al Khaleej
Press & Publishing
Dar Akhbar al Khaleej
Press & Publishing
Dar al Wasat
for Publishing & Distribution
Galadari Printing
and Publishing Llc.
Source: 2006, WAN from public sources

1

2002
GDP per capita
Advertising sector
Expenditure
8.ba
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

(2005)
Source: PARC

3.a

categories (2001)
4.1

2003
2004
2005
-
7.3
7.8
2006
9.5
The first English paper to be published in Bahrain; distributed locally in Bahrain,

as well as in other Gulf states
2
Published from Dubai, United Arab Emirates; it covers Bahrain, Oman, Kuwait, Qatar
and Saudi Arabia through a dedicated distribution network; it is also sold on stands
in the UK, India and Pakistan
3
Total multinational circulation
4
Total multinational readership
Source: 2002 IFS, ZenithOptmedia; 2004-2006 CIA - The World Factbook
181
BANGLADESH
Although more than half of GDP is generated through
the service sector, nearly two-thirds of Bangladeshis are
employed in the agriculture sector, with rice as the
single-most-important product. Major impediments to
growth include frequent cyclones and floods, inefficient
state-owned enterprises, inadequate port facilities,
a rapidly growing labor force that cannot be absorbed by
agriculture, delays in exploiting energy resources
(natural gas), insufficient power supplies, and slow
implementation of economic reforms. Growth has been
a steady 5-6% for the past several years. The inflation
The DFP said in its report that 388 daily newspapers

were published and getting government advertisements
from the DFP. Of them, 164 were published from
Dhaka and the rest from elsewhere, sources said quoting
the report.
In 2003-04 fiscal year, DFP allocated Tk214 million
advertisements to the Dhaka-based dailies and Tk43
million to 224 dailies published from outside the capital.
According to the circulation figures mentioned in the
report, The Bangladesh Observer published 35,040
copies, The Daily Star 28,115, New Age 19,100,
Prothom Alo 223,465, Inqilab 150,000, Dinkal 60,000
and Khabarpatra 39,810 copies.

The main broadcasters - Radio Bangladesh and
Bangladesh Television (BTV) - are state-owned and The members of the parliamentary body reviewing the
favourable to the government.
report observed the circulation figures and number of
newspapers were not authentic and most of them were
TV dominates media usage, especially in the cities.
fake ones. Even Information Minister M Shamsul Islam
echoed the members views.
There were six private satellite television stations in
operation. Two private radio stations began broadcasting The DFP report also showed at least a hundred dailies
a few hours a day on a trial basis. There were also two with circulation between 6,000 and 7,000, the
foreign-based and -licensed satellite television stations minimum circulation stipulated for newspapers to be
that broadcast into the country and maintained listed with the DFP and get government ads.
domestic news operations.
The report contained information about the circulation
In addition to one official government-owned news and advertisements allocated against 24 dailies but
service, there were two private news services, United information about other newspapers was not shown in
News of Bangladesh, which is affiliated with Agence details.
France-Presse, and BD News.
Circulation
Most newspapers tend to exaggerate their circulation
State-wned newspapers were closed down in 1997, in figures to gain a share of government advertising and
line with the privatization policy. There were hundreds bigger allocation of newsprint.
of daily and weekly independent publications.
Readership
There is a strong tradition of owner-editorship.
With the increase in literacy rate to about 40% in 2005,
the readership of newspaper was estimated at 20 million.
On July 22, Jatiya Party activists seized and destroyed Online / Digital Publishing
copies of the daily newspaper Prothom Alo after it ran There were no direct government restrictions on access to
a story claiming that Jatiya Party leader and former the Internet. According to Reporters Without Borders,
president H.M. Ershad had evaded taxes. According to police often misused surveillance of journalists e-mail.
press reports, Jatiya Party supporters barricaded a main
road in Magura and stole over 11,000 copies of the Printing & Distribution
paper from a bus.
Prices of imported newsprint increased by about 134 per
cent during the last three years (2004-2006) and reached
Advertising
Tk60,000 per ton. Prices of newsprint in Bangladesh
The government exerts indirect pressure and leverage on were 20 per cent higher than the international market
the press through distribution of advertisements that price. The cost of locally produced newsprint stands at
form a major part of newspapers revenue.
USD675 despite being inferior in quality.
In 2004, the Department of Films and Publications Bangladesh needs 8,000 to 9,000 tons of newsprint
(DFP) presented to members of the parliament monthly to meet the domestic demands. About 50 per
circulation statistics of the dailies and volume of cent of the needed newsprint is produced locally and the
advertisements allocated for them.
remaining is imported.
182
BANGLADESH
Bashundhara Group, the leading manufacturer of
newsprint in Bangladesh has increased the price of the
newsprint to Tk55,250 per ton from January 2006. The
price was Tk49,000 per ton in September 2006 and
Tk42,000 in early 2005.
The International Herald Tribune began printing in

Bangladesh in April 2004 in a new agreement with Cross
World Trading Co., which already distributed the Parisbased daily in the country. The paper now prints
through its subsidiary IHT Bangladesh Ltd. (IHTBL)
and is available for early morning distribution to news
Newspapers import newsprint from South Korea, India, outlets and subscribers in Dhaka and other major cities
China, Japan, Thailand and Indonesia.
in the country.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BD News; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
294
-
340
-
388
164
224
400
-
410
-
39.46
-
2.50
-
Source: 2002 RSF - Ministry of Information, Bangladesh; 2003 WAN estimate; 2004
Department of Films and Publications (DFP), Bangladesh; 2005-2006 WAN estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1,000 1,000 1,100 1,200 1,300
30.00
8.33
Source: WAN estimate

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Bangladesh, taka, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
15,755.7 19,388.5 23,251.9

7.ab

2.a
1998
GDP per capita
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
48,492
93,781
5,092
147,365
33
64
3
100
Male
000
24,958
47,863
2,731
75,552
33
63
4
100
Female
000
%
23,534
45,918
2,361
71,813
33
64
3
100
(Bangladesh, taka, 000)

1999
2000
2001
-
17.2
18.0
2002
19.0

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
The Daily Star

The Independent
Bangladesh Observer
Daily Ittefaq
Dainik Jugantor
Janakantha
Muktakantha
Prothom-Alo
Ajker Kagoj
The New Nation
English
English
English
Bengali
Bengali
Bengali
Bengali
Bengali
Bengali
English
Free Press Ltd.

Jamuna Group
-
Circulation (000)
20
15
-
183
BARBADOS
Historically, the Barbadian economy had been
dependent on sugarcane cultivation and related
activities, but production in recent years has diversified
into light industry and tourism. Offshore finance and
information services are important foreign exchange
earners. Growth was positive in 2005-06, as economic
conditions in the US and Europe moderately improved.
The inflation rate was estimated at -0.5% in 2003.
Barbados has a government-controlled television and
radio broadcasting service (The Caribbean Broadcasting
SystemCBS) and a commercial rediffusion service that

broadcasts over a cable network. In 2001, there were six
radio stations, two of which were owned by CBS. The
country's only television station is also owned by CBS.
There are two major daily newspapers (both
independently operated, in Bridgetown), the Advocate
(circulation 15,000 in 2002) and the Daily Nation
(32,000), as well as some periodicals, including
a monthly magazine, the New Bajan.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; Thomson Gale

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
34
37
40
44
48
41.18
9.09
Source: 2002-2005 WAN estimate; 2006 WAN from public sources

7.aa

1997
GDP
(Barbados, dollar, 000)

1998
1999
2000
8.8
9.8
2001
10.3

7.ab

1997
GDP per capita
8.ba
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
56
199
25
280
184
20
71
9
100
19.2
2001
18.9

2.a
(Barbados, dollar, 000)

1998
1999
2000
Male
000
28
98
10
136
21
72
7
100
Female
000
%
28
101
15
144
19
70
10
100
Title
Circulation Readership Cover price
The Nation 1
The Barbados Advocate
(000)
(000)
33
15
131
-
Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(Barbadian dollar)
(USD)
1.00
1,054
-
1,626
-

1
The same company produces weekend publications under the masthead of the
Saturday Sun and the Sunday Sun
BELARUS
The economy of Belarus, in 2006, posted more than 8%
growth. Trade with Russia - by far its largest single trade
partner - decreased in 2006, largely as a result of
a change in the way the value added tax (VAT) on trade
was calculated. Since 2005, the government has renationalized a number of private companies. Belarus
receives heavily discounted oil and natural gas from
Russia and much of the growth of Belarus can be
attributed to the re-export of Russian oil at market
prices. This growth will be threatened in 2007, however,
when Russia raises energy prices closer to world market
prices for Belarus. The inflation rate was estimated at
9.5% in 2006.
forbid usage of the words National and Belarusian in

names of organisations and newspapers.

The highest circulation newspapers and other
publications were state-owned and printed only
materials supportive of the government. There were
some independent small-circulation newspapers and
magazines, many of which criticized the government.
However, local authorities frequently warned
independent editors to avoid certain topics and not to
criticize the government.
Media / Press Laws

In December 2005 the National Assembly passed and
the president signed a series of amendments that greatly
inhibited the freedoms of speech and assembly and
criminalized the following actions: giving false
information about the political, economic, social,
military, or international situation of the country to
a foreigner; providing information on government
agencies or the rights of citizens; participating in the
activities of unregistered NGOs and in public
demonstrations; training people to demonstrate
publicly; financing public demonstrations; and soliciting
foreign countries or international organizations to act
to the detriment of the country. Violations are
punishable by up to three years in prison.

In February 2007, the centre of publishing activities and
civil society Za Maladzechna launched the independent
regional newspaper Za Maladzechna. The publication of
299 copies is unregistered (registration is obligatory for
titles with 300 copies and more). Copies are to be
distributed in the town of Maladzechna and nearby
regions.
Authorities closed at least two independent newspapers

and threatened to close several others. On March 17,
Supreme Economic Court Judge Oksana Mikhnyuk
closed the independent newspaper Zhoda for violating
Only state-run radio and the state-run television the countrys criminal code by publishing composite
networks ONT, Belarusian Television (BT), and Capital photographs of President Lukashenko and other
Television broadcast nationwide.
prominent politicians and for reprinting satirical
drawings of the Islamic Prophet Mohammad.
On July 31, 2006, President Lukashenko signed an order
empowering the State Security Council to control the Advertising
distribution of radio frequencies
Authorities warned businesses not to advertise in
newspapers that criticized the government.
Local independent television stations operated in some
areas and reported local news relatively unhindered by Circulation
the authorities.
Most government newspapers offer subscription
discounts to (the second world) war veterans and to
Russian channels NTV and RTR were generally labor veterans.
available, although in many parts of the country only
through pay cable services. Broadcasts from other Online / Digital Publishing
countries, including Poland and Lithuania, could be The government restricted access to the Internet.
received in parts of the country, usually along the border. Credible reports indicated that the government
The European Commission is funding a consortium of monitored e-mail and Internet chatrooms.
Polish, Lithuanian, German and Russian broadcasters; it
aims to increase access to independent news via radio, On November 7, the NGO Reporters Without Borders
TV and the Internet.
again included the country on its annual list of enemies
of the internet, countries that censor independent news
There are two news agencies: the state-owned Belta, and sites and opposition publications and monitor the
the private Belapan.
Internet to stifle dissident voices."
Belorusy i rynok is the main business weekly newspaper,

published mainly in Russian language. The newspaper
was founded in 1990 under the name Belorusskij rynok
(The Belarusian Market) and was one of the first private
media in Belarus. In 2005, the newspaper had to change
its name following a decree of president Lukashenka that
185
BELARUS
Under the countrys media laws, a newspaper must
maintain a legal address in order to publish. On April
10, authorities nullified the legal address of independent
newspaper Nasha Niva because its editor, Andrey
Dynko, had been arrested while reporting on opposition
demonstrations following the fraudulent March
19 presidential election.
In November and December 2005, authorities removed

17 independent newspapers from the state subscription
list, making it impossible to receive them by mail. The
state postal system, Belpochta, and the state kiosk
network, Belsoyuzpechat, refused to distribute most of
them. Starting on January 1, Belpochta and
Belsoyuzpechat refused to distribute an additional 15
independent newspapers, including Brestskiy Kuryer,
Vitebskiy Kuryer, Nasha Niva, Intex-Press,
Lyakhavitskiy Chas, Tovarishch, Volaye Hlybokaye,
Myastsoviy Chas, Khimik, Borisovskie Novosti, and
Kuryer iz Borisova.
The law specifies that the government may close

a publication after two warnings in one year for violating
a range of amendments adopted in 2005 that inhibit
freedom of speech and of the press. Authorities
continued to frequently issue warnings to pressure
independent newspapers.
In 2006, Belpochta started to provide a new service,
delivering periodical press directly to subscribers hands
In addition, regulatory provisions grant authorities rather than to their mailboxes.
power arbitrarily to prohibit or censor critical reporting.
The State Committee on the Press can suspend On May 30, 2006, Narodnaya Volya discontinued free
periodicals or newspapers for three months without distribution of its print run and warned its readers that
a court ruling. The law also prohibits the media from some affiliates of the state-owned Belarusbank would not
disseminating information on behalf of unregistered permit them to transfer money to subscribe to the paper.
political parties, trade unions, and NGOs.
State-owned stores across the country also stopped
Authorities frequently imposed heavy fines on selling all but eight independent newspapers. While
journalists and editors for criticizing the president and independent newspapers could still be purchased from
his supporters, and many publications were forced to independent sellers, their circulation was seriously
exercise self-censorship.
restricted by these measures.
The libel law makes no distinction between private and
public persons in lawsuits concerning defamation of
character. A public figure who was criticized for poor
performance while in office may sue both the journalist
and the media outlet that disseminated the critical report.
The law provides for punishment of public insults or
libel of the president and government officials by up to
four years imprisonment, two years khimya (restricted
freedom and labor in a remote area), or a large fine.
Authorities continued to use such laws to stifle press
freedom and to imprison political opponents.
The government took numerous other actions during
the year to limit the independent press, including
limiting access to newsprint and printing presses, and
restricting the import of media-related materials.
Several independent newspapers, including Belorusskaya
Delovaya Gazeta, Den, and Solidarnost printed their
materials in Russia because domestic printing presses
(mostly state-owned) refused to print them. State
printing houses refused to print four independent
newspapers, including one of the countrys two
independent daily newspapers, Narodnaya Volya. The
other three, Mestnaya Gazeta, Belaruskaya Delovaya
Gazeta, and Solidarnost began disseminating Internetonly versions due to printing and distribution problems
created by the government.
As of February 3, 2006, state-run post offices in

Novopolotsk and Polotsk refused to deliver the
independent newspaper Khimik.
In many cases the government confiscated at will
independent and opposition newspapers in 2006. For
example, on January 17, police in Grodno seized 50
copies of Polish Magazine in Exile from two activists
with the NGO Union of Poles. On February 12, police
in Lida seized 1,200 copies of Narodnaya Volya from
opposition campaign activists. On March 3, Vitebsk
police seized 250,000 copies of the independent
newspaper Narodnaya Volya being transported from
a Russian printing plant to Minsk because the issue
contained quotations of an opposition presidential
candidate; on March 14, the police confiscated the
papers entire replacement run of 300,000 copies. On
March 17, Minsk police seized 85,600 copies of the
opposition newspaper Tovarishch; authorities offered to
return the newspapers only after the countryA81s
March 19 elections. On July 26, authorities arrested
Dzemjan Frankouski pursuant to a criminal case started
in May for distributing issues of the independent
newspaper Narodnaya Volya free of charge. Frankouski
was released two days later.
State Support
Government-controlled newspapers enjoy considerable
subsidies and financial privileges, while much of the
opposition print media face increased charges.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; BAJ; WAN from public sources
186
BELARUS
7.aa

2001
GDP
(Belarus, ruble, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
17,173.0 26,138.0 36,565.0 49,992.0 63,679.0

7.ab

2000
GDP per capita
(Belarus, ruble, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
1,720.8 2,634.9 3,704.6 5,096.0

7.ac
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
0.17
0.17
Ad expenditure
Top owners (2005)

Owners 1
BelkPress
Belpronto
Government
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
1,683
1,471
1,401
1,485
1,455
885
1,420
9,800
17
15
14
15
15
9
14
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
864
751
702
727
687
385
467
4,583
19
16
15
16
15
8
10
100
819
720
699
758
769
500
953
5,217
16
14
13
15
15
10
18
100
Source: Minstat of Belarus, ZenithOptimedia

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
14
14
11
3
14
14
11
3
14
14
11
3
14
14
11
3
15
14
11
3
7.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
13
1
13
1
13
1
13
1
13
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
1
3.b
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Sovetskaya Belarussiya
Belarus Segodnya
(Soviet Belarus
Belarus Today) 1
Belarusskaya Niva
(Belarusian Cornfield)
Respublika (Republic)
Zviazda (Star) 2
Narodnaya Hazieta
(Peoples Newspaper)
Vecherniy Minsk
(Evening Minsk)
Vo slavu rodiny
(To the Glory
of the Motherland)
Russian
Government
390
Broadsheet (A2)
Russian
Russian
Government
320
85
Broadsheet (A2)
Russian
Belarusian
Belarusian
Council of Ministers 53
Government
42
Supreme Soviet
38
Russian / English Vecherniy Minsk OOO 27
Russian
Circulation (000)
Ministry of National 18
Defence
Format

1
2005, Top newspaper owners
5 times a week: Tuesday-Saturday

5 times a week
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Narodnaya Volya
(Peoples Will)
Russian
Private publishing house Magic
Circulation (000)
28
Source: ZenithOptimedia; WAN from public sources
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
1,335
1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,307
1,260 1,260 1,260 1,260 1,268
40
40
40
40
39
0.54
0.63
-2.50
0.54
0.63
-2.50
1,260 1,260 1,260 1,260 1,280

40
40
40
40
27
1.59
-32.50
1.59
-32.50
28
187
BELGIUM
With few natural resources, Belgium must import
substantial quantities of raw materials and export a large
volume of manufactures, making its economy unusually
dependent on the state of world markets. Roughly threequarters of its trade is with other EU countries. Public
debt is more than 90% of GDP. On the positive side, the
government has succeeded in balancing its budget, and

income distribution is relatively equal. Belgium began
circulating the euro currency in January 2002.
Economic growth in 2001-03 dropped sharply because
of the global economic slowdown, with moderate
recovery in 2004-06.

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2+D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
1,308
2,609
1,873
3,250
9,040
Male
15
29
21
36
100
000
717
1,292
982
1,402
4,393
16
29
22
32
100
Female
000
%
591
1,317
891
1,848
4,647
13
28
19
40
100
Source: Institut National de Statistique, CIM

A = senior managerial, administrative or professional
B = intermediate managerial, administrative or professional
C1 = supervisory or clerical, junior managerial, administrative or professional
C2 + D = skilled or unskilled manual workers
E = housewives / pensioners / unemployed / students / inactive
(2005)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
3.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,796
1,270
1,371
1,586
1,496
1,183
1,809
10,511
17
12
13
15
14
11
17
100
Source: Institut National de Statistique
1,441
1,384
698
576
303
4,402
32.7
31.4
15.9
13.1
6.9
100
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
Total
2,386
1,744
4,130
57.8
42.2
100

2.a
Households
000
%
Male
000
918
643
690
802
752
586
752
5,144
18
13
13
16
15
11
15
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Female
000
%
878
626
681
783
745
598
1,057
5,368
16
12
13
15
14
11
20
100
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total Sundays
Total free Sundays
National free Sundays
29
28
12
16
29
28
12
16
29
28
10
18
29
28
10
18
29
28
10
18
0.00
0.00
-16.67
12.50
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
1
-
1
1
-
28
1
1
1
1
1
28
1
1
1
1
1
28
1
1
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
Source: Association Belge des Editeurs de Journaux
188
BELGIUM
3.b
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total Sundays
Total free Sundays
1,651 1,678 1,706 1,684 1,650

1,475 1,478 1,486 1,466 1,424
1,013 1,021 1,022 1,007 986
462 457 464
459 438
176
176
-
1,486 1,466 1,424

200 220 218 226
200 220
218 226
475 512 535
475 512 535
475
512 535
-0.06
-3.46
-2.67
-5.19
-2.02
-2.86
-2.09
-4,58
28.41
28.41
-
-2.86
3.67
3.67
4.49
4.49
4.49

4.a

(2006)
5.b
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
%
% daily reach
group
3.0
13.1
14.5
16.8
17.2
14.4
20.9
100.0
35.5
48.6
49.1
49.5
54.6
58.6
54.5
51.7
Source: C.I.M.
Readership studies 2005-2006; only
paid-for dailies

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total Sundays
Total free Sundays
440
440
-
439
439
303
136
444
444
307
137
490 477
438.4 427
302 295
136.4 132
438.4
52
52
25
25.1
25.1
8.41
-2.95
-
-2.65
-2.6
-2.32
-3,23
-2.60
-3.85
-3.85
4.00
3.59
3.59
427
50
50
26
26
26
5.c
Media consumption
2001
All newspapers
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
2005
54
Source: Scripta & Full Page, monjournal.be

6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
17
17
17
18
20
17.65
11.11

6.b
4.b
Sales revenues
(Belgium, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
278.3 299
209
90
312
220
92
319
225
94
322
227
95
15.70
-
0.94
0.89
1.06
Source: 2002-2004 A.B.E.J./B.V.D.U., Mediamark Belgium, Association Belge

des Editeurs de Journaux; 2005-2006 Association Belge des Editeurs de Journaux
Advertising revenues include production costs and agency commission (15%),
after discount
4.c

2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
54.8
45.2
-
54.3
45.7
-
53.2
45.3
1.5
-
52.0
46.5
1.5
-
50.1
47.8
1.7
0.4
5.a
0.95
0.67
hln.be
nieuwsblad.be
Tijdnet.be
standaard.be
dhnet.be
2.00
1.19
Source: Association Belge des Editeurs

de Journaux
2,554
1,146
1,034
855
519
Source: C.I.M. METRIWEB

1
Average number of page impressions per day, March 4-11, 2007
7.aa
7.ab

2001
(Belgium, euro, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
254.0
260.0
279.0
300.4
2000
(Belgium, euro, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
24.2
24.7
25.2
25.9
27.7
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.73
0.78
0.81
0.82
0.87
267.0
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
GDP per capita
(Belgium, euro)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
Het Laatste Nieuws

Het Nieuwsblad
De Tijd
De Standaard
La Derniere Heure
Cover prices (2006)
Page impressions (000) 1
Website
GDP
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
Free distribution
Other
4.d
51.7
56.1
47.5
50.4
7.ac
Ad expenditure
189
BELGIUM
7.ba

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
655
743
386
472
269
271
865
945
208
229
23
25
182
198
11
18
1,944 2,158
813
531
282
1,004
253
25
203
28
2,326
872
592
280
982
290
29
215
55
2,442
991 1,004 1,030 1,052

705
712
728
744
286
292
302
308
1,063 1,132 1,195 1,241
329
360
384
402
29
30
30
31
228
240
247
261
85
120
145
166
2,725 2,886 3,032 3,153
Source: ACP, MediaMark Belgium, CIM MDB, IAB, ZenithOptimedia

Includes agency commission; excludes production costs; before discounts; excludes
classified advertising
7.c

(2005)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Retail
Tourism/leisure
Services
Transport
Telecoms
Home/office equipment
Food
Energy
Clothes
Beauty
Belgacom
Carrefour
Delhaize
Public authorities
Lidl
Aldi
Dieteren
Media markt
Fortis
Standaard Boekhandel
177,181
135,497
110,109
74,044
36,046
22,234
11,790
7,476
7,044
4,385
Source: MDB C.I.M., ZenithOptimedia
Expenditure
26,347
22,612
17,525
15,228
14,382
14,277
12,845
12,661
11,499
11,320
Source: MDB CIM, ZenithOptimedia

(2006)
8.a
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02

categories (2005)
350.4 351.4 352.4 411.1
16.66
Source: A.B.E.J./B.V.D.U., Mediamark Belgium, Association Belge des Editeurs

de Journaux
Advertising revenues include production costs and agency commission (15%), after
discounts
1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
56.0
41.8
2.2
100.0
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
Total circulation 1
Publisher
V.U.M.
Aurex
I.P.M.
Sud Presse
De Vlijt
Concentra
Editions de lAvenir
Rossel & Cie
Uitgeverij De Morgen
Uitgeversbedrijf Tijd
361
288
133
122
109
98
98
94
51
36
Source: C.I.M. statements 2006

1
Average daily circulation
Source: A.B.E.J./B.V.D.U
Daily newspapers only
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Cover price
(euro)
Format

(euro)
Het Laatste Nieuws / De Nieuwe Gazet

Het Nieuwsblad / De Gentenaar
La Meuse / La Nouvelle Gazette /
La Capitale / La Province / Nord Eclair
Gazet Van Antwerpen
Het Belang Van Limburg
Groupe Vers lAvenir
Le Soir
La Derniere Heure / Les Sports
De Standaard
Het Volk
Dutch
Dutch
French
Aurex
V.U.M.
Sud Presse
288
206
122
1,060
779
641
0.95 1
0.95 3
1.00
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
37,600
29,070
24,400
Dutch
Dutch
French
French
French
Dutch
Dutch
De Vlijt
Concentra
Editions de lAvenir
Rossel
I.P.M.
V.U.M.
V.U.M.
109
98
98
94
86
84
71
442
400
427
546
496
331
277
1.00 4
1.00 5
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00 6
0.95 2
Tabloid
Tabloid
Belgian
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
18,660
15,900
17,645
27,900
15,595
20,910
12,035
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format

(euro)
226 1
866 2
Tabloid
11,800 3

1
up to 1.20
8.bb
up to 1.00
up to 1.00
up to 1.20
up to 1.20
up to 2.00
Title
Language
Publisher
Metro
French / Dutch
Mass Transit Media
Source: C.I.M.
1
French edition 112,000; Dutch edition 114,000
9.a
French edition 566,000; Dutch edition 300,000
Employment
9.b
Dutch edition EUR9,200
Salaries
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
1,377
4,822
1,287
4,309

Change (%)
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001/97 2001/00
Total salary costs
227
190
BELGIUM
10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
28
7
8
13
28
7
8
13
28
3
11
14
28
3
14
11
32
20
12
14.29
150.00
-7.69
14.29
42.86
9.09
can receive a 15% subsidy in certain conditions. There

are no specific provisions for the daily press in Brussels.
13.b
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 1 2005 2 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Total amount
10.ba

2002
2003
(%)
2004
31
31
31
31
31
31
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
2005
2006
31
31
31
31
Newsprint costs
Average per ton
(Belgium, euro)
1998
1999
2000
-
6.00
316.67
-3.23
Total budget of the Centre daide a la presse crite de la Communaut francaise

Total budget of the Centre daide a la presse crite de la Communaut francaise
3
Including direct aid to the French community at EUR0.9 mil. and to the
Germanophone community at EUR0.17 mil.
2
527
Discounts (2006)
2001
-
Telephone
Post 1
Discount rate (%)

50
-
Source: Les Journaux Francophones Belges
11.
6.20
14.
1997
1.07 3 6.20
Source: 2002-2003 Association Belge des Editeurs de Journaux; 2004-2006

Les Journaux Francophones Belges

10.c
1.44
Research
There is a discount on mailing newspapers and periodicals that are published at least
four times a year
C.I.M
15.a
C.I.M

companies? No
Methodology
Circulation: accounting control; Readership: face-toface interviews
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
21
0
0
21
21
21
21
34
34
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
The government ended direct subsidies for Flemish
newspapers (which had been euro 0.89 million, per
year) at the beginning of 1998. Walloon newspapers still
receive subsidies of euro 1.07 million a year. Investment
subsidies vary according to region: in Flanders and
Wallonia, investment by daily and weekly newspapers

No
same locality?
No. However, in the French community, broadcasting
media have to communicate the identity of their
shareholders as well as the interests of their shareholders
in other media. The audit commission can thus evaluate
if a shareholder is in a dominant position: such
a position must not hamper the public right to access
a plurality of broadcasting services.
There is no specific provision for publishing companies.
All Belgian companies must publish their annual
accounts: these state in detail the administrators and
their main interests in other companies.
press?
There is no anti-trust law specific to the press.
The general law regulating competition applies to
publishing companies as to all other companies.
191
BELIZE
The tourism industry is the number one foreign
exchange earner followed by marine products, citrus,
cane sugar, bananas, and garments. The expansionary
monetary and fiscal policies of the government, initiated
in September 1998, led to sturdy GDP growth averaging
nearly 4% in 1999 - 2006. The government in 2006
announced it would seek a restructing of its sovereign
debt and has been negotiating with international
creditors to find an acceptable formula for doing so.
The inflaton rate was estimated at 3% in 2006.
twice a week and has a circulation of 5,000 on Tuesdays

and 10,000 on Fridays. Belize Today is a monthly
publication out of Belmopan.
In 2000, two Internet service providers were serving
15,000 subscribers.
Media / Press Laws

The constitution permits authorities to forbid any
citizen to question the validity of financial disclosure
statements submitted by public officials. Anyone who
questions these statements orally or in writing outside a
In 2001, there were eight privately-owned television rigidly prescribed procedure is subject to a fine of up to
stations and several cable stations.
USD2,500 (BZD5,000), imprisonment of up to three
years, or both. There were no reports that this
prohibition was used during 2006.
There are no daily newspapers. The largest non-dailies
were The Amandala Press and The Reporter, both All newspapers were subject to libel laws that were
published in Belize City. The Amandala Press prints enforced during the year.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Thomson Gale
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
114
164
10
288
Male
40
57
3
100
000
58
83
5
146
40
57
3
100
Female
000
%
56
81
5
142
39
57
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
10
10
10
10
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Belize, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2.5
3.5
2006
4.7
192
BENIN
The economy of Benin remains underdeveloped and
dependent on subsistence agriculture, cotton
production, and regional trade. Growth in real output
has averaged around 5% in the past 6 years, but rapid
population growth has offset much of this increase. In
order to raise growth still further, Benin plans to attract
more foreign investment, place more emphasis on
tourism, facilitate the development of new food
processing systems and agricultural products, and
encourage new information and communication
technology. Many of these proposals were included in
the USD307 million Millenium Challenge Account
granted to Benin and signed in February 2006. Benin
continues to be hurt by Nigerian trade protection that
bans imports of a growing list of products from Benin
and elsewhere, which has resulted in increased
smuggling and criminality in the border region. The
inflation rate was estimated at 3% in 2006.
Two national and several private television stations

broadcast. Although none of the television stations
broadcast partisan programs, the vast majority of news
programming centered on government officials
activities, government sponsored conferences, and
international stories provided by French television or
other foreign sources.

The government continued to own and operate the most
influential media by controlling broadcast range and
infrastructure. The majority of citizens were illiterate,
lived in rural areas, and generally received their news via
radio.
Media / Press Laws

The law criminalizes libel, and members of the press
were imprisoned for libel during 2006. The law prevents
private citizens and the press from declaring or
predicting election results.
Fifteen rural radio stations, which were governed by

local committees and received support from the ORTB,
broadcast several hours a day exclusively in local
languages. Radio France International and the BBC
broadcast in Cotonou.

There is a large privately owned press composed of some
20 daily newspapers that are active and express a wide
variety of views without restriction. These publications
criticize the government freely and frequently, but the
effect on public opinion is limited because of their urban
concentration and widespread illiteracy.
There are no government restrictions on the Internet.
Several of the largest dailies maintain websites.
The constitution provides for prison sentences involving

compulsory labor for certain activities related to the
exercise of the right of free expression; this law is directed
against threats to public order or calls to violence but is
vaguely worded and susceptible to abuse.
193
BENIN
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,471
4,206
186
7,863
Male
44
53
2
100
000
1,752
2,067
76
3,895
45
53
2
100
Female
000
%
1,719
2,139
110
3,968
43
54
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
20
20
20
20
20
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 WAN from public sources; 2006 WAN estimate

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
35
35
36
38
40
14.29
5.26

7.aa

(Communaute Financiere Africaine franc BCEAO, bln)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
4,088.6 4,578.7 4,669.3

7.ab

(Communaute Financiere Africaine franc BCEAO)
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
GDP per capita
258.0
272.0
299.0

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Le Matinal
La Nation
Les Echo du Jour
Le Republicain
La Nouvelle Tribune
Fraternite
Le Telegramme
Government
-
5
5
5
3
2
2
-
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Communaute Financiere
Africaine franc)
2,567
-
5,134
-
Source: HM; WAN from public sources
194
BERMUDA
Bermuda enjoys the highest per capita income in the
world, more than 50% higher than that of the US. Its
economy is primarily based on providing financial
services for international business and luxury facilities
for tourists. The tourism industry in Bermuda - which
derives 80% of its visitors from the US - continues to
struggle but remains the number two industry.
Broadcast stations are all commercial. Content on cable,
radio, and local television is controlled by the
government-appointed Broadcasting Commissioners set
up under the Broadcasting Commissioners Act of 1953.
electronic newsroom, satellite facilities, wire and

syndicated services, and one of the highest local
circulation standards in the world.
Bermuda Sun is available twice weekly (Wednesdays and
Fridays, or the day earlier if a public holiday) with
a much smaller circulation, published by Bermuda Sun
Ltd. From April 1st 2003 until March 31st 2004, it was
the Official Gazette, meaning it also published all
Bermuda government notices and vacancies, under
contract. The site www.bermudasun.bm averages over
300,000 page views per month and was the first
Bermuda-based site, in place since 1995. It holds a top
five position on nearly all Internet searches for
Bermuda. 45% of visitors are American, 32%
Bermudian, 12% Canadian and 6% British.
They are answerable to a cabinet minister.

The only daily newspaper is The Royal Gazette, which is
a member of the Newspaper Association of America and
Inland Press Association. Established in 1828, it
incorporates The Colonist and Daily News, established
in 1866. The Royal Gazette Limited is a subsidiary
company of Bermuda Press (Holdings) Ltd,
incorporated in Bermuda; in addition to owning the
island's leading media group, it also owns Bermuda Press
Ltd., the leading commercial printer in Bermuda, office
supplies companies, and real estate.
The print edition of The Royal Gazette is published six
days a week, Monday though Saturday. The online
edition, GazetteNet, started publishing in 1997 and is
daily. Bermuda circulation of the print edition is about
18,900. The Royal Gazette produces more than 80% of
the daily community and business news of Bermuda and
from overseas; it is read by more than 80% of the entire
population of Bermuda, and probably 100% of all of the
international business leaders in the country. It has an
Mid Ocean News is a weekly newspaper, published on

Fridays or the day earlier if a public holiday. It is a sister
newspaper of the The Royal Gazette.
Workers Voice is published every other Friday by the
Bermuda Industrial Union.
National newspapers from overseas are available from
local stores, but at very high prices, sometimes as much
as 350% more than the domestic price in the country of
origin. A Sunday English newspaper can now cost as
much as USD10 - far higher than in the US or Canada
- and without most of the inserts included in Britain.
Most daily newspapers are not available until later that
day or at least a day later than their published dates,
usually without some or all of the supplements, TV
Guides, etc.
Advertising
The Royal Gazette offers free or limited cost - depending
on value - classified advertising for personal sales of
household goods.
195
BERMUDA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
17
18
18
19
19
11.76
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 WAN estimate; 2005-2006 WAN from public sources

4.d
Cover prices (2004)

(Bermuda, dollar)
min
Single copy
Subscription 1
0.75
670.00

1
1 year
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Dailies
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
12
46
8
66
18
70
12
100
0.00
0.00
(Bermuda, dollar, bln)

2001
2002
2003
2004

Male
000
6
23
3
32
19
72
9
100
Female
000
%
6
23
5
34
18
68
15
100
7.aa

2000
GDP
2.3
4.5

8.ba
Title
Publisher
The Royal Gazette The Bermuda Press

(Holdings) Ltd.
Circulation
(000)
19
Cover price
(Bermuda, dollar) (USD)
0.75
0.75
Source: WAN from public source
196
BHUTAN
The economy is based on agriculture and forestry, which
provide the main livelihood for more than 90% of the
population. The economy is closely aligned with India
through strong trade and monetary links and dependence
on the financial assistance of India. The hydropower
potential of Bhutan and its attraction for tourists are key
resources. The inflation rate was estimated at 7% in 2005.
The state-owned Bhutan Broadcasting Service ran radio
and television stations. A large variety of television
programming was available in the country, including
CNN, BBC, and a number of Indian news services.
There were no private broadcasters. The government did
not censor content.
Until The Bhutan Times hit the stands in 2006, the
government-controlled bi-weekly Kuensel was the only
newspaper in the country, published in English,
Dzongkha, and Nepali.
On June 2, The Bhutan Times, a weekly newspaper

published in English and circulated on Sundays, began
publication in Bhutan. It has recorded a total sell-out
hours after it was published. Within a year from its
launch, The Bhutan Times will also have to publish in
Dzongkha, according to an official from the ministry of
information and communication.
A selection committee formed under the ministry
selected the two private publishing firms after going
through about 10 variables including professional
competency, public service agreement, editorial
independence from ownership, frequency of publishing,
coverage density plan, and diversity of content among
others.
The two private newspapers will be solely owned by
Bhutanese and published in Bhutan. Tthere is no
government commitment or subsidies.

Internet access was growing and was unrestricted. There
were no reports of government restrictions on access to
Two newly launched private weekly newspapers, The the Internet; however, the government regulated all
Bhutan Observer and The Bhutan Times, reported material on the Internet that it considered pornographic.
stories on a daily basis through online editions, along
with Kuensel.
Media / Press Laws
In 2005, Bhutan unveiled a 34-point constitution,
which was being sent to some 530,000 citizens for their
On April 30, 2006, The Bhutan Observer, an English views and is expected to be ratified after a referendum.
and Dzongkha weekly newspaper, circulated on Fridays, Once adopted, the constitution will replace a royal
began printing.
decree of 1953 giving the monarch absolute power.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Kuensel Online; Hindustan Times
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
886
1,302
92
2,208
Male
39
57
4
100
Female
000
%
000
459
671
46
1,176
39
57
4
100
427
631
46
1,104
39
57
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
200.00
200.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
15
15
15
35
133.33
133.33
Source: 2005 WAN from public sources; 2006 WAN estimate

7.aa

1999
GDP
(Bhutan, ngultrum, bln)

2000
2001
2002
-
2003
131.2
197
BOLIVIA
Bolivia, long one of the poorest and least developed
Latin American countries, reformed its economy after
suffering a disastrous economic crisis in the early 1980s.
Real GDP growth in 2003-06 - helped by increased
demand for natural gas in neighboring Brazil - was
positive, but still below the levels seen during the 1990s.
The fiscal position of Bolivia has improved in recent
years, but the country remains dependent on foreign aid
from multilateral lenders and foreign governments to
meet budget shortfalls. In 2005, the G8 announced a $2
billion debt-forgiveness plan over the next few decades
that should help reduce some fiscal pressures on the
government in the near term. The inflation rate was
The press in Bolivia has less impact than radio and TV,
owing to high percentages of rural inhabitants, illiteracy,
and poverty.
Ownership
There are two large media networks in Bolivia. ATB
owns a TV network and two newspapers: La Razon
(La Paz) and El Nuevo Dia (Santa Cruz). The other large
media corporation is controlled by the Ribero and
Canelas families and owns eight titles in all, including
El Deber de Santa Cruz and Los Tiempos
(Cochabamba).
Media / Press Laws

The law provides that persons found guilty of insulting,
defaming, or slandering public officials for carrying out
their duties may be jailed from one month to two years.
The number of media outlets, including printed press, Insults directed against the president, vice president, or
television, and radio was extensive, and a healthy airing a minister increase the sentence by one-half.
of various viewpoints, many expressing opposition to the
government, continued.
(2004)
Social class
A+B = Can satisfy basic needs

C1 = On border of poverty line
3
D = Live in moderate poverty
4
E = Live in extreme poverty
2
All adults
%
A+B1
C2
D3
E4
Total
17
25
34
24
100
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Source: Instituto Nacional de Estadstica
Households
000
%
2 people
3 people
4 people
Total
968
389
606
1,963
49
20
31
100
Source: Instituto Nacional de Estadstica

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
Regional and
local free non-dailies

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,146
5,433
410
8,989
35
60
5
100
Male
000
1,604
2,661
182
4,447
36
60
4
100
Female
000
%
1,542
2,772
228
4,542
17
7
10
17
7
10
19
7
12
19
7
12
19
7
12
11.76
0.00
20.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
17
24
24
17
25
25
19
27
27
19
27
27
19
29
29
11.76
20.83
20.83
0.00
7.41
7.41
1
1
4
4
5
5
11
11
120.00
120.00
Source: Ral Penaranda, Radiografa de la prensa boliviana
34
61
5
100
198
BOLIVIA
3.b
4.d
Cover prices (2004)

(Bolivia, boliviano)
min
(000)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
free non-dailies
130
76
54
138
76
62
6.15
0.00
14.81
Single copy
Subscription
130
-
139
19
19
6.92
-
6.a
2
2
4
4
6
6
13
13
116.67
116.67
4.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Dailies
Non-dailies
7.aa
Source: Source: Ral Penaranda, Radiografa de la prensa boliviana
0.40
13.00
47
47
28
20
51
51
28
23
8.51
8.51
0.00
15.00
1
1
1
1
3
3
200.00
200.00
200.00
15
10
(Bolivia, boliviano, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2002
(mln)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
free non-dailies
Free papers
GDP
171.0
192.5
2006
225.0

8.ba
Title
Publisher
El Deber
La Razon
La Prensa
Los Tiempos
El Diario
Grupo Lider
Grupo Prisa
Grupo Lider
Grupo Lider
El Diario
Circulation
Cover price
(000) (Bolivia, boliviano) (USD)
30
25
15
12
12
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
Format
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Source: Source: Ral Penaranda, Radiografa de la prensa boliviana
10.a

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
38
3
45
199
BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA

Bosnia and Herzegovina ranked next to Macedonia as
the poorest republic in the old Yugoslav federation. Part
of the lag in output was made up in 2003-06. Nationallevel statistics are limited and do not capture the large
share of black market activity. A sizeable current account
deficit and high unemployment rate remain the two
most serious economic problems. The country receives
substantial amounts of reconstruction assistance and
humanitarian aid from the international community but
will have to prepare for an era of declining assistance.
e-mail or Internet chat rooms. Rates of Internet usage by

the Bosnian population remained very low, with
estimates below 20 percent.
Ownership
Cross-ownership is not permitted between electronic
and print media.
Media / Press Laws

The law prohibits criminal cases against journalists for
defamation, although they may be sued in civil court.
Courts, however, did not always have sufficient
experience and training to accurately interpret this area
of law. The print media engaged in self-regulation,
Two public broadcasters, Federation Television (FTV) in although this did not eliminate the possibility of
the Federation and Radio Television of Republika Srpska reprisals or charges being brought against journalists for
(RTRS) in the Republika Srpska, remained the largest the content of their reports.
television broadcasters in the country. BHT 1,
a nationwide public broadcaster, gradually increased its From the adoption in 2001 of the Law on Defamation
audience and outreach. While these broadcasters until the end of 2006, approximately 400 defamation
provided relatively balanced coverage, remaining public cases have been tried in cantonal and district courts in
broadcasters in cantons and municipalities in the the Federation and Republika Srpska; approximately
Federation and Republika Srpska remained vulnerable to 350 charges were brought in Federation courts.
political influence. A local commercial network of five
stations operated in both entities (Mreza Plus), as did the Taxes
private television networks OBN and PinkBH.
From 1 January 2006, VAT has been charged at a rate of
17% without exception.
Many independent, privately owned newspapers were State Support
available and expressed a wide variety of views. Dnevni Each entity (Federation and Republika Srpska) funds
Avaz, whose editorial policy strongly reflects Bosniak a news agency which together receive EUR750,000 per
interests, remained the largest circulation daily, followed year, removing the need to charge newspapers for access
by Banja Luka-based daily Nezavisne Novine. A number to information. Since 1996 the US government has
of independent print media outlets encountered invested USD34 million to support independent
financial problems that endangered their continued broadcast and print media in Bosnia and Herzegovina.
operation.
For the period 2003-2006, the US committed an
additional USD4.5 million. Other big donors include
Readership
the Open Society Fund and the European Commission
Less than 17% of the population regularly reads a daily
newspaper, while 13% read non-daily papers on Other Factors
a regular basis. The EUR0.50 price for most dailies is too Violations of the employment rights of journalists
expensive for many consumers, while magazines cost continued during the year. Private media owners and
twice as much.
management were the most frequent perpetrators of
violations of employee rights. In a number of cases,
journalists worked without an employment agreement
There were no government restrictions on access to the or social and health benefits, items mandated by law.
Internet or reports that the government monitored
200
BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA

7.aa

(Bosnia and Herzegovina, marka, bln)
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
GDP
38.4
40.9

7.ab

(Bosnia and Herzegovina, marka, 000)
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
GDP per capita
2.6
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.3
Source: CIA; ZenithOptimedia

7.bb

1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
25
6
4
65
Outdoor
Press
Radio
Television
Source: European Journalism Centre Media Landscape

categories (2005)
Advertising sector
Expenditure

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
738
2,847
441
4,026
18
71
11
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
379
1,458
189
2,026
19
72
9
100
359
1,389
252
2,000
18
69
13
100

3.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
7
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002, 2006 WAN assessment; 2003-2005 South East Europe Media Handbook
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1,879.9
1,532.0
1,042.4
729.9
542.1
541.0
518.5
506.1
485.2
455.1
Owners
Revenue
Dnevni avaz
Dnevni List
Nezavisne novine
Oslobodenje
Jutarnje novine
6,223
3,082
2,265
1,837
1,149
Source: MIB; ZenithOptimedia

Refers to newspaper owners
Source: MIB; ZenithOptimedia
Number of titles
Newspapers
TV stations
Auto industry
Radio stations
Medical institutions
Banks
Home equipment
Mobile phones
Shopping centres
IT/computers
Top owners
90
100
100
100
0.00
8.ba
Title 1
Language
Publisher
Dnevni avaz
Oslobodjenje
Bosnian
Bosnian, Serbian, Croatian
NIK Avaz
Oslobodjenje
shareholders company 2
Alden print
N.I.G.D. DNN
in Banja Luka 3
National Holding
National Assembly
of Republika Srpska
Max Music Company
Sarajevo
Jutarnje novine
Bosnian, Serbian, Croatian
Nezavisne novine Bosnian, Serbian, Croatian
Dnevni List
Glas Srpske
Croatian
Serbian

Sarajevske novine Bosnian, Serbian, Croatian
Circulation (000)
40
17
13
13
10
8
5
Source: South East Europe Media Handbook; WAN from public sources
Nezavisne novine and Glas Srpske published in Republika Srpska, other titles
in the Federation BiH
2
Owned by the Slovenian financial/investment group, Kmecka druzba, which
is the majority owner with a 39% stake in the company
3
Established and owned by Zeljko Kopanja and Natasha Kopanja
1
201
BOTSWANA
Botswana has maintained one of the highest economic
growth rates in the world since independence in 1966.
Two major investment services rank Botswana as the best
credit risk in Africa. Diamond mining has fueled much
of the expansion and currently accounts for more than
one-third of GDP and for 70-80% of export earnings.
Tourism, financial services, subsistence farming, and
cattle raising are other key sectors. HIV/AIDS infection
rates are the second highest in the world and threaten the
impressive economic gains of Botswana. The inflation
The Botswana Press Agency, owned and operated by the
government, provided most of the information found in
the media through the Daily News newspaper,
distributed nationwide at no cost, and two FM radio
stations.
main cities and towns: eight weekly newspapers and one

daily newspaper are published in Gaborone; one weekly
newspaper is published in Francistown; and eleven
monthly magazines are published nationally.
Advertising
The Daily News began competing with the privately
owned press for advertising in 2003, and in doing so
undercut the rates set by private newspapers in the
countrys newspaper industry.
The advent of commercial radio stations was the most
important development that added to the development
of the media industry overall, according to Methaetsile
Leepile, a media consultant working as the general
manager at the CBET Publishing Company (the
publishers of Botswana Guardian and Midweek Sun).
He believes that radio and television were most
important and that the media market share has since
grown to about BWP150 million, of which about
BWP80 million is probably print and the balance is
spread between radio, TV and outdoor advertising. He
added that outdoor advertising has also been very
interesting and that, at the last count, they had about
a BWP20 million stake in the market.
Radio continued to be the most broadly accessible

medium. Government-owned Radio Botswana and
Radio Botswana 2 covered most of the country. Privately
owned Yarona FM and Gabz FM broadcast in five of the
countrys 10 largest towns. They produced news and
current affairs programs without government
interference.
Readership
For the past few years, the five most read newspapers
State-owned Botswana Television was the primary source have been the two dailies Mmegi and Daily News, and
of televised news and current affairs programs. The the non-dailies Botswana Guardian, The Voice, and the
privately owned Gaborone Broadcasting Corporation Botswana Gazette.
broadcast mostly foreign programs.
There is also a lot of interest in South African
newspapers. Out of the top ten most read newspapers in
The activities of the news media are concentrated in 2002 (1. Mmegi/The Reporter; 2. Daily News; 3. The
urban areas.
Botswana Guardian; 4. The Voice; 5. The Botswana
Gazette; 6. The Midweek Sun; 7. The Sowetan; 8. The
Daily News is a state-owned and by far the most widely Sunday Times; 9. Mail & Guardian; 10. The Star), the
read newspaper. It publishes general coverage of current last four are published from Johannesburg in South
events and issues and includes a second front page in Africa.
Setswana, the most commonly spoken language. Daily
News is distributed for free. It was previously financed Only five newspapers published in Botswana are audited
entirely by the government, but in 2003 it was was by the Audit Bureau of Circulations for Southern Africa.
ordered to begin accepting advertising, and thereby to
compete with the privately-owned press.
Ownership
Market weakness has encouraged consolidation, and just
The main privately-owned newspapers are Mmegi, a few investors control most of the sector. A single
which is a daily published in Setswana; the Botswana company owns four weeklies and one of the two
Guardian and the Midweek Sun, both of which are privately-owned radio stations.
weekly papers concentrating on investigative journalism;
the Botswana Gazette, a weekly carrying both Media / Press Laws
investigative and informative stories; and The Voice, Government officials and other public figures have
which is a tabloid. The circulation of privately-owned recourse to the courts if they believe they have been
print media continues to be limited primarily to the libeled. Libel is a civil matter.
202
BOTSWANA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
National
Regional and local
2
1
1
1
1
7
6
2
1
1
1
1
8
7
2
1
1
1
1
9
8
2
1
1
1
1
10
9
2
1
1
1
1
11
10
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
57.14
66.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
10.00
11.11
0.00
0.00
Source: BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative; 2002-2003
WAN from public sources; 2004-2006 WAN assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
76
11
65
76
11
65
76
11
65
76
11
65
76
11
65
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 WAN from public sources; 2006 WAN assessment

7.aa
(Botswana, pula, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2002
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
GDP
All individuals
000
%
000
628
950
62
1,640
319
461
23
803
40
57
3
100
38
58
4
100
Male
Female
000
%
309
489
39
837
7.ab
37
58
5
100
66.5
2006
85.2
112.3
(Botswana, pula, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006

2002
GDP per capita
20.6
51.7
68.4
Source: 2002 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 CIA - The World Factbook

8.ba
Title
Language
Circulation (000)
Mmegi
Setswana
11

8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Daily News
English / Setswana
Government
Circulation (000)
65
203
BRAZIL
A developing country with a sizable segment of its
population showing low income levels, Brazil is a classic
example of the direct connection between the overall
economic scenario and newspaper sales. During 2001,
2002 and 2003, the Brazilian gross domestic product
(GDP) grew at low rates, exerting downward pressure on
newspaper circulation. In 2004, a rekindling of the
economy began, benefiting the newspaper industry. As
purchasing power rose, Brazilians started to buy more
newspapers. In 2006, the Brazilian GDP now
computed according to a new methodology grew by
3.7%.
Advertising
Beyond newspaper sales, where there is plenty of room
for growth, the chief concern of newspaper executives is
the ability to attract advertisers. The share of Brazilian
newspapers in the countrys advertising business has
been declining steadily over the past decades. The
medium tends to be ignored by large advertisers and is
increasingly limited to local retailers.
According to the Intermedia Project (Projeto InterMeios), launched by the publication Meio & Mensagem
and the benchmark for the Brazilian advertising
marketplace, in 2006 Brazilian newspapers got 15.46%
of total advertising expenditure, which added up to
about R$ 24 billion. In 2005, newspapers got 16.3% of
total advertising expenditure.
The falling share of total advertising expenditure
captured by Brazilian newspapers, and the loss of major
advertisers led the Brazilian Association of Newspapers
(ANJ) to announce an initiative in 2007 to restore the
status of the newspaper industry in the advertising
marketplace. The idea is to create effectively consistent
alternatives for the advertising space newspapers have to
offer, along the same lines as what is being done in the
United States by the Newspaper National Network.
Circulation
The performance of the Brazilian newspaper industry in
2006 was among the best experienced in recent years.
Newspaper circulation rose 6.5% relative to the previous
year, increasing to 7,230,285 - the number of daily
copies sold on average around the country. These
outstanding results reflect a recovery begun in 2004 after
three years of slumping newspaper sales. Both the
negative period and this recent recovery of circulation
can be traced to the performance of the Brazilian
economy.
As in previous years, in 2006 the Brazilian newspaper
industry worked toward attracting lower-income readers
with new launches of popular newspapers at lower prices
than their mainstream counterparts. According to the
Circulation Verification Institute (IVC), the main audit
institution focusing on printed media sales in the
country, popular newspapers, to a great extent, were
responsible for the 6.5% circulation increase recorded in
2006. The mainstream newspapers, which lead
circulation country-wide, showed low growth rates.
Readership
Conquering the vast portion of the Brazilian population
that does not buy newspapers because of price, absence
of reading habits, or due to illiteracy remains a challenge
for the local newspaper industry. The expectation is that,
as the country moves forward and develops, with better
income distribution and lower illiteracy rates,
newspapers will also grow in circulation.
At the same time, for segments of the population that
have the reading habit and a higher purchasing power,
the Brazilian newspaper industry continues to invest in
creative solutions to attract new consumers, improving
its products and working on reader loyalty. Like other
countries including the developed world the number
one challenge in this group of consumers remains how to
attract young readers.
Source: ANJ
204
BRAZIL
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
2,505
5,180
6,379
6,065
5,525
25,654
10
20
25
24
22
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data relevant to 9 metropolitan areas
and Sao Paolo, and the regions Sur
and Sudeste; population aged 12-64
Households
000
%
Without persons below 20 6,481

With persons below 20 15,900
aged 0-2
3,297
aged 3-8
6,575
aged 9-11
4,352
aged 12-19
9,648
Total
25,654
25
62
13
26
17
38
100
Source: TGI Latina

and Sudeste

persons) (2006)
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-39
40-59
60+
Total 1
All individuals
000
%
14,648
17,000
17,196
17,734
17,318
42,482
39,754
18,194
184,389
8
9
9
10
9
23
22
10
100
Male
000
7,379
8,678
8,790
8,958
8,668
20,503
18,861
7,979
89,852
8
10
10
10
10
23
21
9
100
Female
000
%
7,269
8,322
8,407
8,776
8,650
21,978
20,894
10,215
94,537
8
9
9
9
9
23
22
11
100
Source: IBGE - The Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics; data from PNAD
- National Household Sample Survey
1
Including population with age ignored
2.b
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
523 529 532 535 536
523 529 532 535 532
Total free dailies
4
Total paid-for non-dailies 2,161 2,464 2,472 2,563 2,544
AB
C
DE
Total
All adults
000
%
19,622
24,164
18,489
62,275
32
39
30
100
2.49
1.72
17.72
0.19
-0.56
-0.74
Source: 2002-2005 ANJ Data Base/IVC (Instituto Verificador de Circulacao), ABRE

(Associacao Brasileira de Representantes de Veculos de Comunicacao), JOVE/Midia
Dados/Adjori-SC and Adjori-RS; 2006 ANJ/Abre/Anurio de Mdia/Jove/ADIBrasil/Adjori-SC
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Social class
17
24
25
21
13
100

and Sudeste
Age
5,328
7,522
7,955
6,563
4,212
31,580
Source: TGI Latina

2.a
Housewives
000
%
Male
000
9,351
11,569
8,766
29,686
32
39
30
100
Female
000
%
10,271
12,595
9,723
32,589
32
39
30
100
Source: TTGI Latina

Data relevant to 9 metropolitan areas and Sao Paolo, and the regions Sur and
Sudeste; population aged 12-64
(no other earners).
Total dailies
Total free dailies
6,972 6,470 6,522 6,789 7,570

6,972 6,470 6,522 6,789 7,230
340
8.58
3.70
-
11.50
6.50
-
Source: 2002-2004 ANJ Data Base/IVC , ABRE , JOVE/Midia Dados/Adjori-SC

and Adjori-RS; 2005 Circulation Verification Institute (Instituto Verificador de
Circulacao IVC) and ANJ Data Base; 2006 ANJ Data Base/IVC Instituto
Verificador de Circulacao
4.c
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
41.30
58.70
100
39.10
60.90
100
39.10
60.90
100
41.30
58.70
100
44.80
55.20
100
Source: 2002-2004 Instituto Verificador de Circulacao - IVC; 2005 Circulation

Verification Institute (Instituto Verificador de Circulacao IVC); 2006 IVC
Instituto Verificador de Circulacao
205
BRAZIL
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
Single copy
1.00
7.ab
All adults
Men
Women
3.00
Source: ANJ Database

Figures relate only to 138 newspapers
affiliated with ANJ
2000
51.7
56.1
47.5
50.4
GDP per capita

(2006)
5.b
Ipsos Marplan Marplan Studies/EGM 9 cities survey
%
% daily reach
group
10-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
6
25
21
19
14
8
7
100
31
50
52
49
49
49
39
-
7.ba
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.72
0.73
0.77
0.82
0.90
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Outdoor
Internet
Total
115
52
124
191
226
136
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
112
50
119
190
234
153
114
48
118
188
231
157
115
46 1
115
187
224
164
2006
2,904.7
1,972.1
932.6
5,981.6
451.4
499
9,836.6
3,157.5 3,504.3 4080.0

2,071.7 2,332.3 2,641.4
1,085.8 1,172.0 1,438.6
6,979.4 8,617.1 10,062.6
517.9 606.5 680.4
655.2 679.8 690.1
171.6 225.6 272.2
11,481.6 13,633.3 15,785.3
4,485.8
2,903.9
1,581.9
11,574.1
782.5
794.6
311.0
17,948.0
4,711.8
3,049.7
1,662.1
12,152.4
821.3
833.5
342.6
18,861.7
4,947.5
3,202.7
1,744.7
12,759.9
862.7
874.8
376.7
19,821.5
2005 figures after discounts; includes agency commission (15%); includes classified;
includes production costs (15%); exchange rate used: 1 USD = 2.43 BRL
(2005 exchange rate)
7.c
(Brazil, real, mln)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Data relevant to 9 metropolitan areas and Sao Paolo, and the regions Sur and
Sudeste; population aged 12-64
1
Monday to Saturday; Sundays 51 minutes
2
52 min. on Sundays; data July 2005 to July 2006
2,110 1,975 1,919 2,006 2,315
9.72
Includes classified and inserts, excludes production costs and agency commission,
after discounts.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-
126
4
122
4
121
8
128
7
7.d
5.79
-12.50
2002

2003
2004
2005
2006
Source: 2003-2004 ANJ Data Base/ABRE; 2005-2006 ANJ Data Base
Total
Figures relate only to the newspapers affiliated with ANJ
Source: 2002-2004 Projeto Inter-Meios - Meio & Mensagem Publishing

Company/Ibope Monitor; 2005-2006 Ibope Monitor
This data refers only to the 128 newspapers affiliated with ANJ; ANJ has 122
daily, 2 twice-weekly, and 4 weekly member newspapers.

2002
GDP
15.40
Source: Projeto Inter-Meios - Meio & Mensagem Publishing Company/Ibope

Monitor
Online editions
7.aa
5,195.3
3,363.1
1,832.2
13,396.6
906.4
918.5
415.5
20,832.4
Source: InterMeios Project, OANDA , ZenithOptimedia
112
46 2
119
176
240
178
Source: TGI Latina; Ibope Monitor (national newspapers)
12.4
(Brazil, real, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Media consumption
Dailies
Non-dailies
11.7
2002
6.a
10.7
Ad expenditure
Notes: Ipsos Marplan Maplan

Studies/EGM - 9 cities survey
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
9.5
2004
In 2006, the IBGE introduced changes in GDP computing; figures have been
revised back from 2000, to reflect different weights attributed to each segment of
the economy; new surveys have been also included to bring more accuracy in
measuring the economy growth
7.ac
Source: Ipsos Marplan
5.c
8.4
(Brazil, real, 000)

2001
2002
2003
Source: IBGE - The Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics
Source: Ipsos Marplan
Age
(%)
Reached
(Brazil, real)
min
max
(Brazil, real, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
173,202 166,362 173,161 193,960 201,062
2002-2004 Includes classified and inserts, excludes production costs and agency
commission, after discounts; 2005-2006 For the calculation of pages, the basis used
is a total area of 312 cm (6 columns x 52 cm). Since January 2005, the pollster
Ibope has begun to survey and publish advertising investment trends on Major
Construction Classified Ads
1,477.8 1,699.9 1,941.5 2,147.9 2,322.8
Source: IBGE - The Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics

In 2006, the IBGE introduced changes in GDP computing; figures have been
revised back from 2000, to reflect different weights attributed to each segment
of the economy; new surveys have been also included to bring more accuracy
in measuring the economy growth
206
BRAZIL
Display
Classified
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
60.50
39.50
100
60.80
39.20
100
64.50
35.50
100
63.85
36.15
100
70.90
29.10
100

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Commerce (retail)
Property
Consumer services
Culture/entertainment
/sports & tourism
Vehicles, parts & accessories
Media
Finance & insurance
Public & social services
Telecommunications
Internet
Source: Projeto Inter-Meios - Meio & Mensagem Publishing Company/Ibope

Monitor
Not including inserts
39.6
15.1
9.4
8.6
Expenditure
(Brazil, real, 000)
Casas Bahia
1,009,055
General Motors
198,209
CVC
185,987
Ponto Frio
178,139
Cyrela
173,679
Grupo Pao de Acucar
155,190
Supermercado Guanabara 146,898
Casa e Video
129,654
Fiat
125,421
Hyundai Caoa
119,102
6.2
5.6
3.9
3.1
1.8
1.3
Source: Ibope Monitor
Source: Ibope Monitor
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Folha de S.Paulo
O Globo
Extra
O Estado de S.Paulo
Zero Hora
Correio do Povo
Diario Gaucho
Super Notcia
Meia Hora
O Dia
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Empresa Folha da Manha

Infoglobo Comunicacoes SA
Infoglobo Comunicacoes SA
SA O Estado de S.Paulo
Zero Hora Editora Jornalstica SA
Empresa Jornalstica Caldas Jnior
Zero Hora Editora Jornalstica SA
Sempre Editora Ltda
Editora O Dia SA
Editora O Dia SA
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Brazil, real) (USD)
309
276
267
231
175
158
152
135
130
122
2,720
1,652
3,022
1,364
946
250
1,261
1,310
1,321
1,924
2.50
2.00
1.10
2.50
2.00
1.00
0.60
0.25
0.50
1.00
1.21
0.97
0.53
1.21
0.97
0.48
0.29
0.12
0.24
0.48
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Brazil, real)
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
198,432
125,424
179,400
17,675
25,025
8,750
32,984
23,490
149,760
268,945
257,712
163,176
179,400
22,977
32,532
11,375
44,528
31,610
202,800
Source: IVC Instituto Verificador de Circulacao; Ipsos Marplan; ANJ Data Base; Ibope - November 2006
Daily average on circulation January/December 2005; data on cover price: March 2007, weekdays; full page ad price: on weekdays; readership: Ipsos Marplan June 2006
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Destak 1
MetroNews 2
Folha de Londrina 3
Jornal do Onibus 4
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Metro News
Grupo Thomeu
Empresa Folha de Londrina S/A
Editora Correio Paranaense
Circulation
(000)
Format
200
120
10
10
Berliner
-
Source: ANJ; WAN from public sources

1
In Sao Paolo
In Sao Paolo
3
Formerly a paid-for newspaper, now distributed door-to-door
4
In Curitiba
2
9.a
Employment
10.c
Newsprint costs
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total number of journalists
6,914
2003
(Brazil, real)
2004
2005
520
2006
1,345 1
Source: 2004 Samab - CIA Indstria e Comrcio de Papel; 2006 Ministry of

Development, Industry and Foreign Trade
Source: Ministry of Labour - RAIS

10.a
Average per ton
2002
Imported newsprint, FOB price
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
114
106
17
-
115
17
-
111
16
-
128
96
12
20
138
108
26
6
21.05
1.89
52.94
-
7.81
12.50
116.67
-70.00
Source: 2006, ANJ Database

Data relates only to the newspapers affiliated to ANJ; 2005 This data refers only
to the 128 newspapers affiliated with ANJ; ANJ has 122 daily, 2 twice-weekly,
and 4 weekly member newspapers
207
BRAZIL
11.
Research
15.a
Circulation Verification Institute (IVC Instituto
Verificador de Circulacao)
Ipsos Marplan; TGI Latina 2006
Methodology
Ipsos Marplan:
From 2006, newspaper readership is researched one day
a week, using a stimulated recall technique with cards
and logotypes. The first filter refers to the exposition
within the largest time span, if someone read/leafed
through the paper at home or outside one of the titles
that circulated from Monday to Friday, Saturday,
Sunday, or weekly. Then the person is asked right away
how long it took to read one of the publications
mentioned, was it read or leafed through and when it
was last time.
TGI Latina:
Annual sample of 16,768, aged 12-64, urban
population of nine metropolitan areas, Sao Paolo and
the regions Sur and Sudeste; two reports per year, each
covering last 12 months; personal interviews and
questionnaires.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
3.65
3.65
3.65
0.00
40.25
34.00 2
VAT on other materials

2
The tax rate on profits is the same for all private companies
(between 24% and 34%)
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Art. 222. Newspaper and sound and image

broadcasting companies shall be owned exclusively by
native Brazilians or those naturalised for more than ten
years, or by legal entities that conform to Brazilian laws
and have a branch in the country.
1 In every circumstance, at least 70% of voting capital
stock of newspaper and sound and image broadcasting
must belong, directly or indirectly, to native Brazilians
or those naturalised for more than ten years who shall be
responsible for the management and intellectual
guidance thereof.
3 All electronic social communication media,

independent of the technology used, should observe the
principles stated in art. 221, in the form of specific law,
that also guarantee priority for Brazilian professionals in
the execution of domestic productions.
4 The participation of foreign capital in firms will
conform to Brazilian law as defined in 1.
Source: ANJ

Yes. Under the amended Article 222 of the Federal
Constitution, legal entities may now own journalistic
and radio broadcasting companies, and foreigners can
own up to 30% of the voting capital in such companies.
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Other taxes 1
14.

companies?
Yes, see the next question.
2 Editorial responsibility and programming selection

and direction are the exclusive responsibility of native
Brazilians or those naturalised for more than ten years,
in any kind of social communication media.
Source: ANJ
12.
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
5 The national Congress shall be informed of any

alterations in partnership control in firms in regard to
1.
same locality?
No, but monopolies are forbidden. Article 220 of the
Federal Constitution states:
The manifestation of thought, creation, expression and
information, in any form, process or medium, shall not
be subject to any restriction, with due regard to the
provisions of this Constitution.
208
BRAZIL
Paragraph I: No law shall contain any provision that
may present a hindrance to full freedom of press
information in any medium of social communication,
with due regard to the provisions of Article 5, Sections
IV, V, X, XIII and XIV.

Yes, see Article 222 above.
Paragraph II: Any and all censorship of a political,

ideological or artistic nature is forbidden.

press?
Paragraph V: Social communications media may not,

directly or indirectly, be subject to monopoly or
oligopoly.
Although, as mentioned above, the Federal Constitution

prohibits media monopolies or oligopolies, no
provisions have been made to enforce this legislation.
Paragraph VI: The publication of a printed social

communications medium shall not be subject to
licensing by authorities.

No
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Max. 10 in the whole

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)
No limit
No limit
Local: max 4 AM, 6 FM

Regional: max 3 AM (2 per
state) National: max 2 AM
National TV
Licensees

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)
No limit
No limit

Regional
Newspaper
Owners

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)
No limit
No limit

National
Newspaper
Owners

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)
No limit
No limit

Satellite TV
Broadcasters

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)
No limit
No limit

Local Radio
Licensees

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)
No limit
No limit

National Radio
Licensees

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)

country (max. 5 VHF
and 2 per state)
No limit
No limit

Forbidden
Forbidden
up to 30% of voting rights
Foreign Investors
209
BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

The economy is highly dependent on tourism,
generating an estimated 45% of the national income. In
the mid-1980s, the government began offering offshore
registration to companies wishing to incorporate in the
islands, and incorporatin fees now generate substantial
revenues. Livestock raising is the most important
argicultural activity. The inflation rate was estimated at
2% in 2005.

The (US) Virgin Islands Daily News is distributed on
Tortola and Virgin Gorda.
There are three weekly newspapers. The Island Sun is the
oldest newspaper in the British Virgin Islands and is
published on Fridays with a print-run of 3,500 and
estimated readership 14,000. The BVI Beacon is the
second oldest, and the Standpoint (formerly Pennysaver)
is published on Tuesdays. Other newspapers include
Nautical Times, The Island Trader, and a few others
published periodically during the year for tourists.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
4
17
2
23
Male
Female
000
%
000
2
9
1
12
17
75
8
100
17
74
9
100
2
8
1
11
18
73
9
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
14.29
0.00

7.aa

2000
GDP
(USA, dollar, bln)

2001
2002
2003
-
2004
0.9
210
BRUNEI
Crude oil and natural gas production account for nearly
half of GDP and more than 90% of government
revenues. Substantial income from overseas investment
supplements income from domestic production. The
government provides for all medical services and free
education through the university level and subsidizes rice
and housing. Plans for the future include upgrading the
labor force, reducing unemployment, strengthening the
banking and tourist sectors, and, in general, further
widening the economic base beyond oil and gas. The
inflation rate was estimated at 0.9% in 2004.
In April 2006, the Attorney Generals Chambers and

Authority for Info Communications Technology
Industry advised Internet service and content providers
to monitor for content contrary to public interest,
national harmony, and social morals.
Media / Press Laws

Under the Sedition Act, it is an offense to directly or
indirectly lower or adversely affect the rights, status
position, discretion, powers, privileges, sovereignty, or
prerogatives of the sultan, his spouse, successors, or other
members of the royal family. The act also makes it an
offense to directly or indirectly lower or adversely affect
the standing or prominence of the national philosophy,
Although the government owned the countrys only the Malay Islamic Monarchy concept.
television station, three Malaysian television channels
were available, in addition to two satellite television The act also provides for the prosecution of any
services, both of which offered more than 75 channels publisher, proprietor, or editor of a newspaper that
each. Some content is subject to censorship based on publishes matter having a seditious intention.
theme, but such censorship was not consistent.
Publication of the newspaper may be suspended for up
to one year, and the publisher, printer, or editor can be
prohibited from publishing, writing for, or editing any
The countrys largest circulation daily newspaper, the other newspaper. Printing equipment used in printing
Borneo Bulletin, is controlled by Prince Mohammed the newspaper can also be seized. Persons convicted
Bolkiah, the foreign minister and brother of the sultan. under the act face fines of up to USD3,200
(BND5,000) and jail terms of up to three years.
Pelita Brunei is an official government weekly newspaper
distributed for free to members of the public. It is The law requires local newspapers to obtain operating
published every Wednesday and has a circulation of licenses and prior government approval of foreign
30,000 for the black-and-white edition and 1,500 for editorial staff, journalists, and printers. The law also
the colour edition.
gives the government the right to bar distribution of
foreign publications and requires distributors of foreign
There are several Chinese-language newspapers.
publications to obtain a government permit. The law
allows the government to close a newspaper without
giving prior notice or showing cause. Journalists deemed
In July 2006, a second English-language daily to have published or written false and malicious
newspaper, the Brunei Times, was launched.
reports may be subjected to fines or prison sentences.
The government monitored the private e-mail and
Internet chatroom exchanges of citizens believed to be
subversive.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Radio Television Brunei; WAN from public sources
211
BRUNEI
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

30
30
25
25
25
25
25
25
35
35
16.67
16.67
40.00
40.00

7.aa

1999
GDP
(Brunei, dollar, bln)

2000
2001
2002
2003
12,041.9

7.ab

1999
GDP per capita
2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
106
261
12
379
28
69
3
100
2003
41.5
Age
(Brunei, dollar, bln)

2000
2001
2002
8.ba
Male
000
54
138
6
198
27
70
3
100
Female
000
%
Title
52
123
6
181
Borneo Bulletin English
29
68
3
100
Language Publisher
The Brunei Times English

Media Permata Malay
Brunei Press
Sdn Bhd
Brunei Press
Sdn Bhd
Circulation
(000)
Cover price
(Brunei, dollar) (USD)
20
10
5
0.80
0.80
212
BULGARIA
Economic growth is continuing at a relatively high pace.
In 2006, the GDP grew by 6.5 per cent year-to-year.
Foreign direct investments exceeded EUR3.5 billion.
Consumer prices increased by 6.5 per cent (December
2005 to December 2006), most significantly for the
group of non-food goods. An accumulated inflation rate
of 6 per cent is expected in 2007. The corporate tax rate
has decreased by 10 per cent since January 1, 2007.
The problems of labor force qualification and education
as a whole are aggravating factors. The capital market has
registered growing indices and a higher number of initial
public offerings. The health-care system has yet to be
reformed and improved in quality and efficiency.
The lack of knowledge and skills in public
administration and business hampers the absorption of
resources from the EU structural funds.
Among major factors that influenced the newspaper
industry in 2006 was the forthcoming EU membership
of Bulgaria (1 January 2007), which increased foreign
investment volumes in the country, including in media
enterprises. In 2006, employment increased at a doublepace compared to the previous year. Various social
security incentives for employers were introduced.
Commercial banks continued their credit expansion
policy, from which print media benefited both by
getting financial credits and paid advertisements.
Presidential elections at the end of 2006 also increased
print advertising volumes.
In 2006, the subsidiaries of two German newspaper

groups, WAZ and Verlagsgruppe Handelsblatt in
Bulgaria, went through a public dispute after the latter
had decided to launch a free newspaper. Newspapers
Trud and 24 Hours owned by WAZ in Bulgaria released
an open letter saying that they were going to launch an
alternative free newspaper on the same day as
Handelsblatt. Several hours after the open letter was
published, management of Ekonomedia, the publishing
house of Capital and Dnevnik, co-owned by
Handelsblatt, announced that the companys project to
launch a free paper was cancelled.
In 2006, five new newspaper titles were launched,
including one daily. The daily, BG Dnes, is published by
BGNES, one of the largest private information agencies
in the country. The other four are weeklies, Glasove,
Republika, Pogled, and Rodoplar. Pogled is published by
the Bulgarian Union of Journalists and covers issues
related to media, advertising and public relations.
Rodoplar is published in Turkish.
Fourteen new magazines, including F1 Racing,
MediaBox, The Man, Buditel, Story, FHM, Armi e Tiro,
Vagabond, Max, Computer Build, were launched in
2006.
Advertising
In 2006, press advertising expenditure grew by 13.31%
year-on-year, compared to 28% growth in 2005.
Advertising expenditure at daily newspapers increased by
In terms of media consumption, newspapers followed 0.98%, also reflecting a decline of ad expenditure at
TV, radio, and magazines.
Duma, Pari, Standart and Monitor. The biggest loser is
Duma, whose advertising revenues decreased by half,
from BGN1.371 mln in 2005 to BGN649,000 in 2006,
Newspapers in Bulgaria are predominantly paid-for according to TNS/TV Plan data.
tabloids.
The biggest growth of ad revenues among dailies was
There is only one evening paper Noshten Trud.
recorded at Novinar (39.8%), Telegraph (28%), and
Dnevnik (10.5%).
National newspapers attract most of the advertising,
however, there are several influential regional papers, Both titles of Zeitungsgruppe Bulgarien (Newspaper
such as Maritsa, Struma, Tcherno More, and Vyara.
Group Bulgaria), 24 Hours and Trud, remain daily
newspaper ad market leaders. Due to the practice of soThere is only one known free weekly newspaper, called mirror advertising (buying ad space
Sedmichna poshta, that has managed to stay on the simultaneously in both titles with additional discount),
market for several years. It mainly includes they get 55% of daily newspaper advertising.
advertisements and announcements. The political
movement of diminishing influence, Novoto vreme, Among weekly newspapers, Capital recorded the highest
publishes a free newspaper Be BG. The majority of other increase in advertising revenues in 2006 (34%), whereas
free newspapers are specialized titles, with low quality the overall increase for the weekly newspapers segment
newsprint and contents.
was 6.79%.
On the other hand, free weekly magazines Programata Press advertising expenditure grew due to new
and One week in Sofia show stable market performance. commodities, as well as advertisers increasing their
budgets, especially telecommunications companies
213
BULGARIA
(13.9% of print ad market), car importers (10.2%), and
credit services (6.2%).
Readership
The top three age groups of newspaper readers are 3544, 45-54 and 55+. The youngest readers remain mostly
attracted to TV and Internet.
In order to stop negative readership trends, many dailies
and weeklies promote their titles by adding CDs,
DVDs, books and other promotional materials.
The most read dailies are Trud, 24 Hours and Standart.
The most popular weeklies are Treta vazrast, Shok and
Doctor. Treta vazrast is focused on readers 65+. Shok is
the most controversial yellow paper in the country.
Readers prefer yellow press, although their consumption
of life-style and economic information grows. The most
preferable format is that combining quality and light
information on all segments of public life, from politics
to sports and life style.
The use of Internet newspaper editions continues to
grow. Some newspaper websites are WAP available,
many offer RSS feeders.
Nearly 60% of registered newspapers have websites and
online editions. Most of them are available free of
charge, however, some do not provide complete
editions. Mostly national business dailies and weeklies
are accessible via subscription. Among the most popular
and high-rated dailies, only 24 Hours and Trud provide
e-contents via e-subscription. Yellow titles maintain
a very low cover price on print copies and do not
support Internet websites.
Regional newspapers tend to launch websites, generally
including only their editorials or large interviews.
Ownership
In 2006, Ekonomedia bought IDG Bulgaria and thus
became owner of the newspaper Computerworld,
the magazines PC World, CIO, Digital World and
Network World.
The Union of Publishers is close to completion of

a project aimed at setting up a public registrar of
ownership of its members.
Media / Press Laws
There is no press law in the country. Electronic
(broadcast) media are regulated by the Radio and
Television Act (RTA). The RTA provides for
intervention by the main broadcasting authority,
the Council on Electronic Media, which regulates radio
and TV activity through registration and licenses
and through monitoring radio- and TV operators.
The Act on Access to Public Information adopted in
2000 guarantees the right to access government
information. With the support of the NGO Access to
Information Programme, journalists use the act to force
the government to release information.
Defamation is still a criminal offence, although
Criminal Code amendments from 2000 restrained the
right of the State Prosecutor to initiate defamation
charges on behalf of public officials and abolished prison
sentences. Sanctions for defamation are now entirely
financial and the maximum fee is about EUR7,500. In
2006, there were 12 cases lost by journalists, sentenced
to pay a penalty. They were mostly reporters from
regional newspapers.
Taxes
According to the VAT Act amendment adopted in 2006,
honoraria paid to authors (including journalists) are also
subject to VAT.
State Support
There is no state support for print media.
Other Factors
In 2006, the Press Complaints Commission and the TV
and Radio Complaints Commission started to operate
in Bulgaria. The commissions were established by the
National Council on Journalism Ethics, a foundation
representing the Union of Publishers in Bulgaria,
the Association of Bulgarian Broadcasters, the Union
of Bulgarian Journalists, the Bulgarian Media Coalition,
and the Media Development Center Sofia. By the end
of the year, more than 45 complaints were received and
reviewed.
Source: Media Development Center
214
BULGARIA
persons) (2004)
Age
under 20
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-59
60-69
70+
Total
Housewives
000
%
24
302
420
452
426
304
168
2,096
1
14
20
22
20
14
8
100
Source: National Statistical Institute

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,047
1,047
1,142
1,059
1,086
1,010
1,328
7,719
14
14
15
14
14
13
17
100
Male
000
538
537
583
533
532
471
550
3,744
14
14
16
14
14
13
15
100
Female
000
%
509
510
559
526
554
539
779
3,976
13
13
14
13
14
14
20
100

60
29
Regional and local
31
paid-for dailies
59
1
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
59
28
31
62
27
35
58
26
32
60
26
34
0.00
-10.34
9.68
3.45
0.00
6.25
58
1
61
1
57
1
59
1
0.00
0.00
3.51
0.00
167
92
75
233
129
104
180
110
70
-22.75
-14.73
-32.69
157
102
55
186
136
50
183
127
56
-1.61
-6.62
12.00
Source: National Statistics Institute

3.b
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
372
865
1,691
46
7
2,981
13
29
57
2
100
Male
000
250
403
920
15
5
1,593
16
25
58
1
100
Female
000
%
122
462
771
31
2
1,388
9
33
56
2
100

A = company owners; B = self-employed
C1= employees in private companies
C2 = employees in public sector
D = family-employed, not paid
E = not specified
(2005)
2.ca
Occupancy
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
%
23
33
21
17
7
100
(000)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
1,009
873
Regional and local
136
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
853
746
106
667
554
113
616
507
109
558
452
106
-44.70
-48.22
-22.06
-9.42
-10.85
-2.75
545
428
117
892
791
101
722
633
89
-19.06
-19.97
-11.88
-4.45
-4.03
-14.89
1,831 2450 2,341

1,697 2,356 2,261
134
94
80
(2005)
2.cb
Children
Without children
With children
Total
Households
%
72
29
100

Children under 18 in the household
4.c
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Office deliveries
Free distribution
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
78.0
10.0
12.0
100
46.0
26.0
28.0
100
52.0
20.0
27.0
1.0
100
48.5
15.0
35.0
1.5
100
Source: 2002-2003 M3 Communications; 2005-2006 Media Development Center
215
BULGARIA
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
Single copy
Subscription
0.50
0.65
7.aa
All adults
Men
Women
6.00
1.60

The increase in the maximum price per
single copy is due to the fact that many
daily newspapers do marketing
promotions, e.g. they sold copies either
with a book, CD, or DVD. Naturally, this
does not apply to all newspapers sold.
39
42
36
GDP
1
(Bulgaria, lev, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
32.3
34.5
47.9 1

(2006)
Age
%
% daily reach
group
2
11
17
21
20
19
10
100
7.ab
41
40
3
37
104
222
43
40
5
36
115
210
7.ac
4.4
4.9
5.4
6.2 1
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.98
1.06
1.15
1.37
1.39 1
Source: 2002-2005 Bulgarian National Bank; 2006 TNS TV Plan

1
Estimate

(Bulgaria, lev, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
2006
43
40
5
45
119
208
4.1
2006
Estimate
7.ba
27
86
212
(Bulgaria, lev, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2002
Media consumption
2002
41.9
GDP per capita
28
46
41
46
52
43
23
-
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005 1
38.3
Estimate
5.b
Source: Market Links
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines 2
Radio
Television
2002
Source: Market Links
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
5.c
(%)
Reached
(Bulgaria, lev)
min
max
240
260
Source: 2002-2004 TNS TV Plan; 2005 TNS TV Plan: Newspapers and Radio Media
Diary Panel nationally representative of population aged 12 or more: Magazines
(definition read at all) Yearly databases, face to face interviews, nationally
representative of urban population aged 15-60: Television Nationally
representative Peoplemeter Panel, ages 4 and up; 2006 Market Links
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Outdoor 1
Internet
Total
97
77
20
261
8
46
404
108
80
28
325
20
24
3
479
138
92
46
413
25
49
5
630
169
102
67
531
28
59
7
792
194
107
87
637
30
65
10
935
225
253
112
118
113
135
764
917
33
35
71
89
15
20
1,108 1,313
Source: TNS, BBSS Gallup, ZenithOptimedia

Before discounts; excludes production costs; includes agency commission; includes
classified;
1
2005 age 18+
100
60
40
200
42
342
Including Transport
Comparison 2000-2002 is not available due to methodological changes in 2003.

2
2005 45 minutes is the number for all magazines (weekly and monthly);
the consumption of monthly magazines is 35 minutes
6.a
7.c

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Sundays
15
15
13
18
12
22
31
20
35
25
133.33
66.67
12.90
25.00
73
73
22.50
22.50
-
30.36
55.17
-
Website
Standart daily / Standart News PLS

Sega daily / SEGA JSC
Dnevnik daily / Economedia JSC
Trud daily /Media Holding 1
24 hours/Media Holding 2
www.standartnews.com
www.segabg.com
www.dnevnik.bg
www.trud.bg
www.24hours.bg
Source: Media Development Center; Internet Web counters

1, 2

56
65
Total paid-for non-dailies 14.50 17.40
National paid-for non-dailies Total online newspapers 0.20 0.30
Source: 2002 M3 Communications; TNS TV Plan; 2003 M3 Communications

(advertising revenue), TNS TV Plan (advertising volume); 2006 TNS TV Plan,
AdEx Monitoring
Source: 2002-2005 Online newspaper sites; 2006 Media Development Center

6.b
The Internet edition was launched in 2005
823,675
546,109
327,701
197,927
172,384
7.d

2002
In colour
Total

2003 2004
2005 2006
7,297,772 7,940,721 8,544,812 11,330,294 11,632,764

10,376,415 10,579,781 10,879,445 13,999,643 13,210,213
Source: 2002 M3 Communications , TNS TV Plan; 2003-2004 M3 Communications

(advertising revenue), TNS TV Plan (advertising volume); 2005 TNS TV Plan,
Advertising Expenditures monitoring system; 2006 TNS TV Plan, AdEx Monitoring
Square cm
216
BULGARIA
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
72
17
6
95
72
17
6
95
75
15
5
95
90
7
3
100
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
Source: M3 Communications

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Telecommunications
Financial services
Motoring
Publishing
Insurance
Retail outlets
Office Equipment
/Furniture/Stationery
Immovables/Construction
/Repairs
Drinks
Pharmaceuticals
30.0
15.8
14.1
11.9
3.3
3.1
2.8
2.3
2.1
1.9
Source: TNS TV Plan; AdEx Monitoring

8.ba

Language
Publisher
Dneven Trud
24 Chasa
Telegraph
Standart
Noshten Trud
Novinar
Dnevnik
Sega
Duma
Zemia
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Bulgarian
Media Holding (WAZ)

168 Chasa Ltd. (WAZ)
Telegraph Ltd
Standart News
Media Holding (WAZ)
Novinar Media Jsc
Ekonomedia
Sega Jsc
PM Press Ltd
Evromedia Ltd
Circulation
(000)
Cover price
(Bulgaria, lev) (USD)
145
106
60
48
20
12
12
10
8
7
0.80
0.80
0.40
0.50
0.50
0.40
0.70
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.55
0.55
0.27
0.35
0.35
0.27
0.50
0.35
0.35
0.35
Format
9,171
6,517
4,258
2,211
2,114
1,993
1,885
1,576
1340
1,217
Source: TNS TV Plan; AdEx Monitoring

Dailies and non-dailies

(2003)
Publisher
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Employment
Total revenue
Media Holding (WAZ)

168 Hours (WAZ)
Media magazine
publishing house (WAZ)
Agency for Investment
Information (since 2005
part of Economedia)
Standart news
Press Group Monitor
Sega
7 Days Sport
Novinar
Printing Complex Pari
47,769
30,851
6,305
6,229
6,074
5,319
2,777
2,704
1,966
1,062
Source: DAXY Bulgaria Ltd.

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
6,500 6,500 7,000 7,250

11,000 17,750 17,250 16,250
3.57
-5.80
Source: 2003 M3 Communications, Union of Bulgarian Journalists, Union of

Publishers in Bulgaria; 2004-2006 Media Development Center
9.b
Mobiltel
BTK
Globul
First Investment Bank
Raiffeisen bank
Bulgarian Financial Group DZI
Stopanska investicionna banka
Moto Pfohe
Vestnikarska Grupa Bulgaria
168 Chasa LTD.
8.a
Title
9.a
Expenditure
Salaries
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total salary costs
68.0
74.8
10.00
Source: 2004 M3 Communications; 2005-2006 Media Development Center
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
15
15

10.a

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Source: M3 Communications
11.
Research
Market Links
28
1
47
1
62
0.00
31.91
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
No
217
BULGARIA
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0

companies?
No
No
same locality?
No
No
press?
No. There are common restrictions in the Protection of
Competition Act for companies, including media
groups. According to the Protection of Competition
Act, a company in dominant situation holds more than
35% of the relevant market in its geographic and
product area. The law imposes sanctions in the form of
fines from 2,564 Euros to 153,846 Euros on companies
abusing their dominant position. The anti-trust law
regulates some issues related to the concentration of
business activity, i.e. it monitors mergers and joint
market power.
No
218
BURKINA FASO
About 90% of the population is engaged in subsistence
argiculture, which is vulnerable to periodic drought.
Cotton is the main cash crop and the government has
joined with three other cotton producing countries in
the region - Mali, Niger, and Chad - to lobby for
improved access to Western markets. GDP growth has
largely been driven by increases in world cotton prices.
Burkina Faso is eligible for a Millenium Challenge
Account grant, which would increase investment in
human capital. The inflation rate was estimated at 4% in
2006.
All media were under the administrative and technical

supervision of the Ministry of Information. The
Superior Council of Communication, which was under
the presidential office and had limited independence,
regulated the media.
The independent press includes three dailies and more
than a dozen other newspapers; some publish only
occasionally.

There are no government restriction on the Internet.
The major daily newspapers have websites. Dire poverty
The official media, including the daily newspaper, and the high rate of illiteracy limited public access to the
Sidwaya, and the government-controlled radio and Internet.
television, displayed a progovernment bias. There were
numerous independent papers, and radio and television Media / Press Laws
stations, some of which were critical of the government. Journalists charged with libel may defend themselves in
Foreign radio stations broadcast without government court by presenting evidence to support their allegations,
interference.
but the burden of proof rests on journalists.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
Source: The Supreme Council of Information, Burkina Faso; WAN from public
sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
33
33
33
33
33
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
7,684.0 8,939.9 9,342.8

8.ba

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
6,502
7,053
348
13,903
47
51
3
100
Title
Language
Publisher
Le Pays
LObservateur Paalga
Sidwaya
Bulletin Quotidien
LExpress du Faso
French
French
French
French
French
Government
Government
-
Circulation (000)
20
7
5
1
-

Male
000
3,267
3,514
140
6,921
47
51
2
100
Female
000
%
3,235
3,539
208
6,982
46
51
3
100
219
BURUNDI
The economy is predominantly agricultural with more
than 90% of the population dependent on subsistence
agriculture. Economic growth depends on coffee and tea
exports, which account for 90% of foreign exchange
earnings. The ability to pay for imports, thererfore, rests
primarily on weather conditions and international coffee
and tea prices. Only one in two children go to school,
and approximately one in 10 adults has HIV/AIDS.
Political stability and the end of the civil war have
improved aid flows and economic activity has increased,
but underlying weaknesses - a high poverty rate, poor
education rates, a weak legal system, and low
administrative capacity - risk undermining planned
economic reforms. Burundi grew about 5 percent in
2006. Delayed disbursements of funds from the World
Bank may add to budget pressures in 2007.
The inflation rate was estimated at 11% in 2006.
The government controlled many of the major media
outlets. The government owned Le Renouveau, the only
daily newspaper, as well as the countrys only television
station.
Radio remained the most important medium of public
information. The government-owned radio station
broadcast in Kirundi, French, and Kiswahili and offered
limited English programming. There were eight
privately owned radio stations, including Radio
Isanganiro, Bonesha FM, and African Public Radio
(RPA), all of which broadcast news in French, Kirundi,
and Kiswahili.
private French-language Arc-en-ciel (Rainbow), and 11

private Internet and fax-based news sheets. The number
of copies printed by independent publications was small,
and readership was limited by low literacy levels.
Newspaper circulation was generally limited to
Bujumbura or other urban centers.
Circulation
The number of copies printed by independent
publications is small, and readership limited by low
literacy levels.
Poverty and a lack of infrastructure prevented
widespread public access to the Internet.
Ownership
Ownership of private newspapers is concentrated, but
a wide range of political opinion exists among the press
Media / Press Laws
Media outlets complained about having to pay licensing
fees, which some said were an unnecessarily heavy
financial burden; it was not clear whether these fees
weakened the independent media.
The law criminalizes offenses, including defamation,
committed by the media and provides for fines and
criminal penalties of six months to five years
imprisonment for the dissemination of insults directed
at the president, as well as writings that are defamatory,
injurious, or offensive to public or private individuals.

Newspaper circulation is generally limited to Bujumbura
There were six private weekly publications, including the and urban centers.
220
BURUNDI
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2003 WAN estimate; 2004 US State Department; 2005-2006 WAN

from public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Burundi, franc, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
4,126.6 4,916.6 6,004.0

8.ba

2.a
Title
Language
Publisher
Le Renouveau
French
Government
Circulation (000)
20
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,748
4,134
208
8,090
46
51
3
100
Male
000
1,885
2,052
83
4,020
47
51
2
100
Female
000
%
1,863
2,082
125
4,070
46
51
3
100
221
CAMBODIA
Better-than-expected garment sector performance led to
about 6% growth per year in 2005-06. The tourism
sector continues to grow rapidly, with foreign visitors
surpassing one million per year beginning in 2005. In
2005, exploitable oil and natural gas deposits were found
beneath the territorial waters of Cambodia, representing
a new revenue stream for the government once
commercial extraction begins in coming years. More
than 50% of the population is less than 21 years old. The
The government controlled national television and radio
stations broadcast taped sessions of National Assembly
debates; however, in several instances these broadcasts
were censored. National radio and television stations
regularly broadcast some human rights, social action,
public health, education, and civil society programming
produced by domestic NGOs.

The Internet was widely available through Internet cafes
and home subscriptions in urban areas.
Media / Press Laws
The constitution implicitly limits free speech by
requiring that it not adversely affect public security. The
constitution also declares that the king is inviolable.
The 1995 press law provides journalists with a number
of rights, including a prohibition on prepublication
censorship and protection from imprisonment for
expressing opinions. However, the government
continued to use the older UN Transitional Authority in
Cambodia (UNTAC) law to prosecute journalists and
others on criminal defamation charges rather than the
1995 press law, which treats defamation as a civil matter.
In May the National Assembly amended the UNTAC
law to eliminate imprisonment as a penalty for
defamation, but judges can still order large fines, which
many citizens cannot afford to pay. Furthermore,
UNTAC Article 62, which covers the crime of
disinformation, continues to include prison sentences of
up to three years.

Newspapers are generally aligned politically, and all
major parties have access to the print media. There are
more than 100 newspapers, but few of them keep regular
publication schedules and have paid staffs. Their The government and influential individuals used
distribution is limited. There are an estimated 20 defamation suits, both civil and criminal, as well as
Khmer-language newspapers published regularly; more charges of disinformation in an effort to silence critics.
than half are considered progovernment, one-third are
considered to support the royalist movement, and one is
considered to support the opposition.
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,946
8,465
471
13,882
36
61
3
100
Male
000
2,468
4,095
180
6,773
37
60
3
100
Female
000
%
2,448
4,370
291
7,109
34
61
4
100
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
Households
000
2,189
Source: 1998 census / 2001 projection
222
CAMBODIA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
100
20
100
20
100
20
100
20
100
20
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
50
50
50
55
55
10.00
0.00

7.aa
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Cambodia, riel, 000)
Advertiser
Telecoms
Tobacco
Education
Bars/restaurants/clubs
Accomodation
Fuel
Packaged food
Financial
Airlines
Electronics
Jet Cigarettes
MobiTel
Shinawatra
Tele2
Mild Seven
Samart
Banana Center
Sokimex
Norton University
Ara Red Cigarettes
774
602
308
198
174
119
106
89
88
87
(Cambodia, riel, bln)

2000
2001
2002
-
2003
101,636.5 120,213.7 154,762.5
8.ba
Expenditure
(Cambodia, riel, 000) 1
211
210
174
117
92
87
77
68
66
57
Source: IRL
1
1999

(2001)
Source: IRL
GDP

categories (2001)
In press
Title
Language Circulation1 Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(000)
(USD)
Rasmei Kampuchea (Light of Kampuchea)

Koh Santepheap (Island of Peace)
Cambodia Daily
Cambodge Soir
Chakraval
Kampuchea Thnai Nes (Cambodia Today)
Khmer
Khmer
English
French
Khmer
Khmer
15
10
4
3
2
2
807
581
285
250
-
1,408
1,938
690
450
-

1
No circulation figures are audited
223
CAMEROON
Because of its modest oil resources and favorable
argicultural conditions, Cameroon has one of the bestendowed primary commodity economies in sub-Saharan
Africa. Still, it faces many serious problems, such as topheavy civil service and a generally unfavorable climate
for business enterprise. International oil and cocoa prices
have a significant impact on the economy. The inflation
The government tightly controlled the broadcast media.
Radio remained the most important medium reaching
most citizens. There were approximately 20 privately
owned radio stations operating in the country.
Approximately 75 percent of private radio stations were
concentrated in Yaounde and Douala. Ownership of the
private radio stations was very diverse, with only one
owner having more than one station.
The law permits broadcasting by foreign news services
but requires them to partner with a national station. The
BBC, Radio France International, and other foreign
services broadcast in partnership with state-owned
CRTV.
Television was less pervasive but more influential than
print media. The five independent television stations
largely avoided criticizing the government, although
their news broadcasts sometimes focused on poverty,
unemployment, poor education, and government
neglect, and corruption which the broadcasts said had
caused these problems.
Advertising
Since the government was the largest advertiser in the
country and could choose which media outlets to pay to
place advertising, it continued to have a certain degree of
influence over media outlets.
Circulation
In 2006, Cameroon tabloid newspapers have alleged
dozens of prominent politicians, entertainers and even
religious figures are gay, stirring a storm in a country
where homosexuality is illegal. Many of those outed by
the gutter press have strongly denied the allegations and
some are taking legal action, while blaming rivals for
spreading the charges. The incriminating articles
multipled newspaper circulations and created their own
market, with originals fetching up to 5,000 CFA francs
against a cover price of 300 and photocopies being
traded undercover.
Media / Press Laws
Press freedom is guaranteed by the Freedom of Social
Communication law (Republic of Cameroon, 1990) and
the Constitution of 1996.
One of the few legislated restrictions on journalist
activity is the provision that every journalist needs to
have a press card. The issuing or refusal of a press card
has not been used to date by the government as a form
of control, intervention or intimidation. The
commission in charge of issuing press cards is composed
mostly of independent personalities from the
communication profession.
The government prosecuted its critics in the print media

There are two news agencies in Cameroon, CAMNEWS through criminal libel laws. These laws authorize the
(Cameroon News) which is staterun, and Reuters, which government, at its discretion and the request of the
is foreign.
plaintiff, to criminalize a civil libel suit or to initiate
a criminal libel suit in cases of alleged libel against the
president and other high government officials; such
The number of newspaper and magazine titles grew crimes are punishable by prison terms and heavy fines.
from around 50 to more than 500 in the period 2000-5. The libel law places the burden of proof on the
defendant.
In 2006, approximately 200 privately owned newspapers
were published; however, only an estimated 25 were Printing & Distribution
published on a regular basis, primarily for lack of Despite the large number of private newspapers in the
funding. Almost all the newspapers are tabloid in country, the influence of print media was minimal.
format.
Distribution was problematic outside of major towns,
and prices of independent newspapers were high, due
The government published one of the countrys few largely to high government taxes on newsprint.
daily newspapers, the Cameroon Tribune. Mutations, La
Nouvelle Expression, and Le Messager were privately State Support
owned daily newspapers. Newspapers were distributed In 2004 the government established a special fund to
primarily in urban areas, and most continued to criticize support the development of the press, particularly
the government and report on controversial issues, newspapers, and funds were disbursed to some private
including corruption, human rights abuses, newspapers and radio stations. The government
homosexuality, and economic policies.
continued to disburse such funds during the year.
224
CAMEROON
Other Factors
The quality of reporting has improved enormously in
Cameroon between 2000-2005. Many of the journalists
and media practitioners who graduate from the
Advanced School of Mass Communication (ASMAC)
and the University of Buea Department of Journalism
and Mass Communication are employed in the private

sector. The integration of trained journalists into this
sector has helped raise the quality of journalism. This
improvement in quality is not reflected in the salaries of
these journalists.

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
65
65
65
70
70
7.69
0.00

7.aa

(Communaute Financiere Africaine franc BEAC, bln)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
15,239.2 17,234.5 22,769.4

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Cameroon Tribune
Le Messager
La Nouvelle Expression
Mutations
French/English
French
French
French
Sopecam (Government)
The Free Media Group
South Media Group
Circulation (000)
25
15
15
10

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
7,146
9,632
563
17,341
41
56
3
100
Male
000
3,615
4,836
260
8,711
41
56
3
100
Female
000
%
3,531
4,796
303
8,630
41
56
4
100
225
CANADA
As an affluent, high-tech industrial society in the
trillion-dollar class, Canada resembles the US in its
market-oriented economic system, pattern of
production, and affluent living standards.
Given its great natural resources, skilled labor force, and
modern capital plant, Canada enjoys solid economic
prospects. Top-notch fiscal management has produced
consecutive balanced budgets since 1997, although
public debate continues over how to manage the rising
cost of the publicly funded healthcare system. Exports
account for roughly a third of GDP. Canada enjoys a
substantial trade surplus with its principal trading
partner, the US, which absorbs about 85% of Canadian
exports. Canada is the US largest foreign supplier of
energy, including oil, gas, uranium, and electric power.
Vancouver and Ottawa. Black Press currently publishes

18 free dailies in various regions across B.C., up from 17
last year. The Valley Today was launched in September
2006 in the Annapolis Valley region of Nova Scotia.
Circulation
The daily paid circulation in 2006 stands at 4,753,070
copies on an average publishing day, and 31,075,551
copies in a week. Average daily and weekly circulation
levels declined by 1% in 2006, after a 2.3% decline in
2005.
Readership
Overview of readership results (NADbank):
- Weekly and weekday readership remains stable
- Frequency of reading remains stable in markets where

free dailies are available but continues to decline in most
There are still 100 English and French language paid other markets
daily newspapers in Canada, the same as in 2005, but
one less than in 2004.
- Readership increased somewhat among adults 18-34 in
markets where free dailies are available
In April 2005, two dailies, The Port Hope Evening
Guide and the Cobourg Daily Star, reduced their - Readership continues to decline among managers and
publishing frequency to a five-day from a six-day cycle. professionals, somewhat offset by online readership
One newspaper, Le Soleil in Quebec City, changed its - Weekend readership continues to decline
format in the spring of 2006 from a broadsheet to
a tabloid.
- No change in time spent reading (for readers)
Five ownership groups publish over 25 free dailies in
Canada. Quebecor publishes 24 Hours in Toronto,
Montreal, Ottawa and Vancouver. Transcontinental and
Torstar have a joint stake with Swedens Metro
International SA to publish Metro in Montreal.
Torstar and Metro International SA jointly publish
Metro in Toronto, while Metro International SA,
CanWest and Torstar jointly publish publications in
- Readership of the free daily newspapers continues to

grow
- Online readership remains stable, reach and time spent
per week varies by market
- No change in content readership interests
Source: Canadian Newspaper Association (CNA); NADbank; CIA - The World Factbook
226
CANADA
2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,645
4,431
4,460
5,060
5,044
3,669
4,314
31,623
17
14
14
16
15
11
13
100
3.a
Male
000
2,891
2,268
2,252
2,545
2,059
1,808
1,342
15,165
18
14
14
16
16
11
11
100
2,754
2,163
2,209
2,515
2,535
1,861
2,432
16,468
17
13
13
15
16
11
15
100
Source: Statistics Canada 2006

Projected figures
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
2,782
3,918
1,105
2,268
4,099
14,172
20
28
8
16
29
100
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Morning paid-for dailies 1
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
000
1,764
1,513
827
1,579
1,620
7,303
24
21
11
22
22
100
Female
000
%
1,018
2,405
278
689
2,479
6,869
15
35
4
10
36
100
Source: 2005 NADbank Study, top 19 markets

E = Those at lowest levels of subsistence - State pensioners or widows
(no other earners)
Occupancy
3.b
Children
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
2,023
2,358
1,250
1,214
770
7,615
27
31
16
16
10
100
Source: 2005 NADbank Study,

top 19 markets
Age
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
1

top 19 markets
20.19
-1,96
0.00
-2.00
0.81
0.00
0.00
0.00
57
43
2
-
3
-
3
-
24
28
28
25
27
27
1,150.00
-
4.17
-3.57
-3.57
Without children
With children
aged 0-5
aged 6-11
aged 12-17
Total
5,173
2,435
995
1,015
1,184
7,608
5,461 5,590 5,578 6,352 6,280

5,005 4,930 4,911 4,799 4,573
598 578 582
570 802
4,407 4,352 4,329 4,229 3,771
15.00
-8.63
34.11
-14.43
-1.13
-4.71
40.70
-10.83
456 660 667 1,553 1,707 274.34

2,944 2,908 2,948 2,987 2,906 -1.29
2,944 2,908 2,948 2,987 2,906 -1.29
9.92
-2.71
-2.71
Estimate based on weekly average

(mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
68
32
13
13
16
100
1,753 1,696 1,670 1,669 1,752
-0.06
4.97
Source: Canadian Newspaper Association
4.b
Sales revenues
(Canada, dollar, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
681.6 674.0 722.6 745.1 789.1
15.77
5.91

All paid-for newspapers; including VAT
4.d
3
20
25
25
14
13
100
125
100
2
98
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Canada, dollar)
min
max
Housewives
000
%
154
880
1,121
1,117
636
583
4,491
124
100
2
98
Source: Canadian Newspaper Association; WAN assessment (free dailies)
Households
000
%

top 19 markets

persons) ( 2005)
103
100
2
98
(2005)
Households
000
%
105
102
2
100
2005 Including 1 all-day newspaper
4.a
2.cb
2.ca
104
102
2
100
Male
(2005)
Number of titles
Female
000
%
Single copy
Subscription 1
0.80 4
2.85 5
1.25 2
3.88 3
Source: CNA
All adults
Men
Women
77
79
75
Source: NADbank 2006
All markets; weekly reach (6/7 day cume)
Median price
Price on Saturday; price on Sunday:
CAD1.00
3
7-day average
4
Price Monday-Friday
5
5-day Monday to Friday average
227
CANADA
(2006)
5.b
Age
25-34
65 +
Total
18-24
35-49
50-64
7.ba

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
%
% daily reach
group
17
16
100
12
30
24
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor 1
Internet
Total
72
78
77
77
76
80
Source: NADbank 2006
3,887
3,370
610
2,539
1,187
15
284
237
8,242
4,084
3,437
647
2,788
1,246
16
303
295
8,732
Media consumption
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
47
58
45
15
116
114
46
49
62
48
16
159
115
63
48
69
46
16
151
114
70
2006
49
63
47
17
114
115
65
7.c
33
34
32
15
99
118
74
4,478
3,760
718
3,330
1,591
419
1,302
11,120
4,537
3,797
740
3,413
1,684
444
1,562
11,640
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
2,501.0 2,510.0 2,529.0 2,611.0 2,659.3
Online editions
Total
54
63
Change (%)
2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
66
72
99
83.33
37.5
Source: NADbank Study, top 19 markets

2003
2004
2005
2006
Website
Toronto Star
The Toronto Sun
The Globe and Mail
National Post
24 Hours
thestar.com
torontosun.com
theglobeandmail.com
canada.com/nationalpost
toronto.24hrs.ca
Reach (%)
4
2
5
2
-
1,228,770

2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
65.2
34.8
100
NADbank only measures online editions for daily newspapers
1.85
Includes classified, inserts, production costs, agency commission; after discounts

7.d
2002 2003 2004
6.33
Source: Canadian Newspaper Association, AC Nielsen
2002
6.b
4,414
3,715
699
3,249
1,504
395
1,041
10,603
Including Transport
Data based on minutes per week, divided by 7
Dailies
4,346
3,664
682
3,179
1,416
371
801
10,113
6.a
4,270
3,605
665
3,013
1,309
344
562
9,498
Excludes agency commission; excludes production costs; includes classified

advertising; after discounts; magazines exclude trade titles
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
1
3,887
3,329
558
2,613
1,092
14
273
176
7,641
Source: TVB, Statistics Canada, CRTC, CAN, CCNA/Les Hebdos du Quebec,

ZenithOptimedia
All markets; age groups were modified

to reflect the NADbank Study
5.c
Display 1
Classified
Inserts 2
Total

1
2
Retail & national

Measured separately, by number of pieces

1
% read online past week
7.aa

2001
GDP
(Canada, dollar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
1,108.0 1,155.0 1,215.0 1,290.0 1,357.0

7.ab
GDP per capita
2000
(Canada, dollar, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
35.0
35.7
40.4
36.9
38.5

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Retail
Auto
Local auto dealers
Entertainment
Travel & transport
Telecommunications
Finance / Insurance
Media
Computers & related
products
Education
GM
Chrysler
Various theatrical
/ entertainment
Rogers Communications
Chrysler Dodge Jeep
Dealers Assoc.
Pontiac Buick Cadillac
Hudsons Bay Company
BCE
Chevrolet
Telus
509,561.5
448,417.0
347,278.4
236,523.9
213,902.8
136,808.4
130,973.4
103,965.7
87,990.2
65,071.2
Source: NMR Annual Summary Data

7.ac
62,343.1
58,963.9
54,502.3
51,081.6
49,172.4
40,708.6
39,965.0
37,943.8
36,895.4
35,398.9
Source: NMR Annual Summary Data
Ad expenditure
Expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
0.66
0.68
0.70
2005
2006
0.69
0.70
228
CANADA
(2006)
8.a
Publisher
8.ba
Language
Publisher
Toronto Star
The Globe and Mail
Le Journal de Montral
National Post
La Presse, Montral
The Toronto Sun
The Vancouver Sun
The Province, Vancouver
The Gazette, Montreal
Ottawa Citizen
English
English
French
English
French
English
English
English
English
English
TorStar
Bell Globemedia
Quebecor
Power Corp
CanWest
Quebecor
CanWest
CanWest
CanWest
CanWest
CanWest MediaWorks
Publications
Quebecor/Sun Media
Torstar
Power Corp. of Canada
Bell Globemedia
Osprey Media LP
Transcontinental Inc.
FP CNLP
Halifax-Herald Ltd.
Brunswick News Inc.
1,351
946
655
461
336
299
150
139
105
101
8.bb
Title
Metro
Publisher
Circulation (000)
English / French Torstar / CanWest

/ Metro International 6
Dose
English
CanWest Global
Communications Inc.
24 hours 2
English
Quebecor / Sun Media
24 heures 3
French
Quebecor / Sun Media
24 Hours/Heures Ottawa 4 English / French Quebecor / Sun Media
RushHour 5
English
CanWest MediaWorks
900
290
240
120
40
30
Source: 2006, Free Dailies Newsletter; WAN from public sources

Including Metro Toronto (550,000 copies in English), Metro Montral (130,000
French), Metro Vancouver (160,000 English) and Metro Ottawa (60,000 English)
2
Toronto and Vancouver
3
Montral
4
Both editions have a print run of 40,000 and are published Monday to Friday
5
Ottawa; the 12-page paper is available Monday to Thursday after 4 PM at 120
distribution points
6
Metro Montral is published by Groupe GTC Transcontinental / Metro

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Broadsheets
Tabloids
85
17
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
87
17
85
17
85
17
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
61
6
6
6
6
6
6
10.a
466
336
273
231
216
193
175
150
143
135
Average daily circulation
12.
Language
Format
Title
Circulation 1
(000)
0.00
0.00
Down from 7%
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
No

14.
11.
Research
ABC (Audit Bureau of Circulation); CCAB (Canadian
Circulation Audit Bureau)
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
NADbank
229
CANADA
15.a

companies?
Yes
Yes, although daily newspapers receive no special
treatment. The Investment Canada Act requires a review
of foreign purchases or establishments of Canadian
businesses with assets greater than C$5 million.
same locality?
No, but the Federal Broadcasting Regulator is reluctant
to grant a broadcasting licence to a company that
already has daily newspapers in the same market.

No, but some jurisdictions maintain a register of
shareholders with voting powers in publicly traded
companies.
press?
No. Publishing is dealt with by the same law as other
businesses. The Federal Competition Act enables the
government to obtain an enforceable order requiring
divestiture, or prohibiting purchase, where ownership
prevents or lessens, or is likely to prevent or lessen,
competition substantially. No order has been put on
a newspaper publisher under the Federal Competition
Act and so what constitutes a publisher in a dominating
position is unspecified.
No
230
CAPE VERDE
This island economy suffers from a poor natural
resource base, including serious water shortages
exacerbated by cycles of long-term drought. The
economy is service-oriented, with commerce, transport,
tourism, and public services accounting for 66% of
GDP. Cape Verde annually runs a high trade deficit,
financed by foreign aid and remittances from emigrants;
remittances supplement GDP by more than 20%. Cape
Verde has been exploring European Union membership
in recent years. The inflation rate was estimated at 4.7%
in 2006.

There were three independent newspapers and one stateowned newspaper, none of which are published daily.
The government-run Novo Jornal-Cabo Verde is
published twice a week with circulation 5,000. The
independent periodicals include the weekly A Semana
(5,000) and Boletin Informativo (1,500).
Media / Press Laws

The law requires a formal licensing mechanism for mass
media, including government authorization to
broadcast; however, there were no reports that licenses
were denied or revoked or that the government refused
There were six independent radio stations, one state- to authorize broadcasts during the year.
owned radio station, one state-owned television station
and two foreign-owned stations. Foreign broadcasts were
permitted.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
160
232
29
421
Male
38
55
7
100
Female
000
%
000
81
113
11
205
40
55
5
100
79
119
18
216
37
55
8
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Cape Verde, escudo, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
265.2
2006
274.9
231
CAYMAN ISLANDS
With no direct taxation, the islands are a thriving
offshore financial center. Tourism is also a mainstay,
accounting for about 70% of GDP and 75% of foreign
currency earnings. The tourist industry is aimed at the
luxury market and caters mainly to visitors from North
America. The inflation rate was estimated at 4.4% in
2004.
There are two TV stations and three radio stations. The
local TV stations compete with a vast array of US and
other international TV programming transmitted via
satellite. The government-owned Radio Cayman designs
its programmes to meet the needs of education, religion,
culture, and entertainment.

The main newspaper, the Caymanian Compass, is the
Cayman Islands only daily newspaper. Established in
1965, it is published Monday to Friday. Circulation
exceeds 10,000 daily, including overseas subscribers. The
Caymanian Compass is a member of the Inter American
Press Association.
The Miami Herald, the International Herald Tribune,
the Financial Times, and USA Today are on sale in
Grand Cayman on the day of issue, and other
newspapers can be obtained promptly.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
10
32
4
46
Male
Female
000
%
000
5
16
2
23
22
70
9
100
22
70
9
100
5
16
2
23
22
70
9
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
100.00
100.00
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
10
10
10
10
18
80.00
80.00

7.aa

2000

GDP
(Cayman Islands, dollar, bln)

2001
2002
2003
2004
1.6

8.ba
Title
Caymanian Compass
Cayman Net News 2
Publisher
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(USD)
30
-
0.50
0.50
Cayman Free Press Ltd.

Cayman Net Ltd.
10
8
Format
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(USA, dollar)
1,080
990
1,630
1,209

1
Established in 1965
Successor to the Nor'wester, established in 1970
3
Including overseas subscribers
2
232
CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC

Subsistence agriculture, together with forestry, remains
the backbone of the economy of the Central African
Republic (CAR), with more than 70% of the population
living in outlying areas. The agricultural sector generates
more than half of GDP. Timber has accounted for about
16% of export earnings and the diamond industry, for
40%. Important constraints to economic development
include the landlocked position of the CAR, a poor
transportation system, a largely unskilled work force,
and a legacy of misdirected macroeconomic policies.
Radio was the most important medium of mass
communication, in part because the literacy rate was
low. The government owned and operated a radio
station and the countrys only television station.
The private radio station Radio Ndeke Luka continued
to provide a popular and independent alternative to the
state-owned Radio Centrafrique, although the reach of
Ndeke Luka was limited.

Although less than one percent of the population had
access to the Internet, individuals and groups could
engage in the peaceful expression of views via the
Internet, including by e-mail.
Media / Press Laws
In early 2005 the president signed a law passed by the
transitional legislative body in December 2004 that
precludes the imprisonment of journalists for defaming
a third party in a published story; instead, a right of reply
or compensation must be accorded to the plaintiff.
However, the law still provides for terms of
imprisonment and fines of up to USD1,823 (one
million CFA francs) for journalists who incite
disobedience among security forces or incite persons to
violence, hatred, or discrimination through publication
in a newspaper or a broadcast. In addition the law
provides for terms of imprisonment of between six
months and two years and fines of up to USD1,823 (one
million CFA francs) for the publication or broadcast of
false or fabricated information that would disturb the
peace. Although defamation is no longer punishable by
imprisonment under the law, journalists found guilty of
libel or slander faced fines of between USD182 and
USD1,823 (100,000 and one million CFA francs).

More than 30 newspapers, many of which were privately
owned, were published at varying intervals and often
criticized the president, the governments economic Other provisions in the new press law that concerned
policies, and official corruption.
local press observers included a requirement that local
press organs submit copies of their next publications to
Journalists continued to face many challenges, including four government entities and the HCC prior to
chronic financial problems, a serious deficiency of distribution and the requirement that foreign press
professional skills, the absence of an independent organs submit copies of publications to two government
printing press, and a severe lack of access to information ministries and the HCC at least four hours before
held by the government.
distribution.
Circulation
Financial problems prevented many private newspapers
from publishing regularly, and the average price of
a newspaper, approximately USD0.55 (300 CFA francs),
was more than most citizens could afford.

While five independent dailies, including Le Citoyen,
Le Confident, and Le Democrate, were available in
Bangui, they were not distributed outside of the Bangui
area, and the absence of a functioning postal service
continued to hinder newspaper distribution.
233
CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
30
5
30
5
30
6
30
6
30
6
0.00
20.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
25.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
2,297.1
2,381.4
2,650.9

2.a
8.ba
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
1,805
2,319
179
4,303
42
54
4
100
Title
Male
000
908
1,146
71
2,125
43
54
3
100
Female
000
%
897
1,173
108
2,178
41
54
5
100
Le Confident
Le Citoyen
LEcho de Centrafrique
Le Democrate
LHirondelle
Le Quotidien de Bangui
Circulation (000)
1
-
234
CHAD
The primarily agricultural economy of Chad will
continue to be boosted by major foreign direct
investment projects in the oil sector that began in 2000.
Over 80% of the population relies on subsistence
farming and livestock raising for its livelihood.
A consortium led by two US companies has been
investing USD3.7 billion to develop oil reserves estimated at 1 billion barrels - in southern Chad. Chad
began to export oil in 2004. The inflation rate was
Due to widespread illiteracy and the relatively high cost
of newspapers and television, radio remained the most
important medium of mass communication. The
government-owned
Radiodiffusion
Nationale
Tchadienne had branches in NDjamena, Abeche,
Moundou, Sahr, and Taya. There were numerous private
radio stations that broadcast throughout the country,
many of them owned by religious organizations. A new

privately owned commercial radio station, Radio
NGato, began broadcasting in July 2006.
There are no daily newspapers in the country. The
government owns the newspaper Info Tchad and
influences another, Le Progres, but it does not dominate
the press. A number of private newspapers, many of
which are critical of government policies and leaders,
publish and circulate freely in the capital. The include
Le Progres, NDjamena Hebdo, Le Temps,
LObservateur, et Notre Temps.
Although increasingly available to the public at Internet
cafes, the growth of Internet access was almost entirely
through the government telecommunications company.
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,765
4,907
272
9,944
Male
48
49
3
100
Female
000
%
000
2,396
2,356
108
4,860
49
48
2
100
2,369
2,551
164
5,084
47
50
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
33.33
0.00

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
5,859.5
9,749.3
8,233.7
235
CHILE
The Chilean economy remained stable during the first
year of the new socialist goverment of Ms. Michelle
Bachelet, who is the first female President in the history
of Chile; but the economic growth figures were not as
good as expected, reaching only 4%.
With the economy doing well, advertising in newspapers
kept growing but at lower levels compared to previous
years. The advertising share of the press remained behind
television (50%) but still much higher than the rest of
the media.
serious problems getting advertising and its circulation

never exceeded 20,000 copies.
Readership
2006 was the third year of the SVCL - the system used
to measure readership. The study only measures 6
national newspapers and three freepapers.
Ownership
El Mercurio SAP bought part of one of the biggest
regional newspapers, and one of the oldest in
Latinamerica, El Sur de Concepcin.

El Mercurio de Santiago (national), along with El Sur de
Concepcin (regional), remain the only broadsheets in
the market.
Media / Press Laws

The modification of the 8th article of the political
Constitution restricted the capacity of the authorities to
ban or limit access to certain information related to their
institutions.

In the middle of 2006 Diario Siete, owned by Copesa
and a group of investors, 16 months after their launch,
closed down after a series of problems with its editorial
staff. The paper, which specialized in political news, had
A new law which will regulate the work of external

service companies and freelancers was passed by the
Congress. Even though the law will not take effect until
2007, companies started making adjustments to comply
with the new regulations.
Source: Asociacion Nacional de la Prensa - Chile Press Association

2.a
Age
0-4
5-9
10-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,237
1,328
1,488
1,463
1,322
1,171
1,240
1,239
1,262
1,090
858
701
577
1,290
16,267
8
8
9
9
8
7
8
8
8
7
5
4
4
8
100
Male
000
630
675
757
743
670
590
621
618
627
539
420
338
272
545
8,052
8
8
9
9
8
7
8
8
8
7
5
4
3
7
100
Female
000
%
607
652
731
720
652
580
618
620
634
551
437
362
304
745
8,214
7
8
9
9
8
7
8
8
8
7
5
4
4
9
100
Source: INE
Estimation from 2002 Census
236
CHILE
2.b
Social class
ABC1
C2
C3
D
E
Total
All adults 1
000
%
798
1,575
2,336
3,698
2,034
10,444
8
15
22
35
20
100
3.a
Male
000
372
742
1,118
1,789
1,045
5,068
7
15
22
35
21
100
425
832
1,218
1,909
990
5,376
8
16
23
36
18
100
Source: Adimark
1
18+
ABC1 = upper and upper middle class; managerial and professional

C2 = middle class; intermediate managerial and administrative
C3 = lower middle class
D = working class; semi- and unskilled manual labourers
E = those at lowest levels of subsistence
(2005)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
473
727
900
952
1,087
4,141
12
18
22
23
26
100
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
Total
Source: INE
Source: INE
Based on 2002 Census
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Female
000
%
Households
000
%
1,804
2,336
759
1,254
1,294
4,141
44
56
19
30
31
100
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies
Total non-dailies
National paid-for
non-dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local free non-dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
50
47
10
37
57
54
9
45
59
56
10
46
59
56
10
46
59
56
10
46
18.00
19.15
0.00
24.32
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
55
1
55
1
55
1
0.00
0.00
3
-
3
-
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
-
0.00
0.00
12
12
9
32
32
10
33
32
9
36
36
9
34
32
7
183.33
166.67
-22.22
-5.56
-11.11
-22.22
22
23
27
25
733.33
-7.41
1
-
2
-
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
200.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: ANP; WAN assessment (free dailies)

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

persons) (2006)
Source: INE
Total dailies
paid-for dailies 1
Total free dailies
234
Regional and local
free dailies
-
Source: 2003 KPMG; ; 2005 ANP; WAN assessment (free dailies)
Age
Under 30
30-44
45-59
60-74
75+
Total
Housewives
000
%
283
1,109
791
388
96
2,667
11
42
30
14
4
100
40
816
600
600
567
33
802
602
602
569
33
812
602
602
570
32
1.25
0.00
0.00
0.18
-3.03
251
251
216
216
200
200
210
210
-10.26
-
5.00
5.00
16
16
2004 Includes only nine titles monitored by KPMG in Santiago

2005-2006 Only titles audited by SVCL (KPMG)
1
2003 Includes only nine titles monitored by KPMG in Santiago
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
302.0 274.0 801.0 291.7
248.0 218.0 602.0 218.3
602.0 218.3
569.0 207.0
33.0 11.3
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
72.0 54.0 56.0 199.0 73.4
Regional and local
72.0 54.0 56.0 199.0 73.4
free dailies
0.8
0.8
-63.58
-63.74
-63.74
-63.62
-65.76
1.94
1.94
-63.12
-63.12
Source: KPMG as a part of the SVCL

2006 Only titles audited by SVCL (KPMG)
237
CHILE
4.c
7.ab
2002
2003
(%)
2004
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
2005
2006
61.8
38.2
Cover prices (2006)
GDP per capita
200.00
-
7.ac
All adults
Men
Women
600.00
284.00
Source: ANP
Ad expenditure
75.2
77.6
73.9
7.ba
Source: Kantar Media Research
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.71
0.68
0.64
0.64
0.65
(Chile, peso, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
%
% daily reach
group
21
28.4
27.5
23.1
2002

(2006)
12-24
25-39
40-54
55-75
4,061.0 4,787.1
5.b
Age
(%)
Reached
(Chile, peso)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
2,973.0 3,151.0
2006
Source: 2002-2003 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 Banco Central de Chile,

Instituto Nacional de Estadsticas (INE)
5.a
(Chile, peso, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2002
Source: ANP
4.d
69.4
79.7
78.5
72.1
112260
98,608
13,652
162,941
31,200
1,163
21,005
328,569
110,838
97,588
13,250
175,359
31,780
1,185
22,685
3,340
345,187
121,126
107,066
14,060
186,230
30,233
1,220
23,268
3,846
365,923
135,892
122,206
13,686
188,484
31,716
1,548
35,903
4,040
397,583
146,215
131,982
14,233
216,757
32,905
1,625
39,134
4,320
440,956
153,526
138,581
14,945
229,762
34,733
1,706
40700
4,620
465,047
161,202
145,510
15,692
243,548
36,200
1790
42,328
4,950
490,018
169,263
152,786
16,477
258,161
37,720
1,878
44,021
5,445
516,488
5.c
Media consumption
(minutes per day)
2003
2004
2005
2002
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Television
Internet
30
214
-
7.c
30 1
30
30
22 2
184
-
(Chile, peso, mln)

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
30
30
30
22
184
144
All newspapers (A+B+C+D)
Advertising sector
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-
38
8
-
46
8
-
46
7
2
49
15
2
6.52
114.29
0.00
Source: ANP
1
Only ANP members
6.b
Website
El Mercurio
La Nacin
Diario Financiero
www.emol.cl
www.lanacion.cl
www.diariofinanciero.cl

229,992
3,967
950
Source: AMI

2002
GDP
-13.78
% of display
ad revenue
Telefnica
Fallabella
Ripley
Almacenes Pars
Televisin Nacional de Chile
Corporacin de Televisin
de la U. C. C.
Banco Santander
General Motors
Banco de Chile
Banco de Crdito
en Inversiones
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Source: Mega Time
7.aa

categories (2006)
Online editions
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sundays
116,498.0 114,693.0 120,293.0 103,714.5
KMR - Second Semester

Adimark 2003
6.a
Source: ACHAP
Source: Kantar Media Rersearch, Time Ibope, Adimark

1
2006
(Chile, peso, bln)

2003
2004
2005
46,411.0 49,819.0
2006
64,549.0 77,337.7
Source: 2002-2003 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 Banco Central de Chile
8.a
Publisher
Copesa
El Mercurio SAP
Metro International
La Nacin
Ediciones Financieras
Editorial Gestin
Empresa Diario El Sur
Diario El Da de La Serena
Diario El Centro
Diario La Prensa
Total circulation
(000)
390
328
93
8
-
235 1
236 2
-
Source: SVCL - KPMG

1
2
238
Includes two daily newspapers and two free newspapers

Includes two morning newspapers and one evening (Monday-Friady) paper
CHILE
Top owners (2006)
Owners 1
El Mercurio SAP
Copesa
Ediciones Financieras
Editorial Gestin
Diario El Da
Diario El Centro
Diario El Observador
Source: APN
1
Newspapers
8.ba
Title
Language
El Mercurio
La Cuarta
Las Ultimas
Noticias
La Tercera
La Segunda
La Nacin
Publisher
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
Cover price
Format
usual max
(Chile, peso)
usual max
(USD)
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
El Mercurio SAP
Copesa
El Mercurio SAP
159
142
138
386
471
390
300 600
200
200
-
0.56 1.11
0.37 0.37 -
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Copesa
El Mercurio SAP
Copesa
131
32
8
325
72
29
300 600
300 350
250 400
0.56 1.11
0.56 0.65
0.46 0.74
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
usual
max
usual
max
(Chile, peso)
Broadsheet 5,589,000 24,452,118 6,031,290 25,226,126

Tabloid
1,702,800 4,291,056 2,046,800 4,703,856
Tabloid
1,980,000 6,187,500 2,230,000 6,500,000
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
2,550,600 10,202,400 2,986,600 10,900,000

1,287,000 3,680,820 1,688,765 4,203,115
1,435,260 3,408,600 1,627,260 3,600,600
Source: ANP - SVCL

Only titles audited by SVCL
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
La Hora
Publimetro
La Hora de la Tarde
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Copesa
Metro International
Copesa
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
100
93
17
269
267
22
Format
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Chile, peso)
2,019,600
2,044,800
2,019,600
2,264,400
2,264,800
2,264,400
Source: ANP
9.a
Employment
11.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total number of journalists 7,917 8,855

Total number of employees
-
951 1
5,334
-87.99
-
Only full-time
10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Berliner
42
2
48
-
76
2
88
-
79
2
91
-
2
56
1
2
94
2
0.00
95.83
-
0.00
67.86
100.00
Source: ANP
10.ba
Methodology
Kantar Media Research: 12,000 Grand Santiago
Metropolitan area sample annually; 1,000
interviews/month in Santiago; monthly delivery of
a rolling database of 4,000 cases (4-months); persons
12-75 years old; random probability sample stratified by
SES; face-to-face interviews using CAPI with PDA;
yesterday readers by day of week
Source: SVCL
Single copy sales
KPMG
Kantar Media Research
Source: 2002-2003 Ministry of Education, Journalists Association; 2006 ANP

1
Research
2000
2001
(%)
2002
2003
2004
36
36
36
36
36
Source: ANP
239
CHILE
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
19
be constantly updated and available at the official

address of the media company for authorities requiring
such information to carry out their duties.
19
19
19
19
19
19
17

press?
Article 37, Law No. 19 733, 2001, considers that free
competition may be limited by acts, facts or conventions
that interfere with the production of information and
the transfer, distribution, flow, publicising and
commercialisation of media, and subsequently refers to
Law No. 211, 1973, amended in 2003 by Law No.
19911, which establishes general rules ensuring free
competition.
Source: ANP
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0
This latter decree considers that the following acts or

conventions hinder, restrict or interfere with free
competition:
Source: ANP
15.a

companies?
No
No. According to Article 9, Law No. 19733, 2001,
foreign companies must be domiciled and have been
constituted in Chile or else have an agency that is
enabled to operate on national territory.
same locality?
No
According to Article 9, Para. 2, Law No. 19733, all
social media companies are bound to give reliable
information concerning their owners, direct or indirect
administrators, lessees, contractors or licensees,
accordingly. If these are one or more individuals, the
information must allow for the individualization of each
person and legal entity sharing ownership, or having use
thereof in any capacity. Likewise, copies must be
available of the documents proving the constitution and
articles defining the legal entities partaking as partners
or shareholders, except in the case of open public
limited companies. Any modification in these data
should also be made known accordingly. The public
must have free access to this information, which should
240
a) Explicit or tacit agreements or practices settled

between economic agents, aimed at setting fixed sales or
purchase prices, limiting production or assigning
market shares or sectors, or misusing the power
conferred by such agreements and practices.
b) Unfair exploitation by a company or group of
companies under a common administrator of a
dominant market position, by setting sales or purchase
prices, imposing the sale of a given product, assigning
market shares or sectors or other similar forms of abuse
of power.
c) Predatory practices, or unfair competition, carried
out with the purpose of reaching, maintaining or
strengthening a dominant position. Neither Law No.
19733 nor decree 211 establishes boundaries whereby a
companys dominant position would be considered
illicit. It is up to a special Court for the Defence of Free
Competition to define these boundaries. Either way,
Article 38, Law No. 19733, states that any relevant
change or modification in the ownership or control of a
social media company must be made known to the
abovementioned court within 30 days of
implementation.
There is no known initiative in this respect.
Source: ANP
CHILE
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National TV
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Local Radio
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National Radio
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Foreign Investors
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed if investors
country reciprocates
Source: ANP
241
CHINA
Chinas economy during the last quarter century has
changed from a centrally planned system that was largely
closed to international trade to a more market-oriented
economy that has a rapidly growing private sector and is
a major player in the global economy. The restructuring
of the economy and resulting efficiency gains have
contributed to a more than tenfold increase in GDP
since 1978.
The government has struggled to: (a) sustain adequate
job growth for tens of millions of workers laid off from
state-owned enterprises, migrants, and new entrants to
the work force; (b) reduce corruption and other
economic crimes; and (c) contain environmental
damage and social strife related to the economys rapid
transformation.
One demographic consequence of the one child policy
is that China is now one of the most rapidly aging
countries in the world. Another long-term threat to
growth is the deterioration in the environment - notably
air pollution, soil erosion, and the steady fall of the water
table, especially in the north. China continues to lose
arable land because of erosion and economic
development.
function as organs of central government departments.

There are more than 370 dailies that belong to the
public service media, including:
- the mouthpiece of the CPC Central Committee - the
Peoples Daily
- 31 dailies which are mouthpieces of the CPC
provincial committees, such as the Beijing Daily,
Shanghai-based Liberation Daily, and Guangzhou-based
Nanfang Daily
- 31 dailies which are mouthpieces of the CPC
municipal committees in provincial capitals, such as the
Nanjing Daily, Wuhan-based Yangtze Daily, and the
Guangzhou Daily
- more than 310 dailies which are mouthpieces of the
CPC district committees, such as the Wuxi Daily, the
Suzhou Daily, and the Zhongshan Daily
The government will heavily invest in the public service
media, officials said, to improve their services and to
meet the demand of all people.
Foreign investment remains a strong element in Chinas Out of all the 1,926 newspaper titles published at the
remarkable expansion in world trade and has been an end of 2004 (dailies, non-dailies, Sundays), 438 were
important factor in the growth of urban jobs.
mouthpieces of the CPC at all levels, 958 were
departmental organs, and the remaining 530 were
In 2006 China had the largest current account surplus in market-oriented. Thus the market-oriented newspapers
the world - nearly USD180 billion.
account for 28% of the total number of newspapers in
China.
The 11th Five-Year Program (2006-10), approved by the
National Peoples Congress in March 2006, calls for It is not clear which kinds of newspapers, except CPCs
a 20% reduction in energy consumption per unit of dailies, will be transformed into commercial media.
GDP by 2010 and an estimated 45% increase in GDP Under the piloting program for building the commercial
by 2010.
media, there are three newspapers in Beijing: China
Securities Journal, China Information World, and
Beijing-based Machinery & Electronics Business, and
Guidelines for the National Cultural Institution Reform, one newspaper in Chengdu, the Computer News, which
issued by the Central Committee of the Communist are restructuring their business mechanism into
Party of China (CPC) and the State Council (China a commercial one.
cabinet) in 2006, distinguished between two groups of
media: public service and commercial.
At the same time, the majority of publishing houses, all
distribution companies and other media-related
Public service media includes newspapers, journals, organizations have been pushed into the market and are
television stations, and radio stations that are to be restructured into commercial units.
mouthpieces of the CPC at all levels; the Peoples Press
House which publishes the works of CPCs leaders; and Although the government intends to convert some
publishing houses for minorities and handicapped newspapers into commercial entities, those newspapers
persons.
strive to be in public service media. On the other hand,
the government intends some newspapers for public
Most media in Mainland China are to be transformed service media, but these newspapers endeavor forcefully
into commercial type media, including newspapers such to be commercial. Newspapers, however, cannot decide
as the China Chemical Industry News, the China Water on their own which type of media they will be.
Resources News, and the China Petroleum News, to According to the governments original idea, newspapers
242
CHINA
that are mouthpieces of the CPC at all levels would be
transformed into public service media, but more and
more CPCs newspapers have been aiming for profit
maximization.
For example, the Guangzhou Daily Newspapers Group,
the organ of the Guangzhou Municipal Committee of
the CPC, acquired a public construction company in
1999, and in 2006 was transformed into a joint-stock
company called the Guangdong China Sunshine Media
Co., Ltd. The Guangzhou Daily has held the country
record in advertising revenues for 12 years.
The Chengdu Economic Daily, belonging to the
Chengdu Daily Newspapers Group, which is the organ
of the Chengdu Municipal Committee of the CPC, and
the Huawen (Chinese culture) Media Investment
Corporation under the Peoples Daily followed almost
the same procedures as the Guangzhou Daily
Newspapers Group to become publicly traded or jointstock companies.
The Beijing Youth Daily has been transformed into
a publicly traded company - the Beijing Media
Corporation Limited (Beijing Media).
More and more media companies are preparing projects
to become publicly traded at home and abroad, such as
the Shenzhen Press Group, which is the organ of the
Shenzhen Municipal Committee of the CPC, the
Wenhui-Xinmin United Press Group and the Jiefang
(Liberation) Daily Newspapers Group controlled by the
Shanghai Municipal Committee of the CPC, and the
Xinhua Finance Media Limited under the Xinhua News
Agency, which is the organ of the Central Committee of
the CPC.
China has benefited from a huge expansion in computer
Internet use, with more than 100 million users at the
end of 2005.
Ownership
More than 60 public companies have invested in the
media:
The Beida Jade Bird Group, controlled by Beijing
University, is a high technology company focused on
software development. The group has invested in more
than three newspapers. One of them was the Peoples
Daily in May 2001. Soon a daughter newspaper of the
Peoples Daily was launched. It was the Beijing Times,
a morning tabloid, with circulation of 300,000 by the
end of 2001 and 380,000 by the end of 2005. At that
time, the advertising revenue of the Beijing Times was
the 12th highest of all media in China, at about RMB
869 million, whereas its mother newspaper, the Peoples
Daily only ranked 77th, with about RMB180 million.
The Beida Jade Bird Group then invested in the China

Youth Daily, Shanghai-based Youth Daily, Life Week,
Students Post and others.
The state-owned CITIC Guoan Information Industry
Co Ltd has invested in the Beijing Daily Newspapers
Group, which is the organ of the Beijing Municipal
Committee of the CPC, to launch a daily- the Beijing
Business Today.
The state-owned Tianjing Tianyao Pharmaceutical Co
Ltd was transformed into a public company in 2000 and
invested in the Tianjin Daily Newspapers Group, which
is the organ of the Tianjin Municipal Committee of the
CPC, to deal with printing, transportation, distribution
and advertising activities for all publications of the
group.
The Hunan Investment Group Co Ltd has merged with
a newspaper affiliated with the Economic Daily
Newspapers Group under the State Council (China
cabinet).
The Zhejiang Guangsha Co Ltd, a private construction
company transformed into a public company in 1997,
has invested in the Hangzhou-based Youth Times,
a morning tabloid newspaper of 48 pages. It has also
invested in the Zhejiang Radio and Television Group.
Numerous private companies are also involved in the
media business in China:
- the Shanghai-based Fosun Group, a typical private
company, has invested in the Nanfang (southern)
Newspapers Group, which is the organ of the
Guangzhou Provincial Committee of the CPC, in order
to publish a financial newspaper;
- the Yanhuang (Chinese) Culture & Arts Co Ltd, based
in Hubei province, central China, a private enterprise,
invested in the Hainan Daily Newspapers Group, which
is the organ of Hainan Provincial Committee of the
CPC, to publish the Securities Herald, printed and
distributed in Shanghai;
- the Yangshengtang (preserving the health) Co Ltd,
a Hangzhou-based private company producing healthy
food and medical material, has invested in Zhejiang
Daily Newspapers Group, which is the organ of the
Zhejiang Provincial Committee of the CPC in east
China, to launch the New Peoples Livelihood, an
evening daily;
- Moldcam Group, a private company with its
headquarters in Wenzhou, Zhejiang, east China, has
invested in the Jiangxi Business News published in
Nanchang, the capital of Jiangxi Province, in central
China.
Source: Media Research Center; China Education Press Agency, Beijing; CIA - The World Factbook
243
CHINA

2.a
Age
up to 15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
304,957
177,175
244,916
190,390
148,825
88,074
88,272
1,242,609
24
14
20
15
12
7
7
100
(2004)

persons) (2006)
Occupancy
Age
2.ca
Male
000
161,895
90,218
125,591
98,384
76,744
45,736
41,708
640,276
25
14
20
15
12
7
6
100
Female
000
%
143,062
86,957
119,325
92,006
72,081
42,338
46,564
602,333
24
14
20
15
12
7
8
100
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
28,099
67,225
115,678
84,193
69,878
365,073
Source: China Statistical Yearbook
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
7,632
79,518
88,787
75,061
46,486
39,028
336,512
2
24
26
22
14
12
100
Source: Communique on Major Figures

of the 2000 Population Census; China
Population Statistics Yearbook
Source: Communique on Major Figures of the 2000 Population Census.China

Population Statistics Yearbook.
2.b
8
18
32
23
19
100
Housewives
000
%
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D1
D2
E
Total
All adults
000
%
5,408
6,645
8,661
18,033
7,282
4,564
50,593
11
13
17
36
14
9
100
Male
000
3,499
4,102
4,861
8,491
4,096
2,448
27,497
13
15
18
31
15
9
100
Female
000
%
1,909
2,543
3800
9,542
3,186
2,116
23,096
8
11
16
41
14
9
100
Source: CMMS (Spring) (30 cities)

Socio-economic quintiles based on rankings on three main criteria: income,
education, and occupation
A + B = government officials, senior skilled professionals, senior managers
C1 = mid-grade skilled professionals, middle managers 2004
C2 = junior skilled professionals, junior managers, entrepreneurs
D1 = factory/construction/service industry employees
D2 = clerks, freelance workers, housekeepers, sales, service and transport workers
E = other
244
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total dailies
975 1,007 1,035
88
86
87
Regional and local
887 921 948
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies 1,014 1130 1,084
National paid-for non-dailies 122 126 126
Regional and local
892 1,004 958
963
962
82
880
956
954
77
877
-2.15
-12.50
-1.13
-0.73
-0.83
-6.10
-0.34
1
964
136
828
2
977
143
834
-3.65
17.21
-6.50
100.00
1.35
5.15
0.72
Source: 2001-2003 China Statistical Data Collection of Press and Publication;

2004 China Statistical Data Collection of Press and Publication; Annual Report on
Chinas Newspaper Publishing Industry; WAN assessment; 2005 China Statistical
Data Collection of Press and Publication; WAN assessment (free dailies)
CHINA
3.b
7.aa
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
National paid-for
non-dailies
Regional and local
- 96,704 99,044
85,470 88,657 96,554 98,744
14,948 13,261 13,645 13,419
70,522 75,396 82,909 85,325
100.00
-
2002
GDP
88,157 86,499 83,521 82,709
Source: 2002-2003 China Statistical Data Collection of Press and Publication;

2004-2005 China Statistical Data Collection of Press and Publication; WAN
assessment (free dailies); 2006 WAN assessment (free dailies)
10,517.0 11,690.0 13,300.0 18,357.0 20,940.0

2002
GDP per capita
8.1
(China, yuan, 000)

2003
2004
2005
9.0
10.5
2006
13.9
16.1
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 China Education Press Agency
7.ac
Ad expenditure
4.a
2006
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 China Education Press Agency

7.ab
150 300 600

101740102,06798,66296,744 13,583 15,568 15,141 14,035 -
(China, yuan, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.50
0.54
0.56
0.77
0.75
Source: China Education Press Agency
(mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total dailies
117.1 86.3
-26.30
7.ba

(China, yuan, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Source: China Statistical Data Collection of Press and Publication

4.b
Sales revenues
(China, yuan, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
All paid-for newspapers
97.9 171.5
75.18
Source: China Statistical Data Collection of Press and Publication

5.a

(2005)
5.b
(%)
Reached
All adults
Age
% of
readership
60.6
Under 18
19-25
26-40
41-60
61+
Total
Source: Chinese Institute of Publishing

Science
3
40
43
13
1
100
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
56
48
56
179
85
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
62
56
179
84
53
30
58
175
115
49
24
43
150
164
2006
48
33
23
145
138
Source: 2002-2003 CNNIC, CSM, CMMS, HC360; 2004-2006 CRT, CNNIC, CSM,
CMMS, HC360
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total
273
579
964
20,369
18,848
1,521
23,103
2190
5,087
50,749
26,739
24,301
2,438
25,504
2,557
8,585
63,385
25,109
23,072
2,037
29,154
3,293
12,369
69,926
28,092
25,605
2,487
35,529
3,886
12,590
80,097
32,818
29,741
3,077
41,022
4,662
14,731
93,233
38,233
34,540
3,693
47,791
5,431
17,161
108,616
45,181
40,960
4,221
60,449
6,658
20,876
133,164
51,725
46,893
4,832
69,206
7,623
23,900
152,454
Source: SAIC, ZenithOptimedia

Excludes agency income, which comprises regular commission and income from
programme syndication, sports sponsorship, event marketing, industry training
and other sources; excludes production costs; includes classified advertising;
before discounts
7.c
(China, yuan, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

1
Source: www.media.hc360.com
5.c
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Others
Total
15,770 18,848 24,301 26,500 25,600
62.33
-3.40

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Real estate
Matera medica
Food
Cosmetics
Home electrical appliences
Medical treatment
Cars
Healthy food
Alcohol
Commerce
% of display
ad revenue
9.9
9.7
8.5
6.9
6.0
4.9
4.7
3.8
2.9
2.8
Mengniu
Expenditure
(China, yuan, 000)
450,400
Source: China Advertising Association,

2004 Annual Financial Report of China
Mengniu Dairy Company Limited
Source: China Advertising Association
66.49
Source: CNNIC
245
CHINA
8.a
Publisher
Total circulation
Total revenue
(000)
(China, yuan, 000)
Shenzhen Newspapers Group (Guangdong)

Guangzhou Daily Group (Guangdong)
Jiefang Daily Group (Shanghai)
Beijing Daily Group
Yangcheng Evening News Group (Guangdong)
Jinghua Times (Beijing)
Xinming Evening News (Shanghai)
Xinhua Daily Group (Jiangsu)
Hubei Daily Group
Yangtze Daily Group (Hubei)
2,048
4,007
6,743
1,951
5,320
350
1,923
2,786
1,898
1,542
2,714
1,717
985
978
920
713
700
640
586
560
Source: China Advertising Association, China Statisitical Data Collection of Press

and Publication
8.ba
Title
Language
Cankao Xiaoxi
People's Daily
Yangtze Evening Post
Guangzhou Daily
Nanfang City News
Information Times
Yangcheng Evening News
Chutian Metro Daily
Yanzhao Metro Daily
Qilu Evening News
Xinming Evening News
21st Century
Qiangjiang Evening News
Modern Express
Nanfang Daily
Metro Express
Dahe Newspaper
Beijing Evening News
Wuhan Evening News
Western China City News
Today Evening News
Peninsula City News
Qingdao Evening News
Morning Post
New Express
Chengdu Economic Daily
Zhengzhou Evening News
Changsha Evening News
Jinling Evening News
Chutian Gold News
Chinese Business View
Morning H!
Liaoshen Evening News
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Publisher
Circulation
Cover price
(000)
(China, yuan)
3,163
2,770
1,768
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,210
1,140
1,092
1,050
1,023
896
891
862
850
850
830
800
800
788
699
690
680
600
600
600
560
550
550
544
530
520
500
0.50
0.80
0.50
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.50
0.40
1.00
0.70
2.00
0.50
0.50
1.00
1.00
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.80
0.50
1.00
1.00
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
Xinhua News Agency

People's Daily
Xinhua Daily Group
Guangzhou Daily Group
Nanfang Daily Group
Guangzhou Daily Group
Yangcheng Evening News Group
Hubei Daily Group
Hebei Daily Group
Dazhong Daily Group
Wenhui-Xinming United Press Group
China Daily
Zhejiang Daily Group
Xinhua News Agency
Nanfang Daily Group
Hangzhou Daily Press Group
Henan Daily Group
Beijing Daily Group
Yangtze Daily Group
Sichuan Daily Group
Jinwan Media Development Co Ltd
Dazhong Daily Group
Qingdao Daily Group
Tianjin Daily Group
Yangcheng Evening News Group
Chengdu Daily Group
Zhengzhou Daily Group
Changsha Evening News Group
Nanjing Daily Group
Hubei Daily Group
Chinese Businese Group
Hunan Daily Group
Liaoning Daily Group
Format
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(China, yuan)
200,000
280,000
170,500
168,000
114,800
29,800
239,600
114,000
158,400
120,000
144,000
40,000
218,000
160,000
150,000
160,000
120,000
198,300
144,000
126,600
217,800
110,000
100,000
98,000
215,200
110,000
36,000
121,000
110,000
92,000
150,000
160,000
20,000
280,000
364,000
228,800
302,400
227,100
105,000
281,800
252,000
221,800
168,000
210,000
60,000
318,000
256,000
175,000
240,000
230,000
235,900
216,000
202,560
261,250
152,250
140,000
148,000
258,100
190,000
90,000
278,000
200,000
138,000
225,000
198,000
320,000
Source: China Statistical Data Collection of Press and Publication; Concise Yearbook of Media; China Journalism Yearbook
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Metro Express 1
Guangzhou Metro Daily 2
Chinese
Chinese
Jie Fang Daily Newspaper Group

Guangzhou Daily Press Group / Guangzhou Metro Corp.
300
300

1
2
Free in Shanghai metro to those who can show a ticket; otherwise it costs 1 yuan
Published Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
246
CHINA
9.a
Employment
15.a
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

18,391 19,527 20,933 82,404 82,849

55,439 62,128 194,675 188,779 158,037
350.49
185.06
0.54
-16.28
Source: http://press.gapp.gov.cn
10.c
Newsprint costs
2002
Average per ton
5,300
(China, yuan)
2003
2004
2005
-
5,200
5,400
2006
4,400
Source: 2002 China Newspaper Association; 2004-2005 www.china-paper.cn;

2006 China Association of Newspapers, www.china-paper.cn
11.
Research
The General Administration of Press and Publication,
State Council; Sino Publication Audit Center
Central Viewer Survey & Consulting; Chinese Institute
of Publishing Science; Horizon Market Research Co.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Newsprint
Plant
17
13.a
13
13
17
17
33
33

No
Yes, but no details have bee revealed.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex

companies?
No
According to the Chinas commitment to the WTO and
the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment
Industries issued by three central departments (the State
Development Planning Commission, the State
Economy and Trade Commission and the Ministry of
Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation), foreign
capital is normally excluded from the following
industries:
- publishing, producing, distributing and importing
books, newspapers and periodicals;
- publishing, producing, distributing and importing
audiovisual products and electronic publications;
- news agencies;
- radio stations, TV stations, and radio and TV
transmission networks;
- producing, publishing, issuing and broadcasting TV
programs;
- producing and distributing films;
Subsidies generally

No
14.
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
- showing video tapes.

However, a few foreign companies have successfully
invested in these industries in mainland China by
forming local partnerships. For example, since 1980 the
US-based International Data Group (IDG) has been
a partner of Chinas Electronic Technology Information
Institute of National Information Industry Department
in jointly publishing the Computer World weekly since
1980. Now IDG is a shareholder in 22 Chinese
magazines. Hachette Filipacchi Medias Group of France
has published a Chinese edition of Elle magazine with
a Chinese counterpart since 1988. Vogel Burda Media
of Germany publishes CHIP, a monthly, with its
Chinese partner. A few magazines have successfully
published Chinese editions of international titles, such
as Fortune China, Popular Science China and Harvard
Business Review.
same locality?
No
247
CHINA
No
press?
No
No
248
CHRISTMAS ISLAND
Phosphate mining has been the only significant
economic activity, but in December 1987 the Australian
Government closed the mine. In 1991, the mine was
reopened.

There is one local, fortnightly newspaper - The Islander,
which is produced by the Shire of Christmas Island.
Postal Issues
Postal services to Christmas Island are weekly. Envelopes
and Express Post Packages will be sent by air. All other
Four television stations are broadcast from Western post, including airmail packages, will be sent via seamail
Australia via satellite. These are ABC, SBS, WIN and which may take up to two months for delivery.
GWN. A local radio station, 6RCI, is staffed by
community volunteers and provides some local content
while ABC Regional Radio, Radio National and FM
music stations are also broadcast.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; Australian Government - Department of Transport and Regional Services
Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
249
COLOMBIA
The economy of Colombia has experienced positive
growth over the past three years despite a serious armed
conflict. The economy continues to improve in part
because of austere government budgets, focused efforts
to reduce public debt levels, an export-oriented growth
strategy, an improved security situation in the country,
and high commodity prices. The inflaton rate was

November 15, 2006 a new daily Nuestro Diario was
launched in the capital of Santander department and its
metropolitan area. The publisher is the same company
that owns the daily Vanguardia Liberal.
Other Factors
The Ministry of Interior and Justice operated a program
to protect journalists that covered 94 media
representatives during the year, compared with 46 in
2005. The ministry also supported an alerts network
Almost every town publishes at least one daily organized for journalists by providing a small number of
newspaper. The press varies from the irregular, hand- radios and an emergency telephone hot line.
printed newspapers of the small towns of the interior to
such national dailies as El Tiempo, one of the most
influential newspapers of the Spanish-speaking world.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Thomson Gale; WAN from public sources
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
4,510
6,970
15,990
9,430
4,100
41,000
11
17
39
23
10
100
Male
000
2,192
3,387
7,771
4,583
1,993
19,926
11
17
39
23
10
100
Female
000
%
2,318
3,583
8,219
4,847
2,107
21,074
11
17
39
23
10
100
Source: Ibope, ZenithOptimedia

Definition of status, based on monthly income : AB = 8,000+, C1 = 4,000-7,000,
C2 = 1,000-3,999, D = 332-999, E = <332; aged 0-60
(2006
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
156
425
725
817
1,172
3,295
5
13
22
25
36
100
Source: TGI Latina
2.a
0-18
19-25
26-30
31-35
36-40
41-45
46-50
51-55
56-60
60+
Total
All individuals
000
%
18,203
7,746
4,076
2,975
2,563
1,792
1,529
1260
1,036
2,722
43,722
41
18
9
7
6
4
3
3
2
6
100
31
66
11
26
15
42
100
Data for 10 cities and 6 regions

persons) (2006)
Age
1,005
2,183
372
856
500
1,378
3,295
Source: TGI Latina
Without persons below 20

With persons below 20
aged 0-2
aged 3-8
aged 9-11
aged 12-19
Total
Households
000
%
Male
000
8,759
3,765
1,981
1,446
1,246
871
743
612
504
1,442
21,368
41
18
9
7
6
4
3
3
2
7
100
Female
000
%
9,264
3,981
2,095
1,529
1,317
921
786
647
533
1,280
22,354
41
18
9
7
6
4
4
3
2
6
100
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
656
1,302
911
578
372
189
4,009
16
33
23
14
9
5
100
Source: TGI Latina

Source: Dane, CIA estimates, ZenithOptimedia
250
COLOMBIA
Population by income (2002)
Annual income
(US$)
under 332
332-999
1,000-3,999
4,000-7,000
8,000+
Total
3.a
7.ac
All individuals
000
%
4,906
13,826
17,394
4,906
3,568
44,600
11
31
39
11
8
100
Male
000
2,355
6,636
8,349
2,355
1,713
21,408
11
31
39
11
8
100
2,551
7,190
9,045
2,551
1,855
23,192
11
31
39
11
8
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
39
-
41
8
33
42
8
34
7.69
-
2.44
0.00
3.03
Source: 2002, 2005 WAN from public sources; 2006 Mediatico.com; WAN from
public sources
Ad expenditure
7.ba
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Total
3.23
All adults
Men
Women
40
24
26
24
Source: TGI Colombia

Data in % calculated on the basis of
total population; TGI sample in
Colombia includes people aged 12-69,
socio-economic groups 2-6
1
Aged 20-69
5.c

(2006)
Age
12-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-69
Total
%
% daily reach
group
20.0
13.1
28.0
19.2
10.8
6.3
3.0
100
44
48
53
53
57
53
54
51
Source: TGI Latina
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
210
160
190
115
133
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
224
163
198
117
148
222
159
198
118
146
105
86
150
2006
201
147
174
114
136
Source: 2002-2004 TGI Latina; 2005 Radio: Starcom; television, internet: TGI;
ZenithOptimedia; 2006 TGI Latina
Data relevant to 10 cities in 6 regions; population aged 12-69
7.aa
2001
(Colombia, peso, bln)

2002
2003
2004
188,600.0 203,500.0 231,200.0 258,300.0 285,400.0
1.05
1.10
866.7 827.0 1,019.0

675.7 645.0 769.5
191.0 182.0 249.5
1,680.5 1,573.7 1,641.5
273.2 273.0 340.4
2,820.5 2,673.7 2,998.6
1,170.5
890.7
279.8
1,748.8
380.1
3,299.4
1,298.8
981.6
317.1
1,818.7
412.7
3,530.2
1,429.3
1,081.9
347.4
1,872.4
440.7
3,742.4
1,552.9
1,175.2
377.7
1,923.7
461.7
3,938.3
(Colombia, peso, mln)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
-
476,000 488,376 574,908 688,448
19.75

Classified
Inserts
Total 1
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
11.70
3.20
100
8.60
4.30
100
7.90
3.90
100
7.20
4.50
100
7.10
4.80
100
Source: IBOPE Colombia

1
Total revenue of newspapers

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Trade and tourism

Media and communication
Civil campaigns
and government
Agriculture, industry,
raw materials
Education, administration
Finance and securities
Furniture, decoraction
Entertainment
Automobiles
Drinks and tabac
% of display
ad revenue
40.3
20.1
10.9
8.1
3.7
3.2
2.7
2.5
1.5
0.8
2001
(Colombia, peso, 000)

2002
2003
2004

(2003)
8.a
Publisher
Casa Ed. El Tiempo
Inversiones Cromos
Independents
GDP per capita
1.06
Expenditure
Cine Colombia
Dell Computer
Comcel
GM Colmotores
Telefnica Movistar
Bavaria
Alkosto
Alcalda de Bogot
Universidad de la Sabana
DIAN
16,068,847
12,951,112
11,392,327
10,117,067
9,152,250
7,020,615
5,114,601
5,061,366
4,876,350
4,641,672
Top owners (2005)

2005

7.ab
1.21
GDP
1.25
Before discounts. Average discount available 17.65%; all paid-for newspapers
5.b
(%)
Reached
2006
After discounts; excludes production costs; excludes classified; includes agency

commission; exchange rate used: 1 USD = 2,331.71 COP (2005 exchange rate)
Source: IBOPE
-11.11
2005
Source: Ibope; OANDA ; ZenithOptimedia
1,550 1,600
Source: 2002 WAN from public sources; 2005-2006 WAN estimate

5.a
761.1
598.5
162.5
1,597.0
268.3
2,626.4
1,800
(%)
2004
(Colombia, peso, bln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-
2003
2002
7.c
3.b
Female
000
%
By ad revenue
2005
Publisher
Revenue
Casa Ed. El Tiempo

El Espectador
Others
357,800
16,600
444,100
Source: Ibope; ZenithOptimedia

4,400.0 4,641.0 5,126.0 5,687.0 6,206.0
Source: 2001 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2002-2005 Banco de la Repblica
251
COLOMBIA
8.ba

Circulation 1
Title
El Tiempo
Nuestro Diario
El Pais
El Colombiano
El Heraldo
La Patria
Vanguardia Liberal
El Nuevo Siglo
El Diario de Otun
El Universal
14.
Readership 2
(000)
(000)
241 3
150 4
99
91
60
55
51
42
36
32
2280
565
496
299
80
150
16
61
217
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Colombia, peso)
34,188
23,581
22,668
18,613
9,213
13,163
5,700
8,699
9,120
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
62,321
41,725
52,236
30,395
14,634
23,405
9,900
13,251
16,579
15.a
Research
Five members of ANDIARIOS have enlisted the firm
Pricewaterhouse Coopers to audit their data, using
methodology approved by the Audit Bureau of
Circulation. Other newspapers use their own
methodologies to keep track of this information. There
is no dedicated organisation that audits this
information.
The Asociacin Colombiana de Investigacin de
Medios (ACIM) represents media companies,
advertising agencies and media buyers, and carries out
the Estudio General de Medios (EGM), which is the
most comprehensive media study in Colombia.
12.
Taxes (2005)
Tax
%
1
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Tax on profits for newspapers 2
15
0
0
0
0
0

No prohibitions exist on this matter. Any foreign agent
can be a shareholder of a Colombian newspaper and be
an active participant in it. A foreign citizen is allowed to
publish a newspaper in Colombia as long as the
publishing company is established within the law.
same locality?
No. Publishers are as free to operate television or radio
stations as any other citizen.
No
press?
No. A publishing company is free to promote or own
any number of newspapers.
0
0
10
15
15
15
35
35
VAT has been reduced from 16% to 15%, and is 10% for newspapers which have
revenues exceeding Peso 3 billion. From January 1, 2005 a new level of 2% VAT
was introduced for newspapers which have revenues below Peso 3 billion.
There is a 35% tax rate on profits, which is the normal rate for all private
companies in Colombia. Industry and commerce taxes are different in each city.
Newspapers are exempt from paying customs tariffs and VAT when they import
newsprint from other countries.
252
Discount rate (%)

companies?
There are no laws that regulate this issue specifically. As
long as a company meets all the requirements
established in the Commerce code for the opening of
any kind of company, it can be registered legally.

1
ZenithOptimedia, Americas Market & MediaFact
2
TGI 2005
3
Weekday edition (Monday-Saturday) in 2004; 475,000 on Sundays
4
2006 data
11.
Discounts (2005)

There are currently no plans to legislate on this topic.
However, the government and guerrillas are initiating
negotiations in the peace process, the result of which is
unpredictable.
COMOROS
One of the poorest countries in the world, Comoros is
made up of three islands that have inadequate
transportation links, a young and rapidly increasing
population, and few natural resources. Agriculture,
including fishing, hunting, and forestry, contributes
40% to GDP, employs 80% of the labor force, and
provides most of the exports. Remittances from 150,000
Comorans abroad help supplement GDP. The inflation
rate was estimated at 3% in 2005.
Radio is the dominant medium. The national state-run
network competes with regional services and private
stations. There is independent radio on all three islands.
One government radio station operated on a regular
schedule. Local community radio stations operated in
very narrow transmission areas.
Grand Comore, and four independent newspapers

Kashkazi (a weekly published in French by Bangbbe
Productions, launched in 2005), Le Canal, La Gazette
des Comores, and lArchipel (monthly). Kwezi is
published on Mayotte.
The daily Le Matin des Comores ceased publication in
2006.
Circulation
A feeble advertising market, high poverty rates and poor
distribution networks inhibit circulation.

Illiteracy and shortages of electricity and phone lines
limited Internet use to the small, relatively wealthy and
educated minority of Comorans. Several Internet cafes
and the Internet stations at the American Corner in
Radio and TV broadcasts from the neighbouring French Moroni have expanded usage in and near cities.
island of Mayotte can be picked up in parts of the
Comoros.
Media / Press Laws
The authorities have a tight hold on the media.
Journalists risk arrest and detention, and newspapers
Most Comoran papers publish weekly. There is have been suspended and radio stations put off the air
a government-supported weekly newspaper, Al-Watwan, over reports deemed offensive to the government.
published in French by Al Watwan Edition & Press on
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
295
375
21
691
Male
43
54
3
100
Female
000
%
000
148
185
10
343
43
54
3
100
147
190
11
348
42
55
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
4
1
1
4
1
1
5
1
1
5
-50.00
-50.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP
(Comoros, franc, bln)

1999
2000
2001
-
2002
229.2
8.ba
Title
Le Matin des Comores
253
CONGO, DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC

The war, which began in 1998, dramatically reduced
national output and government revenue, increased
external debt, and resulted in the deaths of perhaps 3.5
million people from violence, famine, and disease.
Economic stability improved in 2003-06, although an
uncertain legal framework, corruption, and a lack of
opennes in government policy continues to hamper
growth. In 2005-06, renewed activity in the mining
sector, the source of most exports, boosted the fiscal
position of Kinshasa and GDP growth. The inflation
Radio remained the most important medium of public
information due to limited literacy and the relatively
high cost of newspapers and television. Numerous
privately owned radio and television stations operated,
in addition to two state-owned radio stations and one
state-owned television station.
There is an active private press, and a large number of
daily newspapers licensed to publish. The government
press agency published the Daily Bulletin, which
included news reports, decrees, and official statements.
There were about 250 newspapers in 2005, about half as
many as there were in 2000. This decline can be seen as
a product of recent history. The decade 1990-2000 was
marked by political pluralism made possible by the
lifting of the ban on opposition politics in 1990 by thenPresident Mobutu. Many newspapers were founded
during this period, often affiliated to a political party.
The 1996 Press Law encouraged this trend with its
support for media pluralism. Since 2000, however, the
political, economic and social situation has deteriorated,
and many newspapers have disappeared.
commercial, mostly published at irregular intervals with

low circulation (50-100 copies), poor print quality and,
generally, with poor content.
Circulation
Newspaper circulations are often very low, with
sometimes as few as 500 copies per day being printed in
the Kinshasa market despite a population in that city of
more than six million inhabitants. The private weekly
newspaper Le Softhas what is considered a large
circulation, at only 2,500 copies.
The typical cover price is around USD1, with the
exception of Le Soft, which costs USD5, making it
affordable to only an elite of citizens.
Readership
There is no institution that is able to supply reliable data
on readership, and the papers themselves do not conduct
systematic readership research.
Ten of the most-read papers are Le Soft, Le Potential, Le
Phare, Tempetes des Tropiques, Reference Plus,
L'Observateur, Uhuru, Vision, Salongoand L'Avenir26.
Of these papers, all except Le Soft have started up since
1990, the year in which then-President Mobutu called
for media pluralism. All the papers are privately-owned,
entirely in French (except for Reference Plus, which
carries two pages in English) and aimed at a wide
audience. Around 80% of these papers have a marked
political leaning in opposition to the current leadership
of the country.
Private entrepreneurs made Internet access available at
moderate prices through Internet cafes in large cities
throughout the country. Poor infrastructure and high
prices limited the ability of all but the wealthiest to have
Internet access in their homes.
While the number of daily newspapers papers remained

stable, the weekly figure dropped significantly between Most of daily and weekly papers have some Internet
2000 and 2005, mainly due to a new political context presence.
and poor economic conditions.
Ownership
The frequency of publication of newspapers is elastic, In 2000-2005, ownership of newspapers has remained in
changing according to circumstances and economic private hands. However, political actors continue to
imperatives. A newspaper can change from daily to make concerted efforts to find allies in the newspaper
weekly status very quickly. This is because most sector, which undermines efforts by some papers to
newspapers have unpredictable, uncertain resources. occupy a position of independence. Many newspapers
Many survive on the generosity of politicians who openly manifest their political positions, not attempting
dictate the publication schedule.
to hide who their political allies are.
There are no dailies focused on a particular province. All Media / Press Laws
dailies aim to reach several provinces.
The transitional government required every newspaper
to pay a USD500 (265,000 Congolese francs) license fee
and complete several administrative requirements before
There have been 14 new provincial newspaper titles publishing.
launched between 2003 and 2006, all of them private
254
CONGO, DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC

The government used criminal libel laws to suppress
criticism of political leaders, usually the head of state,
and limit press freedom.
Newspapers tend to use poor-quality printers due to
lack of finances, and they find it difficult to maintain or
replace equipment.
State Support
Investment in this sector comes up against many
problems, including high input prices and an absence of
direct or indirect state assistance with costs.
Other Factors
Many journalists lacked professional training, received
little if any salary, and were vulnerable to manipulation
by wealthy individuals, government officials, and
politicians who provided cash or other benefits to
encourage certain types of articles.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development
Initiative
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
11
11
250
250
11
11
220
220
11
11
213
213
11
11
147
147
11
11
147
147
0.00
0.00
-41.20
-41.20
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative;

WAN estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

75
75
70
70
60
60
50
50
50
50
-33.33
-33.33
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Congolese franc, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
16,061.7 20,259.8 19,533.0

2.a
8.ba
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
29,705
31,390
1,565
62,660
47
50
2
100
Male
000
14,907
15,597
632
31,136
48
50
2
100
Female
000
%
14,798
15,793
933
31,524
47
50
3
100
Title
Language
La Reference Plus
LAvenir
Le Potentiel
LAnalyste
Boyoma
Mjumbe
Le Palmares
Elima
LEveil
Salongo
French
French
French
French
French
French
French
French
Circulation (000)
Format
5
3
3
1
1
1
1
Tabloid
-
255
CONGO, REPUBLIC
The economy is a mixture of village agriculture and
handicrafts, an industrial sector based largely on oil,
support services, and a government characterized by
budget problems and overstaffing. Oil has supplanted
forestry as the mainstay of the economy, providing
a major share of government revenues and exports.
In March 2006, the World Bank and the International
Monetary Fund (IMF) approved Heavily Indebted Poor
Countries (HIPC) treatment for Congo. The inflation

In 2006, La Nouvelle Republique launched a fortnightly
sports edition, La Nouvelle Republique Sportive. The
12-page newspaper has a print run of 1,000 copies and
is distributed in the capital city of Brazzaville and
neighboring regions. It has filled out a gap after the
disappearance of Le Stade, the only sports publication in
the country.

Estimates from 2005 indicated that only one percent of
the population had access to the Internet, due to the lack
of infrastructure, reliable power, and telephone or
Most citizens obtained their news from the radio or satellite services.
television, and primarily from government-controlled
radio in rural areas. There were three privately owned Media / Press Laws
radio stations, all progovernment. There were three The government continued to revoke journalists
government-owned radio stations, Radio Congo, Radio accreditations if their reporting reflected adversely on the
Brazzaville, and Radio FM, and one government-owned countrys image. This policy affected journalists
television station, Tele Congo. An individual with close employed with both international and government
government ties owned three of the four privately owned controlled media.
television stations.
The press law provides for monetary penalties for
defamation and incitement to violence.
There were four daily newspapers. There was one stateowned weekly newspaper, La Nouvelle Republique, and Printing & Distribution
several publications which were closely allied with the The print media did not circulate widely beyond
government. There were 15 to 20 private weekly Brazzaville and the commercial center of Pointe Noire,
newspapers in Brazzaville that criticized the government. although it reached approximately one-third of the
population.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Thomson Gale; WAN - The RAP 21 Newsletter
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,718
1,876
108
3,702
46
51
3
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
864
930
44
1,838
47
51
2
100
854
946
64
1,864
46
51
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

5
4
20
4
20
4
20
4
20
-20.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
10
-20.00
0.00
256
CONGO, REPUBLIC
7.aa
8.ba

1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
1,179.6 1,342.5 2,675.1
Title
Language
Aujourdhui
LEveil de Pointe-Noire
Mweti Journal de Brazzaville
ACI Actualit
French
French
French
French
257
COOK ISLANDS
Commentary
Agriculture, employing about 70% of the working
population, provides the economic base with major
exports made up of copra and citrus fruit. Black pearls
are the leading export of the Cook Islands. Trade deficits
are offset by remittances from emigrants and by foreign
aid, overwhelmingly from New Zealand. The inflaton

The Cook Islands News daily and the Cook Islands
Herald weekly are the two most influential newspapers
in the Cook Islands, if only because they have
comparatively wide readership on Rarotonga island. The
Cook Islands News main asset is that most Cook
Islanders have grown up with it. It was privatized in
1989.

Television is the most popular form of media on
Rarotonga island. The TV station is managed by the
private company Elijah Communications Ltd, which
also manages Radio Cook Islands and The Cook Islands
Herald weekly. The editorial staff of The Cook Islands
Herald is shared with Radio Cook Islands and Television
Cook Islands. There is no cable television service in the
Cook Islands. There are several privately run FM radio
stations, one on Rarotonga and the rest on the Outer
Islands.
Established in 2000, The Cook Island Herald has the

difficult task of building readership. Another newspaper,
the bi-weekly Cook Islands Star, is also available on
Rarotonga where its circulation is about 400 copies, but
its main market area is Auckland.
Other Factors
A Cook Islands Media Council, based on the Australian
and New Zealand model of press self-regulation, was
established in 1995. It was created in response to
a perceived threat of government-imposed regulation
and functioned for four years until the threat had passed.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
8
10
3
21
Male
Female
000
%
000
4
5
2
11
36
45
18
100
38
48
14
100
4
5
1
10
40
50
10
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2001
GDP
(New Zealand, dollar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
-
2005
0.3

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Circulation
Cook Islands News
Cook Islands News Ltd.
Cover price
Format
(000) (New Zealand, dollar) (USD)

2
1.00
0.42
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(USA, dollar)
523
258
COSTA RICA
The economic situation in 2006 was quite encouraging,
both in terms of growth and main macroeconomic
trends. Real economic growth reached 7.9%; higher
than the 6.9% growth rate forecast by the Banco
Central. The inflation rate, at 9.4%, was lower than in
the previous year (14%) and lower than Banco Centrals
forecast (11%). The dynamic export and tourism sectors
continue to support the growth.
newspaper, targeting a part of the population that did

not read the press at all. The popular paper covers crime
stories and daily events. It is published Monday through
Saturday.
Advertising
The advertising market increased by 12% compared to
2005; a growth rate higher than the countrys economic
growth for 2006. The presidential election campaigns
(January) and the football World Cup in Germany both
The Government has collected higher income tax contributed to this increase.
volumes due to, among other factors, stricter control
eliminating much tax evasion and higher tax rates. Since Ownership
2005, a computer-assisted control system for revenues Repretel, which operates three open TV channels (4, 6,
collected at customs has been used.
and 11), bought a radio frequency and launched Radio
Disney in August 2006. Subsequently, it took over the
Monumental-Reloj group with its six radio stations
In 2006, as in 2005, newspapers held a strong leading covering various topics (youth, the English language,
position in the advertising market, with 35% of total music, news, sports).
advertising revenues. Televisions share fell from 32% to
30%, due to other periodical publications growth (e.g., Media / Press Laws
magazines, etc.). Radios market share remained almost A draft of a bill to reform the 1902 Press Law has been
unchanged at 16%.
on parliaments agenda since 2001. The new press law
would allow journalists, among other things, not to
disclose their sources. The bill is yet to be voted on.
In late September 2006, Grupo Nacin launched La Teja
Source: Grupo Nacin
2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,271
866
699
624
474
265
258
4,402
28
20
16
14
11
6
6
100
Male
000
626
445
357
318
241
131
120
2,238
28
20
16
14
11
6
5
100
Female
000
%
591
421
342
305
233
134
137
2,164
27
20
16
14
11
6
6
100
Source: Centro Centroamericano de Poblacin; Universidad de Costa Rica

2.b
Social class
A+B+C1
C2
C3
D1
D2
Total
All adults 1
000
%
269
318
1,076
440
342
2,445
11
13
44
18
14
100
Male
000
142
149
531
213
149
1,184
12
12
44
18
12
100
Female
000
%
127
169
545
228
194
1,262
10
13
43
18
15
100
Source: Ipsos, General Media Study

1
Urban population between 13 and 64 years old
A = upper middle class; B = middle class; C = lower middle/skilled working class

D = unskilled working class/inactive
259
COSTA RICA
(2006)
2.cb
(2004)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 to 3 persons
4 people
5-6 people
7-9 people
10 people or more
Total
Households
000
%
554
279
264
64
7
1,168
47
24
23
6
1
100
Source: Instituto Nacional de

Estadstica y Censos (INEC),
households survey
4.a
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
Total
333
708
208
229
271
1,041

99.0
Total paid-for non-dailies National paid-for non-dailies -
32
68
20
22
26
100
4.b
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55+
Total
54
150
159
115
59
536
4.c
7.73
7.73
7.73
0.00
0.00
8,532 11,400
33.61

2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
72
28
100
65
35
100
68
32
100
60
40
40
100
69
31
31
100
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Total
Source: Grupo Nacin
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
6
6
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
National paid-for
2
non-dailies
Regional and local
20
-
7
6
1
7
6
1
5
5
-
6
6
-
0.00
0.00
-
20.00
20.00
-
29
4
7
42
-
5
31
28
-
6
34
32
4
45.45
100.00
20.00
9.68
14.29
-
25
28
40.00
3
-
2
1
-33.33
-
2005 La Nacin and Al Da only

2006 La Nacin, Al Da, and La Teja
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
Single copy
Subscription
275
275
275
-
153
153
153
10
10
199
199
199
12
12
-30.90
-30.90
-30.90
-92.86
-92.86
Source: Grupo Nacin

2005 Figures given are for dailies La Nacin and Al Da and non-daily
El Financiero only
2006 Including only dailies La Nacin, Al Da, La Teja, and the weekly
El Financiero
30.07
30.07
30.07
20.00
20.00
300.00
152.00

(2006)
5.b
Age
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
281
281
281
-
100.00
97.00
Source: Grupo Nacin
288
288
288
168
168
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Costa Rica, colon)

min
max
Source: Grupo Nacin, informal survey on newspapers
260
-39.49
-
Source: Media Guru
Number of titles

59.9
59.9
59.9
0.6
0.6
Sales revenues
10
29
30
21
9
100
Urban population aged 13-64
3.b
55.6
55.6
55.6
0.6
0.6
(Costa Rica, colon, mln)

Change (%)
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001/97 2001/00
Source: Ipsos Costa Rica; Estudio

General de Medios
3.a
94.0
-
2005 Figures given are for dailies La Nacin and Al Da and non-daily
El Financiero only.
2006 Including only dailies La Nacin, Al Da, La Teja, and the weekly
El Financiero

persons) (2006)
Housewives
000
%
96.0
-
Source: Grupo Nacion

Estadistica y Censos, July 2003
Age
13-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55+
Total
All adults
Men
Women
90.3
92.5
88.1
Source: Ipsos Costa Rica; Estudio General

de Medios
Urban population aged 13-64; reading
base: 30 days
%
% daily reach
group 1
21.0
13.9
22.8
21.3
13.6
7.5
100
89.4
92.0
90.7
90.7
90.3
86.6
-
Source: Ipsos Costa Rica; Estudio

General de Medios
Urban population aged 13-64
1
Reading base: 30 days
COSTA RICA
5.c
Media consumption
7.c
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
46
269
284
-
46
269
284
-
27
14
253
254
84
(Costa Rica, colon, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2006
24
24
30
162
198
51

Total non-dailies
25,594.0 25,036.0
-
6.a
7.d
In colour
Total
Dailies
Non-dailies
5
2
6
2
6
3
5
3
71
5
40.00
150.00
40.00
66.67
Source: 2006 Grupo Ice (www.ice.go.cr)
9,640
18,833

2003
2004
2005
2006
-
18,362
19,382

The daily El Heraldo has only electronic version, included among the 7 dailies
with online editions
Website
La Nacin
Al Da
El Financiero
www.nacion.com
Aldia.co.cr
Capitalfinanciero.com
Page impressions
2,027,172
742,644
57,571
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
88.1
5.6
5.7
0.6
100

2002
GDP
(Costa Rica, colon, bln)

2003
2004
2005
6,051.0 6,657.0 8,127.0
2006
11,322.8
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004, 2006 Banco Central de Costa Rica

2002
GDP per capita
(Costa Rica, colon, 000)

2003
2004
2005
1,480.0 1,628.0 1,913.0
2006
Display
Classified
Inserts
Online
Total
Source: Grupo Nacin
Source: Grupo Nacin - http://www.nacionmediakit.com/web.html
2,570.0
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004 Banco Central de Costa Rica; 2006
Banco Central de Costa Rica y Centro Centroamericano de Poblacin
7.ac
18,338
2005 Including only La Nacin and Al Da

2006 Including only La Nacin, Al Da, and La Teja
7.ab
Source: 2002 Media Guru; 2004-2005 Grupo Nacin
Online editions
7.aa

2002
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
6.b
27,619.0
1,869.9
Source: Media Guru
Source: 2002-2003 Optimum Media Direction (OMD), Estudio de Hbitos

de Audiencia; 2004-2006 Ipsos, General Media Study 2004
2006 Urban population aged 13-64

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Private universities
Supermarkets
Housing
Electrical appliance stores
State and government
Credit cards
Cars
Departament stores
State universities
Used cars
Corporacin
de Supermercados Unidos
(supermarkets)
Banco Nacional
de Costa Rica (banking)
Banco de Costa Rica
(banking)
Banco Popular
y de Desarrollo Comunal
(banking)
Dos Pinos
Lachner & Senz (cars)
Veinsa (cars)
Universidad de Costa Rica
Hewlett Packard
(computers)
Banco Interfin (banking)
1,052,117
882,537
865,161
784,256
673,372
579,832
573,047
398,371
374,473
364,115
Source: Media Guru

(2006)
8.a
2002
Ad expenditure
2003
-
(%)
2004
2005
0.70
2006
0.69
Source: Banco Central de Costa Rica, Media Guru
Publisher
Grupo Nacin GN S.A.

199
Sociedad Periodstica Extra Ltda. Editorial La Razn S.A.
(La Repblica)
Expenditure
523,805.0
489,389.4
488,392.5
427,006.7
323,304.7
271,749.0
265,483.7
247,329.2
240,334.2
239,242.8
Source: Media Guru
Source: Grupo Nacin

Including only the dailies La Nacin,
Al Da, and La Teja
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
La Nacin
Diario Extra
Al Da
La Teja
La Repblica
La Prensa Libre
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Grupo Nacin GN s.a.

Sociedad Periodstica Extra Ltda.
Grupo Nacin GN s.a.
Grupo Nacin GN s.a.
Editorial La Razn s.a.
Sociedad Periodstica Extra Ltda.
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Costa Rica, colon) (USD)
92
62
44
-
510
510
365
251
31
16
200
150
150
100
250
100
Format
0.39
0.29
0.29
0.19
0.48
0.19
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Costa Rica, colon)
1,211,500
598,500
538,000
643,000
300,000
1,999,000
897,750
748,000
400,500
910,000
450,000
Source: Grupo Nacin GN s.a.; Ipsos Costa Rica, Estudio General de Medios
261
COSTA RICA
9.a
Employment
15.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
203 120
72
131
1,325 1,296 1,257 1,324
81.94
5.33
Source: 2003 Grupo Nacin

2005 La Nacin, Al Dia, and El Financiero only
2006 Grupo Nacin employees only
10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Tabloids
Other formats
Berliner
6
6
-
7
7
-
7
7
-
5
4
1
1
6
5
1
1
0.00
-16.67
-
Dailies only
Research
Methodology
Readership sample size: 3,000; frequency: quarterly.

press?
The Law for Promoting Competition and the Defence
of Consumers, passed in 1994, forbids monopolies,
with a few exceptions under government control.
Concentration is considered a monopolistic practice,
and therefore illegal, when: one company has the power
to fix prices, one company has the power to substantially
restrain supply, there are entry barriers that prevent
other companies from supplying the market, or one
company has special access to raw materials.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on: 1
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Stamp tax on revenue
13
13
13
30
30
1
There is no VAT in Costa Rica; 13% sales tax is applicable instead
13.a

No

Media companies are required to publish the names of
their owners or shareholders once a year.
Ipsos Costa Rica
12.

companies?
No

same locality?
No
20.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
Source: Grupo Nacin
11.

No
Subsidies generally

No
No
No
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
262
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0
CROATIA
Since 2000 Croatias economic fortunes have begun to
improve slowly, with moderate but steady GDP growth
between 4% and 5% led by a rebound in tourism and
credit-driven consumer spending. Inflation over the same
period has remained tame and the currency, the kuna,
stable. Nevertheless, difficult problems still remain,
including a stubbornly high unemployment rate,
a growing trade deficit and uneven regional development.
The state retains a large role in the economy, as
privatization efforts often meet stiff public and political
resistance. While macroeconomic stabilization has largely
been achieved, structural reforms lag because of deep
resistance on the part of the public and lack of strong
support from politicians. The EU accession process
should accelerate fiscal and structural reform.
Media freedom is still jeopardized. Journalists face all
kinds of pressures. The most visible was the government
pressure in appointing the board of the Croatian news
agency HINA. The government used all methods to
appoint members of the board who will ensure its
influence at HINA.
interviews with a minister. Vjesniks circulation is now

less than 10,000 copies.
Another new product, the daily newspaper 24 sata (24
hours) published by Austrian Stirya was a surprise at the
media scene. Tabloid-size daily newspapers, attracting
readers with short news, big headlines, attractive photos
and interesting stories, have turned extremely popular.
24 sata is the only newspaper in the country not even
trying to pretend being a quality newspaper. Being tired
of old newspapers manipulated by different centers of
political power, readers accept the new editorial policy of
24 sata. Another reason is also important: A low cover
price of 24 sata, only 3 kuna (EUR0.40), a half of other
dailies price, has also contributed to the success of 24
sata, in accordance with its promotional slogan
The whole truth at the half price.
Advertising
Media publish or broadcast hidden ads. A newspaper
article not identified as advertising or a broadcast time in
a popular TV show can be bought. Public is not able to
distinguish the editorial content and paid advertising.

Weekly, bi-weekly and monthly magazines continuously
grow and take over the print media market at the
expense of daily newspapers.
Ownership
Government owns the daily newspaper Vjesnik, almost
60 % of local media, the news agency HINA, and the
printing plant of Vjesnik. The government tries to
influence the public radio and TV through elections of
In 2006, the media scene in Croatia faced a new and the Croatian Radio and Television Board.
financially strong impact of free newspapers. Free daily
Metro became number one in circulation in the whole Multinational media companies own the most
country. Various editions of the bi-weekly News influential media in the country. In addition to the
achieved print run of 620,000 copies, the amount other above-mentioned WAZ (EPH) that owns four out of six
newspapers can only dream about.
best selling daily newspapers, Austrian Stirya owns the
other two. The two foreign publishing companies have
Metro is published by Europa Press Holding (EPH), 87.5% of the daily newspaper market (EPH 59.6% and
countrys biggest publishing company, owned 50% by Stirya 27.9%). Independent and government
the German publisher WAZ. Metro directly competes newspapers have 12.5%. The independent daily Novi
with three other dailies published by EPH. Anyway, four list, owned mostly by journalists, faces big financial
out of six newspapers with the biggest circulation are problems and looses the market.
owned by EPH.
Media / Press Laws
Free newspapers invasion at the Croatian market was According to the Freedom House and OSCE reports,
like an earthquake. Paid-for newspapers, such as Jutarnji media in Croatia are partly free, with overall trends
list, Vecernji list and Slobodna Dalmacija have not being positive. An amendment to the Criminal Code
found a proper response to this challenge. The only passed in 2006 eliminated imprisonment as a libel
answer they found was a move towards sensationalism in punishment, leaving fines as the only sanction.
their editorial content. As a result, they have lost their
credibility and lost circulation. For example, the state Other Factors
owned daily Vjesnik, once a serious, analytical and An initiative group for founding the Croatian Press
eminent newspaper, lost its credibility completely. Council promotes the idea of self-regulation. After
Vjesnik became an obedient servant of the government, a two-years debate, a publisher acknowledged a Press
publishing in one edition five photos of the prime Councils finding for the first time in 2006. The Press
minister, four of his deputy, and publishing weekly Council, however, is still far away from being functional.
Source: CIA The World Factbook; ICEJ
263
CROATIA
(2004)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
307
349
280
304
237
1,477
21
24
19
20
16
100
Source: Statistical Yearbook

of the Republic of Croatia
3.a
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-5
aged 6-9
aged 10-14
Total
338
914
264
179
237
1,252
27
73
100
Source: Statistical Yearbook

of the Republic of Croatia
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2.a
Age
0-15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
755
604
590
646
633
492
713
4,437
17.01
13.61
13.29
14.59
14.26
11.08
16.06
100
Male
000
386
308
296
325
316
229
273
2,135
18.07
14.42
13.86
15.22
14.80
10.72
12.78
100
Female
000
%
369
296
293
326
317
262
438
2,301
16.09
12.86
12.73
14.16
13.77
11.38
19.03
100
Source: Central Bureau of Statistics

2.b
Social class
A+B1
C12
C23
D4
E5
Total
All adults
000
%
438
730
1,003
801
710
3,682
12
20
27
22
19
100
Male
000
230
291
665
342
221
1,749
13
17
38
20
13
100
Female
000
%
208
439
338
459
489
1,933
11
23
18
24
25
100
Source: Central Bureau of Statistics, Census of Population, Households and

Dwellings, 2001
A = higher managerial, administrative, professional
B = intermediate managerial, administrative, professional
C1 = supervisory/clerical/junior managerial
C2 = skilled manual workers
D = semi and unskilled manual workers
E = those who didnt finish the primary school, as well as those who do not have
any education at all
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
12
12
7
5
11
11
6
5
12
12
7
5
13
13
8
5
16
15
8
7
33.33
25.00
14.29
40.00
23.08
15.38
0.00
40.00
181
181
105
76
202
127
110
17
207
132
115
17
207
132
115
17
1
-
75
5
5
75
5
5
75
-
Source: 2002-2005 Croatian Journalists Association, Research Institute estimates;

2006 ICEJ
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
597
597
562
Regional and local
35
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
2,190
Total paid-for non-dailies 2,190
National paid-for non-dailies 2,030
Regional and local
160
-
508
508
476
32
382
382
352
30
1,985 2,183
1,875 2,062
1,820 2,002
55
60
110
121
411
411
383
28
747
560
-
25.13
-6.2
-
81.75
36.25
-
187
-
Source: 2002-2005 Croatian Journalists Association, Research Institute estimates;

2006 ICEJ (free dailies), WAN assessment (paid-for dailies)
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Total dailies
162
162
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
173
173
-
214
214
-
182
182
171
11
137
137
127
11
-15.43
-15.43
-
-24.73
-24.73
-25.73
0.00
58
92
99
115
219.44
16.16
Source: Croatian Journalists Association, Research Institute estimates
264
CROATIA
4.b
Sales revenues
6.b
(Croatia, kuna, mln)

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
992.0 1,286.0 1,096.0 824.7

- 1,028.0 759.5
68
65.2
873
-
1,125.0 1,237.5
1,092.0 1,201.2
33.0 36.3
-24.75
-26.12
-4.12
10.00
10.00
10.00

Website
Vecernji list
Novi list
Vjesnik
Slobodna Dalmacija
Glas Slavonije
www.vecernji-list.hr
www.novi-list.hr
www.vjesnik.hr
www.slobodnadalmacija.hr
www.glasslavonije.hr
Estimate

2001
(Croatia, kuna, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
165.6
179.4
207.1
219.7
2000
(Croatia, kuna, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
33.8
36.8
45.6
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
92.0
5.0
3.0
100
93.0
5.0
2.0
100
93.5
6.5
100
2005
2006
GDP
90.0
10.0
100
93.0
7.0
100
Source: ICEJ
2,000
1,450
1,100
980
781
Source: ICEJ
7.aa
4.c
Page impressions (000) 1
7.ab
193.1
GDP per capita
39.8
42.7

4.d
Cover prices (2005)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Croatia, kuna)
max
Single copy
Subscription
6
6

(2006)
5.b
Age
All adults
Men
Women
86
54
46
74
0.1
7.2
13.8
18.6
20.8
19.9
19.6
100
1.4
15.6
27.7
49.8
66.3
62.9
62.6
-
Media consumption
(minutes per day)
2002
2003
2004
2001
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
19
14
205
149
23
15
15
209
152
28
15
17
218
168
35
18
16
237
155
41
19
12
7
18
219
146
75
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Non-dailies
Source: ICEJ
5
-
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) 177.4 285.3 111.7 412.0 450.4
5
21
153.89
9.32
Source: (A+B+C+D) = total dailies + total non-dailies + total Sundays + online

newspapers
categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
10
2
12
-
140
-
14.6
10.9
10.6
8.5
8.2
7.7
7.5
6.6
6.1
6.1
Expenditure
(Croatia, kuna, 000)
T-Mobile Hrvatska
Vipnet GSM
Procter & Gamble
Europapress Holding
Reckitt-Benckiser
T-Hrvatski Telekom
Coca Cola
LOral
Unilever
Henkel
Source: MEDIApuls, AdEx
Source: MEDIApuls, AdEx
I-XII/2006
I-XII/2006
203,200
179,000
165,500
162,800
157,900
140,900
98,800
88,300
83,600
81,600
2005
Source: Media Metar

6.a
(Croatia, kuna, mln)

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Telecommunications
Food
Health care products
Beverages
Media and publishing
Fianncial institutions
Cleaning products
Automobile industry
Trade
Tourism / Culture / Music
Source: Media Metar
5.c
Source: Media Metar
%
% daily reach
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
7.c
20
-

(2005)
8.a
Publisher
Europapress Holdings (WAZ)

NCL Media Grupa
Stirya Medien AG
Sanoma Magazines Zagreb
Novi List
Oglasnik
Kultura i rasvjeta
Glas Istre
Glas Slavonije
Vjesnik
900
690
290
210
150
35
25
20
17
16
Source: ICEJ, circulation per edition with

regard to frequency
265
CROATIA
8.ba
Title
Language
Jutarnji list
Vecernji list
24 sata
Slobodna Dalmacija
Sportske novosti
Novi list
Glas Istre
Glas Slavonije
Slavonski dom
Vjesnik
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Croatian
Publisher
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Croatia, kuna) (USD)
133
108
99
73
51
37
17
10
9
8
455
454
550
127
68
80
31
35
30
19
Europa Press Holding (EPH / WAZ)

Styria
Styria
Novi list
Glas Istre
MC Glas Slavonije
Vjesnik
6.00
6.00
3.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
Format
1.00
1.00
0.50
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Tabloid
Tabloid
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Croatia, kuna)
22,000
25,000
19,000
15,000
9,240
7,400
12,000
17,000
10,000
26,400
30,000
19,000
18,000
11,100
10,400
14,400
17,000
12,000
Source: Circulation: HGK; Readership: Media Metar

8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Metro Express
Croatian
Metro (Europa Press Holding / WAZ)
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
187
331
Tabloid
Source: ICEJ
9.a
Employment
11.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total number of journalists 1 1,300 3,334

Number of part-time journalists 572
4,918
2,844 2,850
1,201 1,300
-
119.23
-
0.21
8.24
-
Members of the Croatian Journalists Association
10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Berliner
11
1
10
-
11
1
10
-
11
1
11
-
13
12
1
15
14
1
36.36
40.00
-
15.38
16.67
0.00
Source: ICEJ
10.ba
Single copy sales

Home deliveries 1
Postal deliveries
1
HGK, Croatian Chamber of Economy
GfK, Media Metar, Media Net, Mediana Fides, Puls
Source: 2002-2005 Croatian Journalists Association; 2006 ICEJ

1
Research
1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
31
24
28
31
24
28
31
24
28
Consumers pay the additional costs for home & postal deliveries
10.bb
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
20
Source: ICEJ
Average distribution costs per copy

1998
Single copy
Subscription
266
Methodology
Public pools, opinion surveys, media analyses,
interviewing media managers, experts and media
professionals
(Croatia, kuna)
1999
2000
2001
-
2.00
2.00
2002
2.00
2.00
CROATIA
13.a
Subsidies generally

Subsidies are generally not available, but in December
2003 the Croatian government spent Kuna 33.5 million
purchasing a printing rotary for Vjesnik, which the
government owns.
No
No.

same locality?
Yes. Under the Law on Electronic Media, a company
with a national broadcasting licence may not publish
any daily newspaper with a circulation of more than
3,000, and may not own more than: 25% of a national,
regional or local publisher; 10% of any publisher of
daily newspapers with circulation exceeding 3,000; or
10% of a news agency. A company with a regional or
local broadcasting licence may not publish daily
newspapers in the same or neighbouring region, and
may own more than 30% of a publisher that produces
newspapers in the same region.
Source: ICEJ
14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0

All data on media ownership are public, except the
personal identity number of the owners and address of
the editor-in-chief. Information on owners of shares of
1% or above of total ownership are published in the
Official Gazette as summary information.

companies?
Law on Media, adopted in 2004, Article 32: by January
31 each year, publishers have to report to the Croatian
Chamber of Commerce data on their company, name
and address of all persons or institutions owning shares
or having any other part of ownership, including data
about percentage of ownership. By February 28,
publishers are obliged to publish the same data in the
Official Gazette.
No
Basic data is accessible, but that does not mean that it is

possible to determine who ultimately owns something.
It is public data that the owner of 90% of Vecernji list is
the company Styria, whose owner is unknown.
press?
Article 33 of the Law on Media states that no publisher
of daily or weekly newspapers may sell more than 40%
of all dailies and weeklies sold in the relevant market.
It is questionable how the Agency for Protection of
Market Competition can define the level of market
concentration for media companies if hard data is
unavailable.
Yes, the definition of dominating position for media
companies needs to be defined to prevent media
concentration once hard data is available. Also, the
Media Law does not define the term daily newspapers.
Do sports and business/financial newspapers belong in
the same category as general/political newspapers?
Source: ICEJ
267
CROATIA
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional TV
Licensees
Maximum 25% stake
Maximum 25% stake
Maximum 10% stake

Maximum 10% stake
if circulation exceeds 3,000 if circulation exceeds 3,000
Maximum 25% stake
National TV
Licensees
Maximum 25% stake
Maximum 25% stake
Maximum 10% stake

Maximum 10% stake
if circulation exceeds 3,000 if circulation exceeds 3,000
Maximum 25% stake
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Not allowed if circulation

exceeds 3,000
No restrictions

exceeds 40% of the market

exceeds 3,000
National
Newspaper
Owners

exceeds 3,000
Not allowed if combined

circulation exceeds 40%
of total market circulation

exceeds 3,000
Not regulated
Not regulated
Not regulated
Not regulated
Not regulated
No special restrictions
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Foreign Investors
268
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
CUBA
Cuba has rolled back limited reforms undertaken in the
1990s to increase enterprise efficiency and alleviate
serious shortages of food, consumer goods, and services.
The average standard of living remains at a lower level
than before the downturn of the 1990s, which was
caused by the loss of Soviet aid and domestic
inefficiencies. In 2006, high metals prices continued to
boost Cuban earnings from nickel and cobalt
production. The inflation rate was estimated at 5% in
2006.
The government operated four national television
stations, six national radio stations, one international
radio station, one national magazine, and three national
newspapers. Additionally, it operated many local radio
stations, television stations, magazines, and newspapers.
All media must operate under Communist Party
guidelines and reflect government views. The
government owned and the Communist Party
controlled all media except for a few small, unauthorized
church run publications.
The government controlled nearly all Internet access.
Authorities reviewed and censored e-mail and forbade
any attachments. Authorities also blocked access to Web
sites they considered objectionable. Citizens could access
the Internet only through government approved
institutions, except at Internet facilities provided by a
few diplomatic offices. The only citizens granted direct
Internet access were some government officials and
certain government approved doctors, professors, and
journalists.
Ownership
The government considered print and electronic media
to be state property.
Media / Press Laws
Laws against antigovernment propaganda, graffiti, and
disrespect of officials impose penalties of between three
months and one year in prison; criticism of the president
or members of the ANPP or Council of State is
punishable by three years imprisonment. Disseminating
enemy propaganda, which included expressing
opinions at odds with those of the government, is
punishable by up to 14 years imprisonment. The
government considered the Universal Declaration of
Human Rights, international reports of human rights
violations, and mainstream foreign newspapers and
magazines to be enemy propaganda.
Law 88, Protection of the National Independence and
Economy of Cuba, prohibits a broad range of activities,
including distribution of printed material from foreign
sources, that purportedly undermine state security.
Many of the countrys political prisoners were convicted
of violating this statute.
The law bars clandestine printing.
Citizens did not have the right to receive or possess
publications from abroad, although newsstands at some
hotels for foreigners and certain hard currency stores
sold limited numbers of foreign newspapers and
magazines.
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,177
8,000
1,206
11,383
19
70
11
100
Male
000
1,118
4,001
554
5,673
20
71
10
100
Female
000
%
1,059
3,999
652
5,710
19
70
11
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
18
4
14
18
4
14
18
4
14
18
4
14
18
4
14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002 UNESCO; 2003-2006 WAN from public sources
269
CUBA
3.b
8.ba
Circulation 1
(000)
Title
Publisher
1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800
Granma
Central Committee
of the Communist Party
Union of Young Communists
Centre of Cuban Workers
-
0.00
0.00

7.aa
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Juventud Rebelde
Trabajadores
Nueva Prensa Cubana

2001
GDP
(Cuba, peso, bln)

2002
2003
2004
-
674.7
778.0
2005
Cover price
(Cuba, peso)
400
250
-
20.00
-

1
In 2002
1,011.5
270
CYPRUS
The Republic of Cyprus has a market economy
dominated by the service sector, which accounts for 76%
of GDP. Tourism and financial services are the most
important sectors. As in the area adminstered by Turkish
Cypriots, economic growth tends to be volatile, given
the relative isolation, bloated public sector, reliance on
the Turkish lira, and small market size of north Cyprus.
The Turkish Cypriots are heavily dependent on transfers
from the Turkish Government. Agriculture and services,
together, employ more than half of the work force. The
inflation rate in the Republic of Cyprus was estimated at
2.8% in 2005, while the inflation rate in north Cyprus
was estimated at 9.1% in 2004.
In the Turkish-speaking part of Cyprus, with

a population of around 200,000, there are ten dailies:
Afrika (formerly Avrupa), Birlik, Kibris, Kibrisli, Ortam,
Volkan, Yeniduzen, Yenicag, Halkin Sesi, and Haber
Havadis.
The main news agency is the Cyprus News Agency

(CNA). As an independent and autonomous
corporation functioning under the Cyprus News Agency
Law, the CNA cannot promote the interests of any
political party or economic group. The agency is
governed by a seven member Board composed mainly of
journalists representing the Union of Journalists, the
Publishers Association, the Cyprus Broadcasting
Corporation, and the Press and Information Office. The
law which established the Agency expressly provides that
CNA cannot promote the interests of any political party
or economic group.

Most of the important media outlets (especially in the
Republic of Cyprus) have their own websites.
Conservative Turkish dailies Sabah and Hurriyet have

a daily circulation of around 13,000 between them,
while sales of the most popular Turkish Cypriot paper,
Kibris, are about 13,000 copies a day.
English is used widely by permanent foreign residents on

the island, creating a market for two local dailies (Cyprus
News and Cyprus Times) and one weekly publication
(Cyprus Weekly). Slavic-speaking residents have also
created their own local media. Since 1975, the island has
Several private television and radio stations competed grown into a major centre for the publication of
effectively with government-controlled stations.
numerous Arab and Russian magazines and newspapers.
Ownership
Most daily newspapers belong to or are linked with
political parties or other groups.
There is one press retailer for every 530 residents. This is
rather high, and has led to distribution problems as it is
difficult to control distribution costs and the levels of
unsold papers as stocks are spread thinly.

There are nine daily newspapers in Greek: Phileleftheros, Taxes
Simerini, Alithia, Haravaghi, Politis, Makhi, XPress The VAT on newspapers is 5% and is included in the
Economiki, Apogevmatini, and Agon.
selling price.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
160
533
91
784
20
68
12
100
Male
000
82
270
40
392
21
69
10
100
Female
000
%
78
263
51
392
20
67
13
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
18
18
18
21
21
16.67
0.00
271
CYPRUS
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
90
90
95
100
100
11.11
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Cyprus, pound, bln)

2003
2004
2005
7.0
7.9
2006
8.2

Republic of Cyprus only; GDP of North Cyprus was 2.1 bn Cypriot pounds
7.ab

1997
GDP per capita
(Cyprus, pound)
1998
1999
2000
-
7,084.0
2001
-

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Phileleftheros (Liberal)
Kibris
Alithia (Truth)
Haravghi (Dawn)
Simerini (Today)
Apogevmatini
Politis (Citizen)
Halkin Sesi (Voice of the People)
Agon (Struggle)
Cyprus Mail
Greek
Turkish
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Turkish
Greek
English
Phileleftheros Ltd
Alithia Ltd
Telegraphos Ltd
Dias Publishing House Ltd
Arktinos Ltd
Cyprus Mail Ltd
Circulation
(000)
Cover price
(Cyprus, pound)
Format
26
13
11
9
9
8
7
6
5
4
0.70
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
11.
Research
Papyrus General Distribution Press Agency Ltd, and
other distributors.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
15
5
5
10
Source: www.worldwide-tax.com
14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
272
Discount rate (%)

50
0
50
50
50
CYPRUS
15.b
Cross-media ownership restrictions (2005)
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Maximum of one
Maximum of one
No limit
No limit
Max. one. Barred if they own

more than 20% of the share
capital in a TV station.
National TV
Licensees
Maximum of one
Maximum of one
No limit
No limit

capital in a TV station.
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Max. one. Barred if they own Max. one. Barred if they own
more than 20% of the share more than 20% of the share
capital in a newspaper.
No limit
No limit

National
Newspaper
Owners
Max. one. Barred if they own Max. one. Barred if they own
more than 20% of the share more than 20% of the share
No limit
No limit

Max. one. Barred if they

own more than 20%
of the share capital
in a radio station.

own more than 20%
in a radio station.
No limit
No limit
National Radio
Licensees

own more than 20%
in a radio station.

own more than 20%
in a radio station.
No limit
No limit
Up to 2.5% per investor.

All foreign investors cannot
own more than 10% of total
share capital.

share capital.
No limit
No limit

share capital.
Foreign Investors
273
CZECH REPUBLIC
The overall economic situation in the Czech Republic in
2006 was evaluated by independent institutions as very
good, except for the public debt, which fluctuates
around the level of acceptability in terms of the
Maastricht criteria. In 2006, the GDP grew by 6% - the
same growth rate as in the previous period. Thus, the
Czech Republic ranks among the leading countries in
the region. The inflation rate reached 2.5%, which
represents an increase of 0.5 % compared to the previous
year. However, the inflation rate in the Czech Republic
is the lowest in the region when comparing over the long
term. The economic growth also contributed to
a decrease in the unemployment rate, even though it still
reached a high level - close to 7.5 %. For 2008 the new
government, selected during the elections in 2006, is
preparing large-scale economic reforms. However, their
impact on the economy is not unambiguously
foreseeable and opinions differ regarding them.
The daily Super Spy closed on 1 January 2007.

At the beginning of 2007, the Sunday Nedelni Svet of
the publishing house Mediacop was also closed.
Advertising
In 2006, the increase in gross advertising revenues of the
press was 12.9 % (in book prices, before any price list
discounts or other discounts), whereas in 2005 it was
only 8.3 %. For dailies, gross advertising revenues grew
by 9.0 % in 2006, compared to 9.8 % in 2005. National
dailies and free dailies, especially, have contributed to the
growth of advertising revenues.
The net advertising revenues increased by 10.8% in

2006, compared to 7 % in 2005. Publishers are facing
increasing requirements of advertisers for various
discounts and bonuses, due to growing competition. In
2007, no special positive factors are expected to
influence ad revenues as in 2006 (the parliamentary and
senate elections, the rebranding of two operators of the
The rapid growth of the free dailies market is mobile telecommunication networks, the Football
noteworthy. According to January-February 2007 data, World Championship, and others).
there is a sharp increase in the total sales of, especially,
the so-called gutter and tabloid newspapers.
The Internet was the most dynamically growing
medium in 2006. But in spite of this, its share in the
At the end of 2005, a new free daily appeared in Prague. total volume of advertising expenditure still remains low.
During 2006, two other free dailies for the region of
Prague and environs were launched. In spring, free Circulation
dailies Metropolitni Expres, of the publishing house In 2006, total paid circulation decreased by 1.8% yearMAFRA, and Kuryr, of the publishing house Iditara, on-year, and it increased by 1.2 % in a five-year
appeared with net press runs of 200,000 and 300,000 comparison.
copies, respectively. Kuryr was being thrown in the
letter-boxes of households, in contrast to the other free Sales of news and political newspapers remain stable.
dailies that were distributed by news-vendors or were Data on individual titles shows a swing of readers to
available at distribution stands, in places with bigger dailies providing more amusing and lifestyle information
concentrations of people. In July 2006, Kuryr was than the standard daily news service. In 2005, two new
transformed into a weekly and three months later its national dailies of this orientation were launched, and in
publishing was stopped.
2006 a third similar title also appeared - AHA!, of the
publishing house Ebika. This title was previously
In the course of 2006, Metro expanded to all regional published as the amusing Sunday. In March 2006, it
towns. All free dailies, except the Metro, are published in shifted to a daily published seven days a week. At the
compact tabloid format.
same time, it also swallowed up the Sunday AHA Sport.
The title is published in a smaller compact format than
All regional dailies of the only publisher in this segment other Czech dailies.
the company Vltava Labe Press are published in the
same graphical arrangement and under the common Readership
name Denik (Daily), so they actually make up one Since 2006, significant changes have been introduced in
product on the market with a paid circulation of about methodology of the readership research Media project.
350,000 copies.
All Czech dailies have their own news web sites with
In 2006, two non-dailies were launched: the free non- more or less independent content. A tendency towards
daily 14 dni (Fourteen Days) of the publishing house gradually gaining independence and bigger
MAFRA, and the paid non-daily 1 na jihu (No. 1 in the differentiation of website content from the printed titles
South) of the publishing house Vltava Labe Press. Both is apparent.
titles focus on the South-Bohemian Region.
274
CZECH REPUBLIC
The increase in advertising revenue from online
advertisement on the web sites of dailies corresponds to
the total increase in online advertising revenues. The
cooperation between the server Novinky (News) and the
biggest Czech Internet portal Seznam, which ensures
a high visit rate for the server Novinky (News), proved
to be very effective.
Copyright
In 2006, an amendment to the Copyright Act was
published. The amendment is not favourable to
publishers interests, as it enlarges the possibility of
legally copying press content and does not solve other
copyright problems that publishers face.
Source: Unie vydavatelu denniho tisku - Czech Publishers Association

(2004)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
1,509
1,465
660
533
104
4,271
35.3
34.3
15.5
12.5
2.4
100
Source: Czech Statistical Office,

31 December 2004
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50+
Total

2.a
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,501
1,352
1,730
1,380
1,451
1,381
1,457
10,252
15
13
17
14
14
14
14
100
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
552
791
2,393
2,033
2,982
8,751
Source: MML TGI Median,

population 12+
6.3
9.0
27.3
23.2
34.1
100
45
55
8
16
16
16
100
Source: Czech Statistical Office
Housewives
000
%
1
37
184
280
239
243
242
1,147
2,373
2
8
12
10
10
10
48
100
Male
000
771
692
884
704
723
660
570
5,004
15
14
18
14
14
13
11
100
Female
000
%
730
660
846
676
728
721
887
5,248
14
13
16
13
14
14
17
100

and sex (2005)
1,904
2,367
321
682
683
681
4,271
New methodology since 2006
Age
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
aged 16+
Total
Categorization incomparable with

statistics in previous editions
of World Press Trends

persons) (2005)
Age
Households
000
%
A = Upper middle class - higher

managerial, administrative
or professional
B = Middle class - intermediate
or professional
C2 = Skilled working class - Skilled
manual workers
D = Working class - Semi and unskilled
manual workers
(no other earners)
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
74
73
7
Regional and local
66
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
1
Regional and local free dailiesTotal non-dailies
150
Regional and local
75
75
Regional and local
75
free non-dailies
1
1
66
65
7
58
81
80
7
73
86
84
9
75
90
86
10
76
21.62
17.81
42.86
15.15
4.65
2.38
11.11
1.33
1
170
70
70
1
1
195
95
95
84
2
2
196
96
96
86
4
3
200
100
100
300.00
33.33
33.33
33.33
2.38
100.00
50.00
2.04
4.17
4.17
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
33.33
33.33
0.00
0.00
1
1
3
3
4
4
3
3
200.00
200.00
-25.00
-25.00
Source: 2002-2004 Czech Publishers Association Yearbook, Republic, OMD Czech,

ABC CR; 2005-2006 ABC CR, OMD Czech - Media Data System
275
CZECH REPUBLIC
3.b
4.c
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
1,890
1,690
Regional and local
452
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
200
Regional and local
200
free dailies
Regional and local
540
National paid-for Sundays 308
1,867
1,667
1,204
463
1,861 2,212 2,799

1,661 1,742 1,711
1,232 1,338 1,368
429
404 343
48.10
1.24
10.50
-24.12
26.54
-1.78
2.24
-15.10
1,742 1,711
470 1,088 444.00
470 1,088 444.00
-1.78
131.49
131.49
200
200
200
200
550
550
560
560
566
566
580
580
7.41
7.41
2.47
2.47
318
318
479
479
531
531
354
354
14.94
14.94
-33.33
-33.33
1
2
46.90
3.85
-
16.22
1.38
7.05
-16.26
1.38
79.65
79.65
50.0
50.0
51.0
51.0
506.0 513.0
118.4 212.7
118.4 212.7
37.0
37.0
29.0
29.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.0
30.4
30.4
-17.84
-17.84
1.33
1.33
15.0
15.0
17.0
17.0
19.0
19.0
27.0
27.0
19.0
19.0
26.67
26.67
-29.63
-29.63
69.2
30.8
100
69.1
29.4
29.4
1.5
100
68.4
29.0
29.0
2.6
2.6
4,891
3,906
985
28.81
-
7.80
16.08
-15.96
337
337
53.88
53.88
5.64
5.64
Cover prices (2006)
Single copy
Subscription
5.00
5.00
5.a

(%)
Reached
-31.58
-31.58
Source: 2002-2004 AC Nielsen, TNS A-Connect, Czech Publishers Association; 2005

ABC CR, calculated by Czech Publishers Association; 2006 ABC CR, OMD Czech Media Data System, Czech Publishers Association
All adults
Men
Women
18.00
17.00
49.9
52.9
47.0
53.2
As of December 2006
Source: Media projekt GfK Praha &

Median, period January-December

(2006)
Paid + free dailies
%
% daily reach
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
3.0
12.0
17.9
17.5
18.9
16.6
14.1
100
24.0
43.0
47.9
53.6
58.4
54.2
50.5
-
Source: Media projekt GfK Praha &

Median/SKMO, period January
December
Paid + free dailies
5.c
Media consumption
2002
1
27.01
27.01
100
Under 1%
Not audited
Age
(Czech Republic, koruna, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2002-2004 figures include VAT 5%
68.2
31.8
100
5.b
Sales revenues
221
221
68.2
31.8
100
Source: ABC CR, Czech Publishers

Association on Yearbook
Source: 2002-2004 Czech Publishers Association Yearbook 2005, Republic, OMD

Czech, ABC CR; 2005 ABC CR, calculated by Czech Publishers Association; 2006 ABC
CR, OMD Czech - Media Data System

3,797 3,796 4,377 4,537
3,203 3,365
Regional and local
1,174 1,172
paid-for dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies 219 279 303 319
Regional and local
219 279 303
319
Total paid-for Sundays 174 174 225 323
National paid-for Sundays 174 174 225
323
2006
(Czech Republic, koruna)

min
max
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4.b
2005
2005 National + regional dailies only, audited figures; home deliveries represent
close to 100% of subscriptions; postalk deliveries not audited; free distribution
not audited for dailies in the net press run
2006 As of December 2006
494.0 594.0 552.0 624.4 725.7

494.0 544.0 501.0 506.0 513.0
371.0 383.0 410.0
130.0 123.0 103.0
(%)
2004
Source: ABC CR
4.d
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies
Regional and local
2003
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries 1
Office deliveries
Free distribution 2
Total
Source: 2002 Czech Publishers Association Yearbook, Republic, OMD Czech, ABC
CR; WAN assessment; 2003-2004 Czech Publishers Association Yearbook, Republic,
OMD Czech, ABC CR; 2005-2006 ABC CR, OMD Czech - Media Data System , Czech
Publishers Association Yearbook
4.a
2002
Radio
Television 2
Internet 3
167
224
171
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
172
210
172
166
214
208
164
216
230
2006
205
214
65
Source: 2002-2004 Media Projekt, TV Projekt, iAudit; 2005 Media projekt 2005, TV
projekt 2005, NetMonitor; 2006 Radio Projekt Median & STEM/MARK, TV projekt
-Mediaresearch, NetMonitor Mediaresearch & Gemius
2006 Radio: population aged 12-79; TV: population 15+; internet: population 15+ ;
incomparable with previous years; periodical press has not been surveyed
1
population aged 12-79

population over 15
3
Internet users only
2
276
CZECH REPUBLIC
6.a
Online editions
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sundays
8
14
-
8
15
-
8
27
-
9
30
3
13
35
2
62.50
150.00
-
44.44
16.67
-33.33
Source: 2005 Czech Publishers Association Yearbook; 2006 Czech Publishers

Association Yearbook, OMD Czech Media Data System
Regional dailies Deniky Bohemia and Deniky Moravia have one common
webserver including access to all regional and local news.
6.b
Website
Page impressions per month

(000)
Pravo / Borgis
Mlada fronta DNES / MAFRA
SuperSpy! / Stratosfera
Blesk / Ringier CR
Hospodarske noviny / Economia
Denik CR (network of regional
dailies) / Vltava-Labe Press
Sport / Ringier CR
www.novinky.cz
www.idnes.cz
www.super.cz
www.blesk.cz
www.ihned.cz
www.denik.cz
Total dailies
6,485
6,249
Regional and local
2,248
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
236
Regional and local
236
free dailies
Total online newspapers 90
6,620
6,388
-
7,576
7,322
4,888
2,434
232
232
254
254
69 122.7
125 189
56
7.d
41.65
32.25
44.81
9.88
14.13
6.10
4.47
10.12
7,789 8,264
260 922
260 922
267.62
290.68
290.68
6.10
254.62
254.62
181
181
250
135.14
135.14
288.89
-3.87
-3.87
40.00
174
174
350

2002
July-December 2006; figures indicate number of unique visitors per month;

all dailies having a number of visitors audited
In colour
Total

(Czech Republic, koruna, bln)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
9,186
8,264
5,794
2470
2002-2004 includes classified, inserts, agency commission; excludes production

costs; before discounts. Typical discounts 5-25%; 2006 Ratecard prices, before
discounts and reductions, excluding VAT, ratecard discounts 3% to 30%
Source: Net Monitor Media research
7.aa
8,049
7,789
5,546
2,243
Source: 2002-2004 AC Nielsen, TNS A-Connect, Czech Publishers Association;

2005 TNS A-Connect adspend monitoring; 2006 TNS Media Intelligence,
ad spend monitoring
2,395
1,978
1,813
620
386
212
www.deniksport.cz

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2,415.0 2,551.0 2,727.0 2,988.0 3,204.0
25,071
44,820

2003
2004
2005
2006
32,679
60,766
28,656
54,624
32,481
53,009
39,075
60,230
Source: 2002-2004 AC Nielsen, TNS A-Connect, Czech Publishers Association; 2005

TNS A-Connect adspend monitoring, calculated by Czech Publishers Association;
2006 TNS Media Intelligence, ad spend monitoring
Additional colour and full colour
Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Czech Statistical Office

7.ab


(Czech Republic, koruna, 000)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP per capita
235.6
249.1
270.5
312.5
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Czech Statistical Office

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.32
1.36
1.39
1.46
1.55
Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Czech Statistical Office, TNS Media
Intelligence
7.ba

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
12,962
6490
6,472
15,529
1,693
63
1,934
240
32,421
13,760 15,535 16,855

6,836 7,804 8,114
6,924 7,731 8,741
16,869 18,153 21,350
2,169 2,157 2,398
111 167 154
1,674 1,811 1,940
348 664 830
34,931 38,487 43,527
18,937
9,339
9,598
23890
2,676
173
2,021
1,104
48,801
20,831
10,226
10,605
26,279
2,864
184
2,062
1,405
53,625
22,506
10,840
11,666
28,513
3,007
195
2,103
1,676
58,000
Source: Amer Nielsen, TNS A-Connect, Cinexpress, SVIT, ZenithOptimedia

Before discounts; production costs excluded; agency commission excluded
24,215
11,382
12,833
31,079
3,157
207
2,145
1,988
62,791
Display
Classified
Inserts
Online
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
93.2
3.2
3.6
100
91.8
6.3
1.9
100
91.6
6.8
1.6
100
86.1
6.5
4.4
3.0
100
86.5
6.3
3.5
3.7
100
Source: 2002-2004 AC Nielsen, TNS A-Connect; 2005 TNS A-Connect adspend

monitoring, calculated by Czech Publishers Association; 2006 TNS Media
Intelligence, ad spends monitoring
Paid-for and free dailies
categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Expenditure
% of display
ad revenue
Cars, motoring, fuel

Finance, financial services
Telecommunications incl. GSM
Retail chains, supermarkets
Personal ads
Housing, gardening, hobby
Entertainment, education
Industry, energy, raw materials
Travelling, hotels, restaurants
House equipment, appliances
14.8
12.5
9.0
8.3
7.7
5.9
5.7
4.6
2.4
2.1
Vodafone CR
Telefonica O2 CR
Lidl CR
Skoda Volkswagen
Mountfield CS
Tesco Stores CR
Sazka
T-Mobile
PSA
AAA Auto
291,488
285,276
279,537
179,054
174,136
158,884
145,534
143,185
112,766
104,997
Source: TNS Media Intelligence,

ad spends monitoring
Source: TNS Media Intelligence,

ad spend monitoring
Paid-for + free dailies
Paid-for + free dailies
277
CZECH REPUBLIC
8.a
Publisher
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
1,087
503
405
376
163
91
73
63
23
1,709,564
2,617,265
2,258,697
751,666
664,066
74,820
392,616
512,648
23,068
Ringier CR
MAFRA
Vltava-Labe Press
Metro CR (free dailies publisher)
Borgis
Ebika
Lidove noviny
Economia
Mediacop
Source: ABC CR; TNS Media Intelligence; Czech Publishers Association Yearbook
Dailies + Sundays, audited circulation
8.ba
Title
Blesk
Denik CR 1
Mlada fronta DNES
Pravo
AHA !
Lidove noviny
Sport
Hospodarske noviny
Sip
Language
Czech
Czech
Czech
Czech
Czech
Czech
Czech
Czech
Czech
Publisher
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
477
343
303
163
91
73
67
63
62
1,548
1,277
1,145
498
286
225
297
203
146
Ringier CR
Vltava-Labe Press
MAFRA
Borgis
Ebika
Lidove noviny
Ringier CR
Economia
Vltava-Labe Press
Cover price
usual
max
usual max
(USD)
7.00
9.00
10.00
10.00
7.00
11.00
10.00
15.00
5.00
12.00
12.00
15.00
14.00
10.00
16.00
14.00
18.00
9.00
0.32
0.46
0.47
0.47
0.32
0.51
0.47
0.70
0.23
0.56
0.56
0.70
0.65
0.47
0.74
0.65
0.84
0.42
Format
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
424,536
410,400
448,920
194,100
103,000
195,750
143,298
316,602
98,040
594,350
554,040
628,488
245,800
135,000
274,050
200,617
411,583
132,354
Source: ABC CR; Media projekt-GfK Praha & Median/SKMO July-December; Czech Publishers Association Yearbook; rates - OMD Czech Media Data System
Titles audited by ABC CR only
1
Network of 76 regional dailies
8.bb
Title
Metro
Kuryr Praha 1
24 hodin
Metropolitni expres
Language
Czech
Czech
Czech
Czech
Publisher
Metro CR
Iditara
Ringier CR
MAFRA
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
376
300
212
200
387
156
-
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
182,400
150,000
-
207,480
172,500
153,010
130,130
Source: Media Projekt GfK Praha & Median/SKMO July-December; OMD Media Data System
1
Kuryr Praha was published from 19 April 2006 to 30 June 2006 as a daily; from July to September 2006 it was published as
a weekly
9.a
Employment
9.b
Salaries
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2,100
-
2,000 2,100 2,000 1 2,000

23,000 23,000 2
-4.76
-
0.00
0.00

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total salary costs
747.5 747.5 786.6 828.0 920.0
23.08
11.11
Source: WAN assessment based on UVDT data
Source: 2005-2006 Czech Journalists Syndicate, Czech Statistical Office

2005 Whole publishing industry
1
2
Estimate
Total number of employees in all publishing industry (including periodicals,
books, CDs)
278
CZECH REPUBLIC
10.a
12.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
17
15
2
67
67
85
2
85
90
3
87
92
2
90
441.18
2.22
-33.33
4,400.00 3.45
Source: 2005 Czech Publishers Association, OMD Czech; 2006 OMD Czech Media
Data System
2006 Dailies + Sundays, excluding non-dailies
10.ba
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
35
40
-
35
40
-
35
40
-
35
40
-
35
40
40
2002-2004 Average figures. The percentage has relation to the amount

of distributed copies and range of distributional services; 2005-2006 Estimate
Newsprint costs
2002
Single copy
Subscription
3.0
3.0

2003
2004
2005
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
3.6
4.0
2006
3.8
4.3
Source: 2002-2004 Czech Publishers Association, ABC CR; 2005 Czech Publishers
Association, distribution companies; 2006 ABC CR; distribution companies
2005-2006 Estimate
11.
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Tax concessions for newspaper companies
19
5
5
19
19
19
19
26
26
0
Source: ASPI electronic database of Czech laws
2002
Source: 2002-2004 Czech Publishers Association, ABC CR; 2005 ABC CR,
Czech Publishers Association, distribution companies; 2006 ABC CR;
distribution companies
10.bb
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Research
ABC CR (Audit Bureau of Circulation, Czech
Republic), member of the IF ABC
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
Not for newspapers
14.
Discounts (2006)
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Post 1
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
-
Source: Czech Post Office

1
Special rates
Media Projekt 2006, realised by GfK Praha and Media
Methodology
Each year 30,000 face-to-face interviews (CAPI) are
conducted on 8,717 respondents, 12-79 years of age,
randomly selected from a database of all households;
joint research for periodicals, magazines and
newspapers; the questionnaire includes all dailies, more
than 70 paid-for and free local non-dailies, and
approximately 300 countrywide magazines; outputs
four time a year (gliding half-years)
279
CZECH REPUBLIC
15.a

companies?
Yes, the Competition Law
No
same locality?
No
15.b

No
press?
Yes, the Competition Law
No
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
National TV
Licensees
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
No limit
No limit
National
Newspaper
Owners
No limit
No limit
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
National Radio
Licensees
Foreign Investors
No limit
No limit
* Subject to approval of the licensing authority
280
DENMARK
The Danish economy has been characterized by strong
domestic demand over the last year and a half. Private
consumption has been growing fast, supported by a very
strong housing market and improved labour market
conditions. Consumption in 2007 is expected to grow
by 4.5 per cent. As house prices are expected to level off
and the employment rate is forecast to stay unchanged,
private consumption is expected to gradually reach 2.5
per cent in 2008-09.

The trend of change in format from broadsheet to
tabloid continued. Berlingske Tidende changed its
format in autum 2006, as the first of the major national
Danish morning newspapers.
In 2006, four new free household-distributed
newspapers were launched. MetroXpress launched an
afternoon paper, but it was closed shortly after.
Investments have also been growing rapidly, due to Advertising

strong growth in demand, low yields and increasing The newspapers share of above-the-line advertising has
difficulties of hiring qualified labour.
been increasing. Daily and weekly papers gained more
than 5.45 billion DKR in 2005, a 47% share. Internet
On top of a strong domestic demand, relatively high advertising continues to grow ; in 2005 it reached a 6%
international growth rates have spurred Danish exports, share. Television still has a 19% marketshare.
and Danish exporters seem to have gained market shares
despite having faced higher wage increases than their Circulation
competitors.
The total number of newspaper copies in Denmark went
up 50% in 2006 compared to 2005. This was due to the
Over the last year and a half, unemployment has been new national free morning papers, which distribute
reduced by 60,000 persons, hence lowering the more than 1 million copies a day. The paid-for
unemployment rate by almost 2 percentage points. distribution continued to fall, and the paid-for
Currently, the unemployment rate is just above 4 per newspapers circulation was reduced by 22,000 copies
cent, which is well below the estimated structural level of per day.
unemployment. Due to the outlook of continued strong
demand, unemployment rates are expected to remain Readership
low in the forecast period up to 2009.
The reach of daily newspapers is still very high. In 2006,
more than 80% of all adults read a newspaper every day.
The number of paid-for dailies has remained steady for Online / Digital Publishing
the last six years.
The newspapers internet sites are doing very well.
Among the top 20 sites in Denmark, six are owned by
Danish newspapers.
Source: Danish Economic Council; Danish Newspaper Publishers Association
281
DENMARK
(2006)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
949
834
317
342
119
2,561
37
33
12
13
5
100
Source: TNS Gallup 1H
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
Total
3,318
1,279
482
798
1,019
4,598
72
28
10
17
22
100

persons) (2006)
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
203
474
478
429
416
561
2,561
8
19
19
16
16
22
100

2.a
3.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,015
606
719
813
732
720
823
5,128
19
11
13
15
13
13
15
100
Male
000
520
309
361
413
369
359
354
2,685
19
12
13
15
14
13
13
100
Female
000
%
495
296
358
400
363
360
469
2,743
18
11
13
15
13
13
17
100

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
D
E1
Total
All adults
000
%
917
1,796
1,682
202
4,597
20
39
37
4
100
Male
000
593
867
737
64
2,261
26
38
33
3
100
Female
000
%
324
929
945
139
2,337
Source: TNS Gallup 1 H

1
Number of titles
14
40
40
6
100
Total dailies
33
30
9
Regional and local
21
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
3
Regional and local
free dailies
Total non-dailies
279
National paid-for
1
non-dailies
278
Regional and local
278
free non-dailies
35
30
9
21
35
30
9
21
37
31
9
22
42
30
9
21
27.27
0.00
0.00
0.00
13.51
-3.23
0.00
-4.55
14
16
16
15
15
15
-6.25
0.00
5
3
2
5
3
2
6
3
3
12
6
6
300.00
-
100.00
100.00
100.00
301
1
1
281
1
1
286
1
1
267
1
1
-4.30
0.00
0.00
-6.64
0.00
0.00
300
300
280
280
285
1
284
266
1
265
-4.32
-4.68
-6.67
0.00
-6.69
Source: 2002-2004 Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation; WAN assessment;

2005 Danish Newspaper Association; 2006 Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation 1 H;
Danish Newspaper Publishers Association; WAN assessment (free dailies)
Refused to answer

(no other earners)
282
DENMARK
3.b
4.c
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
1,806
1,433
818
Regional and local
615
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
373
Regional and local free dailies Total non-dailies
Regional and local
7,378
Total free non-dailies 7,378
Regional and local
free non-dailies
1,911
1,381
783
598
-
1,906 1,946 3,381

1,325 1,290 1,268
744
725 690
581
565 578
473
852
881
409
530 581 656 2,113 466.49

504
568 2,003
77
88
110
- 12,060 8,461 9,098
7,563 6,060 61
59
-99.21
63
60
61
59
-7.81
7,500 6,000
22.51
-
222.10
252.64
25.00
7.53
-3.28
-3.28
7.61
20.33
3.37
15.7
65.7
18.6
100
15.6
84.4
78.0
22.0
100
15.6
84.4
79.0
21.0
100
2004 Weekdays
2005 Weekdays 1Q 2005
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
666
456
266
190
627
455
265
190
946
391
213
178
50.88
-14.07
-19.62
-6.32
314
141
129
-
210
140
70
172
148
24
555
521
34
222.67
252.03
41.67
396
3
3
324
3
3
440
3
3
473
3
3
22.54
0.00
0.00
7.50
0.00
0.00
393
-
321
321
437
109
328
470
131
339
22.72
-
7.55
20.18
3.35
(Denmark, krone, mln)

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
-
Single copy
Subscription
10.00
6.85
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
25.00
19.00
Source: Danish Newspaper Publishers

Association
82.5
84.3
80.8
82.8

(2006)
5.b
%
% daily reach
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
3.8
11.0
14.7
17.5
16.8
16.8
19.5
100
54.2
77.6
76.4
81.2
87.2
90.1
90.8
-
5.c
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio 1
Television 2
Internet
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
187
169
-
188
158
-
19
2
188
158
18
179
153
-
2006
23
180
150
-
Source: 2002-2004 TNS Gallup; 2005 TNS Gallup Radio, TV-meter Gallup; 2006
Explora A/S; TNS Gallup Radioindex; TNS Gallup TV-meter week 11/2007
1
2
Age 12+
Age 3+
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1.72
Source: 2002-2004 Danish Newspaper Association; 2005 Newspaper Publishers

Association
5.a
(Denmark, krone)
min
max
Age
619
490
241
249
3,910 4,048 4,074 4,144
16.5
65.1
18.4
100
Source: 2002-2003 Danish Newspaper Association H1 2004, weekdays; 2004 Danish

Newspaper Association H1 2004; 2005 Danish Newspaper Association; 2006 Danish
Audit Bureau of Circulation 1 H; Danish Newspaper Publishers Association
Sales revenues
21.0
61.0
18.0
100
19.75
-47.92
Source: 2002 Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation 1H 2004; 2003-2004 Danish Audit
Bureau of Circulation 1H 2004 (annual sales 2H); 2005 Danish Audit Bureau
of Circulation 1Q 2005; 2006 Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation 1 H 2006
2006
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4.b
2005
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Total
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies
Total non-dailies
386
National paid-for
3
non-dailies
383
Regional and local
free non-dailies
(%)
2004
73.74
-1.71
-4.83
2.30
Source: 2002-2004 Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation; WAN assessment; 2005

Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation 1H; 2006 Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation
1 H; WAN assessment (free dailies)
4.a
2003
87.21
-11.51
-15.65
-6.02
1,055
213
7,500 6,000 8,400 9,039

2,100 2,527
6,300 6,512
2002
Dailies
Non-dailies
29
1
32
1
32
1
35
1
38
1
31.03
0.00
8.57
0.00
Source: Danish Newspaper Publishers Association
283
DENMARK
6.b
Website
Ekstra Bladet /JP/Politikens Hus

BT /Det Berlingske Officin
Politiken /JP/Politikens Hus
Jyllands Posten /JP/Politikens Hus
EPN /JP/Politikens Hus
Eb.dk
bt.dk
pol.dk
jp.dk
epn.dk

Unique users 1
903,567
483,938
303,386
339,045
223,412
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
50
48
2
52
45
3
46
51
3
50
47
3
52.70
44.90
2.40
Display
Classified
Inserts
Source: FDIM.dk week 49/2006

1
2002
Source: Advertising expenditure survey
Unique visitors per week
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Denmark, krone, bln)

2003
2004
2005

2002
(Denmark, krone, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
254.3
260.9
286.0
270.0

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.78
0.79
0.79
0.80
0.82
13.2
8.7
8.5
7.9
6.2
6.1
3.1
2.1
BILKA
DSB
Salling
Home
Telia
DDF
Philipson Wine
Nybolig
EDC
Klasselotteriet
59,480
56,975
53,866
52,122
41,311
36,722
36,601
36,400
35,132
32,974
Source: TNS Media Intelligence

(2006)
Publisher
5,054 5110 5,145

4,708 4,750 4,775
346 360 370
1,927 2,120 2,440
216 238 210
55
58
60
345 360 380
486 575 670
2,990 3,190 3,510
11,073 11,651 12,415
5,180
4,800
380
2,680
200
62
400
775
3,930
13,227
5,220
4,825
395
2,810
205
64
420
900
4,480
14,100
5,337
4,925
412
2,930
214
66
440
1,044
5,020
15,052
JP/Politikens Hus
Det Berlingske Officin
JydskeVestkysten
Dagbladet Borsen
Nordjyske Stiftstidende
Fyens Stiftstidende
Dagbladet/Frederiksborg
Amts Avis
Arhus Stiftstidende
De Bergske Blade
Kristeligt Dagblad

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
5,127
4,794
333
1,675
222
70
336
418
2,875
10,723
30.8
13.4
Expenditure
(Denmark, krone, 000)
8.a
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Others
Total
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
7.ba
Advertising sector
Miscellaneous advertising
Electronics and
telecommunication
Vehicles
Travel
Other retailing
Furniture and fittings
Finance, capital and insurance
Clothes
Books and magazines
Housing
1,361.0 1,398.0 1,452.0 1,536.7 1,552.0
GDP per capita

(2006)
2006

7.ab

categories (2006)
5,430
5,010
420
3,010
222
68
455
1,150
5,350
15,685
379
215
78
70
69
60
53
49
46
27
Source: Danish Newspaper Publishers

Association
Source: 2002-2005 Dansk Oplagskontrol, ZenithOptimedia; 2006-2009

ZenithOptimedia estimates
Excludes production costs; excludes classified advertising; after discounts;
Other includes free publications, trade press, annuals and directories
7.c
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
2,774 2,410 2,274 2,381 2,605

1,772 1,448 1,410 1,525 1,671
1,002 962 864
856 934
-6.09
-5.70
-6.79
9.41
9.57
9.11
Source: Danish Newspaper Association
7.d

1998
Total
284

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
90,000 81,759 77,750
DENMARK
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Morgenavisen Jyllandsposten
Politiken
Berlingske Tidende
Ekstra Bladet
B.T.
JydskeVestkysten
Dagbladet B?rsen
Nordjyske Stiftstidende
Fyens Stiftstidende
Dagbladet/Frederiksborg Amts Avise
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
JP/Politikens Hus
JP/Politikens Hus
JP/Politikens Hus
JydskeVestkysten
Dagbladet B?rsen
Nordjyske Medier
Fyens Stiftstidende
Dagbladet/Frederiksborg
Amts Avise
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
148
126
125
104
90
78
70
69
60
53
617
461
360
442
417
252
207
204
176
164
Cover price
(Denmark, krone) (USD)
16.50
16.50
18.00
12.00
12.00
16.00
25.00
15.50
15.00
10.00
2.90
2.90
3.16
2.11
2.11
2.81
4.39
2.72
2.64
1.76
Format
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Source: Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation 1 H; TNS Gallup 1H

8.bb
Title
Language Publisher
24timer 1
NyhedsAvisen (Copenhagen, Odense and Aarhus) 2
Dato 3
MetroXpress
Urban (national, Aarhus, Copehagen)
ErhversBladet 4
MetroXpress Aften 5
Centrum Aften (Aalborg)
JP+ 6
10minutter
Xtra
Centrum Morgen (Aalborg)
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
Danish
1, 2, 3
Circulation Readership Format

(000)
(000)
JP/Politikens Hus
Media Scandinavia 7
Det Berlingske Officin 8
Metro International
Det Berlingske Officin A/S
Det Berlingske Officin A/S
Metro International
Nordjyske Medier
JP/Politikens Hus
Nordjyske Medier A/S
Fyens Stiftstidende A/S
Nordjyske Medier
480
415
366
251
233
93
90
62
50
24
26
23
464
250
215
680
624
144
60
90
36
57
4
5
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
6
7
Door-to-door distribution
Distributed by postal service
Afternoon edition;
source of circulation (weekdays):
http://ekstrabladet.dk/
nyheder/samfund/article219559.ece
JPArhus+
365 Media Scandinavia
(Dagsbrun Group, Iceland)
Orkla (Mecom)
Source: Danish Newspaper Publishers Association; Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation 1 H 2006; TNS Gallup 1 H 2006;
WAN from public sources
9.a
Employment
12.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total number of journalists 2,873
Total number of employees 9,968
2,915
9,671
2,099
9,880
-26.94
-0.88

10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
29
25
5
35
23
12
35
22
13
37
18
19
41
16
25
41.38
-36.00
400.00
10.81
-11.11
31.58
11.
Research
Danish Audit Bureau of Circulation
TNS Gallup
Methodology
Computer-assisted telephone interviews (CATI) in
combination with diaries
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
25
13.a
0
0
25
25
25
25
32
32
32
Subsidies generally

No
No
Yes
13.b
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
14
14
14
14
55.56
0.00
285
DENMARK
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0

companies?
No
No
same locality?
No
No
press?
No
No
286
DJIBOUTI
The economy is based on service activities connected
with the strategic location of the country and its status
as a free trade zone in northeast Africa. The nation is
heavily dependent on foreign assistance to help support
its balance of payments and to finance development
projects. An unemployment rate of at least 50%
continues to be a major problem. The inflation rate was
The government owned the radio and television stations.
The official media generally did not criticize government
leaders and government policy. Radio Television
Djibouti, the official government station, broadcast 24
hours a day in four languages on the radio. Foreign
media also broadcast throughout the country.
owned the principal newspaper, La Nation, which

published three times a week. In addition, each
registered political party is permitted to publish a public
journal. There are several opposition-run weekly and
monthly publications that circulate freely and openly
criticise the government.
In January 2006, government authorities blocked the
Web site of the Association for Respect of Human
Rights in Djibouti (ARDHD), an association that is
often critical of the government. Access to ARDHDs
website was blocked by the local Internet provider,
although surfers with satellite connections were able to
enter the site. The government denied that it was
blocking the site.
Media / Press Laws

The law prohibits the dissemination of false information
Djibouti has no daily newspapers. The government and regulates the publication of newspapers.
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
211
260
16
487
Male
43
53
3
100
000
106
135
8
249
43
54
3
100
Female
000
%
105
125
8
238
44
53
3
100

7.aa

1998
GDP
(Djibouti, franc, bln)

1999
2000
2001
-
2002
108.3
287
DOMINICA
The Dominican economy depends on agriculture,
primarily bananas, and remains highly vulnerable to
climatic conditions and international economic
developments. The government is attempting to develop
an offshore financial sector and is planning to construct
an oil refinery on the eastern part of the island. The
inflation rate was estimated at -0.1% in 2005.
independent news sources through cable television and

radio reception from neighbouring islands.

The main radio station is state-owned and has
a government-appointed board. There are also two
independent radio stations owned by private companies
and a Christian radio station. Citizens have access to

The Internet was largely available in homes, offices, and
Internet cafes in urban areas. Infrastructure limitations
restricted Internet access in villages.

Dominica has no daily newspapers. There are three main
privately owned weekly newspapers the Chronicle with
circulation of 3,500 on Fridays, the Sun, and the
Tropical Star and political party journals.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
18
46
5
69
Male
Female
000
%
000
9
24
2
35
26
69
6
100
26
67
7
100
9
22
3
34
26
65
9
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.aa

1999
GDP

2000
2001
2002
2003
-
1.0
288
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
In recent years the service sector has overtaken
agriculture as the largest employer in the economy due
to growth in tourism and free trade zones. The US
economy is the source of about 80% of export revenues.
The development prospects of the Dominican Republic
improved with ratification of the Central AmericaDominican Republic Free Trade Agreement (CAFTADR) in September 2005. The inflation rate was
The government controlled one television station.

International media were allowed to operate freely.
There were 11 daily newspapers and a number of weekly
newspapers.
There were numerous online news outlets.
Taxes
Effective January 2005, the advertising tax increased
There were many privately owned radio and television from 6% to 10%.
stations, broadcasting a wide spectrum of political views.
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
486
466
365
605
240
365
605
240
365
-24.90
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 WAN assessment (free dailies); 2006 Instituto Verificador de

Circulationes (IVC) Argentina; WAN estimate
7.aa

(Dominican Republic, peso, bln)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
2,146.9 1,778.4 2,507.9

8.ba
Title

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,995
5,685
504
9,184
33
62
5
100
Male
000
1,531
2,902
235
4,668
33
62
5
100
Female
000
%
1,464
2,783
269
4,516
32
62
6
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
13
9
4
7
12
8
4
7
11
8
3
7
11
8
3
7
11
8
3
7
-15.38
-11.11
-25.00
0.00
Hoy
Listin Diario
El Siglo
El Caribe
El Nacional
El Nuevo Diario
El Sol
La Noticia
Circulation
(000)
Cover price
(Dominican Republic, peso)
(USD)
85
70
-
15
15
-
0.32
0.32
-

8.bb
Title
Publisher
El Expreso
El Dia
Diario Libre
Listin Diario
Periodico El Dia
Editorial AA
Circulation (000)
150
110
105
Source: WAN from public sources; Instituto Verificador de Circulationes (IVC)

Argentina
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: WAN from public sources; 2006 Instituto Verificador de Circulationes (IVC)
Argentina
289
EAST TIMOR
The country faces great challenges in continuing the
rebuilding of infrastructure, strengthening the infant
civil administration, and generating jobs for young
people entering the work force. The development of oil
and gas resources in nearby waters has begun to
supplement government revenues ahead of schedule and
above expectations - the result of high petroleum prices
- but the technology-intensive industry does little to
create jobs for the unemployed, because there are no
production facilities in Timor and the gas is piped to
Australia. The inflation rate was estimated at 1.4% in
2005.
operation. The three newspapers were back in

circulation by the end of year.
There are no legal or administrative restrictions on
Internet access.
Media / Press Laws
In 2004 the Court of Appeals decided that the executive
order did not overturn the Indonesian statutes that
define libel and defamation as criminal offenses and the
Indonesian criminal defamation statutes still applied.
In December 2005 the cabinet passed a penal code that

included provisions criminalizing defamation and insults
East Timors national public radio and TV services to a persons honor. Following an intense national
launched in May 2002, replacing the interim debate, the president sent the law back to the cabinet
broadcasting services operated by the UN.
without promulgating it. The Alkatiri government fell
before the bill could be reintroduced. At years end
Public radio is said to reach some 90% of the officials asserted that the criminal defamation provisions
population; public TV has a smaller coverage.
of the Indonesian penal code still apply.
In addition to the PBS radio station, there were 18
community radio stations, including at least one in each
district. Community radio stations play a key role in the
process of national reconstruction. Many of them receive
funding, training and equipment from international
agencies and organisations.

Newspapers are hand-delivered in Dili, and distributed
to the districts by small buses, which are locally owned
and run.
The postal system is very poor and unreliable in East

Timor; most post is delivered in person, since most
Instability, mob violence, and threats during the height streets have no names let alone house numbers.
of the crisis in May and June 2006 resulted in the
temporary closure of all national media outlets for The mob violence in May and June 2006 also forced an
varying periods of time and constricted many journalists estimated 150,000 people to flee their homes, many of
ability to report on developments.
them ending up in internally displaced peoples (IDP)
camps across the capital while others fled to the districts
where they originally came from. To effectively address
There were three daily newspapers, three weeklies, and the IDPs need for information, USAID supported the
several newspapers that appeared sporadically. All Timor-Leste Media Development Center (TLMDC) in
frequently criticized the government and other political distributing three daily newspapers to IDP camps in Dili
entities editorially.
as well as to the other 12 districts and their subdistricts.
The violence in May and June 2006 caused the Taxes
interruption of various business activities, including the Newspaper profits are taxed at 30%. This is the standard
operation of the three daily newspapers. USAID rate; newspaper companies receive no tax concessions.
provided critical financing to help them resume
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; USAID; BBC; WAN from public sources
290
EAST TIMOR
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01

0.40
0.90
0.70
0.90
0.60
0.30
-14.29
-66.67
Source: Internews; WAN from public sources

4.b
Sales revenues
(USA, dollar, mln)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02

0.37
0.37
0.37
0.31
0.50
0.11
0.02
-64.52
-96.00
Source: Internews
4.d
Cover prices (2002)

(USA, dollar)
min
Single copy
6.a
0.50
Online editions
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Dailies
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
7.aa
All individuals
000
%
000
385
644
33
1,062
196
328
16
540
36
61
3
100
36
61
3
100
Male
189
316
17
522
36
61
3
100
(2001)
Occupancy
Households
000
%
3 people
4 people
5 or more
people
Total
70
78
20
42
46
12
168
100
2
2
4
4
2
2
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
-25.00
-25.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 Internews; 2005-2006 WAN from public sources

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
(USA, dollar, bln)

2001
2002
2003
2000
GDP
0.00
2004
0.4

7.c
Advertising revenue
80
12

categories (2002)
8.a
Advertising sector
Publisher
% of display
ad revenue
Private companies
Government
NGOs
Small businesses
Number of titles

110
24
37.50
100.00
Source: Internews
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
3.b

Source: Suco Survey 2001
2
2
2
2
(USA, dollar, 000)

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
2.ca

Female
000
%
3.a
Source: Internews
4
4
3
3
-25.00
-25.00
60
20
10
10

(2002)
Beran Timor
Timor Tatoli Naroman Foundation
Kdadalak Media Cooperative
Source: Media sales departments
Source: Media sales departments

8.ba
Title
Suara Timor Lorosae
Language
1
Indonesian / English /
Tetum / Portuguese 2
Timor Post
Indonesian / English /
Tetum / Portuguese
Jornal Nacional Diario -
Publisher
Circulation (000)
Timor Tatoli
Timor Post Group

1
The first daily of East Timor, launched in February 1993; current staff
50 employees, including 25 reporters
2
The Indonesian name for the Indonesian language is Bahasa Indonesia
(literally language of Indonesia); Tetum is the official language of East Timor
291
EAST TIMOR
9.a
Employment
10.c
Newsprint costs
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Total number of journalists Number of part-time journalistsTotal number of employees -
100
112
108
118
102
122
50
20
80
Average per ton
-50.98
-34.43
12.
Salaries
(USA, dollar)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Total salary costs (US$)
10,200 11,100 11,420 80,000
(USA, dollar)
1999
2000
2001
-
1,500
2,000
2002
2,200
Source: Internews
Source: Internews
9.b
1998
Taxes (2006)
Tax

30
0
600.53
Source: Internews
292
ECUADOR
Ecuador has substantial petroleum resources, which have
accounted for 40% of the countrys export earnings and
one-third of central government budget revenues in
recent years. Consequently, fluctuations in world market
prices can have a substantial domestic impact.
In March 2000, Congress approved a series of structural
reforms that provided the framework for the adoption of
the US dollar as legal tender. Dollarization stabilized the
economy, and growth returned to its pre-crisis levels in
the years that followed. Under the administration of
Lucio Gutierrez - January 2003 to April 2005 - Ecuador
benefited from higher world petroleum prices. However,
the government under Alfredo Palacio has reversed
economic reforms that reduced Ecuadors vulnerability
to petroleum price swings and financial crises, allowing
the central government greater access to oil windfalls
and disbursing surplus retirement funds.
There is a significant increase in readership on Sundays

as compared to weekdays.
Before and throughout 2006, newspapers in Ecuador
put great effort into expanding their offer of digital
editions thereby giving added value to readers.
In 2006, the SMS service offer was also increased, going
from a general news output to a much more selective
channel where users can choose what kind
of information they wish to receive on their cellphones.
This service has become popular among readers.
Media / Press Laws

The Ley Orgnica de Transparencia y Acceso a la
Informacin Pblica (Law on Transparency and Access
to Public Information), published in the Registro Oficial
Suplemento 337 on May 18, 2004, stipulates that it is
mandatory for media organizations to broadcast through
a news portal or a web page, as well as via other media at
A mass public transport service has been set up in the disposal of the public managed by the same
Guayaquil allowing two new competitors to enter the organizations, minimum updated information
free dailies market thereby increasing the offerings.
as specified by the Law.
Circulation
The paid-for newspaper market in Ecuador is stable in
terms of circulation. Furthermore, the constant
launching of collectables and promotional materials in
general have boosted single copy sales of the brands that
have launched them.
General Regulations within the Ley Orgnica de

Transparencia y Acceso a la Informacin Pblica,
published in the Registro Oficial 507 on January 19,
2005, require media organizations ruled by the Law to
set up web portals in compliance with technical
specifications established by the Comisin Nacional de
Conectividad. This Law was proposed by AEDEP
Readership
(Ecuadorian Newspaper Publishers Association) as
Since January 2006, print media in Quito and means to fight corruption.
Guayaquil have used a readership measurement system,
implemented by Kantar Media Research, KMR Chile. Postal Issues
Information is gathered in the two main cities in There are no discounts available for the mailing of
Ecuador (Quito and Guayaquil) using the Recent printed materials.
Reader method, where each item of analysis is based on
4,000 cases (mostly bi-monthly and from mobiles). The Taxes
results obtained from this measurement system are During 2006, VAT on newspaper advertising remained
generally reflecting the overall world trends in the at 12%, not applicable to national newspaper
market.
circulation.
Source: AEDEP; CIA - The World Factbook
293
ECUADOR
(2001)
2.ca
Occupancy
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
259
372
507
575
1,136
2,848
9
13
18
20
40
100

Estadsticas y Censos; INEC
Census 2001
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,477
8,390
681
13,548
33
62
5
100
Male
000
2,281
4,179
320
6780
34
62
5
100
Female
000
%
2,196
4,211
361
6,768
32
62
5
100
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
International paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
19
17
8
6
3
15
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
100.00
100.00
100.00
100.00
3
1
1
2
1
1
Source: 2002-2005 WAN assessment; 2006 AEDEP

2006 Data cover El Comercio, El Universo, Grupo Hoy, and El Diario Manab
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
280
924
2,152
3,319
5,470
12,157
2
8
18
27
45
100
Male
000
138
457
1,065
1,643
2,708
6,018
2
8
18
27
45
100
Female
000
%
141
467
1,086
1,676
2,762
6,138
Source: Proyeccin Grupo El Comercio

(no other earners)
Census 2001
2
8
18
27
45
100
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
International paid-for dailies Morning paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
95
Regional and local free dailies 95
Total non-dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies National paid-for non-dailies Total free non-dailies
-
670
530
403
88
39
470
60
100
100
-
120
120
-
150
150
-
140
140
107
53
53
54
54
47.37
47.37
-
-6.67
-6.67
-
Source: 2002-2005 WAN assessment; 2006 AEDEP: Kantar Media Research

2006 Estimates; data cover El Universo, El Comercio, Grupo Hoy, and El Diario
Manab
294
ECUADOR
4.b
Sales revenues
6.b
(United States of America, dollar, mln) Change (%)

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
64.5
61.2
2.5
0.8

Estimates; data cover El Universo, Grupo Hoy, and El Diario Manab
Website
Grupo El Comercio C.A.

Grupo El Comercio C.A.
Diario HOY
Diario HOY
Diario HOY
Diario HOY
El Diario
El Universo
www.elcomercio.com
www.xona.ec
www.hoy.com.ec
www.cometa.com.ec
www.hoydomingo.com
www.siosi.com.ec
www.eldiario.com.ec
www.eluniverso.com
Page impressions
2,300
1,167
7,925
Source: Audited by Certifica.com

4.c
Figures refer to average monthly page views

2002
2003
(%)
2004
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Office deliveries
Free distribution
Other
Total
2005
2006
70.1
17.3
9.0
2.0
0.6
1.0
100
7.aa

(United States of America, dollar, bln)
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
GDP
7.ab
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
0.25
0.25
Source: AEDEP

(2006)
5.b
Age
GDP per capita

(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
0.90
0.45
8
25
23
22
14
7
1
100
Source: TGI Target Group Index

(Quito+Guayaquil)
All press
33
49
49
54
49
46
30
-
32,058.0
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
1.15
1.31
1.57
1.61

categories (2004)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(United States of America, dollar, 000)
Advertiser
Expenditure
Public institutions
Vehicles
Department stores
Banks
Universities
Appliances
Supermarkets
Housing
Trade guides
Beer
Importadora El Rosado
Municipio de Quito
General Motors
Municipio de Guayaquil
Lotera Nacional
Banco de Guayaquil
De Prati
Conecel
Megamaxi
Otecel
Carrera Autos
11,733
6,242
2,780
2,397
2,274
2,155
1,911
1,890
1,670
1,585
2,862
2,628
2,258
1,890
1,263
1,140
890
859
814
790
586
Source: Infomedia
(minutes per day)
2003
2004
2005
2002
National newspapers
Figures include the total newspaper

market
2006
20
8.a
Source: Projection Grupo El Comercio C.A.
Publisher
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Source: AEDEP
Source: Ibope
Media consumption
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sundays
All press
6.a
Ad expenditure
Source: Target Group Index ; MARKET
5.c
52.66

7.ac
48
50
46
%
% daily reach
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
45.65

1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
(United States of America, dollar)

min
max
Single copy
Subscription
Source: Diario El Comercio; Grupo El Comercio C.A.; Grupo Hoy
4.d
12
2
2
El Universo
El Comercio
Extra
Super
Ultimas Noticias
Metrohoy
Expresso
La Hora
Metroquil
El Telegrafo
Diario Hoy
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
374
165
363
122
88
85
58
15
14
11
6
36,053
32,255
4,297
2,059
2,083
3,879
7,401
Source: Kantar Media Research; Infomedia
295
ECUADOR
Top owners (2005)
Top owners (2004)
Owners
Owners 1
Revenue
El Nuevo Dia - Antonio L. Ferr

Primera Hora - Antonio L. Ferr
El Vocero - Gaspar Roca
San Juan Star - Gerardo Angulo
Caribbean Business - Manuel Casiano
La Estrella de PR - Narciso Pete Currs
La Semana - Fam. Martnez Prez
La Perla - Juan J. Noguera
Importadora El Rosado
Municipio de Quito
General Motors
Municipio de Guayaquil
Lotera Nacional
Banco de Guayaquil
De Prati
Conecel
Megamaxi
Otecel
Carrera Autos
2,862
2,628
2,258
1,890
1,263
1,140
890
859
814
790
586
Source: Ibope
1
8.ba
Newspapers
Title
Diario El Universo
El Comercio
HOY
Ultimas Noticias
Lderes
El Diario
Language
Circulation
Readership 1
Cover price
(000)
(000)
usual
max
113
112
50
40
36
20
229
95
35
100
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
0.35
0.45
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.90
-
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
usual max
usual max
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
29.70 cm x 52.50 cm
Tabloid
Berliner
Tabloid
5,040 7,560
6,000
560
768
564
-
6,840 10,200
8,000
800
1,024
1,130
-
Source: Grupo El Comercio; Grupo HOY; Diario El Universo; KMR - readership

1
August-November 2006
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
MetroHoy 1
Metroquil 2
Spanish
Spanish
Metrohoy (Edimpres S.A.)

Publicaciones Quil S.A.
Circulation
(000)
Format
80
60
25.6 x 31.3
25.6 x 31.3
Source: AEDEP; Grupo El Comercio; Grupo Hoy

1
2
Launched July 1, 2002

9.a
Employment
10.ba
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total number of journalists Number of part-time journalists Total number of employees -
580
40
2,000
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
6
14
Source: Grupo El Comercio
Source: AEDEP
Data relevant to national paid-for dailies
Estimate as of December 2006; data cover Grupo El Comercio, El Universo, Hoy,

and El Diario
10.c
10.a
Newsprint costs
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
22
9
12
1
Average per ton
649
Source: Grupo EL Comercio; Grupo Hoy; El Universo; El Diario
296
ECUADOR
12.
Taxes (2006)
15.a
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Plant
12

companies?
No
0
12
0
12
25
25
10

No
Source: SRI
13.a

same locality?
No
Subsidies generally

No
No
No

No
press?
No
14.
Discounts (2006)
Discount rate (%)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
0
0
0
0
0
0

No
Source: AEDEP
Source: AEDEP
15.b

Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional
Newspapers
National
Newspapers
Radio
Commercial
TV licence
Newspapers
Regional TV
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National TV
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Local Radio
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National Radio
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Foreign Investors
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Owners
297
EGYPT
In 2005, Prime Minister Ahmed Nazif reduced personal
and corporate tax rates, reduced energy subsidies, and
privatized several enterprises. The stock market boomed,
and GDP grew about 5% per year in 2005-06.
The government controlled and censored the stateowned broadcast media. The Ministry of Information
owned and operated all ground-based domestic
television and radio stations. Two private satellite
stations, Al-Mihwar and Dream TV, operated without
direct government control, although the government has
a financial stake in both. The government did not block
reception of foreign channels via satellite. The
percentage of citizens who received satellite television
broadcasts has grown steadily.
Circulation
Newspaper circulation in Egypt has been going down in
the last years due to TV competition and their lack of
credibility.
The government blocked access to some sites and
monitored the Internet.
During the year, the government, which has previously
blocked Islamist Web sites, increasingly blocked secular
sites as well. While there is so specific legislation
regarding blocking of Web sites, the authorities may
force Internet service providers to block sites on public
safety or national security grounds.
Ownership
The constitution restricts ownership of newspapers to
public or private legal entities, corporate bodies, and
political parties. There were numerous restrictions on
The government owned stock in the three largest daily legal entities that sought to establish newspapers,
newspapers, which generally followed the government including a limit of 10 percent ownership by any
line, and the president appointed their top editors.
individual; however, this limit appeared to have been
enforced unevenly.
The government closed at least one newspaper during Media / Press Laws
the year. On March 8, the government-controlled The Penal Code, Press Law, and Publications Law
Higher Press Council suspended publication of Afaq govern press issues. The Penal Code stipulates fines or
Arabiya, a newspaper published by the Ahrar Party imprisonment for criticism of the president, members of
which served as a mouthpiece for the Muslim the government, and foreign heads of state. The Press
Brotherhood, due to a dispute among the newspapers and Publication Laws ostensibly provide protection
board members. Afaq Arabiya remained closed at years against malicious and unsubstantiated reporting. In
end.
recent years, opposition party newspapers have
published articles critical of the president and foreign
The ruling National Democratic Part (NDP) launched heads of state without being charged or harassed;
on 11 July, 2006 the daily Al Watani Al Yom (The however, the government continued to charge journalists
Patriot Today).
with libel. Under the law, an editor-in-chief found to be
negligent could be considered criminally responsible for
Advertising
libel contained in any portion of the newspaper.
The independent daily Al Masry Al Youm, launched in
2004 with circulation of 500 copies, got a boost from a On July 10, the Peoples Assembly amended sections of
TV promotion in 2006. The campaign took the paper the penal code governing the press by adding minimum
within two months from 7,000 to over 30,000 copies. sentences of high fines or jail for journalists who criticize
The daily chose satellite channels like Rotana, Dream foreign leaders or the president.
TV, or Al Jazeera because Egyptian audiences prefer
them, according to the newspapers CEO Hisham New law stipulates up to five years in prison for any
Qassem, and then went to the Egyptian TV in Ramadan journalist convicted of vilifying a foreign head of state.
because of its series and special programs during this The amended law also preserved existing articles which
time of the year, when it has its biggest audience.
allow for detention of whoever affronts the president of
the republic as well as journalists whose work might
Most of the Egyptian marketing is done by editors and disturb public security, spread horror..., or cause harm
journalists, says Ramy Botros, sales and marketing to ... the public interest.
director of Al Masry Al Youm and adds: It is about
making editorial propaganda of advertisers and anti- The Emergency Law authorizes censorship for public
propaganda of competitors. They have destroyed the safety and national security. The Ministry of
press by allowing these practices, concludes Hisham Information is empowered only to ban particular issues
Qassem.
or editions in the interest of public order. The Ministry
298
EGYPT
of Interior has the authority to stop specific issues of
foreign newspapers from entering the country on the
grounds of protecting public order. Under the law, the
public prosecutor may issue a temporary ban on the
publication of news related to national security. The
length of the ban is based on the length of time required
for the prosecution to prepare its case. Only the cabinet
can place a long term ban on a foreign publication.

The government controlled the printing and
distribution of newspapers, including those of the
opposition parties.
In 2006, the daily Al Masry-Al Youm could finally
afford to purchase its own printing press, due to more
than one million Egyptian pounds (about
USD174,100) in advertising revenue, a record for an
independent newspaper. Al Youm no longer needs to
rely on government-run presses that would regularly
stop working when the paper had to go to print.
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; International Journalists Network; WAN - APN Newsletter;
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Egypt, pound, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
1,842.0 1,970.0 1,909.5

7.ab

2002
GDP per capita
(Egypt, pound, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
25.6
24.2
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.51
0.45
0.53
0.61
0.81

7.ac
Ad expenditure
7.ba

(Egypt, pound, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
25,721
49,623
3,543
78,887
33
63
4
100
Male
000
13,173
25,103
1510
39,786
33
63
4
100
Female
000
%
12,548
24,52
2,033
39,101
3
63
5
100
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor 1
Others
Total
1,195 1,203 1,622 1,993

1,058 1,074 1,438 1,773
137
129 184 220
722
654 817 1,081
4
22
135 164
13
14
3
4
1,921 1,879 2,590 3,255
2,606
2,341
265
1,900
273
15
3
4,796
3,607
3,237
370
2,349
285
16
4
6,261
4,635
4,176
459
3,336
361
17
5
8,354
5,794
5,220
574
4,170
452
18
5
10,439
1
Including Transport

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
12
12
13
13
14
16.67
7.69

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
3,200 3,000 2,900 2,800 2,700
-15.63
-3.57
299
EGYPT
(2003)
Advertiser
Mobinil
Goldi
Neslac
Natl Bank Egypt
Vodafone
Ring
Egyptair
Telecom Egypt
Metro Stores
Toshiba
Expenditure
(Egypt, pound, 000)
12,924
4,200
4,005
3,921
3,868
3,594
3,499
3,488
3,379
3,080
Source: Pan-Arab Research Center
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Al-Ahram (Pyramids) 1
Al-Gomhuriya (The Republic)
Al-Akhbar (The News)
Al Alam Al Youm
Al Masry Al Youm (The Egyptian Today) 3
Al-Messa
Al-Ahali
Al-Wafd
Nahda Misr
Rose El Yossef
Al-Ahrar
Al Watani Al Yom (The Patriot Today) 2
The Egyptian Gazette
Progrs Egyptien
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
English
French
Al Ahram Foundation
Dar al Tahrir for Printing & Publishing
Dar Akhbar Al Yom
Al Masry Foundation for Press & Printing
Al-Wafd Party
Good News 4me International
Rose El Yossef Foundation
Al-Wafd Party
National Democratic Party (NDC)
-
Circulation (000)
1,100 4
800
500
110
60
40
-

1
The leading newspaper in the Arab world

Launched in 2006
3
Launched in 2004
4
A substantial part of circulation is sold abroad, principally in Arabic countries
2
300
EQUATORIAL GUINEA
The discovery and exploitation of large oil reserves have
contributed to dramatic economic growth in recent
years. Forestry, farming, and fishing are also major
components of GDP. Subsistence farming predominates.
Undeveloped natural resources include titanium, iron
ore, manganese, uranium, and alluvial gold. Growth
remained strong in 2006, led by oil. The inflaton rate
Information, Tourism, and Culture; El Correo Guineo

Ecuatoriano, a bi-monthly newspaper published by the
Gaceta group; and Ebano, a publication of the Ministry
of Information, which appears approximately twice
a month.

Radio is the most important and influential medium of
mass communication. The government owns and
operates the station Radio Malabo, officially known as
National Radio of Equatorial Guinea. The president's
son, Teodoro Nguema Obiang Mangue, owns the only
private radio station, Radio Asonga.
Internet use grew, but cost was prohibitive for most

citizens. Some remote areas including smaller islands
were still lacking in telephone service, further limiting
Internet use.
The government-controlled national television station

broadcasts some government activities live, such as some
sessions of parliament and national conferences. In some
cases, voices of dissent are broadcast. Television Asonga,
also operated by the president's son, is broadcast by cable
only in Bata. Foreign cable television is available and
provides news in French, Spanish, and English. Satellite
reception increasingly is available.

Internet had replaced broadcast media as the primary
way opposition views were expressed and disseminated.
Media / Press Laws

Starting a new publication was governed by a very
complicated and ambiguous law.
Criticism of the president, his family, or the security
forces was considered attacks against the nation.
The law authorizes government censorship of all
publications.

There is no printing press in the country and newspapers
are published in the form of photocopies. Paper,
Seven periodicals with varying degrees of government imported from Cameroon, is very expensive.
involvement were published irregularly (Ebano, Bantu
Africa, El Correo, La Opinion, Realite, Horizontes, Ecos News kiosks did not exist, and the only bookstores were
de Mongomo), and also one monthly, La Gaceta.
affiliated with religious congregations.
La Gaceta, a Malabo-based monthly magazine printed in International newspapers or news magazines could not
Spain and published by an employee of the Ministry of be sold or distributed without government permission.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
225
295
20
540
Male
42
55
4
100
Female
000
%
000
113
142
9
264
43
54
3
100
112
153
11
276
41
55
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00

7.aa

2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
GDP
13,686.3
301
ERITREA
The economy is largely based on subsistence agriculture,
with 80% of the populaion involved in farming and
herding. Erratic rainfall and the delayed demobilization
of agriculturalists from the military kept cereal
production well below normal, holding down growth in
2002-06. The economic future of Eritrea depends upon
its ability to master social problems such as illiteracy,
unemployment, and low skills, as well as the willingness
to open its economy to private enterprise. The inflation
government's three newspapers are Hadas Eritrea,

published three days a week, the English weekly Arabic
Eritrea Profile, and the weekly youth paper Tirigta.
All Internet service providers were required to use
government-controlled Internet infrastructure to
provide service. The government owned a significant
percentage of the three Internet service providers.
There were reports that the government monitored

Internet communications. In urban areas, individuals
were able to access the Internet through Internet cafes
In 2001, the government forced all the privately-owned for a fee or through an at-home service provider.
newspapers to close and imprisoned the leading
journalists. Since then, the only source of news for Media / Press Laws
Eritreans has been the government press and the few The law does not allow private ownership of broadcast
foreign radio stations that can be received.The media or foreign influence or ownership of media, and
government controlled all media, including one radio there was no private media in the country.
station, one television station, and all newspapers.
The press law forbids reprinting of articles from banned
publications.
There were three newspapers and two magazines. The
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,107
2,512
168
4,787
Male
44
52
4
100
Female
000
%
000
1060
1,244
82
2,386
44
52
3
100
1,047
1,268
86
2,401
44
53
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00

7.aa

2001
GDP
(Eritrea, nakfa, bln)

2002
2003
2004
-
45.5
2005
64.8
302
ESTONIA
Commentary
In 2006, GDP grew by 11.4%. The Central Bank of
Estonia estimates further 8-9% annual growth rates to
continue in 2007-2010. Prices of newsprint, printing
and other services rose fast, however, media business
income grew even faster.
Ownership
The first media group, Ekspress Grupp, went public by
launching its shares at the stock exchange.
Competition between the state-owned Estonian Post
and the private-owned Express Post has increased.

A new regional newspaper, Oma Saar, was launched in Taxes
2006. No big newspaper launches are expected in the In 2006, the income tax decreased from 24% to 23%; in
near future.
2007 it decreased again to 22%, aiming at a further
decrease to 18%.
Circulation
Subscription sales are growing, while single copy sales are State Support
stable or decreasing slightly.
In 2006, the government provided a 15 million kroon
postal subsidy for rural distribution.
Large newspapers launched online sites, adding
comments and other materials to the web content.
Source: EALL, Statistical Office of Estonia
2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
202
210
188
182
188
149
225
1,344
104
107
95
88
87
64
75
619
17
18
15
14
14
10
12
100
15
16
14
13
14
11
17
100
Male
Female
000
%
98
103
93
94
101
85
151
725
14
14
13
13
14
12
20
100
Source: Statistical Office of Estonia

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
free non-dailies
12
12
6
6
11
11
6
5
11
11
6
5
12
11
6
5
13
12
6
6
8.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.33
9.09
0.00
20.00
58
50
27
23
54
47
24
23
50
47
25
22
1
1
29
27
10
17
1
1
29
27
10
17
-50.00
-46.00
-62.96
-26.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
8
8
7
7
3
3
2
2
2
2
-75.00
-75.00
0.00
0.00
Source: EALL
303
ESTONIA
3.b
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
Total dailies
255
255
196
Regional and local
59
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
470
Total paid-for non-dailies341
National paid-for non-dailies273
Regional and local
68
129
Regional and local
129
free non-dailies
251
251
199
52
257
257
200
57
298
256
205
51
334
276
224
52
30.98
8.24
14.29
-11.86
12.08
7.81
9.27
1.96
192
65
474
336
266
70
317
229
177
52
42
42
246
209
154
55
58
58
250
208
158
50
-46.81
-39.00
-42.12
-26.47
38.10
38.10
1.63
-0.48
2.60
-9.09
138
138
88
88
37
37
42
42
-67.44
-67.44
13.51
13.51
5.a
(%)
Reached
(Estonia, kroon)
min
max
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Single copy
2.30
17.90
Source: EALL

(2006)
5.b
Age
All adults
Men
Women
68.5
65.3
69.9
68.5
Source: TNS EMOR; NRS
%
% daily reach
group
15-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-59
60-74
Total
8.9
17.2
17.1
18.8
17.7
20.2
100
59.1
62.5
67.0
69.6
73.9
71.2
-
Source: TNS Emor; NRS
Source: EALL
5.c
4.a
2002
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
70.0
70.0
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
25.0
Total paid-for non-dailies 21.0
National paid-for non-dailies Regional and local
4.0
Regional and local
4.0
free non-dailies
70.0
70.0
-
71.0
71.0
57.0
14.0
84.0
75.0
61.0
14.0
90.5
78.5
65.0
13.5
29.29
12.14
-
7.74
4.67
6.56
-3.57
29.0
22.0
-
23.0
16.0
10.0
6.0
9.0
9.0
19.0
17.0
8.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
20.4
18.2
8.2
10.0
-18.40
-13.33
-
33.33
33.33
7.37
7.06
2.50
11.11
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
2.0
2.0
2.20
2.20
-45.00
-45.00
10.00
10.00
6.a
286
247
39
342
305
37
248
217
31
5.53
-
-27.49
-28.85
-16.22
115
-
84
65
19
112
85
27
86
69
17
-23.89
-
-23.21
-18.82
-37.04
Source: EALL
303
235
2006
282
244
10
30
11
30
12
29
12
30
9.09
3.45
0.00
3.45
Source: EALL
Website
Eesti Pevaleht/AS Eesti Pevaleht

Postimees/AS Postimees
ripev/ ripeva Kirjastuse AS
SL Ohtuleht/ AS SL Ohtuleht
Maaleht/ AS Maaleht
http://www.epl.ee/
1,350
http://www.postimees.ee/
600
http://www.ap3.ee/Default.aspx 345
http://www.sloleht.ee/
150
http://www.maaleht.ee/
80
Source: EALL
7.aa

2002
(Estonia, kroon, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
117.0
126.0
205.0
138.0
153.0
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 Statistical Office of Estonia
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Postal deliveries
Total
11
29
GDP
Source: EALL
292
237
Online editions
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sales revenues
240
-
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
6.b

235
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Population aged 18-74

1
Recorded music included
2
Video included
(Estonia, kroon, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4.c
Radio 1
Television 2
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
Source: TNS Emor TV-Meter Survey, TNS Emor Radio Diary Survey
Source: EALL
4.b
Media consumption
2002
2003
(%)
2004
22
78
100
7.ab
2005
2006
35
65
100
40
60
100
GDP per capita
2002
(Estonia, kroon, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
87.2
95.3
152.5
104.3
113.5
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 Statistical Office of Estonia

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.70
0.71
0.70
0.69
0.72
304
ESTONIA
7.ba
7.d

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Outdoor
Internet
Total
476
368
108
195
79
44
20
814
510
402
108
232
81
57
28
908
556 638
441 504
115 134
254 310
87
90
66
67
29
40
992 1,145
730
822
919 1,011
580
650
730
803
150
172
189
208
375
460
530
610
105
120
138
150
83
100
120
140
70
112
151
190
1,363 1,614 1,858 2,101
Source: TNS Emor Advertising Expenditure Survey, ZenithOptimedia

After discounts; includes classified; excludes production costs; excludes agency
commission
7.c

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
252.0
252.0
-
79.29
68.75
-
21.70
14.55
13.43
22.44
23.6 1
147.0 161.0
131.0 144.0 105.0 134.3 16.78
91.0 110.4
14.0 23.9
-
27.90
21.32
70.71
16.0
3.0
280.0
280.0
244.0
36.0
17.0
-
330.0
330.0
289.0
41.0
2.0
401.6
378.0
327.8
50.2
Source: TNS Emor - EALL

Includes classified and inserts; excludes production costs and agency commission;
after discounts of 10%-20%
1
In colour
Total

2003 2004
2005
2006
11,400 12,400 13,500

16,400 17,900 19,000
Source: EALL
Display
Classified
Inserts
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
76
16
8
73
15
12
82
10
8
78
17
5
84.80
15.20
-
Source: A.B.E.J./B.V.D.U
Total dailies
224.0
224.0
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
128.0
13.0
Total online newspapers 3.0
2002
Daily newspapers only
8.a
Publisher
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
(Estonia, kroon, 000)
84
65
30
48
34
15
45
16
99
19
192,300
138,019
132,895
122,000
107,885
50,000
40,900
32,745
23,904
234,100
AS Postimees
AS SL Ohtuleht
ripeva Kirjastuse AS
Eesti Ekspressi Kirjastuse AS
AS Eesti Pevaleht
Telereklaami OU
AS Maaleht
AS Prnu Postimees
AS Linnaleht
AS Moles
Source: EALL
Including total free dailies and total free non-dailies
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Cover price
Format
(000)
(Estonia, kroon) (USD)
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Estonia, kroon)
SL Ohtuleht
Postimees
Eesti Pevaleht
ripev
Postimees vene keeles
Prnu Postimees
Sakala
Vesti Dnja
Pohjarannik
/ Severnoje Poberezhje
Meie Maa
Estonian
Estonian
Estonian
Estonian
Russian
Estonian
Estonian
Russian
Estonian/Russian
AS SL Ohtuleht
AS Postimees
AS Eesti Pevaleht
ripeva Kirjastuse AS
AS Postimees
AS Prnu Postimees
Sakala Kirjastuse AS
Jri Vilmsi Sihtkapital SA
AS PR Phjarannik
65
65
34
24
19
16
11
10
8
8.00
10.00
15.00
19.00
3.00
6.00
6.00
3.00
5.00
0.68
0.85
1.27
1.60
0.25
0.51
0.51
0.25
0.42
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
57,820
39,198
28,320
18,380
3,900
14,000
47,082
57,820
39,198
70,000
28,320
22,557
19,937
6,300
16,500
Estonian
OU Saaremaa Raadio
5.00
0.42
Tabloid
2,000
7,000
Source: EALL
305
ESTONIA
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Linnaleht
Estonian / Russian
AS Linnaleht
Format
(000)
(000)
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Estonia, kroon)
58 1
Tabloid
38,940 38,940
Source: EALL
1
Estonian edition 38,000; Russian 20,000
9.a
Employment
12.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total number of journalists 496
Total number of employees 811
503
829
691
795 894
1,173 1,363 1,402
80.24
72.87
12.45
2.86
Source: EALL
9.b
Salaries
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total salary costs
114
144
247
259
282
147.37
8.88
Source: EALL
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
18
5
5
18
18
18
18
34
34
0
Source: Estonian Tax and Customs Board

10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
11
1
11
10
11
41
42
41
42
42
43
281.82
290.91

No

2000
2001
(%)
2002
2003
2004
30
15
20
28
26
-
32
29
-
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
10.bb

Yes
13.b
Single copy
Subscription

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
(Estonia, kroon)
2000
2001
2002
2003
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
Total amount
Newsprint costs
1999
Average per ton
2003
8,000
7,700
8,650
8,000
28
28
28
29
11.54
3.57
Discounts (2006)
(Estonia, kroon)
2000
2001
2002
26
Source: EALL
14.
11.
Direct subsidies

1999
10.c
Subsidies generally

No
2.44
2.38
Source: EALL
10.ba
13.a
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Research
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0
Source: EALL
TNS Emor
Methodology
Emor carries out the national readership survey once
a month in the course of the Emor bimonthly CAPI-bus
survey. Media usage and background data are gathered
by using the computer assisted personal interviewing
(CAPI) method. The national readership survey is
a continuous survey in the course of which 500
Estonian residents aged 15-74 are interviewed every
month.
306
ESTONIA
15.a

companies?
No
No
same locality?
No
No
press?
No
No
307
ETHIOPIA
The poverty-stricken economy of Ethiopia is based on
agriculture, accounting for half of GDP, 60% of exports,
and 80% of total employment. Coffee is critical to the
Ethiopian economy with exports of some $156 million
in 2002, but historically low prices have seen many
farmers switching to qat to supplement income. Normal
weather patterns helped argiculture and GDP growth
recover in 2004-06. The inflation rate was estimated at
10.5% in 2006.
governments crackdown or the government-owned

printing presses refusal to print the papers. The closed
papers had a combined total weekly circulation of
approximately 400,000. Following the crackdown, only
approximately 40,000 copies of the six remaining private
Amharic language political papers were in circulation.

On February 10, 2006, the government issued the first
broadcasting licenses allowing two private radio stations
to operate in the country. By years end neither of the
two stations was operational. The Ethiopian
Broadcasting Agency (EBA) said it had selected the two
stations, Zami Public Connections and Tensae Fine Arts,
from among 12 contenders on the basis of their financial
status and proposed program content.
Circulation
The newspaper sector is limited by the countrys low
literacy rates, and most titles are said to have small print
runs of only about 3,000 copies.

In 2006, eight newspapers were banned after their
publishers and editors-in-chief were arrested. Six other
newspapers ceased publication directly as a result of the
Only a few of the newspapers, such as The Reporter

(with Amharic and English editions, owned by the
Media Communication Centre) and Addis Admass (in
Amharic) are backed by strong private investment.
The Amharic language weekly Dagim Wonchif went out

of business, ostensibly due to problems encountered in
obtaining newsprint.
Readership
In 2006, the ten most read newspapers, according to the
Ministry of Information, were: (1) Netsanet (2.5% reach
of adult population), (2) Oromiya (2.4%), (3) Abiotawi
Democracy (2.3%), (4) Addis Admas (1.72%), (5)
In August the Southern Regional State announced plans Ethiop (1.4%), (6) Asmat (1.14%), (7) Minilik
to begin radio broadcasts by launching six FM stations. (1.08%), (8) Addis Zemen daily (0.98), (9) Woyin
Also in August, EBA issued a license for a community (0.91%), and (10) Ethiosport (0.85%).
radio station, the Kori Community Radio, in the
Southern Regional State.
Beginning in mid-May 2006, several blogs (Internet
The government operated the sole television station and journals) and media watchdog groups alleged that the
tightly controlled news broadcasts.
government had begun blocking various websites that
displayed content critical of the government. This was
There is a state-owned news agency, Ethiopian News corroborated by members of the general public in Addis
Agency, and a private local one, Walta Information Ababa."
Centre, both of which mainly serve the state media.
Walta Information Centre is owned by the ruling party Voice-over-Internet-Protocol technology also became
(EPRDF). The private media do not have arrangements increasingly popular for communicating with family and
with these news agencies to provide them with the friends overseas. The number of Internet users in Addis
content they require. The other five news agencies Ababa in late 2004 was estimated at 100,000.
operating in the country, such as Reuters and AFP, are all Approximately 94 percent of the countrys Internet users
international.
lived in Addis Ababa; this was an indication of the
relative lack of telecommunications infrastructure
outside of the capital.
In 2006, there were 56 newspapers and 12 magazines.
Most papers were weeklies, bi-weeklies and monthlies, Ownership
with only three dailies.
The broadcasting law prohibits political and religious
organizations from owning broadcast stations. The law
The majority of the newspapers are in the Amharic also prohibits foreign ownership.
language (33), and the second most common language is
English (14). There are also several bi-lingual The Minister of Information states that of the 56
newspapers, publishing in both Amharic and English newspapers currently being published, six are
(5), and there is one newspaper that publishes in government-owned and 32 are privately-owned. The
Amharic, English and French. There are also newspapers remaining papers are owned by religious organisations
written in Oromifa (2), Tigrinya (1) and Arabic (1).
(8), associations (6), political parties (3) and NGOs (1).
308
ETHIOPIA
Media / Press Laws
The Ministry of Information required that newspapers
maintain a bank balance of USD1,150 (10,000 birr)
when annually registering for a publishing license. This
sum effectively precluded some smaller publications
from registering. Authorities also required permanent
residency for publishers to establish and operate a
newspaper.
The press law requires all publishers to provide free
copies of their publications to the Ministry of
Information on the day of publication.
The government continued to use statutory provisions
on the publication of false information, incitement of
ethnic hatred and libel to justify the arrest and detention
of journalists. Along with opposition party members, 16
journalists were charged with treason, genocide, and
attempts to subvert the constitution, charges which
carry maximum penalties of life in prison or the death
penalty.
In November 2005 five VOA journalists were included
in a group of CUD leaders, members of civil society, and
journalists charged with treason and attempting to
subvert the constitution. On March 23, following

pressure from foreign governments, the federal high
court dropped the charges of treason and genocide
against the VOA journalists and 13 others.
The majority of private newspapers as well as
government newspapers printed their publications on
government owned presses.
Local journalists complained of constant government
harassment as well as more subtle forms of censorship,
including pressure on printers not to print the
newspapers.
Police had the authority to shut down any printing press
without a court order but during the year did not
exercise that power.
State Support
All official media received government subsidies;
however, the official media were legally autonomous and
responsible for their own management and partial
revenue generation.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
81
81
-
70
64
4
60
56
3
3
53
-30.86
-
-12.50
-25.00
-11.67
Source: 2002, 2004-2005 WAN estimate; 2003 WAN from public sources; 2006 BBC
World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
95
92
-3.16

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Ethiopia, birr, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
416.1
2006
529.2
646.1

8.ba
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
32,655
40,076
2,047
74,778
44
54
3
100
Male
000
16,374
19,999
929
37,302
44
54
2
100
Female
000
%
16,281
20,077
1,118
37,476
43
54
3
100
Title
Language
Publisher
Addis Zemen
The Ethiopian Herald
Monitor
Amharic
English
English
Ethiopian Press Agency

Ethiopian Press Agency
Private
Circulation (000)
50
40
2
Source: BC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative; WAN from
public sources
309
FALKLAND ISLANDS
Today fishing contributes the bulk of economic activity.
Exports feature shipments of high-grade wool to the UK
and the sale of postage stamps and coins. Another large
source of income is interest paid on money the
government has in the bank. The British military
presence also provides a sizeable economic boost. The

The Penguin News was started in 1979 as a monthly
newspaper. In the 1980s, the Seamount Fishing
Company bought the paper. When the company
collapsed, the government took over the funding of the
paper. Nowadays, the Penguin News is published weekly
in A4 black-and-white format. It has three full-time staff
members and a number of freelance contributors.

Coverage of local affairs is provided by a radio station
and by the territory's sole weekly newspaper.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; WAN from public sources
Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP
(United Kingdom, pound, mln)

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
38.3
310
FAROE ISLANDS
Total dependence on fishing makes the Faroese economy
extremely vulnerable and the present fishing efforts
appear in excess of what is a sustainable level of fishing
in the long term. Aided by a substantial annual subsidy
(about 15% of GDP) from Denmark, the Faroese have
a standard of living not far below the Danes and other
Scandinavians. The inflation rate was estimated at 5.1%
in 1999.
National radio and TV services are publicly-funded.
SvF is the national television company in the Faroe

Islands and the only station based on the islands
broadcasting in Faroese.
There are two national dailies in the Faroe Islands.
The Faroe Islands has four other newspapers. All four are
affiliated with political parties, and all rely on the
government subsidies and private contributions.
Oyggjatidindi is published twice weekly, Dagbladid is
published three times a week, Norolysio appears once
a week, and FF/FA-bladid is published fortnightly.
The Faroe Islands supports 13 FM radio stations for

approximately 26,000 radios and three television Vikubladid, a weekly newspaper, is the only newspaper
stations broadcasting to about 15,000 televisions. that is free. In a national survey, it came out as the most
Neither radio nor television broadcasting runs 24 hours. widely read on the Islands.
There are two Internet service providers.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; Thomson Gale; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Total non-dailies
2
5
4
1
2
5
4
1
2
5
4
1
2
5
4
1
2
5
4
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

17
17
17
17
4
17
17
4
17
17
4
17
17
4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1997
GDP
(Danish krone, bln)

1998
1999
2000
-
2001
8.3

8.ba

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Male
000
5
16
3
24
21
67
13
100
Female
000
%
Language
Dimmalaetting 1
Sosialurin 2
Danish / Faroese
Faroese
10
31
7
48
21
65
15
100
5
15
4
24
21
63
17
100
Circulation (000)
Format
10
7
Broadsheet
-

1
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
Title
The oldest newspaper on the islands, dating back to 1878

Established in 1927; originally it was a political newspaper associated with
Faroese social democrats, but in 2006 the Islands Social Democratic Party sold
the newspaper
311
FIJI
Sugar exports, remittances from Fijans working abroad,
and a growing tourist industry - with 300,000 to
400,000 tourists annually - are the major sources of
foreign exchange. The sugar produced in Fiji has special
access to European Union markets. The tourism
industry in Fiji was damaged by the 2006 coup and is
facing an uncertain recovery time. The inflation rate was
The countrys television news production was owned
and operated by Fiji One, one of two national noncable
television stations. A trust operating on behalf of the
provincial councils owned 51 percent of Fiji One; the
remainder was privately held. The government owned
the Fiji Broadcasting Corporation, which operated four
radio stations.
Following the announcement of the military takeover in
December 2006, the Republic of Fiji Military Forces
(RFMF) sent soldiers to various media outlets in an
attempt to censor reporting of the event.
would not tolerate the newspaper publishing any views

that opposed those of the Army. Officers said the Army
would instead close the newspaper.
The second major Fijian newspaper, the Fiji Daily Post,
was also closed after staff received a call from the military
saying, Were coming to get you.
Media / Press Laws
Legislation pertaining to the press is contained in the
Newspaper Registration Act and Press Correction Act.
Under these acts all newspapers must register with the
government before they can publish. The acts give the
minister of information sole discretionary power to
order a newspaper to publish a correcting statement if,
in the ministers view, a false or distorted article was
published. A newspaper refusing to publish the
ministers correction can be sued in court and, if found
guilty, fined. Individuals in such cases can be fined,
imprisoned for six months, or both. These acts authorize
the government to arrest any person who publishes
malicious material. This would include anything the
government considered false, likely to create or foster
public alarm, or result in detriment to the public.
However, this authority has never been used.

The government of the deposed Prime Minister Laisenia
Qarase also had shares in two daily newspapers, the The 1992 Television Decree permits the government to
Daily Post and the Fiji Sun.
influence programming content. The civilian
government did not attempt to use the programming
authority during the year. However, the interim military
Fijis biggest circulating daily newspaper and the oldest government attempted to censor television news
in the country - The Fiji Times, closed its doors after broadcasts that featured deposed Prime Minister Qarase.
threats from the Fijian military which overthrew the
Fijian government. The Army representatives said they
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Malaysia Sun
312
FIJI
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Fiji, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
8.7
2006
9.1
9.6

8.ba

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
282
585
39
906
31
65
4
100
Male
000
144
293
18
455
32
64
4
100
Female
000
%
138
292
21
451
Title
Publisher
Fiji Times
Fiji Sun
Daily Post
The Fiji Times Ltd.

Sun (Fiji) News Ltd.
-
Circulation (000)
Readership (000)
23
10
-
25
-
31
65
5
100
313
FINLAND
In 2006, the Finnish GNP grew 5.5 per cent compared
with 2005. The forecast for 2007 is 3.1 per cent growth.
The growth in the national economy is clearly higher
than the average growth of the countries using the euro,
2.7 per cent. This is mostly due to the fact that private
consumption is on a much higher level and private
investments continued to grow.
organisation of 34 daily newspapers and Suomen

Paikallismediat is the marketing organisation of 137
local newspapers.
Circulation
In 2006, the average circulation of newspapers decreased
0.7 per cent in comparison to the previous year. Dailies
lost 0.7 per cent and non-dailies 0.8 per cent of their
circulation. The total circulation of Finnish newspapers
Unemployment is decreasing, but is still at 7.7 per cent. is 3.1 million copies. A great majority, i.e. 80 percent of
The forecast for 2007 is 7.1 per cent.
subscribed dailies, are delivered to subscribers before
6:30 a.m. every day.
The inflation rate grew in comparison to 2005, but was
still low at 1.6 per cent.
Readership
Newspapers still have a very high level of readership in
Forecasts for next year are optimistic, because the Finland. Overall, 82 percent of the population over 12
inflation rate is low and consumers belief in the years read newspapers every day.
economy is still strong and exports and private
investments are expected to grow. Structural Local news, news from Finland, international issues and
unemployment is still high.
news from Europe interest readers most in newspapers.
Finnish people think very positively of newspapers:
Advertising
88 per cent say that their own newspaper is important
Advertising in media increased 3.7 percent, newspaper and a pleasant medium.
advertising increasing 2.5 percent. Newspapers share of
media advertising is 48 per cent.
Newspapers pay great attention in developing the
content and appearance of their print editions.
The press also benefits from highly developed
co-operation among newspapers in the sales of Online / Digital Publishing
advertising. This co-operation enables them to offer Approximately 150, i.e. 75 per cent, of Finnish
advertisers competitive, cost-effective and nationwide newspapers have online editions. New mobile services
options in advertising. Krkimedia is the marketing are being developed.
Source: Sanomalehtien Liitto
2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
915
651
637
737
780
685
831
5,236
17
13
12
14
15
13
16
100
Male
000
467
333
326
374
392
339
331
2,562
18
13
13
15
15
13
13
100
Female
000
%
448
318
311
363
388
346
500
2,674
17
12
12
14
14
13
18
100
Source: Statistical Yearbook of Finland
314
FINLAND
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
359
625
1,000
1,131
2,066
5,181
7
12
19
22
40
100
4.a
Male
000
214
323
370
672
950
2,529
8
13
15
26
38
100

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Female
000
%
145
302
630
459
1,116
2,652
6
11
24
17
42
100

759
4.b
Occupancy
Children
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
926
813
298
243
135
2,415
38
34
12
10
6
100
1,794
621
2,415
74
26
100
452
52
455
55
18.80
7.84
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
12.40
87.60
68.20
19.40
100
12
88
69
19
100
12
88
69
19
100
12
88
69
19
100
13
88
69
18
100
Source: Finnish Newspapers Association, Statistics of Distribution Costs

4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
(%)
Reached
(Finland, euro)
min
max
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
56
54
8
Regional and local
46
paid-for dailies
53
Total free dailies
2
Regional and local
143
-0.93
0.00
Including classifieds, inserts and VAT
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
Total
-1.71
7.41
Source: 2002 Suomen Lehdisto 6/2004; Advertising Spend in Finland 2004,

TNS Gallup; 2004 Suomen Lehdisto 6/2005; 2006 Suomen Lehdisto 6/06

3.a
439
49
(2006)
Households
000
%
746
87
Sales revenues

383
4.c
2.cb
753
87
(Finland, euro, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

(no other earners)
2.ca
750
88
Source: Finnish Newspaper Association
(2006)
759
81
55
53
8
45
55
53
8
45
55
53
10
43
55
53
9
44
-1.79
-1.85
12.50
-4.35
0.00
0.00
-10.00
2.33
53
2
146
3
143
53
2
146
3
143
53
2
148
4
144
53
2
147
4
143
0.00
0.00
0.68
33.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
-0.68
0.00
-0.69
Source: Finnish Newspaper Association; WAN assessment (free dailies)
Single copy
Subscription
1.20
0.55
2.00
-
Source: Finnish Newspapers Association,

Subscription prices
All adults
Men
Women
82
83
80
Source: Intermedia research

(2004)
5.b
Age
% daily reach
within age
group
12-24
25-44
45-59
60-69
62
81
90
95

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
2,442
2,268
940
Regional and local
1,328
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
174
Regional and local
815
2,408
2,243
924
1,319
2,425 2,434 2,424

2,255 2240 2,224
934
961 949
1,321 1,279 1,275
-0.74
-1.94
0.96
-3.99
-0.41
-0.71
-1.25
-0.31
2,243 2,255 2,240 2,224

165 170 194 200
937 945 934 923
128 128
176 172
809 817
758 751
-1.94
14.94
-2.53
30.30
-7.85
-0.71
3.09
-1.18
-2.27
-0.92
5.c
Media consumption
2000
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2001
2002
2003
38
42
142
142
14
48
25
185
215
21
2004
48
33
169
207
33

6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Source: Finnish Newspaper Association; WAN assessment (free dailies)

Dailies
Non-dailies
49
56
49
66
48
83
53
88
52
100
6.12
78.57
-1.89
13.64
Source: Finnish Newspapers Associaton
315
FINLAND
6.b
7.c
Unique visitors per month 1
Iltalehti
Ilta-Sanomat
Helsingin Sanomat
Taloussanomat
Kauppalehti Online

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
3,862,776
3,780,080
2,862,272
772,320
762,048

475
Total non-dailies
105
56
484
111
51
61
511
121
55
66
519
124
56
68
532
127
58
69
12.00
20.95
18.37
23.21
Source: TNS Gallup week 6/2007
Source: Suomen Lehdisto - Advertising Spend in Finland; TNS Gallup
Data on unique visitors per week 6/2007 multiplied by 4
7.aa
GDP
Including free dailies and free non-dailies
7.d
2001
(Finland, euro, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
136.0
140.0
154.2
143.0
150.0

2002
In colour
Total
2.50
2.42
3.57
1.47

2003
2004
2005
2006
350,000 40,500 391,000 411,000 445,000

446,000 440,000 468,000 474,000 500,000
Source: Suomen Lehdisto - Advertising Spend in Finland; TNS Gallup Adex

7.ab
GDP per capita
Column meters
2000
(Finland, euro, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
25.1
26.1
28.6
26.9
27.5


7.ac
Display
Classified
Total
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.75
0.75
0.77
0.77
0.75
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
76.9
23.1
100
77.9
22.1
100
78.9
21.1
100
77.1
22.9
100
75.3
24.7
100
Source: 2002-2004 Mediamainonnan mr nettohinnoin, TNS Gallup;

2005 TNS Gallup Adex; 2006 Sanomalehtien Liitto

7.ba
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
8.a

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Advertising sector
Publisher
759
774
580
596
179
178
201
207
44
48
2.0
2.0
32
31
15
17
1,053 1,079
Retail trade
Motor vehicles
Telecommunications
Travel
Furniture
Constructions
Education
Media houses
Banks & Insurance
Medicines
817
632
185
227
48
2.0
33
23
1,150
837
643
194
231
47
1.5
37
36
1,189
854
871
885
900
656
669
680
690
198
202
205
210
244
251
265
275
47
48
50
52
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.4
37
38
40
41
45
57
68
78
1,228 1,266 1,309 1,347
Source: Gallup Mainostieto, ZenithOptimedia
% of display
ad revenue
41.0
16.9
5.2
4.9
4.8
2.8
2.2
2.1
2.1
1.4
Sanoma Osakeyhtio
Alma Media Oyj
Keskisuomalainen Oyj
TS-Yhtyma Oy
Ilkka-Yhtyma Oyj
Suomen Lehtiyhtyma
Esan Kirjapaino Oy
Konstsamfundet
Lansi-Savo Oy
HSS Media Ab
860
595
262
173
108
73
73
68
62
47
Source: Finnish Newspapers Association
Source: TNS Gallup Media Intelligence
Includes agency commission; excludes production costs; includes classified

advertising; after discounts
8.ba

(2006)

categories (2006)
Title
Language
Helsingin Sanomat
Ilta-Sanomat
Aamulehti
Iltalehti
Turun Sanomat
Maaseudun Tulevaisuus
Kaleva
Kauppalehti
Keskisuomalainen
Savon Sanomat
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Finnish
Publisher
Sanoma Osakeyhtio
Sanoma Osakeyhtio
Kustannus Oy Aamulehti
Kustannusosakeyhtio Iltalehti
TS-Yhtyma Oy
Viestilehdet Oy
Kaleva Kustannus Oy
Kustannusosakeyhtio Kauppalehti
Keskisuomalainen Oyj
Savon Mediat Oy
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Finland, euro)
426
186
138
133
112
84
82
81
75
64
1,046
905
319
694
256
317
204
219
183
164
2.22
1.00
2.22
1.00
2.09
1.23
2.06
2.34
2.18
2.14
Format
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Finland, euro)
16,730
6,580
13,776
5,000
13,566
11,832
12,889
15,000
9,180
8,731
22,550
6,580
13,776
5,000
17,892
15,708
14,416
15,000
11,628
11,016
316
FINLAND
8.bb
Title
Language
Metro
Uutislehti 100 2
Publisher
Finnish
Finnish
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
100
100
310
310
Sanoma Corp.
Sanoma Corp.
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Finland, euro)
Tabloid
Tabloid
4,940
4,199
4,940
4,199
Source: TNS Atlas, Sanoma Kaupunkilehdet

1
2
Distributed in Helsinki and 18 towns around southern Finland

Distributed on buses and trams in Helsinki; at Helsinki metro stations it is available at stands
9.a
Employment
11.
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total number of journalists 3,128 3,133 3,150

Total number of employees 9,300 9,488 9,511
3,246
9,500
3.77
2.15
Levikintarkastus Oy
Taloustutkimus Oy
Source: Suomen Lehdisto

9.b
Research
Salaries
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total salary costs
285
304
306
312
9.47
Methodology
30,000 telephone interviews

12.
10.a

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
54
37
11
6
54
-
199
51
106
42
201
39
119
43
272.22
5.41
981.82
616.67
1.01
-23.53
12.26
2.38

10.ba
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
22
22
0
0
0
0
0
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Taxes (2006)
Tax
2000
2001
(%)
2002
2003
2004
30
15
20
28
26
-
32
29
-
13.a
Subsidies generally

No

10.bb

No

2001
Subscription
(Finland, euro)
2002
2003
2004
-
2005
0.20
0.20
(Finland, euro)
2002
2003
2004
2005

10.c
Newsprint costs
2001
Average per ton
550
525
500
470
490

Yes. Since 1971 the government has granted a public
subsidy to the press. The government divides 43% of
the grant according to a recommendation made by
a state committee. The remainder is granted to political
party publications.

13.b
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
13.6
13.6
0.00
Source: Ministry of Finance; Ministry of Transport and Communications Finland
317
FINLAND
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0

companies?
No
No
same locality?
No
No
press?
No
No
318
FRANCE
France is in the midst of transition from a well-to-do
modern economy that has featured extensive
government ownership and intervention to one that
relies more on market mechanisms. The government has
partially or fully privatized many large companies,
banks, and insurers, and has ceded stakes in such leading
firms as Air France, France Telecom, Renault, and
Thales. It maintains a strong presence in some sectors,
particularly power, public transport, and defense
industries. The telecommunications sector is gradually
being opened to competition. Frances leaders remain
committed to a capitalism in which they maintain social
equity by means of laws, tax policies, and social spending
that reduce income disparity and the impact of free
markets on public health and welfare. The government

in 2006 focused on introducing measures that attempt
to boost employment through increased labor market
flexibility; however, the population has remained
opposed to labor reforms, hampering the governments
ability to revitalize the economy. The tax burden remains
one of the highest in Europe (nearly 50% of GDP in
2005). The lingering economic slowdown and inflexible
budget items probably pushed the budget deficit above
the eurozones 3%-of-GDP limit in 2006;
unemployment hovers near 9%. With at least 75 million
foreign tourists per year, France is the most visited
country in the world and maintains the third largest
income in the world from tourism.

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1+C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
11,533
15,004
668
22,116
49,322
23
30
1
45
100
Male
000
6,724
7,419
444
9,102
23,689
28
31
2
38
100
Female
000
%
4,808
7,587
224
13,013
25,633
19
30
1
51
100
Source: EPIQ 2006

D = farmers, E = unemployed / retired / students / housekeepers
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
7,774
16,494
9,524
9,522
6,009
49,322
16
33
19
19
12
100
Without children
With children
Total
Households
000
%
24,169
25,153
49,322
49
51
100
Source: EPIQ 2006

Children aged 24 and below
Source: EPIQ 2006

persons) (2006)

2.a
Age
Age
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
7,559
7,798
8,918
7,944
7,153
9,950
49,322
15
16
18
16
15
30
100
Male
000
3,833
3,887
4,470
3,913
3,389
4,198
23,689
16
16
19
17
14
18
100
Female
000
%
3,726
3,911
4,448
4,032
3,764
5,753
25,633
15
15
17
16
15
22
100
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
101
421
708
763
704
1,345
4,043
3
10
18
19
17
33
100
Source: EPIQ 2006
Source: EPIQ 2006
319
FRANCE
3.a
Number of titles
4.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
National paid-for dailies 1
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
88
85
24
61
88
85
24
61
92
85
24
61
93
85
24
61
93
85
24
61
5.68
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
3
32
2
30
3
32
2
30
7
32
2
30
8
33
3
30
8
34
3
31
166.67
6.25
50.00
3.33
0.00
3.03
0.00
3.33
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Free distribution
4.d
9,067
8,037
2,189
5,847
9,193
7,934
2,180
5,754
9,268
7,807
2,140
5,667
9,802
7,686
2,114
5,572
7.87
-5.70
-5.67
-5.70
936 1,030 1,259 1,461 2,116 126.07

4,233 4,264 4,238 4,308 4,282 1.16
607 616 619
708 729
20.10
3,626 3,647 3,619 3,600 3,553 -2.01
5.76
-1.55
-1.21
-1.68
2,507 2,457 2,445 2,410 2,675

2,507 2,457 2,445 2,410 2,325
685 663 669
657 645
1,822 1,794 1,776 1,753 1,680
220
31
189
219
32
187
0.90
1.30
0.70
0.90
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
218
36
182
350
223
38
185
11.00
-3.53
-1.83
-4.16
1.36
18.75
-1.60
2.29
5.56
1.65
43.5
47.9
39.5
42.5

(2006)
%
% daily reach
group
12
13
15
17
17
17
100
33
36
37
45
51
57
44
5.c
Media consumption
2001
6.70
-7.26
-5.84
-7.79
Source: EPIQ 2006
National newspapers
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
31
24
31
24
32
24
31
24
2005
32
24
Source: 2001-2004 EUROPQN/SPQR/AEPHR; 2005 EPIQ

6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Dailies
National dailies
Regional & local dailies
39
-
40
-
41
11
30
43
12
31
12
32
0.00
3.23
Source: SPQR/SPP
7.aa
Sales revenues
2001
(France, euro, mln)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
68.0
8.0
20.0
5.0
Paid-for dailies only
Source: SPP/SPQR/DDM/OJD DSH

4.b
67.3
7.9
18.7
4.3
Source: EPIQ 2006
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
220
32
188
70.0
6.0
19.0
5.0
5.a
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
71.0
6.0
18.5
4.5
5.b
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
44.83
-0.60
2.97
-1.31
Including circulation of only 12 national dailies according to OJD/DSH data :

Aujourd'hui en France, La Croix, Les Echos, L'Equipe - general edition, Le Figaro,
International Herald Tribune, France Soir, L'Humanit, Libration, Le Monde,
Paris Turf, and La Tribune. These 12 titles represented 92% of total national
circulation in 2002.
4.a
70.6
5.4
20.6
3.4
Paid-for dailies only
Age
Source: SPP/SPQR/DDM/OJD DSH; WAN assessment (free dailies)

1
2006
Source: SPP/SPQR
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
9,087
8,151
2,241
5,909
2005
Cover prices (2006)
National press
single copy
Regional press
single copy
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
(%)
2004
(France, euro)
min
max
Including 10 national dailies of general coverage , and 14 national specialized

dailies
3.b
2003
Source: OJD DSH
Source: SPP/SPQR/DDM/OJD DSH

1
2002
2,188.7 2,182.5 2,179.9 2,243

654.7 664.1 648.3 648.0
1,534.0 1,518.5 1,531.6 1,595.0
2.89
-0.05
4.14
GDP
(France, euro, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
1,497.0 1,549.0 1,585.0 1,648.0 1,701.0

7.ab
Source: SPP/SPQR/DDM/Secodip
GDP per capita
2000
(France, euro, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
24.3
25.2
25.9
26.4
27.4
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.62
0.60
0.60
0.60
0.59

7.ac
Ad expenditure
320
FRANCE
7.c
(France, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
2,318.0
1,426.0
418.0
Regional and local
1,008.0
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
892.0
120.0
2,294.0
1,374.0
373.0
1,001.0
2,413.0
1,408.0
373.0
1,035.0
2,510.5
1,420.5
357.5
1,063.0
2,608.0
1,440.0
362.0
1,078.0
12.51
0.98
-13.40
6.94
3.88
1.37
1.26
1.41
920.0 1,005.0 1,090.0 1,168.0

- 2,268.0 2,242.8 2,236.0
2,140.0 2,107.5 2,099.0
122.0 128.0 135.3 137.0
30.94
14.17
7.16
-0.30
-0.40
1,26

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
% of display
ad revenue
Advertiser
Services
Retail
Distribution
Business-to-business
44
23
21
13
Source: France Pub/IREP

(2006)
8.a
Source: 2002-2004 SPP/SPQR/DDM/Secodip; 2005-2006 IREP
Publisher
Before tax; excluding discounts; including classified advertising
Ouest France
LEquipe
Le Monde
Le Parisien
Le Figaro
Sud Ouest
La Voix du Nord
Le Dauphin Libr
Le Progrs
NRCO
7.d

1998
In colour
Total

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
41,751 37,092 38,573

98,820 85,477 77,457
Source: SPP/SPQR/DDM/Secodip
Display
Classified
1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
69.6
30.4
70.7
29.3
71.0
29.0
70.1
29.9
70.3
29.7

781,668
365,349
355,017
342,510
338,269
319,315
296,189
249,257
231,962
224,560
E Leclerc
Citroen
Renault
Lidl
Peugeot
Gaz de France
EDF
France Telecom
SFR
Auchan
Expenditure
(France, euro, 000)
61,500
46,400
43,300
38,700
34,200
26,600
26,200
25,900
25,600
23,000
Source: OJD
Source: IREP
Data available only on commercial advertisements and classified ads
8.ba
Title
Language
Ouest France
L'Equipe
Le Parisien
Le Figaro
Sud Ouest
Le Monde
La Voix du Nord
Le Dauphin Libr
Le Progrs
La Nouvelle Rpublique du Centre-Ouest
French
French
French
French
French
French
French
French
French
French
Circulation 1
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
782
354
343
328
319
317
296
249
232 2
225
2,308
2,496
2,100
1,186
1,040
1,851
1,046
901
792
622
Berliner
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Berliner
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Source: Circulation: OJD; Readership: EPIQ 2005-2006

1
2
Total average daily circulation on weekdays in France, including paid-for and free copies
Le Progrs + La Tribune/Le Progrs
321
FRANCE
8.bb
Title
Language Publisher
20 Minutes 1
French
Metro 2
Direct Soir 3
Lyon Plus
Marseille Plus
Lille Plus
Bordeaux 7
Montpellier Plus
French
French
French
French
French
French
French
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
739
2,160
Tabloid
636
500
80
60
51
27
23
1,592
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Schibsted / 20 Min Holding

/ Spir Communications / Sofiouest 4
SAS Publications Metro France (Metro International)
Direct Soir, SA 5
Le Progrs (Socpresse)
La Provence (Hachette Filipacchi Mdias)
La Voix du Nord (Socpresse)
Sud-Ouest / Socpresse / Hachette
Midi Libre (Le Monde)
Source: Circulation: OJD, Free Dailies Newsletter, WAN from public sources; Readership: EPIQ 2005-2006
1
8 editions in 2004-2006: Paris, Bordeaux, Toulouse, Lille, Lyon, Marseille, Nantes, Strasbourg
9 editions in 2004-2006: Paris, Marseille, Lyon, Toulouse, Lille, Bordeaux, Nice, Strasbourg, Nantes+Rennes (Metro Ouest)
3
Afternoon daily
4
Spir and Sofiouest belong to Ouest France Group
5
Major shareholders: Bollor, Bollor Investissement, Sofiprom
2
9.a
Employment
11.
2001 2002 2003 2004
Total number of journalists 5,444 5,135 5,519

Total number of employees 18,819 17,690 18,607
Change (%)
2005 2005/01 2005/04
5,441
18,259
-0.06
-2.98
Research
Diffusion Controle/OJD, a collaboration
of newspapers, agencies and advertisers.
Source: SPQR
TNS Sofres
Regional press only

10.a

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Berliner
61
42
11
8
61
35
18
8
61
33
19
9
61
31
18
12
61
29
18
14
0.00
-30.95
63.64
75.00
0.00
-6.45
0.00
16.67
Source: SPQR
Regional press only
10.c
Newsprint costs
1998
Average per ton

Source: SPP
322
(France, euro)
1999
2000
2001
-
541
648
2002
570
Methodology
25,500 telephone interviews throughout the year
12.
Taxes (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
20
2
2
20
20
6
6
33
33
FRANCE
13.a
Subsidies generally
15.a

In 2002 the finance ministry introduced a new subsidy
to help pay for the distribution of national daily
newspapers providing political and general information.
In 1998 two new funds made loans available to
publishers under certain conditions:
1. The Multimedia Press Fund The government has
created a fund to help the French print media modernise
and adapt to new information technologies. This fund
shall advance money to print media companies, part of
which must be repaid. 40% of this advance may be
rebated when the publisher is able to prove a given
project has been completed.
2. The Modernisation Fund for daily newspapers This
fund is financed by the proceeds of a 1% tax levied on
advertisers investing in the free and commercial printed
media (free and promotional papers, brochures,
catalogues, direct mailing and so on). The objective of
this aid is to finance modernisation projects presented
by publishers, treated on a case-by-case basis. To be
eligible for this (direct) subsidy, projects have to be
innovative, outside of daily management, have positive
effects on employment and the financial health of the
company.
13.b

companies?
Yes. No silent partners are allowed. Shares in publishing
companies must be registered. The holder of the
majority of shares is considered the publisher.
Yes. Foreign companies and individuals may own no
more than 20% of the capital in a company that
publishes a newspaper. No individual shareholder can
hold more than 49% of the capital or voting rights.
same locality?
Yes. Law of september 30th 1986 on Freedom of
communication. General principle / the rule of any
two of four.
At national level
To protect pluralism on the national level in analogue or
digital mode, no authorisation may be issued to a person
who, on account thereof, would be in more than two of
the following situations:
Direct subsidies
(France, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
68
63.6
61.3
106
101
48.53
-4.72
Source: SPP
14.
Discounts (2005)
Railroad
Source: DDM
Discount rate (%)

60
1 Be a holder of one or more authorisations for

television services broadcast by terrestrial radio link in
digital mode that allows servicing of areas whose
recorded population stands at 4 million people;
2 Be a holder of one or more authorisation for radio
broadcasting services that allows servicing of areas
whose recorded population stands at 30 million people;
3 Be a holder of one or more authorisations to
distribute services that allow servicing of areas whose
recorded population stands at 6 million people;
At regional/local level
To protect pluralism on the regional and local level in
analogue or digital mode, no authorisation for a radio or
television broadcasting service, other than national, by
terrestrial radio link or the operation of a network that
distributes radio and television broadcasting services by
cable may be issued for a specific geographic area to a
person who, on account thereof, would be in more than
two of the following situations:
1 Be a holder of one or more authorisations for
television services, whether national or not, broadcast by
terrestrial radio link in the area in question;
323
FRANCE
2 Be a holder of one or more authorisations for radio
broadcasting services, whether national or not, whose
total potential audience in the area in question exceeds
10 percent of the total potential audiences in the same
area of all public or authorised services of the same kind;
3 Be a holder of one or more authorisations for the
operation of networks that distribute radio and
television broadcasting services by cable within said area;
No individual shareholder can hold more than 49% of
the capital or voting rights, either directly or indirectly,
of a TV station broadcasting on terrestrial if that
companys average annual audience share across all
platforms is greater than 2.5%.
No individual or legal entity holding an analogue radio
licence may reach more than 150 million listeners,
either through its own transmissions, or through the
programming it supplies to other licence-holders, or
through any combination of these.
324
Yes. The law of August 1 1986 prohibits the lending of

ones name to any publishing company by falsely
applying for shares, another instrument or the purchase
of a company.
The shares of any joint venture must be registered, and
any transfer must receive the prior approval of the
companys board of administrators or supervisory
board. Moreover, every newspaper issue must contain
the names of the owners if the company is not a legal
entity, or the designation, registration office, form and
name of the legal representative if the company is a legal
entity.
press?
Yes. The law of November 30 1986 prohibits the
acquisition, takeover or management of one or more
general or political-interest dailies by any individual or
legal entity, or by any group of people, when such an
action would permit control or ownership, directly or
indirectly, of the publication(s) if the total circulation is
greater than 30% of the total circulation on the national
territory of printed daily publications of the same kind.
FRENCH GUIANA
The economy is tied closely to the much larger French
economy through subsidies and imports. Besides the
French space center at Kourou (which accounts for 25%
of GDP), fishing and forestry are the most important
economic activities. The large reserves of tropical
hardwoods, not fully exploited, support an expanding
sawmill industry that provides sawn logs for export.
French Guiana is heavily dependent on imports of food
and energy.

The public service broadcaster, Tl Guyane, is operated
by Rseau France Outre-mer (RFO), Frances radio and
television network for its overseas territories around the
world. Other channels include the commercial Antenne
Crole Guyane and pay-TV Canal+ Guyane.
Radio Guyane is operated by RFO. Radio Caraibes
International is a commercial station.
There are two French daily newspapers. There are no
English-language newspapers.

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
15
15
15
15
15
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
1.4

8.ba
Title
Publisher
France-Guyane 1
La Presse de Guyane
Groupe Hersant Mdia 2

Conseil gnral
Circulation (000)
93
-

1
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
58
129
13
200
29
65
7
100
Earlier printed in Martinique

Called France-Antilles before October 2006
3
Print-run
2
Male
000
30
69
7
106
28
65
7
100
Female
000
%
28
60
6
94
30
64
6
100
325
FRENCH POLYNESIA
Tourism accounts for about one-fourth of GDP and is
a primary source of hard currency earnings. Other
sources of income are pearl farming and deep-sea
commercial fishing. The territory benefits substantially
from development agreements with France aimed
principally at creating new businesses and strengthening
social services. The inflation rate was estimated at 1.1%
in 2006.
services are provided by the French public overseas

broadcaster, RFO, and by private operators. There is one
news agency, Agence tahitienne de presse.
There are two daily newspapers and one monthly
magazine, Tahiti Pacifique.
Readership
The Louis Harris Institute has been conducting annual
readership surveys in Tahiti and Moorea from 1999.
Considering its size, French Polynesia has a lively media In 2003, 43% of respondents said they had read the last
scene. Consumers can access a wide variety of local, copy of the daily La Dpeche, while 12% declared to
national, and international news. There are competing have read the daily Les Nouvelles de Tahiti.
television stations and ten radio stations. TV and radio
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

(Comptoirs Francais du Pacifique, franc, bln)
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
482.6

8.ba
Title
Language
1
La Depeche de Tahiti
French
Les Nouvelles de Tahiti 2 French
Publisher
Groupe Hersant Mdia
Groupe Hersant Mdia
Circulation (000)
3
17
5

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
71
188
16
275
26
68
6
100
Male
000
36
98
8
142
25
69
6
100
Female
000
%
25
90
8
133
26
68
6
100
Established in 1964 by Philippe Mazellier; in 1988 acquired by France-Antilles;

published also on Sundays from 1994
2
Established in 1957 by Roger Brissaud; in 1989 acquired by France-Antilles
(Groupe Hersant Mdia)
3
Called France-Antilles before October 2006
326
GABON
The oil sector now accounts for 50% of GDP. Despite
the abundance of natural wealth, poor fiscal
management hobbles the economy. Short-term
progress depends on an upbeat world economy and fiscal
and other adjustments in line with IMF policies.
favor with the government. LUnion and the Multipresse

group have a monopoly on advertising in Gabon.
Surveys indicated that about 5 percent of the population
were using the Internet.
Media / Press Laws

The law stipulates that penalties for libel and other
offenses include a one- to three-month publishing
suspension for a first offense and a three- to six-month
suspension for repeat offenses. Editors and authors of
libelous articles can be jailed for two to six months and
fined USD1,000 to USD10,000 (500,000 to five
million CFA francs). Libel can be either a criminal
The government owned and operated two television offense or a civil matter. The law authorizes the
stations. Four privately owned television stations government to initiate criminal libel prosecution against
transmitted 24 hours per day. Satellite television persons for libeling elected government officials; it also
reception was available.
authorizes the state to criminalize civil libel suits. The
government did not use the libel laws during the year.
The only daily newspaper was the government affiliated Printing & Distribution
LUnion. Approximately nine privately owned weekly or Most Gabonese newspapers are printed in Cameroon
monthly newspapers represented independent views and where printing costs are an average of three times lower.
those of various political parties, but most The printed copies of the newspaper are then sent back
appeared irregularly due to financial constraints, or in to Gabon by airplane where they are distributed by
some cases, government suspension of their publication Sogapresse, a distribution company based in Gabon.
licenses.
Even with the cost of flying the newspapers from
Cameroon, printing outside of Gabon remains the
Foreign newspapers and magazines were widely cheapest option for independent newspapers. There are
available.
no customs taxes for newspapers printed in the
neighbouring country, although the content of
Advertising
independent publications is regularly subjected to
Advertising revenue is low in Gabon. Many companies inspection at the border by Gabonese authorities.
hesitate to sponsor private newspapers for fear of losing Sogapresse gets 40% of the sales revenue.
The government owned and operated two radio stations
that broadcast throughout the country. Seven privately
owned radio stations were operating at years end; most
were apolitical. International radio stations broadcast
locally.
327
GABON
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
9
1
9
1
9
1
9
0.00
-10.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
22
22
22
22
20
-9.09
-9.09

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
4,009.4 4,278.5 5,508.9

8.ba
Language
Publisher
LUnion
French
Government
Circulation (000)
Cover price (USD)
20
0.51

2.a
Title
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
600
768
57
1,425
301
383
24
708
43
54
3
100
42
54
4
100
Male
Female
000
%
299
385
33
717
42
54
5
100
328
GAMBIA, THE
About 75% of the population depends on crops and
livestock for its livelihood. Reexport trade normally
constitutes a major segment of economic activity, but
a 1999 government-imposed preshipment inspection
plan, and instability of the Gambian currency have
drawn some of the reexport trade away from the Gambia.
During the year one government owned and four private
radio stations broadcast throughout the country.
The government owned Gambian Radio and Television
Service (GRTS) television, foreign cable, and satellite
television channels were available in many parts of the
country.
The government published one newspaper, The Gambia
Daily. The Daily Observer, although privately owned,
tended to favor the government in its coverage. There
were three other independent newspapers, including one
published by an opposition political party. There was
one independent bi-weekly magazine.
managing director, and Musa Saidykhan, the editor-inchief of The Independent newspaper after it published
two articles critical of the president. Ceesay and
Saidykhan were released without charge on April 20.
The Independent remained closed at years end.
At a September 24 press conference after his election
victory, President Jammeh claimed he would ban any
newspaper deemed to threaten the countrys peace and
security through irresponsible reporting.
In late May 2006 the government reportedly blocked
access to The Freedom Newspaper, and the site remained
blocked at the end of the year.
Although many citizens were illiterate and most did not
have computers or Internet connections at home,
Internet cafes were popular in urban areas. Internet
access was limited by slow connection speeds and was
frequently interrupted by power outages.
On November 6, 2006 the Gambia Press Union opened
an Internet cafe offering free access to journalists.
In some cases journalists from certain independent Media / Press Laws

newspapers were denied access to public events due to The constitution and law provide for freedom of speech
official disapproval of their editorial stance.
and the press; however, the government limited these
rights by intimidation, detention, and restrictive
legislation.
On March 28, police arrested Madi Ceesay, the
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2.a

Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
727
870
45
1,642
44
53
3
100
Male
000
365
432
23
820
%
45
53
3
100
Female
000
%
362
438
22
822
44
53
3
100
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Gambia, dalasi, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
76.3
2006
90.5
95.1

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Daily Observer
English
The Gambia Daily English
Circulation (000)
Ministry of Information & Broadcasting
2
-
329
GEORGIA
The main economic activities of Georgia include the
cultivation of agricultural products such as grapes, citrus
fruits, and hazelnuts; mining of manganese and copper;
and output of a small industrial sector producing
alcoholic and nonalcoholic beverages, metals,
machinery, and chemicals. Despite the severe damage
the economy has suffered due to civil strife, Georgia,
with the help of the IMF and World Bank, has made
substantial economic gains since 2000, achieving
positive GDP growth and curtailing inflation. In
addition, the reinvigorated privatization process has met
with success, supplementing government expenditures
on infrastructure, defense, and poverty reduction.
Smuggling is a drain on the economy. Georgia also
suffers from energy shortages due to aging and badly
maintained infrastructure, as well as poor management.
The construction on the Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan oil
pipeline and the Baku-Tbilisi-Erzerum gas pipeline have
brought much-needed investment and job
opportunities. The inflation rate was estimated at 10%
in 2006.
There were eight independent or privately owned
television stations in Tbilisi and one public station,
Channel 1. An international NGO estimated that there
were more than 45 regional television stations outside of
Tbilisi, 17 of which offered locally oriented daily news.
version of The Georgian Times is distributed in Kvemo

Kartli region and Azerbaijan. The newspaper consists of
16 pages. Until then, the Gergian Times was published
in three languages: Georgian (circulation 30,000),
English (5,000), and Russian (8,000).
Taymer, an Azeri/Russian-language monthly newspaper,
was launched during 2006. The price of Taymer is 30
tetri (17 cents).
Advertising
The largest share, 60 percent, of the advertising market
belongs to television channels, with radios and print
media each getting 10 percent and 20 percent going to
outdoor advertising, according to BCG Research.
Newspapers receive most of their income from
circulation sales and classified ads. Only three out of 17
newspapers interviewed by BCG Research said that their
income from advertising generates more than 50 percent
of their revenues. According to the management of the
Kviris Palitra weekly, 90 percent of its income comes
from sales. In general, there is no cooperation between
print media and advertising agencies. Some of the papers
print privately sponsored content, and all of them
publish paid announcements. As a result of the
competition conducted by the State Agency for
Procurement, the daily newspaper 24 Saati won the
exclusive right to publish announcements of state
institutions that now occupy a large portion of the
papers space and generate a large amount of the papers
income.
Economic and political pressure on the media, in part

encouraged by the general low profitability of media
outlets, particularly of print media, resulted in decreased
diversity of opinions.
There are about a dozen leading advertising agencies in
Georgia. All of them are Tbilisi-based, so regional media
There are about a dozen news agencies in Georgia. Most have to work within the capital and not locally.
panelists of the in-depth GORBI survey of 15 According to panelists, the situation with finding
newspaper managers conducted in May 2005 advertising in regions did not change much during
complained about the high cost and poor quality of 2005. The advertising market in regions either does not
services. Their pieces are full of factual mistakes and exist at all or is scarce, said Ia Bobokhidze, editor-inmisspelled names, said Ia Mamaladze, publisher of the chief of the newspaper Akhali Gazeti in Kutaisi.
Guria News and chairwoman of the Georgian Regional
Media Association (GRMA). Whats more, information Readership
delivered by the agencies often does not provide enough A survey conducted by MGM in 2006 indicated that
details, and media have to refer to other sources to get 59.8% of the respondents did not read any newspapers
the full picture on an issue.
and 40.2% regularly read Georgian press. The survey
found that 54.6% of those who read papers prefer Alia,
27.1% Akhali Taoba, 13.1% Resonance, and 5% 24
There were approximately 100 independent newspapers. Saati.
Another study by MGM on weekly newspapers found
Two popular Georgian sports newspapers Lelo and that of those who read newspapers, 59.4% preferred
Sport merged with each other and from 2007 one Kviris Palitra, 20.1% Kronika, 15.4% Asaval-Dasavali,
newspaper called Lelo is issued.
2.7% Akhali Versia, and 2.4% The Georgian Times.
An Azeri-language version of The Georgian Times was
launched in 2006. In addition to Tbilisi, the Azeri
330
GEORGIA
According to the survey conducted by the Business
Consulting Group among 4,500 respondents in 2006,
17.7% of the Georgian population use the Internet and
the majority use it for entertainment. The average age of
Internet users varies between 25 and 34.
Young people aged 18-24 comprise 29.1% of all
consumers, people aged 25-34 31.1%, people aged 4554 11.4%, people aged 55-64 6.4%, and people above
65 only 2.2%.
The Internet is consumed by the segment of the
population whose income exceeds 300 GEL.
58% of people surveyed use the Internet at home,
36.8% at work, 15.6% in internet-cafes.
Ownership
According to BCG Research in 2005, the majority of
the 50 media managers interviewed claimed full access
to information regarding media ownership. Forty-five
out of 50 managers disclosed the names of the owners,
with only five of them refusing to talk about it. Panelists
agreed that within media circles, it is well known who
owns which outlet, although this information might not
be officially declared. Registration papers that list state
ownership information can be requested through the
courts. The research showed that 97 percent of
interviewed journalists (182) stated that they know who
owns the outlet they work for, and 75 percent of them
said that they learned this from the owners themselves.
Media / Press Laws
NGOs, media analysts and individual journalists cited,
among others, the following problems: limited access to
public information, nontransparent tenders offered to
media outlets, ignoring or boycotting selective media
organizations by government officials, unequal
treatment of media outlets.
Information provided by Monitoring and Forecasting
Center of Ministry of Environment Protection and
Natural Resources to media will not be free anymore.
According to Director of the Center Shorena Iosebidze,
the law does not oblige the Monitoring and Forecasting
Center to serve TV companies for free. Therefore the
information will be given to only those organizations
that will make contracts with the Center and pay
corresponding sums for the service.
The ministry of defense continued to ban journalists it
considered undesirable from public briefings. The ban
continued after the appointment of a new minister of
defense in November 2006. The affected journalists
claimed that the ministrys press officer did not return
their telephone calls. Journalists complained that it was
also difficult to obtain information from the ministry of
internal affairs.
The Police Ethics Code worked out by NGO Liberty

Institute and the Ministry of Internal Affairs was being
actively discussed in 2006. The 7th paragraph of the
Code touches upon the relations between the law
enforcers and media. The 7th paragraph reads: Due to
the importance of media as a fundamental tool of
democracy, each police officer is obliged to assist
journalists in carrying out their professional duties as
much as he or she is allowed by law. The Liberty
Institutes representative Akaki Minashvili said that the
opinion expressed in press according to which the Code
implies less strict disciplinary punishment for police
officers than it is implied by criminal code (up to 2 years
in prison) in case they hinder journalists work, was
wrong. In the Minashvilis opinion, while criminal code
implies the presence of evidence, trial etc., in the Ethics
Codes case everything is much simpler: if a police
officer violates a journalists rights then he or she will be
fired straight away.
According to the in-depth GORBI survey of 15
newspaper managers conducted in May 2005 and the
recent study by BCG Research, there are several
newspapers that are distributed nationwide, including
24 Saati, Rezonansi, Akhali Versia, and P.S. from Kutaisi
and Guria News from Chokhatauri. Panelists named the
weekly Kviris Palitra as the publication with the widest
distribution area. Other newspapers are usually available
only in their own regions, where they still do not cover
the whole territory. Panelists attributed this to the
underdeveloped distribution system and the fact that
newspapers do not have the financial resources needed
for establishing a local independent distribution system.
There are 11 districts in the Imereti region and 530
villages. If we could get at least 10 newspapers sold in
each village, we would grow our circulation by a
minimum of 5,000, said Ia Bobokhidze, editor-in-chief
of the newspaper Akhali Gazeti in Kutaisi. Another
factor is that many Georgians, especially in small
villages, cannot afford newspapers.
According to one of the panelists, the printing houses in
Georgia are mostly in private hands now. They are
independent from the state, and their services are
generally accessible. However, the quality of printing
causes a lot of complaints. In some cases, it is because
of the outdated equipment; in other cases it might be
caused by the human factor - the lack of qualified
technicians and engineers who can properly exploit and
maintain the presses, said Lasha Tugushi. Some papers
strive to establish their own printing facilities. In 2005,
newspaper 24 Saati negotiated to buy a used, although
still modern, press from the largest Slovakian publishing
house Petite Pres. The paper continues to seek funds to
cover transportation and construction expenses for the
equipment.
331
GEORGIA
There are 11 distribution companies in Georgia; two are
state-owned (Sakpressa and Adjara Press), and the rest
are private. Five newspapers of the 15 interviewed by
BCG Research stated that they operate their own
distribution systems. Those are Tbilisibased Kviris
Palitra, Trialeti from Gori, Guria News from
Chokhatauri, Lanchkhuti-based Ho da Ara, and Speqtri
from Gurjaani. According to BCG Research, the
distribution companies divided the market and cover
mainly local segments of the Georgian territory. Only
state-owned Sakpressa covers the whole country, while
the newly established private firm Elva Servisi competes
for total reach.
The Press Distribution Service decided to close down
the booths selling newspapers and magazines due to the
changes made to Georgian Tax Code. Head of Tax
Department Koba Abuladze made comments in
connection with that issue on February 8, 2006. Persons
carrying out economic transactions should register the
receiving of monetary sums through cash register. This
rule concerned press booths, too. Management of Tax
Department called upon the newsstands to purchase
cash registers, otherwise they would be fined from
March 1, 2006. The amount of the fines will vary from
1,000GEL to 5,000 GEL.
Ten leading Georgian newspapers made a joint
statement in which they called upon the Parliament to
correct the mistake in Tax Code due to which the
newsstands were closed for several days in Tbilisi: The
distribution of Georgian newspapers and magazines has
been seriously impeded for a few days now. The press
distribution organizations were forced to close down the
newsstands, which were fined by Tax Inspection services
due to the newly made changes to Georgian Tax Code.
(...) The representatives of the executive authorities
demand that the newsstands have cash registers
installed.
According to 2004 Tax Code the distribution of
newspapers and magazines as well as their selling are
exempt from income taxes and VAT. Therefore, usage of
cash registers in newsstands is absolutely unnecessary.
On February 17 the Georgian Parliament approved an
amendment to Tax Code with 133 votes against one,
according to which the newsstands will not have to have
cash registers installed until January 1, 2007.
Taxes
The print media was exempted from profit and property
taxes between 2005 and 1 January 2007. Profit derived
from publishing, also property and belonging to persons
working in media sphere and used for publishing

purposes was exempted from taxes.
State Support
Typically newspapers were subsidized by and subject to
the influence of patrons in politics and business. In
August 2005 the government announced an
anticorruption action plan calling for an end to all direct
and covert subsidies to the media; on December 31,
2006, the exemption for print media from property and
profit taxes expired. The media remained largely
dependent on subsidies."
Other Factors
There was absence of contracts or very short term
contracts with journalists.
A study by BCG Research in 2005 shows an increase in
salaries at 31 of the 50 media outlets interviewed from
the previous years. Out of those 31, 18 were television
stations, eight were newspapers, and five were radio
stations. The research also showed that the salary rates of
about 60 percent of the interviewed journalists do not
exceed 200 GEL (about USD110).
The Caucasus School of Journalism and Media
Management (CSJMM), funded by the U.S.
Department of State and the Open Society Institute,
remains the leader in providing quality journalism
education in Georgia. The school graduates 10 to 15
Georgian students each year. Overall, the process of
educational reform features 23 institutions in Georgia
that are accredited to teach journalism. However,
panelists of the BCG Research in 2005 noted that there
is still a lack of hands-on courses in the universities
curricula. Panelists complained about university
graduates not having skills that would allow them to
integrate into newsrooms right after graduation, and
said teaching the methodology and curricula remain
outdated.
The School of Social Sciences at the Georgia Technical
University opened the fall semester in 2005 with a new
Masters program in Media Management. This program
will graduate a group of 12 students in two years.
In June 2005, nine national and 11 regional media
organizations, individual journalists, and three
nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) established the
Media Council. The Council is a media self-regulatory
body serving in an arbitration capacity and as the main
watchdog and enforcer of a journalistic code of ethics.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Media.ge; Internews Georgia; Interfax;
IREX - Media Sustainability Index; WAN from public sources
332
GEORGIA
8.ba
0-15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
916
684
611
659
535
407
556
4,368
Male
21
16
14
15
12
9
13
100
000
471
342
296
310
249
178
214
2,060
23
17
14
15
12
9
10
100
Female
000
%
445
342
315
349
286
229
342
2,308
19
15
14
15
12
10
15
100
Source: State Department of Statistics, ZenithOptimedia

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
175
10
149
10
122
10
88
10
91
10
-48.00
0.00
3.41
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 Ministry of Economic Development, Department for Statistics,

Statistical Yearbook of Georgia; WAN estimate (dailies); 2005 Ilia Chavchavadze,
National Parliamentary Library of Georgia, Department of National Bibliography Statistical Yearbook of Georgia; WAN estimate (dailies)
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
24
24
24
24
24
0.00
0.00

4.d
Cover prices (2006)

(Georgia, lari)
min
Single copy 1
0.50
Source: Interfax
1
The price of weekly newspapers ranges
from GEL0.6 to GEL0.8
7.aa

2001
GDP
(Georgia, lari, bln)

2002
2003
2004
6.1
7.2
9.2
2005
9.2

7.ab

2000
GDP per capita

Publisher
Georgian
Georgian
Georgian
Georgian
Georgian
Georgian
Georgian
Russian
Georgian
Georgian
Government
OOO Georgia
-
11.
Age
Language
24 Saati (24 Hours)

Akhali Taoba (New Generation)
Alia
Dilis Gazeti
Khvalindeli Dge (Tomorrow)
Resonance
Sakartevelos Respublika
Svobodnaya Gruzia (Free Georgia)
Tribuna
Mtavari Gazeti
Circulation (000)
5
6
5
2
Source: Zhurnalist-IRS; WAN from public source
2.a
Title
(Georgia, lari, 000)

2001
2002
2003
-
1.2
1.4
2004
1.8
Research
The major organizations producing media research in
Georgia are IPM Media, GORBI, and BCG Research.
AGB Nielsen Media Research Georgia - a joint venture
of the Italy-based, Kantar Media Research-owned AGB
Group and the U.S.-based Nielsen Media Research
International, the worlds leaders in providing highquality television audience measurement services joined this group, attracted by the success of the diarybased television ratings conducted by the IPM Media
through an IREX initiative and financial support.
Methodology
Twice a year IPM conducts standardized surveys of print
media and radio audiences, called the Marketing and
Media Index (MMI). MMI is a way of monitoring
lifestyle and purchasing patterns of consumers, as well as
brand and media consumption information. The data
are used by advertisers and advertising agencies for
planning advertising campaigns and monitoring their
own and competitors companies. By interviewing 1,500
people aged 12 to 65 in Tbilisi, Kutaisi, and Batumi, the
organization provides advertisers with the data that help
them to better introduce their brands. MMI also helps
media to identify their target audience.
MSI panelists agreed that media in Georgia acknowledge
the necessity for market and audience research; however,
they lack funds to buy the existing data or conduct their
own quality research. In addition, the panelists said,
many are still suspicious of the integrity and research
methods of local organizations. Some media outlets do
conduct public opinion polls through phone and
personal interviews or published questionnaires, gather
focus groups, and do surveys. As the report by BCG
Research shows, Imedi TV regularly conducts audience
research through its own sociological service, at the same
time buying data from AGB Nielsen Media Research
Georgia and hiring other research companies. The
newspaper Akhali Versia conducts focus groups;
newspaper 24 Saati and radio Mtsvane Talga regularly
research their audiences. Overall, 26 media outlets out of
the 50 interviewed stated that they conduct their own
research. Of those, 12 were television stations, six were
radio stations, and nine were newspapers.
Source: IREX - Media Sustainability Index
333
GERMANY
Germanys affluent and technologically powerful
economy - the fifth largest in the world in purchasing
power parity terms - showed considerable improvement
in 2006 with 2.7% growth. After a long period of
stagnation with an average growth rate of 0.7% between
2001-05 and chronically high unemployment, stronger
growth has led to a considerable fall in unemployment to
about 8% at the end of 2006. Among the most
important reasons for Germanys high unemployment
during the past decade were macroeconomic stagnation,
the declining level of investment in plant and
equipment, company restructuring, flat domestic
consumption, structural rigidities in the labor market,

lack of competition in the service sector, and high
interest rates. The modernization and integration of the
eastern German economy continues to be a costly longterm process, with annual transfers from west to east
amounting to roughly USD80 billion.
Germanys aging population, combined with high
chronic unemployment, has pushed social security
outlays to a level exceeding contributions, but higher
government revenues from the cyclical upturn in 2006
reduced Germanys budget deficit to within the EUs 3%
debt limit.

2.b
Social class
1 (high)
2
3
4
5
6
7 (low)
Total
All adults
000
%
6,480
8,030
10,300
15,180
10,190
7,210
6,840
64,230
10
12
16
24
16
11
11
100
Male
000
4,000
3,900
4,550
6,910
4,960
3,370
2,980
30,670
13
13
15
22
16
11
10
100
Female
000
%
2,480
4,130
5,750
8,270
5,230
3,840
3,860
33,560
7
12
17
25
16
11
12
100
Source: AWA
(2006)
2.ca
Occupancy
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
14,695
13,266
5,477
4,213
1,527
39,178
38
34
14
11
4
100
Source: Statistisches Bundesamt, latest

available data: 6.6.2006
2.a
Age
under 6
6-15
15-25
25-45
45-65
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,346
7,304
9,690
23,736
21,492
15,870
82,438
5.35
9.08
11.73
26.00
25.99
18.63
100
Male
000
Female
000
42,098
40,340
Source: Statistisches Bundesamt, latest available data: 31.12.2005
334
GERMANY
Number of titles
3.a
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
Total dailies
374
374
10
Regional and local
364
paid-for dailies
374
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
1,335
Regional and local
15
Total free non-dailies 1 1,312
Regional and local
1,312
free non-dailies
Total Sundays
7
7
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
Total free Sundays 2
-
372
372
10
362
371
371
10
361
368
368
10
358
374
370
10
360
0.00
-1.07
0.00
-1.10
1.63
0.54
0.00
0.56
372 371
368 370
4
1,317 1,315 1,333 1,378
25
27
27
28
6
6
6
6
19
21
21
22
-1.07
3.22
21.74
-25.00
46.67
0.54
3.38
3.70
0.00
4.76
1,292 1,288 1,306 1,350

1,292 1,288 1,306 1,350
2.90
2.90
3.37
3.37
17
17
7
10
197
7
3
4
207
6
3
3
245 3.400.00 18.36

6
-14.29
0.00
3
0.00
3
0.00
190
201
239
18.91
In Germany, free non-dailies and free Sundays (Anzeigenblatter = advertising

journals) do not comply with the definition of newspaper as the share of their
editorial content is too small in proportion with advertising.
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Total Sundays
Total free Sundays 2
23,267
23,267
1,691
21,576
22,571
22,571
1,653
20,918
22,095
22,095
1,642
20,453
21,543
21,543
1,646
19,898
21,254
21,091
1,632
19.459
-8.65
-9.35
-3.49
-9.81
-1.34
-2.10
-0.85
-2.21
90,813
1,913
88,900
4,485
4,485
-
88,676
1,876
86,800
4,315
4,315
-
22,095
86,933
1,933
85,000
22,165
4,165
18,000
21,543
87,642
2,042
85,600
22,868
3,868
19,000
21,091
163
88,455
2,055
86,400
23,330
3,830
19,500
-2.60
7.42
-2.81
420.18
-14.60
-
-2.10
0.93
0.64
0.93
2.02
-0.98
2.63
Source: ZMG Auflagenstatistik, BVDA; WAN from public sources (free dailies)
1, 2
In Germany, free non-dailies and free Sundays (Anzeigenblatter = advertising

journals) do not comply with the definition of newspaper as the share of their
editorial content is too small in proportion with advertising.
4.b
Sales revenues
(Germany, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 1 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3,893.0 3,947.0 3,970.0
Total paid-for non-dailies 2 226
194 193
4,013.7
201.6
3.10
-10.80
Source: BDZV
Analysis method was changed in 2005
Source: BDZV
0.98
22.53

(2006)
Age
14-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-59
60-69
70+
Total
%
% daily reach
group
7.9
12.1
16.0
18.2
14.5
16.3
15.0
100
47.5
58.2
68.7
76.1
82.2
84.2
82.8
73.7
Source: BDZV, MA
5.c
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
36
10
196
202
46
28
10
221
220
73
28
10
221
220
44
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
259
264
384
384
382
47.49
-0.52
Source: 2005 IVW 12/2005; 2006 www.bdzv.de
6.b
Website
Bild
Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung
Sddeutsche Zeitung
Die Welt
Die Zeit
www.bild.de
www.faz.net
www.sueddeutsche.de
www.welt.de
www.zeit.de
Page impressions per month (000)

422,300
69,200
55,000
35,100
32,400
Source: IVW 12/2006

7.aa

(Germany, euro, bln)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2,074.0 2,110.0 2,129.0 2,171.0 2,280.0
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
39
10
206
185
45
2006
Source: 2002-2004 Time-Budget, Sevenone Media, Forsa, ZMG, Media

Perspektiven, ACTA; 2005 Media-Perspektiven, Internet facts II;
2006 Media-Perspektiven
GDP
Excluding VAT
2
Including total paid-for Sundays
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
40
2001
73.7
75.7
71.9
5.b
Source: BDZV, ZMG
4.c
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
Single copy
Subscription
Source: ZMG-Auflagenstatistik, BVDA; WAN from public sources (free dailies)

1, 2
5.a
(Germany, euro)
min
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
7.ab
2002
2003
(%)
2004
36.4
63.6
35.4
64.6
35.2
64.8
2005
2006
35.8
64.2
35.6
64.4

1999
GDP per capita
(Germany, euro, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
24.7
25.8
25.2
25.6
Source: 2005 ZMG-Auflagenstatistik II; 2006 ZMG Auflagenstatistik III
335
GERMANY
7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
0.78
0.74
0.73
2005
2006
0.73
0.71

7.ba

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
11,154
7,003
4,151
3,956
595
161
713
227
16,806
10,473 10,573 10,550

6,512 6,673 6,660
3,961 3,900 3,890
3,811 3,860 3,930
579 619 664
161 147 132
710 720 769
246 271 332
15,980 16,190 16,377
10,693
6,735
3,958
3,994
665
133
778
431
16,694
10,783
6,771
4,012
4,047
673
134
794
530
16,961
10,833
6,802
4,031
4,086
681
137
813
642
17,192
10,926
6,840
4,086
4,136
689
138
832
771
17,492

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
-20.66
-11.92
-0.56
-0.56
5.33
Source: 2001-2003 BDZV, ZMG; 2004-2005 BDZV

1
43.9
9.6
9.2
10.1
9.6
5.9
6.2
3.5
2.1
Expenditure
(Germany, euro, 000)
Media-Markt/Saturn
Procter & Gamble
Lidl & Schwarz
Axel Springer AG
Albrecht (Aldi)
Ferrero
LOral Haarkosmetik + Parfm
Gruner + Jahr Verlag
C&A
Unilever Bestfoods
348,700
344,300
334,800
292,600
245,200
231,900
213,900
165,300
158,800
158,100
Source: ZAW

Axel Springer AG
Verlagsgruppe WAZ
Verlagsgruppe Stuttgarter Zeitung
/Die Rheinpfalz. Ludwigshafen/SdwestPresse
Verlagsgruppe Mnchener Zeitungsverlag
/Zeitungsverlag tz/Westflischer Anzeiger
Verlagsgruppe M. DuMont Schauberg
Georg von Holtzbrinck
Verlagsgruppe Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung
Sddeutscher Verlag
Verlagsgruppe Madsack
DDVG (for example: Frankfurter Rundschau,
Schsische Zeitung, Neue Presse)
5,090
1,354
1,164
967
870
950
645
621
702
924
Source: Media-Perspektiven
Weeklies and Sundays
7.d
Expenditure
(% of display
ad revenue)
Publisher
5,642.0 4,937.0 4,455.0 4,502.0 4,476.6

4,502.0 4,476.6
287.0 268.0 225.1 240.0 252.8
Advertiser
8.a
Excludes agency commission of 15%; excludes production costs; includes classified

advertising; after discounts

Advertising sector
Source: ZMG
Source: ZAW, ZenithOptimedia
7.c

(2005)
Local
Other
Family
National
Real estate
Motor vehicles
As placements
Events
Travel
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total

categories (2005)

2002
Total

2003
2004
2005
2006
587,193 551,714 573,372 564,946 562,906
Source: 2002-2003 BDZV, ZMG; 2005-2006 ZMG, 12/2005

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
BILD
WAZ-Mediengruppe 1
Zeitungsgruppe Kln 2
German
German
German
Sddeutsche Zeitung
Rheinische Post
German
German
Axel Springer AG
Verlagsgruppe WAZ
M.Dumont Schauberg
Expedition der Klnischen
Zeitung GmbH & Co. KG
Sddeutscher Verlag GmbH
Rheinische Post
Verlagsgesellschaft mbH
Verlag Frankfurter
Allgemeine Zeitung GmbH
Zeitungsgruppe Thringen
Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH
Presse- Druck- und Verlags GmbH
Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung German

Zeitungsgruppe Thringen 3
German
Augsburger Allgemeine
/ Allguer Zeitung
fp Freie Presse
German
Nrnberger Nachrichten
German
German
Cover price
Format
(Germany, euro) (USD)
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Germany, euro)
(000)
(000)
3,716
920
571
17,700
3,900
1,700
0.50
1.10
1.00
0.65
1.42
1.30
Nordic
Rheinisch
Berliner
347,981
116,781
40,042
347,981
157650
59,779
433
391
1,700
1,800
1.60
1.00
2.07
1.30
Nordic
Rheinisch
41,300
40,354
58,700
60,547
363
1,500
1.60
2.07
Nordic
36,326
53,645
356
1,600
0.80
1.04
Rheinisch
48,989
67,099
343
1,500
1.10
1.42
Rheinisch
12,835
Freie Presse Chemnitzer

319
Verlag u. Druck GmbH
Mitteldeutsches Druck297
und Verlagshaus GmbH & Co. KG
1,300
0.95
1.23
Rheinisch
45,863
64,221
1,200
1.10
1.42
Berliner
17,621
23,788
Source: IVW III; MA

1
Westdeutsche Allgemeine Zeitung / Neue Ruhr Zeitung / Neue Rhein Zeitung / Westfalenpost / Westflische Rundschau
Klner Stadtanzeiger / Klnische Rundschau / Express
3
Thringer Allgemeine / Thringische Landeszeitung / Ostthringer Zeitung
2
336
GERMANY
8.bb
14.
Title
Publisher
Circulation (000)
Business News 1
Die Sportzeitung 2
Handelsblatt News am Abend 3
Financial Times Deutschland Kompakt 4
Holtzbrinck Verlag
SV Deutsche Sportverlag
-
70
65
20
8
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex

Launched in August 2006; only available in office buildings
Launched in October 2006; available from 5:30 am at 12 German airports
3
The paper has moved from Lufthansa to Air Berlin and will be distributed with
a circulation of 10,000 from 16:00 on. Another 10,000 copies are distributed daily
in first class ICE trains in Germany.
4
A morning free paper, available on first-class ICE trains
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
1
2
9.a
Employment
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/00
14,920
-2.52
Source: ABZV
11.
Research
Informationsgemeinschaft zur Feststellung der
Verbreitung von Werbetrgern e.V. (IVW); 10873
Berlin, Am Weidendamm 1A, 10117 Berlin, Germany;
www.ivw.de
Arbeitsgemeinschaft Media Analyse ev. V. (AG.MA),
Media-MicroCensus GmbH, Am Weingarten 25,
60487 Frankfurt am Main; www.agma-mmc.de
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
16 1
7
7
16 2
16 3
16 4
16 5
53
Source: BDZV
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
13.a
19% from January 1, 2007
Subsidies generally

No
No
No
15.a

companies?
General ownership regulations apply to all businesses;
there are no specific provisions for the press.
No
Newspapers are subject to the same transparency
regulations as all other businesses.
press?
There are general competition laws to prevent excessive
concentration. These laws have always had a strong
influence on the development of the German press, and
more so since the introduction in 1976 of specific
controls on press mergers.
The competition laws regulate, among other things,
discrimination and the right to impose prices on press
products, and enable associations to draw up
competition regulations for a specific sector and have
them recorded in a register kept by the Federal Office of
Monopoly Control.
It should be noted that the anti-monopoly laws preclude
all agreements between newspaper publishers and
magazine publishers, as well as those with direct
competitors.
There is normally no restriction on mergers where
combined turnover is below or equal to Euro 256
million. There are, however, several tests for whether
press mergers qualify for regulation, and they are much
more stringent. One is whether the new companys
turnover is above Euro 13 million, but the preferred test
is to look at copies sold. The ceiling for dailies is 40,000
copies, which means that in effect the regulatory trigger
for press is actually Euro 17 million. Companies with
combined profits of Euro 5 million or less are exempted,
but for press this is qualified by various revenue limits
dependent on the type of periodical in question.
337
GERMANY
In the press sector, a planned merger must be declared in
advance when the turnover reaches a minimum level,
which ranges from Euro 26 million to Euro 51 million
depending on circumstances. This duty to declare does
not however enable the cartel authorities to exert power
over or to forbid the merger. Otherwise, it would imply
that all such agreements would favour or reinforce a preeminent position in the market, which is what the
regulations are designed to prevent. There is a legal
presumption that a one-third market share is
preeminent, rebuttable with evidence that the annual
turnover of the company concerned is less than Euro
128 million, or in the press sector, Euro 6 million. The
creation of an oligopoly, when only a small number of
suppliers operate in a market, is presumed in the press
industry when the turnover reaches Euro 2.5 million.
Mergers are permissible if the companies can show that
competition is actually being increased, but few succeed
with this argument. Companies have the right to appeal
against decisions to the Federal Ministry of Economy,
but it is very rarely used.
Although the notion of market monopolisation is at
the core of the merger control, the legislature never
defines the market concerned. In the government
338
proposal at the time of enactment, it was established

that such a market must be determined for each
particular case, in relation to its concrete, local and
chronological effects.
There are two determining markets for the press:
readership and advertising. If, for example, the merging
of two publishing companies places them in a preeminent position in the advertising market, or reinforces
their position in that market, the merger can be totally
banned, regardless of its effect on the readership market.
This is of major importance for agreements between
dailies and advertising papers, for which the regulations
pertaining to mergers in the press also apply.
The readership and advertising markets are themselves
divided into several distinct categories, depending upon
the nature of the paper and whether it is classified, for
example, as subscription; local; sensational; or weekly.
Electronic media and printing houses are seen as
belonging to different markets.
Yes, a new regulation is discussed; a new law is expected
to be adopted within next three years.
GERMANY
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Max. 30% market share

in TV (either German
or foreign)

or foreign)
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National TV
Licensees

or foreign)

or foreign)
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Up to 25% or 35%
ordinary capital
National
Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Up to 25% or 35%
ordinary capital

or foreign)

or foreign)
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Up to 25% or 35%
ordinary capital
Up to 25% or 35%
ordinary capital
Allowed
National Radio
Licensees
Allowed
Allowed
Up to 25% or 35%
ordinary capital
Up to 25% or 35%
ordinary capital
Allowed
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Foreign Investors
No difference between
German or foreign investors German or foreign investors German or foreign investors German or foreign investors German or foreign investors
339
GHANA
Ghana remains heavily dependent on international
financial and technical assitance. Gold, timber, and
cocoa production are major sources of foreign exchange.
The domestic economy continues to revolve around
subsistence argiculture, which accounts for 34% of GDP
and employs 60% of the work force, mainly small
landholders. Receipts from the gold sector helped
sustain GDP growth in 2006 along with record high
prices for the largest cocoa crop in Ghana to date. Ghana
received a Millenium Challenge Coporation (MCC)
grant in 2006, which aims to assist in transforming the
agricultural export sector of Ghana. The inflation rate
Accra and Tema had two state-owned and 18 privately
owned FM radio stations, and there were approximately
11 state-owned and 100 privately owned FM stations
across the country.
There was one state-owned television station that
broadcast nationwide; three semi-privately owned
television stations that broadcast in the Greater Accra,
Eastern, Ashanti and Northern regions; and three cable
networks broadcasting in the Greater Accra Region, two
of which also broadcast in Kumasi. There was also one
cable network broadcasting in Sekondi-Takoradi.
Foreign media operated freely in the country, including
the BBC, Radio France International, and Voice of
America. Foreign periodicals were available in major
cities and circulated freely, even when they contained
articles critical of the government.
dailies, 67 weeklies, 23 bi-weeklies and five tri-weeklies.

More than 50% of the newspapers currently in
circulation have come into existence in recent years.
The NMC recently brought out a list of 52 papers that
were not registered, revealing that many papers had
simply taken advantage of the liberalised environment
and started operating without any regard for the legal
requirement to register. Registration of newspapers with
the NMC is required by the 1992 Constitution and
1993 NMC Act, with the proviso that the NMC cannot
exert control over newspapers.
There are no non-English, vernacular-language
newspapers.
The business newspaper Ghana Market Watch was
launched in July 2006. The cover price is GHC5,000
per copy.
The New Punch weekly newspaper was launched in
November 2006.
Advertising
The large circulation papers are dominating advertising
revenue, making it difficult for the smaller operations.
For instance, over the past five years, the state-owned
nationally dominant Daily Graphic has seen its
advertising revenue base drastically improve. Almost all
advertisers want to patronise the Graphic because of its
reach, and this cuts across both public and private sector
advertisers.
Media / Press Laws

In spite of the NMCs efforts at promoting standards,
the print media field is still weak, with journalists often
sensationalising issues and making unsubstantiated
allegations. Many print journalists have been taken to
court to face civil libel suits, with large fines imposed on
their papers. This has lead some to worry that the former
danger of journalist imprisonment under the Criminal
Libel Law has been replaced by the danger of
According to the National Media Commission (NMC), a newspapers financial collapse due to a large civil libel
however, Ghana has 106 newspapers, including 11 award.
More than 135 newspapers, including two state-owned
dailies, and two state-owned weeklies, existed in the
country. The two state owned dailies had national
circulation. Most newspapers circulated only in regional
capitals, and many of the smaller privately owned
newspapers were available only in Accra.
Initiative; WAN from public sources
340
GHANA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
104
9
105
10
95
105
10
95
106
11
95
106
11
95
1.92
22.22
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 WAN estimate; 2006 National Media Commission - BBC World
Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
180
190
200
215
215
19.44
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Ghana, cedi, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
396,191.0 470,037.9 558,685.9

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Daily Graphic 1
English
Daily Guide 2
Ghanaian Chronicle 3
Ghanaian Times
Accra Daily Mail 4
Independent
Daily Dispatch
The Pioneer
English
English
English
English
English
English
English

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
8,685
12,935
790
22,410
39
58
4
100
Male
000
4,396
6,451
371
11,218
39
58
3
100
Female
000
%
4,289
6,484
419
11,192
38
58
4
100
Circulation Cover price

(000) (Ghana, cedi)
Graphic Communications
Group 5
Western Publications
Chronicle Communications
New Times Corp.
Doodle Publishers
TransAfrica Company
-
150
3,000.00
17
15
15
5
5
-
3,000.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
Source: Commonwealth Press Union; WAN from public sources

1
The oldest and most widely-read newspaper in Ghana;

distributed in all 10 regionas and 120 districts nationwide
2
Launched in 1999
3
Launched in 1990
4
Launched in 1998
5
100% government-owned
341
GIBRALTAR
Gibraltar benefits from an extensive shipping trade,
offshore banking, and its position as an international
conference center. The financial sector, the shipping
sector, and tourism each contribute 25%-30% of GDP.
Telecommunications accounts for another 10%. In
recent years, Gibraltar has seen major structural change
from a public to a private sector economy. The inflation
oldest newspapers in continuous production.

The papers ownership is structured as a trust and
operates under the obligations of a charter partly
modelled on the Irish Times so as to ensure it is not
politically partisan, but fair and factual in its editorial
content.
The leading independent newsweekly Panorama is
published on Mondays; its Internet edition has been
running since 1998.

Established in 1801, the Gibraltar Chronicle was the The monthly Gibraltar Magazine is aimed at residents of
Rocks first daily newspaper and is one of the worlds Gibraltar and frequent visitors.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
66.67
66.67
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1996
GDP
(Gibraltar, pound, bln)

1997
1998
1999
-
2000
0.5

8.ba
Title
Gibraltar Chronicle
2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5
18
5
28
18
64
18
100
51

1
Age
Circulation (000)
Male
000
3
9
2
14
21
64
14
100
In 1935 the Gibraltar Chronicle had a circulation of 800 copies a day
Female
000
%
2
9
3
14
14
64
21
100
342
GREECE
Greece has a capitalist economy with the public sector
accounting for about 40% of GDP and with per capita
GDP at least 75% of the leading euro-zone economies.
Tourism provides 15% of GDP. Immigrants make up
nearly one-fifth of the work force, mainly in agricultural
and unskilled jobs. Greece is a major beneficiary of EU
aid, equal to about 3.3% of annual GDP. The Greek
economy grew by nearly 4.0% per year between 2003
and 2006, due partly to infrastructural spending related

to the 2004 Athens Olympic Games, and in part to an
increased availability of credit, which has sustained
record levels of consumer spending. Greece violated the
EUs Growth and Stability Pact budget deficit criteria of
no more than 3% of GDP from 2001 to 2005, but
finally appears on track to meet that criteria in 2006.
Public debt, inflation, and unemployment are above the
euro-zone average, but are falling.

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
848
562
1,335
826
2,279
5,850
15
10
23
14
39
100
Male
000
443
310
661
415
1,052
2,881
15
11
23
14
37
100
Female
000
%
405
252
674
411
1,227
2,969
14
9
23
14
41
100
Source: FOCUS BARI S.A.

(no other earners)
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
13-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-70
Total
504
871
1320
1,202
1,061
1,396
6,354
8
14
21
19
17
22
100
Male
000
260
451
668
590
521
652
3,142
8
14
21
19
17
21
100
Female
000
%
243
421
653
612
541
743
3,212
8
13
20
19
17
23
100
Households
000
%
518
1,364
1,497
2,084
891
6,354
8
21
24
33
14
100

persons) (2006)
Without children
With children
aged 0-1
aged 1-2
aged 3-5
aged 6-9
aged 10-15
aged 16-18
Total
Households
000
%
4,797
1,556
209
377
486
532
617
292
6,353
76
25
3
6
8
8
10
5
100
Source: FOCUS BARI S.A
Age
Housewives
000
%
13-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-70
Total
1
4
209
194
219
326
986
4
21
20
22
33
100
The number of individuals with

children does not equal the sum
of the sub-categories because someone
may have a child one-year-old and
another five-years-old
343
GREECE
3.a
Number of titles
4.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
39
38
38
23
15
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
1
4
4
39
37
37
21
16
40
37
37
21
16
42
39
39
23
16
42
39
39
24
15
7.69
2.63
2.63
4.35
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.35
-6.25
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Total
2
2
12
12
5
5
3
3
14
14
5
5
3
3
15
15
4
4
3
3
16
16
4
4
200.00
200.00
14.29
14.29
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
6.67
6.67
0.00
0.00
4.d
0.00
0.00
59.31
59.31
490.00
490.00
-11.44
-11.44
3.96
3.96
95
5
100
98
2
100
97
1
2
100
5.a
(%)
Reached
0.50
3.00
8.8
17.7
19.6
24.7
26.5
100
All adults
Men
Women
62.4
69.1
55.9
59.6
Source: ADNPA
Adults 18-70, all dailies except free press
%
% daily reach
group
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
7.9
10.5
12.7
18.2
14.8
-
Notes: All dailies except free press

5.c
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
Financial papers not included
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
30
22
90
230
-
156
162
-
156
162
-
2006
186
168
54
Source: 2003-2005 National statistics services; 2006 ADNPA
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
221.0 219.8 226.5 213.0 205.8 -6.88
National paid-for dailies 221.0 219.8 226.5 213.0 205.8 -6.88
94.0 93.5 96.0 96.0 99.0
5.32
127 126.30 130.5 117 106.80 -15.91
paid-for dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies 13.0 12.6 14.1 23.0 22.9
76.15
National paid-for non-dailies 13.0 12.6 14.1 23.0 22.9
76.15
2.0
1.8
1.4
10.0 12.7 535.00
National paid-for Sundays 2.0
1.8
1.4
10.0 12.7 535.00
95
5
100
Source: ADNPA
Source: ADNPA; WAN assessment (free dailies)
4.a

(2006)
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
167.05
167.05
2003
5.b
-4.12
-4.85
-4.85
0.63
-7.92
2002
Source: ADNPA
Age
8.04
-2.79
-2.79
2.14
-5.58
(%)
2001
Cover prices (2006)
Single copy
Financial papers not included
Total dailies
1,380 1,486 1,334 1,555 1,491
1,292 1,288 1,120 1,320 1,256
National paid-for dailies 1,292 1,288 1,120 1,320 1,256
467 454 460
474 477
825 834 660
846 779
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
88
198 214 235 235
Regional and local
88
198 214
235 235
free dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies 204 156 194 367 325
National paid-for non-dailies 204 156 194
367 325
40
47
24
227 236
47
24
227 236
2000
(Greece, euro)
min
max
Source: Athens Daily Newspaper Publishers Association; WAN assessment (free

dailies)
3.b
1999
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
-3.38
-3.38
3.13
-8.72
Dailies
Non-dailies
-0.43
-0.43
27.00
27.00
7.aa
Source: ADNPA
13
7
13
7
15
8
15.38
14.29
GDP
2000
(Greece, euro, bln)

2001
2002
2003
2004
122.0
131.0
153.0
165.0
(Greece, euro, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
11.1
12.0
12.9
13.9
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.23
1.20
1.22
1.22
1.20
142.0

4.b
Sales revenues
(Greece, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

126.7 184.8 183.6 189.0 205.0

126.7 184.8 183.6 189.0 205.0
19.2 17.0 20.9 23.5 55.0
19.2 17.0 20.9 23.5 55.0
49.2 56.4 56.1 40.0 180.0
49.2 56.4 56.1 40.0 180.0
61.80
61.80
186.46
186.46
265.85
265.85
8.47
8.47
134.04
134.04
350.00
350.00
7.ab

1999
GDP per capita

7.ac
Source: Ad revenues include inserts, production costs and agency commission.

Discounts range from 15-25%
Ad expenditure
344
GREECE
7.ba

(Greece, euro, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Total
909 1,050 1,231

281
338 393
628
712 838
718
726 793
90
103 121
14
14
14
324
325 276
2,054 2,218 2,435
1,139
332
807
693
94
15
265
2,206
1,219 1,291 1,367 1,444

365
390
418
447
854
901
949
997
725
740
755
775
100
106
112
118
16
17
18
19
275
285
296
308
2,335 2,439 2,548 2,664
Source: Amer Nielsen, Media Services, ZenithOptimedia

Includes agency commission (15%); excludes production costs; excludes classified
advertising; before discounts
7.c
(Greece, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

118.0
National paid-for dailies 118.0
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local free dailies Total paid-for non-dailies 31.5
National paid-for non-dailies 31.5
Total paid-for Sundays 122.8
182.1
182.1
-
123.0
123.0
44.0
79.0
138.0
138.0
63.0
75.0
140.0
140.0
63.0
77.0
18.64
18.64
-
1.45
1.45
0.00
2.67
77.0
77.0
26.1 13.0 27.0 27.0
26.1 13.0 27.0 27.0
94.2 120.0 128.0 150.0
94.2 120.0 128 150
-14.29
-14.29
22.15
22.15
0.00
0.00
17.19
17.19
2002
90
10
100
90
10
100
88
12
100

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Expenditure
(Greece, euro, 000)
Financial organizations
Entertainment
Public sector
Publishing
Travels
Office equipments
Private cars
Services
Education
Various shops
Publisher
Lambrakis Press S.A.
Tegopoulos S.A.
Pegasus Publishing
& Printing S.A.
Kathimerini S.A.
Press Foundation
Sportday S.A.
First Theme S.A.
Th. M. Nikolaidis S.A.
UP Publishing S.A.
Daily Press S.A.

2003
2004
2005
2006
22,400 25,000
35,000 38,200 34,137 36,099 38,316
Source: ADNPA
8.ba
2001
Display
Inserts
Total
51,568.9
43,465.3
34,684.6
31,205.1
26,426.2
23,589.8
20,473.5
19,900.8
16,601.3
15,527.7
Expenditure
(Greece, euro, 000)
OPAP (Betting)
11,809
Pireaus Bank
9,276
Multichoice Hellas
7,541
Lexitel
6,161
National Bank of Greece
6,088
EFG Eurobank
6,037
Modern Times
5,762
Lidl Hellas
5,365
Alpha Sat. Television
5,321
Agricultural Bank of Greece 4,776
Source: ADNPA

(2006)
In colour
Total
(%)
2000
8.a
Ad revenues include inserts, production costs and agency commission. Discounts

range from 15-25%
2002
1999
Source: ADNPA
Source: ADNPA
7.d
1998
Total circulation
(000)
37,850
35,608
23,249
18,097
13,197
12,399
11,453
8,083
7,918
7,669
Source: ADNPA
Title
Language
Publisher
Ta Nea
Kathimerini
Eleftherotypia
To Vima
Ethnos
Eleftheros Typos
Sportday
To Fos Ton Sport
Protathlitis
Sportime
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek
Greek

Kathimerini S.A.
C.K. Tegopoulos S.A.
Pegasus Publishing & Printing S.A.
Press Foundation
Sportday S.A.
Th.M. Nikolaidis S.A.
Up Publishing
Sportsman Publishing
(000)
68
60
59
51
43
36
35
23
22
21
(000)
197
99
192
85
179
131
188
154
Cover price
usual
max
usual
max
(Greece, euro)
(USD)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
-
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
-
Format
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Source: ADNPA
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
City Press 1
Metro 2
Metropolis 3
Greek
Greek
Greek
K.M.P. Publications S.A.

Metrorama Ltd
Metropolis Publications S.A.
Circulation
(000)
Format
125
100
10
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Source: ADNPA; WAN from public sources (circulation)

1
Athens, Thessaloniki
Athens
3
Athens
2
345
GREECE
10.a
14.
Discounts (2005)
Discount rate % 1
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
30
7
25
-
30
6
26
-
53
8
32
8
79
12
64
6
163.33
71.43
156.00
-
Post 2
up to 20 g
up to 100 g
up to 250 g
up to 500 g
up to 1,000 g
up to 2,000 g
Telephone 3
110,000500,000
500,0011,200,000
1,200,0014,200,000
4,200,001+
Telegraph
Telex
Source: ADNPA
10.ba

2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
26
35
17
26
35
18
26
35
18
26
35
18
26
35
18
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Source: ADNPA
Reduction %
National
Regional
Newspapers
Newspapers
80
79
72
61
53
25
90
89
86
80
77
62
17.5
35
52
105
50
50
10.c
Charge units deducted (applies for telephone discounts)

The reductions apply on post for newspapers and magazines
3
Each newspaper is allowed a discount for monthly telephone charges based on
its circulation
Newsprint costs
2001
Average per ton
779
(Greece, euro)
2002
2003
2004
620
575
2005
560 1
15.a
Source: 2001-2003 ADNPA; 2005 Eleftherotypia

1
Standard; improved 640EUR/ton
11.
Research
There is no audited body, but the figures given by the
two main agencies (Argos and Europe) are cheque by
the pension funds of the newspaper employees, as their
income is depending on the copy sales revenue.
FOCUS S.A.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
4.5
4.5
19
19
4.5
19

same locality?
No. According to the law 2328/1995 (article 1
paragraph 10) Participation in more than two different
media (press, radio, TV) is prohibited.
Source: ADNPA
13.a
So as to guarantee disclosure and transparency in the

capital structure and to avoid silent partners, is there any
law or rule permitting in any event the possibility of
finding out who are the actual owners of a publishing
company?
Subsidies generally

No
No
No

companies?
Shares may only be registered by individuals. Article 40
of Law 1806/88 allows the court to scrutinise the
finances of press and broadcast companies. Ownership
details must be submitted annually under pain of
imprisonment. Article 24 of Law 1746/88 strictly
compels registration except for foreign or domestic
investment trusts holding 2.5% or less, state-owned
concerns, and official political-party organs.
No
Methodology
Multistage stratified cluster sampling
12.
The law 3310/2005, which had introduced strict

limitations to media ownership, has been amended (or
rather frozen) under EU pressure. According to the
system introduced by the law 3310/2005 (that purports
to implement art. 14 paragraph 9 of the Greek
Constitution of 2001), no owner, main shareholder,
member of the board or officeholder of any media
Source: ADNPA
346
GREECE
company could have these same capacities in any
company which enters into agreements with publicsector entities. A tight prohibition covers any
agreements of public-sector entities with media
companies or owners, main shareholders etc. of the
same. As main shareholders were deemed those who
are among ten largest shareholders or who hold the
largest voting blocks, or possess more than one percent
of the capital. Any use of offshore companies to hold
participations in media companies was prohibited, while
their shares had to be nominative/registered and in
case of participations through corporate entities, the
shares of such companies had to be nominative, too.
Moreover, all companies who have business dealings
with public-sector entities had to comply with similar
mandatory requirements, with partial wavers for foreign
companies and mutual funds, banks etc.
fixed. The thresholds discussed vary around 30%-33%.

The relevant market may be geographic (nationalregional-local), or content-based (information or other),
or technological (broadcast or subscription). Dominant
position may be found also whenever advertising space
or time grows above a threshold (regardless the content).
As to when abuse may be found, there are three
possibilities: 1) direct or indirect price-fixing or other
inequitable terms; 2) application of unequal terms in
similar situations; 3) unjustified tied sales. Sanctions
may be also imposed in cases of concentration or of
collusive practices (the turnover thresholds for
concentration are to be fixed). Cases are to be judged
and sanctions to be imposed by the Competition
Authority, upon information that a dominant position
exists and is abused on the part of the Radio-Television
Authority. The proposed draft law prohibits control of
more than one electronic media (radio, TV) of the same
category (information or other content), but allows up
to 100% ownership on information media (while up to
now there was a 25% ceiling, often circumvented).
Information media are further split into those of
general content and specific scope (political,
economic, sports, etc). As to what constitutes control,
the strict provisions of the earlier legislation will be used.
As of March 2006, the EU Commission has called upon

Greece to reply to accusations, according to which it was
again applying de facto the above mentioned restrictive
provisions, lest the earlier procedures that had been
started before the ECJ be re-activated.
In April 2006, the Government aired a new draft law,
which is to be introduced to Parliament before summer
2006. The new proposed legislation is based on the
concept of dominant position, but sanctions for using
dominant position arise only when there is an abuse of
the dominant position. A dominant position may be
found when the audience share (circulation, viewership)
in the relevant market is higher than a threshold to be
15.b

press?
See answer to the question 4.
See answer to the question 4.
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Regional TV
Licensees
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National TV
Licensees
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Regional Newspaper
Owners
Allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
National Newspaper
Owners
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Not allowed
Not allowed
Allowed
Allowed
up to 25%
up to 25%
Allowed
Allowed
Foreign Investors
347
GREENLAND
The economy remains critically dependent on exports of
fish and substantial support from the Danish
Government, which supplies about half of government
revenues. The public sector, including publicly-owned
enterprises and the municipalities, plays the dominant
role in the economy. The inflation rate was estimated at
1.6% in 1999.
Two national newspapers are published; both have their

head offices in Nuuk. Gronlandsposten/AG was
established in 1861 and published in the Greenlandic
language only. In 1952 the paper became bilingual
(Greenlandic and Danish). It is published twice a week
Tuesdays and Fridays and has a circulation of 3,500.
Sermitsiaq was established in 1957; first as a local
newspaper for the Nuuk area. It is published once
a week, circulating 4,000 copies nationwide.

Kalaallit Nunaata Radio broadcasts daily radio and TV Local papers are published more or less regularly in
programmes to the whole of Greenland. Programmes are several towns and settlements. The two local newspapers
in Greenlandic and Danish.
with the largest circulation are Kujataamiu Nutaaq,
published in Qaqortoq and covering South Greenland,
and Iluliarmioq published in Ilulissat.
There are no daily newspapers in Greenland.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
14
39
4
57
Male
Female
000
%
000
7
21
2
30
23
70
7
100
25
68
7
100
7
18
2
27
26
67
7
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 WAN from public sources; 2005 Statistics Greenland
7.aa

1997
GDP
(Denmark, krone, bln)

1998
1999
2000
-
2001
9.2
348
GRENADA
Grenada relies on tourism as its main source of foreign
exchange. Strong performances in construction and
manufacturing, together with the development of an
offshore financial industry, have also contributed to
growth in national output. The inflation rate was
The privately owned Grenadian Broadcasting Network
(GBN), with a minority government share, owns the
principal radio and TV stations; additional outlets are
privately owned. A cable TV company operates in most
areas of the country. In September 2005,

the government launched the Government Information
Service, a television channel for public service
announcements, governmentsponsored events,
speeches, and sessions of parliament.
The country has no daily newspapers. There are five
weekly newspapers and several other newspapers that are
published irregularly. The leading publications are the
Grenada Voice (circulation 3,000), Grenada Today
(5,000), and Grenada Guardian. All three are privately
owned.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
30
57
3
90
Male
Female
000
%
000
15
30
1
46
33
65
2
100
33
63
3
100
15
27
2
44
34
61
5
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
66.67
25.00

7.aa

1998
GDP

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
1.2
349
GUADELOUPE
This Caribbean economy depends on agriculture,
tourism, light industry, and services. It also depends on
France for large subsidies and imports. Tourism is a key
industry, with most tourists from the US; an increasingly
large number of cruise ships visit the islands. The
traditional sugarcane crop is slowly being replaced by
other crops, such as bananas (which now supply about
50% of export earnings), eggplant, and flowers. Other
vegetables and root crops are cultivated for local
consumption, although Guadeloupe is still dependent
on imported food, mainly from France. Light industry
features sugar and rum production. Most manufactured
goods and fuel are imported. Unemployment is
especially high among the young. Hurricanes
periodically devastate the economy.

The first daily French newspaper in St. Martin was
launched in 2004. Le Plican newspaper is produced by
a former journalist of FaxInfo, a daily news bulletin.
The objective of the newspaper is to inform the French
speaking population on what is taking place on the
island. The newspaper is available at newspaper stands
on the French side of the island from Monday to Friday,
and in the mornings is sold in the streets by vendors at
different locations.
Le Journal de Saint-Barth is a weekly French-language
local newspaper. An abbreviated English version,
entitled St-Barth Weekly, is simultaneously published
during the winter for visitors.
Source: indexmundi.com; WAN from public sources

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
2
1
2
1
2
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00

7.aa

1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
3.1

8.ba
Title
Language
Le Plican
French
Circulation (000)
2

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
107
304
42
453
24
67
9
100
Male
000
55
151
18
224
25
67
8
100
Female
000
%
52
153
24
229
23
67
10
100
350
GUAM
The economy depends largely on US military spending
and tourism. Over the past 30 years, the tourist industry
has grown to become the largest income source
following national defense. The inflation rate was

The only daily newspaper, the Pacific Daily News
(PDN), was established in 1970 as the successor to the
Guam Daily News.
The PDN publishes two spinoff weeklies, geared

towards military personnel: The Navigator, which
Broadcasting is regulated by the US Federal focuses on the Naval community; and The Pacific Edge,
Communictions Commission (FCC).
serving the Air Force community.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2001
GDP
(USA, dollar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
-
2005
2.5

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Pacific Daily News 1 English
Gannett Corporation
Circulation (000)
Format)
20
Tabloid

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
50
110
11
171
29
64
6
100
Male
000
26
56
5
87
30
64
6
100
Morning newspaper, published seven days a week
Female
000
%
24
54
6
84
29
64
7
100
351
GUATEMALA
The agricultural sector accounts for about one-fourth of
GDP, two-fifths of exports, and half of the labor force.
Coffee, sugar, and bananas are the main products.
Remittances from a large expatriate community that
moved to the United States during the war have become
an important source of foreign exchange. The inflation
to-the-reader sales, mostly by sectoristas (street hawkers).

All of Guatemala Citys daily newspapers circulate
throughout the country.
Circulation
Press run for some of the newspapers is not determined
until the editorial department lets the circulation
department know what will appear on the front page the
next morning. This typically happens late at night and
the street hawkers will then place their orders based on
Private operators dominate the media scene. Four the front-page content. The more exciting the front
national TV channels share the same owner and have page, the more copies they will order.
a virtual monopoly in TV broadcasting. Two state TV
channels are licensed but are not broadcasting.
Media / Press Laws
On February 1, 2006, the Constitutional Court declared
void three articles of the Penal Code that criminalized
Guatemalas daily newspapers, all in Spanish, are disrespect for public officers, holding that these articles
produced in a tabloid size. Most include color on nearly violated freedom of expression guaranteed in the
every page, and nearly all circulation is paid, with direct- constitution.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; Thomson Gale; Verified Audit Circulation
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5,052
6,822
420
12,294
41
55
3
100
Male
000
2,573
3,354
195
6,122
42
55
3
100
Female
000
%
2,479
3,468
225
6,172
40
56
4
100

2.b
Social class
A+B 1
C1 2
C2 3
D4
E5
Total
All individuals
000
%
425
303
1,699
2,306
1,335
6,068
7
5
28
38
22
100
Male
000
211
151
844
1,145
663
3,014
7
5
28
38
22
100
Female
000
%
214
153
855
1,161
672
3,054
7
5
28
38
22
100
Source: INE, Multivex, CNSS, ZenithOptimedia

1
352
A+B = university graduates, post-graduates, owners of businesses or sources

of income, high-level administrative employees
2
C1 = high school or university graduates, private or public business executives,
some owners of medium-sized businesses
3
C2 = grade school or high school graduates, professionals, businessmen, small
industrialists, medium-ranked executives
4
D = grade school graduates, unskilled auxiliary or dependent workers
in specialised activities
5
E = little or no education, no steady employment
GUATEMALA
3.a
Number of titles
8.ba
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
10
10
42.86
0.00
Source: 2002, 2006 WAN from public sources; 2003-2005 WAN estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
320
400
450
500
550
71.88
10.00

7.aa
(Guatemala, quetzal, bln)

2003
2004
2005
461.0
485.3
2006
477.3

1998
GDP per capita

Format
280
125
38
23
23
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Nuestro Diario
Prensa Libre
Al Dia
El Periodico
Siglo Veintiuno
El Grafico
La Republica
Diario de Centro America
La Hora 2
El Metropolitano
2002
7.ab
Circulation (000) 1
Source: WAN from public sources; Circulation: Verified Audit Circulation,

California, U.S.A.
GDP
Title
(Guatemala, quetzal, 000)

1999
2000
2001
-
13.1
14.1
2002
15.1
July 1, 2004 - June 30, 2005

Evening newspaper
11.
Research
Verified Audit Circulation from California, the U.S.A.,
has audited five daily newspapers in Guatemala City
since 1999. The organization which represents the
Central American countrys leading advertising
agencies, Unin Guatemalteca de Agencias de
Publicidad (UGAP), encouraged the newspapers to have
their circulations audited.
Source: Verified Audit Circulation
353
GUINEA
The country possesses almost half of the bauxite reserves
in the world and is the second-largest bauxite producer.
The mining sector accounts for over 70% of exports.
Growth rose slightly in 2006, primarily due to increases
in global demand and commodity prices on world
markets, but the standard of living fell. The inflation rate
was estimated at 27% in 2006.
articles published that were considered libelous or

nonfactual.

The Internet was available for use by all citizens, but
only a small minority of the population used the
technology. Cost, literacy, and availability remained
major constraints to use by a broad range of citizens.
Typically, the monopolist state telecom provider cuts
Internet supply during the frequent rain storms to avoid
Radio and TV stations, as well as the countrys largest damages to the network by lightening.
and only daily newspaper, are state-controlled and offer
little coverage of the opposition and scant criticism of Ownership
the government.
The government does not permit media ownership by
political parties and religious institutions but did not
The government continued to operate official television restrict broadcasting programming on political and
and radio stations. The government agreed to open up religious subjects.
the airwaves and licensed private radio broadcasters in
early 2006. In August 2006, for the first time in the Media / Press Laws
countrys history, private radio stations began A restrictive press law allows the government to censor
broadcasting. With various formats initially focusing on publications.
music, commercial operators competed for listeners in
this key sector. Radio remained the most important The government prohibited talk or chants in public that
source of information for the public. During the year 12 it considered seditious, established defamation and
rural and community radio stations continued slander as criminal offenses, and prohibited
operating. At years end the government had accepted communications that insulted the president; incited
eight license applications for private radio stations; five violence, discrimination, or hatred; or disturbed the
were operational.
public peace or security. Sanctions included fines,
revocation of press cards, imprisonment, and
banishment.
The government published an official daily newspaper,
the Horoya. More than a dozen private newspapers Printing & Distribution
publish either weekly or sporadically and are critical of Infrastructure is a main problem for the press in Guinea,
the government.
where no newspapers reach far out from the capital,
Conakry. In fact, the infrastructure is found to be the
There were 10 private newspapers published weekly in least developed in the entire West Africa region, even
Conakry, and up to 10 other publications appeared compared to war-affected countries.
sporadically, although technical difficulties and high
operating costs impeded regular publication. One In addition to distribution limitations due to a poor road
newspaper, LEspoir, was affiliated with the governing and air network, electricity, telephone, Internet and
political party, and several other newspapers openly paper supplies are critical factors. Power cuts are frequent
supported opposition parties.
and can last for days or even weeks. Chronic paper
shortages further limit the press strongly.
Foreign publications, some of which criticized the
government on a regular basis, were available both in State Support
print and electronic format.
In September 2006, the National Communications
Council (CNC) announced financial subsidies of
approximately USD79,000 (400 million Guinea francs)
In 2006, Guineas National Communication Council to 37 of 58 registered private newspapers, purportedly to
(CNC) suspended several newspapers, including the encourage private media.
only privately owned daily newspaper Le Quotidien, for
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; afrol News Canarias SA and the Editors Forum of West
Africa; WAN from public sources
354
GUINEA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
25
25
25
25
25
0.00
0.00

7.aa

(Guinea, franc, bln)
2003
2004
2005
2002
GDP
2006
43,589.5 75,511.4 98,178.7

8.ba

2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,300
5,084
306
9,690
44
52
3
100
Language
Publisher
Horoya (Liberty)
Le Quotidien
French
French
Government
-
Circulation (000)
15
-
Age
Title
Male
000
2,172
2,541
134
4,847
45
52
3
100
Female
000
%
2,128
2,543
172
4,843
44
53
4
100
13.a
Subsidies generally

Yes
Source: US State Department
13.b
Direct subsidies
(Guinea, franc, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
450.0 400.0
-11.11
Source: US State Department
355
GUINEA-BISSAU
Guinea-Bissau depends mainly on farming and fishing exporting fish and seafood along with small amounts of
peanuts, palm kernals, and timber. Rice is the major
crop and staple food. Government drift and indecision
have resulted in continued low growth in 2002-06. The
breakdowns, problems at printing facilities and financial

bottlenecks however impede them from being totally
regular.
Elevated telecom prices and irregular services hinder the
use of the Internet (dial-up) for research and
publication.

There were several independent radio stations, a national
radio station, and a national television station.
International radio broadcasts operated without
restriction. Broadcasters face many challenges, not least
the lack of a reliable power supply.
Guinea-Bissau further has a long history of the

establishment and later bankruptcy of private media.
This instability on the media scene is strongly connected
to the country's poor infrastructure, a high degree of
poverty and the lack of aid for the press. There are few
signs that this will change in the near future. On the
other hand, the repression of the free media - which has
been the normality since before independence and until
There are no daily newspapers. In addition to the 2003 - has ceased.
government owned newspaper No Pintcha, several
private newspapers published without restriction. All Online / Digital Publishing
newspapers published sporadically during the year due Lack of infrastructure, equipment, and education
to financial constraints and dependence on the state severely limited access to the Internet.
owned printing house.
Guinea-Bissau remains the country of the West Africa The national printing press often lacked raw materials.
region where newspapers are most irregular. The most
regular independent newspapers published in Bissau are In the small country, all newspapers manage to distribute
the Gazeta de Noticias and the Correio de Bissau, both to all major urban centres.
weeklies. Prolonged and frequent power cuts, technical
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC;
afrol News Canarias SA and the Editors Forum of West Africa
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
Male
%
597
802
43
1,442
298
384
18
700
43
55
3
100
41
56
3
100
Female
000
%
299
418
25
742
40
56
3
100

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
561.4
581.0
650.4
356
GUYANA
The InterAmerican Development Bank in November
2006 canceled the nearly USD400 million debt of
Guyana with the Bank. The entrance of Guyana into the
Caricom Single Market and Economy (CSME) in
January 2006 will broaden the export market of the
country, primarily in the raw materials sector. The
owned and operated two radio stations broadcasting on

several frequencies, which are the only media that reach
the entire country. A third station, Radio Paiwomak,
operated under the license of the government-operated
National Communications Network as a community
radio station with a limited broadcast area in the
hinterland Rupununi region.

Apart from the state-owned daily newspaper, The
The government operates radio services and a TV Guyana Chronicle, there are two privately owned
channel. Private TV stations freely criticise the independent dailies, the Stabroek News and the Kaieteur
government.
News, as well as a variety of privately owned weekly
newspapers published by religious groups, political
Government limits on licensing and expansion sharply parties, and others.
constrained the broadcast media. The government
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
201
526
40
767
Male
26
69
5
100
Female
000
%
000
102
265
17
384
27
69
4
100
99
261
23
383
26
68
6
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
50.00
50.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

13
13
30
30
30
30
32
32
32
32
146.15
146.15
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Guyana, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
501.6
551.6
2006
687.8
8.ba
Title
Publisher
Circulation Readership Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(000)
(000)
(Guyana, dollar)
Stabroek News 1 Guyana Publications Inc.

Kaietuer News
Guyana Chronicle Government
15
7
77
-
50,400
-
75,600
-

1
The newspaper is located in Georgetown, the capital, and serves the Demerara,
Esequibo, and Berbice counties
357
HAITI
Haiti is the poorest country in the Western Hemisphere,
with 80% of the population living under the poverty line
and 54% in abject poverty. Two-thirds of all Haitians
depend on the argiculture sector, mainly small-scale
subsistence farming, and remain vulnerable to damage
from frequent natural disasters, exacerbated widespread
deforestation. A macroeconomic program developed in
2005 with the help of the International Monetary Fund
helped the economy grow 1.8% in 2006, the highest
growth rate since 1999. The inflation rate was estimated
at 14.4% in 2006.
Although radio stations are nominally independent, they

are subject to a law designating the state as the sole
owner and proprietor of the airwaves. The state leases
broadcast rights to private enterprises, retaining
preemption rights in the event of a national emergency,
including natural disasters.
There are two French-language daily newspapers,
Le Nouvelliste and Le Matin. There are three partisan
weeklies distributed in Haiti and the United States: the
Haiti Observateur, Haiti Progrs, and Haiti En Marche.

There is virtually no Creole-language press. Several
Radio is Haitis most important information medium; weeklies and monthlies produced by foreign-based
access to the press is limited by low literacy levels. There Haitians circulate in Port-au-Prince.
are more than 250 private radio stations, providing a full
spectrum of political views.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
14.29
0.00
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Haiti, gourde, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
454.9
2006
531.2
599.9

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Le Matin
Le Nouvelliste
Le Nouveau Matin S.A.

-
Circulation (000)
5
-

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,521
4,504
284
8,309
42
54
3
100
Male
000
1,771
2,202
125
4,098
43
54
3
100
Female
000
%
1750
2,302
159
4,211
42
55
4
100
358
HONDURAS
The economy relies heavily on a narrow range of exports,
notably bananas and coffee, making it vulernable to
natural disasters and shifts in commodity prices, but in
recent years has experienced a rapid rise in exports of
light manufacturers. Growth remains dependent on the
economy of the US, its largest trading partner.
A small number of powerful business magnates with

intersecting commercial, political, and family ties owned
most of the countrys news media. The government
influenced media coverage of its activities through the
granting or denial of access to government officials,
creating a situation in which the media was so closely
interrelated and linked to the political system that
the powerful magnates strongly influenced the news
agenda and thereby elections and political decisions.

Media freedom in Honduras is limited by punitive
defamation laws. These require journalists to reveal
sources in certain cases.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
200
200
160
160
160
-20.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Honduras, lempira, bln)

2003
2004
2005
328.0
2006
403.4
435.7
(Honduras, lempira, 000)

1999
2000
2001
2002

7.ab

1998

2.a
GDP per capita
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,921
4,155
251
7,327
40
57
3
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
1,491
2,077
114
3,682
40
56
3
100
1430
2,078
137
3,645
39
57
4
100

2.b
Age
A+B+C1 1
C2 2
DE 3
Total
All individuals
000
%
662
1,964
3,933
6,559
10
30
60
100
13.9
15.1
15.9
Male
Female
000
%
000
341
973
1,906
3220
11
30
59
100
320
992
2,027
3,339
10
30
61
100

categories (2000)

(2000)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Honduras, lempira, mln)
Advertiser
State
Banking
Supermarkets
Electrodomestic stores
Newspapers
Department stores
Movies
Fast food
Political
Malls
La Colonia
Estado
Cerveceria Hondurena
Diunsa
Diario La Prensa
Celtel
La Curacao
Burger King
Televicentro
Pizza Hut
38
36
35
23
19
18
18
16
12
11
Source: SPC
Expenditure
(Honduras, lempira, mln)
20.1
19.7
16.8
14.8
12.1
9.8
9.1
7.9
7.5
7.0
Source: SPC
Source: Rivera Research; ZenithOptimedia

1
A = income greater than Lps 150,000 a month; B+C1 = income between Lps
35,000-150,000 a month
2
C2 = income between Lps 10,000-35,000 a month
3
D = income between 2,000-10,000 a month E = income less than Lps 2,000 a month
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-33.33
Source: 2002, 2004-2006 WAN from public sources; 2003 WAN estimate
0.00
8.ba
Title
La Prensa
La Tribuna
El Heraldo
Tiempo 2
Circulation (000) Cover price (Honduras, lempira)

1
50
-
7.00
6.00
6.00
-
Format
Tabloid
-

1
Established October 26, 1964; La Prensa was the first newspaper in Honduras
to use offset, first to print full color pages, and the first to use computers
in publishing to achieve computer pagination
2
Established November 7, 1970
359
HONG KONG
Hong Kong has a free market economy highly
dependent on international trade. GDP growth averaged
a strong 5% from 1989 to 2006, but Hong Kong
suffered two recessions in the past eight years because
of the Asian financial crisis in 1997-1998 and the global
downturn in 2001-2002. A solid rise in exports, a boom
in tourism from the mainland because of the easing
of travel restrictions by China, and a return of consumer
confidence resulted in the resumption of strong growth
from late 2003 through 2006. Moreover, several large
initial public offerings of Chinese companies on the
Hong Kong stock exchange since late 2005 have helped
to boost the status of Hong Kong as a financial hub and
have contributed to the improved performance of the
market in late 2006. The inflation rate was estimated
at 2.2% in 2006.
Hong Kong viewers and listeners have access to over 200
local and overseas television channels in various
languages through free-to-air terrestrial and satellite
reception or pay television services, and 14 radio
channels provided by two commercial broadcasters and
Radio Television Hong Kong, the public service
broadcaster. At the same time, it is a regional
broadcasting hub with 13 licensees uplinking over 100
satellite television channels for the regional market.
Terrestrial television broadcasters are migrating to digital
broadcasting and the Government is updating
the regulatory regime in the light of technological
and market convergence.
Hong Kong is the base for a number of regional

publications such as Far Eastern Economic Review
(which changed from a weekly to a monthly publication)
and business and trade magazines. The Financial Times,
The Wall Street Journal Asia, USA Today International,
International Herald Tribune and Nihon Keizai
Shimbun are printed here.
Advertising
Both the free papers and the Chinese-language quality
dailies outpaced the average 8 per cent growth in Hong
Kong newspaper advertising in the first half 2006,
according to Nielsen Media. On a pre-discount basis,
total newspaper advertising revenue in the first six
months 2006 was HKD8.3 billion, versus HKD7.6
billion in the same period last year.
Free dailies cut an increasingly large chunk of revenue
from the traditional newspapers. The free newspapers
collected a combined HKD774 million or 10 per cent of
all newspaper advertising dollars in the first half of 2006,
according to Nielsen, compared with HKD572 million
of revenue or a 6.4 per cent share in the preceding six
months.
Metro, the original free paper, retained its place atop the
category with HKD342 million in advertising, up 8 per
cent from a year earlier. Its two competitors both
debuted in July 2005. Headline Daily, a member of the
Sing Tao News stable, garnered HKD221 million in the
first half of 2006, a 90 per cent gain compared with the
first six months of its existence. Am730, owned by
property-agency magnate Shih Wing-ching, raked in
Most media outlets were owned by businesses with HKD211 million, up 50 per cent from the previous
interests on the mainland, making them vulnerable to half-year.
self-censorship.
Circulation
In 2005 the University of Hong Kong conducted Observers say competition in the Hong Kong market
a public opinion poll that said that 50 percent of is becoming excessive, with many papers fighting for
respondents believed the media practised self-censorship. scoops, running sensational headlines and big photos
of scantily clad young women. The Sun daily sparked
a price war among Chinese-language newspapers
As of September 30, 2006, the Hong Kong registered in October 2005 when it cut its cover price from HKD6
press included 21 Chinese-language dailies, 14 English- to HKD3 to celebrate the dailys seventh anniversary.
language dailies (including one of them in Braille), eight Apple Dailys circulation suffered most in the price war,
bilingual dailies and five in Japanese.
falling an average 11 per cent to about 300,000 copies
a day. The seven-month Chinese-language newspaper
Of the Chinese-language dailies, 15 cover mainly local price war came to an end in May 2006 when Oriental
and overseas general news; four specialise in finance; and Press Groups the Sun raised its cover price to USD4.
the rest cover horse racing. The larger papers include The market competition remains fierce as the free
overseas Chinese communities in their distribution dailies circulation is going up, said free daily am730
networks, and some have editions printed outside Hong marketing director Agnes Chan.
Kong, in particular in the United States, Canada, the
United Kingdom and Australia.
Two Chinese dailies, one English daily and four
One of the English dailies publishes a daily Braille bilingual dailies are published on the Internet.
edition, in conjunction with the Hong Kong Society for
the Blind.
360
HONG KONG
Media / Press Laws
The publishing or importation of print or other media
in Hong Kong are subject to regulation by a few
provisions to safeguard the interest of readers. For
example, the Control of Obscene and Indecent Articles

Ordinance guards against the inclusion of obscene
materials in print and other media not regulated by the
Broadcasting Ordinance.
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; AsiaMedia; Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Government;
South China Morning Post; The Asahi Shimbun
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
Households
000
%
2,220
100
Source: HKSAR
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
50
49
46
3
1
-
50
49
46
3
1
23
50
49
46
3
1
23
52
49
46
3
3
-
54
51
48
3
3
-
8.00
4.08
4.35
0.00
200.00
-
3.85
4.08
4.35
0.00
0.00
-
Source: Hong Kong Special Administrative Region Government;

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
302
308
323
3,334 3,216
2,216 2000
1,118 1,216
302.65
-3.54
-9.75
8.77
Source: 2005-2006 HK ABC (free dailies); other data WAN assessment

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,005
909
1,049
1,323
1,178
635
836
6,936
14
13
15
19
17
9
12
100
Male
000
519
455
469
587
579
328
389
3,325
16
14
14
18
17
10
12
100
Female
000
%
486
454
579
737
600
307
448
3,611
13
13
16
20
17
9
12
100
5.a

(%)
Reached
All adults
75
Source: Nielsen Media Research;

ZenithOptimedia
Source: Census & Statistics Dept; ZenithOptimedia

(2004)
5.b
% of readership % daily reach

within age
group
12-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-59
60-64
3
11
15
20
16
4
3
56.9
65.6
69.2
77.1
78.5
70.7
64.3
Source: AC Nielsen
2.b
Age
A+B
C1
D
E
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,178
555
1,107
515
3,355
35
17
33
15
100
Male
000
671
394
454
188
1,707
39
23
27
11
100
Female
000
%
507
161
653
327
1,648
31
10
40
20
100
Source: Nielsen Media Research; ZenithOptimedia

Definition of adult status: AB = professionals, managers, executives and skilled
white & blue collar with post-secondary education or above, C1 = skilled white
& blue collar with secondary education completed, D = skilled white & blue collar
with some secondary education or below, unskilled white & blue collar with
secondary education completed or above, and unskilled white collar
with secondary education or below, E = unskilled blue collar with secondary
education or below; aged 18-64
361
HONG KONG
5.c
Media consumption
Top owners (2005)

2001
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
Owners
2005
Oriental Daily News

2,263,174
Apple Daily
1,391,680
Hong Kong Economic Times 1,225,153
Sun News
921,779
Sing Tao Daily
781,974
Ming Pao Daily News
669,608
Metro
388,148
South China Morning Post
302,072
Headline Daily
256,815
AM 730
244,403
89
254
117
Source: Radio: Nielsen Media Research; television, internet: ZenithOptimedia

7.aa

2001
GDP
(Hong Kong, dollar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
1,270.0 1,247.0 1,220.0 1,310.0 1,398.7

ZenithOptimedia
Source: IFS; ZenithOptimedia

7.ab

2000
GDP per capita
189.1
(Hong Kong, dollar, 000)

2001
2002
2003
184.1
178.7
173.0
8.ba
2004
185.5

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.13
1.17
1.39
1.42
1.48

7.ba

(Hong Kong, dollar, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
8,318
6,612
1,706
4,457
688
24
845
78
14,410
7700
6,044
1,656
5,215
628
6
719
114
14,382
8,899
6,783
2,116
6,689
672
3
1,013
123
17,399
10,139
7,422
2,717
7,441
790
2
1,045
139
19,556
11,493
8,658
2,835
7,962
809
2
1,732
152
22,150
12,159
9,135
3,024
8,439
833
2
1,911
165
23,509
12,903
9,592
3,311
9,157
858
2
2,156
178
25,254
Apple Daily
The Sun
Chinese
Chinese
South China Morning Post

Sing Tao Daily
English
Chinese
Ming Pao Daily News

The Wall Street Journal Asia
Sing Pao Daily News
Hong Kong Daily News
Hong Kong Economic Times
Chinese
English
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Circulation (000) Format
Oriental Press
Group Ltd.
Next Media
Oriental Press
Group Ltd.
Kerry Media Ltd.
Sing Tao Newspaper
Group Ltd.
-
500
297 1
200
104 2
100
Broadsheet
-
81 3
81 4
80
80
75
1 January - 30 June 2006

3
1 July - 30 September 2006
4
8.bb
Title
Headline Daily 1
Metropolis Daily 2
Language
Publisher
Circulation (000)
Chinese
Sing Tao Newspaper Group
Chinese
Metro Publishing HK Ltd.
/ English 4
(Metro International)
am730 3
Chinese
Centaline Holdings
Source: HK ABC; Free Dailies Newsletter; WAN from public sources
603
333
280
(Hong Kong, dollar, mln)

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) 11,608 13,291 14,153 13,442 15,055
29.70
12.00
Source: AC Nielsen (at ratecard)

categories (2005)

(2004)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Real estate
Travel
Pharmaceuticals
Household goods
Company notices & ann.
Miscellaneous
Retail
Estate agents
Mobile communication
Education
Mannings Dept. Store

Watson's Super Store
Wellcome Supermarket
Park'n Shop
Hong Tai Travel
Compliment ads
HSBC
Vital Impact
Wing on Travel
Bank of China
362
Chinese

ZenithOptimedia
Language Publisher
Oriental Daily News
After discounts; excludes classified advertising; excludes production costs; includes

agency commission
1,220,252
1,161,575
1,013,562
855,609
735,466
716,021
623,912
599,598
577,479
560,535
Title
Source: HK ABC; WAN from public sources
13,418
9,975
3,443
9,615
884
2
2,285
191
26,395
Source: HK Adex SRG; ZenithOptimedia
7.c
Revenue
Expenditure
274,389
217,136
198,344
191,060
181,983
164,178
159,358
139,039
128,535
121,372

Launched April 15, 2002; formerly called Metro Daily News; distributed from
Monday to Friday (except for public holidays), by hand or from the newspaper
stands in 49 Mass Transit Railway stations and 11 other key central locations,
such as big shopping malls owned by MTR Corporation Limited like Paradise
Mall, Telford Plaza, and Luk Yeung Galleria
3
Launched in July 2005
4
An English section
2
11.
Research
Hong Kong Audit Bureau of Circulations (HKABC)
HUNGARY
Hungary has made the transition from a centrally
planned to a market economy, with a per capita income
nearly two-thirds that of the EU-25 average. Hungary
continues to demonstrate strong economic growth and
acceded to the EU in May 2004. The private sector
accounts for over 80% of GDP. Foreign ownership of
and investment in Hungarian firms are widespread, with
cumulative foreign direct investment totaling more than
USD60 billion since 1989. Hungary issues investmentgrade sovereign debt. International observers, however,
have expressed concerns over Hungarys fiscal and
current account deficits. Inflation has declined from
14% in 1998 to 3.7% in 2006. Unemployment has
persisted above 6%. Hungarys labor force participation
rate of 57% is one of the lowest in the Organization for
Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).
Germany is by far Hungarys largest economic partner.
Policy challenges include cutting the public sector deficit
to 3% of GDP by 2008, from about 6.5% in 2006, and
tackling a persistent trade deficit. The current
government has announced and begun to implement an
austerity program designed to address these issues,
leading to eventual adoption of the euro.
Television has been strengthened by new cable channels.

Regional dailies hold their position on the readership
market.
Advertising
Television receives the majority of big contracts, while
print handles smaller advertisements. Cable TV and the
Internet increased their advertising revenues by 40% in
2006 compared to 2005. Below-the-line activities, such
as events and direct marketing, grow in volumes.
Some regional and national newspaper try to find the
right technical and financial method to run their online
versions.
In May 2006, three major publishers established a new
subscription-distribution company, together with Fiege,
a company taking over the dailies operations from the
National Post Office from January 2007.
Taxes
The average VAT was reduced from 25% to 20% in
January 2006, while the VAT on newspapers and
magazines dropped from 15% to 5%.
Source: Magyar Lapkiadok Edyesulete; CIA - The World Factbook

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E1
Total
All adults
000
%
1,450
588
1,726
1,475
3,264
8,503
17
7
20
17
38
100
Male
000
696
279
770
747
1,492
3,984
17
7
19
19
37
100
Female
000
%
755
309
955
728
1,772
4,519
17
7
21
16
39
100
Source: Magyar Lapkiadok Edyesulete

1

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,660
8,385
1,652
11,697
14
71
14
100
Male
000
840
4,120
612
5,572
15
74
11
100
Female
000
%
820
4,265
1,040
6,125
13
70
17
100
Including respondents with no answer

(no other earners)
(2006)
2.ca
Occupancy
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
1,698
2,435
1,829
1,557
984
8,503
20
29
22
18
12
100
363
HUNGARY
(2006)

persons) (2006)
Children
Age
2.cb
Without children
With children
aged 0-2
aged 3-6
aged 7-14
aged 15-17
Total
Households
000
%
5,746
2,757
486
682
1,437
1,172
8,503
68
32
5
8
17
14
100
3.a
4.a
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
268
823
884
956
776
1,171
4,877
5
17
18
19
16
24
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
30
29
9
20
29
28
9
19
31
30
11
19
39
38
16
22
31
30
11
19
3.33
3.45
22.22
-5.00
-20.51
-21.05
-31.25
-13.64
29
1
1
195
195
20
20
28
1
1
201
201
33
33
30
1
1
211
211
33
33
38
1
1
-
30
1
1
-
3.45
0.00
0.00
-
-21.05
0.00
0.00
-
3
3
-
3
3
-
3
3
-
6
3
3
3
3
-
0.00
0.00
-
-50.00
0.00
-
547
469
-
543
448
223
225
541
445
222
223
529
447
220
227
-2.58
-5.70
-
-2.22
0.45
-0.90
1.79
78
20
-
95
88
7
21
13
8
445
96
96
33
21
12
447
82
82
22
22
-
18.84
22.22
-
0.45
-14.58
-14.58
-33.33
4.76
-
Source: Szonda Ipsos; Magyar Lapkiadok Edyesulete
Sales revenues
(Hungary, forint, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
33,719
19,244
14,475
1,993
1,993

All figures exclude VAT (5%)
4.c

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Total Sundays
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
Total dailies
543
474
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
69
Regional and local free dailies Total paid-for Sundays 18
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
4.b
Source: 2002-2005 Titles - Mediagnozis, circulation and sales - Szonda Ipsos;

WAN assessment (free dailies); 2006, Magyar Lapkiadok Edyesulete
3.b
1,917 1,860 1,790 1,800 1,775

1,595 1,540 1,470 1,460 1,451
765 750 720
740 705
830 790 750
720 746
322
365
-
320
388
-
320
320
420
260
160
1,460 1,451
340 324
340 324
1,784
430
440 430
290 430
150
-
-7.41
-9.03
-7.84
-10.12
0.62
17.81
-
-1.39
-0.62
-4.73
3.61
-0.62
-4.71
-4.71
-2.27
48.28
-

2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
32.0
65.0
65.0
0.7
1.8
100
37.6
61.7
61.7
0.7
100
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Postal deliveries
Free distribution
Total
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Hungary, forint)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
69.00
45.00
250.00
250.00

(2006)
5.b
Age
Source: Szonda Ipsos; Magyar Lapkiadok Edyesulete

15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All adults
Men
Women
50
54
46
48
%
% daily reach
group
15
17
17
19
14
17
100
43
51
53
57
55
44
50
364
HUNGARY
6.a
Online editions
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Sundays
24
2
25
2
4.17
0.00

6.b
Website
szak-Magyarorszg
Kelet-Magyarorszg
Hajd-Bihari Napl
Nemzeti Sport
Blikk
www.boon.hu
www.szon.hu
www.haon.hu
www.nso.hu
www.blikk.hu
21,030
17,700
17,030
16,470
15,180
39,522
35,627
15,374
20,253
44,253
39,718
16,782
22,936
53,000
47,406
17,706
29,700
34.1
33.06
15.17
46.64
-1.46
-1.4
-16.18
10.19
35,627 39,718 45,023 48,077 47,706

3,895 4,535 4,817 5,709 5,593
639
779
901 1,073 1,700
639
779
901
1,073 1,700
33.9
43.59
166.04
166.04
-0.77
-2.03
58.43
58.43
7.d
GDP
2006
16,740.0 18,568.0 20,431.0 21,995.0 23,562.0
Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; Mediagnozis; 2006 Magyar Lapkiadok

Edyesulete
Total
2002
GDP per capita
1,688.0 1,879.0 2,011.0
2006
2,318.0
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; Mediagnozis; 2006 Magyar Lapkiadok

Edyesulete

2003
2004
2005
2006
39,046 40,463 40,386 39,978 40,240
Source: 2002-2005 TNS-MI; 2006 Magyar Lapkiadok Edyesulete


(Hungary, forint, 000)
2003
2004
2005
53,786
48,077
21,123
26,954

2002
(Hungary, forint, bln)

2003
2004
2005
49,840
45,023
20,364
24,660
Rate-card prices

2002
7.ab
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Source: 2002-2005 Mediagnozis; TNS-MI; 2006 Magyar Lapkiadok Edyesulete

7.aa

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Display
Classified
Inserts
Online
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
86.2
12.4
1.4
100
86.6
11.9
1.5
100
86.9
11.2
1.9
100
69.0
25.0
5.0
1.0
100
65.0
26.0
6.0
3.0
100

7.ac
Ad expenditure
Daily newspapers
2002
2003
(%)
2004
1.89
1.99
2.17
2005
2006
2.31
2.28

Based on rate-card prices
7.ba

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
78,428
39,522
38,906
204,058
14,429
1,089
21,233
319,237
88,104 98,050 106,208

44,253 50,083 53,786
43,851 47,967 52,422
242,570 286,106 331,203
15,929 26,514 26,819
1,328 1,265 1,323
22,382 28,327 31,797
2,460 5,637
370,313 442,722 502,987
111,918
54,627
57,291
342,585
32,706
1,315
38,988
9,579
537,091
118,203
57,416
60,787
375,665
35,016
1,381
40,388
11,402
582,055
126,982
62,583
64,399
409,378
38,166
1,450
46,175
13,897
636,048
136,227
68,034
68,193
448,473
41,491
1,519
52,652
16,893
697,255

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Service
Car
Retail
Classified
Finance
Telecom
Culture
Food
Travel
Property
Pannon
Lidl
SzRt
Socialist Party
MediaMarkt
Penny Market
Nat. Dev. Office
T-mobile
Vodafone
T-com
8,226,000
7,600,000
7,088,000
5,777,000
4,882,000
3,483,000
2,869,000
2,185,000
1,730,000
975,000
Expenditure
983,275
877,347
824,886
807,915
771,421
518,769
512,530
510,805
480,458
445,169

(2006)
8.a
Source: Mediagnozis, ZenithOptimedia
Publisher
Before disounts; includes classifieds; excludes production costs; includes agency

commission
Ringier
Axel-Springer
Metro
PLT (WAZ)
Inform Mdia
Npszabadsg
Hd Rdi
Nemzet Lapkiad
Geronia
Npszava

114,912
87,127
82,741
65,456
46,854
45,315
23,296
20,819
8,485
8,219
365
HUNGARY
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Blikk
szak-Keleti Napl
Npszabadsg
Nemzeti Sport
Kisalfld
Magyar Nemzet
Sznes Bulvr Lap
Vas Npe
Zalai Hrlap
Dlmagyarorszg-Dlvilg
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Hungarian
Ringier
Inform Mdia
Npszabadsg
Ringier
Lapcom
Nemzet Kiad
Hd Rdi
PLT
PLT
Lapcom
Readership
(000)
(000)
245
153
149
83
77
68
65
56
55
51
1,109
665
427
351
277
172
148
178
188
170
Cover price
usual
max
(Hungary, forint)
69.00
60.00
104.00
98.00
99.00
145.00
69.00
-
98.00
88.00
129.00
114.00
98.00
-
Format
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Hungary, forint)
2,208
3,744
2,334
1,142
1,536
2,200
717
1,104
2,980
5,990
3,150
1,598
2,126
2,950
932
1,370
1,383
1,473

8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Metro
Hungarian
MTG
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
324
770
Format Full page ad rate Colour

(Hungary, forint)
Tabloid
3,621

9.a
Employment
11.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2,000 1,900
400
600
4,000 3,900
-5.00
50.00
-2,50
Magyar Terjeszts Ellenrzsi Szvetsg (MATESZ, or
Hungarian Audit Bureau of Circulation)
Szonda Ipsos-GfK Hungary

10.a
Research

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Berliner
45
42
3
-
34
5
29
-24.44
66.67
-

10.ba
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
38
41
38
41

10.bb

2002
Single copy
Subscription

12.
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
Methodology
CAPI data collection, using a sample of 32,000
individuals (15+ years old)
(Hungary, forint)
2003
2004
2005
-
32.5
34.0
2006
32.0
35.0
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
20
5
5
20
20
20
20
18
18
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
No.
366
HUNGARY
14.
Discounts (2006)
Discount rate (%)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
0
0
0
0
0
0
15.a

companies?
No
No
15.b

same locality?
Yes. Regional newspaper publishers may not hold shares
in regional radio or television broadcasters whose signal
areas overlap the publishers circulation area by more
than 80%. National newspapers may not acquire
holdings in any broadcaster over 25%.
No
press?
No
No
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
No holding in stations with

more than 20% signal
overlap
No holding permitted
if more than 80% overlap
between circulation
and signal areas
National TV
Licensees
No other holding permitted
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
between circulation
and signal areas
National
Newspaper
Owners
No holding in stations with

more than 20% signal
overlap
between circulation
and signal areas
No other holding permitted
At least 26% of shares

must be Hungarian-owned
At least 26% of shares

in national radio stations
must be Hungarian-owned
National Radio
Licensees
Foreign Investors
367
ICELAND
Icelands Scandinavian-type economy is basically
capitalistic, yet with an extensive welfare system
(including generous housing subsidies), low
unemployment, and remarkably even distribution of
income. In the absence of other natural resources (except
for abundant geothermal power), the economy depends
heavily on the fishing industry, which provides nearly
70% of export earnings and employs 6% of the work
force. The economy remains sensitive to declining fish
stocks as well as to fluctuations in world prices for its
main exports: fish and fish products, aluminum, and
ferrosilicon. Government policies include reducing the
current account deficit, limiting foreign borrowing,
containing inflation, revising agricultural and fishing
policies, and diversifying the economy. The government

remains opposed to EU membership, primarily because
of Icelanders concern about losing control over their
fishing resources. Icelands economy has been
diversifying into manufacturing and service industries in
the last decade, and new developments in software
production, biotechnology, and financial services are
taking place. The tourism sector is also expanding, with
the recent trends in ecotourism and whale watching.
Since 2000 growth has varied from -1% in 2002 to 8%
in 2004. The 2006 closure of the US military base at
Keflavik had very little impact on the national economy;
Icelands low unemployment rate aided former base
employees in finding alternate employment.

(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
3.a
Households
000
105
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
3
2
2
1
1
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
1
Total non-dailies
22
Regional and local
10
10
Regional and local
10
free non-dailies

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
65
45
46
44
42
30
36
308
21
14
15
14
14
10
12
100
3
2
2
1
1
3
2
2
2
-
4
2
2
2
-
3
1
1
1
-
0.00
-50.00
-50.00
0.00
-
-25.00
-50.00
-50.00
-50.00
-
1
1
25
12
2
10
1
1
24
12
2
10
2
1
1
23
12
2
10
2
1
1
24
13
2
11
100.00
0.00
9.09
8.33
0.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
4.35
8.33
0.00
10.00
13
13
12
12
11
11
11
11
10.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
Source: Statistics Iceland

Male
000
33
23
24
23
22
16
16
157
21
15
15
15
14
10
10
100
Female
000
%
32
22
22
21
20
14
20
151
21
14
14
14
14
10
13
100
368
ICELAND
3.b
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
Total dailies
162
76
76
54
22
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
86
86
Regional and local
free dailies
Total non-dailies
74
Regional and local
17
51
Regional and local
51
free non-dailies
168
71
71
53
18
163
63
63
63
-
251
64
64
64
-
250
48
48
48
-
54.32
-36.84
-36.84
-11.11
-
-0.40
-25.00
-25.00
-25.00
-
Single copy
Subscription
100
100
-
187
102
85
202
205
-
134.88
138.37
-
8.02
100.98
-
82
21
5
16
76
24
7
17
75
23
6
17
61
61
52
52
52
52
Source: Capacent/Statistics Iceland

1
People aged 12-80 who read a daily

newspaper at least once a week
Weekdays; weekends 350

November 2006
5.c
Media consumption
2002
Radio
Television
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
188
183
217
172
249
156
240
155
2006
231
150
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Non-dailies
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
56.1
24.2
24.2
24.2
-
56.7
21.6
21.6
21.6
-
73.2
21.9
21.9
21.9
-
78.7
16.9
16.9
16.9
-
63.96
-26.20
-26.20
3.68
-
7.51
-22.83
-22.83
-22.83
-
31.9
31.9
3.7
1.2
0.2
0.9
35.1
35.1
4.0
1.4
0.6
0.8
51.3
36.2
15.1
3.9
1.3
0.5
0.8
61.8
61.8
-
137.69
137.69
-
20.47
70.72
-
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
2.6
3
11
2
16
3
18
4
18
3
19
0.00
72.73
-25.00
5.56

6.b

Page impressions per month 1
Website
Arvakur hf.
365 miolar hf.
Vikurfrettir ehf.
H-prent ehf.
Sudurland.is
www.bl.is
www.visir.is
www.vf.is
www.bb.is
www.sudurland.is
954,080
886,188
69,384
34,768
23,072

1
Data on page impressions in the week 50/2006 multiplied by 4
7.aa
GDP
2002
(Iceland, krona, bln)

2003
2004
2005
812.3
839.7
926.5
2006
1,021.5 1,141.7
2005 Preliminary data

2006 Estimate
Annual number of copies sold/distributed = average circulation per issue

multiplied by number of issues per year
4.b
96 1
All adults
Source: Capacent/Statistics Iceland
Total dailies
48.0
22.9
22.9
16.3
6.6
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
26.0
26.0
3.3
Regional and local
0.9
2.1
Regional and local
2.1
free non-dailies
220 1
2,800 2
Morgunbladid only
4.a
(%)
Reached
97
97
-
5.a
(Iceland, krona)
min
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
7.ab
Sales revenues
(Iceland, krona, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
- 1,534.2
1,560.7 1,622.0 1,567.0 1,320.6 National paid-for dailies
1,320.6 Total paid-for non-dailies 158.3 146.0 129.0 162.1
-
2002
GDP per capita
(Iceland, krona, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
2,825.0 2,903.0 3,166.0 3,453.0 3,752.0

2005 Preliminary data
2006 Estimate

Figures include classified and inserts, exclude VAT. Figures are at rate card prices
4.c
7.ac
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
1998
1999
(%)
2000
9.4
90.6
Ad expenditure
2001
2002
12.8
87.2
13.6
86.4
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
1.3
1.14
1.08
1.27
Source: IFS, Statistics Iceland, IM Gallup, ZenithOptimedia
369
ICELAND
7.c
(Iceland, krona, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) Total dailies

2,432.0
Total non-dailies
188.0
113
Regional and local
113
free non-dailies
2,767.0
2,409.0
357.6
216.5
141.1
141.1
3,224.0 3,898.0 5,027.6

2,849.8
373.7
200.6
173.1
173.1
-
28.98
-
Figures include classified and inserts, exclude VAT. Figures are at rate card prices
Contribution of display, classified, insert and online advertising

7.e
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
95.5
4.5
95.7
4.3
95.0
5.0
94.0
6.0
Display
Classified
8.a
Advertising sector
Publisher
% of display
ad revenue
Property
Grocery stores and supermarkets
Cinemas
New cars
Furniture
Banking
Computers, software/hardware
Travel agencies
Books and bookshops
Mass media
1999

categories (2003)
14
7
7
4
3
3
3
3
3
2

(2006)
365 miolar hf.

r og dagur ehf.
Arvakur hf.
102
100
48
Source: IM Gallup
Source: IM Gallup/Statistics Iceland

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Morgunbladid 1
Icelandic
rvakur hf. 2
Format
(000)
Cover price
usual max usual max
(Iceland, krona) (USD)
48
220.00 350.00 3.20 5.00
Tabloid 3

1
Reach : 46%
Mother company of r og dagur ehf., publisher of the free daily Bladid
3
42x28 cm
2
8.bb
11.
Title
Language
Publisher
Frttabladid
Bladid
Icelandic
Icelandic
365 miolar hf.

r og dagur ehf. 1
Circulation
(000)
Format
102
100
Tabloid 2
Tabloid 3
Research
Iceland Chamber of Commerce, only two dailies out of
four, i.e. Frttabladid and Morgunbladid
Capacent (www.capacent.is)
2006, Reach : Frttabladid 66%, Bladid 44%

1
Daughter company of rvakur hf., publisher of the paid-for daily Morgunbladid

2
42x28 cm
3
42x28 cm
9.a
Employment
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total number of employees -
729
439
582
32.57
Dailies only

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Tabloids
3
3

Figures are for national dailies only
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
0.00
0.00
-25.00
-25.00
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
10.a
Methodology
Sample of 1,300-1,600, six times a year (diary method,
media use for one week)
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
%
24.5
14
14
24.5
24.5
24.5
24.5
18
18
0

As of March 1, 2007 VAT on subscriptions and single-copy sales has been lowered
from 14% to 7%
370
ICELAND
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
No

same locality?
No
14.
Discounts (2006)

No
Discount rate (%)
Post
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Railroad 1
0
0
0
0
0
-

1
Not applicable
15.a

No restrictions on individuals or companies domiciled
in the European Economic Area (EU + Iceland +
Norway + Liechtenstein). Other foreign individuals and
companies are subject to general regulations set for
foreign capital investment.

companies?
No

press?
No. There are no laws directed specifically at the daily
press or any other mass medium. There are however,
general anti-trust laws and a regulatory/surveillance
body for the supervision of possible restrictive business
practices. The laws do not provide an exact threshold
of what is or should be conceived as an unlawful market
barrier.
No
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional
Newspapers
National
Newspapers
Radio
Commercial
TV licence
Regional TV
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
National TV
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
Regional
Newspaper Owners
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
National
Newspaper Owners
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
Satellite
TV Broadcasters
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
Local Radio
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
National Radio
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
Foreign Investors
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
371
INDIA
India achieved 8.5% growth in 2006, significantly
expanding manufacturing. India is capitalizing on its
large numbers of well-educated people skilled in the
English language to become a major exporter of software
services and software workers. The huge and growing
population is the fundamental social, economic, and
environmental problem. The inflaton rate was estimated
at 5.3% in 2006.

In 2006, Impactmedia Ltd. launched a fortnightly
newspaper for children titled New Kidz Herald.
In August 2006, The Bhaskar Group has launched YO,
a magazine for children in Chandigarh. YO is
distributed along with Dainik Bhaskar on alternate
Fridays, which makes it a bi-monthly tabloid. YO targets
readers aged 9-14 years.

In December 2006, Rajasthan Patrika launched a daily,
Most print media and 80 percent of 40 television Daily News, in Jaipur. Daily News is positioned as the
channels were privately owned.
newspaper for the masses. It is targeted at the weaker
sections of society as well as the youth. Daily News has
AM radio broadcasting remained a government a specially designed content for youth, women and the
monopoly. Private FM radio station ownership was legal, common people of Rajasthan. Daily News is priced at Rs
but licenses only authorized entertainment and 1.25 and contains 15-20 pages, of which 10 are in
educational content. By law, only government- colour. The circulation of Daily News is expected to
controlled radio stations were allowed to report news cross 150,000 copies.
over the radio.
Advertising
Newspapers, as per the Credit Suisse Global Media
In 2006, newspapers were registered in English and 22 Report from 2006, witnessed an advertising market
main languages listed in the Constitution. Newspapers share of 61 per cent in 1994, which gradually declined
were also registered in 100 other languages including to 49 per cent in 1998 and fell further to 39 per cent in
dialects and a few foreign languages.
2002. This segment managed a share of 47 per cent in
2003, but later dropped to 42 per cent, which is its
As per the data from newspapers annual statements current share (2006). This, the report suggests, will
received by the RNI, the highest numbers of newspapers continue for at least two years now.
were published in Hindi (4,131), followed by English
(864), Gujarati (775), Urdu (463), Bengali (445), and The share of advertising of magazines has also fallen
Marathi (328).
considerably from 9 per cent in 2001 to 4 per cent in
2006 and is expected to decline to 3 per cent in 2007.
In August 2006, The Wall Street Journal and HT Media
Ltd. announced an agreement under which HT Medias Television emerges as the advertisers favourite, despite
new business paper and its website will publish Wall competing closely with newspapers. From a 30 per cent
Street Journal- branded pages. The pages will contain advertising market share in 1994 to 44 per cent now,
news from the Wall Street Journals print and online television rose in a major way in 1998, when it gained
editions and also Marketwatch.com. The Wall Street a 40 per cent share, before moving to 42 per cent in
Journal is the flagship pbulication of Dow Jones & Co. 2002.
Inc.
The boom in radio seems to have had no positive effect
In November 2006, The Indian Express Group entered in the mindset of the advertisers. The share of radio
into a content agreement with The Economist, advertising remained a steady 3 per cent, barring
the global news magazine. The Indian Express, a few instances, as in 1998 and 2004, when it
The Financial Express and their respective websites will slipped to 2 per cent, which is its current share. This
carry content from The Economist on a weekly basis.
percentage is expected to remain unchanged in the near
future.
Pink daily Business Standard, which had been available
six days of the week, launched its Sunday edition in The Internet has finally managed to catch the fancy of
December 2006. The edition priced at Rs 1 is circulated the advertisers, according to the report. In the overall
in Delhi, Mumbai and Kolkata, while for Mumbai city advertising pie, it has a 1 per cent share, which is
it has been priced at Rs 1.50. The 18-page colour edition expected to double in a years time.
is targeted at anyone interested in business, economy
and personal investment.
Circulation
In circulation, Hindi newspapers continued to lead with
76,698,490 copies, followed by English with
372
INDIA
34,106,816 copies. Gujarati press with 9,844,710 copies
came third.
The Times of India, having six editions in English with
a combined circulation of 2,542,075 copies came first
among multi-edition dailies. Dainik Bhaskar in Hindi
having 18 editions, claiming a combined circulation of
2,181,948 copies stood second. Dainik Jagran in Hindi
with 14 editions and a combined circulation of
2,111,316 copies, occupied the third position.
Readership
There is a robust growth in print media, the National
Readership Study 2006 says. Dailies continue to grow,
adding 12.6 million readers in 2006 from last year to
reach 203.6 million while there has been a drop of 7.1
million magazine readers. This refers only to
mainstream magazines. A host of niche titles that
continue to be launched regularly are not fielded and
their collective readership estimate was outside the
purview of the study.
Over the last three years (2004-2006), the number of
readers of dailies and magazines put together among
those aged 12 years and above has grown from 216 mn
to 222 mn a growth of almost 3 per cent over last year.
There is still significant scope for growth, as 359 million
people who can read and understand any language do
not read any publication. Of this 359 million, 68 per
cent read Hindi. It is not just affordability that is
a constraint, since 20 million of these literate nonreaders belong to the upscale SEC A and B segments.
The Hindi belt has been witness to intense activity from
large dailies and is an indicator of the general growth in
the vernacular dailies segment. To elaborate, vernacular
dailies have grown from 191.0 million readers to 203.6
million while English dailies have stagnated at around
21 million.
Magazines overall show a decline in the reader base,
both in urban and rural India. The reach of magazines
has declined from 75 mn in 2005 to 68 mn in 2006.
Magazines have lost 12 per cent of their reach since
2005.
The media sector is just at the takeoff stage, according
to Siddartha Mukherjee, communications director at
Bombay-based TAM Media Research. If you look at all
mediums, print, television, Internet, they are just
reaching 50 percent of the Indian population. The other
50 percent are media dark.
The Informational Technology Act provides for
censoring the Internet on public morality grounds, and
defines unauthorized access to certain types of
electronic information as a crime. This law theoretically
allowed police to search the homes or offices of Internet

users at any time without a warrant, but that claim had
not been tested in court. The government retained the
right to limit access to the Internet, specifically
information deemed detrimental to national security.
An online study conducted by the Department of
Communication and Journalism, University of Pune in
2006, claims that readers of online editions of English
newspapers in India have outstripped Non-Resident
Indian readers. According to the survey, a majority 67
per cent of online English newspaper readers resided in
India and 12 per cent in the US. In a similar survey
conducted by the University in 1998, 62 per cent of
readers were in the US, while 10 per cent were in India.
The other 20 per cent of the readership is divided
mainly among the UK, United Arab Emirates, Canada,
Singapore, etc. The present survey also shows that
readers of Indian newspapers on the Internet were
scattered over 60 countries.
Of the total 1,132 readers of the sites of English who
participated in the online survey, 67 per cent of the
readers of English newspapers were residing in cities and
towns in India. This established that the profile of the
readership of online editions had undergone a major
change during the last eight years. In a similar study
conducted in 1998, only 10 per cent readers were
Indians residing in India, while 62 per cent of readers
were non-resident Indians residing in the US and 4 per
cent in Canada.
The survey found that though the proportion of female
Internet newspaper readers (13 per cent) was
considerably smaller than male readers of English
Internet newspapers, it had almost doubled since 1998,
when female readership was a meagre 7 per cent.
The survey further found that the majority (77 per cent)
of online readers was in the age group 21-40 years. Most
readers (79 per cent) spent at least 15 minutes reading
the newspaper on the Internet. A majority of them spent
up to 30 minutes to one hour. Professionals from the
fields of IT, education and media constituted almost half
(48 per cent) of the readership of English newspapers on
the Internet.
Another finding of the study was that a large number of
readers visited the online editions to access archival
material (47 per cent). English newspaper readers also
visited the web editions to participate in on-line polls
and to kill time.
Ownership
Out of 8,512 newspapers (both dailies and non-dailies)
that submittes their annual statement to the Registrar of
Newspapers for India, 6,686 were owned by individuals,
1,122 by joint stock companies, 260 by societies and
associations, 222 by trusts and 150 by firms and
373
INDIA
partnerships. Forty-one newspaper titles were published
by the central and state governments. Cooperative
societies, educational institutions and the like owned the
remaining 31 newspapers.
Newspapers owned by individuals had the largest share
in circulation (52.71 percent), followed by those owned
by joint stock companies (39.04 percent).
In August 2006, newspaper publisher Jagran Prakashan
Ltd. said Irelands Independent News & Media Plc. had
approached the Indian market regulator to up its stake
in the Indian firm by up to 3 percent. Independent then
owned just over 20 percent of Jagran Prakashan Ltd.
Foreign firms can hold up to 26 percent of an Indian
newspaper.
Two newspaper companies, Hindustan Times Media
Ltd. and The Times of India Group, have formed
a 50:50 joint venture. The new venture should launch
a newspaper in 2007. The newspaper is to be sold in
New Delhi and to cater especially the youth.
In 2006, Bennett Coleman and Co. Ltd proposed to
buy a 6 percent stake in SaharaOne Media and
Entertainment Ltd.
In September 2006, Jagran Prakashan Limited (JPL),
which publishes Dainik Jagran, announced a strategic
tie-up with the Irish daily, The Independent. Under this,
the group will publish the facsimile version of the
international edition from Delhi.
Media / Press Laws
The government often held foreign satellite
broadcasters, rather than domestic cable operators, liable
under civil law for what it deemed objectionable content
on satellite channels - notably, tobacco and alcohol
advertisements and adult content.
Under the 1923 Official Secrets Act, the government
may prosecute any person who publishes or
communicates information that could be harmful to the

state. However, no cases were reported during 2006.
The Newspapers Incitements to Offenses Act remained
in effect in Jammu and Kashmir, which allows a district
magistrate to prohibit publication of material likely to
incite violence.
Taxes
From February 1, 2005, VAT replaced sales tax. The
standard rate of VAT is 12.5%. There are reduced rates
of 4% and 1%.
Other Factors
One senior media manager who asked not to be named
said to the UK daily Guardian that his paper was
offering mid-year increments and loyalty bonuses to
keep people. He said staff leaving the paper were not
going to stay for 20 or 25 percent hikes which were
considered peanuts. They are getting 40 to 45
percent rises to go to another newspaper, then
sometimes during their probation period they get the
offer of a rise of a similar nature somewhere else, he
said.
Indian media salaries are still low by Western standards
- rookies out of journalism school get around 15,000
rupees (USD335) a month - but the salaries are catching
up at more senior levels.
In the midst of this, firms are recruiting journalists to
edit and write for Western publications which are
outsourcing editorial work to take advantage of cheaper
wages.
By the end of the 11th Plan Period (2007-2012), the
newspaper industry is expected to employ over 100,000
skilled people in journalistic and non-journalistic
functions. This would represent an increase of over 25
percent in the total workforce of the newspaper
industry.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; RNI; Indian Newspaper Society; Reuters; AFP; agencyfaqs!;
exchange4media; worldwide-tax.com
374
INDIA
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
337,332
704,058
53,962
1,095,352
31
64
5
100
Male
000
173,479
363,876
27,258
564,613
31
64
5
100
Female
000
%
163,853
340,182
26,704
530,739
31
64
5
100

2.b
Social class
A1
B2
C
D
E3
R1
R2
R3
R4
Group 1 4
Group 2 5
Total
All adults
000
%
21,228
37,351
46,195
51,573
64,305
19,671
56,491
199,061
243,749
220,652
518,972
739,624
3
5
6
7
8
3
8
27
33
30
70
100
Male
000
11,681
20,237
24,718
27,589
33,063
10,180
29,268
104,894
122,424
117,288
266,766
384,054
3
6
6
7
8
3
8
27
32
31
69
100
Female
000
%
9,547
17,114
21,477
23,984
31,242
9,491
27,223
94,167
121,325
103,364
252,206
355,570
3
4
6
7
9
3
8
26
34
29
71
100
Source: IRS
A = high/intermediate managers/well educated/ businessmen with large

organisations B = intermediate managers/ good education/ businessmen/ self
employed with small organisations C = petty traders/shop owners/clerks/salesman/
supervisors with some education D = poorly educated petty
traders/shopowners/clerks/salesman E = skilled/unskilled workers R1 = well
educated, living in good houses R2 = good education, living in not very good
houses R3 = some education, living in huts and temporary shelters
R4 = uneducated, living in temporary shelters
1
Consists of the two Groups A1 and A2: Male A1 = 4,018 (1%); Female A1 = 3,386
(1%); Total A1 = 7,404 (1%); Male A2 = 7,663 (2%); Female A2 = 6,161 (2%);
Total A2 = 13,824 (2%); all in 000
2
Consists of the two Groups B1 and B2: Male B1 = 9,988 (3%); Female B1 = 8,452
(2%); Total B1 = 18,440 (2%); Male B2 = 10,249 (3%); Female B2 = 8,662 (2%);
Total B2 = 18,911 (3%); all in 000
3
Consists of the two Groups E1 and E2: Male E1 = 12,510 (3%);
Female E1 = 11,516 (3%); Total E1 = 24,026 (3%); Male E2 = 20,553 (5%);
Female E2 = 19,726 (6%); Total E2 = 40,729 (5%); all in 000
4
A-E, total urban
5
R1-R4, total rural
375
INDIA
3.a
Number of titles
3.b
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Registered titles (a)
Registered titles (aa)
Total paid-for dailies (a)
Total paid-for dailies (aa)
Total paid-for dailies (b)
Total paid-for non-dailies (a)
Total paid-for non-dailies (aa)
Total paid-for non-dailies (b)
51,960
5,638
1,308
402
46,322 5
98 12
7
55,780
5,966
1,907
412
49,814 6
297 13
-
58,469 1 60,413 62,483

5,591 7,225 8,512 2
6,287 3 6,530
1,729 1,834 4 2,130
410
393
52,182 7 53,883 8 3,862 9 5,391 10 6,382 11
287 14 274 15
-
20.25
62.84
-
Registered titles (a) 1

Total paid-for dailies (aa)
Total paid-for dailies (b)
Total paid-for non-dailies (aa)
Total paid-for non-dailies (b)
3.43
17.81
16.14
18.38
-
115,255
57,844
31,085
57,410 4
8,591
142,006 133,088
72,939 73,537
31,410 33,930
69,067 5 59,550 6
8,707 14,920
156,719 2 180,739
78,689 3 88,863
33,087
77,476 7 91,309 8
14,645
-
56.82
53.63
59.05
-
15.33
12.93
17.85
-
Source: 2002-2005 Indian Newspaper Society; Registrar of Newspapers for India;

2006 Registrar of Newspapers for India
(a) Data by Registrar of Newspapers for India; (aa) Only titles that submitted their
annual statements to the Registrar of Newspapers for India; data as of March 31;
in 2003 for the period January 1, 2002 - March 31, 2003; (b) Only members of
Indian Newspaper Society
Source: Indian Newspaper Society; Registrar of Newspapers for India

(a) Titles registered by Registrar of Newspapers for India, as of March 31; in 2003
for the period January 1, 2002 - March 31, 2003; newspaper is any printed (including cyclostyled) periodical work containing public news or comments on public
news, according to the RNI definition; (aa) Titles that submitted their
annual statements to the RNI; (b) Only members of Indian Newspaper Society
1
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Claimed circulation
7,557,290 copies (i.e. 4.96%) were distributed free, including sample and voucher
copies
3
1,414,445 copies (i.e. 1.8%) were distributed free, including sample and voucher
copies; out of the total number of 1,874 dailies and tri- and bi-weeklies that submitted their annual statements to RNI, 198 were big, 830 medium, and 846 small;
RNI definition of newspaper size: small = circulation up to 25,000 copies, medium
= circulation between 25,001 and 75,000 copies, big = circulation more than
75,000 copies
4, 5
Including magazines in all categories
6
Circulation of 3,862 titles that submitted their annual statements to RNI; including magazines in all categories
7
Circulation of 5,391 titles that submitted their annual statements to RNI; including magazines in all categories
8
6,343 newspaper titles of 6,382 that submitted their annual statement to the RNI,
including 3,428 weeklies, 955 fortnightlies, 147 monthlies, 219 quarterlies, 49
annuals, and 221 others (including magazines in all categories)
2
As of March 31, 2005; only 7,225 registered titles supplied their annual
statements to Registrar of Newspapers for India
2
Out of the total number of 8,512 newspapers that submitted their annual
statements to RNI, 350 were big, 1,555 medium, and 6,607 small; RNI definition
of newspaper size: small = circulation up to 25,000 copies, medium = circulation
between 25,001 and 75,000 copies, big = circulation more than 75,000 copies
3
According to data from annual statements supplied by 7,225 registered titles
4
Out of the total number of 1,874 dailies and tri- and bi-weeklies that submitted
their annual statements to RNI, 198 were big, 830 medium, and 846 small; RNI
definition of newspaper size: small = circulation up to 25,000 copies, medium =
circulation between 25,001 and 75,000 copies, big = circulation more than 75,000
copies
5, 6, 7, 8
Tri-/bi-weeklies, weeklies, and others (including magazines in all categories)
9
Including 20 tri-/bi-weeklies, weeklies, and others (including magazines in all
categories)
10
Including 40 tri-/bi-weeklies, 2,627 weeklies, 1,407 monthlies, 824 fortnightlies,
239 quarterlies, and 44 annuals; including magazines in all categories
11
Including 39 tri-/bi-weeklies, 3,428 weeklies, 1,471 monthlies, 955 fortnightlies,
219 quarterlies, 49 annuals, and 221 others; including magazines in all categories
12
Weeklies only
13, 14, 15
Weeklies, fortnightlies, monthlies, others
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total dailies Total paid-for dailies

10,860 - 10,860 10,893 11,346

420
432
8.0
8.3
8.6
4.16
3.61
Source: Indian Newspaper Society

5.a

(%)
Reached
All adults
46
Source: The National Readership

Survey (2002)
Press; all urban adults
5.c
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
44 1
Source: NRS
Average urban adult
1
376
Dailies and magazines
INDIA
7.aa
7.c
2001
GDP
(India, rupee, bln)

2002
2003
2004
22,821.0 24,696.0 27,722.0 30,591.0 35,045.0
1, 2
2000
(India, rupee, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
20.5
22.1
28.6
23.5
26.0
2002
2003
(%)
2004
0.36
0.40
0.45
2005
2006
0.46
0.46

7.ba

(India, rupee, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
42,125
34,964
7,161
37,408
2,588
600
6,225
350
89,295
23440 26,586 32,713 37,164 44,547

1,728 2,047 2,264 2,388 2,693
90.05
55.84
19.87
12.77
INS members only
Ad expenditure

Source: INS annual report
GDP per capita
7.ac
(India, rupee, mln)

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
2005

7.ab
45,372 66,000 73,004

37,659 56,100 66,968
7,713 9,900 6,036
41,897 49000 72,252
2,846 3,200 3,300
650
810 2,640
6,300 7,100 9,500
350
400 1,070
97,415 126,510 161,766
85,850
79,150
6,700
82,903
3,700
2,900
10,500
1,500
187,353
98,426 110,998 121,290

91,016 102,848 112,800
7,410 8,150 8,490
93,680 106,795 119,896
5,500 8,000 8,365
3,250 4,000 5,577
12,000 13,500 16,730
2,500 3,800 6,971
215,356 247,093 278,829
Source: 2002-2004 ORG-MAP, COFT, ZenithOptimedia estimates, 2005 TAM ADEX

DATA, Pitch Magazine, IAMAI, ZenithOptimedia
Includes production costs to 2004, excludes after; includes agency commission;
includes classified advertising to 2004, excludes after; after discounts
Commercial advertising billed through advertising agencies

categories (2004)

(2004)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Expenditure
(%)
Corporate/brand image
Two wheelers
Cars/SUVs
Educational institutions
Real estate
Mobile phone services
Insurance
Events
Social advertisements
Travel/tourism
13
5
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
2
Expenditure
(India, rupee, 000)
Hindustan Lever
Maruti Udyag Ltd.
Samsung India
Procter & Gamble
Bajaj Auto
LG Electronics India
Paras Pharmaceuticals
Tata Motors Ltd.
Hero Honda Motors
TVS Motor Company
5,170,000
1,950,000
1,500,000
1,450,000
1,350,000
1,350,000
1,120,000
1,050,000
970,000
960,000
Source: AdEx India, Q1
Source: Lintas Media Estimates
8.a

(2002)
Top owners
(2004)
Publisher
Advertiser
Bennett, Coleman & Co. Ltd.

Bhaskar Prakashan Pvt. Ltd.
Jagaran Prakashan
The Malayala Manorama Co. Ltd.
Lok Prakashan Ltd.
The Hindustan Times Ltd.
Jnanamandal Ltd.
Kasturi & Sons Ltd.
ABP Pvt. Ltd.
The Hind Samachar Ltd.
Source: ABC report
Revenue
(India, rupee, mln)
Times of India
Dainik Jagran
Hindustan Times
Dainik Bhaskar
Economic Times
Hindu
Sunday Times of India
Malayala Manorama
Eenadu
Daily Thanthi
16,859
7,268
5,827
4,525
4,456
3,510
2,358
2,256
2,009
1,951
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
The Times of India 3

Dainik Jagran 4
Dainik Bhaskar
Malayala Manorama
Ananda Bazar Patrika
The Hindu
The Hindustan Times
Gujarat Samachar
Hindustan
Eenadu
Mathrubhumi
Rajasthan Patrika
Punjab Kesari
Daily Sakal
AJ
Daily Thanthi
Sandesh
English
Hindi
Hindi
Malayalam
Bengali
English
English
Gujarati
Hindi
Telugu
Malayalam
Hindi
Hindi
Marathi
Hindi
Tamil
Gujarati
Bennett, Coleman & Co. Ltd.

Jagaran Prakashan Pvt. Ltd.
Bhaskar Prakashan Pvt. Ltd.
The Malayala Manorama Co. Ltd.
ABP Pvt. Ltd.
Kasturi & Sons Ltd.
HT Media Ltd.
Lok Prakashan Ltd.
HT Media Ltd.
Ushodaya Entreprises Ltd.
Mathrubhumi
Rajasthan Patrika Pvt. Ltd.
The Hind Samachar Ltd.
Sakal Papers Ltd.
Jnanamandal Ltd.
Thanthi Trust
Sandesh Ltd.
Circulation 1
Readership 2
(000)
(000)
Cover price
min max
(India, rupee)
2,542
2,111
1,405
1,309
1,234
1,168
1,137
1,051
986
985
948
936
864
831
813
750
743
7,502
21,200
20,900
8,409
4,064
3,857
10,400
13,800
9,391
10,400
-
1.50
1.50
1.50
3.25
2.00
1.00
0.50
2.00
2.00
3.00
3.25
2.50
1.50
2.00
1.00
1.50
-
4.00
3.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
2.50
3.00
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.00
3.00
1.50
4.00
-
Source: RNI; ABC; WAN from public sources

1
Registrar of Newspapers for India; INS Press Handbook 2005-2006; ABC Report January-June/July-December 2004
NRS
3
6 editions
4
15 editions
2
377
INDIA
9.a
Employment
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
30,000
70
150,000
Such investment would be permissible by foreign entities

having sound credentials and international standing,
subject to certain conditions, the guidelines said. FDI
would be allowed only where the resultant entity is a
company registered with the Registrar of Companies
under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956.
Source: Registrar of Newspapers for India

WAN assessment, based on data for 931 dailies (113 big, 386 medium, and 432
small) that submitted their annual statements to the Registrar of Newspapers
for India, as of March 31, 2005; total number of dailies that submitted their
annual statements to RNI was 1,874, including 40 tri- and bi-weeklies (198 big,
830 medium, and 846 small); RNI definition of newspaper size: small = circulation
up to 25,000 copies, medium = circulation between 25,001 and 75,000 copies,
big = circulation more than 75,000 copies
11.
Permission for FDI will be granted only in cases where

equity held by the largest Indian shareholder is at least
51 per cent of the paid-up equity, excluding the equity
held by public sector banks and public financial
institutions, in the new equity.
Research
ABC
National Readership Survey (NRS) conducted by
National Readership Studies Council (NRSC); India
Readership Survey (IRS) by Media Research Users
Council (MRUC) and Hansa Research.
Methodology
Both NRS and IRS conduct two rounds of survey a year.
12.
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Newsprint
12.50 1
4
Source: worldwide-tax.com; BBC News; WAN from public sources

1
The VAT system came into force on 1 April, 2005; the lower rate of 4% is levied
on key products such as medicines and drugs, agricultural and industrial goods
15.a

The federal Indian government liberalised laws relating
to foreign direct investment in the print publishing
sector. The foreign equity limits in Indian print
companies were raised to 26% for news-based
publications, 49% for business and specialized
publications and 74% for scientific and trade journals.
In July 2005, the government issued guidelines to bring
into force with immediate effect the recent Cabinet
decision allowing facsimile editions of foreign
newspapers as well as investments by foreign institutional
investors (FIIs), persons of Indian origin (PIOs) and
non-resident Indians (NRIs) in the print media within
the 26 per cent foreign direct investment (FDI) cap.
The Cabinet decision on June 16 had said FDI,
including those from NRIs and PIOs, and portfolio
investments by recognised FIIs, together up to a ceiling
378
At least 50 per cent of the FDI will have to be inducted

by issue of fresh equity, while the balance may be
inducted through transfer of existing equity, the
guidelines said.
As for facsimile editions of foreign newspapers, the
guidelines said Indian entities publishing facsimile
editions of foreign newspapers, with or without foreign
investment, would be subject to several eligibility criteria.
Any foreign company owning the original foreign
newspaper will be permitted to publish the facsimile
edition of its newspaper provided it is incorporated and
registered as a company with the Registrar of Companies,
has a commercial presence in India with its principal
place of business in India and at least three-fourth of the
directors on the Board of Directors of the new entity and
all key executives and editorial staff are resident Indians.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
of 26 per cent of paid up equity capital, would be

allowed in Indian entities publishing newspapers and
periodicals dealing with news and current affairs.
The facsimile editions would also be prohibited from

carrying any advertisements aimed at Indian readers in
any form and also locally generated or India specific
content that is not simultaneously published in the
original edition of the foreign newspaper.
Prior permission from Information & Broadcasting
Ministry has to be obtained for publication of facsimile
editions and the title will have to be registered with the
Registrar of Newspapers for India.
Guidelines have also been issued regarding syndicated
articles in Indian publications, according to which all
registered Indian newspapers are authorised to make
syndication arrangements for procuring material
including photographs, cartoons, crossword puzzles,
articles and features from foreign publications under
automatic approval route subject to certain conditions.
The total material procured and actually printed in an
issue of the Indian publication cannot exceed 20 per
cent of the total printed areas of that issue and cannot
include full copy of the editorial page or the front page
of the foreign publication.
INDONESIA
Indonesia, a vast polyglot nation, has struggled to
overcome the Asian financial crisis, and still grapples
with persistent poverty and unemployment, inadequate
infrastructure, endemic corruption, a fragile banking
sector, a poor investment climate, and unequal resource
distribution among regions. The country continues the
slow work of rebuilding from the devastating December
2004 tsunami and from an earthquake in central Java in
May 2006 that caused over USD3 billion in damage and
losses. Declining oil production and lack of new
exploration investment turned Indonesia into a net oil
importer in 2004. The cost of subsidizing domestic fuel
placed increasing strain on the budget in 2005, and
combined with indecisive monetary policy, contributed
to a run on the currency in August, prompting the
government to enact a 126% average fuel price hike in
October. The resulting inflation and interest rate hikes
dampened growth through mid-2006, while large
increases in rice prices pushed millions more people
under the national poverty line. Economic reformers
introduced three policy packages in 2006 to improve the
investment climate, infrastructure, and the financial
sector, but translating them into reality has not been
easy. Keys to future growth remain internal reform,
building up the confidence of international and
domestic investors, and strong global economic growth.
Significant progress has been made in rebuilding Aceh
after the devastating December 2004 tsunami, and the
province now shows more economic activity than before
the disaster. Unfortunately, Indonesia suffered new
disasters in 2006 and early 2007 including: a major
earthquake near Yogyakarta, an industrial accident in
Sidoarjo, East Java that created a mud volcano,
a tsunami in South Java, and major flooding in Jakarta,
all of which caused additional damages in the billions of
dollars. Donors are assisting Indonesia with its disaster
mitigation and early warning efforts.

In 2002 the government enacted a broadcasting law that
established an impartial broadcasting commission (KPI)
and designated the state as the sole authority to issue
broadcasting licenses. In November 2005 the
government issued four implementing regulations
banning live broadcast of regularly scheduled foreign
programs by domestic carriers and giving the broadcast
licensing authority to the Ministry of Communications
and Information. Although some stations continued to
air live broadcasts of foreign news reports, others delayed
them to comply with the law. The 2002 law does not
specify whether the ministry or the KPI controls
issuance of broadcast licenses, so broadcasters continued
to apply to both. In May both KPI and a coalition of
NGOs separately requested that the Supreme Court
review the 2005 implementing regulations, arguing they
infringe on media freedom. At years end the Supreme
Court had not issued a decision in either case.
Readership
Television has a penetration rate of 25.6 percent,
followed by radio at 12.8 percent, then newspapers at
8.6 percent and magazines at less than 5 percent,
according to 2003 data by Nielsen Media Research.
In November 2006, the Ministry of Information issued
a decree creating an agency aimed at preventing online
crime among local users. Under the decree, Internet
cafes are required to provide the identities of Internet
users to the agency on a monthly basis. The Ministry of
Communication and Information denied that this
agency would monitor online content. Human rights
NGOs formed a team to monitor implementation of the
decree.
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
70,746
161,551
13,156
245,453
29
66
5
100
Male
000
35,966
80,797
5,737
122,530
29
66
5
100
Female
000
%
34,750
80,754
7,419
122,923
28
66
6
100
379
INDONESIA
and sex (2004)
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
7,776
6,818
5,298
5,836
3,250
28,978
Source: Nielsen Media Research Media Index

Data for 7 big cities only: Jakarta,
Bandung, Semarang, Surabaya, Ujung
Pedang, Medan, Palembang
A = Upper middle class/higher

managerial, administrative,
professional
B = Middle class/intermediate
managerial, administrative,
professional
C1 = Lower middle
class/supervisory/clerical/junior
managerial
C2 = Skilled working class/skilled
manual workers
D = Working class/semi and unskilled
manual workers
E = Those at lowest levels
of subsistence/state pensioners
or widows
4.d
Single copy
Subscription 1
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sundays
6.b
Number of titles
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
187
160
27
176
38
138
202
56
146
218
58
160
-44.95
-80.00
50.94
7.92
3.57
9.59
746
290
456
306
48
258
289
90
199
331
112
219
349
114
235
-53.22
-60.69
-48.46
5.44
1.79
7.31
Website
www.kompas.com
www.korantempo.com
www.republika.com
www.jawapos.co.id
www.bisnis.com
14.29
6.45
-2.70
7.ab
5,608 5,617 5,617

3,714 3,714
1,903 1,903
6.55
5.3
8.23
GDP per capita
0.00
0.00
0.00
292
-
292
193
99
Source: Indonesian Newspaper Publishers Association
292
193
99
2004
6,600.0 7,900.0 8,700.0 9,400.0 10,500.0
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.70
0.79
1.03
1.00
0.99

7.ba
1,679 1,644 1,751

944 994
700 757
(Indonesia, rupiah, 000)

2001
2002
2003

7.ac

(Indonesia, rupiah, bln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
(mln)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
-
2005
1,684,000.0 1,863,000.0 2,046,000.0 2,303,000.0 2,012,000.0
2000
4,665 4,567 4,866

2,622 2,761
1,945 2,105

2002
2003
2004
380
32
33
72
GDP

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
28
31
74
Kompas
Koran Tempo
Republika
Jawa Pos
Bisnis Indonesia

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
24
26
67
2001
(000)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
4.a
24
26
-
7.aa

3.b
56,000
396
290
106
Online editions
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Households
000

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
29.8
37.8
21.7
Source: Nielsen Media Research,

Demography
Monthly
6.a
Source: Central Bureau of Statistics

3.a
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
1,930
48,000
Source: Indonesian Newspaper

Publishers Association
(2004)
Total
5.a
(Indonesia, rupiah)
min
2.ca
Occupancy
Cover prices (2004)
6.51
5.30
8.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
4,023
3,502
521
8,383
413
9
232
2
13,062
5,045 6,808 7,835

4,378 5,711 6,624
667 1,097 1,211
10,311 15,296 17,792
516 595 781
11
13
14
279 719 884
3
3
4
16,165 23,434 27,310
9,391
8,158
1,233
20,438
1,016
15
1,150
5
32,015
11,126
9,708
1,418
22,891
1,219
16
1,437
5
36,694
13,060
11,359
1,701
26,324
1,462
16
1,796
6
42,664
15,095
13,120
1,975
30,125
1,690
17
2,185
6
49,118
Source: Nielsen/IAAA, ZenithOptimedia

Excludes agency commission; before discounts; excludes classified advertising;
excludes production costs; cinema and internet is a ZenithOptimedia estimate
INDONESIA
7.c
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
1,981.8 2,592.6 3,502.1 5,326.0 6,684.0

809,1 1,036.4 1,380.4 3,411.0
1,172.7 1,556.1 2,121.7 1,915.0
-
237.27
-
25.50
-
139.9 184.5 236.9 310.0 332.0

131.4 172.8 222.2 292.0
8.5
11.7 14.7 18.0
-
137.31
-
7.10
-
Source: Nielsen Media Research - AIS, Media Scene

1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
66
34
100
67
33
100
Display
Classified
Total

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Two-wheelers
Communication
Media & ad agencies
Banking & finance
Private vehicles
Corporate ads, social services
Property
Formal education
Hotels & entertainment
Travel & recreation
Indomobil Group
275,345,000
Honda
208,896,000
Yamaha
140,454,000
Telkomsel
97,929,000
Nokia
97,849,000
Kramayudha Tiga Berlian 96,878,000
Indosat
78,860,000
Toyota
70,060,000
Daihatsu
63,158,000
Sony Ericsson
61,680,000
546,311,000
541,876,000
383,267,000
375,076,000
354,849,000
344,834,000
325,783,000
255,686,000
240,099,000
226,212,000
Expenditure
Source: ACNielsen AdQuest 2005

(2005)
Top owners
(2005)
Publisher
Owners
8.a
Total revenue
Kompas
Jawa Pos
Media Indonesia
Pikiran Rakyat
Bisnis Indonesia
Bali Post
Kaltim Post
Sumatera Ekspres
Manado Post
Suara Merdeka
Revenue
Kompas Grup
Jawa Pos Grup
Media Indonesia Grup
1,314,543,000
464,307,000
387,442,000
200,597,000
200,085,000
198,337,000
182,292,000
170,692,000
169,441,000
164,362,000
1,630,397,000
1,174,953,000
467,465,000

Top newspaper owners

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Kompas
Jawa Pos
Rakyat Merdeka
Suara Pembaruan
Republika
Pos Kota
Media Indonesia
Koran Tempo
Pro Aksi
Pikiran Rakyat
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Indonesian
Jacob Oetama
Dahlan Iskan
H. Kiki Iswara
Sasongko Soedarjo
G. Radityo Gambiro
H. Tahar
Surya Paloh
Bambang Harimurti
Aris Junaidi
H. Syafik Umar
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(%)
509
370
350
238
200
200
200
200
200
183
7
5
1
7
2
1
2
Cover price
Format
(Indonesia, rupiah) (USD)

2,400
2,000
1,900
2,000
1,500
2,000
2,300
1,000
2,000
0.28
0.23
0.22
0.23
0.17
0.23
0.27
0.12
0.23
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Indonesia, rupiah)
36,000
20,000
23,000
15,000
9,000
22,500
58,500
27,500
30,000
21,000
15,000
31,000
Source: Indonesian Newspaper Publishers Association, Nielsen Media Research - Demography, Media Scene 2003-2004
9.a
Employment
10.c
Newsprint costs
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
12,951 15,081 17,211 19,341

23,366 27,526 31,666 35,846
12.38
13.2
Average per ton
2000

2001
2002
2003
2004
6,100
5,380
5,390
4,350
4,750
Source: IPPN Dept of Information

10.a
11.
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
1,142
396
746
493
187
306
465
176
289
533
202
331
567
218
349
-50.35
-44.95
-53.22
6.38
7.92
5.44
Source: IPPN Department of Information, The Indonesian Newspaper Publishers

Association
Research
SGV Oetomo
Survey Research Indonesia
381
INDONESIA
12.
Taxes (2005)
14.
Discounts (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
10
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other 1
382
10
10
10
10
10
10
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
25
25% discount on airline travel with Garuda Indonesia Airways and Merpati Nusantara.
Magazines also receive the discount but only for travel to the following eight cities:
Medan, Palembang, Semarang, Solo, Yogyakarta, Surabaya, Denpasar and Ujung
Pandang.
IRAN
The economy of Iran is marked by a bloated, inefficient
state sector, over reliance on the oil sector, and statist
policies that create major distortions throughout. Most
economic activity is controlled by the state. The
proportion of the economy devoted to the development
of weapons of mass destruction remains a contentious
issue with leading Western nations. The inflation rate
Generally, foreign newspapers are not available in Iran,

though it is possible now and then to spot
The International Herald Tribune or other major
Western newspapers in newspaper stores, which are
usually brought privately by travelers. Foreign magazines
such as Time, Newsweek, and Fortune are available and
enter the country via an agency, Nashravaran, associated
with the Ministry of Culture. However, these magazines
are only available with a five-day delay, as each magazine
is first subjected to a review during which thick black
markers are used to obscure pictures viewed as indecent
Because newspapers and other print media had a limited before being offered to the public. These magazines are
circulation outside large cities, radio and television generally very expensive and only affordable by the
served as the principal news source for many citizens. wealthy.
Television is very popular, with more than 80% of
Iranians being regular viewers. The most-watched Newspaper launches / closures
network is the third state channel, the youth channel.
In April 2006, Minister of Culture and Islamic
Guidance Mohammad Hossein Saffar Harandi said that
State-run Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting - IRIB - his ministry had received close to 3,000 requests for new
operates national and provincial networks. IRIB targets publishing permits from dailies, weeklies, monthlies and
Arabic speakers in Iraq and the Middle East via the Al- other journals. These requests need to be examined
Alam and Al-Kawthar TV networks.
carefully to be able to decide whether there is a need for
the extra publications, he stressed, and noted that of the
Broadcasters are more restricted than the press. Despite 2,000 papers that had received permission, some 1,000
a ban on owning dishes, foreign satellite TV channels are had stopped publication.
widely watched; this is largely tolerated by the
authorities. About half of Irans households are believed A reformist daily newspaper called Etemad Melli
to have access to foreign satellite television programs.
(National Confidence), published by the party of the
same name, appeared on newsstands in January 2006,
Television and radio stations exist in Tehran and the a month after the partys satellite channel was banned.
major provincial cities. Stations in Azerbaijan, Kordestan The 16-page colour daily paper is focused on general
and Baluchistan are permitted to broadcast some information.
programs in Azeri Turkish, Kurdish and Baluchi.
On July 24, 2006, the East Azerbaijan province press
court revoked the license of provincial daily Nada-yiThere are some 40 major national dailies, including four Azerabadagan and sentenced its editor, Abolfazl Vesali,
English-language dailies, but few Iranians buy to six months in jail reportedly for inciting the public.
a newspaper every day. Sports titles are the biggest sellers.
Half of the 40 national dailies is close to the moderate In August 2006, the Tehran public court revoked the
reformist camps.
licenses of two publications, the monthly magazine
Aftab and business newspaper Akhbar-e-Eqtesadi, and
By the end of 2004, Iran had more than 700 specialist sentenced Aftab managing editor Isa Saharkhiz to four
periodicals, amounting to 60 percent of the countrys years in prison.
publications.
On September 12, 2006, major reformist daily, Shargh,
People in large cities have much better access to national was closed by the Press Supervisory board. Authorities
print media, as insufficient distribution systems deprive cited a satirical cartoon published on September 7 as the
Iranians in smaller towns and villages. Still, numerous reason for the closure. Also on September 12, monthly
local newspapers reflecting the different spoken publications Nameh and Hafez were closed.
languages do exist in most towns, although the lifespan Government authorities reportedly pressured Shargh to
of local publications tends to be rather short due to replace its managing editor before the closure, but the
economic problems. In some areas where minorities live, paper did not comply. Following the closure of Shargh,
especially in the Iranian provinces of Kurdistan and a new daily newspaper, Rozegar (Times), began
Azerbaijan, there is greater government repression of the employing many of the original Shargh staff. On
media.
October 19, the new publication was suspended three
days after it began publishing, when it ignored
government warnings to avoid covering political topics.
383
IRAN
On October 16, 2006, proreform weekly Safir
Dashtestan was reportedly closed for publishing an
article critical of Supreme Leader Khamenei, according
to RSF.
The Iranian goverment ordered the closure of a daily
newspaper and banned a new womens bi-weekly from
publication in the first media crackdown since President
Mahmoud Ahmadinejad took office.
Advertising
The role of advertising in the financial support of
newspapers had increased over the past years. There are
no available surveys on revenues from advertising for
state television and radio, or the print media, but
advertising generally does not take up too much space in
either medium.
All ISPs must be approved by the Ministry of Culture

and Guidance, and the government used filtering
software to block access to some Western Web sites,
reportedly including the Web sites of prominent
Western newspapers and NGOs. During the year
approximately seven million citizens used the Internet,
although the Communications Ministry estimated as
many as 16 million users of the Internet and
information technology, according to domestic press
reports."
In October 2006, the government imposed a limit of
128 kilobytes per second (KBps) on Internet speed and
required ISPs to comply with the limit by decreasing
Internet service speed to homes and cafes. The new limit
made it more difficult to download Internet material
and to circumvent government restrictions to access
blocked Web sites.
Circulation
The total circulation of Iranian dailies dropped from 2.5
million in the 1990s to 1.6 million in early 2000,
according to Taha Hashemi, the managing director of
the centrist Persian daily Entekhab, Iran Daily reported
in 2003.
There was talk during the year that Iran will soon issue
licenses for websites operting within its borders in an
effort to place further controls on the contents being
published online.
Some two million copies of sports dailies are read every

morning. Circulation of sports dailies often doubles
after a major soccer match.
Ownership
The government, through a state-controlled entity
called the Sound and Vision Organization, directly
controlled and maintained a monopoly over all
television and radio broadcasting facilities.
Readership
The government-owned Hamshahri and Iran daily
newspapers have some of the larger readerships, while
Shargh had the highest readership among the nonstate
papers.
The law requires that the managing director of any

publication be identified on each issue, but there is little
transparency on the real ownership of publications.
Newspapers should be able to identify their target

readership, Alireza Mokhtarpour, deputy interior
minister for press affairs said in December 2006.
According to the Persian-daily Iran, Mokhtarpour
criticized that a great part of the content of Iranian press
are similar to each other because newspapers select
stories from news agencies. Minister of Culture
Mohammad Hossein Saffar-Harandi is concerned about
the press identity, he said, adding that the circulation
of some newspapers is very low. The deputy minister
pointed out that when 6,000 copies of the total
circulation of 10,000 are returned in a 70-millionstrong country, this indicates that this newspaper has
very few readers.
About 8 million Iranians use the Internet regularly, and
some 63,000 Persian-language weblogs provide for
a large variety of views on all sorts of subjects. The
internet has been used as a way of circumventing
censorship. Access is easy to arrange and affordable for
middle-class households. The government increased
control over the Internet during 2006 as more citizens
used it as a source for news and political debate.
384
Media / Press Laws

Article 24 of the constitution states publications and
the press have freedom of expression except when it is
detrimental to the fundamental principles of Islam or
the rights of the public.... At the same time, the penal
code states that anyone who undertakes any form of
propaganda against the state can be imprisoned up to
a year. The law does not define propaganda. The press
law forbids censorship but also forbids disseminating
information that may damage the Islamic Republic or
offend its leaders and religious authorities. It also
subjects writers to prosecution for instigating crimes
against the state or insulting Islam; the latter offense is
punishable by death.
The publisher of every newspaper and periodical is
required by law to have a valid publishing license. Any
publication perceived as being anti-Islamic is not
granted a publication license. While the Ministry of
Culture and Islamic Guidance issues the actual permits
for newspapers, licensing is controlled by the
conservative Press Supervisory Board and, since 2000,
requires clearance from the Ministries of Intelligence
and Justice, as well as the police.
IRAN
The 1985 press law established the Press Supervisory
Board, which is responsible for issuing press licenses and
examining complaints filed against publications or
individual journalists, editors, or publishers. In certain
cases the board may refer complaints to the press court
for further action, including closure. Its hearings were
conducted in public with a jury composed of clerics,
government officials, and editors of governmentcontrolled newspapers.
Libel is punished under articles within Irans Press Law.
The press law allows government entities to act as
complainants against newspapers, and often public
officials lodged criminal complaints against reformist
newspapers that led to their closures. Offending writers
were subjected to lawsuits and fines.
The system of subscription is close to nonexistent in
Iran, partly due to the underdeveloped distribution
system. Those who would like to have papers delivered
to their homes or businesses usually pay their local
kiosks for the job or, alternatively, motorcyclists who
have used this niche to create a profession for
themselves.
State Support
Most Iranian publications, governmental and private,
benefit from varying degrees of government subsidies of
their newsprint and ink. This was one of the main
factors that hampered the development of publications
into independent and profitable media businesses.
While the government-owned newspapers Kayhan,
Ettelaat, Hamshahri, and Iran receive the highest
subsidies, also including office equipment and funds for
higher salaries, private and reformist papers receive
subsidies as well, though in much smaller volumes and
generally limited to newsprint and ink. The amount of
subsidies is decided by the conservative Press
Supervisory Board, which allocates much less to
reformist papers, making it difficult for them to
compete with large state-owned publications.
Figures by the Ministry of Culture showed that during
19892003, it had given the press a total of USD368.8
million in aid, 77 percent of which had gone to stateowned papers. While government papers tend to be
well-funded bureaucracies with roots that reach decades
back, many private newspapers have originated out of
political dedication and often are lacking in good
business management. A study found that very few of
the publishers have ever drawn up business plans or
conducted audience research to find out what their
potential readers wanted.
Most publishing houses are governmentowned, and
even private ones buy government-subsidized newsprint
and ink. The government has subsidized these materials
since 1989 in an effort to keep newspaper prices down.
Distribution companies, similarly, are mostly

governmentrun, and private ones have restrictions
imposed by the government. These might include
limitations on which areas newspapers can be
distributed in and how many copies can be sold.
In May 2006, Minister of Culture and Islamic Guidance
Mohammad Hossein Saffar Harandi said that the
national press is passing through a critical period and
unless subsidies are made available, many of the dailies
would fail to appear on the newsstands. He added that
the ministry does not have additional resources to
support them.
Other Factors
While work for independent media is not restricted,
employment for government media, especially radio and
television, is much stricter and follows bureaucratic
procedures because employees are categorized as civil
servants. In the case of radio and television, applicants
for full-time positions must undergo procedures in
which their ideology and religiosity is examined. They
also must be approved by a specially assigned unit of the
Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB) before
employment.
A Press Syndicate has existed in Iran since 1989 and has
provided various publications with vans, motorcycles,
and other means to support their publishing and
distribution needs. However, the first trade organization
to defend journalists rights, the Association of Iranian
Journalists (AOIJ), was only founded in 1999. The
association is registered with the United Nations as a
nongovernmental organization (NGO) and is
recognized by Irans Ministry of Labor and Social
Affairs. In early 2005, the association had 2,706
members, from an estimated total of 5,000 journalists in
Iran.
Educational degrees and courses in journalism are
available through various universities and institutions,
including very competitive ones at Allameh-Tabatabai
University and Tehran University. Various other
institutions, such as Azad University, the AOIJ, the
IRNA news agency, the Islamic Republic of Iran
Broadcasting (IRIB), and the Centre for Media Studies
and Research (CMSR) connected to the Ministry of
Culture and Islamic Guidance offer degrees and shortterm courses.
The government required foreign correspondents to
provide detailed travel plans and proposed stories before
receiving visas. They were also required to hire fixers
inside the country at high cost. Some were denied visas.
In October 2005, Minister of Culture and Islamic
Guidance Mohammad Hossein Saffar Harandi issued
a directive ordering all female civil servants serving in his
ministry and female journalists at the state newspapers
385
IRAN
and news agencies to go home by 6 p.m. to do their elastic loaves, state media reported. The presidential
house chores.
decree, issued in August 2006, orders all governmental
agencies, newspapers and publications to use words
Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has ordered deemed more appropriate by the official language
government and cultural bodies to use modified Persian watchdog, the Farhangestan Zaban e Farsi, or Persian
words to replace foreign words that have crept into the Academy, the Irna official news agency reported.
language, such as pizzas which will now be known as
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; Gulf Times; Iran Focus; Associated Press;
Iran Daily; Iran Chamber Society; IREX - Media Sustainability Index; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
All newspapers 1
1,207 1,347 1,685 2,425 2,817

117 121 130 172 177
133.39
51.28
16.16
2.91
Source: Statistical Centre of Iran / Ministry of Culture and Islamic Guidance

1
Dailies, weeklies, fortnightlies, monthlies, bi-monthlies, quarterlies, and others

(including magazines)
2
Majority of titles published in Tehran
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1,600

7.aa

(Iran, rial, bln)
2003
2004
2005
2002
GDP
2006
3,777,780.0 4,568,974.5 5,793,819.1

8.ba

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
17,936
47,379
3,373
68,688
26
69
5
100
Male
000
9,205
24,134
1,654
34,993
26
69
5
100
Female
000
%
8,731
23,245
1,719
33,695
26
69
5
100
Title
Language
Publisher
Jaam-e Jam (Jam's Cup)

Hamshahri
Aftab-e Yazd (Son of Yazd) 1
Iran
Shargh 2
Kayhan (Universe)
Resalat (Message)
Eqbal
Jomhuri-ye-Eslami
(Islamic Republic)
Resalat
Persian
Persian
Persian
Persian
Persian
Persian
Persian
Persian
Persian
IRIB
IRNA
Office of the Supreme Leader
-
Circulation (000)
450
400
160
100
100
80
70
50
40
Persian
Resalat Foundation
40

1
2
A regional newspaper which went national in 2000

Closed in September 2006
9.a
Employment
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
5,000 1

1
386
Estimate
IRAQ
The economy of Iraq is dominated by the oil sector,
which has traditionally provided about 95% of foreign
exchange earnings. Despite political uncertainty, Iraq is
making some progress in building the institutions
needed to implement economic policy and has
concluded a debt reduction agreement with the Paris
Club and a Standby Arrangement with the IMF. The
The media sector is pluralistic but partisan, with outlets
largely developed and supported to present the views of
specific political, economic, and societal forces rather
than to communicate a broad spectrum of opinion.
The Iraqi Media Network (IMN), established with US
backing after the 2003 invasion, includes the widely
watched Al-Iraqiya satellite channel, Al-Sabbah
newspaper, and radio stations. Its planned transition to
a true public broadcaster run by a board of governors
selected for their independence and insulated from
the government and its political leaders, envisioned in
the CPAs Order 66 of March 2004, dragged on
incomplete.
There were dozens of radio and television stations at the
national, regional, and local levels, broadcasting in
Arabic, Kurdish (two dialects), Turkmen, and Syriac.
Political parties strongly influenced virtually all media.
Print publications and broadcast media were a primary
source of news and public discourse in the Kurdish
Regional Government (KRG) provinces; however,
almost all media outlets were controlled or funded by
the major political parties. The KDP sponsored the
Kurdish-language newspaper Khabat (The Struggle), the
Arabic-language version, Attaakhi, and KTV (Kurdistan
television). KDP member and KRG Prime Minister
Nechirivan Barzani also funded the popular television
station Zagros. The PUK sponsored the Kurdishlanguage newspaper Kurdistani-Nwe (New Kurdistan),
the Arabic-language newspaper Al-Ittihad, and KurdSat
television. Minor parties such as the Kurdish Islamic
Union also had their own newspapers and television
stations.
In addition to the party press, there were a few notable
independent media outlets that covered government and
party corruption, for example, the weekly newspapers
Hawlatee (The Citizen) and Awena (Mirror) and Radio
Nawa. However, their journalists were subject to
frequent criminal prosecution for libel claims and
extrajudicial intimidation by junior or midlevel political
party officials.

In 2005, there were more than 200 newspapers
published regularly in Iraq.
Major newspapers financed by the state or sponsored by
major partisan forces are the only ones able to make
money, and they cut the market share of those striving
for a degree of independence.
Stars and Stripes is a daily newspaper published for the
U.S. military, Department of Defense civilians,
contractors, and their families; 42,000 copies were
circulated in Iraq at the end of 2004.
Advertising
Some editors-in-chief intent on bringing in advertising
have assigned editors to task, at times putting
a condition that each must sell a specified number or
face unemployment. It has turned out that some editors
are better selling advertising than doing journalistic
work, but the development of specialized advertising
staffs clearly differentiated from editorial functions is not
well advanced. There are a few young advertising
agencies starting up in Baghdad.
In southern Iraq, advertising agencies are not specialized
but are in the main satellite offices linked to the main
Baghdad dailies, and advertising is not developing as an
important source of media revenue. Some outlets run by
powerful groups, including religious sects, are able to
pressure companies into advertising with them.
Circulation
Newspaper circulation is primarily an urban
phenomenon in Iraq, with rural areas relying more on
radio and satellite television. The print-run of key dailies
like Al-Sabbah and Azzaman hardly exceeds 50,000.
Readership
The average Iraqi spends six hours (20%), four hours
(51%), three hours (29%) a day in front of a television
set.
The Internet, severely restricted during Saddam
Husseins regime, has broken the information monopoly
and represents a major advance in the availability of
multiple news sources. However, with no copyright law
enforced and the Internet increasingly available,
journalists have begun to plagiarize and newspapers to
increasingly depend on the Internet as an information
service. This practice has become so extensive that some
newspapers have begun to look alike, even leading
managers to fire editors to cut costs.
387
IRAQ
Ownership
Transparency of media-outlet ownership is not high,
and the financial backers of many are not known to
most peopleincluding some who work at them.
Media / Press Laws
The law provides, if authorized by the prime minister,
for fines or a term of imprisonment not exceeding seven
years to any person who publicly insults the national
assembly, the government, or public authorities.
The law prohibits reporters from publishing stories that
defame public officials. Iraqi law addresses libel through
both criminal and civil codes. As a crime, libel can be
punished according to the Penal Code No. 11 of 1969,
Article 434, which is still in force. The Civil Law No. 40
of 1950 also includes the possibility of judgments for
damages from defamation in the media.
Most printing facilities are private but rather primitive,
with the most modern dating to about 2000. Iraq has
become freer in allowing the importation of printing
equipment without restrictions or taxes. However, the
work of these printers does not follow a scientific
approach in dealing with the new technologies, the
owners have limited experience, and they are not
attuned to meeting publishers needs.
Distribution systems for print media are largely limited
to Baghdad and other major cities. Newspapers
produced in the capital do not have national circulation,
reaching only larger cities because no specialized
companies are in place to bring publications to more
remote areas. Some localized publications are
distributed for free in rural communities because there
are no outlets for selling them.
Given the security situation, people are fearful to be on
the street, even to buy a newspaper. In 2005, a civilsociety-backed distribution company worked in
cooperation with the Iraqi Newspapers Association to
start a pilot project under which 1,000 letter boxes were
installed in a Baghdad neighborhood to allow for a more
secure home delivery of newspapers. The experiment
could foster newspaper subscriptions over retail sales.
Newspaper distribution services are limited. In Basrah,
with a population of more than 2 million, there are only
two offices for distributing newspapers. The panel noted
that the mechanisms for distributing the newspapers
from Baghdad to the other governorates are very
deficient. This can be attributed to insecurity as well as
the absence of expertise. In cases described by the panel,
US soldiers distribute papers, editions are photocopied
for circulation, or an editor-in-chief takes care of the
distribution task himself.
388
Distribution of newspapers in urban areas is developing

into a profitable business with the power to promote or
retard the circulation of various publications. Some
newspaper managers have suffered from preferential
treatment for other publications by the distributors.
There is a mafia of distribution, Huda Jassim
Almaieny, chief Iraq correspondent of Al-Sharq
Al-Awsat, Baghdad, said during a Media Sustainability
Index (MSI) panel discussion in 2005. No newspaper
should disregard it. The mafia hides newspapers for the
benefit of others.
In Baghdad, newspaper distribution occurs through an
auction system on a public square. After the 1991 Gulf
War weakened the Iraqi economy, the government
department that had controlled distribution was forced
to give up its fleet and transfer the task to a privatesector
agent. The current system is controlled by three
companies that sell newspapers to wholesalers who, in
turn, distribute them to retailers. The daily auction takes
place at dawn, just after the curfew ends, on
a garbagestrewn street with folding tables holding the
newspapers and personal bodyguards protecting sellers.
The print-run from some 20 Baghdad printing presses,
including those of major newspapers such as Al-Sabbah
and Azzaman, is offered for sale, and on days when the
weeklies and dailies come out, the combined circulation
is about 150,000 copies. On days with only dailies on
offer, it is about 100,000. Al-Sabbahs wholesale price is
150 Iraqi dinars, about 10 cents, and its retail price,
printed on the front page, is 250 Iraqi dinars. Most
other papers are priced between 120 and 180 dinars, the
latter only if a particularly sensational story is on the
front page.
In southern Iraq, distribution is conducted not by
specialized companies but by small shops, and sales
techniques are primitive. A panelist said that only 900
newspapers are taken by the local distributor to the city
of Imara, which has a population of 800,000. In the
governorates, MSI panelists said, there are political
forces that interfere in the distribution of newspapers
when they feel threatened. They said the Azzaman
newspaper was banned for a period after printing
a headline critical of a particular religious party.
State Support
It is unlikely that any newspaper has not received some
form of governmental support, whether directly or
indirectly. The ads published in newspapers are
examples of that support in addition to the donations
given every now and then.
Al-Sabbah, which is subsidized by the state as part of the
Iraqi Media Network, costs 1,200 Iraqi dinars per copy
to produce but is sold to the distributor for perhaps a
quarter of the price.
IRAQ
Other Factors
The government does not license journalists and does
not seek to. Many new people have entered the
profession since Saddam Husseins control over the
media ended. International news organizations in
particular have recruited entrants from other fields,
sometimes simply because they had cars, spoke foreign
languages, or were connected to someone who allowed
them access to a particular official site or ethnic
neighborhood.
Salaries for journalists tend to be low. Newspaper salaries
generally do not exceed USD150 monthly; at satellite
television channels they may reach USD500. Some
journalists report that they had gone for months
without being paid at all due to financial
mismanagement at the outlets.
Like all Iraqis, journalists face a disorganized

telecommunications system with three competing cell
phone companies in different parts of the country, long
hours of queuing for petrol, electricity available only
a few hours daily, innumerable roadblocks, car use
restricted to alternating days for vehicles with odd- and
even-number plates, and military and police operations
in many neighborhoods after mounting sectarian
killings.
Plurality and private ownership in Iraqi media is so new
that few industry associations have formed to represent
the interests of publishers, owners, and top managers:
the Iraqi Publishers Association, the Private Broadcasters
Association, and the Association of Publishing Houses.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; IREX - Media Sustainability Index;
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
10630
15,353
800
26,783
Male
40
57
3
100
000
5,398
7,776
377
13,551
40
57
3
100
Female
000
%
5,232
7,577
423
13,232
40
57
3
100

7.aa

2001
GDP
(Iraq, new dinar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
-
2005
27,996.0 141,205.5

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Al-Sabah (The Morning)

Al-Iraq Al-Jadid (New Iraq)
Al-Mashriq 2
Al-Taakhi (Fraternity)
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Al-Mada
Al Siyadah
Al Bayyna
Az-Zaman (The Time) 3
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Al-Taakhi Publishing
Company & Printing House
Al Siyadah Press Institution
Hezbollah
Az-Zaman International
Institution for Press
Circulation (000)
50
30
20
17
10
10
-
Source: WAN - Arab Press Network; WAN from public sources

1
Established in 2003
Established in 2004
3
Established in 1997
2
389
IRELAND
The Irish economy continues to power ahead for a fifth
consecutive year of strong growth. But, in a general
election year, there is more nervousness about what the
future may hold. Most analysts expect the economy to
grow by more than 5% in real terms in 2007, with some
putting growth as high as last years 6% expansion. The
countrys remarkable ability to create employment is also
set to continue, with a 4% increase in jobs, repeating the
pattern where employment increases almost as fast as
output.

The Irish Daily Mail launched in 2006 as well as Irish
Mail on Sunday which incorporated the existing Ireland
on Sunday.
The Irish economy has surprised on the upside for most

of 20 years and may continue to do so. But there is a
strong feeling that the new government will face a much
more challenging economic environment than the last.
Midway thorough 2006 changes to the Data Protection

Act meant having to change the sampling method from
the Electoral Register to the GeoDirectory. This change
means that the Random Probability Sampling Frame
used to establish JNRS interview locations is completely
different from previous surveys. Therefore the results of
Advertising
Newspaper advertising grew by +9% in 2006.
National Newspapers of Ireland (NNI) announced

a full-year increase of 9.3% in press advertising during
2006. Advertisers spent a total of more than EUR362
million on press advertising during the 12 months of last
But that is one cause for worry. With the vast majority year, an increase of almost EUR31 million over 2005.
of the jobs in construction, retailing or government
services, productivity is growing at one of the slowest Of the total press spend in 2006, some EUR191 million
rates in Europe. The increase in income per person, at was spent by advertising agencies an increase of 10 %
around 3%, is not much more than half the increase in over 2005 with direct advertising accounting for
output. Much of this comes from the scale of the EUR171 million.
building industry, which accounts directly for more than
one in eight jobs in the economy and about a fifth of Circulation
output. The number of houses being built is expected to There was a slight decrease in the circulation of daily and
decline from last years record 90,000 and may stabilise Sunday newspapers.
at around 60,000 a year. The question is how quickly
that adjustment takes place. There will also be Readership
compensating investments from the governments The number of people who read Irish newspapers has
annual capital programme, running at 5% of GDP. But reached an all time high with well over 3 million adults
even forecasts of a slow decline see growth slowing to (89% of the adult population) reading any newspaper
below 4% next year and this may be the pattern in according to the latest Joint National Readership Survey
subsequent years too.
(JNRS). The report, which covers the period January to
December 2006, shows that young people under 25
Consumer spending growth is also expected to slow continue to enjoy newspapers with an impressive 86%
from the very rapid increases of over 7% in real terms being regular readers.
during 2006 and 2007. Personal spending may rise by
close to 8% in 2007 as EUR10 billion held in tax- The report contains readership data for newspapers and
attractive savings accounts mature.
magazines broken down by key demographics. It also
gives a wealth of lifestyle information for newspaper
So far, consumers do not seem to be spending the readers to help advertisers accurately target their
money. Their confidence has been slipping, as euro customers. For example, some highlights from the 2006
interest rates doubled from 2% to 4% since the report confirm that the following read newspapers:
beginning of 2006. They have also been spooked by job
losses in some of the well-known US firms, such as - 9 out of 10 people working full/part-time;
Motorola and Pfizer, which make up an important part - 1.8 million grocery shoppers (87%);
of the Irish economy.
- 93% those with a life assurance policy and home
contents insurance;
Rising interest rates have also pushed inflation to 5%, in - 93% of those with health insurance policy and
a country with EUR100 billion of home purchase debt
pension;
on all the new houses for an expanding population. That - 96% of those with stocks and shares;
has prompted warnings about lost competitiveness from - 93% of those with a mortgage account;
the Central Bank and others, as Ireland competes with - 91% of those planning to get married in the near
eastern Europe and Asia for foreign investment.
future.
390
IRELAND
the 2006 survey are not comparable with previous
surveys.
was only made available when the Bill was published.

There was no period of consultation.
Over 7,000 interviews were conducted by Lansdowne

Market Research for the readership survey amongst
a representative sample of the adult population by
personal in-home interview, using a combination of
face-to-face and self-completion questionnaires.
The industry campaigned heavily to have the Privacy

Bill set aside arguing that it was unnecessary as well as
unworkable. The bill has not been enacted.
Media / Press Laws

The Minister for Justice brought a Defamation Bill to
Cabinet in April 2006 which would reform existing
legislation dating back to 1961 and would also provide
recognition for an independent press council that the
industry had agreed to establish and fund. This followed
a lengthy period of consultation between the industry
and the Minister and was considered to be a very
positive step forward for both the public and the media
industry in Ireland. Not only would the archaic
defamation laws be reformed but the public would
benefit from having access to an independent press
complaints mechanism.
However, the Cabinet did not respond favourably to the
Defamation Bill and the Minister was instructed to
establish a working group to consider the need for
privacy legislation. The group, which comprised three
civil servants and a lawyer, published a report but this
In December 2006, following a 3-year period of

consultation between all the industry partners (regional
& national newspapers, magazines & journalists),
details of the Office of Press Ombudsman and Press
Council of Ireland were announced. Currently an
independent appointments committee is recruiting the
independent members of the Press Council.
Taxes
VAT on newspapers remains at 13.5%, the second
highest in Europe.
Environment
The National Newspapers of Ireland (NNI) has
appointed Enda Buckley as an Environment Officer.
The role is a first for NNI, reflecting the organisations
willingness to invest in the environment and
determination to maximise the amount of newsprint
that goes into the recycling chain. A priority for NNIs
new Environment Officer will be the establishment of a
national press industry environment bureau.
Source: National Newspapers of Ireland

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
851.4
640.6
673.7
593.9
503.9
391.3
459.5
4,114.3
20.7
15.6
16.4
14.4
12.2
9.5
11.2
100
Male
000
436.7
324.3
338.6
296.8
252.6
197.1
201.8
2,047.9
21.3
15.8
16.5
14.5
12.3
9.6
9.9
100
Female
000
%
414.7
316.3
335.1
297.1
251.3
194.2
257.7
2,066.4
20.1
15.3
16.2
14.4
12.2
9.4
12.5
100
Source: Central Statistics Office
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
459
925
815
892
307
3,398
14
27
24
26
9
100
Male
000
247
402
475
381
180
1,686
15
24
28
23
11
100
Female
000
%
212
523
340
511
127
1,712
12
31
20
30
8
100
Source: Joint National Readership Survey


(no other earners)
391
IRELAND
(2005)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
278
334
228
223
226
1,279
21.6
25.9
17.7
17.3
17.5
100
Source: Joint National Readership

Survey 04/05
3.b
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
Total
604
684
1,288
Total dailies
591
591
591
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
1,400
Regional and local
free non-dailies
Total Sundays
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
46.9
53.1
100

Survey 04/05
persons) (2006)
Age
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
174
114
109
116
129
246
888
20
13
12
13
15
28
100
Source: Lansdowne Market Research

/ Joint National Readership Survey
2005/06
Base = Non-working women
772
772
545
227
742
742
548
194
885
758
731
27
965
800
774
26
63.28
35.36
30.96
-
9.04
5.54
5.88
-3.70
645
113
691
109
7.13
-3.54
887
131
756
856
68
788
-35.93
-40.71
29.92
29.92
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
43.87
43.87
-
-1.45
-1.45
-1.45
-
127 165
127 165
1,147 1,147
897 897
67
67
830 830
250
250
250
250
1,238 1,220
1,369 1,261 1,238 1,220
952 893 1,238 1,220
417 368
-
Source: National Newspapers of Ireland; WAN assessment (free dailies)

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
6
6
6
Regional and local
paid-for dailies 2
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
98
Regional and local
free non-dailies
6
National paid-for Sundays 3 6
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays 4
7
7
5
2
7
7
5
2
11
8
7
1
12
9
8
1
100.00
50.00
33.33
-
9.09
12.5
14.29
0.00
6
2
7
2
16.67
0.00
53
2
51
53
2
51
3
3
150
111
1
110
3
3
151
111
1
110
13.27
12.24
0.00
0.00
0.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
40
40
40
40
0.00
0.00
10
6
4
10
6
4
10
10
-
10
10
-
66.67
66.67
-
0.00
0.00
-
Source: National Newspapers of Ireland; WAN assessment (free dailies)

1
2005-2006 Including Irish editions of UK dailies

2003-2004 Including Irish editions of UK dailies
3
2005-2006 Including Irish editions of UK Sundays
4
2003-2004 Including Irish editions of UK Sundays
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
184.0 236.0 231.0 267.0 278.2
184.0 236.0 231.0 235.0 228.2
National paid-for dailies 184.0 165.0 170.0 227.0 220.0
Regional and local
71.0 60.0
8.0
8.2
paid-for dailies
201.5 212.0
33.0 35.0
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
31.0 50.0
Regional and local free dailies 31.0 50.0
Total non-dailies
56.0 59.4
46.0 44.0 46.5 46.4
4.0
3.5
3.4
Regional and local
39.0 41.0 43.0 43.0
13.0 13.0
Regional and local
13.0 13.0
free non-dailies
44.0 72.0 66.0
63.4
National paid-for Sundays 44.0 50.0 46.0 64.0 63.4
Regional and local
22.0 19.0
paid-for Sundays
51.20
24.02
19.57
-
4.19
-2.89
-3.08
2.50
5.21
6.06
61.29
61.29
6.07
-0.22
-2.86
0.00
0.00
0.00
44.09
44.09
-
-0.94
-
Source: ABC; National Newspapers of Ireland
392
IRELAND
4.b
Sales revenues
6.a
Online editions
(Ireland, euro, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
211.0 259.0 285.0 302.9 314.3
211.0 259.0 285.0 1 302.9 2 305.3
Regional and local
9.0
paid-for dailies
122.0 78.3 82.4
120.0
6.9
Regional and local
2.0
75.5
69.0 101.0 206.0 3 119.4 118.0
69.0 101.0 206.0 119.4 4 118.0
48.96
44.69
-
3.76
0.79
-
5.24
-
71.01
71.01
-1.17
-1.17

Ad revenues are before discounts; including VAT
1, 2, 3, 4
4.c
Dailies
Sundays
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
2
3
2
0.00
100.00
0.00
0.00

6.b
Website
The Irish Independent

The Irish Times
The Irish Examiner
The Sunday Business Post
The Sunday Tribune
www.unison.ie
www.ireland.com
www.examiner.ie
www.sbpost.ie
www.tribune.ie
17,000
13,000
7,500
900
32
Includes Irish editions of UK titles
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Postal deliveries
Total
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
7.aa
2002
2003
(%)
2004
99
1
100
91
1
8
100
2005
2006
91
1
8
100
91
1
8
100
GDP
2002
(Ireland, euro, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
129.9
138.9
161.2
175.6
2000
(Ireland, euro, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
27.0
29.8
32.7
34.0
36.4
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.79
0.83
0.94
0.91
0.91
147.6
Source: Dept. of Finance Irish Government

2005 Preliminary
2006 Budget 2007-December 2006

7.ab
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
(%)
Reached
(Ireland, euro)
min
max
Single copy
0.90
2.50

(2006)
5.b
Age
15-18
19-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All adults
Men
Women
53.7
57.2
50.3
51.7
7.ac
37.4
50.4
51.0
56.2
59.0
60.5
54.2
-
7.ba

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
Media consumption
1998
All newspapers
Radio
Television
Internet
Ad expenditure

Survey
5.c
GDP per capita
Source: Joint National Readership Survey
%
% daily reach
group
4.8
11.2
20.5
19.0
16.9
13.6
14.0
100
(minutes per day)

1999
2000
2001
-
40
305
199
23
2002
40
305
199
23
652
763
628
729
24
34
207
195
65
87
9
9
98
101
4
6
1,035 1,161
927
895
32
236
91
10
106
9
1,379
926
886
40
287
106
9
117
16
1,461
990 1,039 1,091 1,145

948
995 1,045 1,097
42
44
46
48
321
337
354
372
116
122
128
134
10
10
11
12
125
131
138
145
29
43
65
84
1,591 1,682 1,787 1,892
Source: ASI, IAPI, ZenithOptimedia

Excludes production costs; includes agency commission of 15%; includes classified;
before discounts; press expenditure includes all classified and lineage; newspaper
data from 2003 includes UK titles in Ireland; radio data includes independent local
radio from 2003
393
IRELAND
7.c

categories (2005)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
419.0 486.0 546.0 570.5

429.0
117.0
-
4.49
-
482.3
88.2
144.0 177.0 393.4 468.0

259.3 282.0
134.1 186.0
18.96
8.75
38.70
168.0 233.0 196.0 215.7

196.0 215.7
10.05
10.05
Expenditure
Classified Ads
Auctioneers (Ireland)
Classified Ads (Recruitment)
Phone tones, logos & downloads
Classified Ads (Property)
Electrical
Display Appointments
Concerts/Festivals
Supermarkets
Tariff phone services
88,030
63,261
31,385
28,984
21,283
13,916
12,288
11,433
10,546
10,417
Source: IAPI Base
2006 Ratecard figures only; National Newspapers are split by National, Evening,
Sunday; Weekly Press and Regional Press isnt applied; Base doesnt record any ad
spend for free press and online newspapers
8.a
2003-2004 Includes Irish editions of UK titles

2003-2004 Includes Irish editions of UK titles
7.d
In colour
Total
MCD
19,508.1
Sherry Fitzgerald
15,637.3
CB Hamilton Osborne King 13,159.0
Aiken Promotions
8,664.1
Hooke & Mac Donald
8,432.2
Dunnes Stores
8,168.1
Tesco
7,904.1
Douglas Newman Good
7,131.4
Xtra-Vision
7,031.5
Supervalu
6,788.8
Publisher
Independent Newspapers
News International
The Irish Times Limited
The Star Newspaper Group
Thomas Crosbie Holdings
Mirror Group Newspapers
Associated Newspapers
Tribune Publications
The Agricultural Trust

2002
Expenditure
Source: IAPI Base
Ad revenues are before discounts
Advertiser
Total figures for 2006 include top

10 advertisers across all print media,
including national, regional
newspapers and magazines
Source: NNI/IAPI

(2006)

2003
2004
2005
2006
4,648,082 8,507,392 13,264,001 14,054,673 18,840,348

12,117,344 20,801,539 31,756,036 26,941,759 32,214,580
Source: IAPI Base

Total volume sold for print
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
92,803
47,286
36,224
35,811
28,677
26,691
22,290
3,604
3,486
145,500
53,800
58,000
48,600
43,400
27,000
20,600
6,400
7,000

7.e
Display
Classified
Total
1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
55.5
44.5
100
51
49
100
52
48
100
79.6
20.4
100
Source: IAPI Base

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
The Irish Independent

The Irish Times
The Irish Sun
Irish Daily Star
Evening Herald
Irish Daily Mirror
Irish Daily Mail
Irish Examiner
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
Independent News and Media PLC

The Irish Times Limited
News International
Independent Star Limited
Mirror Group Newspapers
Thomas Crosbie Holdings
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(euro)
163
116
107
105
85
71
59
56
535
336
251
401
299
176
249
1.60
1.60
0.90
1.30
1.10
1.00
0.70
1.60
Format
Broadsheet / Compact
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(euro)
27,470
24,670
8,800
14,890
10,025
4,696
11,550
15,950
34,500
27,000
11,700
18,990
11,890
7,223
15,960
19,140
8.bb
Title
Language Publisher
Herald AM
Metro
English
English
FTpm 1
English

Fortune Green Ltd (Associated Newspapers
and the Irish Times Ltd)
Financial Times (Pearson)
Circulation
(000)
Full page ad rate Mono

(Ireland, euro)
84
77
3,520
4,650
Source: National Newspapers of Ireland; WAN from public sources (FTpm)

1
Monday to Friday service for corporate subscribers; distributed in Dublin; printed on two sides of pink A4 paper and includes
the days top business news stories plus comment and analysis; available from 4pm each day
394
IRELAND
10.a
13.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
4
3
3
18
7
11
18
7
11
19
7
12
375.00
133.33
300.00
5.56
0.00
9.09

Irish national dailies only before 2003
1
Subsidies generally

No
No
National newspapers only
10.ba

No
Single copy sales
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
29
29
29
Source: 2002-2004 Eason Wholesale News; 2005 National Newspapers of Ireland

Home deliveries are not provided
10.c
Newsprint costs
2002
Average per ton
(Ireland, euro)
2003
2004
2005
-
510
2006
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
510
11.
14.
15.a

companies?
No
Research
Audit Bureau of Circulation
The Joint National Readership Survey by Lansdowne
Market Research

No
Methodology
A random probability survey based on a sample of 7,000
using a moving annual total, published twice yearly.
Interviewers choose interviewees from the GEO
Directory and then visit them at their homes address.
More information is available at www.jnrs.ie

same locality?
No
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
21
14
14
21
21
21
21
34
34
0

No
press?
No
No
395
IRELAND
15.b
Owners
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Only one private licence
No
No
State broadcaster only
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Only one private licence; limited

investment allowed
No limit
Up to 25% of maximum
2 licences
National
Newspaper
Owners
Only one private licence; limited

investment allowed
Subject to ministerial approval
Subject to IRTC approval
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
No cases to date. Subject to IRTC

and ministerial approval

and ministerial approval

approval

approval

approval
State only
No cases to date. Subject to

ministerial approval
No cases to date. Subject to

ministerial approval
State and independents restricted

to one local licence
One case to date. Yes, but subject

to IRTC approval
Yes, but subject to ministerial

approval
Yes, but subject to ministerial

approval
Yes, but subject to IRTC approval
National Radio
Licensees
Foreign Investors
396
ISRAEL
Israel usually posts sizable trade deficits, which are
covered by large transfer payments from abroad and by
foreign loans. Roughly half of the external debt of the
government is owed to the US, which is its major source
of economic and military aid. The bitter IsraeliPalestinian conflict; difficulties in the high-technology,
construction, and tourist sectors; and fiscal austerity in
the face of growing inflation led to small declines in
GDP in 2001 and 2002. The economy rebounded in
2003-05, growing at a 4% rate each year, as the
government tightened fiscal policy and implemented
structural reforms to boost competition and efficiency in
the markets. The conflict with Lebanon in summer 2006
dampened slightly GDP growth estimates for the year,
but continuing strong foreign investment, tax revenue,
and private consumption levels helped the economy
recover quickly.
The second largest Hebrew daily Maariv reported it lost

USD5.2 million in the second quarter and USD9
million in the first six months of 2006. It blamed rising
costs of paper for part of the loss, while sales remained
static. It said it was laying off hundreds of workers and
cutting salaries. In 2005, the newspaper launched an
English new site but closed it down after a few months.
Circulation
Newspapers are produced in a variety of languages with
the majority of dailies being in Hebrew. Other languages
include: Arabic, English, French, Polish, Yiddish,
Amharic, Farsi, Ladino, Romanian, Hungarian, Russian,
and German.
The largest circulation newspapers can drop-ship their
newsprint by air to Haifa from Tel-Aviv within one hour
of press time. This potential for fast and thorough
circulation of papers has led to all newspapers
considering themselves national rather than local papers.
Week-day circulation figures of many papers receive
a considerable boost on the weekends. Friday editions
are typically twice the size of the weekday editions due to
added supplements and prove to be popular fare as they
are issued on Sabbath eve; no papers are issued on
Saturday.

The Israel Broadcast Authority, the state broadcasting
network, controls the Hebrew-language Israel Television
(Channel 1) and an Arabic-language channel, as well as
Kol Israel (Voice of Israel) radio, which airs news and
other programming in Hebrew, Arabic, and many other
languages. Both Israel Television and Israel Radio are
major sources of news and information. The Second
Television and Radio Authority, a public body, Online / Digital Publishing
supervises the two privately owned commercial Approximately 3.7 million persons had Internet access
television channels and 14 privately owned radio through dial-up, broadband, and mobile services.
stations.
Media / Press Laws
There are three news agencies in Israel (including the The 1933 Journalism Ordinance and the British
Occupied Territories - Palestinian Authority). The Israeli Mandate Defense Regulation for the Emergency Time
News Agency (ITIM), founded in 1950 by a group of Period were adopted upon establishment of the state;
newspapermen is controlled by a board representing the subsequently, the ordinance was never amended.
newspaper dailies of the country that hold shares in the The Ministry of Interior has no authority over the
agency. The Jewish Telegraphic Agency (JTA) is the military censor.According to the Journalism Ordinance,
oldest and best-known agency in Israel.
anyone wishing to publish a newspaper must apply for
a license from the locality where the newspaper will be
published. The ordinance also allows the Minister of
The country has 12 paid-for daily newspapers, one free Interior, under certain conditions, to close a newspaper.
daily newspaper, 90 weekly newspapers, more than 250 In 2004 the High Court heard a petition filed by the
periodical publications, and a number of Internet news Association for Civil Rights in Israel (ACRI) challenging
sites.
the ordinance. ACRI withdrew its petition after the
Interior Ministry pledged to prepare legislation
All newspapers in Israel are privately owned and effectively canceling the ordinance. At the end of 2006
managed with Tel Aviv being the main publishing nexus. legislation had not been enacted.
Political parties and religious bodies owned three minor The law authorizes the government to censor on
dailies designed for Orthodox Jewish readers.
national security grounds any material reported from the
country or the occupied territories regarded as sensitive.
Most newspapers have 4-16 pages, but there are weekly An agreement between the government and media
supplements on subjects such as politics, economics, and representatives provides for military censorship only in
the arts.
cases involving issues that the armed forces believe could
likely harm the security interests of the country. All
media organizations must submit materials covered by
397
ISRAEL
the agreement to the censor for approval. This
agreement deals with specific military issues as well as
strategic infrastructure issues such as oil and water
supplies. Media organizations may appeal the censor
decision to the High Court, and they cannot be closed
by the military censor for censorship violations. The
military censor cannot appeal a court judgment. Foreign
journalists must agree to submit sensitive articles and

photographs to the military censor. In practice they
rarely complied.
All journalists operating in the country must be
accredited by the Israeli Government Press Office
(GPO).
Source: US State Department; CIA - The World Factbook; WAN from public sources
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
333
466
335
344
492
1,970
17
24
17
18
25
100
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
Total
1,043
927
1,970
53
47
100
Source: Israel Bureau of Statistics

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
12
12
10
2
13
12
10
2
13
12
10
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
90
1
90
1
90
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
730
730
-
890
740
150
930
750
180
4.49
1.35
20.00

5.a

(%)
Reached

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
1,964
1,130
1,053
809
751
537
688
6,930
28
16
15
12
11
8
10
100
Male
000
1,007
576
530
399
362
256
293
3,423
29
17
16
12
11
8
9
100
Female
000
%
957
553
523
410
389
281
394
3,507
27
16
15
12
11
8
11
100
All adults
Men
Women
62.7
66.3
59.3
61.9
Source: Single source research based

on TGI survey; January-December
Hebrew-speaking adults 18+

(2006)
5.b
Age
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
%
% daily reach
group
16.1
18.3
15.6
17.8
14.2
18.0
100
63.0
54.2
59.1
66.5
70.6
66.9
62.7
Source: Single source research based

on TGI survey; January-December
398
ISRAEL
5.c
Media consumption
7.c
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
All newspapers
Magazines 1
Radio
Television
Internet
(Israel, new shekel, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
2006
31
28
117
124
52
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) 394.0 402.0

Total dailies
342.0 348.0
185.1 164.8 210.0
Total paid-for non-dailies 90.5 85.5 49.0
Total paid-for Sundays 143.5 130.1 134.0
-
Source: TGI
Source: 2004-2005 IFAT
Average weekday (Sunday-Thursday), except Internet
2001-2003 Typical percentage discount is 50%
2.03
1.75
-
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) = total dailies + total non-dailies + total Sundays +

online newspapers
Weekly magazines only
6.b
7.d
Reach (%) 1
Website
Yedioth Ahronoth
Maariv
Haaretz / Schocken
Haaretz / Schocken
Globes
YNet
Nrg
Haaretz
The Marker 2
Globes
67.6
37.2
20.5
15.9
15.8
2001
Total

2002
2003
2004
2005
50,838 44,448 43,526 48,300 47,680
Source: 2004-2005 IFAT
Source: TNS Teleseker Internet Monitor (TIM), TNS Teleseker, December 2006 January 2007
In dailies only
2004 All newspapers included 156,551 ad pages
2005 All newspapers included 162,120 ad pages
Monthly reach (%) amongst surfers aged 13+; there is no officially recognized or
standard electronic traffic measurement
2
The Haaretz site for business and technology
7.aa

1999
GDP
(Israel, new shekel, bln)

2000
2001
2002
2003
471.0
502.0
478.0
494.0

7.ab

Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
(Israel, new shekel, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2005
95.8
4.2
100
97.8
2.2
100
96.5
3.5
100
96.0
4.0
100
96.4
1.8
1.8
100
78.0
77.0
78.0

categories (2006)

(2003)
78.1
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.73
0.65
0.66
0.65
0.61

(Israel, new shekel, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
2,056
1,814
242
1,043
265
14
189
38
3,605
2004
2003
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
(%)
2003
Dailies only
GDP per capita
7.ba
2002
Source: IFAT
1999
7.ac
2001
1,733
1,508
225
1,080
239
14
126
54
3,246
1760
1530
230
1,161
234
14
144
135
3,448
1,837
1,598
239
1,094
252
18
167
239
3,607
1,755
1,521
234
1,080
234
18
225
306
3,618
1,778
1,530
248
1,103
243
18
239
369
3,750
1,791
1,539
252
1,125
252
18
261
428
3,875
Retail chains
Private vehicles
Furniture
Electricity
Cellular communications
Housing
Shows
Movies
Clothing
Medical centers / clinics
% of display
ad revenue
9.0
6.7
5.3
4.0
3.8
3.5
3.4
3.3
2.8
2.6
Source: IFAT Advertising monitoring
Expenditure
(Israel, new shekel, 000)
Procter & Gamble

Tnuva
Elite
Pelephone
Partner Orange
Cellcom
The Central Bottling Company
Mifal Hapayis
Strauss
Bezeg
10,600
10,300
9,500
9,300
9,000
7,800
7,700
7,700
7,400
7,000
Source: IFAT
1,838
1,581
257
1,152
261
18
279
486
4,034
399
ISRAEL
8.ba

Circulation
(000)
Readership 1 Format
(000)
Title
Language
Publisher
Yedioth Ahronoth (Latest News)

Maariv (Evening Prayer)
Haaretz (The Land)
Al-Ittihad (The Union)
Hebrew
Hebrew
Hebrew / English 6
Arabic
300
160
75 9
60
1,481
716
243
-
Broadsheet
-
Globes 2
The Jerusalem Post
Hamodia 3
Israel-Nachrichten
(Israel News - Yediot Hadashot) 4
Vesti (News)
HaTzofe 5
Hebrew / English
English / French
Hebrew / English 7
German
Yedioth Ahronoth
Maariv
Schocken family
The Democratic Front
for Peace and Equality 8
Globes Publisher
Internationale Medienhilfe
45 10
30
25
20
117
-
Russian
Hebrew
20
-
Tabloid
-
Source: Readership: single source research based on TGI survey, January-December; WAN from public sources
1

Financial daily; delivered Sunday-Thursday evening
3
The only Orthodox Jewish newspaper published daily in two different country editions; pictures of women are not displayed in the
newspaper; as hareidi culture shuns television, internet usage and the reading of secular newspapers, Hamodia is one of the few
news sources available to many of its readers; there are no internet editions of Hamodia
4
The target groups are the 100,000 German-speaking Jews in Israel and around the globe
5
HaTzofe claims to be the only daily newspaper of the Israeli political right, with an emphasis on religious Zionism
6
English edition published in Israel together with the International Herald Tribune
7
A daily English language edition is published both in the United States and Israel; a weekly edition, in English, is published simultaneously in Jerusalem, London and New York
8
An offspring of the Israeli Communist Party
9
On weekdays; 95,000 on Fridays
10
Subscribers
2
8.bb
Title
Language Publisher
Israeli 2
Hebrew
Circulation
(000)
Readership 1
(000)
180
424 3
Hirsch Media
Source: Circulation: Free Dailies Newsletter; readership: single source research based on TGI survey, January-December
1

Distributed in train stations, on Egged bus lines and in business districts
3
July-December
2
11.
Research
12.
Single Source Research, TGI Israel
Taxes (2005)
Tax
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
18
18
Methodology
Self-completion questionnaire amongst a yearly sample
of 10,000 Hebrew-speaking adults 18+
400
ITALY
Italy suffered an economic crisis in 2005 with GDP
growth at about zero. In 2006 GDP grew at an annual
rate of 1.9%, but in the last five years growth was lower
than in the rest of the euro area. The 2006 increase in
GDP was driven mainly by exports (5.3%), and to
a lesser extent by investments (2.3%) and internal
consumption (1.0%). Inflation held steady (1.9% in
2005 and 2.1% in 2006) as did the euro-area average.
The European Commission expects Italian GDP growth
to slow slightly in 2007, to 1.4%. In the Commissions
forecast, the slowdown primarily reflects the behaviour
of domestic demand, especially consumption affected by
the increase in taxation. The 2007 budgets overall
impact on economic activity is likely to be moderately
restrictive and explains the deceleration in the GDP
increase for 2007. The reduction in the fiscal component
of the cost of labour is likely to strengthen Italian
productions competitiveness in the short term.
The three state-owned channels (Radiotelevisione
Italiana or RAI) and other networks broadcast a wide
range of opinion that reflected the full spectrum of
political views in the country. Disputes over partisanship
on the airwaves continued to prompt frequent political
debate, and NGOs contended that media ownership was
concentrated in too few hands.
Operating expenses of newspaper publishing companies
grew by 4.5% in 2005 and by 7.0% in 2006. In the same
period, operating revenues went down by 1.0% in 2005
and grew at a lower rate in 2006 (2.0%). As a result,
gross operating margin, which represented 10.3% of
sales turnover in 2004, declined to 8.7% in 2005 and
4.0% in 2006. Newsprint costs are still a cause of
concern. Although there are indications that they have
peaked, the strong increase in the past two years has put
significant pressure on margins. Costs of external
services have grown at a very high pace (17.0% in 2005,
12.0% in 2006). Labour costs are also increasing,
especially in 2006 (4.5%). In 2006, the press companies
suffered dreadful consequences of an 18-day strike.
From a revenue angle, the downward slide of sales
turnover in 2005 was caused by a drop in paid
circulation (-2.7%) and by the first signs of a decline in
add-on sales. In 2006, paid circulation grew by 1.9%.
Add-on sales, however, dropped by about 10%, due to
market saturation.
Advertising
In the near future, advertising expenditures are expected
to grow at the same rate as in previous years, at about 2%
to 3% a year. Ad revenues of daily newspapers are
growing at a lower-than-average rate (about 2%), while
radios ad revenue and, above all, the internets ad

revenue are growing at a higher than average rate.
According to the latest online advertising expenditure
survey, spending on the internet increased by 50% in
2005 and 44% in 2006, year on year. Internet
advertising spending is now three times the size of
cinema advertising and very close to that of outdoor.
Meanwhile, spending on advertising via traditional
channels continues to grow less than the overall market.
In 2006, the press share (newspapers and periodicals)
grew from 35.2% to 35.6%. Newspapers share, at
20.7%, remained almost the same (20.8% in 2005),
while periodicals share increased from 14.4% to 14.9%.
Television's share remained steady, still at a very high
level (55.0%).
The government can block foreign-based Internet sites if
they contravene national laws. The new antiterrorism
decree requires that the operator of an Internet caf
obtain a license.
Ownership
Former prime minister Berlusconi (leader of the
opposition coalition), controlled two of the national
newspapers. Critics charged that through his ownership
share of the company Mediaset, Berlusconi also directly
or indirectly controlled three of the countrys seven
national television broadcast channels.
Media / Press Laws
The Italian government has announced its intention to
reform the publishing industry and has assigned the task
to a commission that will draft new legislation. The key
areas include: a definition of a publishing company and
publishing product; provisions for antitrust laws,
advertising, distribution and copyright legislation;
a revision of subsidies and other benefits provided for
daily newspapers, including postal and newsprint
subsidies; and privacy legislation.
In August 2006, prosecutors ordered police to search the
premises of two national newspapers to ascertain the
source of articles related to the investigation of an alleged
rendition by foreign officials of an imam who was being
investigated for terrorist activities by the Milan
prosecutor. The case remained under investigation at
years end.
Copyright
The Italian Supreme Court has ruled that publishers
own the copyright to all work created by their employees
and also has the right to stop the exploitation of such
work by a third party, including the compilers of press
reviews. The ruling came in a case in which a publishers
statement of copyright had been challenged.
Source: FIEG; US State Department; WAN from public sources

401
ITALY
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies
96
91
21
70
96
91
21
70
96
91
20
71
96
91
20
71
101
91
20
71
5.21
0.00
-4.76
1.43
5.21
0.00
0.00
0.00
91
5
3
2
91
5
3
2
91
5
3
2
91
5
3
2
91
10
5
5
0.00
100.00
66.67
150.00
0.00
100.00
66.67
150.00
Source: FIEG; WAN assessment (free dailies)

Information is based only on members of FIEG
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies

2.a
Age
14-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,186
4,575
8,172
9,302
7,690
7,123
11,181
50,769
4
9
17
18
15
14
22
100
Male
000
1,130
2,333
4,420
4,664
3,804
3,450
4,620
24,421
5
10
18
19
16
14
19
100
Female
000
%
1,055
2,243
4,292
4,638
3,886
3,673
6,651
26,348
4
9
16
18
15
14
25
100
Source: Audipress
7,836
5,831
3,813
2,018
7,871
5,721
3,677
2,044
8,025
5,745
3,688
2,057
8,486
5,466
3,514
1,952
10,319
5,569
3,580
1,989
31.69
-4.49
-6.11
-1.44
21.60
1.88
1.88
1.90
2,005 2,150 2,280 3,020 4,750

1,705 1,830 1,960 2,700 3,640
300 320 320
320 1,110
136.91
113.49
270.00
57.28
34.81
246.88
Source: 2002-2005 FIEG; WAN assessment (free dailies); 2006 FIEG; WAN from
public sources (free dailies)
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
2040 2,013 1,987 1,905 1,941

1,331 1,304 1,286 1,221 1,244
709 709 701
684 697
-4.85
-6.54
-1.69
1.89
1.88
1.90
2,040 2,013 1,987 1,905 1,941
-4.85
1.89
Source: FIEG
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
1,154
6,894
31,541
9,268
1,912
50,769
2
14
62
18
4
100
Male
000
662
3,638
15,237
4,074
810
24,421
3
15
62
17
3
100
Female
000
%
491
3,256
16,304
5,195
1,102
26,348
Source: Audipress
Aged 14+
(no other earners)
2
12
62
20
4
100
4.b
Sales revenues
(Italy, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
1,421 1,592 1,722 1,668 1,718

953 1,097 1,204 1,166 1,201
468 495 518
502 517
20.90
26.02
10.47
3.00
3.00
2.99
Source: FIEG
1, 2
4.c
Estimate
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Postal deliveries
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
91.3
8.7
8.7
91.2
8.8
8.8
90.8
9.2
9.2
90.7
9.3
9.3
91.0
9.0
9.0
Source: FIEG
Estimate
402
ITALY
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
Single copy
Subscription
1.00
0.67
All adults
Men
Women
1.10
0.87
Source: FIEG

(2006)
5.b
Age
41.8
53.2
31.2
34.5
Source: Audipress
%
% daily reach
group
less than 18
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
3.4
9.1
18.5
19.4
17.3
14.8
17.5
100
2,678
1,589
1,089
4,028
387
61
294
99
7,548
2,681
1,581
1,100
4,224
440
70
306
103
7,824

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
91
94
94
Website
Kataweb
Rcs Media Group
Rcs Media Group
Il Sole 24 Ore
Monrif.Net
repubblica.it
corriere.it
gazzetta.it
Ilsole24ore.com
Quotidiano.net
94
3.30
0.00

253,249
225,716
129,286
19,009
9,453
3.77
3.74
3.80
In colour
Total

2003
2004
2005
2006
158,172 220,257
316,141 376,616 392,173 368,088 408,830
Including classifieds and inserts
(Italy, euro, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
1,295.2 1,335.4 1,388.9 1,417.2 1,475.4
Source: ISTAT
Display
Classified
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
92.2
7.8
100
92.3
7.7
100
92.4
7.6
100
92.6
7.4
100
92.8
7.2
100
Source: FIEG

2002
(Italy, euro, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
22.6
23.1
25.1
23.8
24.2
Source: ISTAT
5.31
6.44
3.41
Typical discount to ratecard is around 50%. VAT not included. The above figures
include classifieds and inserts
Ad expenditure
3,362
1,884
1,478
4,995
651
70
343
592
10,013

2002
7.ac
3,174
1,782
1,392
4,935
618
69
337
386
9,519
Source: Osservatorio FCP-FIEG
Source: Audipress
GDP per capita
3,018
1,727
1,291
4,876
583
69
331
260
9,137
1,413 1,382 1,401 1,434 1,488

885 859 866
908 942
528 523 535
526 546
2002
7.ab
2,895
1,683
1,212
4,823
552
68
326
181
8,845
Source: Osservatorio FCP-FIEG
7.d
GDP
2,803
1,649
1,154
4,770
530
70
322
129
8,624
7.aa
2,746
1,629
1,117
4,621
506
75
318
111
8,376
(Italy, euro, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Source: FIEG
6.b
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
91
(Italy, euro, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
After discounts; includes agency commission; excludes production costs; includes

some classified advertising; magazines include newspaper supplements
Online editions
Dailies
Source: Media Key, ZenithOptimedia
33.2
42.0
45.1
44.3
47.7
44.2
33.2
-
Source: Audipress
6.a
7.ba
(%)
Reached
(Italy, euro)
min
max
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.60

categories (2006)
8.a
Advertising sector
Publisher
Auto
Finance & Insurance
Retail
Professional Service
Fashion
Telecommunication
Media/Publishing
Tourism & Travel
Coporation/Institutional
Home Furnishing
and Interior Decoration
% of display
ad revenue
16.0
11.4
10.1
7.5
6.8
5.2
5.0
5.0
3.9
3.8

(2006)
RCS Mediagroup
Gruppo Edit. L Espresso
Il Sole 24 Ore
Poligrafici Editorale
Caltagirone Editore
Editrice la Stampa
Corriere dello Sport
Societa Europea di Edizioni
Athesis Spa
Societa Edizioni e Pubblicazioni
Source: FIEG
Source: AC Nielsen
403
ITALY
Top owners (2005)
Owners 1
Revenue 2
(Italy, euro, 000)
Publikompass
Manzoni
RCS Pubbl.
Piemme
SPE
24 Ore System
Mondadori Pubbl.
Class
Sport Network
Area Nord
285,500
215,000
173,700
155,100
101,400
78,800
34,200
32,700
30,000
22,300
Source: AC Nielsen
1
2
Newspaper owners
Newspaper revenue, net values
8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Corriere della Sera

La Repubblica
La Gazetta dello Sport
Il Sole 24 Ore
La Stampa
Corriere dello Sport
Il Messaggero
Il Giornale
Il Resto del Carlino
E Polis
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Circulation
RCS Mediagroup
Gruppo Editoriale L Espresso
RCS Mediagroup
Il Sole 24 Ore Spa
Editrice La Stampa
Corriere dello Sport SRL
Il Messaggero Spa
Soc. Europea di Edizioni
Poligrafici Editoriale
Soc. E-Polis
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Italy, euro)
679
630
375
344
314
244
231
219
169
160
2,700
3,003
3,671
1,242
1,522
1,426
1,463
648
1,131
-
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.50
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Italy, euro)
Rheinisch
Berliner
Belgian
Nordic
Berliner
Belgian
Rheinisch
Rheinisch
Tabloid
Tabloid
114,660
126,000
47,040
39,536
124,320
67,200
-
152,880
151,000
67,200
213,760
222,000
55,350
186,480
100,800
-
Source: ADS November 2005 - October 2006 (circulation); Audipress (readership)

8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
Leggo
Metro
City
E Polis 1
Ventiquattrominuti
(24 minutes) 2
Sport 24
Stampa Sera
InCitta
Anteprima
il Giornale di Domani 3
PrimoPiano
(Piano di Sorrento)
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Leggo S.p.A.
Metro S.r.l. (Metro International)
RCS freepress S.r.l.
E Polis S.p.A.
Il Sole 24 Ore (RCS Media Group)
1,050
850
840
780
450
1,572
1,182
1,278
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
-
Italian
Italian
Italian
Italian
Edizioni Master
La Stampa
Nuova Editoriale srl (Gruppo Athesis)
Corriere dela Sera (RCS Media Group)
350
200
120
100
Tabloid
-
Italian
10
Source: FIEG; WAN from public sources

1
The E Polis concept started in 2004 with Il Cagliari, followed by Il Venezia, Il Mestre, Il Padova, Il Treviso, Il Verona, Il Vicenza,
Il Bergamo, and Il Brescia, with 35,000 to 40,000 copies for each edition. In June 2006, Il Firenze (60,000) followed; Milan and
Rome from August 2006; Napoli and Bologna by the end 2006, when E Polis will run 13 editions. Less than 10% is sold in
newsstands at 50 cents, majority of copies distributed for free.
2
Available from 4 p.m.
3
Distributed together with Corriere della Sera in Greater Milan between 4pm and 8pm and in the Linate airport.
9.a
Employment
9.b
Salaries
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total number of journalists 5,509 6,083 6,162 6,313 6,469
Total number of employees 8,067 7,701 7,537 7,438 7,271
17.43
-9.87
2.47
-2.25
(Italy, euro, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total salary costs
873
908
933
935
958
9.74
2.46
Source: FIEG
Source: INPGI
404
ITALY
10.a
13.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
82
54
37
82
53
38
87
53
38
87
53
38
88
53
38
7.32
-1.85
2.70
1.15
0.00
0.00
Source: Dati & Tariffe

10.ba
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
23.4
15.6
24.0
15.6
24.0
14.0
26.0
14.0
26.0
14.0
2002
2003
(Italy, euro)
2004
2005
2006
603
550
Source: FIEG
10.c
Newsprint costs
Average per ton
550
550
585
Source: FIEG
11.
Research
ADS (Accertamento Diffusione Stampa)
Audipress
Methodology
ADS Audits the circulation of daily newspapers.
Readership is measured by Audipress. Methodology:
interviews with a sample of 40,000 individuals
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
20
4
4
20
4
4
20
Subsidies generally

No
The older scheme for assisting newspapers to modernize
has been incorporated into the new system operated by
the fund for granting loans to publishing companies
(Bill No. 62, 7 March 2001). The bill introduced
a credit tax of 3% to help publishing companies with
new investments. Such a facility relieved publishers of
the initial cost of acquiring a new plant and machinery.
It didnt include the cost of buildings to house the plant
concerned. The credit tax was distributed over a period
of five years, beginning from 2001. The credit tax of 3%
for new investments expired in December 2004.
Bill No. 62 introduced two systems for granting loans.
The first one works automatically for loans not
exceeding EUR516,000, concerning investments to be
carried out over two years. A government committee
will grant the loan, after merely establishing that the
application was made correctly. The second one is
a valuation system for loans of between EUR516,000
and EUR15.5 million. In this case the committee not
only checks that the application is valid but also assess
the financial, technical and economic soundness of the
investment plan.
Direct subsides to the general newspaper industry ended
in 1987. Direct subsides of EUR150 million are only
available to newspapers and periodicals attached to
parliamentary parties or published by cooperatives.
Source: FIEG
13.b
Direct subsidies
(Italy, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
95
130
150
150
150
57.89
0.00
Source: FIEG
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Discount rate (%)

45 1
0
50
0
0
0
Source: FIEG
1
From 35% to 45%
405
ITALY
15.a

companies?
Yes, individuals and corporations have to register their
newspaper interests. Magazines with five or more fulltime journalists and more than 12 issues a year count as
newspapers for these purposes.
No restriction on EU countries. Reciprocal
arrangements apply to some other countries.
same locality?
Previous restrictions have been lifted. However, for
a period up to 31 st December 2010, TV station owners
may not own daily newspaper publishing companies.
15.b
Law 416 (Article 1) provides that daily newspapers must

be owned only by individuals, private unlimited
partnerships, limited partnerships (non-stock
corporations) and public corporations. Voting shares or
partnership of a publishing house may be registered
under the name of another company only if the majority
of the voting shares of this other company are registered
under the name of individuals or companies quoted on
the stock exchange, whose identity is thus a matter of
public record.
press?
Law 416 (Article 4) specifically limits daily press
concentration to 20% of all circulation, or 50% in one
of Italys four large (macro) regions, or half of titles in
one of the 21 smaller regions. (The latter rule obviously
does not apply if there is only one title.) Any purchase
(or equivalent) which breaches these limits is liable to be
declared void in court, but the limits may be exceeded in
the normal course of organic business growth.
No
Source: FIEG
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
One licence
per micro region
and three licences in all
Not allowed
Max 50% of circ. in any

macro region/max half of
titles in any micro region
Max 20% of all circulation
No national stations, but

regional stations allowed
National TV
Licensees
Not allowed
Max 20% of national

stations (i.e. 2 of 12)
1 channel=max 16% of all

daily circ. 2 channels=8%,
3 channels=0%

3 channels=0%
Not allowed
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
One licence
per micro region

3 channels=0%

No limit
National
Newspaper
Owners
One licence
per micro region

3 channels=0%

No limit
Allowed
Not allowed

No nat. stations, but further

regional stations allowed
Not allowed
Not allowed

Max 25% of national

stations
No limit inside EU.

Reciprocal arrangements
with some other countries
No limit inside EU.

No limit inside EU.

No limit inside EU.

No limit inside EU.

National Radio
Licensees
Foreign Investors
406
IVORY COAST
Despite government attempts to diversify the economy,
it is still heavily dependent on argiculture and related
activities, engaging roughly 68% of the population.
Political turmoil has continued to damage the economy
since 2004, with a rising risk premium associated with
doing business in the country, foreign investment
shriveling, transportation costs increasing, French
businesses fleeing, and criminal elements that traffic in
weapons and diamonds gaining ground. The
government will continue to survive financially off of the
sale of cocoa, which represents 90% of foreign exchange
earnings, but the government will probably lose between
10% and 20% of its cocoa harvest to northern rebels
who smuggle the cocoa they control to neighboring
countries where cocoa prices are higher. The inflation
Because of low literacy rates, radio was the most
important medium of mass communication.
Newspapers and television were relatively expensive. The
government-owned broadcast media company, Ivorian
Radio and Television (RTI) owned two major radio
stations; only the primary government radio station
broadcast nationwide.

The only remaining government-owned daily
newspaper, Fraternit Matin, which had the greatest
circulation of any daily, rarely criticized government
policy. There were a number of private newspapers that
frequently criticized government policy, the president,
and the ruling party.
Newspapers often ceased publication and were
supplanted by others due to strong competition,
a limited audience, and financial constraints.
Citizens had access to the Internet at Internet cafes, but
home access was prohibitively expensive for most people.
Media / Press Laws
The law requires the right of response in the same
newspaper, thus newspapers often printed responses in
opposition to earlier articles, although often not with the
prominence accorded to the original story."
The law authorizes the government to initiate criminal
libel prosecutions against officials. In addition, the state
may criminalize a civil libel suit at its discretion or at the
request of the plaintiff. Criminal libel was punishable by
three months to two years in prison.
407
IVORY COAST
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
20
20
21
21
21
5.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2003 WAN assessment; 2004-2005 WAN from public sources; 2006
WAN estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
190
190
0.00

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
12,944.0 13,093.2 14,884.7

7.ab

(Communaute Financiere Africaine franc BCEAO, 000)
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
GDP per capita

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
7,201
9,964
490
17,655
41
56
3
100
477.0
489.0
499.0

8.ba
Male
000
3,547
5,024
239
8,810
40
57
3
100
Female
000
%
3,654
4,940
251
8,845
41
56
3
100
Title
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Ivoire Soir
Fraternit Matin
LInter
Soir Info
Le Front
Le Nouveau Rveil
Le Patriote
Le Temps
Douze
Notre Voie
24 Heures
Le Jour
Le National
Loeil du peuple
Government
Ivorian Popular Front
(FPI)
-
Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(Communaute Financiere
Africaine franc BCEAO)
55
25
22
20
10
10
10
10
10
5
748
1,104
878
1,215
1,631
1,317
994
-
1,570
-
Source: HMI; WAN from public sources
408
JAMAICA
The Jamaican economy is heavily dependent on services,
which now account for 60% of GDP. The country
continues to derive most of its foreign exchange from
remittances,
tourism,
and
bauxite/alumina.
The economy faces serious long-term problems: high
interest rates, increased foreign competition, exchange
rate instability, a sizable merchandise trade deficit, largescale unemployment and underemployment, and a high
debt burden. The government faces the difficult
prospect of having to achieve fiscal discpline in order to
maintain debt payments while simultaneously attacking
a serious and growing crime problem that is hampering
economic growth. The inflation rate was estimated
at 9.1% in 2006.
The country has two national daily newspapers,
The Gleaner and the Jamaica Observer, and an
afternoon tabloid, The Daily Star, published every day
except Sunday. Established in 1834, The Gleaner is the
oldest operating newspaper in the Caribbean.

The Jamaica Observer began in March 1993 as a weekly
newspaper and became a daily in December 1994; it is
majority-owned by Mr. Gordon Butch Stewart with
minority shares held by The Trinidad Express and other
entities.
The Sunday Herald is one of a number of national and
regional periodicals, serving a variety of sectors and
interests. The three largest newspapers are all privately
owned, and foreign publications are widely available.
Media / Press Laws
The independent media were active and expressed
a wide variety of views without restriction. However,
some local media professionals expressed concern that
the countrys libel laws limited their freedom
of expression. Specifically, news outlets reported
the need to self-censor investigative reports because
of the potential for courts to award high damages in
cases of defamation.
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

paid-for dailies
115
115
56
59
115
115
56
59
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa
2002
GDP
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
913
1,644
201
2,758
33
60
7
100
Female
000
%
000
464
809
90
1,363
34
59
7
100
449
835
111
1,395
32
60
8
100
7.ab
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
684.2
775.6
2006
835.8

1998
GDP per capita
8.ba
3
3
2
1
(Jamaica, dollar, 000)

1999
2000
2001
131.0
143.0
2002
155.0
Number of titles

paid-for dailies
408
Source: 2002 IFS; ZenitOptimedia; 2004-2006 CIA - The World Factbook

Male

3.a
(Jamaica, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
3
3
2
1
3
3
2
1
3
3
2
1
3
3
2
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Title
Publisher
1
Circulation (000) Readership (000) Format
The Star
The Gleaner Company
The Gleaner 2
The Gleaner Company
Jamaica Observer -
59
45 3
11
200
200
-
Tabloid
Tabloid

Evening newspaper, Monday-Friday
The oldest operating newspaper in the Caribbean, established in 1834
3
Published Monday-Sunday; Sunday Gleaner circulation is 115,000
and readership 705,000
1
2
409
JAPAN
The growth of the Japanese economy remained relatively
firm in the fiscal year 2005, with a nominal growth rate
of 1.8% and 3.2% in real terms. In mid-2005, increased
activity in capital-equipment investments on the back of
favorable corporate results, the completion of inventory
adjustments for IT-related goods and a recovery in
exports, among other factors, helped pull the economy
out of the soft patch that had continued since the second
half of 2004. Subsequently, citing a gradual upturn in
the economy, the Bank of Japan decided to rescind its
zero-interest policy in July 2006.
While ripples of economic recovery were seen in some
areas of the newspaper industry, the industry remains in
a harsh business environment, under the impact of
declining circulation due partly to an increase in nonsubscribers (particularly among younger generations)
and a decrease in advertising sales resulting from media
competition. As the volume of information available to
society has increased dramatically with the diffusion of
the Internet, in particular, the most important issue for
the newspaper business now is how to achieve
integration with the Internet. Against this business
climate, newspaper companies are working to improve
their corporate structure by rigorously cutting
equipment costs, newsprint costs, personnel costs and
other expenditures, thereby attempting to improve their
profitability.
According to the Survey on Newspaper Business
Trends conducted by Nihon Shinbun Kyokai (targeting
42 companies whose accounting year ended during
FY2005, i.e., between April 2005 and March 2006), a
small increase of 0.9% in gross revenue compared to the
previous term, coupled with a 1.1% decrease in gross
expenditures, produced 87.0% growth in net profit for
the term.
In terms of revenue, advertising revenue fell by 1.9%;
sales revenue dropped by 0.4%, falling for the third
consecutive term, while other operating revenue
(including publishing and commissioned printing)
increased by 3.7%. Reflecting the slump in sales and
advertising, overall operating sales turnover decreased by
0.3%.
In terms of expenditures, the aforementioned Survey
on Newspaper Business Trends reveals that newsprint
costs (down 2.8%), equipment costs (down 6.8%),
personnel costs (down 1.0%) and sundry expenses
(down 0.6%) all decreased, resulting in a 1.1% decline
in operating expenditures. Since the decrease in
operating expenditures exceeded that in operating sales
turnover, operating profit reversed and registered an
410
increase, and ordinary profit (combining both operating

and non-operating profit-and-loss) maintained
a keynote of growth. The net profit-and-loss for the
term, reflecting special profit-and-loss and corporation
tax reserves, turned to a surplus. With this, the industry
shifted from the previous terms keynote of increased
revenue but reduced profit at the net profit stage to one
of a slight increase in revenue and increased profit. As
stated above, however, this is the result of efforts to
reduce costs rather than growth in sales.
Advertising
According to Advertising Expenditures in Japan
(advertising trend statistics published by Dentsu Inc.),
gross advertising expenditures in 2005 increased by
1.8% over the previous year, while such expenditures in
newspapers fell by 1.7%. Expenditures in the Internet,
conversely, saw a huge increase of 54.8%. Gross
advertising expenditures in 2006 were 5,995.4 trillion
yen, up 0.6% from the previous year, but of this
newspapers registered only 998.6 billion yen (down
3.8%), falling below the one-trillion mark. On the other
hand, expenditures on the Internet increased by 29.3%,
continuing the brisk growth seen in the previous year.
Circulation
The total circulation of all newspapers in October 2005
was 52.56 million, a decrease of some 450,000 from the
previous year; this fell by another 250,000 to 52.31
million in October 2006. Similarly, subscriptions per
household decreased in consecutive years, falling from
1.06 copies in 2004 to 1.04 in 2005 and 1.02 in 2006.
Almost all newspapers have websites. With few
exceptions, their webpages have editorial content.
Ownership
Nowadays, media concerns are governed by legal
regulations designed to ensure freedom of expression
and diversity of opinion, namely: 1) restriction on the
possession or transfer of shares (power of veto by the
board) by daily newspaper publishers, 2) prohibition of
cross-ownership by newspapers, TV and radio
companies (cross-holdings or interlocking directorates)
and 3) restrictions on foreign investment in broadcasters
(20% upper limit).
All member newspapers of NSK have four-colour print
capabilities.
Postal Issues
Third-class mail, the special discount system for current
periodicals under the Mail Law (Article 23), also applies
to newspapers. A Bill Concerning the Privatization of
Postal Administration (including the privatization of
JAPAN
postal service) was adopted at a plenary session of the
House of Representatives in October 2005, and from
October 2007 the service is to be divided into four new
companies. Nevertheless, it has been decided that thirdclass mail will continue to exist even after the creation of
the new companies.
Source: Nihon Shinbun Kyokai (NSK)

persons) (2005)
2.d
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
394
4,549
6,220
6,624
7,364
6,786
31,937
1
14
19
21
23
21
100
Source: Population Census
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies 2
Total free dailies 3
Regional and local
free dailies
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
17,533
13,742
18,039
16,932
16,166
18,850
25,792
127,055
106
105
5
100
108
107
5
102
108
107
5
102
108
107
5
102
0.93
0.94
0.00
0.99
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 NSK, except free papers, which are from Japan ABC; 2005
NSK
Map: CIA - The World Factbook
2.a
107
106
5
101
14
11
14
13
13
15
20
100
Male
000
8,984
7,020
9,226
8,616
8,128
9,290
10,891
62,155
15
11
15
14
13
15
18
100
Female
000
%
8,550
6,722
8,813
8,316
8,038
9,560
14,901
62,155
13
10
14
13
12
15
23
100
Including specialised titles. Japanese dailies are normally published from Monday
through Sunday under the same title. Weekday (Monday to Saturday) and Sunday
editions are not regarded as separate publications, as opposed to The Times and
The Sunday Times perceived as separate titles in the United Kingdom.
1
Only member companies of NSK, which comprises nearly all paid-for daily
newspapers in Japan; adjusted for this research.
Including sports papers; all regional editions published by regional headquarters

of the same company are counted as one title.
Reported by the Japan Audit Bureau of Circulations (ABC). These papers

are not NSK members. The ABC definition of free newspapers: 1) having a title;
2) published periodically; 3) composed of printed material carrying purchased
advertising; and 4) mostly delivered free of charge.
Source: Survey on the Basic Resident Register

Fiscal year 2005
(2005)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
14,457
13,024
9,196
7,707
4,678
49,063
30
27
19
16
10
100
Without children
With children:
aged 0-5
aged 0-17
Total
Households
000
%
36,659
75
5,172
12,403
49,063
11
25
100
411
JAPAN
3.b
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies 2
Regional and local
free dailies
70,892 70,419 70,446

70,815 70,339 70,364
39,773 39,595 39,787
31,042 30,744 30,577
77
77
80
80

(2006)
5.b
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 1 2006/02 2006/05
69,763 69,184
69,680 69,100
39,365 39,121
30,315 29,979
82
82
83
83
84
84
-2.41
-2.42
-1.64
-3.42
-0.83
-0.83
-0.62
-1.11
9.09
9.09
1.20
1.20
Source: NSK, except free papers, which are from Japan ABC; annual survey of NSK
member newspapers, conducted by its Circulation Section every October.
Age
% daily reach
within age
group
15-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-59
60-69
Total
86.0
82.0
90.8
95.4
96.1
97.0
92.5
Source: NSK
Many Japanese dailies publish morning and evening editions on the same day
under the same title. The above figures count morning and evening editions
separately as two copies.
This survey is conducted biannually

5.c
The figures represent copies printed, not copies sold.

Including sports papers
3
Many free dailies in Japan are like expanded advertising inserts, including
restaurant and cosmetics information for women, rather than Western-style
free newspapers. Unlike in the rest of the world, free dailies in Japan are not
necessarily distributed on the street or offered at subway stations for commuters
to pick up. Instead, they are mostly distributed as inserts in paid-for papers,
or by home delivery. In fact, only 957,083 copies out of their total circulation
of 23,684,192 are distributed for pick-up, according to the Audit Bureau
of Circulations.
Media consumption
4.b
2001
All newspapers 1
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
27
29
97
206
51
27
25
94
196
71
2005
26 2
26
92
199
89
Source: NSK
This survey is conducted biannually; figures show minutes spent per day reading
a morning paper on a workday; figures represent only dailies.
Sales revenues
(Japan, yen, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
1,286,000 1,275,000 1,265,000 1,257,300 1,256,200
-2.32
-0.09
Source: NSK, Dentsu
Minutes spent by reading a morning paper on a workday,

without non-dailies and Sundays
The figure reported is for weekday consumption; 29.8 is the average number
of minutes per day on the weekend
2002 Survey period for sales revenues changed from calendar year to fiscal year
2004 Excluding VAT. As the survey period was changed in 2002 from the calendar
year to fiscal year, figures for 2002 and 2003 represent total revenues April-March,
while those for 2000 and 2001 represent revenues January-December.
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
2005 Excluding VAT. The survey period is the fiscal year, from April to March.
Dailies
4.c
Single copy sales

Subscriptions 1
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Other
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
5.6
93.8
93.8
0.5
100
5.6
93.9
93.9
0.5
100
5.5
94.0
93.9
0.5
100
5.3
94.2
94.2
0.5
100
5.1
94.4
94.3
0.1
0.5
100
7.aa
Total number of copies sold and distributed by subscriptions is almost the same
as the total circulation.
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
(Japan, yen)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription 1
89
104
107
102
29.11
-4.67
60.00 2 250.00 3
50.00 167.00
Source: NSK
The above figures represent all member
newspapers of NSK; single copy prices of
the 5 national dailies are 100 yen to 140
yen for the morning edition; all evening
editions of the 5 national dailies are 50
yen.
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
Source: NSK
92.0
92.5
91.6

2001
GDP
(Japan, yen, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
506,000.0 498,000.0 498,000.0 511,000.0 517,300.0

7.ab
Source: NSK
1
79
Source: NSK

2000
GDP per capita
(Japan, yen, 000)

2001
2002
2003
4,026.0 3,975.0 3,909.0
2004
3900.0
4,005.0

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.16
1.16
1.18
1.19
1.18
Source: Dentsu Inc., Advertising Expenditures in Japan 2006
Prices reported are for the morning

and evening editions
2
Price reported is for the morning
edition, the evening edition is 30 yen
3
Price reported is for the morning
edition, the evening edition is 120 yen
412
JAPAN
7.ba

(Japan, yen, bln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Outdoor 1
Internet
Others
Total
1,475.8
1,070.7
405.1
1,935.1
183.7
523.5
84.5
1,722.0
4,202.6
1,453.5 1,452.9 1,432.2

1,050.0 1,055.9 1,037.7
403.5 397.0 394.5
1,948.0 2,043.6 2,041.1
180.7 179.5 177.8
498.7 505.1 507.8
118.3 181.4 280.8
1,733.0 4,199.2 4,362.5 4,439.7
1,433.3
1,037.3
396.0
2,042.0
176.4
508.0
383.1
4,542.8
1,427.8
1,033.2
394.6
2,054.4
174.9
516.5
484.3
4,657.9
1,419.8
1,028.0
391.8
2,060.9
173.5
514.0
575.8
4,744.0
1,409.1
1,020.6
388.5
2,065.9
171.8
512.0
659.1
4,817.9
Source: Dentsu, ZenithOptimedia

After discounts; includes classified; includes production costs; includes agency
commission
1
(Japan, yen, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Transportation / Leisure
Publications
Distribution / Retailing
Classified Ads / Others
Finance / Insurance
Information / Communications
Real Estate / Housing Facilities
Education / Medical Service
/ Religion
Foodstuffs
Automobiles / Related Products
15.4
9.8
9.6
7.7
7.7
7.3
5.7
5.7
5.5
4.4
Source: Dentsu Inc., Advertising

Expenditures in Japan 2006
Including Transport
7.c

categories (2006)
869,000 771,000 754,000 755,000 744,000
-14.38
2002 survey period for sales revenues changed from calender year to fiscal year
2004 Excluding VAT. As the survey period was changed in 2002 from the calendar
year to fiscal year, figures 2002-2003 represent total revenue April-March, while
those for 2001 represent revenue January-December.
2005 Excluding VAT. The survey period is the fiscal year, from April to March.
Figures of paid-for dailies include only member companies of NSK, which
comprises nearly all of Japans paid-for daily newspapers, and are adjusted for this
research.
64,056.8
62,258.2
51,923.0
41,716.9
41,163.3
38,138.6
34,716.9
33,233.3
31,873.2
29,690.5
Source: MRS

(2005)
8.a
Publisher 1
-1.46
Source: NSK, Dentsu
Hankyu Express
International
Toyota Motor
JTB
Nikkei Inc.
Kowa Shinyaku
Telemart
Dell
Nihon Chokuhan
ALICO
AC
Volume
(columns)
Total circulation
(000)
The Yomiuri Shimbun

The Asahi Shimbun
Sankei Shimbun
The Mainichi Newspapers
The Chunichi Shimbun
Nihon Keizai Shimbun
Tokyo Sports Press
The Nikkan Sports News
The Hokkaido Shimbun Press
The Sports Nippon Newspapers
14,022
11,922
5,734
5,556
5,341
5,116
2,501
1,978
1,942
1,819
Source: Japan Audit Bureau

of Circulations (ABC), NSK
7.d

1

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
In colour
Total
988,000 1,097,000 1,215,000 1,337,000

6,041,000 5,960,000 6,016,000 6,112,000 6,081,000
Source: NSK, Dentsu

Columns

Display 1
Classified 2
Inserts 3
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
95.9
4.1
100
96.0
4.0
100
96.2
3.8
100
92.7
7.3
100
92.3
7.7
100
Circulation data are from the Japan

Audit Bureau of Circulations (ABC).
Some of the above companies also
publish non-dailies, but
the circulation data here represent
dailies only. Circulation figures for
The Asahi Shimbun Company, Sankei
Shimbun Co., Ltd., The Chunichi
Shimbun, Nihon Keizai Shimbun, Inc.,
The Hokkaido Shimbun Press and
The Sports Nippon Newspapers are
a combination of figures determined
by the ABC and those provided by
the companies themselves. Also,
circulation figures for Tokyo Sports
Press and The Nikkan Sports News
are declared by the papers
themselves.
Source: Dentsu: Advertising Expenditures in Japan 2006

1
Display advertising means all newspaper advertising other than classified / other
ads.
2
Classified and others. Others include personal notices, multi-advertiser messages,
corporate group advertising, etc.
3
In Japan, revenue from inserts goes to the delivery agency - not to newspaper
companies.
413
JAPAN
8.ba

Circulation 1
Title
Language
Publisher
Yomiuri Shimbun
The Asahi Shimbun
Mainichi Shimbun
The Nikkei
Chunichi Shimbun
Tokyo Sports
Sankei Shimbun
Nikkan Sports
Yukan Fuji
Sankei Sports
Hokkaido Shimbun
Sports Nippon
Hochi Shimbun
Daily Sports
Chunichi Sports
Nishinippon Shimbun
Shizuoka Shimbun
Chugoku Shimbun
Tokyo Shimbun
Kobe Shimbun
Kyoto Shimbun
Kahoku Shimpo
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
Japanese
The Yomiuri Shimbun

The Asahi Shimbun Company
The Mainichi Newspapers
Nikkei Inc.
Tokyo Sports Press
Sankei Shimbun Co., Ltd.
The Nikkan Sports News
The Hokkaido Shimbun Press
The Sports Nippon Newspapers
The Hochi Shimbun
The Daily Sports
The Nishinippon Newspaper Co.
The Shizuoka Shimbun
The Chugoku Shimbun
The Kobe Shimbun
The Kyoto Shimbun Co., Ltd.
Kahoku Shimpo Publishing Co.
(000)
Cover price 2
evening
morning
(Japan, yen) (USD) (Japan, yen) (USD)
10,025
8,088
3,966
3,042
2,758
2,425 6
2,191
1,920
1,559 7
1,368
1,209
1,074 8
1,013
999
874
849
717
717
588
561
509
501
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
120.00
50.00
50.00
30.00
50.00
40.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
0.43
1.02
0.43
0.43
0.26
0.43
0.34
0.43
0.43
0.43
130.00
130.00
130.00
140.00
110.00
100.00
130.00
130.00
130.00
130.00 9
130.00
130.00
100.00
110.00
80.00
130.00
100.00
130.00
130.00
110.00
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.20
0.94
0.85
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
0.85
0.94
0.68
1.11
0.85
1.11
1.11
0.94
Format
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono 3
Colour 4
(Japan, yen)
47,910,000
39,855,000
25,920,000
17,730,000
17,400,000 5
13,950,000
7,479,000
2,080,000
5,745,000
7,395,000
7,546,500
6,453,000
3,915,000
3,300,000
5,985,000
4,650,000
3,810,000
17,400,000
4,050,000
3,450,000
56,450,000
47,435,000
32,692,000
22,630,000
20,750,000
16,350,000
9,829,000
2,930,000
7,045,000
8,595,000
9,946,500
8,653,000
5,065,000
3,990,000
7,185,000
5,520,000
4,910,000
20,750,000
5,050,000
4,250,000
Source: Circulation: Japan Audit Bureau of Circulation (ABC); Ad rates: Japan Advertising Agencies Association (JAAA)
Circulation figures for Sports Nippon and Hochi Shimbun can be either a figure determined by ABC or one declared by the paper itself, as different headquarters use
different methods. Also, circulation figures for Tokyo Sports, Nikkan Sports, Sankei Sports, Daily Sports and Chunichi Sports are declared by the papers themselves; total
readership figures are not available.
1
As regards a set paper with a morning and evening paper on the same day under the same title, the circulation figures represent morning papers only; the figures
represent copies sold, not copies printed.
2
Cover price is for a single copy sale; the exchange rate for USD1 is 117 yen.
3
Cost of advertising represents a contract rate for 15 columns (full page), from 3 to 6 months.
4
Cost of advertising is for all editions, full-colour, morning edition, 15 columns (full page).
5
Figure for full-page ad rate for Chunichi Shimbun indicates the price for ads in both Chunichi Shimbun and Tokyo Shimbun.
6
Circulation figures for Tokyo Sports include those for Chukyo Sports, Osaka Sports and Kyushu Sports, which are different editions published by the same newspaper
company. Kyushu Sports is a morning paper with a cover price at 130 yen. The other titles are evening papers at 120 yen.
7
Circulation figure for Yukan Fuji is declared by the paper itself.
8
Circulation figures for Sports Nippon include those for Osaka and Seibu headquarters.
9
Cover price for Tokyo and Seibu editions of Sports Nippon are 130 yen (USD1.11), Osaka edition is 120 yen (USD1.06).
8.bb
10.a
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Format
Keizai no Denshobato
Japanese
Denshobato
84
Tabloid
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets Tabloids
-
Source: Japan Audit Bureau of Circulations (ABC)

9.a
110
103
3
106
103
3
106
107
3
110
-
108
-
-1.82
-
-1.82
These figures are for NSK member companies only
Employment
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

20,851 21,311 20,979 20,315 20,773 1

54,015 53,488 51,863 49,523 49,668 1
Source: NSK
-0.37
-8.05
2.25
0.29
11.
Research
Japan Audit Bureau of Circulations (ABC)
2005 Including 1,540 journalists working for news agencies

1
Including 1,537 journalists working for news agencies
2
Including 2,875 employees working for news agencies
414
JAPAN
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT 1
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Tax on profits standard rate 2, 3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Source: NSK
1
VAT means consumption tax

The standard tax rate applies to newspapers just like in other industries
3
See table below
2
Corporations with capital of more than 100 million yen

Corporation tax
(national tax)
Enterprise tax on corporation

(local tax)
Corporations with capital of no

more than 100 million yen
Corporations with capital

of more than 100 million yen
(Enterprise tax on corporation
= Income levy
+ Added value levy
+ Capital levy)
30%
For annual income of more than 8 million yen
30%
For annual income of no more than 8 million yen
22%
Income levy
For annual income

over 4 million yen or less
3.8%
For annual income from more than

4 million yen to 8 million yen or less
5.5%
For annual income

7.2%
Added value levy
0.48%
Capital levy
0.2%
For annual income over 4 million yen or less

Corporations with capital of no
5%
For annual income from more than 4 million yen to 8 million yen or less
7.3%
For annual income more than 8 million yen
9.6%
415
JAPAN
13.a
Subsidies generally
15.a

None, other than a preferential exemption from import
duty on newsprint.
No, just slightly more favourable depreciation rules for
cars and photographic machinery.
No. There is a retail price maintenance system for
newspapers.
a) restrict stock transfers to parties unrelated to the daily

newspapers operations, and
Discounts (2005)
Discount rate (%) 1
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
see table below

0
0
0
0
Source: Japan Post

1

companies?
Yes. The relevant law is no. 212 of 1951, revised 1966,
Ownership of Stocks and Equity in a Joint-Stock
Company and Limited Liability Company publishing
Daily Newspapers. This allows publishing companies
articles of association to:
b) force a shareholder to divest his shares if he loses his

ties to the newspaper.
Source: NSK
14.
Postal reductions in yens
Kind
First-class (letters)
Third-class
(approved
periodicals,
unsealed)
416
Content
Non-standard-sized
items
A single copy, or
a number of copies
equivalent to one-day
mailed newspaper
issue published at
least three times
a month and mailed
by the publisher
or distributor.
Weight
Charge
up to 50 g
120 yen
up to 100 g
140 yen
up to 150 g
200 yen
up to 250 g
240 yen
up to 500 g
390 yen
up to 1 kg
580 yen
up to 2 kg
850 yen
up to 4 kg
1,150 yen
up to 50 g
40 yen
For each additional

50 g over 50 g up
to 1kg

No
same locality?
No law directly regulates the above activities. An
ordinance by the Ministry of Public Management,
Home Affairs, Posts and Telecommunications prohibits
a business entity or an individual from controlling
a newspaper, terrestrial television and AM radio in the
same service area.
Some large companies are required to produce
investment reports under a 1992 amendment to the
Securities and Investment Act.
press?
None, other than the MPT edict above.
No
+ 6 yen
Source: NSK
JAPAN
15.b
Owners
Private TV
Licensees
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
National
Newspaper
Owners
Satellite TV
Broadcasters

National Radio
Licensees
Foreign Investors
Private TV
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
1) voting rights to a maximum of half are allowed

2) less than one-fifth of officers allowed double duties;
3) a representative officer
or full-time officer is prohibited from double duties
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
A) The Broadcasting Law and regulations in Japan prohibit in principle a juridical or an individual person from controlling two or more broadcasting stations. Either of the
following conditions applies when two or more broadcasting stations are controlled by one of the above persons.
i) A broadcasting station within the same broadcasting service area is allowed to have less than one-tenth of the voting rights, while the limitation is lifted to less than one-fifth
when the service area is different.
ii) More than one-fifth of officers in a broadcasting station are prohibited from doubling as officers in a separate broadcasting station.
iii) A representative officer or a full-time officer is prohibited from doubling in the same position in a separate broadcasting station.
B) No regulation exists concerning the control of one private television. The same rule described in A applies to the control of two or more private television stations. On March
30, 2004, the Ministry of Public Management, Home Affairs, Posts, and Telecommunications made partial amendments to the ministerial ordinance for executing broadcasting laws
and Essential Standards for Establishing Broadcasting Stations to revise the principle of excluding multiple ownership of the media as follows.
I) When seven broadcasting service areas at most are adjacent, the upper limit of voting rights is relaxed to less than one-third from the existing one-fifth.
II) In the case of
a) when every broadcasting service area is adjacent to at least another service area or
b) in designated areas acknowledged by the minister as the same level of regional affinity as stated in a), voting rights limitations as well as regulations about double duty for
board members do not apply. Mergers or wholly owned subsidiaries are thus admitted.
C) Operating AM radio stations within the same broadcasting area is allowed. Otherwise, the principle of media ownership shall apply. Prohibitions against operating three media
businesses also apply.
D) Prohibitions against operating three media businesses apply.
E) No broadcasting license shall be granted to:
a) a person not holding Japanese nationality; b) a foreign government or its representative; c) a foreign juridical person or organization; d) a juridical person or organization which
is represented by any person referred to in the preceding three items, or one-fifth or more officers of which are such persons, or one-fifth or more voting rights of which are made
up of the aggregate of voting rights held by such persons. A juridical person or an individual person is prohibited from operating three media businesses within the same
broadcasting service area. However, when there is no possibility for the above persons to monopolize the distribution of news or information, the prohibition shall not apply.
Also, the prohibitions do not apply to public broadcaster NHK . All commercial broadcasters in Japan providing terrestrial broadcasting services are local television stations.
417
JORDAN
Jordan imported most of its oil from Iraq, but the USled war in Iraq in 2003 made Jordan more dependent on
oil from other Gulf nations, and has forced
the Jordanian Government to raise retail petroleum
product prices and the sales tax base. The export market
of Jordan, which is heavily dependent on exports to Iraq,
was also affected by the war but recovered quickly while
contributing to the Iraq recovery effort. The inflation
Advertising
The advertising sector in Jordan has witnessed five
consecutive years of significant growth, driven by
liberalization of key industrial sectors such as
telecommunications in addition to the launch of new
private newspapers, magazines, and broadcasters.
According to the Jordan Chapter of the International
Advertising Association (IAA), the year 2005 registered
a record high in advertising expenditure of USD162
million, up from USD121 million in 2004.

The law provides foreign media operations freedom of
expression. Radio and television news broadcasts, more
restricted than the print media, underwent limited
liberalization during the year.
The print media, and the dailies in particular, claimed

the biggest share of ads, based on figures compiled by
Ipsos-Stat. In 2005, USD129.5 million was spent on
press advertising, amounting to 80 percent of the total
advertising expenditure. Between 2004 and 2005, print
advertising expenditure grew by 31 percent. Radio
witnessed the highest increase 130 percent totaling
USD8.2 million in ads during 2005 as new radio
stations entered the market. State television recorded
a rise in advertising, which reached USD11.1 million in
2005, up from USD8 million the previous year.
However, state television used to attract a much greater
share 28 percent of the total advertising expenditure in
2001, compared with 7 to 8 percent in 2005.
A survey conducted by Ipsos-Stat in 2005 showed that

67 percent of Jordanians have satellite dishes, which cost
an average of USD100 and are affordable to many.
There are six Arabic newspapers and one English daily
newspaper. There are 22 weeklies and one biweekly, and
that category includes an English weekly and two
political party newspapers. Weeklies include Sheehan,
Al-Itijah (The Direction), Al-Majd (The Glory),
Al-Sabeel (The Path), Al-Hilal (The Crescent),
Al-Jazeera (The Island or The Arab Peninsula),
Al-Shahid (The Witness), Al-Liwa (The Brigade), and
The Star. None of these are completely governmentowned, but the government holds shares in them.
Pan-Arab papers such as Al Hayat, Al Sharq Al Awsat,
and A Quds Al Arabi are also sold in Jordan at nearly 45
US cents for each edition. Foreign international
publications also exist, but their reach is limited to
English-speaking Jordanians and the prices are a barrier.
There is a rotation between the press and the
government, as a number of editors-in-chief have
become ministers, or returned to their editorial positions
after leaving government. In general, the weeklies are
perceived as more progressive and independent than the
dailies, which tend to speak on behalf of, or agree with,
the government. There are no magazines of general
interest, only a number of small specialised periodicals
and journals.
Advertising is the primary source of income for

newspapers, and it remains closely linked with the
papers circulations. There is no law in Jordan that
specifies the ratio of advertising to other content, and
not all follow the customary 40 percent advertising
consistent with international standards.
The government at times pressures ministries not to
advertise in media outlets they dislike. In the largest
pro-government paper, Al Rai, and at Al Ghad,
advertising constituted about 70 percent of the papers
revenues in 2005. Other sources of income for the print
media come from sales, subscriptions, and printing.
Ads in Ad-Dustour, one of the three main papers,
constitute 35 percent of the revenue with the main
source of revenue coming from printing other papers,
weeklies, and school curricula.
In 2005, thenPrime Minister Adnan Badran

announced that government advertising and
subscriptions would be authorized only through him
personally. Some of the weeklies suffered financially,
including Al Mihwar weekly, which lost about
Unlike in other Arab countries, such as Egypt and USD25,000 (or 60 percent of its profits), according to
Lebanon, no regional editions of non-Jordanian its editor-in-chief.
newspapers are published in Jordan. In regional
comparison, the Jordanian press is regarded as more Online / Digital Publishing
liberal than the press in Syria, but less innovative than in Internet is available, although the price is considered
Egypt or Lebanon.
a barrier. Ipsos-Stats 2005 survey of 2,400 Jordanians
418
JORDAN
over the age of 15 showed that 25.5 percent use the
Internet; of those, only 8.3 percent are subscribers.
In the past the government opened investigations
attempting to determine who was responsible for
Internet sites that allegedly libeled the king; however, no
one was known to have been prosecuted in such cases
during the year. In the past there were reports of
government interference with Internet access, including
several Web sites that appear to have been blocked.
Ownership
No Jordanian laws ask media outlets to disclose their
ownership. But such information can be obtained easily
from the Companies Controller at the Ministry of
Industry and Trade. Article 22 of the Press and
Publications Law stipulates that the name of the
publisher and editor-in-chief be listed in newspapers.
The government owns shares in two dailies through the
Social Security Corporation 55 percent in Al Rai and
30 percent in Ad-Dustour.
Media / Press Laws
There are nearly 20 statutes in Jordan that are related to
the media, chief among them the Press and Publications
Law and the penal code.
The penal code provides that insulting the king and
stirring sectarian strife and sedition, could be invoked
to punish journalists. According to the penal code the
punishment for defamation of the king or royal family
is three years in prison and a fine not exceeding
USD700 (500 dinars). Additionally, citizens may be
prosecuted for slandering the government, or foreign
leaders, and for offending religious beliefs.
Membership in the Jordan Press Association (JPA) is
required for persons to be considered journalists
or editors; the JPA can exercise control over content
or threaten disciplinary measures. The law gives the
association the authority to hold disciplinary councils
against any journalists that violate the rules or ethics
of the profession.
The Press and Publications Law provides the
government with limited ability to issue fines, transfers
the power to withdraw licenses to the judiciary, limits
significantly the governments power to order
shutdowns of printing presses, allows journalists to cover
court proceedings unless the court ruled otherwise, and
requires publications to be licensed. Article 35 of the
Press and Publications Law gives the Prime Ministry the
right to withhold publishing any printed material. The
law imposes strict limits on publications, which gave the
government broad leeway to impose sanctions. During
the year the government used informants and censors at
printing presses to inform it if particularly objectionable
material was slated for print.
The Prevention of Terrorism Act enacted on November

1 was criticized as limiting free speech. Some human
rights groups alleged that the broad definition of
terrorist speech and opinion under the Act could lead to
arrest and detention of government critics. However, the
government has not to date used the Act.
Article 150 of the penal code prohibits writing or speech
that is intended to, or results in, stirring up sectarian or
racial tension or strife among different elements of the
nation.
Editors-in-chief need to have ten consecutive years
experience in journalism and be members of the Jordan
Press Association for at least three years.
Market entry for media outlets is governed by the
financial conditions stipulated in the Press and
Publications Law. The minimum capital requirements
are USD700,000 for daily publications, USD70,000 for
nondailies, and USD7,000 for specialized publications
such as monthly magazines or advertising weeklies.
Of 23 weeklies and seven dailies, only four daily
newspapers have their own presses. Al Ghad, which
entered the market in 2004, has state-of-the-art
equipment. Smaller papers such as Al Anbat, which
started publishing in 2005, print on the Al Ghad press.
Ad-Dustour uses its equipment to print another daily,
Addiyar, and a number of weeklies.
All newspapers are equipped with computers, but the
ratio varies from one paper to another, with Al Ghad
having one computer for each journalist.
Newspapers are distributed across Jordan, including
rural and urban areas. They are sold at slightly over 30
US cents each.
There is no state monopoly on distribution. Most
papers, including weeklies, distribute through Aramex, a
provider of transportation services in the Middle East
and Indian subcontinent that acquired the Jordan
Distribution Agency, a private company that used to
distribute over 4,000 publications, including
newspapers. Some papers, including Ad-Dustour and
Arab Alyawm, an independent Arabic newspaper, have
their own inhouse distribution systems.
Taxes
The 20 percent tax and custom fee levied on newsprint
and equipment is a burden for the industry. There is
a 16 percent tax on ad sales, in addition to 1 percent
paid to the Jordanian Press Association from advertising
revenues, and 16 percent sales tax on all printing
services.
419
JORDAN
State Support
The government does not provide subsidies for private
media, but it owns shares in Al Rai and Ad-Dustour.
Other Factors
The average income in the print media is estimated at
USD500 monthly, and perhaps 20 percent more at the
most profitable paper, the pro-government Al Rai.

At the state-run radio and television, the average salary
is between USD350 and USD500 monthly. As a result
of these low wages talented journalists tend to leave
Jordan to work with regional satellite channels or join
foreign media outlets.
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Jordan, dinar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
16.8
19.7
2006
20.5

(2003)
7.g
Advertiser
Expenditure
(Jordan, dinar, 000)
Brand
Jtc Telephone Co.
Fastlink
Mobilecom
Jordan Tourism
Bank of Jordan
Arab Bank
Housing Bank
Ez Link
Al Ahli B. Jordan
1,903
1,691
1,624
1,088
948
856
783
725
560
531
Source: Pan Arab Research Center

8.ba

2.a
Title
Language Publisher
Al Ghad 1
Arabic
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
1,994
3,683
230
5,907
34
62
4
100
Male
000
1,018
1,967
112
3,097
33
64
4
100
Ad-Dustour
Arabic
(The Constitution) 2
Female
000
%
976
1,716
118
2,810
35
61
4
100
Al Rai
Arabic
(The Opinion)
Jordan Times English
Al Anbat 3
Arabic

3.a
Al Arab Al-Yawm Arabic

(Arab Today) 4
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

5
4
-
5
-
7
23
7
23
40.00
-
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 WAN from public sources; 2005 IREX - Media Sustainability
Index; Higher Media Council, a government body that monitors the print media;
2006 WAN assessment

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

70
60
65
90
120
71.43
33.33
55 6
0.20
Broadsheet
20
Jordan Press Foundation 15
Jordan Press Foundation 15

Al Anbat Company
for Press & Information
Arab Printers Co.
-
United Jordanian
Company for Press
& Publishing 5
Jordan Company

1
The first independent and private daily in Jordan, launched in August 2004
2
Established in 1967
3
Established in 2005
4
Established in 1998
5
Owned by four Jordanian shareholders
6
Including 35,000 subscribers
12.
3.b
Circulation Cover price Format

(000) (Jordan, dinar)
Taxes (2006)
Tax
VAT on:
Advertising
Newsprint
Plant 1
16
20
16

VAT stands for the sales tax in Jordan
1
Sales tax on all printing services
420
KAZAKHSTAN
Kazakhstan possesses enormous fossil fuel reserves and
plentiful supplies of other minerals and metals. It also
has a large agricultural sector featuring livestock and
grain. The industrial sector of Kazakhstan rests on the
extraction and processing of these natural resources and
also on a growing machine-building sector specializing
in construction equipment, tractors, agricultural
machinery, and some defense items. Kazakhstan enjoyed
8% growth or more per year in 2002-06 thanks largely
to its booming energy sector, but also to economic
reform, good harvests, and foreign investments.
There are media in the languages of minority

nationalities, and they are accessible without restriction.
A citizen of Kazakhstan of any nationality may publish
a newspaper in any language; the only restrictions are in
television and radio, where he is required to provide
proportional programming 50 percent in the state
language and 50 percent in other languages. Although
few in number, newspapers in the languages of minority
nationalities are accessible, including in Ukrainian,
Korean, German, and Hebrew.

Current law guarantees all businesses free entry into the
market, but in practice all manner of obstacles are placed
in the way of private media outlets, from the refusal of
Kazakhstan has 1,824 functioning media outlets: 1,202 printers to take their work to the illegal removal of these
newspapers, 483 magazines, 124 television and radio publications from sale by the police and other security
stations, 15 news agencies.
and law-enforcement agencies.
There are no genuinely public media in Kazakhstan, and The daily newspapers with widest circulation are the
private media reflect the views of the government, with Almaty Asia Times (in English), the Almaty Herald (in
the exception of the few opposition newspapers.
English), Ekspress-K (in Russian), Kazakhstanskaya
Pravda (expressing the official views of the government
Since 1998, there has been no genuinely independent in Russian, circulation 55,000), Khalyk Kenesi
television or radio in the country, because all the (in Kazakh), Vecherniy Almaty (in Russian), and
electronic media outlets are in the hands either of Yegemen Kazakhstan (expressing the official views of the
President Nazarbayevs family members or of his closest government in Kazakh, circulation 62,000). The Times
aides who have demonstrated their loyalty, although of Central Asia covers all of Central Asia except
there is no provision in the countrys laws barring the Tajikistan. The weekly Russian-language Karavan,
fair and competitive licensing of television broadcasting. owned by President Nazarbayevs daughter, has
a circulation of about 250,000.
The government controlled nearly all broadcast
transmission facilities. There were 177 television and 40 Newspaper launches / closures
radio stations. Media observers believed that six of the In February 2006, the Almaty city court closed the
seven nationwide television broadcasters were wholly or newspaper Zhuma Times: Data Nedelye for insulting
partly owned by the government.
the presidents dignity and honor. The paper resumed
publishing under the new names Taszhargan and Aina
More than 90 percent of all articles and reports in both Plyus. In early April the government fined and
the electronic and the print media are devoted to the suspended for three months Aina Plyus without
incumbent president, based on assessments by the Edil notification of the court hearing.
Soz International Foundation for Protection of Free
Speech.
Advertising
The private media outlets are, by and large, funded by
The low purchasing power of a substantial percentage their owners, with advertising coming in second among
of the populationone-fifth of which lives below the funding sources, and sales third. Since oligarch-owned
poverty linedoes not permit the broad development entities loyal to the government or controlled by the
of a media market, especially outside urban areas. Rural closest aides of the countrys high-ranking officials own
people are largely limited to the Khabar Television the leading advertising agencies, the main flow of major
Network, which is headed by Dariga Nazarbayeva. The advertising goes to the media outlets controlled by those
independent press by no means reaches all communities, same circles, and also to state-owned media outlets,
and with television under pro-government control, according to the MSI participants.
people are likely to be exposed only to one-sided
information. Many outlying regions still cannot receive Circulation
television broadcasts, and for all intents and purposes fall Newspapers for the most part supply accurate circulation
outside the delivery system for print media.
data due to enforcement of harsh penalties for false
claims that are provided for in the administrative code.
421
KAZAKHSTAN
Many communities do not have telephone service. For
those who can access the Internet, some websites,
including the www.eurasianet.org site, are blocked at
times in Kazakhstan. The government also attempts to
control the granting of domain names.
government control over the media. The law now

requires media owners to re-register upon any change in
editor, address, or frequency of publishing; bans anyone
convicted of libel from holding a managing editor
position at another media outlet; prohibits registering an
outlet under a name similar to one that was shut down
by court action; and imposes fines against broadcasters
Independent web media reported that the government for failing to offer the already required 50-50 mix of
monitored e-mail and Internet activity, blocked or Kazakh and Russian language programming time.
slowed access to opposition websites and materials
critical of Nazarbayev or members of his family, and The law enables the government to restrict media
planted pro-government propaganda in Internet chat content under amendments that prohibit undermining
rooms. The countrys only Internet service providers, state security or advocating class, social, race, national,
state-owned Kaztelecom and Nursat, which are privately or religious superiority, or cruelty and violence. Owners,
owned but regulated by the state, introduced technical editors, distributors, and journalists may be held civilly
controls such as limiting bandwidth and blocking access and criminally responsible for content, regardless of the
via proxy servers. Website content was regularly subject source of information, unless it came from an official
to civil and criminal libel suits.
source. The government used this provision to limit
freedom of the press. Legislation enacted in 2005
Estimates of the number of regular Internet users in the prohibits publication of any statement that promotes or
country range from 100,000 to 600,000 (0.7 percent to glorifies extremism, a term which international legal
4 percent of the population), and these users live almost experts considered unduly vague and called upon the
exclusively in urban areas. The government ordered government to define."
a reduction in the cost of access several times over the
course of the year to increase Internet access. The law on state secrets makes it a criminal offense to
The government reported a 50 percent increase in release any information about the health, finances, or
the number of Internet users in the first nine months private life of the president, as well as economic
of the year, and credited the rate cuts for the increase.
information about the country such as the volumes of
national mineral reserves and the amount of government
Ownership
debt owed to foreign creditors.
Information about the owners of media outlets is, for all
practical purposes, secret, and attempts by journalists to Criminal libel suits could be initiated by private parties
illuminate this issue may result in lawsuits. Kazakhstan on behalf of the government, and an individual filing
has no laws requiring that information concerning such a suit would be able to file a civil suit as well, based
the actual owners of media outlets be made public. upon the same allegations. Officials used the laws
And the public at large does not know to whom big restrictive libel and defamation provisions to constrain
media holding companies and individual media outlets media outlets from publishing unflattering information.
actually belong.
Both the criminal and civil codes contain articles
establishing broad libel liability. The fact that owners,
According to government statistics, 22 percent of the editors, distributors, publishing houses, and journalists
2,479 media outlets were government-owned. were held responsible for the content of information
The overwhelming majority of broadcast media conveyed and had the burden of proving its veracity,
considered to be independent, including the larger regardless of its source, promoted self-censorship at each
outlets, were owned by holding companies believed to be level.
controlled by members of the presidents family and
close circle of friends.
Printing presses are discouraged from handling
Media / Press Laws
opposition newspapers, or their press runs may be
The law provides for the protection of the dignity of the confiscated. Respublika had printing interruptions from
president and prohibits insulting the president and other May 2005. However, when the printer Vremya refused
senior officials. As in previous years, the government to print six opposition newspapers in September 2005,
actively used the law to penalize media criticism of the the Dauir printer immediately signed a contract with
president and other officials and members of the them.
legislature.
The only major press distributor, the state-owned
In July 2006, the president signed controversial new Kazbaspasoz enterprise, is managed in the same way. For
amendments to the countrys media law despite example, in 2004 it unilaterally canceled a contract with
widespread criticism from national and international Respublika and has refused to make a new one.
media advocacy groups. The amendments tightened
422
KAZAKHSTAN
State Support
Officially, the government provides no subsidies to
the media. But in actuality, the authorities accomplish
this through the system of government contracts,
the bidding for which is won by the media outlets that
are controlled either by the authorities or by oligarchowned entities that are close to them, or that follow
editorial policies loyal to the government.
Other Factors
Journalists pay levels vary extremely widely, from
USD50 monthly for district newspaper correspondents
to USD1,500 for top figures at national publications.
Virtually all journalists seek to earn extra money through
covert advertising in their articles.
Associations of publishers and of radio and television
broadcasters do exist in Kazakhstan, and in principle
they attempt to defend and lobby for the interests of
their members with government agencies.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; IREX - Media Sustainability Index
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
All newspapers
952
843
949
992
1,202
26.26
21.17

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
300

7.aa
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,510
10,480
1,243
15,233
23
69
8
100
Male
000
1,793
5,122
438
7,353
24
70
6
100
Female
000
%
1,717
5,358
805
7,880
22
68
10
100
2002
GDP
(Kazakhstan, tenge, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
14,855.5 17,804.4 18,112.8

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher

Egemen Kazakhstan
Kazakh
Kazakhstanskaya Pravda Russian
Zhas Alash
Vecherniy Almaty
Express-K
Kazakh
Russian
Russian
Izvestiya-Kazakhstan
Russian
Komsomolskaya Pravda Russian
- Kazakhstan
Vremya Po
Russian
Circulation 1
(000)
Format
OAO Respublikanskaya
gazeta
Kazakhstanskaya Pravda
TOO Redaktsiya gazety
Express-K
-
78
75
71
26
17
Broadsheet
10
8
Source: Agency BRIF Central Asia; WAN from public sources

1
2002
423
KENYA
Kenya has been hampered by corruption and by reliance
upon several primary goods whose prices have remained
low. The World Bank suspended aid for most of 2006,
and the IMF has delayed loans pending further action by
the government on corruption. The scandals have not
seemed to affect growth, with GDP growing more than
5% in 2006. The inflation rate was estimated at 10.5%
in 2006.
There are three dailies that are published in Uganda but

read in Kenya: The Daily Monitor, New Visionand
Bukedde. There are 15 newspapers published in
Tanzania but also read in Kenya, comprised of six
weeklies and nine dailies. These newspapers have a high
number of expatriate readers.

The number of dailies has not changed since 2000, while
the number of national weeklies increased from five to
nine between 2000 and 2005, including the addition of
the Citizen weekly (a gossip tabloid), the Kenya Monitor
and The Leader.
The Daily Nation was founded in 1960 by the Aga Khan

and is now owned by the Nation Media Group (NMG),
of which the Aga Khan is the principle shareholder. The
NMG also owns the East African, a pan-regional paper,
and the Monitor, a daily in Uganda.
Advertising
There has only been a slight increase in press advertising
in recent years, due partly to slow economic growth.
This appears to be one of the reasons why not so many
Of the several television stations operating in Nairobi, newspapers are in the market. The government is the
the government-owned Kenya Broadcasting Corpo- single greatest advertiser in the two major dailies.
ration (KBC) was the only station with a national
network of broadcast and cable television, AM and FM Readership
radio, and short-wave broadcasts. Although KBC About 7.6 million people reportedly read newspapers,
coverage continued to become more balanced, its and a slight improvement has been noted in the number
monopoly on national broadcasting continued to limit of those who read every day since 2000. NMG research
the ability of opposition leaders and other critics of the shows that daily newspaper sales increased from 211,437
government to communicate with the electorate outside copies to 215,232 between 2000 and 2005 (NMG,
the capital. Stations owned by other media companies, 2006).
including 12 radio stations, operated primarily along the
countrys central corridor and more densely populated A recent survey concluded that most people (75%)
adjacent regions.
consider the media as a source of credible information
(Daily Nation, 2006). However, only a small percentage
The international media remained free to operate; 120 can afford a newspaper every day, and it would seem that
international correspondents worked in the country, and most literate people only aspire to read a paper at least
approximately 100 media organizations reported out of once in a week.
Nairobi. There were three international FM broadcasters
in Nairobi: Radio France International, Voice of In 2006, the most read newspapers were (NMG 2006):
America, and the BBC.
Sunday Nation 74.6%; Daily Nation 74.2%; Standard
23.4%; Sunday Standard 23.4%; The People 1.6%; The
The regulatory framework for broadcast media People on Sunday 1.6%; The Kenya Times 0.8%; and
continued to allow abuse and manipulation in the East African (no figure available).
issuance, withholding, and revoking of broadcast
permits and frequencies.
The Daily Nation is the leading daily in the country in
terms of readership, followed by the Standard. All other
There is one state-owned news agency, the Kenya News dailies fall far below these leading newspapers in
Agency.
readership.
The Standard, on the other hand, is owned by the

Local newspapers apparently continue to be seen as an Standard Group, a group of businessmen associated with
unattractive investment prospect in the country. There former President Moi.
are no significant regional or local papers, with all
publications seeking a national presence.
Public access to the Internet was limited in rural areas
There are six international weeklies and eight with a less developed infrastructure. During the year the
international dailies. There is also an international Ministry of Communications estimated that 1.5 million
monthly Le Monde Diplomatique.
citizens used the Internet.
There are two pan-regional newspapers published in
Kenya: the East African Business and the East African.
424
KENYA
Ownership
The owners of most successful newspapers are also the
owners of other media channels in radio and TV. Both
the Nation Media Group and the Standard Group are
examples of this cross-media ownership.
Media / Press Laws

The media bill requires publishers to purchase a bond of
USD12,800 (one million shillings) before printing any
publication and to deposit copies of their newspapers
and books with a registrar within two weeks of
publication. The law criminalizes the sale or distribution
of publications not deposited or bonded, under penalty
of a fine of USD256 (21,000 shillings) or six months
imprisonment.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department;

BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative
Population by social class
and sex (2004)
2.b
Social class
A+B 1
C1 2
C2 3
D4
E5
Total
All adults
000
%
713
2,071
5,331
6,096
1,889
16,100
4
13
33
38
12
100
Source: Steadman & Associates, ZenithOptimedia projections

1
A + B = fully qualified professional, senior manager, senior government, officer,

professor, owner of large farm, graduate teacher.
C1 = junior/middle manager, foreman, senior clerk, qualified technician,
owner/manager medium size farm, non-graduate teacher, qualified nurse.
3
2004, C2 = skilled manual worker (mechanic, carpenter), junior clerks.
4
D = semi-skilled manual worker; house servant, waiter, shop assistant,
game-scout.
5
E = rural unskilled eg: labourer, rural watchman, sweeper, subsistence farmer.
2
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
Households
000
%
6,100
100

3.a
2.a
Number of titles
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
14,777
19,140
791
34,708
43
55
2
100
Male
000
7,455
9,632
359
17,446
43
55
2
100
Female
000
%
7,322
9,508
432
17,262
42
55
3
100
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
National paid-for
non-dailies
Regional and local
4
4
7
6
5
5
8
7
5
5
9
8
5
5
10
9
5
5
10
9
25.00
25.00
42.86
50.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 WAN assessment; 2005 BBC World Service Trust - African Media
Development Initiative; 2006 WAN estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
211
212
214
215
215
1.90
0.00
Development Initiative; NMG ; 2006 WAN estimate
425
KENYA
7.aa
15.a
(Kenya, shilling, bln)
2003
2004
2005
2002
GDP

companies?
The Books and Newspapers Act restricts publishing
without registration and security bond. Title and copies
of each edition of a publication must be submitted to
the registrar.
2006
2,627.5 2,987.2 2,960.7

7.ab

(Kenya, shilling, 000)
1999
2000
2001
1998
GDP per capita
26.0
2002
28.6
30.7

Yes. Foreigners can be leading shareholders but cannot
own a media company outright, or any other company
incorporated locally.

7.ac
1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
0.53
0.56
Ad expenditure

7.c
(Kenya, shilling, mln)
Change (%)
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001/97 2001/00
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) -
1,745.0 1,817.0
4.13
A+B+C+D = total dailies + total non-dailies + total Sundays + online newspapers

categories (2000)

(2000)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Media
Transport
Household
Office equipment
Finance/insurance
Retail
Beverages
Tourism/entertainment
Foods
Hygiene/cosmetics
Uchumi Supermarkets
Nation TV
KTN TV
Nakumatt Supermarkets
East African Standard
Nation/Taifa Competition
Taifa Leo
Kenya Building Society
Nation FM
Daily Nation
485,551
188,166
177,168
133,081
128,651
106,985
101,263
81,763
74,374
38,980
Source: Steadman & Associates

8.ba
Expenditure
26,846
20,807
18,940
14,096
13,286
10,583
10,573
10,462
9,054
8,115
Source: Steadman & Associates

same locality?
No. But the proposed Media Commission Bill intends
to restrict cross media ownership or limit it to less than
controlling stake.
No
press?
No, but the above-mentioned Media Commission Bill
will apply.
No, other than the Media Commission Bill.
Title
Language
Publisher
Cover price
Format
(Kenya, shilling)
Daily Nation
East African Standard
Kenya Times
Taifa Leo
The People Daily
English
English
English
Swahili
English
Nation Media Group

Standard Group
Kenya Times Media Trust
Nation Media Group
Kalamka Ltd.
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.40
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Color
(Kenya, shilling)
210,870
186,840
177,500
78,810
-
280,870
242840
217,500
126,810
-
Source: Zenith Optimedia; WAN from public sources
11.
Research
Audit Bureau of Circulation
12.
Taxes (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
16
426
KIRIBATI
Copra and fish now represent the bulk of production
and exports. Tourism provides more than one-fifth
of GDP. Foreign financial aid from UK, Japan, Australia,
New Zealand, and China equals more than 10%
of GDP. Remitances from seamen or merchant ships
abroad account for more than USD5 million each year.
Kiribati receives around USD15 million annually for
the government budget from an Australian trust fund.
The two main newspapers in Kiribati are weeklies. Te

Uekera is a government-owned newspaper with
circulation of 1,800 copies, most of which are sold in
Tarawa, the main urban area; a copy costs ASD0.60.
Te Uekera is written both in the local language, Tihe,
and English.
The Kiribati New Star is the atoll nations first private

newspaper, launched in 2000 by former president and
current opposition parliamentarian Ieremia Tabai,
to provide a forum for views divergent from those of the
government. It is written in I-Kiribati and sometimes
The government also owned AM and FM radio stations carries some stories in English. It also costs ASD0.60 and
in Tarawa. There was one privately owned FM radio has a similar circulation to that of Te Uekera.
station.
Media / Press Laws
Under the Newspaper Registration Act, newspapers are
There are no daily newspapers. The country has three required to register with the government, but there were
weekly newspapers: one government-owned, one no reports that the government denied registration to
church-owned, and one privately owned. Churches any publication.
publish newsletters and other periodicals.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
41
61
4
106
Male
Female
000
%
000
21
30
2
53
40
57
4
100
39
58
4
100
20
31
2
53
38
58
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2000
GDP

2001
2002
2003
0.1
2004
0.3

Supplemented by a nearly equal amount from external sources
427
KOREA, NORTH
Due in part to severe summer flooding followed by dry
weather conditions in the fall of 2006, the nation has
suffered its 12th year of food shortages because of ongoing systemic problems, including a lack of arable land,
collective farming practices, and chronic shortages of
tractors and fuel. Large-scale military spending eats up
resources needed for investment and civilian
consumption. By December 2005, the regime
terminated most international humanitarian assistance
operations in the DPRK (calling instead for
developmental assistance only) and restricted the
activities of remaining international and nongovernmental aid organizations such as the World Food
Program.
The government sought to control virtually all
information. There was no independent media. The
government carefully managed visits by foreigners,
especially foreign journalists.
Domestic media censorship continued to be enforced
strictly, and no deviation from the official government
line was tolerated. The government prohibited listening
to foreign media broadcasts except by the political elite,
and violators were subject to severe punishment. Radios
and television sets, unless altered, received only domestic
programming; radios obtained from abroad must be
altered to operate in a similar manner.
international media, it is regarded as a source of official

viewpoints on many issues.
Published on every day of the year and usually
containing six pages, a typical days Rodong Sinmun
consists of the following:
First page: The movements of Kim Jong Il, the countrys
leader, and an editorial
Second page: Educational material on communism
Third page: Domestic economic affairs
Fourth page: National and international news
Fifth page: Condemnation of South Korea
Sixth page: Condemnation of the United States and
Japan
South Korean media often spell the name as Rodong
Shinmun; Rodong Sinmun is based on the North
Korean pronunciation and it is the papers official
English name. In South Korean dialect it becomes
Nodong Sinmun.
The Peoples Korea, one of the few pro-North Korean
newspapers in the world, printed its last issue in April
2006, citing financial problems afflicting the publisher
and the alarmingly rapid spread of the internet all over
the world. The newspaper was published in Tokyo by
Choson Sinbo, a publishing house with close links to the
pro-Pyongyang General Association of Korean Residents
in Japan, and was aimed at English-speaking readers
around the world. It was first published in 1961 and its
website opened in 1997.

The major dailies are organs of the party, government,
and trade unions. Other newspapers and periodicals Online / Digital Publishing
provide news for specific occupational groups such as Internet access for citizens was limited to high-ranking
railway workers, military personnel, and teachers.
officials and other designated elites, including select
university students.
In 1992, there were 11 dailies with a total circulation of
5,000,000.
NGO and press reports claimed that the DPRK
established an intranet in 2004, available to a slightly
Rodong Sinmun (Newspaper of the workers) is the larger group of users including an elite grade school,
official newspaper of the Central Committee of the selected research institutions, universities, factories, and
Workers Party of Korea, published by the Rodong News a few individuals. The Korean Communication
Agency. It is the most widely read newspaper in the Corporation acts as the gatekeeper, downloading only
country. It was first published on November 1, 1945 as acceptable information for access through the intranet.
Chongro (Right Path), serving as a communication
channel for the North Korea Bureau of the Communist Printing & Distribution
Party of Korea. It was renamed in September 1946 to its The newspapers are mainly delivered to organisations
current name upon the steady development of the such as schools, cooperative farms and working places,
Workers Party of Korea. Quoted frequently by the but for those in high positions in the government or the
Korean Central News Agency (KCNA) and party there can be individual deliveries.
428
KOREA, NORTH
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
15
3
12
15
3
12
15
3
12
15
3
12
15
3
12
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2003, 2005-2006 WAN assessment; 2004 Korean Association

of Newspapers - 2004 Unification Summary
1
Including The Pyongyang Times, Transportation Shinmun, Construction Shinmun,

Teacher Shinmun, Physical Training Shinmun, University Shinmun, Public Society
Shinmun, etc.
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4,500 4,500 4,500 4,500 4,500
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5,497
15,718
1,898
23,113
24
68
8
100
65.1
2006
88.0
88.0

2.a
(Korea North, won, bln)

2003
2004
2005
Male
000
2,789
7,762
668
11,219
25
69
6
100
Female
000
%
2,708
7,956
1230
11,894
23
67
10
100
North Korea does not publish any reliable National Income Accounts data;
the datum shown here is derived from purchasing power parity (PPP) GDP
estimates for North Korea that were made by Angus Maddison in a study
conducted for the OECD; his figure for 1999 was extrapolated to 2005 using
estimated real growth rates for the GDP of North Korea and an inflation factor
based on the US GDP deflator; the result was rounded to the nearest
USD10 billion
8.ba
Title
Publisher
Rodong Sinmun
(Labour Daily)
Joson Inmingun
(Korean Peoples Army Daily)
Minju Choson
(Democratic Korea)
Rodongja Sinmum
(Workers Daily)
Choson Chungyang Tongsin
Korean Workers' Party
Minju Chosonsa (Government)
(Korean Central News)

Cheongnyun Jeonwee
(Working Youth)
Readership (000)
Trade Union Federation
2,000
Choson Chungyang Tongsinsa

- Korean Central News Agency (KCNA)
Source: BBC News, WAN from public sources
429
KOREA, REPUBLIC OF
Since the 1960s, Republic of Korea has achieved an
incredible record of growth and integration into the
high-tech modern world economy. Four decades ago,
GDP per capita was comparable with levels in the poorer
countries of Africa and Asia. In 2004, Republic of Korea
joined the trillion dollar club of world economies. Today
its GDP per capita is equal to the lesser economies of the
EU. This success was achieved by a system of close
government/business ties, including directed credit,
import restrictions, sponsorship of specific industries,
and a strong labor effort. The government promoted the
import of raw materials and technology at the expense of
consumer goods and encouraged savings and investment
over consumption. The Asian financial crisis of 1997-99
exposed longstanding weaknesses in Republic of Koreas
development model, including high debt/equity ratios,
massive foreign borrowing, and an undisciplined
financial sector. GDP plunged by 6.9% in 1998, then
recovered by 9.5% in 1999 and 8.5% in 2000. Growth
fell back to 3.3% in 2001 because of the slowing global
economy, falling exports, and the perception that muchneeded corporate and financial reforms had stalled. Led
by consumer spending and exports, growth in 2002 was
an impressive 7%, despite anemic global growth.
Between 2003 and 2006, growth moderated to about 45%. A downturn in consumer spending was offset by
rapid export growth. Moderate inflation, low
unemployment, an export surplus, and fairly equal
distribution of income characterize this solid economy.
2005 by Korea Gallup. The confidence level was 95

percent and margin of error 3.1 percent.
It was the first time a government agency surveyed
newspaper subscription rates. The Local Press
Committee said a survey of households subscribing to
newspapers showed that the biggest group or 13.6
percent took the Chosun Ilbo. The JoongAng Ilbo came
second with 11.1 percent, followed by the Dong-A Ilbo
with 10 percent, the Hankyoreh Shinmun and Maeil
Business Newspaper with 2 percent each, and the Busan
Ilbo with 1.8 percent.
Out of total circulation delivered to doorsteps
nationwide including homes that took more than one
paper, the Chosun Ilbo took 25.8 percent. It was
followed by the JoongAng Ilbo (21.2 percent), Dong-A
Ilbo (19.1 percent), Hankyoreh (3.9 percent), Maeil
Business Newspaper (3.7 percent), and Busan Ilbo (3.4
percent), the only local newspaper on the list.
The Fair Trade Commission (FTC) is poised to crack

down on the so-called unfair business practices of some
newspaper companies. The anti-trust regulators probe
will likely be focused on allegations of free newspaper
subscriptions and gifts such as bicycles being given away
to lure more subscribers. FTC Director General said free
copies and gifts are being distributed in some areas,
including newly-built apartment complexes, though the
reported number of rule-breaking cases is smaller
compared to the past years. The free gifts distribution
had been practiced by big newspapers, such as the
There are two major news agencies in the country, JoongAng Ilbo, the Chosun Ilbo and the Dong-A Ilbo,
Yonhap News and Newsis. Yonhap News maintains 19 in an attempt to boost their subscriptions and attract
overseas bureaus.
more commercial ads. The three newspapers account for
roughly 75 percent of newspaper subscriptions in Korea.
Chosun Ilbo is the largest newspaper in the country. Online / Digital Publishing
Besides the daily newspaper itself, the company also According to the 2005 Organization for Economic
publishes the weekly Jugan Chosun, the monthly Cooperation and Development data, 92.7 percent of
Wolgan San (lit. Monthly Mountain), and other households had access to the Internet. In addition to
newspapers and magazines. Subsidiaries include Digital Internet access from home, public Internet rooms were
Chosun, Wolgan Chosun, and Edu-Chosun. Chosun widely available and inexpensive.
Ilbo and its subsidiary company, Digital Chosun are
operating Chosun.com news web site. Chosun.com is The government blocked violent and sexually explicit
ranked as No.1 news web site by Rankey.com which is Web sites and required site operators to rate their site as
an internet survey company.
harmful or not harmful to youth, based on the countrys
telecommunications laws that ban Internet service
Circulation
providers from offering harmful information for youth.
Newspaper circulation has been increasing steadily. The The government also continued to block North Korean
National Statistical Office indicated that as of May Web sites that it deemed inappropriate. The government
2006, circulation stood at 394 copies for every 1,000 also blocked the sale of video games that featured North
persons.
Korea in a negative way.
The Chosun Ilbo remains Koreas favorite newspaper, One of the pioneers in the field of citizen journalism,
according to a government survey conducted on 10,247 Seoul-based Web site OhmyNews made a huge splash in
adults nationwide by phone from Nov. 22 until Dec. 3, 2002, when its unique brand of participatory journalism
430
KOREA, REPUBLIC OF
Media / Press Laws
In January 2005 the National Assembly passed a law that
allows the Fair Trade Commission to impose restrictions
on publishers if any one newspaper has more than 30
percent of the market or if three major newspapers have
a combined market share of 60 percent or more. The law
also requires press owners to report their circulation and
advertising revenue to a Press Development Committee.
In June the Constitutional Court ruled that some parts
of the law, including the market share issue, were
unconstitutional. The court supported a petition from
the countrys major dailies that said the Newspaper Law
and the Press Arbitration Law are in violation of freedom
of the press, as certain clauses may control their editorial
tones or interfere with their management rights.
Chosun, JoongAng and Dong-A command a combined
market share of 70 to 75 percent, according to research
Ownership
by the Korea Press Foundation, a public body that
United States media groups have demanded that the promotes the media market.
U.S. Trade Representative add pressure on South Korea
to open its newspaper market through a bilateral free Printing & Distribution
trade agreement (FTA). The law on newspapers The Ministry of Culture will go ahead with a plan to
stipulates that foreigners or foreign media branches are establish 50 newspaper distribution centers in the Seoul
banned from publishing or directly selling periodicals area and five other major cities with a budget of W10
here. The distribution of foreign newspapers is only billion (USD10 million). According to plans announced
possible via imports by Korean agents. The law also bars in February 2006, a total budget of W75 billion is
foreigners from holding more than a 30 percent stake in earmarked for newspaper-related projects under widely
a newspaper company and a 50 percent stake in other condemned new press laws. That includes W25 billion
periodicals, including magazines. Korea replied that for a Newspaper Development Fund and W40 billion in
there are no regulations which prevent foreign papers a Regional Newspaper Development Fund. Critics said
from providing articles via the Internet.
both would be used to reward loyalty to the government.
The office that runs the operation plans to set up 45 of
the centers in the capital and one each in the five other
major cities, despite the fact that there is little interest.
by amateur writers played a critical role in the South
Korea presidential race. OhmyNews has since become
one of Koreas most influential media outlets. However,
the site continues to look for a profitable business model
and was expected to lose money in 2006. This came after
several years of very modest profits. OhmyNews, set up
in 2000, had about 90 full-time staffers in 2006; 65 of
them journalists; and some 44,000 citizen contributors.
Together, they were producing around 150 articles a day.
In 2006, it expected revenues of about USD6 million,
60% of which come from online ads and the rest from
the sale of the companys news product to Internet
portals, and from miscellaneous services. Even in Korea,
fierce competition for online advertisements was
expected to push OhmyNews into the red in 2006,
according to company executives.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Korean Overseas Information Service - Government
Information Agency; Chosun Ilbo; Business Week; The Hankyoreh Media Company; Hankook Ilbo; The Korea Times
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
9,212
35,137
4,498
48,847
19
72
9
100
Male
000
4,844
17,886
1,819
24,549
20
73
7
100
Female
000
%
4,368
17,251
2,679
24,298
18
71
11
100

and sex (2005)
2.b
Social class
A
B
C
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
4,872
3,342
5,665
1,392
7,428
22,699
21.5
14.7
25.0
6.1
32.7
100
A = higher managerial, administrative,

skilled or semi professional
B = clerical, official worker
C = service, sales worker
D = agriculture, forestry, fishery
E = technical worker, unskilled labor
Source: National Statistical Office
431
KOREA, REPUBLIC OF
(2000)
2.ca
Occupancy
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
4.d
Single copy 1
Subscription 2
16
19
21
31
13
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
129
128
-
139
136
-
400.00 700.00
8,000.00 17,000.00
Source: Korean Association of

Newspapers
3.a
5.a
(%)
Reached
(Korea, Republic of, won)

min
max
Households
000
%
2,224
2,731
2,987
4,447
1,922
14,311
Cover prices (2005)
145
137
59
78
164
155
-
192
183 1
40
143
1
3
8
9
9
5,058 2 4,758 3 4,845 4 4,933 5 -
48.84
42.97
-
17.07
18.06
-
800.00
-
0.00
-
All adults 1
Men
Women
53.2
57.1
41.2
Source: Korea Research
National dailies: KRW500; local dailies:

KRW400; economic /sports dailies:
KRW600; foreign language/special
dailies: KRW700
National dailies: KRW 12,000; local
dailies: KRW8,000~10,000;
economic/sports dailies: KRW12,000;
foreign language/special dailies:
KRW17,000
20+

(2005)
5.b
Age
% daily reach
within age
group
10-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-59
60-69
28
37
47
59
43
27

5.c
Source: 2002-2005 Ministry of Culture and Tourism (MCT), WAN assessment;

2006 Korean Overseas Information Service - Government Information Agency;
WAN from public sources (free dailies)
Media consumption
(minutes per day)
2001
2002
2003
2000
Including 139 general newspapers, 36 newspapers specializing in business,

education or sports, and 8 newspapers published in foreign languages
2
2,423 weeklies and 2,635 monthlies; including magazines
3
4
5
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
35
10
61
174
42
37
13
71
164
77
41
60
168
75
2004
34
9
44
155
67
Source: Korea Press Foundation

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
400
- 16,347 17,580 19,246

13,441114,500 16,036
1,447 2,906 3,080 3,210 702.50
9.48
10.59
4.22
Source: 2002-2003 WAN assessment; 2004 Korean Association of Newspapers,

estimate based on Nielsen Media Research data, and newspaper stock and ink
data; 2005 WAN assessment; 2006 Korean Overseas Information Service Government Information Agency; WAN from public sources (free dailies)
1
Including general coverage dailies (9,556,800 copies), economic (1,317,400),

sports (1,065,500), youth (755,500), special (629,600), and foreign language
dailies (116,200).
4.c
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
2000
2001
(%)
2002
2003
2004
10.2
87.8
2.0
8.5
86.6
4.9
11.6
85.5
2.9
8.7
86.7
4.6
6.0
90.8
3.2
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Dailies
68
265
289.71
Source: Ministry of Culture and Tourism

6.b

Unique visitors per month 1
Website
JoongAng Ilbo
The Chosun Ilbo
The Donga Ilbo
The Hankyoreh
Tha Hankook Ilbo
joins.com
chosun.com
donga.com
Hani.co.kr
Hankooki.com
8,054,679
7,597,383
4,824,363
3,316,207
3,180,733
Source: Korean Click

1
Number of visitors per month, 12/2005
7.aa
Source: Korean Association of Newspapers
2001
GDP
(Korea, Republic of, won, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
622,000.0 684,000.0 721,000.0 782,000.0 831,600.0

7.ab

2000
GDP per capita
(Korea, Republic of, won, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
12,400.0 13,200.0 14,500.0 15,300.0 16,300.0
432
KOREA, REPUBLIC OF
7.ac
2002
Ad expenditure
(%)
2004
2003
1.13
1.12
0.97

2005
0.98
0.95

(Korea, Republic of, won, bln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers 1
Magazines 2
Television
Radio
Internet 3
Others 4
Total
4,042.7
3,716.1
326.6
2,430.6
231.0
185.0
872.0
7,761.2
4,008.0
3,709.8
298.2
2,652.8
227.4
270.0
926.4
8,084.7
3,627.0
3,354.1
272.9
2,623.4
218.7
392.7
923.7
7,785.4
3,754.4
3,420.5
333.9
2,583.3
224.3
566.9
735.8
7,864.7
3,849.5
3,488.9
360.7
2,740.2
233.2
680.3
765.2
8,268.5
3,860.3
3,488.9
371.5
2,867.8
240.2
782.3
780.5
8,531.2
3,801.7
3,419.1
382.6
2,976.6
247.4
899.7
796.1
8,721.6
3,744.8
3,350.7
394.1
3,092.8
254.9
989.6
812.1
8,894.2
Source: Korea Advertising Data , DBK, Joins.com, Ad Journal, ZenithOptimedia

Includes classified; excludes production costs; includes agency commission (15%)
1
Including free tabloids from 2005

Including membership magazines from 2005
3
Including all banners, rich media, pop-up ads and links
4
Including outdoor, cinema and sales promotion; outdoor costs were revised in
2004/2005 to exclude events, so the figures are comparable to previous years
2
8.a
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
87.0
11.9
1.1
100
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
7.ba
1998
2006

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Expenditure
% of display
ad revenue
Services
17.4
Computers/IT
9.9
Distribution
8.8
Finance/stocks/insurance
8.4
Construction & property
8.1
Publishing
8.0
Government & organisations 5.2
Household appliances
4.9
Education & welfare
4.6
Household utensils
4.0
Samsung Electronics
SK Telecom
LG Electronics
Lotte Department Store
HP
KTF
AIG General Insurance
KT
Hyundai Motors
Kia Motors
70,179,296
45,927,238
34,655,801
31,991,213
30,417,508
27,217,317
26,153,897
25,337,658
24,891,191
20,193,420
Source: Korea Federation

of Advertising Associations
Source: Korea Federation of

Advertising Associations
Publisher
Newspaper
Sang-Hoon Bang
Young-Bin Kwon
Hak-Jun Kim
Dae-Whan Chang
Dong-Han Lee
Sang-Min Shin
Jong-Seoung Lee
Young-Sub Chang
Soo-Sam Chae
Tae-Ki Chung
The Chosun Ilbo

JoongAng Ilbo
The Donga Ilbo
Maeil Business Newspaper
The Segye Times
The Korea Economic Daily
The Hankook Ilbo
Yonhap News Agency
The Seoul Shinmin
The Hankyoreh
Total circulation 1
(000)
Total revenue
2,358
2,084
2,072
-
389,122,000
331,443,000
291,449,000
165,303,000
135,450,000
109,891,000
108,542,000 2
88,407,000
81,454,000
76,610,000
Source: Financial Supervisory Service 2005

1
2
Circulation audited by Korea ABC (2003)

In 2004
Top owners (2005)

Owners 1
Revenue 2
The Chosun Ilbo
The Joongang Ilbo
The Donga Ilbo
The Korea Economic Daily
280,000,000
236,000,000
207,000,000
96,000,000
85,000,000
Source: Welcomm / ZenithOptimedia

1
Newspaper owners / sales houses

(publishing companies)
Newspaper revenue
433
KOREA, REPUBLIC OF
8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
The Chosun Ilbo (Korean Daily News) 1

Joong Ang Ilbo 2
Dong-A Ilbo (East Asia Daily) 3
The Hankook Ilbo (The Korea Daily)
The Hankyoreh Daily 4
Hankyung (The Korea Economic Daily)
The Kyunghyang Shinmun
The Sports Chosun
The Sports Seoul
The Daily Sports
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Korean
Chosun Ilbo Co.

Joongang Media Network
Dong-A Ilbo Co.
Hankyoreh Shinmun
-
(000)
(000)
2,380
2,200
2,100
800
700
600
600
450
450
400
400
4,947
4,473
3,856
1,184
808
719
1,112
985
791
Cover price
Format
(Korea, Republic of, won) (USD)

500.00
500.00
500.00
-
0.50
0.50
0.50
-
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
-
44,400
44,400
38,850
22,200
27,750
27,750
22,200
22,200
13,875
13,875
13,875
72,150
72,150
72,150
33,300
49,950
49,950
33,300
44,400
19,425
19,425
19,425
Source: RC; Welcomm / ZenithOptimedia; WAN from public sources

1
Founded in 1920
First published in September 22, 1965 by Lee Byung-chul, the founder of Samsung Group. Once it owned Tongyang Broadcasting Company (TBC), which was also one of
Samsung company. In 1980, JoongAng Ilbo gave up TBC and TBC merged with KBS. JoongAng Ilbo pioneered the use in Korea of horizontal copy layout, topical
sections, and specialist reporters with investigative reporting teams. Since April 15, 1995, JoongAng Ilbo has been laid out horizontally. At that time it also became
a morning newspaper. As of March 18, 2007, it has produced a Sunday version.
3
Founded in 1920
4
Founded by fired journalists in 1988 by offering shares for public subscription to 7,223 people
2
8.bb
Title
11.
Language
Circulation 1
(000)
Publisher
The Daily Focus

am7
Metro 2
Korean
Korean
Munhwa Ilbo
Korean / English Metro Seoul Holdings Inc.
(franchise from Metro
International)
Good Morning Seoul 21
Korean
Sports Seoul
Sports Hankook
Korean
Hankook Ilbo Group
Daily Zoom 3
Korean
Military Mutual Aid
Association and individual
cartoonists
Kwangju Daily Happy Day Korean
Morning News 4
Korean
Kwangju Dream
Korean
-
Research
Korea Audit Bureau of Circulations (ABC). However,
the Chosun Ilbo, Joongang Ilbo and Donga Ilbo are the
only newspapers in Korea to submit to this audit system.
All other titles circulation and readership figures are
claims made by their publishers.
700
500
500
450
450
400
12.
80
70
60

All titles distributed in Seoul, except the local titles Morning News, Kwangju Daily,
and Kwangju Dream
1
Estimate
Seoul, Pusan
3
Cartoon Newspaper
4
North Gyeongsang region
Taxes (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
10
0
0
10
10
10
10
9.a
13.a
Employment
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2005/01 2005/04

6,810
-11.68
-8.29
Source: Korea Press Foundation

1
In 64 daily newspapers: 11 national general, 6 economic, 3 foreign, 4 sports,

2 special, and 38 local.
10.c
Newsprint costs
1998
Average per ton
434

1999
2000
2001
-
Subsidies generally

There are no subsidies for newsprint or equipment.
14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

75
69
0
0
0
2002
972,230
KOREA, REPUBLIC OF
15.a

companies?
No
According to the OECDs Multilateral Agreement on
Investment (MAI) with the Korean government, from
January 1 1999 newspapers are allowed to attract foreign
ownership of up to 30%.
same locality?
Article 3 (Prohibition of Concurrent Operation) of the
Act Relating to Registration of Periodicals provides that
15.b
a daily newspaper (meaning any general or special daily

newspaper or foreign-language daily newspaper) and
news agency shall not be operated concurrently with
a broadcasting station (TV or radio under the Broadcast
Act, Cable under the Cable Act).
No
press?
No
No
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
No limit
Forbidden
Forbidden
Forbidden
No limit
National TV
Licensees
Forbidden
No limit
Forbidden
Forbidden
No limit
Regional
Newpaper
Owners
Forbidden
Forbidden
No limit
No limit
No limit
National
Newpaper
Owners
Forbidden
Forbidden
No limit
No limit
No limit
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Forbidden
Forbidden
No limit
No limit
No limit
Forbidden
Forbidden
No limit
No limit
No limit
National Radio
Licensees
Forbidden
Forbidden
No limit
No limit
No limit
Foreign Investors
Forbidden
Forbidden
Max. 30%
Max. 30%
Forbidden
435
KUWAIT
Petroleum accounts for nearly half of GDP, 95% of
export revenues, and 80% of government income. The
climate of Kuwait limits agricultural development.
Consequently, with the exception of fish, it depends
almost wholly on food imports. The inflation rate was
The government owned nine local radio and four
television stations. A private satellite television news
channel, Al-Rai, was affiliated with its sister company,
Al-Rai Al-Aam newspaper. International media outlets
operated bureaus in the country.
The country had five Arabic and three English-language
daily newspapers, all of which were privately owned.
There is no state-owned newspaper.
Advertising
Kuwait is considered technologically advanced in the
field of advertising. Kuwaiti ad agencies use modern
equipment and compete with international agencies,
which is beneficial in terms of enhancing revenues and
market opportunities.
Advertising is limited in the state media.

Ministry of Communications officials reported in
October that there were some 200,000 Internet
subscribers and that the total number of users was
approximately 700,000. Since 2005 the Ministry
of Communications (MOC) has blocked Web sites that
the government considered to incite terrorism and
instability.
Internet cafe owners were obligated to obtain the names
and civil identification numbers of customers and to
submit the information to the MOC upon request.
Media / Press Laws
In March 2006, parliament passed a new press and
publications law, which most observers predicted would
ease the process of licensing new newspapers and which
moved some of the regulatory control of print media
from the Ministry of Information to the courts. At the
same time, the law kept many of the old laws
prohibitions. According to the new law, publishers must
obtain an operating license from the MOI to begin
publishing a newspaper. If the MOI refuses to grant the
license, the publisher may appeal to the courts.
Publishers may lose their license if their publications do
not appear for three months in the case of a daily
newspaper or six months in the case of a less-frequent
publication, a stipulation preventing publishers from
publishing sporadically.
Market research is used by some media companies to

formulate strategy and to tailor their publications. Some
broadcast ratings and circulation figures produced by
independent companies and published in free bulletins
are accessible to advertisers and the public.
The new press law which stipulates that for issuing a new
daily newspaper, the new company needs USD850,000
in capital and a USD340,000 deposit, which is not
required for any other sector. The last newspaper license
was issued to Al Anbaa in 1976. There are reportedly
The number of advertising companies has reached dozens of applicants waiting to ask to open newspapers.
1,000, but they need regulations in order to become
effective, well-managed businesses. The International The new press law also bans the imprisonment of
Advertising Association points to the fact that journalists without a final court ruling.
advertising expenditure in the Gulf is growing to exceed
USD2 billion. The share that goes to the Kuwaiti market The government does not restrict the right of its citizens
is about 10 percent. The Pan Arab Research Center to access foreign information through printed outlets,
(PARC) indicates in its statistics that advertising radio stations, and television stations. However, the
expenditure in Kuwait has increased to USD204.25 access and circulation of these foreign media outlets are
million in 2004.
organized by the print and publications law. Article 7
stipulates that publications coming from outside of
In 2005, Mike Gilam, secretary general of the Kuwait may not be circulated before clearance by the
Advertisers Union for the Gulf region, urged advertisers respective ministry, and clearance may not be given if
to boycott publications that were not under the these publications contain any material not deemed
supervision of verification agencies. The Advertisers suitable for circulation by the relevant articles in section
Union, based in Dubai and including 20 major three of this law.
advertising companies from the region, aims at
spreading transparency, efficiency, and professionalism The law prohibits the publication of material that
so that advertisers have accurate information about criticizes Islam, the emir, the constitution, or the
media.
neutrality of the courts or public prosecution. It also
forbids incitement to acts that will offend public
morality. Revealing information about classified
436
KUWAIT
information or secret government communications is
illegal, as is trying to undermine the countrys currency,
economic stability, or external relations through the
media. Slandering or revealing the secrets of people or
groups is also against the press and publications law.
Depending on which provision of the law is broken,
punishments range from one year imprisonment and
a fine of USD69,000 (20,000 dinars) for criticizing
Islam to USD1,725 (500 dinars) for less serious offenses.
The law widened the scope of protection and
strengthened the punishments for criticism of Islam.
The court can impose administrative punishments also,
including confiscation, closure, and withdrawal of
licenses. Previously the minister of information imposed
these punishments. The criminal law also contains an
array of press-related charges, such as offense to religious
sensibilities, public morality, and the basic convictions
of the nation.
The law requires jail terms for journalists who defame
religion. The law provides that any Muslim citizen may
file criminal charges against an author whom a citizen
believes to have defamed Islam, the ruling family, or
public morals. Citizens often filed such charges for
political reasons.
There is one government-owned publishing house in
Kuwait, and the private newspapers print on their own
presses. The private publishing houses are free to set
prices and print what they want, but they are partially
responsible for the content of published material if it is
against the law. Article 6 of the new publication law
states that printing, publishing, and circulation are
permissible for any publication that is not periodical
that is, not a regularly published newspaper on the
condition that the name of the printer, publisher, author,
and printing date must be mentioned on the first or

the last page of the publication. The printer must send
one copy to the respective ministry and one copy to
the Kuwait National Library before circulation in
accordance with the law.
State Support
The private daily newspapers receive about
USD140,000 in subsidies annually, half of which is in
the form of subscriptions for ministries and government
institutions. This amount is considered trivial when
compared with the budget of the newspapers and their
other revenue sources, such as funding from their
investors and advertising revenue. Government subsidies
are available to all newspapers regardless of their
viewpoints.
Other Factors
The wage level for journalists in the state-controlled
media outlets is, on average, USD1,700 monthly with
job security from their status as employees in the state
apparatus. But the typical monthly salary for other
journalists is about USD1,200 per month, and for
freelancers USD750 to USD1,350. Moreover, these
journalists do not have job security, as they can be fired
at any time. Many are part-timers working night shifts.
The low salaries and insecurity mean that careers in
journalism do not attract many Kuwaitis. Most
journalists are Arabs from other countries, or Bidoon, as
longtime residents of Kuwait who do not have
nationality are known. The Kuwaiti graduates of the
mass communication department at the university tend
to choose careers other than journalism.
There are no associations to represent the interests of
private print or broadcast media owners.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; AFP; WAN from public sources
437
KUWAIT
7.ab

2000
GDP per capita
4.5
(Kuwait, dinar, 000)

2001
2002
2003
4.4
4.9
6.4
2004
6.4
Source: 2001-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2005 CIA The World Factbook

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.73
0.64
0.60
0.62
0.72

7.ba

(Kuwait, dinar, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Outdoor
Total
71.4
59.5
11.9
2.5
0.9
10.3
85.1
75.7
64.2
11.5
4.7
0.9
8.3
90.5
94.3 95.2
79.9 83.1
14.4 12.1
8
5.3
1.80 1.7
8.50 13.3
114 115.4
121.9 139.5 159.3 182.2

108 124.2 142.8 164.2
13.9 15.3 16.5
18
6.4
7.1
7.6
8.3
1.9
1.9
2.1
2.2
16
18.4 21.1 24.3
146.1 166.8 190.2 217.1

categories (2001)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
(2004)
Retail stores
Road vehicles
Government ads
Publishing/media
Financial services
Restaurants/hotel/clubs
Entertainment
Organisation ads
Community & public services
Kentucky Fried Chicken

Ford
Toyota
Al Ghanim
Nissan
Midas Furniture Centre
Nokia
Hardees
Vodafone/mtc
Mitsubishi
Occupancy
Households
000
%
Source: PARC
5 people
Total
231
231
8.ba
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
652
1,699
67
2,418
27
70
3
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
332
1,085
42
1,459
23
74
3
100
320
614
25
959
33
64
3
100

2.ca
3.a
100
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
14.29
0.00

3.b
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
300
330
350
380
430
43.33
7.aa
Title
Language Publisher
Al Anbaa
Al Watan 1
Arabic
Arabic
Al Qabas 2
Arabic
Arab Times
English
Kuwait Times 4
Al Seyassah 5
English
Arabic
13.16
Khaleej Times 6 English
Source: 2002-2005 WAN estimate; 2006 WAN assessment
3,305
2,921
2,747
2,363
2,088
1,928
1840
1,767
1,709
1,544
Source: Pan Arab Research Centre
Al Rai al Aam 3 Arabic
23,306
21,689
18,934
12,162
11,286
11,074
7,852
6,388
5,157
4,818
Expenditure
Dar alWatan for Press

Printing and Publishing
Dar al Qabas Press
Printing and Publishing Co.
Dar al Jazeerah for Press
Dar al Seyassah for Press
Dar al Seyassah for Press
Galadari Printing
and Publishing Llc.
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
116
86
79
43
34
32
30
73 7
450 8
GDP
2002
(Kuwait, dinar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
10.7
12.4
15.1
12.4
15.0
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 CIA - The World Factbook
438
Established in 1974
Established in 1971
3
Established in 1969
4
Established in 1961
5
Established in 1965
6
Published from Dubai, United Arab Emirates; it covers Bahrain, Oman, Kuwait, Qatar
and Saudi Arabia through a dedicated distribution network; it is also sold on stands
in the UK, India and Pakistan
7
8
2
KYRGYZSTAN
Kyrgyzstan is a poor, mountainous country with
a predominantly agricultural economy. Cotton, tobacco,
wool, and meat are the main agricultural products,
although only tobacco and cotton are exported in any
quantity. Industrial exports include gold, mercury,
uranium, natural gas, and electricity. The economy is
heavily weighted toward gold export. The inflation rate
Advertising
The government remained the primary source of scarce
advertising revenue.
According to unofficial data, the number of Internet
users does not exceed 500,000. The number of Internet
service providers increased during 2005 to six: Ak-Tel,
KyrgyzTelekom, Sayma-Telekom, Azia-Info, Totel, and
Elkat. With the exception of KyrgyzTelekom, they are all
private.

Approximately 50 television and radio stations operated
in the country, with two television stations broadcasting Ownership
nationwide: Government TV and Radio Company The law prohibits foreign ownership of domestic media;
(GTRK) and the Peoples TV and Radio (E1TR).
however, there was a small degree of foreign ownership
of media, through local partners.
Kyrgyzstan has several local news agencies, such as Akipress (private), Kabar (government), Kyrgyzinfo (a joint- Media / Press Laws
stock company), and Belyy parokhod (private).
All media were required to register with the Ministry of
Justice (MOJ) and receive ministry approval to operate.
Kyrgyzstan has an increasing diversity of news sources, The media law states that registration should take no
but the focus is largely confined to the capital, Bishkek. longer than one month, but in practice the process often
The greatest number of publications is distributed in the took much longer. Part of the process included
capital, and the countryside and small cities suffer from background checks on each media outlets owner and
information starvation. The poorer segments of the source of financing, including international donor
population live mainly in the outlying regions, and they organizations. During the year no new television or
mainly use radio since the purchase of a television set or radio licenses were granted.
daily acquisition of newspapers are impermissible
luxuries for many rural families.
Libel remains a criminal offense punishable by up to
three years in prison. In May 2006, President Bakiyev
submitted a bill to decriminalize libel; at years end
In 2005, there were 64 government newspapers, 60 non- parliament had not passed it.
governmental newspapers, and 12 agency newspapers.
Although the law prohibits censorship, a few
There were three national and two international independent journalists reportedly faced occasional
(Russian) dailies. There are several non-dailies published government pressure over critical press coverage or were
three times, twice, or once a week, including Novy denied access to public meetings and information freely
Kyrgyzstan (in Russian), Kyrgyz Tuusu (published by provided to state run outlets. The government continued
government in Kyrgyz), Slovo Kyrgyzstana (government, to interfere in the newspapers editorial policies, in some
in Russian, three times a week), Delo No (weekly), cases replacing editors with government appointed
Narodnaya Gazeta (Union of Trade Unions, weekly), individuals.
MSN (OsOO Redaktsiya gazety Advokat, three times
a week), ResPublica (weekly).
Although the state printing house, Uchkun, was the
On the whole, in Kyrgyzstan today the media are not primary newspaper publisher in the country, an
profitable. Only a few media outlets the daily independent printing press run by the nonVecherniy Bishkek and the weekly Delo No, which have governmental Media Support Center (MSC) provided
occupied their own niches in the media market for an alternative to state owned printing presses.
a long time now and have regular readers and advertisers,
can be considered successful and profitable.
The sources of newsprint are private and in no way
restricted. The work of private printers is not restricted
The newspapers Moya Stolitsa-Novosti and Agym are either, but for the most part they handle various printing
examples of independent media outlets as well-managed commissions and not the printing of newspapers.
businesses.
In Bishkek, newspapers are printed at three places the
Uchkun and the Erkin-Too government printers, and
the Freedom House press.
439
KYRGYZSTAN
Many print media outlets have limited technical
capabilities. Most newspapers today are printed in black
and white. However, the Freedom House Media Support
Center has set high printing rates that most newspapers
cannot afford.
Poor management of the Kyrgyzpochtasy organization,
which handles the sale and distribution of newspapers,
has proved impossible to solve. The government postal
agencies that are branches of Kyrgyzpochtasy do not pay
their debts to the newspapers for copies sold.
In the past several years, rates for shipment by air have

increased fivefold and now exceed international
standards by nearly 60 percent, leaving virtually no
media outlets able to afford this price.
Another problem that province and regional media
outlets experience with the distribution to remote
regions is the acute shortage of vehicles in the
Kyrgyzpochtasy government distribution system.
State Support
The mass media are divided into two categories:
The same situation can be seen in the private government publications partly funded out of the
distribution system of the Kyrgyzsbasmasoz Joint-Stock republic budget and nongovernmental publications
Company, which also has debts to media outlets that go funded from private sources.
unpaid for years at a time.
Government newspapers, television, and radio
In 2005 alone, the Kyrgyzpochtasy owed Slovo continued to receive state subsidies.
Kyrgyzstana (a government newspaper) 1,200,000
SOM (more than USD29,000), Narodnaya Gazeta Other Factors
(the newspaper of the Union of Trade Unions) about The average salary in government media outlets is no
1 million SOM (more than USD24,000), and Kyrgyz more than USD100 to USD150 monthly, with
Tuusu (a government newspaper) more than 2 million independent outlets offering only slightly higher wages.
SOM (USD49,000), etc. Kyrgyzpochtasy also had In the regions, the salaries of the reporters and editors
debts to international publications that had offices in never exceed USD15 to USD30 monthly. There is not a
Kyrgyzstan the newspaper Moskovskiy significant gap between print and broadcast media
Komsomolets and others.
wages.
Therefore, in recent years the print media outlets have
increasingly given preference to private distributors,
following the example set by the newspapers Vecherniy
Bishkek, Delo No., Agym, and others.
Virtually all the higher-education institutions, including

the Technical University and the Agrarian Academy,
have journalism departments. However, the training of
media specialists is weak at most schools, with the Slavic
University and the American University of Central Asia
The distribution of print media in remote regions of the among the exceptions.
republic is a big problem. Newspapers are received in
some of the republics provinces (Osh, Batken, and
Jalalabat, for example) two to three days late due to
reliance on ground transportation.
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,612
3,277
325
5,214
31
63
6
100
Male
000
822
1,607
127
2,556
32
63
5
100
Female
000
%
790
1670
198
2,658
30
63
7
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

All newspapers
110
5
3
2
105
120
5
3
2
115
130
5
3
2
125
136
5
3
2
131
140
5
3
2
135
27.27
0.00
0.00
0.00
28.57
2.94
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.05
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 WAN assessment; 2005 WAN from public sources
440
KYRGYZSTAN
3.b
7.aa
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
36
International paid-for dailies -
65
-
53
33
20
55
35
20
52.78
-
Source: 2002-2003 UNESCAP; 2005 WAN assessment; 2006 WAN estimate

5.a

(%)
All adults
Men
Women
Daily
Weekly
29
32
25
71
86
58
Source: Vecherniy Bishkek
3.77
6.06
0.00
2002
GDP
(Kyrgyzstan, soms, bln)

2003
2004
2005
333.0
374.2
2006
434.7

8.ba
Title
Language
Vecherniy Bishkek
Agym
Moya Stolitsa-Novosti
Komsomolskaya Pravda v Kyrgyzstane 1
Moskovskiy Komsomolets 2
Russian
Kyrgyz
Russian
Russian
Russian
Circulation (000)
20 3
84
55
-

1
Kyrgyz edition of the Russian daily

Kyrgyz edition of the Russian daily
3
Friday edition including TV listings: 60,000
4
Friday edition including TV listings: 15,000
5
Saturday edition including TV listings: 60,000
2
441
LAOS
Growth averaged 6% per year from 1988-2006 except
during the short-lived drop caused by the Asian financial
crisis beginning in 1997. Laos remains a country with
a primitive infrastructure. It has no railroads,
a rudimentary road system, and limited external and
internal telecommunications, though the government is
sponsoring major improvements in the road system with
possible support from Japan. Electricity is available in
only a few urban areas. Subsistence agriculture,
dominated by rice, accounts for about half of GDP and
provides 80% of total employment. The inflation rate
Readership
Only 30 percent of citizens can get access to the print
media. Some 80 percent of the population are reached
by the radio and 50 percent by the television.

The government controlled all domestic Internet servers
and occasionally blocked access to Internet sites that
were deemed pornographic or were critical of
government institutions and policies. The government
also sporadically monitored e-mail. Highly restrictive
regulations regarding Internet use by citizens
significantly curtailed freedom of expression.
Disturbing the peace and happiness of the community
and reporting misleading news are criminal acts.
The state owned and controlled most domestic print and Fearful of monitoring by the authorities, many citizens
electronic media.
used the Internet services of a growing number of
Internet cafes rather than personal computers for private
The sole news agency is the Laos News Agency; the only correspondence.
foreign news bureaus are those of the former USSR and
Vietnam.
Media / Press Laws
Responsibility for regulation of the media sector in Laos
is shared between the Ministry of Information and
There are approximately 56 different newspapers, Culture, the Ministry of Communications, Transport,
including daily, weekly, monthly, yearly magazines, Post and Construction and the Science, Technology and
journals and news bulletins. They are in Lao, English Environment Agency (STEA) of the Prime Ministers
and French languages. Most of them are produced in the Office, with the Minister of Public Security as the
capital city, under the ownership of state bodies, public ultimate upholder and enforcer of the law.
organisations and official institutions.
Authorities prohibited the dissemination of materials
The government permitted the publication of several deemed indecent, subversive of national culture, or
privately owned periodicals of a nonpolitical nature, politically sensitive.
including periodicals specializing in business, society,
and trade topics.
While government officials did not review in advance all
articles in privately owned periodicals, they reviewed
There are five national daily newspapers - Pasaxon them after publication and imposed penalties on
(People) Newspaper, Pathet Lao Daily Newspaper, and periodicals that carried articles that did not meet
Khaokila (Sports Daily News) in Lao, and the Vientiane government approval.
Times and KPL News in English. The French-language
Le KPL Quotidien is still published on a daily basis, but "The law forbids slandering the state, distorting party or
over the past few years it has been available only as state policies, inciting disorder, or propagating
a centre spread in the English-language KPL News. Van information or opinions that weaken the state. Citizens
Athit Weekly, the weekly French-language who lodged legitimate complaints with government
Le Rnovateur and the twice-weekly army broadsheet departments generally did not suffer reprisals; criticism
Kongthap Pasaxon Lao are also distributed nationwide. of a more general nature or targeting the party leadership
could lead to censure or arrest."
At local level Vientiane Prefecture continues to publish
the daily Vientiane Mai (New Vientiane) Newspaper; in Any person found guilty of importing a publication
1991 the Vientiane Mai office also launched a business- considered offensive to the national culture faced a fine
orientated weekly newspaper known as Vientiane or imprisonment for up to one year. Decree 92 on
Thourakit Sangkhom Weekly. Vientiane, Luang religious practice permits the publication of religious
Prabang, Savannakhet and Champassak Provinces material with permission from the LFNC. Although
continue to issue their own newspapers.
several religious groups sought such permission, at years
end no Christian or Bahai groups had received
Advertising
authorization to publish religious materials.
The government demarcated the space of the papers,
ruling that advertisements cannot be published on more
than 50% total area of newspaper pages.
442
LAOS
Other Factors
Foreign journalists were required to apply for special
visas and were restricted in their activities. The
authorities did not allow journalists free access to
information sources, but journalists often were allowed
to travel without official escorts.
and three-month intensive courses in both print and

broadcast journalism leading to the award of
a certificate.
A five-year Bachelors degree course in Mass

Communications (Journalism) - covering both
journalism and technical training in the areas of
The National Mass Media Training Centre is currently television, radio and press - was launched in September
focused on the training of provincial journalists. Set up 2005 by the Faculty of Letters of the National University
in 1980, the centre currently offers one-week in-service of Laos (NUOL).
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Vientiane Times; WAN from public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
20
17
3
22
19
3
23
20
3
25
21
4
25
21
4
25.00
23.53
33.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 WAN assessment; 2005 WAN from public sources; 2006 WAN
estimate
5.a

(%)
Reached
All adults
21
23
Source: Ariya
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Laos, kip, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
18,259.0 21,422.0 83,628.7 119,295.2 140,437.8

7.ab

1999
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,638
3,530
200
6,368
41
55
3
100
GDP per capita

Male
Female
000
%
000
1,324
1,744
89
3,157
42
55
3
100
1,314
1,786
111
3,211
41
56
3
100
2003
2,589.0 2,901.8 3,302.0 3,874.0

7.ac
Ad expenditure
(Laos, kip, 000)

2000
2001
2002
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
0.27
0.29
0.30
0.30

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
5
4
1
6
5
1
6
5
1
6
5
1
6
5
1
20.00
25.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
estimate
443
LAOS
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Pasaxon (People) 1
Vientiane Mai (New Vientiane) 2
Pathet Lao (Lao Country) 3
Khaokila (Sports Daily News) 4
Vientiane Times 5
Lao
Lao
Lao
Lao
English
KPL News 6
English / French
Ministry of Information and Culture

Foreign Language Newspapers Office,
Ministry of Information and Culture
Foreign Language News Service,
Khaosan Pathet Lao (KPL) News Agency
Circulation (000)
10
4
3
3
-

1
Originally launched in the 1950s as Lao Issara and renamed Sieng Pasaxon in 1975; Pasaxon has a Sunday tabloid, Van Athit
Weekly, launched on 26 November 1990, currently with total circulation of 2,500 copies"
2
During the 1960s Vientiane Municipal Government launched the Lao-language Vientiane Post, forerunner of todays
Vientiane Mai
3
Launched in 2001
4
Launched on 1 January 1999, Khaokila was initially published bi-weekly in black and white with a circulation of 1,000 copies
per issue; in recent years it has been upgraded to a daily 12-page newspaper with a colour front and back page
5
Launched in 1994
6
The English-language daily news bulletin was launched in 1970 as KPL Bulletin and relaunched as the daily newspaper KPL
News in 2003; the French-language Le KPL Quotidien nowadays forms the centre spread of this newspaper
444
LATVIA
Latvias economy experienced average GDP growth of
more than 7.0% over the past several years. In 2006 it
reached 10.2% real GDP growth. The majority of
companies, banks, and real estate have been privatized,
although the state still holds sizable stakes in a few large
enterprises. Latvia officially joined the World Trade

Organization in February 1999. EU membership, a top
foreign policy goal, came in May 2004. The current
account deficit - more than 15% of GDP in 2006 - and
inflation remain major concerns.

(2005)
2.cb
(2004)
Occupancy
Children
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
601
285
72
89
124
2.ca
Total
Households
000
%
910.5
100
Source: Household budget survey
persons) (2005)
2.d

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
329
361
321
324
320
256
386
2,295
14.3
15.7
14.0
14.1
13.9
11.2
16.8
100
Male
000
168
184
162
159
150
110
126
1,057
15.9
17.4
15.3
15.0
14.1
10.4
11.9
100
Female
000
%
161
177
159
165
170
146
260
1,237
13.0
14.3
12.8
13.3
13.8
11.8
21.0
100
Source: Central Statistical Bureau of Latvia

2.b
Social class
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Total
All adults
000
%
104.8
119.4
118.1
60.8
136.8
76.5
158.6
114.1
127.1
1,017.7
10.3
11.7
11.6
6.0
13.4
7.5
15.6
11.2
12.5
100
Male
000
60.8
43.0
41.8
12.6
32.8
39.8
129
93.3
67.3
521.8
11.7
8.2
8.0
2.4
6.3
7.6
24.7
17.9
12.9
100
Female
000
%
44.1
76.4
76.3
48.2
104.0
36.7
29.6
20.8
59.8
495.9
8.9
15.4
15.4
9.7
21.0
7.4
6.0
4.2
12.1
100
Age
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
8.5
18.2
14.8
17.9
6.6
66.1
68
32
8
10
14
Source: Household budget survey
12.9
27.5
22.4
27.2
10.0
100
Source: Labour Force Survey

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
24
24
16
Regional and local
8
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
65
Regional and local
33
4
Regional and local
free non-dailies
23
23
15
8
22
22
14
8
23
22
14
8
22
21
13
8
-8.33
-12.50
-18.75
0.00
-4.35
-4.55
-7.14
0.00
71
64
31
33
72
65
30
35
1
1
71
64
29
35
1
1
89
81
36
45
36.92
32.79
28.57
36.36
0.00
0.00
25.35
26.56
24.14
28.57
7
-
7
1
6
7
1
6
8
2
6
100.00
-
14.29
100.00
0.00
Source: Latvian Press Publishers Association
Source: CSB Labour Force survey

Employed population by occupation in the main job, persons aged 15-74 years
1 legislators, managers, and senior officials
2 professionals
3 technicians and associate professionals
4 clerks
5 service workers and shop and market sales workers
6 skilled agriculture and fishery workers
7 craft and related trades workers
8 plant and machine operators and assemblers
9 elementary occupations
445
LATVIA
3.b
Total dailies
387
387
333
Regional and local
54
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
811
Regional and local
204
263
Regional and local
free non-dailies
358
358
302
56
356
356
303
53
448
348
297
51
825
554
356
198
953
530
329
201
271
-
423
-
424
321
273
48
9.56
-17.05
-18.02
-11.11
-5.36
-7.76
-8.08
-5.88
100 103
100 103
940 1,161
538 729
331 432
207 220
43.16
33.03
25.58
7.84
3.00
3.00
23.51
35.5
30.51
6.28
402
115
287
56.65
-
2.49
-2.61
4.53
412
112
300
Age
%
% daily reach
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
1.6
15.9
16.5
18.3
19.1
15.3
13.3
100
55.8
65.3
64.6
67.7
67.5
64.8
58.3
-
Source: TNS Latvia

National Readership Survey 2006
(17 Oct 2005 - 15 Oct 2006);
daily newspapers

4.a

(2006)
5.b
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
5.c
Media consumption
2002

(mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total dailies
73
73
Total free dailies
81
81
40
80
80
39
75
75
38
81
73
8
37
10.96
0.00
-15.91
Radio 2
Television
(minutes per day)

2003
2004 1 2005
276
210
297
204
2006
280
-
Source: TNS Latvia;

1
Adults, aged 15-74
2
Radio: National Readership Survey, Summer-Autumn 2006
(8 May 2006 - 29 Oct 2006); respondents aged 12-74
8.00
-2.67
-2.63

6.a
4.b
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Sales revenues
(Latvia, lat, 000)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

14,600 16,600 16,330 16,396 16,795
Total paid-for non-dailies 8,872 8,320 8,303 8,420 8,714
15.03
-1.78
2.43
3.49
Dailies
Non-dailies
14
14
14
15
14
15
16
25
16
38
14.29
171.43
0.00
52.00
Source: Latvian Press Publishers Association, TNS BMF Latvia Adex

6.b
4.c
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Total
2001
2002
(%)
2003
61.0
39.0
100
67.0
33.0
100
70.0
30.0
100
2004
2005
38.9
61.1
100
41.9
58.1
100
Website
Diena
Chas
Latvijas Vestnesis
Lauku avize
Dienas Bizness
www.diena.lv
www.chas-daily.com
www.lv.lv
www.la.lv
www.db.lv
110
90
74
41
30

7.aa
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
(%)
Reached
(Latvia, lat)
min
max
Single copy 1
0.25
0.45
Source: Preses serviss Ltd.

1
National paid-for dailies; regional

newspapers 0.15-0.25
All adults 1
Men
Women
64.7
65.9
63.7
64.9
2002
GDP
5.7
6.3
7.3
7.0
2006
11.3
Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006, TNS Latvia, Adex

7.ab
Source: TNS Latvia

National Readership Survey 2006
(17 Oct 2005 - 15 Oct 2006); percentage
of people who have read at least one of
the last six issues of any daily newspaper
(Latvia, lat, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2002
GDP per capita
2.4
(Latvia, lat, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2.7
2.6
2006
4.9
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006, TNS Latvia, Adex
Aged 15-74
7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.7
0.67
0.66
0.67
0.64
446
LATVIA
7.ba

(Latvia, lat, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
18.8
14.1
4.7
13.6
5.1
0.3
2.2
0.5
40.5
19.7
13.9
5.8
14.4
5.3
0.4
2.4
0.8
43.0
22.5
15.4
7.1
18.1
6.2
0.5
3.4
0.9
51.6
25.4
17.5
7.9
21.7
7.0
0.4
3.7
1.5
59.7
27.9
18.7
9.2
24.7
7.7
0.5
4.4
1.9
67.1
30.4
19.7
10.7
28.2
8.4
0.5
5.2
2.3
75.0
33.1
20.6
12.5
32.1
9.2
0.6
5.9
2.7
83.6
35.2
21.4
13.8
34.1
9.5
0.7
6.4
3.1
89.0
Source: TNS BMF Gallup Media, ZenithOptimedia

Notes: Excluding classified; excluding agency commission; after discounts
7.c
(Latvia, lat, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
10.8 11.4 12.7
10.8 11.36 12.66
Total free dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies 3.3 5.93 7.02
National paid-for non-dailies Total free non-dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
14.04 15.7
13.92 14.6
13.92 14.6
0.12 1.1
0.1
1.1
7.04 7.7
7
7.5
7.5
0.2
0.2
45.37
11.82
35.19
4.89
4.89
816.67
1,000.00
9.38
127.27
7.14
-

1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
90
4.3
5.7
100
88.4
5.4
6.2
100
88.6
5.2
6.2
100
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Business, Financial Services,

30
Real-Estate
Communication, Office Equipment 15
Construction, Furniture
8
Transport Means
8
Entertainment, Culture,
6
Recreation
Transport, Tourism Services
6
Media, Publishing
5
Trading
4
Education, Training
3
Social Advertising
2
Rate card prices; all newspapers
Total

2003
2004
2005
2006
15,495,696
16,386,755
Source: TNS Latvia, Adex
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Diena
Latvijas Avize
Vesti Segodna
Neatkariga Rita Avize
Chas
Vakara Zinas
Biznes & Baltija
Rigas Balss
Dienas Bizness
Latvian
Latvian
Russian
Latvian
Russian
Latvian
Russian
Latvian
Latvian
Kurzemes Vards
Latvian
Diena
Lauku Avize
IN Fenster
Mediju Nams
IN Petits
Mediju Nams
B&B Redakcija
Mediju Nams
Izdevnieciba
Dienas Bizness
Kurzemes Vards
732
483
420
342
339
322
279
269
241
218

Rate card prices; all newspapers

(2006)
8.a
Publisher
Gross prices, no discounts applied
2002
LMT
Parex
Maxima
Tele2
Bite
Elkor
High Technologies
DNB Nord
Hansabanka
Smska.com
Source: Latvian Press Publishers Association, TNS BMF Latvia Adex
7.d
Expenditure
(Latvia, lat, 000)
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Cover price
(Latvia, lat) (USD)
Format
52
50
39
22
20
12
12
11
10
770
577
476
501
450
406
118
200
244
0.45
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.30
0.25
0.55
0.25
0.49
0.87
0.58
0.58
0.77
0.58
0.48
1.06
0.48
0.95
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
10
94
0.25
0.48
Tabloid
Total circulation
(000)
Diena
IN Fenster
IN Petits
Lauku Avize
Mediju Nams
Izdevnieciba LAMA grupa
Regionala prese Diena
Kurzemes Vards
B&B Redakcija
Izdevnieciba Dienas Bizness
42,938
40,809
32,916
15,010
12,275
8,170
6,241
4,056
3,120
2,621
Source: Latvian Press Publishers

Association

8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
5min
Latvian / Russian
Diena
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
103
752
Tabloid
447
LATVIA
10.a
13.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
31
8
71
10
30
7
76
11
24
7
76
12
27
7
80
7
31
7
97
8
0.00
-12.50
36.62
-20.00
14.81
0.00
21.25
14.29

No
No

10.ba
Subsidies generally
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
28
26
28
26
28
26
28
26
28
26

No
14.
Discounts (2006)
10.bb
Single copy
Subscription
2001
(Latvia, lat)
2002
2003
2004
2005
0.06
0.04
0.07
0.06
0.08
0.07
0.07
0.07
0.08
0.07
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0

10.c
Newsprint costs
Average per ton
2001
2002
315
315
(Latvia, lat)
2003
2004
297
303
15.a
2005

companies?
No
327
11.
Research

No
Circulation is not audited
TNS Latvia and Latvian Facts
Methodology
National readership survey, face-to-face, nationally
representative sample aged 15-74, quarterly
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
18
448
5
18
18
18
18
18
15
1

same locality?
No
No
press?
No
No
LEBANON
The 1975-90 civil war seriously damaged Lebanons
economic infrastructure, cut national output by half,
and all but ended Lebanon's position as a Middle
Eastern entrepot and banking hub. In the years since,
Lebanon has rebuilt much of its war-torn physical and
financial infrastructure by borrowing heavily - mostly
from domestic banks.
he Israeli-Hizballah conflict caused an estimated

USD3.6 billion in infrastructure damage in July and
August 2006, and internal Lebanese political tension
continues to hamper economic activity.
CIA - The World Factbook

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D+E
Total
All adults
000
%
427
526
959
975
2,887
15
18
33
34
100
Male
000
212
261
476
484
1,433
15
18
33
34
100
Female
000
%
215
265
483
491
1,454
15
18
33
34
100
Source: Ipsos-Stat
A = Upper middle class - higher managerial, administrative, professional
B = Middle class - intermediate managerial, administrative, professional
C1 = Lower middle class - supervisory, clerical, junior managerial
C2 = Skilled working class - skilled manual workers
D = Working class - semi and unskilled manual workers
(2004)
2.cb
(2004)
Occupancy
Households
000
%
Children
Households
000
%
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
52
98
105
148
438
841
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
Total
227
311
84
92
126
538
2.ca

2.a
Source: Ipsos-Stat
up to 15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Source: Ipsos-Stat
All individuals
000
%
1,117
837
679
472
350
279
270
4,004
28
21
17
12
9
7
7
100
27
37
10
11
15
100
Source: Ipsos-Stat
persons) (2005)
2.d
Age
6
12
12
18
52
100
Male
000
577
436
328
219
171
143
136
2,010
29
22
16
11
8
7
7
100
Female
000
%
540
401
351
253
179
136
134
1,994
27
20
18
13
9
7
7
100
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
3,038
4,575
3,646
2,946
2,373
2,405
18,983
16.0
24.1
19.2
15.5
12.5
12.7
100
Source: Ipsos-Stat
449
LEBANON
3.a
Number of titles

13
11
Pan-regional paid-for dailies 1 2
Total non-dailies
5
3
-
14
12
2
6
2
4
-
14
12
2
4
4
4
-
15
13
2
4
2
2
-
14
12
2
4
2
2
5
7.69
9.09
0.00
-20.00
0.00
-33.33
-
-6.67
-7.69
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-
Age
5.c

215
205
Pan-regional paid-for dailies 1 10
215
205
10
400
-
215
205
10
400
-
230
218
12
400
-
240
228
12
400
-
11.63
11.22
20.00
33.33
-
4.35
4.59
0.00
0.00
-
All newspapers
Radio
Television
Internet
6.a
56
53
3
60
57
3
64
61
3
23.08
-
6.67
7.02
0.00
28
-
28
-
28
-
28
-
16.67
-
0.00
-
102.0
175.0
217.0
88.0
2006
29.7
86.1
214.0
-
Online editions
Dailies
Non-dailies
54
52
2
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

52
Pan-regional paid-for
dailies 1
1
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
This refers to Al Sharq al Awsat and Al Hayat, two pan-regional titles based
in Saudi Arabia with print and sales licences for Lebanon
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
This refers to Al Sharq al Awsat and Al Hayat, two pan-regional titles based
in Saudi Arabia with print and sales licences for Lebanon
6
1
6
-
6
-
6
-
6
-
0.00
-
0.00
-
Source: An-Nahar
6.b
Source: Ipsos-Stat
1
Media consumption
Source: Ipsos-Stat; An-Nahar
Source: Ipsos-Stat
4.a
32.2
41.2
40.8
42.0
48.2
-

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
23.4
24.5
16.8
14.0
21.2
100
Source: Ipsos Stat; NMA Lebano
This refers to Al Sharq al Awsat and Al Hayat, two pan-regional titles based in
Saudi Arabia with print and sales licences for Lebanon
3.b
%
% daily reach
group
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55+
Total
Source: Ipsos-Stat
1

(2006)
5.b
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Website
An-Nahar
Assafir
Daily Star
LOrient Le Jour
Al Balad
Al Anwar
www.annahhar.com
www.assafir.com
www.dailystar.com
www.lorientlejour.com
www.albaladonline.com
www.alanwar.com
14,000
14,000
8,000
8,000
8,000
8,000
Source: An-Nahar
4.b
Sales revenues
(Lebanon, pound, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

53,000 56,000 58,000 60,300 65,100

1,000 1,100
-
22.83
-
7.96
-
Source: Figures are given before discounts. Agency commission is 15%.

Volume rebate ranges from 2% to 10%. There is no VAT on the selling price of
newspapers.
7.aa
2001
GDP
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
88
12
100
87
12
1
100
85
15
100
80
20
100
85
15
100
5.a
Source: An-Nahar
1
350 issues per year
1,000.00 2,000.00
1,000.00 2,000.00
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
39.9
49.0
30.9
40.9
Source: Ipsos Stat; NMA Lebanon
450
27,582.3 29,545.7
8.11
-18.18
-4.76
-18.18
Source: An-Nahar
Figures are given before discounts. Agency commission is 15%. Volume rebate
ranges from 2% to 10%. There is no VAT on the selling price of newspapers.
(Lebanon, pound)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription 1

27,750 22,500 29,750 31,500 30,000
450 500
550 450
7.d
Cover prices (2006)
(Lebanon, pound, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Source: Ipsos-Stat
4.d
2005
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Total
(Lebanon, pound, bln)

2002
2003
2004

7.c
4.c
2002
In colour
Total
320
4,500

2003
2004
2005
2006
450
4,000
3,737
8,962
3,435
7,959
3,332
7,118
Source: Ipsos-Stat
Figures are given before discounts. Agency commission is 15%. Volume rebate
ranges from 2% to 10%. There is no VAT on the selling price of newspapers.
2002-2003 figures are paid ads monitored by Arabad, 2004-2006 figures are all ads
monitored by Ipsos-Stat, so figures are not directly comparable.
LEBANON
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
85
11
4
100
84
12
4
100
80
14
6
100
80
15
5
100
78
16
6
100

(2006)
8.a
Publisher
An-Nahar Group
Dar Assayad Group
Dar Alf Layla W Layla Group
Al Wtanyah Group

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Media & Publishing

& Advertising
Servicing Companies
Banking & Finance
Entertainment & Leisure
Automotive
Clothing & Accessories
Transportation & Accessories
Property & Building & Acc.
Distribution
Tobacco & Accessories
16
Expenditure
(Lebanon, pound, 000)
Future Television
Bankmed
Winston
Sukleen
New TV
Arabic News Broadcast
Mobili Top
MTC
LBCI
Aishti
15
14
12
6
5
3
3
3
3
1,653
824
760
564
542
532
502
443
443
437
Source: An-Nahar
Source: Ipsos Stat - Statex
Source: An-Nahar
8.ba
Title
Language
An-Nahar
Assafir
Al Dyar
Al Anwar
LOrient Le Jour
Al Balad
Daily Star
Al Liwaa
Al Hayat
Al Akhbar
Al Sharq Al Awsat
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
French
Arabic
English
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Publisher
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Lebanon, pound) (USD)
50
45
20
20
20
20
15
15
10
10
6
250
186
120
120
70
80
45
75
21
30
12
An-Nahar
Assafir
Al Dyar
Al Anwar
Socit Gnerale De Presse
Al Balad
Daily Star
Al Liwaa
Al Hayat
Al Akhbar
Al Sharq Al Awsat
2,000.00
1,000.00
1,000.00
1,000.00
2,000.00
2,000.00
2,000.00
1,000.00
1,000.00
1,000.00
2,000.00
Format
1.33
0.67
0.67
0.67
1.33
1.33
1.33
0.67
0.67
0.67
1.33
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Berliner
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(USD)
14,000
14,000
10,000
11,000
14,000
14,000
12,000
11,000
11,000
14,000
11,000
21,000
21,000
10,000
20,000
21,000
21,000
21,000
-
Source: An-Nahar
9.a
Employment
10.c
Newsprint costs
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/02
8.00
10.81
3.85
6.22
2002
Average per ton
(Lebanon, pound)
2003
2004
2005
2006
825,000 750,000 750,000 900,000 1,200,000
Source: An-Nahar
Source: An-Nahar
11.
10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
11
13
-
12
14
-
13
15
-
13
15
-
14
13
1
1
27.27
0.00
-
7.69
-13.33
-
Source: An-Nahar
10.ba
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Source: An-Nahar
10.bb

2002
Single copy
Subscription
Source: An-Nahar
600
600
(Lebanon, pound)
2003
2004
2005
600
600
600
600
OJD
Ipsos-Stat, PARC
Methodology
National research, adults 15+; face-to-face; sample size =
2,526 interviews
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Research
600
600
2006
600
600
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
10
0
0
10
0
0
0
10
10
451
LEBANON
13.a
Subsidies generally
15.a

No
Yes; normal rate is 12%, reduced rate is 3%.
No
14.
Post
Railroad
Telephone 1
Telegraph
Telex
1
Regional telephone calls

companies?
Publishers are governed by the Press Law, but anyone
from Lebanon can buy a licence to publish a newspaper.
Shares must be registered. There are no bearer shares.
Foreigners cannot own shares in Lebanese newspapers.
Discounts (2006)
Discount rate (%)

0
0
50
0
0

same locality?
No
Publishing houses must submit information to the
regulator. Shares must be registered. There are no bearer
shares.
press?
No
No
452
LESOTHO
Lesotho relies on remittances from miners employed in
South Africa and customs duties from the Southern
African Customs Union for the majority of government
revenue. The economy is still primarily based on
subsistence agriculture, especially livestock, although
drought has decreased agricultural activity. The inflation

An English-language weekly newspaper, The Mirror,
succumbed to financial pressure as a result of libel suits
and closed in May.

There are no daily newspapers in the country. Lesotho
has several weeklies, including The Public Eye
(published by Voice Multimedia), Mo Arika (CR
Communications), The Southern Star, and Mopheme,
the majority of which are published in the local
language, Sesotho.
Media / Press Laws

Government ministers and other officials initiated
a number of libel and defamation suits against members
of the independent media, some of which led to out-ofcourt settlements.

The Internet was not widely available, due to a lack of
information infrastructure, the government's position as
monopoly carrier from which any other Internet service
provider would have to purchase bandwidth, and the
High printing costs make radio the most important form high cost of access. Access was almost nonexistent in
of mass communication.
rural areas.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; Thomson Gale; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
Male
%
744
1,180
98
2,022
374
573
39
986
38
58
4
100
37
58
5
100
Female
000
%
370
607
59
1,036
36
59
6
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
15
15
15
14
-6.67
-6.67
Source: 2002, 2004-2005 WAN from public sources; 2003, 2006 WAN assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01

7.aa
2002
GDP
(Lesotho, loti, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
36.1
39.1
2006
35.3
453
LIBERIA
Civil war and government mismanagement have
destroyed much of the Liberian economy, especially the
infrastructure in and around Monrovia. Richly endowed
with water, mineral resources, forests, and a climate
favorable to agriculture, Liberia had been a producer and
exporter of basic products - primarily raw timber and
rubber. The inflation rate was estimated at 15% in 2003.
Radio remains the primary means of mass
communication. There were 15 independent radio
stations that regularly broadcast in Monrovia,
approximately 24 local stations, one UNMIL radio
station, and one government?operated station. Radio
stations operated without government restrictions.
CNN, BBC, Skynews, and SABC Africa generally were

available.
In Monrovia there were approximately a dozen
newspapers that published during the year with varying
degrees of regularity; six were independent dailies, and
five were independent biweekly papers. The government
published the New Liberian newspaper.
Internet access was not widely available due to lack of
infrastructure. High illiteracy also limited public
exposure to the Internet.

Due to the price of newspapers and transportation, the
There were three local television stations; however, estimated 75 percent illiteracy rate, and road conditions
television was limited to those who could afford to elsewhere in the country, newspaper distribution
purchase sets, generators, and fuel to provide electricity. generally was limited to the Monrovia region.
For those persons and businesses with satellite capability,
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
-
3
-
4
20
6
15
100.00
-
50.00
-25.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
40
40
40
45
50
25.00
11.11

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Liberia, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
3.3
99.6
2006
166.4

8.ba
Title
Daily Observer
The Inquirer
The Analyst
The News

2.a
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
1,310
1,648
84
3,042
43
54
3
100
30
2
1
1
Age
Circulation (000)
1
Male
000
656
816
41
1,513
43
54
3
100
Female
000
%
654
832
43
1,529
Established in 2005
43
54
3
100
454
LIBYA
The Libyan economy depends primarily upon revenues
from the oil sector, which contribute about 95%
of export revenues, about one-quarter of GDP, and 60%
of public sector wages. The non-oil manufacturing and
construction sectors, which account for more than 20%
of GDP, have expanded from processing agricultural
products to include the production of petrochemicals,
iron, steel, and aluminum. The inflation rate was
The government owned and controlled virtually all print
and broadcast media. The official news agency, JANA,
was the designated conduit for official views. The
government did not permit the publication of opinions
inconsistent with official policy. A single privatelyowned radio station, broadcasting popular music and
hourly JANA news reports, reportedly opened with
government permission. Local revolutionary committees
published several small newspapers.
Circulation
The Human Rights Watch report for Libya indicated
that due to a shortage of paper supply, the print runs of
the major state-funded newspapers, such as Al-Shames
and Al-Jamahiriya, were down to 4,000 and 5,000
copies per day, respectively.
This is contradicted by country media experts, saying
that while Al-Fajr al-Jadid had a 70,00080,000
circulation in 1975, now it is 2,000. Journalists say the
circulation dropped due to the low quality of the articles.
Nobody cares, reads, or gives a damn.
A sole service provider offered Internet access. The
number of Internet users was small but growing.
According to the United Nations Development Program
(UNDP), approximately four percent of citizens
regularly used the Internet. The government occasionally
blocked certain Internet sites, chiefly political opposition
Web sites, and reportedly monitored Internet
communications.
There is one state television station and one state radio

station.
Media / Press Laws
The government runs and strictly controls all media in
Libya said that it is heading toward allowing private Libya, including the licensing process. The Law on
newspapers, radio, and television news in what has been Publications No. 76, promulgated in 1972 and modified
a state-controlled media environment for more than 30 by Law 120 in 1972 and Law 75 in 1973, governs the
years. Libyan leader Moamer Kadhafis son, Seif al-Islam, press and restricts publishing rights to two state-run
who also runs the Kadhafi Goodwill Foundation, was entities: Al-Dar Al-Jamahiriya and the General
given the green light by his father to spearhead the plan Corporation of Press, Professional Unions, and
though a new company. The company signed a 16 Syndicates. The Libyan Jamahiriya Broadcasting
million dollar contract with the German company Corporation is the only national broadcaster, and no
Heidelberg to build a modern printing facility and will private radio or television stations are allowed.
open to Western publications, according to Abdel Salam
al-Mushri, an official at the company. We have signed By law, many forms of speech or expression may be
several contracts with international printing houses to interpreted as illegal. Pervasive self-censorship stemmed
distribute in Libya around 50 international and Arab largely from the wide reach of security services and broad
publications, namely the US magazine Newsweek, networks of informants throughout society.
Germanns Der Speigel and the French newspaper Le
Monde. Mushri added that the publications will not Printing & Distribution
be censored.
Currently, all printing houses in Libya are run by the
government. However, Qadhafis son has been
expressing interest in privatizing part of the media sector,
Libya has four official daily newspapers. All 26 districts including the printing facilities.
(shabiyyat) produce a newspaper or magazine.
The Tripoli Post is an English-language weekly Some progress has been made in terms of establishing
publication. There are assorted other newspapers and private distribution channels. In May 2005, the statemagazines, including some generated by professional run Ad-dar Al-Jamahiriya for Publishing, Distribution
associations, research facilities, and larger companies.
and Advertising company closed down. It had previously
handled all the distribution for Libyan newspapers and
Few
foreign
publications
were
available. magazines. In its place, newspapers have been trying to
The government routinely censored foreign publications build out their own distribution networks.
and at times prohibited their distribution.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; AFP; WAN from public sources
455
LIBYA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
70
70
70
70
70
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Libya, dinar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
46.5
65.5
2006
102.0

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Al-Fajr Al-Jadid
(The New Dawn)
Al-Jamahiriya
Al-Shames
Al-Zahf Al-Akhdar
Libyan Press Corporation
Circulation (000)

Revolutionary Committees Movement 1
40
-
Source: IREX - Media Sustainability Index; WAN from public sources

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,983
3,671
247
5,901
34
62
4
100
Male
000
1,013
1,892
121
3,026
33
63
4
100
Female
000
%
970
1,779
126
2,875
The ideological group in charge of promoting and maintaining the tenets

of the Qadhafi regime
34
62
4
100
456
LIECHTENSTEIN
Liechtenstein has developed into a prosperous, highly
industrialized, free entreprise economy with a vital
financial service sector. Low business taxes - the
maximum tax rate is 20% - and easy incorporation rules
have induced many holding or so-called letter box
companies to establish nominal offices in Liechtenstein,
providing 30% of state revenues. The inflation rate was

Two daily newspapers are published; each openly sides
with one of the two major political parties. The largest
Liechtenstein daily newspaper is the Liechtensteiner
Vaterland with a circulation of over 10,000 copies;
a large Tuesday edition has a circulation of 18,000.
The Liechtensteiner Vaterland is published by the
Vaduzer Medienhaus AG, a public company that
publishes and markets both print and electronic media.
State Support
Both print and electronic media outlets receive
government subsidies.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
6
24
4
34
Male
Female
000
%
000
3
12
2
17
18
71
12
100
18
71
12
100
3
12
2
17
18
71
12
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

18
18
18
18
20
20
20
20
20
20
11.11
11.11
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1997
GDP
(Switzerland, franc, bln)

1998
1999
2000
-
2001
3

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Liechtensteiner Vaterland
Liechtensteiner Volksblatt
Vaduzer Medienhaus AG
-
Circulation (000)
11
-
457
LITHUANIA
Unemployment was down 3.7% in 2006, while wages
grew 17.6% contributing to rising inflation. Exports and
imports continue to grow strongly, and the current
account deficit rose to more than 10% of GDP in 2006.
Trade has been increasingly oriented toward the West.
Lithuania has gained membership in the World Trade
Organization and joined the EU in May 2004.
Privatization of the large, state-owned utilities is nearly
complete. Foreign government and business support
have helped in the transition from the old command
economy to a market economy, but foreign direct
investment declined in 2006.
Media / Press Laws

In March 2006, the Radio and Television Commission
prohibited the rebroadcast on local channels of
Belarusian state television on the grounds that it
disseminated
disinformation.
The
Vilnius
Administrative District Court overturned the decision in
September, holding that the Commission violated its
decision-making procedures and exceeded its authority
by considering abstract opinions about the political
situation in Belarus.
The law prohibits the dissemination of information that

is untrue and that is damaging to honor and dignity of
an individual. Libel is punishable by a fine or
imprisonment of up to one year or up to two years for
Radio and television included a mix of independent and dissemination of libelous material through mass media.
public stations.
In September the State Security Department briefly
Ownership
detained a publisher and seized one day issue of Laisvas
Nordic publishing house Schibsted ASA bought a 99.99 Laikrastis newspaper on the grounds that the paper was
pct stake in the free Lithuanian daily paper 15min for an publishing information classified as a state secret.
undisclosed sum. Launched on September 1, 2005, President Adamkus issued a statement criticizing the
15min is published five days a week and is distributed in action of the Security Department action and called the
Vilnius, the second-biggest city of Kaunas and in the city detention of the publisher and seizure of the issue an
of Klaipeda.
attack against free press. Neither the publisher nor the
newspaper sought legal redress.
In Lithuania, Schibsted already holds a 67 pct stake in
the magazine publishing group Zurnalu Leidybine
Grupe, and a 51 pct stake in the LT newspaper.
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; www.finanznachrichten.de; Free Dailies Newsletter
2.a
Age
up to 15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
736
445
496
537
413
368
489
3,484
21
13
14
15
12
11
14
100
Male
000
377
226
246
261
192
158
169
1,629
23
14
15
16
12
10
10
100
Female
000
%
359
219
250
276
221
210
320
1,855
19
12
14
15
12
11
17
100
Source: Lithuanian Statistic Departments, the latest population poll 2002
458
LITHUANIA
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
611
186
1,026
52
751
2,625
23
7
39
2
29
100
3.b
Male

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Female
000
%
000
293
83
509
23
330
1,238
24
7
41
2
27
100
318
103
516
29
421
1,387
23
7
37
2
30
100
Source: TNS Gallup National Readership Survey 2006
Total dailies
Total free dailies
5.a
2.cb
Occupancy
Children
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
560
819
571
501
175
2,625
All adults
Men
Women
21
31
22
19
7
100
Notes: Aged 15-74
Without persons below 20 856

aged 0-3
255
aged 4-11
528
aged 12-19
744
Total
2,625
Source: TNS Gallup National
Readership Survey 2006
Includes ages 15-74
Includes ages 15-74
33
46
10
20
28
100
7.aa
7.ab
Housewives
000
%

(2006)
Age
%
% daily reach
group
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
20.2
18.2
22.9
17.6
11.6
10.5
100
56.8
57.7
62.2
60.3
55.7
39.9
-
2002
(Lithuania, litas, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
52.0
56.0
71.2
82.0
2002
(Lithuania, litas, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
14.8
16.2
62.6
18.2
20.9
24.2
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 IMF
16
36
26
16
6
1
100
7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.41
1.41
1.4
1.24
1.37

7.ba
Number of titles

(Lithuania, litas, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
354
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
10.23
1.52
1.52
102.00
GDP per capita

3.a
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 IMF
persons) (2006)
17
39
29
18
6
1
109
636
535
535
101
Notes: Aged 15-74
GDP
2.d
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
Total
577
527
527
50

Households
000
%

Age
56.1
56.5
55.8
56.5
TNS Gallup National Readership Survey

2006
(2006)
500
500
500
-
5.b
(%)
Reached

(no other earners)
(2006)
Includes ages 15-74
2.ca
347
-
341
21
21
11
10
325
22
21
11
10
22
21
11
10
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
21
320
315
103
212
21
1
-
21
1
-
0.00
0.00
-
5
5
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
101.8 113.0 138.0 210.0

73.9 80.0 100.0 152.0
27.9 33.0 38.0 58.0
96.0 109.0 146.0 606.0
18.0 19.0 25.0 20.0
0.3
0.1
0.2
0.2
16.0 17.0 21.0 40.1
1.5
3.7
4.6
5.2
233.6 261.8 334.8 881.5
222.0 242.0 271.0 302.0

159.0 172.0 193.0 214.0
63.0 70.0 78.0 88.0
777.0 854.0 982.0 1,109.0
24.0 27.0 31.0 34.0
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
46.0 57.0 66.0 76.3
10.0 13.0 22.0 30.0
1,079.1 1,193.2 1,372.2 1,551.5
Source: Media House, SIC TNS Gallup, Mediapool, ZenithOptimedia

After discounts; excludes classified; excludes production costs; excludes agency
commission
Source: 2002-2003 Statistics Lithuania; 2004 Statistics Lithuania; Bibliographical

News: Serials 2004; 2005 Statistics Lithuania (all newspapers), WAN assessment,
WAN from public sources (free dailies); 2006 WAN assessment, WAN from public
sources (free dailies)
459
LITHUANIA
7.c
(Lithuania, litas, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
110.0
110.0
79.0
Regional and local
31.0
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local free dailies Total paid-for non-dailies 1 8.5
Regional and local
0.5
115.0
115.0
84.0
31.0
142.0
142.0
105.0
37.0
134.3
134.3
93.5
40.8
146.8
142.0
98.9
43.1
33.45
29.09
25.19
39.03
9.30
5.73
5.78
5.64
10.0
9.4
0.6
11.0
10.0
0.7
24.8
24.0
0.8
4.8
4.8
30.4
29.5
0.9
257.65
268.75
80.00
22.58
22.92
12.50

Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
Excluding Sundays for 2002-2004
7.d

2002
In colour
Total
25

2003
2004
2005
2006
25
27
10
26
11
28
Source: TNS Gallup, Advertising Expenditure Survey
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
88.4
9.0
2.6
100
82.5
6.0
11.5
100
90.1
6.2
3.7
100

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser

Figures are before discounts
2002
% of display
ad revenue
Job Offers
Retail in General
Mobile Communication
Cars
Financial Institutions, Services
Governemental Institutions
Real Estate
Gambling
Medical Service, Institutions
Concerts, Festivals, Shows
9.1
7.1
6.8
5.0
4.9
4.7
4.2
3.1
2.8
2,5
Source: TNS Gallup, Adverising

Expenditure Survey
Inpoc
Omnitel
VP Market
Bite
Palink
Zalgirio Loto
Rimi
Olifeja
Intervid Pramogos
Tele2
3,236
3,033
2,926
2,871
2,694
2,322
2,319
2,003
1,942
1,906
Source: TNS Gallup, Adverising

Expenditure Survey
1
8.ba
Expenditure 1
(Lithuania, litas, 000)
Gross figures

Circulation 1
Title
Language
Publisher
Vakaro zinios
Lietuvos rytas
Respublika
Kauno diena
L.T.
Siauliu krastas
Klaipeda
Respublika
Vakaru ekspresas
Lietuvos zinios
Lithuanian
Lithuanian
Lithuanian
Lithuanian
Lithuanian
Lithuanian
Lithuanian
Russian
Lithuanian
Lithuanian
Naujasis aitvaras
131
Lietuvos rytas
107
Respublikos leidiniai
46
Kauno diena
41
Ekstra zinios
32
Siauliu krastas
18
Klaipedos laikraio redakcija 23
Respublikos leidiniai
Broliu Tomku leidykla
18
Lietuvos zinios
29
(000)
Readership 2
(000)
Cover price
Format
(Lithuania, litas) (USD)
1,130
1,115
460
282
193
171
166
148
146
144
22.00
49.80
25.00
20.00
4.00
15.00
20,70
6.00
15.00
17.00
8.40
18.90
9.50
7.60
1.50
5.70
7.90
2.30
5,70
6.50
39.5x25.8
42x28.2
39.5x25.8
37.8x25.8
27.8x21.3
39.5x25.8
38x26.5
39.5x25.8
39.5x25.8
39x25.7
Full page ad rate 3

Mono
Colour
(Lithuania, litas)
5
10
4
4
2
3
1
3
3
6
6
12
5
6
3
4
3
3
3
8
Source: Publishers claims (circulation); TNS Gallup National Readership Survey 2006 (readership)
1
Average weekday circulation

Aged 15-74, sample 6291 respondents; total number of people who had a chance to read or to look over one edition
3
Rates per 1 square cm
2
8.bb
Title
15 minuciu
Language
Lithuanian
Publisher
15 minuciu
Circulation 1
Readership 2
(000)
(000)
101
571
Format
38x26.5
Full page ad rate 3

Mono
Colour
(Lithuania, litas)
6
Source: Publishers claim (circulation); TNS Gallup National Readership Survey 2006 (readership)
1
Average weekday circulation

Aged 15-74, sample 6,291 respondents; total number of people who had a chance to read or to look over one edition
3
Rate per 1 square cm
2
460
LITHUANIA
11.
Research
There is no independent circulation audit organization
in Lithuania.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
18
TNS Gallup carries out the National Readership Survey
(NRS) every month from 1998.
Methodology
Readership:
NRS results are presented quarterly. A multiple stage
probability sampling is used for surveys. At least 1,400
permanent residents of Lithuania aged 15-74 are
questioned each season (quarter). CAPI (computer
assisted personal interview) at the respondent s living
place is used as survey method.
Data for 2006 cover the period between November 28,
2005 and November 26, 2006. Survey was conducted
among 6,291 respondents aged 15-74. Data about 182
Lithuanian newspapers and magazines were collected.
Coverage and maximum coverage are the main
parameters used in press audience analyses. Cover (%
and 000) is an average number or a percentage of people
who have read or looked through one edition. Cover
maximum (% and 000) is a total number or
a percentage of people who read or looked through at
least one edition during a certain period of time.
Advertising expenditure:
TNS Gallup conducts Advertising Expenditure Survey
(Advertising Monitoring) from 1998. From January 1,
2006, 27 newspapers and 38 magazines are in the list.
461
LUXEMBOURG
This stable, high-income economy - benefiting from its
proximity to France, Belgium, and Germany - features
solid growth, low inflation, and low unemployment.
The industrial sector, initially dominated by steel, has
become increasingly diversified to include chemicals,
rubber, and other products. Growth in the financial
sector, which now accounts for about 28% of GDP, has
more than compensated for the decline in steel. Most
banks are foreign-owned and have extensive foreign

dealings. Agriculture is based on small family-owned
farms. The economy depends on foreign and crossborder workers for about 60% of its labor force.
Although Luxembourg, like all EU members, has
suffered from the global economic slump, the country
enjoys an extraordinarily high standard of living - GDP
per capita ranks second in the world.

(2006)
2.ca
Occupancy
Households
000
%
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
45
96
75
103
55
374
12
25
20
28
15
100
Source: TNS Plurimedia 2006

Population 15+
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Total non-dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-49
50-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
85
53
63
113
79
66
459
19
11
14
25
17
14
100
Male
000
44
27
31
57
40
27
226
19
12
14
25
18
12
100
Female
000
%
41
26
32
56
39
39
233
18
11
13
24
17
17
100
Source: STATEC 2006

2.b
Social class
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
No response
Total
All adults
000
%
000
98
82
85
89
20
374
58
43
39
33
10
183
22
24
21
18
5
100
26
22
23
24
5
100
6
6
6
17
10
10
7
-
6
6
6
19
11
11
8
3
5
6
6
6
16
9
9
7
4
3
6
6
6
15
9
9
6
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
-25.00
-10.00
-10.00
-40.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
-6.25
0.00
0.00
-14.29
-25.00
0.00
Source: ALEJ

2.a
6
6
6
20
10
10
10
-
Male
Female
000
%
41
38
46
56
10
191
21
20
25
29
5
100
The size of the Grand Dutchy (2,560 square km) leaves little opportunity
for publishing profitable regional and local paid-for newspapers that
are profitable; all newspapers are therefore national except the free
advertising newspapers.
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Total non-dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
118
118
118
423
91
91
332
-
115
115
115
385
89
89
296
-
115
115
115
374
80
80
294
-
115
115
115
337
80
80
257
187
70
114
114
114
259
87
87
172
172
-
-3.39
-3.39
-3.39
-38.77
-4.40
-4.40
-48.19
-
-0.87
-0.87
-0.87
-23.15
8.75
8.75
-33.07
-8.02
-
Source: ALEJ
For daily newspapers, circulation means paid circulation. For other categories,
circulation refers to print-run, due to the imprecision and lack of homogeneity
of available information.

Population 15+
462
LUXEMBOURG
4.a
6.b
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
35
35
35
34.1
34.1
34.1
34.4
34.4
34.4
34.2
34.2
34.2
33.7
33.7
33.7
-3.71
-3.71
-3.71
-1.46
-1.46
-1.46
Website
Saint-Paul Luxembourg
www.wort.lu
7.aa
Source: ALEJ
2002
4.b
Sales revenues
GDP
(Luxembourg, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
17.0
18.2
18.4
20.1
20.9
22.94
3.98
22.4
7.ab
2002
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
GDP per capita
2002
2003
(%)
2004 1
2005
2006
13.5
86.5
13.1
86.9
12.8
87.2
9.8
68.8
9.9
70.2
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
0.70
0.39
Source: Publishers declarations

(2006)
5.b
Age
%
% daily reach
group
15-24
25-34
35-49
50-54
65 +
Total
9.8
14.0
29.4
23.9
23.0
100
66.7
68.5
64.9
68.9

Data relevant to total daily press in
Luxembourg, including foreign dailies
7.ba
2006
51.4
59.8
64.4
71.9
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.53
0.38
0.36
0.31

2003 2004 2005 2006
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Others
Total
7.c
86.9 88.7
76.6 68.9
10.3 19.8
9.4
10.9
17.6 19.8
1.1
1.2
3.4
8.3
5.4
123.3 129.4
94.9
69.3
25.6
10.6
20.5
1.2
3.6
8.0
138.8
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Data relevant to total daily press in

Luxembourg, including foreign dailies
Media consumption
(minutes per day)
2003
2004
2005
2002
Radio
Television
(Luxembourg, euro, 000)

2003
2004
2005
Source: Luxembourg Ad Report 2006
45.6
55.6
64.6
75.8
86.9
-
Source: TNS 2006
5.c
7.ac
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
1.05
0.66
33.1
Source: Publinvest, STATEC
(Luxembourg, euro)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
29.3
49.8
Ad expenditure
Data based on the two largest dailies in 2002, and six dailies in 2003-2006
4.d
27.0
Source: CIM and publishers declarations

1
23.1
2006
Including VAT
(Luxembourg, euro, bln)

2003
2004
2005
Source: ALEJ
4.c
1,167,503
Source: CIM Metriweb 2006
195
188
194
183
194
182
193
203
2006
217
209

Total non-dailies
64.1
64.1
64.1
9.8
3.2
3.2
6.5
6.5
67.0
67.0
67.0
9.6
5.4
5.4
4.1
4.1
68.9
68.9
68.9
9.1
4.5
4.5
4.6
4.6
71.8
71.8
71.8
14.0
9.4
9.4
4.6
4.6
69.3
69.3
69.3
9.7
5.4
5.4
4.3
4.3
8.11
8.11
8.11
-1.02
68.75
68.75
-33.85
-33.85
3.48
3.48
3.48
-30.71
-42.55
-42.55
-6.52
-6.52
Source: Publinvest; Luxembourg Ad Report 2006

Gross ratecard prices
1
Including Sundays
Source: TNS Plurimedia

Population 15+; average Monday-Sunday
6.a
7.d
Online editions
2000
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Non-dailies
5
7
3
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
20.00
-14,29
Total
10,271

2001
2002
2003
2004
10,609
12,038
13,223
14,284
Source: Publinvest
0.00
0.00
Source: ALEJ
463
LUXEMBOURG
Display
Classified
2002
2003
(%)
2004
58.2
41.8
56.8
43.2
54.9
45.1
2005
2006
59.2
40.8
61.5
38.5
Recruitment, personal, public announcements, legal and financial ads were all
previously counted in display, but from 2001 they come under classified. From
2002, inserts are counted as display.
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Display advertising in daily press only
82
19
6
5
8
13,607
3,689
1,249
532
1,031
Expenditure
Cactus
Miscellaneous cultural events
Mbel Martin
Autodiffusion Losch
(VW/Audi/Porsche)
Bram
Estate agents
Cora
BMW
Courtheoux Match
Delhaize Le Lion
Source: Pige Publinvest
Total revenue
Source: CIM; publishers declarations

(2004)
21.9
16.7
14.3
13.6
13.1
6.3
6.2
2.3
2.1
1.2
Total circulation
(000)
These were the five publishers of the six dailies in Luxembourg in 2005

categories (2004)
Retail
Other services
Wholesale
Culture. education & leisure
Auto
Office/telecommunications
Banking/finance
Drinks
Transport & tourism
Household
Publisher
Editpress
Lumedia
Editions Du Letzeburger Journal
Zeitung
Source: Publinvest
% of display
ad revenue
8.a
1,675
1,203
972
903
806
703
648
598
577
559
Source: Pige Publinvest 2004

Display advertising in daily press only
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Luxemburger Wort
Tageblatt
Zeitung vum Letzebuerger Vollek
Le Quotidien
Letzeburger Journal
La Voix du Luxembourg
German
German
German
French
German
French
Editpress
Zeitung
Lumedia
Editions du Letz. Journal
Circulation 1
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Luxembourg, euro) (USD)
74
17
8
5
5
5
171
61
3
24
10
19
0.90
0.95
0.70
0.95
0.55
0.70
Format
1.02
1.07
0.79
1.07
0.62
0.79
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Luxembourg, euro)
Nordic
Berliner
Berliner
Berliner
5,775
2,320
2,070
1,547
1,520
2,275
8,925
4,177
3,898
2,785
3,190
3,850
Source: CIM, TNS Plurimedia, publishers

2004 data
1
Circulation of Luxemburger Wort, Tageblatt, Le Quitidien and La Voix du Luxembourg based on four quarterly declarations made by publishers and audited by CIM.
Circulation of Zeitung vum Letzebuerger Vollek and Letzeburger Journal declared by publishers; not independently audited.
9.a
Employment
10.ba
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total number of journalists 90
104
257
275
302
235.56
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
9.82
Source: Press Council

As of 07/12/2004, there were 362 journalists in all media who were registered
at the press council, including working journalists (296), trainees (35), and retirees
(31). Out of the total of 362, 275 journalists worked for print media, including
retirees and trainees. It is impossible to distinguish between full-time
and part-time journalists.
10.a
10.bb
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
7
3
4
-
6
2
4
-
5
4
2
-
5
4
2
-
5
2
2
2
-28.57
-33.33
-50.00
-
0.00
-50.00
0.00
-
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
38.0
30.0
16.0
38.0
30.0
16.0
38.0
29.8
15.1
38.0
29.7
15.2
38.0
26.0
15.0
2001
(Luxembourg, euro)
2002
2003
2004
2005
0.29
0.06
0.28
0.07
0.32
0.08
0.35
0.09
(Luxembourg, euro)
2002
2003
2004
2005
Source: Estimate based on four dailies data
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
2001
Single copy
Subscription
0.30
0.08
Source: Estimate based on four dailies data

10.c
Newsprint costs
2001
Average per ton
644
590
535
500
520
Source: Service des Mdias et des Communications
464
LUXEMBOURG
11.
Research
14.
Discounts (2005)
CIM (Centre dInformation sur les Mdias, Brussels)
TNS Plurimedia (Taylor-Nelson/Sofres)
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Post 1
1
12.
Taxes (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant 1
15
Subsidies generally

There is no specific aid for newsprint purchases; all aid
is included in the direct press subsidy.
There are no specific low-rate loans available to the
printing or publishing sectors; only industrial and
commercial companies are eligible for low-rate loans,
which are granted by the SNCI (Socit Nationale de
Crdit et dInvestissement).
The 3/08/1998 law promoting print media provides for
subsidies, the amount of which is decided each year.
13.b

companies?
No
VAT on printing is imposed at the following rate: 3% on brochures, books,

newspapers and periodicals; 12% on commercial catalogues or printed
advertising matter; and 15% on calling cards.
13.a
0
0
0
0
0
-
Fixed special rate. Tariff on distribution by the P&T is Euro 12.10 per 75 grams plus
a one-off fixed tax of 0.25%
15.a
3
3
12
15
12
15
30
30
Discount rate (%)
Direct subsidies

No
same locality?
The participation of a newspaper business in a regional
radio station may not exceed 25% of the stations
capital.
No
press?
No
No

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2005/01 2005/04
Total amount
5.5
5.5
6.6
20.00
Source: SMC Service des Medias et des Communications

For all print media
1
Subsidies to nine newspapers and two magazines, including EUR6.012 million to

nine newspapers (dailies and non-dailies); six dailies received EUR5.269 million
465
LUXEMBOURG
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
Up to 25% of share capital
National TV
Licensees
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
National
Newspaper
Owners
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
National Radio
Licensees
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
Foreign Investors
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
Two new television stations launched in 2004 - DOK.TV and RTL ZWEE - both aimed at domestic audiences. Their licences were granted by the government of Luxembourg
in conformity with the law on electronic media of 27 July 1991.
466
MACAU
Apparel exports and tourism are mainstays of the
economy. The economic boom in 2002-05 was powered
by gambling, tourism, and the contruction necessary to
support such endeavours. Much of the textile industry in
Macau may move to the mainland due to the
termination in 2005 of the Multi-Fiber Agreement,
which provided a near guarantee of export markets,
leaving the territory more dependent on gambling and
trade-related services to generate growth. The inflation
There are eight Chinese-language daily newspapers and
five weekly newspapers. The dailies are the Macao Daily
News, Jornal Va Kio (Overseas Chinese), Tai Chung Pou
(The People), Journal do C (The Citizen), Jornal In Toi
Ou Mun (Modern Macau), Cheng Pou (Rightness),
Seng Pou (The Star), and Jornal San Va Ou (New
Chinese Macau). There are also four Portugueselanguage newspapers two dailies and two weeklies.
The dailies are the Macau Hoje (Macau Today) and the
Journal Tribuna de Macau (Macau Forum). The weeklies
are the Ponto Final (Fullstop) and O Clarim
(The Horn). There is also a daily English newspaper, the
Macau Post Daily.
The Government of the Macau Special Administrative

Region publishes various kinds of regulars and books,
mainly introducing the operation of the government and
its policies. The most important government publication
is the Official Bulletin of the Macau Special
Administrative Region. Most of these publications are
published in both Chinese and Portuguese, the official
languages of Macau. Governmental departments, such
as the Tourist Office and the Trade and Investment
Promotion Institute also publish newsletters and
publications in English. The Government Information
Services publishes a regular magazine, Macau, in
Chinese, Portuguese, and English.
There are Hong Kong and international newspapers and
magazines on sale in Macau as well; those from Hong
Kong have a larger circulation and are the most
influential within society.
Media / Press Laws
Laws to regulate the media include the Law on
Publication and the Law on Broadcasting and Television.
The Law on Advertising Activities regulates media
advertising. Both the Portuguese Constitution in the
past and the Basic Law of Macau at present guarantee
freedom of speech, of publication, and of press.
State Support
Since the 1990s, the government has been providing
grants to Macaus newspapers via the Information
Services. Prior to that, the government sponsored
newspapers by publishing official announcements and
There are weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, and irregular advertisements in them.
magazines in Chinese and Portuguese. Some of these
magazines are not registered at the Government
Information Services.
The largest selling Chinese-language newspaper is the
Macao Daily News. It has some 170 staff, with 30
reporters. The average daily circulation of the Macao
Daily News is estimated to be 50,000 copies.
467
MACAU
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
73
344
36
453
Male
16
76
8
100
000
38
164
15
217
18
76
7
100
Female
000
%
35
180
21
236
15
76
9
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

10
10
7
11
7
11
7
11
7
10.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
168
169
180
185
185
10.12
0.00
Source: 2002-2003 UNESCAP; 2004-2006 WAN estimate

7.aa

2000
GDP
(Macau, pataca, bln)

2001
2002
2003
-
75.3
2004
82.5

8.ba
Title
Language
Circulation (000)
Aomen Ribao (Macau Daily News)

Jornal Va Kio (Overseas Chinese)
Tai Chung Pou (The People)
Jornal do Cidadao (The Citizen)
Jornal In Toi Ou Mun (Modern Macau)
Cheng Pou (Rightness)
Seng Pou (The Star)
Jornal San Va Ou (New Chinese Macau)
Macau Hoje (Macau Today)
Jornal Tribuna de Macau (Macau Forum)
Macau Post Daily 1
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Portuguese
Portuguese
English
50
5

1
468
Launched in 2004
MACEDONIA
Macedonias commitment to economic reform, free
trade, and regional integration was undermined by the
ethnic Albanian insurgency of 2001. The economy
shrank 4.5% because of decreased trade, intermittent
border closures, increased deficit spending on security
needs, and investor uncertainty. Growth barely recovered
in 2002 to 0.9%, then averaged 4% per year during
2003-06. Macedonia has maintained macroeconomic
stability with low inflation, but it has lagged the region
in attracting foreign investment, and job growth has
been anemic. Macedonia has an extensive gray market,
estimated to be more than 20 percent of GDP, that falls
outside official statistics.

Television traditionally has had a leading role in the
media market.
The publisher Vreme launched a free newspaper - Spic
(pronounced Shpits).
Media Print Macedonia group (Krug, Ogledalo and
Most publishing companies) launched 24 hours, a free
newspaper.
Circulation
The downward trend in circulation, which began in
2005, continues as a direct consequence of free
newspapers being launched.
Source: Association of Printed Media, Macedonia

(2002)
2.ca
Occupancy
Households
000
%
Total
502
3.a
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
free non-dailies
7
7
-
10
10
10
9
1
8
13
11
11
2
11
9
1
8
12
10
10
2
-
13
10
10
3
-
85.71
42.86
-
8.33
0.00
0.00
50.00
-
2
2
Source: 2002-2005 Association of Printed Media, Macedonia;

2006 WAN assessment
1
2.a
There are many local non-dailies published irregularly; accurate data

on non-dailies are not available. Many non-dailies have been closed due
to discontinued government subsidies.
Age
Children
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
459
294
302
297
270
185
215
2,023
23
15
15
15
13
9
11
100
Male
000
237
151
154
151
136
90
97
1,015
23
15
15
15
13
9
10
100
Female
000
%
223
143
148
145
134
95
118
1,007
22
14
15
14
13
9
12
100
Source: Census of the Population, Households and Dwellings, 2002
469
MACEDONIA
3.b
6.a
Online editions
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
130
130
130
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies 1
-
150
150
150
12
2
10
160
150
150
10
-
170
160
160
10
-
200
140
140
60
-
53.85
7.69
7.69
-
17.65
-12.50
-12.50
500.00
-
30
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sundays
Total
7.aa
42
42
-
41
41
-
47
47
1
7.c
42.86
-
(Macedonia, denar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
254.0
260.0
300.4
267.0
279.0
14.63
14.63
-

7.d
308

1998
-

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
10,000
Sales revenues
416.0 413.4 468.0
13.21
Source: Association of Printed Media - Macedonia

2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
95
5
100
90
10
100
95
5
100
97
3
100
97
3
100
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
Total

4.d
(Macedonia, denar, mln)

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
4.c
10
1
11
2002
Total
4.b
7
3
-
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; OANDA (exchange rate)
(mln)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
-
6
3
-
Total dailies
GDP
There are many local non-dailies published irregularly; accurate data on

non-dailies are not available. Many non-dailies have been closed due
to discontinued government subsidies.
4.a
Source: 2002, 2003, 2005 Association of Printed Media - Macedonia; 2004, 2006,
WAN assessment
1
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Cover prices (2005)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Macedonia, denar)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
5.00
5.00
20.00
20.00
Source: Association of Printed Media Macedonia

(2005)
5.b
Age
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
% daily reach
within age
group
29.4
24.2
30.1
20.0
26.9
22.2
All adults
Men
Women
24
14
10
Source: BRIMA Gallup International

(2005)
8.a
Publisher
Krug
Vreme
Ogledalo
Most
Makedonski Sport
Vecer
Oglasnik M
Makedonija Denes
NIP Nova Makedonija
Fakti
50
35
25
20
10
7
7
5
5
5
Source: Association of Printed Media Macedonia
8.ba
Title
Publisher
Dnevnik
Vreme
Vest
Utrinski vesnik
Makedonski Sport
Vecer
Krug
Vreme
Ogledalo
Most
Unika M
Vecer
Circulation
Cover price
(000) (Macedonia, denar) (USD)
50
30
25
18
10
5
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
20.00
15.00
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.30
Format
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Spic
Macedonian
Vreme
Circulation
(000)
Format
50
Tabloid
Source: BRIMA Gallup International
470
MACEDONIA
10.a
13.b
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
1
1
6
-
2
1
5
1
7
1
5
1
250.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Total amount
14.
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
30
-
25
20
15
15

2001
Single copy
Subscription
3
2
2
2
2
2
Average per ton
11.
(Macedonia, denar)
2000
2001
2002
-
34,770
36,900
30,000
No readership research was conducted in 2006.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
18
2003
Research
5
18
18
18
18
13.a
0
0
0
0
0
0

No
Circulation is not audited.
12.
Discount rate (%)

companies?
No
Newsprint costs
1999
2
2
2005

10.c
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
15.a
(Macedonia, denar)
2002
2003
2004
2
2

10.bb
56
Discounts (2006)
10.ba
Subsidies generally

No

same locality?
Newspaper publishers cannot operate radio or TV
stations.
Joint Stock companies must register their shares at the
Central Registry. However, most publishing companies
are registered as Limited, so they are not under this rule.
press?
There are no special rules for newspapers, but normal
anti-monopoly laws apply.
No

No
The goverment decided to cease newspaper subsidies
from 2004.
471
MADAGASCAR
Agriculture, including fishing and forestry, is a mainstay
of the economy, accounting for more than one-fourth of
GDP and employing 80% of the population. Exports of
apparel have boomed in recent years primarily due to
duty-free access to the United States. The inflation rate
was estimated at 12% in 2006.
20 of which were legally licensed. International media

were allowed to operate freely.
There were 14 privately owned major daily newspapers
and many other privately owned national and local news
publications that published less frequently.
Le Quotidien, which is owned by the president, was the
newspaper most heavily influenced by the state.

Widespread illiteracy and a poorly developed system for
distributing publications printed in the capital limited Online / Digital Publishing
the influence of print media.
Public access to the Internet was limited mainly to urban
areas; modern technology and the necessary
There were approximately 232 radio stations, 137 of infrastructure were generally absent in rural areas.
which were legally licensed, and 29 television stations,
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
8,330
9,710
555
18,595
Male
45
52
3
100
000
4,172
4,809
249
9,230
45
52
3
100
Female
000
%
4,158
4,901
306
9,365
44
52
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
10
11
11
12
14
40.00
16.67

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
65
85
90
100
110
69.23
2002
(Madagascar ariary , bln)

2003
2004
2005
10.00

7.aa
GDP
2006
31,664.5 38,172.4

8.ba
Title
Language
Basy-Vava
Imongo Vaovao
La Gazette de la Grande Ile
Le Nouvelles
LExpress de Madagascar
Madagascar Laza
Madagascar Tribune
Maresaka
Midi Madagasikara
Malagasy
Malagasy
French/Malagasy
French
French/Malagasy
French/Malagasy
French/Malagasy
Malagasy
French/Malagasy
472
MALAWI
The economy is predominantly agricultural, with about
90% of the population living in rural areas. Agriculture
accounted for nearly 36% of GDP and 80% of export
revenues in 2005. Tobacco accounts for over 60%
of exports. The economy depends on substantial inflows
of economic assistance from the IMF, the World Bank,
and individual donor nations. The government faces
strong challenges, including developing a market
economy, improving educational facilities, facing up to
environmental problems, dealing with the rapidly
growing problem of HIV/AIDS, and satisfying foreign
donors that fiscal discpline is being tightened.
detained overnight and released on bail. In November

staff of The Chronicle began operating in hiding after
hearing reports that the government intended to
confiscate the newspapers computers. The Chronicle
closed the following week after senior staff members
were offered positions that quadrupled their salaries at
The Guardian, which was managed by Duwa
Mutharika, the presidents daughter.
The Internet was accessed by less than 15 percent of
the population via a few Internet cafes and offices in the
major cities; few individuals could afford Internet access
in their homes.

Media / Press Laws
Ten independent newspapers were available, including The Printed Publications Act of 1947 requires every
two independent dailies, four bi-weeklies, and four newspaper to be registered with the office of the
independent weekly papers.
Government Archivers. All newspapers are required to
supply the Archivers with their full details including
The two dailies the Nation and the Daily Times are their title and the names and addresses of the proprietor,
controlled by the ruling party and the main opposition editor and publisher of the newspaper, as well as the
party respectively. Blantyre Newspapers Ltd., the details of the premises where the publication will be
publisher of the Daily Times, also publishes the leading published. It is an offence to print or publish
private weekly newspaper, Malawi News, which has a newspaper without being registered and the offender is
a circulation of over 20,000. The Chronicle is one of the liable to be fined. The fine is restricted to a maximum of
few privately owned newspapers; it appears weekly, and GBP100.
has a circulation of 10,000 to 20,000. The ruling party
the UDF owns the UDF News, which is a pro- Printing & Distribution
government newspaper. There is also the Weekly News, The biggest printing press, Blantyre Print and
which is owned by the government and has a circulation Publishing, belongs to the business empire of the late
of 5,000.
president Kamuzu Banda. It prints both newspapers and
books. The other major printing press in the newspaper
sector is owned by Aleke Bandas Nation Publications
On May 8, 2006, security forces arrested The Chronicle Limited. In 1999, ownership of Blantyre Print and
editor-in-chief and two journalists and charged them Publishing came under dispute in court following the
with criminal libel for publishing a story that accused disclosure of a will supposedly left by the late Banda. The
former attorney general Ralph Kasambara of theft; ruling UDF dissolved the board and replaced it with its
The Chronicle frequently criticized President Mutharika own, mainly comprising faithful party members.
and his administration. The three journalists were
473
MALAWI
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
6,057
6,611
346
13,014
Male
47
51
3
100
Female
000
%
000
3,057
3,278
140
6,475
47
51
2
100
3,000
3,333
206
6,539
46
51
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
10.00
10.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 WAN estimate; 2005-2006 WAN assessment

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Malawi, kwacha, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
734.9
903.9
2006
1,121.9

8.ba
474
Title
Language
The Nation
The Daily Times
Nation Publications
Blantyre Newspapers Ltd.
Circulation (000)
15
7
MALAYSIA
Growth topped 7% in 2004 and 5% per year in 200506. As an oil and gas exporter, Malaysia has profited
from higher world energy prices, although the rising cost
of domestic gasoline and diesel fuel forced Kuala
Lumpur to reduce government subsidies, contributing
to higher inflation. Malaysia unpegged the ringgit
from the US dollar in 2005 and the currency appreciated
6% against the dollar in 2006. Healthy foreign exchange
reserves and a small external debt greatly reduce the risk
that Malaysia will experience a financial crisis over the
near term similar to the one in 1997. The economy
remains dependent on continued growth in the US,
China, and Japan - top export destinations and key
sources of foreign investment. The government
presented its five-year national development agenda in
April 2006 through the Ninth Malaysia Plan,
a comprehensive blueprint for the allocation of the
national budget from 2006-10. The plan targets the
development of higher value-added manufacturing and
an expansion of the services sector.
Kumpulan Karangkraf Sdn Bhd was set up in 1977 and

it has published 31 reading materials including
magazines and tabloids.

Broadcasting licenses permit only Malay language news
from 8:00 to 9:00 p.m., except on a Ministry of
Information channel. Internet television faced no such
restrictions, and PAS continued daily Internet television
broadcasts. At years end no other material provider of
Internet television content had emerged.
Chinese papers also saw a decline with the daily average

reaching 1,475,950 copies versus 1,529,109, while for
Tamil newspapers it was the same. For Tamil newspapers
it was 63,986 copies versus 67,984 copies in 2005.
Circulation
The average daily sales of newspapers in the country rose
by 50,127 copies in January-February 2006 compared to
the same period in the previous year. A total of
7,967,066 copies were sold for the January-February
period 2006 compared to 7,916,939 in the same period
in 2004, according to the Monthly Bulletin of the
Statistics Department.
Average daily sales of English newspapers for Jan-Feb
rose to 2,368,210 copies compared to 2,119,124 in the
corresponding period in 2004 unlike for vernacular
newspapers.
Average daily sales for Malay newspapers declined by
139,404 copies from a daily average of 3,973,513 for
Jan-Feb 2004 to 3,834,110 for Jan-Feb 2005.
For bilingual papers, which are only sold in Sabah, the

pattern was the same. The daily average fell by 2,399
copies this year to 224,810 from 227,209.

Print journalism was dominated by nine national daily Online / Digital Publishing
newspapers three in English, two in Malay, and four in The Communications and Multimedia Act (CMA)
Chinese.
requires certain Internet and other network service
providers to obtain a license.
Utusan Melayu, the 66-year-old Jawi newspaper which Internet access was freely available, and Internet
was discontinued in January 2006 due to rising cost and subscriptions totaled approximately 11 million at years
declining revenue, will be revived with government end; however, criminal defamation and preventive
financial support. Culture, Arts and Heritage Minister detention laws generated significant self censorship from
announced the ministry was providing a special local Internet content sources such as bloggers, Internet
allocation to publish the paper. Utusan Melayu, news providers, and NGO activists.
published by the Utusan Melayu media group, first
appeared in 1939 as a daily but dwindling readership On August 1, 2006 the prime minister stated that the
forced the paper to go weekly in 2003.
government would closely monitor the content of
Internet Web sites and blogs that published seditious
In February and March 2006, following publication of material.
several caricatures of the Prophet Muhammad that were
deemed highly offensive by most Muslims in the Ownership
country, the government suspended publication of three Parties in the ruling coalition owned or controlled
daily newspapers (including permanent suspension of a majority of shares in two of the three English and both
the Sarawak Tribune) and prompted an apology from Malay dailies.
a fourth newspaper.
The merger of Malaysias Chinese-language publishing
In June 2006, Kumpulan Karangkraf Sdn Bhd launched groups - Sin Chew Media Corp Bhd, Nanyang Press
a compact daily newspaper called Sinar Harian, Holdings Bhd and Ming Pao Enterprise Corp Ltd - is on
focussing on current developments in the East Coast. course to be completed in February 2008. The three
475
MALAYSIA
publishers signed the agreement on the merger in April
2007. The merger will create the largest Chineselanguage media company outside China, with a market
capitalization of more than RM1 billion (USD292
million). The necessary approvals from the authorities
are expected in September 2007, and the deal will be
completed with the listing of Ming Pao on the Bursa
Malaysia early next year. Meanwhile, Ming Pao is to take
over the listing status of Sin Chew, thus giving it a listing
on the Bursa Malaysia and Hong Kong Stock Exchange.
Tan Sri Tiong Hiew King, the timber tycoon and
currently the largest shareholder in the three newspaper
groups, is to maintain his controlling stake in the new
group through a majority 52% stake.
In January 2007, the newspaper publishing groups
Utusan Melayu Berhad and the New Straits Time Press
announced that they had called off talks on the
proposed merger following failure to reach a scheme of
merger that would be beneficial to both parties and
stakeholders after a series of discussions. The merger
would have created the countrys largest media
company.
Media / Press Laws
Under the Printing Presses and Publications Act,
domestic and foreign publications must apply annually
to the government for a permit. The act makes
publication of malicious news a punishable offense
and empowers the minister of internal security to ban or
restrict publications believed to threaten public order,
morality, or national security. The act also prohibits
court challenges to suspension or revocation of
publication permits. According to the government,
these provisions ensured that distorted news was not
disseminated to the public.
The law provides that freedom of speech may be
restricted by legislation in the interest of security (or)
public order. For example, the Sedition Act prohibits

public comment on issues defined as sensitive, such as
racial and religious matters. The Sedition Act, the
Official Secrets Act, the Printing Presses and
Publications Act, criminal defamation laws, and other
laws were used to restrict or intimidate dissenting
political speech.
The election law makes it an offense for a candidate to
promote feelings of ill will, discontent, or hostility.
Violators could be disqualified from running for office.
Criminal defamation is punishable by a maximum of
two years in jail, a fine, or both. The Centre for
Independent Journalism, a local NGO, claimed that the
threat of imprisonment and large monetary judgments
for criminal defamation reinforced self censorship.
In January 2006 the two chief editors of the second
largest Chinese language daily newspaper, the China
Press, were compelled to resign after the newspaper
mistakenly identified a woman who was forced by police
to do nude squats while in detention. The China Press
identified the woman as a Chinese national, although
she was actually an ethnic Chinese Malaysian. The
deputy prime minister said the misstatement regarding
her nationality had negatively impacted the perceptions
of current and potential Chinese tourists. He
acknowledged the governments role in the editors
forced resignations, saying it was a reminder to
newspapers to be more responsible. The China Press
published a front page apology in an apparent effort to
prevent suspension of its publishing permit.
Printers, who also must have their permits renewed
annually, often were reluctant to print publications that
were critical of the government.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Asia Times; Bernama
476
MALAYSIA
2.a
Age
15-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-54
55+
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,064
3,256
2,902
2,341
840
1,881
13,284
16
25
22
18
6
14
100
3.a
Male
000
1,044
1,630
1,443
1,187
435
910
6,648
16
25
22
18
7
14
100
1,020
1,626
1,459
1,154
405
971
6,645
15
25
22
17
6
15
100

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D+E
Total
All adults
000
%
1,697
2,012
1,639
7,770
13,284
13
15
12
59
100
Male
000
877
988
849
3,840
6,648
13
15
13
58
100
Female
000
%
819
1,024
790
3,931
6,635
12
15
12
59
100
(2005)
2.cb
Occupancy
(2005)
Children
1-3 adults
4-6 adults
7+ adults
Total
Households
000
%
7,125
5,494
664
13,284
54
41
5
100

persons) (2005)
Age
15-19
20-29
30-39
50-54
40-49
55+
Total
Housewives
000
%
6
471
931
300
790
732
3,230
Households
000
%
Without children
4,979
With children
8,305
with 1 child
2,784
with 2 to 3 children 4,306
with 4 to 5 children 1,060
with 6+ children
155
Total
13,284
0.2
14.6
28.8
9.3
24.5
22.7
100
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
33
32
14
Regional and local
18
paid-for dailies
32
Total free dailies
1
1
Regional and local paid-for Sundays
38
62
21
32
8
1
100
33
32
14
18
35
34
16
18
34
33
15
18
35
34
15
19
6.06
6.25
7.14
5.56
2.94
3.03
0.00
5.56
32
1
1
2
32
-
34
1
1
34
-
33
1
1
33
15
-
34
1
1
18
6.25
0.00
0.00
-
3.03
0.00
0.00
-
Source: 2002-2005 Macomm; 2006 WAN assessment, WAN from public sources
(free dailies)
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
2,474
2,334
Regional and local
393
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
140
140
Total paid-for Sundays 2,395
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays

(no other earners)
2.ca
Number of titles
Female
000
%
2,572
2,429
2,002
427
2,753 2,900 3,030

2,608 2,750 2,800
2,041 2,350
567
400
-
22.47
19.97
-
4.48
1.82
-
143
143
69
2,957
-
145 150 230

145
150 230
3,959 3,200
3,590 2,800
369
400
-
64.29
64.29
-
53.33
53.33
-
Source: 2002-2004 Macomm; 2005 ABC; 2006 WAN assessment

4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total dailies
657
657
132
720
720
124
700
700
125
-2.78
-2.78
0.81
Source: Macomm
4.c
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Total
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
70
30
100
70
30
100
70
30
100
70
30
100
70
30
100
Source: Newspaper industry sources

4.d
Cover prices (2005)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Malaysia, ringgit)
min
max
Single copy
1.20
1.50
All adults
Men
Women
54.7
55.2
44.8
37.4
477
MALAYSIA
(2005)
5.b
Age
7.ba
(Malaysia, ringgit, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
%
% daily reach
group
15-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-54
55+
Total
14.7
27.5
22.8
18.6
5.9
10.5
100
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Others 1
Total
51.9
61.6
57.3
57.9
51.5
40.5
-

5.c
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
(minutes per day)

2000
2001
2002
68
31
66
89
10
-
14
-
5
-
5
1
-50.00
-
0.00
-
The Star
NST
Sin Chew
Utusan
Emedia
China Press
Miridaily
21,491,123
12,741,665
12,525,758
4,250,118
-
(Malaysia, ringgit, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
334.4
362.0
487.6
449.6
GDP per capita
(Malaysia, ringgit, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
14.9
14.2
15.1
16.2
18.1
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.96
0.95
1.01
0.94
0.90
Ad expenditure
1,709.6
1,670.5
1,389.3
281.2
1,926.8 2,089.3
1,887.9 2,039.0
1,552.5 1,620.7
335.4 418.3
2,332.2
2,267.1
1,747.2
519.9
2,436.0 42.49
2,375.4 42.20
1,800.5 29.60
574.9 104.45
4.45
4.78
3.05
10.58
38.1
28.4
195.2
189.1
170.1
18.8
38.9
34.0
222.8
221.6
194.9
26.7
50.4
33.7
239.0
239.0
218.2
20.8
65.1
45.0
287.3
287.3
243.3
43.9
60.6
49.1
286.0
286.0
249.1
37
59.06
72.89
46.52
51.24
46.44
96.81
-6.91
9.11
-0.45
-0.45
2.38
-15.72
6.1
1.2
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
77.0
23.0
100
77.5
22.5
100
77.4
22.6
100
72.0
28.0
100
78.5
21.5
100
2000
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Total Sundays
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
Total Free Sundays
Display
Classified
Total
2001
395.0

GDP
7.ac
3,350
3,184
166
1,896
218
28
177
5,669
(Malaysia, ringgit, mln)

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
7.ab
3,192
3,032
160
1,812
208
25
164
5,401
Including Transport
7.c
Online editions
7.aa
3,043
2,888
155
1,672
198
23
149
5,085
2003
Source: Macomm
6.b
2,958
2,804
154
1,578
187
20
136
4,879
Before discounts; excludes production costs; includes classified; includes agency

commission; TV includes pay-TV from 2004
Media consumption
Dailies
Sundays
2,346 2,524 2,841 2,936

2,188 2,365 2,672 2,776
158
159 169 160
921
994 1,301 1,424
144
153 169 178
10
13
14
18
50
58
98
113
3,471 3,742 4,423 4,669
Source: AC Nielsen, ZenithOptimedia
1999
6.a

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Communication
Retail
Finance
Automotive
Services
Entertainment
Education & training
Government, social, political
Travel & tourism
Real estate
27
17
12
10
9
7
6
5
4
4
Expenditure
Celcom
Digi Telecommunications
Maxis Communication
Tenaga Malaysia
Panasonic Malaysia
Citibank
MAS
Proton
Nestle
Guinnes Anchor
74,402
62,468
44,035
23,442
18,312
16,706
16,496
15,686
15,215
15,210
478
MALAYSIA
8.a
Publisher
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
299
643
480
361
366
170
818,000
545,000
387,000
232,000
228,000
100,000
Star Publications
New Straits Times Press
Sin Chelo Media
Nanyang Press
Kumpulan Utusan
Nexnews
Source: ABC, Nielsen Media Research
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Sin Chew Daily

The Star
Berita Harian
Harian Metro
Utusan Malaysia
China Press
New Straits Times
Guang Ming Ribao
Nanyang Siang Pao
Oriental Daily News
Chinese
English
Bahasa
Bahasa
Bahasa
Chinese
English
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
Sin Chew Media

Star Publications
Utusan Melayu
China Press BHD
Guang Ming Press
Nanyang Siang Pao
Oriental
Circulation 1
(000)
Readership 2
(000)
349
300
231
229
228
223
140
138
137
79
1,091
1,148
1,159
1,819
1,207
720
319
363
-
Cover price
(Malaysia, ringgit) (USD)
1.30
1.20
1.50
1.20
1.50
1.30
1.20
1.00
1.20
1.20
Format
0.34
0.32
0.40
0.32
0.40
0.34
0.32
0.26
0.32
0.32
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Source: Malaysian Newspaper Publishers Association; Readership: Publicitas / AC Nielsen Malaysia, Star Malaysia
1
2
2005 data
December 2006
8.bb
11.
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
The Sun 1
English
Sun Media
230
171 2
Tabloid
Source: WAN from public sources; Readership: Publicitas / AC Nielsen Malaysia,

Star Malaysia
Founded in 1993 as a paid newspaper and converted to free distribution in 2002;
including The Edge Financial Daily, a supplement
2
December 2006
1
10.a
Audit Bureau of Circulations (ABC)
Nielsen Media Research
Methodology
Sample size 10,000; quarterly; interview

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
34
30
4
34
-
34
25
9
0.00
-16.67
125.00
0.00
-

10.ba
Taxes (2005)
Tax
VAT on:
Advertising
Tax on advertising
5
28
28
5
14.
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
20
20
15
15
20
-
20
20
20
20

10.bb
12.
Single copy sales

Home deliveries

1998
Single copy
Subscription
10.c
Research
(Malaysia, ringgit)
1999
2000
2001
-
2002
0.18
0.18
Newsprint costs
2001
Average per ton

2,660
(Malaysia, ringgit)
2002
2003
2004
-
2005
2,363
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0

same locality? No
press? No
479
MALDIVES
Tourism, the largest industry of Maldives, accounts for
20% of GDP and more than 60% of the foreign
exchange receipts of Maldives. Over 90% of government
tax revenue comes from import duties and tourismrelated taxes. Fishing is the second leading sector.
Industry, which consists mainly of garment production,
boat building, and handicrafts, accounts for about 18%
of GDP. As a result of the tsunami, the GDP contracted
by about 3.6% in 2005. The inflation rate was estimated
at 6% in 2005.
Either a current or former government minister owned

three - Aafathis, Haveeru, and Miadhu - of the four
publications put out on a daily basis throughout the
year.

More than 34 newspapers and magazines have been
registered at the Ministry of Information and Arts since
the President announced his Democratic Reform
Agenda on 9 June 2004, and 4 daily newspapers and 13
magazines were in circulation in 2006.

The Internet was widely present and used within the
capital, but there was limited Internet availability in
outlying atolls due to infrastructure constraints.
The Minivan Daily, the countrys only pro-opposition

daily doubled the size of its pages in March 2007, as the
newspapers long awaited printing press finally came on
line. The new offset machine, worth an estimated
USD250 000, will boost the image of the paper as it
gears up for the Maldives first multi-party elections, due
in 2008. The first edition in July 2005 sold around
5,000 copies, making it the countrys highest selling
The government or its sympathizers own and operate the newspaper overnight. It currently sells around 3,000
only television and radio stations.
copies daily.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
100.00
100.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
12
12
16
15
66.67
-6.25

7.aa

1998
GDP
(Maldives, rufiyaa, bln)

1999
2000
2001
2002
14.9

8.ba

2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
156
192
11
359
43
53
3
100
Language
Haveeru (North Side)

Aafathis News
Miadhu News
Minivan Daily
Divehi / English
Divehi / English
-
Circulation (000)
6
3
Age
Title
Male
000
80
98
5
183
44
54
3
100
Female
000
%
76
94
6
176
43
53
3
100
480
MALI
About 10% of the population is nomadic and some 80%
of the labor force is engaged in farming and fishing.
Industrial activity is concentrated on processing farm
commodities. Mali is heavily dependent on foreign aid
and vulnerable to fluctuations in world prices for cotton,
its main export, along with gold. The adherenece of Mali
to economic reform and the 50% devaluation of the
CFA franc in January 1994 have pushed up economic
growth to a sturdy 5% average in 1996-2006.
In an average week in 2006, about 15 different

newspaper editions are published in Bamako, with some
appearing daily or weekly and others only occasionally.
On the average day, there are about 10 to 12 different
newspapers available for purchase. Most are small
editions and only the government paper (LEssor) has
a firm funding base.

There were numerous Internet cafes in Bamako,
although home access in the capital was limited to those
able to pay the high installation and monthly fees.
Outside of Bamako, there were a few sites where the
The government controls the only television station and Internet was available for public use, but many towns in
one of the more than 125 radio stations in the country; the country had no Internet access.
however, all broadcast media present a wide range of
views, including those critical of the government. The Media / Press Laws
relative expense of newspapers and television, coupled All newspapers are required to register with the Ministry
with a low literacy rate, make radio the most prevalent of Communications; however, registration is routine.
medium of mass information and communication.
The law regulates the press and provides for substantial
A number of foreign broadcasters operate in Bamako criminal penalties, including imprisonment, for libel
through local media. Domestic reception and and for public injury to the Head of State, other officials,
distribution of foreign satellite and cable television are and foreign diplomats; these laws leave injury undefined
permitted and fairly widespread, especially in the capital. and subject to judicial interpretation. However, the
There are no private television stations that broadcast government has never prosecuted any journalists on
domestically produced programmes.
criminal libel charges.
State Support
In 2003 print media included 42 private newspapers and State newspapers are subsidized and receive some
journals (39 in Bamako and one each in Tombouctou, advantages.
Mopti, and Sikasso) published in French, Arabic, and
various local languages.
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5,646
5,714
357
11,717
48
49
3
100
Male
000
2,858
2,804
146
5,808
49
48
3
100
Female
000
%
2,788
2910
211
5,909
47
49
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
12
12
50.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 WAN assessment; 2006 WAN estimate

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
40
40
0.00
481
MALI
7.aa
15.a

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
5,561.0 6,243.2 7,627.9

7.ab

(Communaute Financiere Africaine franc BCEAO, 000)
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
GDP per capita
158.0
180.0

8.ba

Foreign individuals or companies may not own more
than 50% of shares in newspaper publishers.
same locality?
No
Title
Publisher
Les Echos
Info Matin
LEssor
Agence Mali Mdias

Government - LAgence Malienne
de Presse et de Publicit (AMAP)
-
Le Republicain
Nouvel Horizon
Soir de Bamako
LIndependant
LAurore
Circulation (000)

Yes, the press law.
3
2
-

press?
No

12.

No
Taxes (2005)
Tax
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
0
0
18
0
0
18
25
25
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
Direct subsidies are available to all newspapers.
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
482
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
MALTA
The economy is dependent on foreign trade,
manufacturing (especially electronics and textiles), and
tourism. Continued sluggishness in the European
economy is holding back exports, tourism, and overall
growth. The inflation rate was estimated at 3.3% in
2006.
Malta has four daily newspapers, two written in Maltese
and two in English. There are also three Sunday papers
in Maltese and three published in English: The Malta
Independent On Sunday, The Sunday Times (circulation
35,000), Malta Today, Il-Mument, It-Torca, and
Kullhadd. Additionally, there are two Maltese weeklies
and two English ones, including business newspapers
The Malta Business Weekly and The Malta Financial &
Business Times.

The first privately owned newspaper in Maltese in years
- illum - was launched in 2006. For three decades, Malta
has had newspapers in Maltese run by political parties or
the Church. The new Sunday newsapper is published by
MediaToday, adding another newspaper to the
MediaToday publishing house which also includes
MaltaToday, Business Today and MaltaNow.
The use of the Internet grew significantly over the past
few years with broadband connectivity gaining
popularity over narrowband connections. The use of the
Internet was widespread in all sectors of society.
Approximately 50 percent of households and 90 percent
of schools (state, church, and private) had Internet
access. Some three dozen Internet cafes, as well as
a handful of blogs operated freely and without
restriction.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; MaltaToday

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
68
277
55
400
Male
17
69
14
100
Female
000
%
000
35
140
24
199
18
70
12
100
33
137
31
201
16
68
15
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

4
4
4
4
6
6
4
4
4
4
6
6
4
4
4
4
6
6
4
4
4
4
6
6
4
4
5
5
7
7
0.00
0.00
25.00
25.00
16.67
16.67
0.00
0.00
25.00
25.00
16.67
16.67

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
80
85
90
95
100
25.00
5.26
Source: 2002 WAN assessment; 2003-2006 WAN estimate

5.c
Media consumption
8.ba
1998
All newspapers
Radio
Television
Other
(minutes per day)

1999
2000
2001
-
2002
8
10
77
5
GDP
The Malta Independent
12.
2002
-
Language
The Times
English
In-Nazzjon (The Nation) Maltese
I-orizzont (The Horizon) Maltese
English
Publisher
Circulation (000)
Allied Newspapers Ltd.

The Partit Nazzjonalista
Union Press
(The General Workers Union)
Standard Publications Ltd.
20
20
-
Source: The European Journalism Centre

7.aa
Title
(Malta, lira, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2.5
2.6
2006
2.8
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
18
Source: worldwide-tax.com
483
MAN, ISLE OF
The Isle of Man finds its economy mainly based around
financial services. Agriculture and fishing still prove
a valued asset, as do other smaller industries. In 2001,
the Isle of Man reached a higher GDP per capita then
the United Kingdom. This was a great boost to the
island's image. Years of reduced taxation, low
unemployment (less then 1%), and high cash reserves
had paid off. The island also saw itself competing in the
race for 3G (third generation telephones) against world
leaders like Japan. It had the second 3G network in the
world.
The Isle of Man Courier is a free wekly that can trace it

roots back to the Ramsey Courier, which began in the
19th century. The Isle of Man Courier became a free
delivered newspaper in 1981.
The Manx Independent is a tabloid weekly, published
every Friday. It was founded as a broadsheet in 1987
after a strike that closed the Isle of Man Examiner, the
Isle of Man Times, the Isle of Man Gazette and the
Manx Star. It became a twice-weekly tabloid and was
owned by Mercantile Press and then Morton
Newspapers from Northern Ireland in the early 1992.
It closed and was bought by Isle of Man Newspapers in
1993, which revived it in its current weekly format.

There are four analogue television stations broadcast to
Isle of Man residents over the terrestrial network: BBC The Isle of Man Examiner is a broadsheet paper
North West, BBC2, ITV Borders and Channel 4.
published every Tuesday. The Examiner began in the
1880s and was the island's most popular newspaper for
There are three local radio stations on the Isle of Man: most of the 20th century.
Manx Radio, Energy FM and 3FM.
All three of these newspapers are published by Isle of
Man Newspapers which is now part of Johnston Press.
Three weekly newspapers are published on the Isle of The company was formerly called the Isle of Man
Man.
Courier Group.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
13
50
13
76
Male
Female
000
%
000
7
25
5
37
19
68
14
100
17
66
17
100
6
25
8
39
15
64
21
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total non-dailies
3
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1999
GDP
(United Kingdom, pound, bln)

2000
2001
2002
2003
-
1.3

484
MARSHALL ISLANDS
US Government assistance is the mainstay of this tiny
island economy. Agricultural production, primarily
subsistence, is concentrated on small farms; the most
important commercial crops are coconuts and
breadfruit. Under the terms of the Amended Compact
of Free Association, the US will provide millions of
dollars per year to the Marshall Islands (RMI) through
2023, at which time a trust fund made up of US and
RMI contributions will begin perpetual annual payouts.
Governmernt downsizing, drought, a drop in
construction, the decline in tourism, and less income
from the renewal of fishing vessel licenses have held
GDP growth to an average of 1% over the past decade.

State-owned and private radio stations offer diverse
views. American forces radio and TV broadcasts can be
received in some areas. US TV channels are available via
cable.
There are no daily newspapers.
The private weekly newspaper Marshall Islands Journal
is published in both English and the Marshallese
language.
The Marshall Islands Gazette, a government monthly
established in 1982, is a free four-page newsletter that
carries official news and announcements in English.
Regional publications that cover significant events are
readily available.
CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; Thomson Gale

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
23
35
2
60
Male
Female
000
%
000
12
18
1
31
39
58
3
100
38
58
3
100
11
17
1
29
38
59
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total non-dailies
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
GDP
0.1

485
MARTINIQUE
The economy is based on sugarcane, bananas, tourism,
and light industry. Agriculture accounts for about 6% of
GDP and the small industrial sector for 11%. Banana
exports are increasing, going mostly to France. Chronic
trade deficit requires large annual transfers of aid from
France. Tourism has become more important than
agriculture exports as a source of foreign exchange.

TV and radio services are provided by the French public
overseas broadcaster, RFO, and by private operators.
Martiniques daily newspaper is the French-language
France Antilles, that is also distributed in Guadeloupe.
Weekly publications include Le Progressiste, Aujourdhui
Dimanche, Justice, Le Naif, and Antilla.
CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; WAN from public sources

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
97
293
46
436
Male
22
67
11
100
Female
000
%
000
49
147
21
217
23
68
10
100
48
146
25
219
22
67
11
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
5
5
1
1
5
5
1
1
5
5
1
1
5
5
1
1
5
5
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
65
65
65
65
65
0.00
0.00
7.aa

1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
5.4

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
France Antilles 1
French
Group Hersant Mdia
Circulation (000)
65

1
486
Monday-Saturday; distributed also in Guadeloupe
MAURITANIA
Half the population still depends on agriculture and
livestock for a livelihood. Mauitania has extensive
deposits of iron ore, which account for nearly 40% of
total exports. The coastal waters of Mauritania are
among the richest fishing areas in the world, but
overexploitation by foreigners threatens this key source
of revenue. Drought and economic mismanagement
have resulted in a buildup of foreign debt which now
stands at more than three times the level of annual
exports. Substantial oil production and exports began in
early 2006 and averaged 75,000 barrels per day for the
year. The inflation rate was estimated at 7% in 2003.
a few papers publish on a regular basis. Low levels of

literacy further erode the print medias influence.
Internet access was available in urban areas throughout
the country, with home access common among the
affluent, and cyber cafes serving the remainder of the
population.
Media / Press Laws

In July 2006, a new press law went into effect. The new
law stipulates that newspapers may begin distribution
immediately after depositing one copy of their paper at
the office of the Attorney General, eliminating the
previous requirement for prepublication governmental
Radio was the most important medium for reaching the approval. The law allows journalists to protect their
public. Except for Radio France International, all sources and streamlines the process for officially
broadcast media (radio and television) were government- registering new newspapers.
owned and operated, and their content remained tightly
controlled.
Printing facilities - although state-owned - are of high
quality.
Two daily newspapers, Horizons and Chaab, were
government-owned. There were approximately 40 Good flight and road conditions make an almost nationprivately owned newspapers that published on a regular wide distribution of newspapers possible.
basis, in both French and Arabic.
Taxes
Circulation
Newspapers, journals, and privately published books
Newspaper circulations are small in Mauritania, and were exempt from all taxes on materials used to produce
editors say that high production costs are reflected in them.
high newsstand prices. As a result, publications are only
available to a small portion of the population. State Support
Newspapers are rarely available outside the capital, State journals continue to receive annual subsidies.
Nouakchott, and high production costs mean that only
487
MAURITANIA
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
1,449
1,658
70
3,177
Male
46
52
2
100
Female
000
%
000
726
818
28
1,572
46
52
2
100
723
840
42
1,605
45
52
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
100.00
100.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

6
6
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
50.00
50.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Mauritania, ouguiya, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
1,373.4 1,693.0 2,358.2

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Chaab
Arabic
Horizons
French
Nouakchott
Info
French
Akhbar
Arabic
Nouakchott

(000) (Mauritania, ouguiya)
LAgence Mauritanienne
dInformation (government)
LAgence Mauritanienne
dInformation (government)
La Mauritanienne de Presse
dEdition, de Communication
et dImpression
La Mauritanienne de Presse
dEdition, de Communication
et dImpression
100.00
100.00
488
MAURITIUS
Mauritius has developed to a middle-income diversified
economy with growing industrial, financial, and tourist
sectors. For most of the period, annual growth has been
in the order of 5% to 6%. Sugarcane is grown on about
90% of the cultivated land area and accounts for 25% of
export earnings. The inflation rate was estimated at
8.9% in 2006.

There were four daily and 12 weekly newspapers. Two
newspapers are published in Chinese and the remainder
in French. The dailies LExpress, Le Mauricien and Le
Matinal have the highest circulation.
The most important weeklies are Week-End, with
a circulation of 80,000, and Le Defi-Plus (50,000).
News on Sunday is the weekly English-language
newspaper.

The government owned and regulated the domestic
television network, but international networks were Ownership
available by subscription or via a cable box.
The two main press groups are Le Mauricien Ltd. and
La Sentinelle Ltd. Le Mauricien Ltd. publishes the daily
There were three private radio stations that offered Le Mauricien and the weeklies Week-End, Week-End
diverse political viewpoints and expressed partisan views Scope, and Turf Magazine, which are all market leaders
freely.
in their respective fields. La Sentinelle Ltd. publishes the
daily LExpress.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

4
4
4
4
12
4
4
12
4
4
12
4
4
12
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

90
90
90
90
95
95
100
100
110
110
22.22
22.22
10.00
10.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Mauritius, rupee, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
384.9
484.9
2006
533.7

8.ba

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
297
862
82
1,241
149
430
32
611
24
70
5
100
24
69
7
100
Male
Female
000
%
148
432
50
630
23
69
8
100
Title
Language
Publisher
Le Mauricien
LExpress 1
Le Quotidien
Le Matinal
French
French 2
French
French
/ English
Le Mauricien Ltd.
La Sentinelle Ltd.
AAPCA (Mauritius) Ltd

(000) (Mauritius, rupee)
38
30
-
5.00

1
Published seven days a week; Saturday edition includes the supplement Express
Samedi, Sunday edition includes the supplement Express Dimanche
2
Including some stories in English
489
MAYOTTE
Economic activity is based primarily on the agricultural
sector, including fishing and livestock raising. Mayotte is
not self-sufficient and must import a large portion of its
food requirements, mainly from France. The economy
and future development of the island are heavily
dependent on French financial assistance, an important
supplement to GDP. Mayottes remote location is an
obstacle to the development of tourism.
1974 and 1976, opted not to be part of the independent

Republic of the Comoros. Though French is the official
and commercial language and thus the language of the
media, only thirty-five percent of Mahorais speak it.
The native language in daily use is Shimaor
(Mahorian), a Swahili dialect influenced by Arabic.
In charge of territorial broadcasting is Radio-Tlvision
Francaise dOutre-Mer (RFO-Mayotte). For one hour
a day, it conducts its broadcasts in Shimaor.

Mayotte (Mahor) is an Overseas Territorial Collectivity Performance of different types of newspapers
of France and is the only segment of the scattered Kwezi is the weekly newspaper published in Mayotte.
Comoros archipelago whose citizens, in the referenda of It is also circulated at the Comoros.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
93
105
4
202
Male
46
52
2
100
Female
000
%
000
47
57
2
106
44
54
2
100
46
48
2
96
48
50
2
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
0.4
490
MEXICO
The economy contains a mixture of modern and
outmoded industry and agriculture, increasingly
dominated by the private sector. Recent adminstrations
have expanded competition in seaports, railroads,
telecommunications, electricity, natural gas distribution,
and airports. Mexico has 12 free trade agreements with
over 40 countries including, Guatemala, Honduras,
El Salvador, the European Free Trade Area, and Japan,
putting more than 90% of trade under free trade
agreements. The inflation rate was estimated at 3.4% in
2006.
Tiempo and Extra, alleging that they maintained close

ties with the governor; both publications closed their
offices.
Global free newspaper giant Metro International
launched a new edition in Mexico City in May 2006.
Some 130,000 daily copies are being distributed under
the name Publimetro.
Inside Mexico, an alternative-style monthly English
newspaper, was launched in 2006. Most of its 20,000
print distribution is in Mexico City.

The radio market is very large, with around 1,400 local
and regional stations and several major station-owning
groups. Some high-powered stations on Mexicos
northern border beam their signals into lucrative US
markets. Most radio stations were privately owned.
Ownership
Excelsior, one of Mexicos oldest daily newspapers, was
sold to radio station owners Grupo Imagen in 2006.
Grupo Imagen is a subsidiary of Grupo Empresarial
Angeles, owned by Mexican businessman Olegario
Vazquez Rana, who also owns the Angeles network of
private hospitals and the Camino Real upscale hotel
chain, both in Mexico. The newspaper was relaunched
There were approximately 300 privately owned with a new image but the same name. Grupo Imagen
newspapers. Mexican newspapers reflect different owns 70 radio stations in Mexico.
political views; sensationalism characterises the biggestselling dailies.
Media / Press Laws
While the federal government usually tolerated criticism,
state and local level officials occasionally responded to
On August 3, 2006 the Popular Assembly of the Peoples unfavorable news articles by threatening their authors
of Oaxaca (APPO) threatened attacks on the newspapers with libel and defamation lawsuits.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Associated Press; Bloomberg; Thomson Gale;
Editor and Publisher
491
MEXICO
2.a
Age
12-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
All individuals
000
%
8,372
5,271
9,255
6,865
4,260
2,650
36,673
23
14
25
19
12
7
100
3.a
Male
000
4,584
2,609
4,304
3,194
2,004
1,230
17,925
26
15
24
18
11
7
100
3,787
2,661
4,950
3,671
2,256
1,420
18,745
20
14
26
20
12
8
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data related to three major metropolitan areas of Mexico,
Ciudad de Mxico, Monterrey and Guadalajara, as well as other 25 Mexican
cities; age groups present participants in TGI MX
2.b
AB
ABC1 1
C
C1 2
D1 3
D/E
Total
All adults
000
%
2,446
7,189
6,300
4,743
12,411
10,772
43,861
7
20
17
13
34
29
100
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All newspapers
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies
Male
000
1,313
3,746
3,269
2,433
5,746
5,165
21,672
7
21
18
14
32
29
100
Female
000
%
1,134
3,443
3,031
2,309
6,664
5,608
22,189
6
18
16
12
36
30
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data related to three major metropolitan areas of Mexico, Ciudad de Mxico,
Monterrey and Guadalajara, as well as other 25 Mexican cities; population aged
12-64
1
313
310
-
1
12
11
1
1
1
-
2
-
2
-
3
-
200.00
-
50.00
-
AB/C+
C+
3
D+
2002 Figures include only those titles that are registered with Medios Publicitarios
Mexicanos, however other titles do exist.
1
There is currently a debate on the definition of national newspapers - most of

those included here are not distributed throughout the entire country.
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
4,750
4,700
50
50
4.a
(2001)
2.cb
Occupancy
Children
4,420 -6.95
4,200 -10.64
220 340.00
144.44
Households
000
%
1,784
6,472
15,042
24,419
49,755
97,472
Total dailies
(2006)
2
7
15
25
51
100
Source: INEGI, Ipsos Bimsa
Households
000
%
Without persons below 20 3,773

aged 0-2
2,018
aged 3-8
3,681
aged 9-11
2,121
aged 12-19
5,635
Total
11,639
32
74
17
32
18
48
100

persons) (2006)
Housewives
000
%
1,905
3,868
3,353
2,216
1,393
12,736
15
30
26
17
11
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data related to 9 metropolitan areas
Data related to three major

metropolitan areas of Mexico,
Ciudad de Mxico, Monterrey
and Guadalajara, as well as other
25 Mexican cities
553
138
Source: Medios Publicitarios Mexicanos

Figures include only those titles that are registered with Medios Publicitarios
Mexicanos, however other titles do exist.
4.d
Cover prices (2002)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Mexico, peso)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
2.00
4.00
10.00
5.00
Source:TGI Latina
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
90
(mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
2.ca
Age
80
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
300
299
2
297
Source: 2002 Medios Publicitarios Mexicanos, WAN assessment (free dailies); 20032006 WAN assessment
Social class
Number of titles
Female
000
%

(2006)
5.b
Age
12-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
%
% daily reach
group
18
14
27
21
13
7
100
27
33
38
39
39
36
35
All adults
Men
Women
33
30
30
45
Source: TGI Latina

Ciudad de Mxico, Monterrey and
Guadalajara, as well as other
25 Mexican cities; age 12-64
Source: TGI Latina

Ciudad de Mxico, Monterrey and
Guadalajara, as well as
other 25 Mexican cities
492
MEXICO
6.b
El Universal 1
18,100,000
Source: Based on estimates

1
El Universal is independently audited
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Mexico, peso, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
6,256.0 6,755.0 7,419.0 8,280.0 8,993.9
Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 IMF - World Economic Outlook

categories (2005)

(2002)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Mexico, peso, 000)
Advertiser
Liverpool
Televisa
El Palacio De Hierro
Television Azteca
Mvs Multivision
Chrysler
Sears Roebuck
Cie
Banamex
General Motors
Ford
123,157
Nissan
100,948
National Council
86,450
for Culture and Arts
Chevrolet
82,835
National Institute of Fine Arts 81,924
National Lottery
77,375
General Motors
67,733
Aeromexico
65,262
National Autonomous
62,124
University of Mexico
Mexicana Airlines
60,702
425,800
347,900
216,200
153,600
140,600
138,600
114,900
114,500
106,200
105,100

7.ab
GDP per capita
Source: IBOPE/AGB
2002
(Mexico, peso, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
61.4
65.3
84.2
73.2
79.5

(2002)
8.a
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 IMF - World Economic Outlook

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.53
0.50
0.49
0.48
0.48

7.ba

(Mexico, peso, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Total
8,464
5,283
3,181
20,024
4,799
33,287
8,260 9,396 8,782

4,478 5,108 4,745
3,782 4,288 4,037
21,935 24,876 27,414
4,115 4,669 4,167
34,310 38,941 40,363
Expenditure
(Mexico, peso, 000)
10,428 12,431
5,308 5,938
5,120 6,493
27,711 28,011
4,877 5,707
43,015 1 46,149
14,877
6,642
8,235
28,315
6,679
49,871
17,873
7,430
10,443
28,622
7,816
54,312 2
Publisher
Organizacion Editorial Mexicana
Compania Periodistica Nacional,
S.A. de C.V.
Novedades Editores, S.A. de C.V.
Consorcio Interamericano de
Comunicacion
Editorial El Sol de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Desarrollo de Medios, S.A. de C.V
El Financiero, S.A. de C.V.
Union Editorial, S.A. de C.V
Milenio Diario, S.A. de C.V.
Compania Periodistica Meridiano,
S.A. de C.V.
Top owners (2005)

Advertiser
Expenditure
(Mexico, peso, 000)
Editora El Sol
Cia Periodistica Nal
Gpo Edit Milenio
Organizacion Edit Me
Desarrollo De Medios
Notmusa
El Financiero
Periodico El Economi
Infored
Gpo Edit Convergenci
2,763,400
1,274,400
690,400
398,100
374,200
369,300
350,000
232,800
196,200
188,500

Source: Estimate based on MPM
Source: Ibope, CIMA, adjusted by ZenithOptimedia, ZenithOptimedia

After estimated discounts; excludes production costs; includes classified; excludes
agency commission
1
2
Arithmetic total is 43,016, difference due to rounding and currency conversion

8.ba
Title
Language
Esto
La Prensa
El Universal Grafico
El Universal
Reforma
Ovaciones
El Financiero
El Norte
La Jornada
El ABC
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
320
280
270
151
151
148
147
143
109
80
429
622
466
222
228
218
-

Mono
Colour
(Mexico, peso)
12,500
18,500
24,200
110,000
125,280
11,979
98,175
109,700
79,543
6,945
147,000
199,580
17,919
157,080
119,314
-
493
MEXICO
8.bb
13.a
Title
Language
Publisher
Publimetro
Spanish
El M
El Nuevo Siglo 1
Spanish
Spanish
Metro International (35%)

/ MX Shares (35%)
/ Immobilaria Torraco (30%)
El Universal
-

No
130
50
40

No

1
Guadalajara
10.a

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
10.ba
45
180
120
50
180
120
45
-
-10.00
-
1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
25
70
25
70

No
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Subsidies generally
Circulation (000)
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
Source: Estimate provided by El Universal

10.bb

companies?
No. There is legislation that regulates radio and TV in
this way, but not printed media.

1998
Single copy
Subscription
(Mexico, peso)
1999
2000
2001
-
5.0
2002
2.1
2.0

10.c

Yes. No foreign individual or company can be the major
shareholder of a domestic daily or non-daily newspaper.
Newsprint costs
1998
Average per ton
(Mexico, peso)
1999
2000
2001
-
6,300
2002
6,150
11.
Research
IVM (Media Verifying Institute), CAC (Certified Audit
of Circulation, only audits El Universal)
Ipsos Bimsa, Arbitron, Gallup, Nielsen
Methodology
BIMSA: Survey conducted through face-to-face
interviews with 7,500 people each quarter
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
15
494

same locality?
No
No
press?
There are limits for broadcasters, but not for printed
media.
No
0
0
15
0
15
15
35
35
MICRONESIA
Economic activity consists primarily of subsistence
farming and fishing. The Amended Compact of Free
Association with the US guarantees the Federated States
of Micronesia (FSM) millions of dollars in annual aid
through 2023, and establishes a trust fund into which
the US and the FSM make annual contributions in order
to provide annual payouts to the FSM in perpetuity after
2023. The inflation rate was estimated at 2.2% in 2005.
small. There also was a lack of consistently reliable access

to broadcast media.

There are no daily newspapers. There is an independent
weekly called The Island Tribune. Yap has a privately
published weekly newspaper, the Yap Networker.
A biweekly newspaper, the Kaselehlie Press (originally
known as the Rohng En Pohnpei), commenced
publication in 2000. The federal government publishes
a fortnightly information bulletin, the National Union,
The state governments and a religious organisation and each of the constituent state governments produces
operate radio stations, and cable TV is available on its own newsletter. On Kosrae, the Sinlaku Sun Times
Pohnpei and Chuuk.
appears irregularly; it began publishing in September
2004.
Although there were no government restrictions,
the number of independent media outlets was very
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; US State Department; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
39
66
3
108
Male
Female
000
%
000
20
33
1
54
37
61
2
100
36
61
3
100
19
33
2
54
35
61
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
33.33

7.aa

1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
GDP
0.3

Supplemented by grant aid, averaging perhaps USD100 million annually
495
MOLDOVA
Moldova remains one of the poorest countries in Europe
despite recent progress from its small economic base. It
enjoys a favorable climate and good farmland but has no
major mineral deposits. As a result, the economy depends
heavily on agriculture, featuring fruits, vegetables, wine,
and tobacco. Moldova must import almost all of its
energy supplies. Moldovas dependence on Russian
energy was underscored at the end of 2005, when a
Russian-owned electrical station in Moldovas separatist
Transnistria region cut off power to Moldova and Russias
Gazprom cut off natural gas to Moldova in disputes over
pricing. The economy achieved 6% or more GDP
growth every year from 2000-05, though this was based
largely on consumption fueled by remittances received
from Moldovans working abroad. Russias decision to ban
Moldovan wine and agricultural products, coupled with
its decision to double the price Moldova paid for Russian
natural gas, slowed GDP growth in 2006 and greatly
exacerbated Moldovas economic troubles. Economic
reforms have been slow because of corruption and strong
political forces backing government controls;
nevertheless, the governments primary goal of EU
integration has resulted in some market-oriented
progress. The economy remains vulnerable to higher fuel
prices, poor agricultural weather, and the skepticism of
foreign investors. Also, the presence of an illegal separatist
regime in Moldovas Transnistria region continues to be a
drag on the Moldovan economy.
Infoprim Neo, Flux, Interlic (closed down),

Reporter.md, Info-Press and DECA-Press also appear
largely loyal to the authorities as reflected in the content
they offer.
The number of media outlets not owned and operated

by the government or a political party increased slightly
during the year, but many remained in the service of,
and secured large subsidies from, the government and
political movements.
In 2006 local and city governments subsidized

approximately 25 newspapers. Political parties and
professional organizations also published newspapers,
most of which had a circulation of less than 15,000.

In 2005, there were 28 Romanian-language newspapers
in Moldova, of which two were dailies and two
published twice per week; there were 34 Russian
language papers, of which four were dailies, with two
published in Moscow and one a twice-weekly edition.
The government published two of the papers, one in
Romanian and one in Russian, which were liquidated
and turned into independent publications after the
parliamentary elections in May."
In Transnistria, there were seven newspapers, one of

which comes out four times a week and another one
three times. Only one weekly was published in
Romanian, using the Cyrillic alphabet. Both of regions
major newspapers, Pridnestrovie and Dnestrovskaya
Pravda, were controlled by the authorities. There was
one independent weekly newspaper in Bender and
another in the northern city of Ribnitsa. Opposition
newspapers, such as Novaia Gazeta and Chelovek i Yevo
Prava (Man and His Rights), had limited circulation and
impact. Separatist authorities harassed independent
newspapers for critical reporting of the Transnistrian
regime. Other print media in Transnistria did not have
a large circulation and appeared only on a weekly or
monthly basis; some of the publications also criticized
According to the governments Audiovisual local authorities. Most Moldovan newspapers did not
Coordinating Council, there were 44 radio stations and circulate widely in Transnistria, although they were
194 television stations and cable operators broadcasting available in Tiraspol.
in the country. Most of them rebroadcast programs from
Romania, Russia, and Ukraine, offering only a limited Besides, there are about 40 local and regional
amount of locally produced programming. The publications in Moldova, including in the Gagauz
government controlled a national radio and television autonomous area, of which about half are funded from
station, Teleradio Moldova (TRM), which covered most local government budgets. A number of party weeklies
of the country. Some local governments, including in stopped appearing after the elections, including
Chisinau and in the autonomous territorial unit of Democratia, Opinia, and Alianta, as well as private
Gagauzia, operated television and radio stations and papers and news agencies including Delovaia Gazeta and
newspapers. A number of cable television operators Interlic. After Chisinau citys agency Info-Prim was
provided a variety of foreign television programs, liquidated, the staff then created an independent
including international news programs, to an estimated agency, Info-Prim Neo. Also, in October, Timpul started
202,300 subscribers.
appearing on a daily basis.
There are numerous news agencies, considering the size

of the market. But just as the state-run news agency
Moldpres provides news favorable to the government,
the private agencies such as BASA-Press, Infotag,
496
The publications issued by national minorities

(Ukrainians, Gagauz, Bulgarians, and Jewish) face
financial difficulties. The media from Transnistria and
the Gagauz autonomous region are published mainly in
Russian.
MOLDOVA
The government did not restrict foreign publications, many financial sources supporting the media remain
but most were not widely circulated because of high unknown.
costs. Russian newspapers were available; some of them
published special weekly supplements for the country.
Access to the Internet is provided by private operators
Advertising
and by the state-run Moldtelecom. However, specialists
The relationship between the newspaper and the believe that Moldtelecoms monopoly over the
advertiser comes under threat also because of the poor communication network prevents competition that
black-and-white print quality.
would lower prices of Internet services. There are no
legal restrictions for journalists or the public at large in
According to the survey The Advertising Market in using the Internet.
Moldova published by IJC, more than half of all
advertising budgets were used for television ads and According to the countrys technology regulatory agency,
sponsorships of television programs in 2004, the last 712 companies are authorized to provide information
year for which data were available. The print press technology services in the country. Internet penetration
received about USD3.5 million, working out to an was estimated at 11.5 percent, and more than 394,000
average of USD2,900 per month per publication. persons in the country used the Internet during the year.
However, in practice, 60 to 70 percent of this amount
went to three newspapers.
In Transnistria the Internet is not readily affordable and
broadband access is rare. Only a small segment of the
There are no local commercial organizations in Moldova population uses and has access to the Internet.
regularly studying the advertising market and providing
information to help the media adjust their products to Ownership
the publics requirements and attract advertisers. There In June 2005 authorities sold two government-owned
is a deficit of information that could be used for newspapers, Moldova Suverana and Nezavisimaya
designing strategies, marketing plans, and business Moldova. The sale fulfilled one of the conditions
methods. The advertising market of Moldova is by the parliamentary opposition in return
threatened by the television stations broadcast from for supporting President Voronins re-election in April
Russia, Romania, and Ukraine. The foreign companies 2005. The two newspapers continued as independent
advertising in these neighboring countries automatically publications but retained a strong progovernment
cover the Moldovan market, too. Media managers in stance.
Moldova have advocated a law to ban the rebroadcasting
of advertising not paid for in Moldova.
Media / Press Laws
According to the Access to Information Law, passed in
Audience measurements have been done since late 2003 2000, any legal resident on the territory of Moldova can
by local offices of international companies TNS TV request any information or document from public
Monitoring and AGB Nielsen Media Research. Some authorities or institutions without having to explain
isolated audience and marketshare surveys were carried a reason. About 20 lawsuits were started in 2005 against
out in 2003 and 2004 by the Moldovan branch of the public institutions for their refusal to provide public
Romanian polling agency IMAS, commissioned by the information.
IJC, and funded by donor organizations.
While journalists and media outlets continued to face
Although publications are under the legal obligation to potential fines for libel under the civil code, there were
show their circulations, the figures often are not real. no new reported libel cases during the year.
Discussions have been held on the creation of an audit
bureau of circulation.
In July 2006, following the Council of Europes
recommendations, parliament amended the civil code to
Circulation
place a ceiling on the fines imposed for moral damages
The most reliable, albeit insufficient, source of revenue for libel. The new law established criteria that judges
for newspapers are subscriptions. However, according to may take into consideration when deciding the amount
data from the Department of Statistics and Sociology, of libel awards, such as the social impact of the
media products are among the last in consumer information on the aggrieved person and the gravity of
preferences. For example, printed media (including moral and physical suffering.
books) represent only 0.43 percent of the monthly
expenses of a typical household.
On July 12, 2006 a court ordered the Moldavskie
Vedomosty newspaper to pay a penalty of USD2,000
Some newspapers increase their circulations based on (25,000 lei) in connection with a USD50,000 (620,000
free subscriptions funded by unspecified sources, and lei) moral damages civil suit filed by the head
there is also paid advertising hidden in the content, but of the government-owned Moldovan railroad. The
497
MOLDOVA
independent Russian-language newspaper appealed the Moldsoiuzpechat. This results in a near monopoly
order to the ECHR; the case was pending at years end. situation. New press distribution companies are slow to
appear, one of the reasons being the slow pace at which
In 2004 the weekly newspaper Timpul lost a lawsuit in newspaper circulations develop. However, there are some
which the Daac-Hermes Company alleged USD2 private distributors, including private news kiosks such
million (24.8 million lei) in damages for publishing as Omniapresa in Chisinau.
calumnious information. In response, the newspaper
voluntarily closed down and re-registered under a new State Support
name, Timpul de Dimineata.
The government provides no subsidies to independent
media.
Printers cannot operate at full capacity and modernize Other Factors
their businesses because of small circulations.
The average salary in journalism was USD100 to
USD150 per month in 2004, and in the provinces it was
The state continues to have an important role on the USD80 to USD100. In private broadcasting, journalists
media market in its capacity as owner of the Press received an average of USD300 per month, compared
House, a complex originally conceived of as a national with USD150 in state broadcasting. According to the
center for the printed press that hosts half the League of Professional Journalists of Moldova, the
newspapers and magazines published in Moldova, as Association of Free Journalists, the Committee for the
well as the press distribution companies Moldpresa and Defense of Human and Professional Dignity, and the
Posta Moldovei, many printing houses in Chisinau and Anti-Censorship Committee in Broadcasting, the
outlying districts, and the fixed radio transmission salaries of journalists in Moldova are much under the
network managed by the state company minimum consumption basket, and at some outlets even
Radiocomunicatii. For most newspapers, the rent fees, under the subsistence minimum. These organizations
printing and distribution prices, communication found that black labor had spread dramatically in the
services, and radio signal transmission prices depend on media, meaning the absence of social welfare for
the attitude of the state toward their outlet.
journalists. Many journalists have to work at several jobs
and hunt for temporary positions to earn enough to
The press distribution system is based on two major survive, further challenging their ability to maintain
enterprises: the state-run Posta Moldovei and Moldpresa professional standards.
JSC, which is the heir of the state company
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
895
3,112
460
4,467
20
70
10
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
456
1,498
170
2,124
21
71
8
100
439
1,614
290
2,343
19
69
12
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
4
3
1
5
4
1
6
5
1
7
6
1
7
6
1
75.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
78
78
-
76
76
-
120
79
41
Source: 2002, 2004 Association of Independent Press from Moldova;

WAN assessment (dailies); 2003 WAN assessment; 2005 Association of Independent
Press from Moldova; 2006 WAN estimate
498
MOLDOVA
3.b
7.aa
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Regional and local
60
595
481
114
70
-
75
876
380
496
98
890
390
500
98
-
63.33
-
0.00
-
Source: 2002 Association of Independent Press from Moldova;

2003 WAN assessment; 2004-2005 Association of Independent Press from Moldova;
2006 WAN estimate
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

6.3
30.9
9.6
35.9
10.8
40.1
12.50
11.70
Source: Association of Independent Press from Moldova

4.d
Cover prices (2004)

(Moldova, leu)
min
Single copy
Subscription 1
1
1.50
200.00
GDP
8.ba
3
40
12
63
Language
Publisher
v Moldove
Flux
Jurnal de Chisinau
Timpul de dimineata
Saptamina
Antenna
Russian
Basarabia Ltd.
Flux Ltd.
Jurnal de Chisinau Ltd.
Timpul de dimineata Ltd
Saptamina Ltd
Antenna Ltd
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Russian
Circulation
(000)
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
90
9
1
100

categories (2002)

(2002)
Advertising sector
% of display
ad revenue
Advertiser
Banks
Insurance
Telecommunications
Auto
35
25
25
15
Expenditure
(Moldova, leu, 000)
Moldova Agroindbank
Voxtel
Banca de Economii
QBE ASITO
Bursa LARA
Moldcell
Petrom
150
100
75
75
40
40
30
Source: Association of Independent

Press from Moldova
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(Moldova, leu) (USD)
Total salary costs
190
2.50
0.20
A3
55
28
22
20
20
170
100
90
85
85
2.00
3.00
4.00
3.00
3.00
0.16
0.25
0.30
0.25
0.25
A2
A3
A3
A3
A3
11.
1.4
Newsprint costs
2000
Average per ton
(Moldova, leu)
2001
2002
2003
-
9,000
2004
9,360
Research
Selemenut, a state-owned monopoly
12.
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Broadsheets
Format
65
(Moldova, leu, mln)

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
10.c
121.9
Salaries
10.a
117.6
Title
9.b
95.1
1998
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
-
2006

Online editions
Dailies
Non-dailies
(Moldova, leu, bln)

2003
2004
2005
Source: Association of Independent

Press from Moldova
6 months
6.a
2002
Taxes (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
20
0
0
20
0
0
0
22
22
499
MOLDOVA
13.a
Subsidies generally
15.a

Yes.
13.b

companies?
No
Direct subsidies
(Moldova, leu, mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total amount
14.
20
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0

Article 12 of the Press Law allows newspapers to accept
donations from abroad, but forbids them to accept any
other form of funding from foreign governments, except
from countries with which Moldova has reached
a bilateral agreement. Foreign natural persons and legal
entities can own no more than 49% of the capital of
a periodical or press agency.
same locality?
No
No
press?
No
No
500
MONACO
Commentary
The principality has successfully sought to diversify into
services and small, high-value-added, nonpolluting
industries. The state has no income tax and low business
taxes and thrives as a tax haven both for individuals who
have established residence and for foreign companies
that have set up businesses and offices. The state retains
monopolies in a number of sectors, including tobacco,
the telephone network, and the postal service.
are two state weeklies: Journal de Monaco (published by

the government) and Monaco Hebdo.
Internet use is widespread, supported by an advanced
and robust telecommunications infrastructure.
Media / Press Laws
The Penal Code prohibits public denunciations of
the ruling family, a provision that the media respected
in practice.

Monaco has no domestically published daily newspaper,
but French papers cover news from the country. There
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
6
20
7
33
Male
Female
000
%
000
3
10
3
16
19
63
19
100
18
61
21
100
3
10
4
17
18
59
24
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
GDP
0.9

Monaco does not publish national income figures; the estimates are extremely
rough
501
MONGOLIA
Economic activity in Mongolia has traditionally been
based on herding and agriculture. Mongolia has
extensive mineral deposits. Copper, coal, molybdenum,
tin, tungsten and gold account for a large part of
industrial production. Soviet assistance, at its height
one-third of GDP, disappeared almost overnight in 1990
and 1991 at the time of the dismantlement of the USSR.
The following decade saw Mongolia endure both deep
recession due to political inaction and natural disasters,
as well as economic growth because of reformembracing, free-market economics and extensive
privatization of the formerly state-run economy. Severe
winters and summer droughts in 2000-02 resulted in
massive livestock die-off and zero or negative GDP
growth. This was compounded by falling prices for
Mongolias primary sector exports and widespread
opposition to privatization. Growth was 10.6% in 2004,
5.5% in 2005, and 7.5% in 2006, largely because of
high copper prices and new gold production. Mongolias
economy continues to be heavily influenced by its
neighbors. For example, Mongolia purchases 80% of its
petroleum products and a substantial amount of electric
power from Russia, leaving it vulnerable to price
increases. China is Mongolias chief export partner and
a main source of the shadow or grey economy. The
World Bank and other international financial
institutions estimate the grey economy to be at least
equal to that of the official economy, but the formers
actual size is difficult to calculate since the money does
not pass through the hands of tax authorities or the
banking sector. Remittances from Mongolians working
abroad both legally and illegally are sizable, and money
laundering is a growing concern. Mongolia settled its
USD11 billion debt with Russia at the end of 2003 on
favorable terms. Mongolia, which joined the World
Trade Organization in 1997, seeks to expand its
participation and integration into Asian regional
economic and trade regimes.
The national council created by a 2005 law that shifted

Mongol Radio and TV to public status began work
during the year but was plagued by public splits and
allegations that a majority of members were partisans of
the MPRP, rather than truly independent. Under the
new law, the main financial sources for the stations are
license fees, state subsidies, and sponsorship.
Due to local government control over the licensing
process, local entities reported difficulties in acquiring
licenses for local radio stations. However, one
independent radio station broadcast widely, and there
were increasing numbers of small local FM stations.
A variety of newspapers and other publications
represented both major political party and independent
viewpoints.
Media / Press Laws
The media law bans censorship of public information
and any legislation that would limit the freedom to
publish and broadcast. The government monitored all
media
for
compliance
with
antiviolence,
antipornography, anti-alcohol, and tax laws.
The law places the burden of proof on the defendant in

libel and slander cases. An NGO study indicated that
between 2001 and 2005 there were a total of 151 civil
defamation suits and five criminal defamation cases filed
against journalists by private individuals and officials.
During the year there were two successful criminal
defamation suits against journalists who had written
articles suggesting the president had engaged in corrupt
activities. The plaintiffs in both cases were other persons
mentioned in the articles. A court imposed fines of
USD2,600 (3 million tugrik) and USD1,700 (2.1
million tugrik), which were not collected after both
journalists benefited from the amnesty law passed in
June. Another journalist lost a civil defamation case filed
by a bank after she wrote an article claiming that the
While there were several broadcast and cable television president might own part of the bank. She was ordered
stations in Ulaanbaatar, Mongol TV remained the major to pay USD8,600 (10 million tugrik) in damages.
source of television programming in rural areas.
However, four additional VHF stations and several cable Printing & Distribution
television providers made inroads and provided Due to transportation difficulties, unreliable postal
alternatives. During the year additional television service, and fluctuations in the amount of newsprint
stations began to broadcast in rural areas.
available, not all publications were available in rural
areas.
502
MONGOLIA
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
4.b
2.a
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
789
1,937
106
2,832
28
68
4
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
402
968
46
1,416
28
68
3
100
387
969
60
1,416
27
68
4
100
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
35
154
220
98
34
541
12
12
11
1
14
14
13
1
7.69
7.69
-
16.67
16.67
18.18
0.00
8
8
11
11
12
12
12
12
10
10
25.00
25.00
-16.67
-16.67
Sales revenues
4.c
18.20
-85.96
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
Other
Total
2000
2001
(%)
2002
2003
2004
18.0
81.1
0.90
100
9.2
90.8
100
18.4
81.6
100
18.0
82.0
100
21.0
79.0
100
Cover prices (2004)
Single copy
Subscription
5.a

(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
255.00
7,167.00

(2004)
5.b
Age
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
6
5
1
6
5
1
8
8
-
8
8
-
60.00
60.00
-
0.00
0.00
-
158
158
155
155
147
147
0.00
0.00
(Mongolia, tugrik)
min
6
28
41
18
6
100

5
5
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
174
11
11
-

2,583 2,640 2,866 3,053 3,053
Total paid-for non-dailies 2,129 3,406 3,058 299 299
4.d

of Mongolia, Ulaanbaatar 2001
3.a
11
11
-
(Mongolia, tugrik, mln)

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Age
13
13
-
60.0
54.6
45.4
Source: Audience research in

Ulaanbaatar, Mongolia 2005
%
of readership
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
10
25
24
18
10
8
5
Source: Audience research in

Ulaanbaatar, Mongolia 2005
Source: 2002-2005 Press Institute of Mongolia; 2006 WAN estimate

6.a
2002-2005 Based on monitored newspapers only

3.b
Online editions
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
42
42
524
524
38
35
3
402
402
50
44
6
450
450
52
-
52
-
23.81
-
0.00
-
Source: 2002-2004 Press Institute of Mongolia; 2005 WAN assessment;

2006 WAN estimate
Not all newspapers circulations are monitored, although all those for dailies
and weeklies are.
Dailies
Non-dailies
6.b
3
-
5
13
5
8
1
4
1
4
-66.67
-
0.00
0.00
Website
Battai medeelel
Saya medee
Newspaper.mn
E-medee
Mongolia Online
http://www.infomongol.com
http://www.saya-medee.com
http://www.newspapers.mn
http://www.e-medee.com
http://www.mol.mn
Source: Press Institute of Mongolia
503
MONGOLIA
7.aa

(Mongolia, tugrik, bln)
2003
2004
2005
2002
GDP
5,469.6 6,733.4 6,561.4
(Mongolia, tugrik, 000)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
32,424
31,638
786

(2005)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue 1
2006

7.c

categories (2005)

Services
Advertisements
Trade
Cleaning
Apartment
Bank / finance / savings
/ insurance
Cars, accessories, services
Sale
Lottery
Electronics
22.2
16.6
16.5
14.9
3.8
3.3
Expenditure 1
Trade Development Bank

Nomin Holding
Mobicom Corporation
Mongolian Civil Air
Transport Company
And international Co.Ltd
Jiguur grand Co. Ltd.
Beichisheni Co. Ltd.
MCS Electronics
Daco Co. Ltd
Micom international card
2.6
2.2
2
2
8,239
7,154
6,189
5,333
4,399
4,246
4,092
4,050
2,795
2,759
In dailies only
In dailies only
7.e
2000
2001
(%)
2002
55
45
100
45
55
100
Display
Classified
Total

(2006)
8.a
2003
2004
Publisher
51
49
100
53
47
100
Udriin medee Co. Ltd

Zuuny medee Co. Ltd
Tayankhan Co. Ltd.
Mongol News Co. Ltd.
Khumuus Co. Ltd
Erkhet Mongol Group
MPRP
UB Municipality
Mongol Mass Media Co. Ltd.
Khumuusiin amidral Co. Ltd

4,249
2,877
2,787
2,763
2,099
1,380
1,251
1,243
1,157
662

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Circulation
Cover price
(000)
(Mongolia, tugrik)
Udriin sonin
Zuunii medee
Unuudur
Ulaanbaatar times
Ardyn erkh
Unuudrim Mongol
Unen
Mongolyn medee
Udriin medee Co.Ltd

Zuunii medee Co.Ltd
Mongol News Co. Ltd
UB Municipality
Mongol mass media Co. Ltd.
D. Tsendjav / private
MPRP
Erel Co. Ltd
14
9
8
5
5
5
5
1
300.00
300.00
350.00
250.00
200.00
400.00
200.00
250.00
Format

(Mongolia, tugrik)
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
325,000
300,000
387,500
350,000
400,000
300,000
200,000
200,000

9.a
Employment
10.ba
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Total number of journalists Total number of employees 9.b
428
931
452
1,110
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
5.61
19.23
Salaries
10.c
10.a
781
801
(%)
2002
2003
2004
20
32
20
32
53
47
30
70
1998
Average per ton
2.56
2001
Newsprint costs
(Mongolia, tugrik, mln)

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Total salary costs
2000

1999
2000
2001
-
935
2002
360

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
504
61
51
39
10
MONGOLIA
11.
Research
15.a
The Press Institute of Mongolia. The national NGO,
established in 1996, has been monitoring the media
development trends since 1999. The research includes
number of media outlets, circulation, ownership, media
employees, their salary, educational level etc.
The Press Institute of Mongolia established systematic
readership and audience research in Ulaanbaatar in
September 2003. The research includes analysis of
broadcast and programme ratings, the most convenient
and most common hours for viewers to watch
television, newspaper readership, media consumption in
Ulaanbaatar, etc.
Methodology
Circulation: Circulation figures are based on
declarations from publishers, and verified with data
from printing houses and distribution companies. Not
all media outlets participate in the monitoring process,
but the number that do has been steadily increasing.
Readership: Sample size 500 households in Ulaanbaatar
selected by quota from six districts. Data collected by
combined diary and interview system.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant

companies?
The 1998 Press Freedom Law prohibited governmentowned newspapers. No other regulations exist.
No
same locality?
No
No
press?
No
No
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Like all other companies, newspapers pay a 15% tax on all profits
up to 100 million Tugrik, and 40% on all profits above this level.
There are certain tax discounts for newspapers owned by NGOs.
13.a
Subsidies generally

No newspapers receive subsidies.
14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
505
MONTENEGRO
The dissolution of the weak political union between
Serbia and Montenegro in 2006 led to separate
membership in several international financial
institutions, such as the European Bank of
Reconstruction
and
Development.
Severe
unemployment remains a key political and economic
problem for this entire region. Montenegro has
privatized its large aluminum complex - the dominant
industry - as well as most of its financial sector, and has
begun to attract foreign direct investment in the tourism
sector. The inflation rate was estimated at 3.4% in 2004.
The only serious foreign investment was made in March

2003 when the German media giant, the WAZ Media
group bought 50 percent of the shares in publisher Daily
Press. Daily Press publishes the daily newspaper Vijesti.
Transparency of ownership is better than in the previous
years. Although speculation persists, there has been
a clear achievement in the publication of several studies
that outline ownership structures. There is no serious
concern about media ownership concentration in
Montenegro, although the possibility continues to exist
that the current legal framework would allow
concealment of the true controlling interests.

Overseas donors and organisations have encouraged the
growth of independent media outlets. But commercial
operators compete for a small pool of advertising
revenue. The market - with dozens of private radio and
TV stations - is said to be saturated.
Media / Press Laws

According to the constitution and law, courts are
permitted to ban any media content calling for violent
overthrow of the constitutional system or challenging
the territorial integrity of the Republic; infringing
citizens freedoms and rights; or instigating national,
In 2006, there were a wide variety of public and private racial or religious intolerance or hatred.
broadcasting media, including public radio and
television broadcaster RTCG and 16 private television Some NGOs warned that the practice of individual
and 39 private radio stations.
officials bringing criminal libel charges against
journalists could deter them from reporting candidly on
Many outlets use the same agency sources and have events. Libel charges which could carry fines of up to
poorly developed networks of correspondents. There is USD18,400 (14,000 euros).
only one local news agency, the Montenegro
Independent News Agency (MINA), which competes Printing & Distribution
with several agencies from Serbia.
There is no monopoly in the distribution and printing
sectors. Almost all big newspapers Vijesti, Dan, and
The media business remains largely unprofitable in Pobjeda among them have their own printing facilities
Montenegro. Excluding several outlets such as the dailies and distribution systems. Vijesti also has a network of
Vijesti and Dan, TV IN, Antenna M, and MBC TV, the kiosks where its own and other publications are offered.
majority of the local and national media face business
problems.
Daily Press, the publisher of Vijesti daily is the owner of
the largest print shop in Montenegro, which was
commissioned in Podgorica in July 2005.
The print media consisted of private news outlets and
one national state-owned newspaper, which published Other Factors
a wide variety of articles on domestic and foreign topics. Montenegrin media employ more than 3,000 workers,
a third of them at private outlets. Many of those
Advertising
employed at non-state media do not have legal working
The size of the Montenegrin advertising market is not status, with owners not paying social insurance, health
known precisely, but estimates range up to CSD7 insurance, and other taxes to the state.
million per year.
Salaries vary and are dependent on the financial strength
Circulation
of a particular outlet. In general, only key editors are well
Daily Press, the publisher of Vijesti daily is the first paid. For example, TV CG editors have salaries up to
publisher in the region to have started book sales CSD1,500, while a typical journalists salary might be
promotion.
CSD300. In private media, salaries may be higher, but
the problem in these cases is that owners often do not
Ownership
pay adequate social insurance.
The expected privatization of the stateowned
newspaper Pobjeda was still pending at the end of 2006
due to government inaction.
506
MONTENEGRO
persons) (2003)
2.d
Occupancy
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
18
46
53
100
120
277
614
3
8
9
16
20
45
100
Source: LSMS; SMMRI

Total data for Serbia-Montenegro
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2006/02 2006/05

4
4
20
4
4
20
0.00
0.00
0.00

1
In 2005, Montenegro was a part of then Serbia-Montenegro
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Population by age
and sex (2004)
2.a
Age
Total
5.a
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
393
503
1,095
1,259
2,507
5,757
7
9
19
22
44
100
55
55
55
55
0.00
0.00

(2004)
5.b
(%)
Reached
Social class
In 2005, Montenegro was a part of then Serbia-Montenegro
100

2.b
All individuals
000
%
631
Male
000
228
211
690
719
906
2,754
8
8
25
26
33
100
Female
000
%
165
292
405
540
1,601
3,003
6
10
14
18
53
100
All adults
Men
Women

within age
group
36.0
42.3
29.7
12-19
20-29
30-39
40-49
50-65
Total
Source: SMMRI; PrintADEX

14
21
22
23
20
100
25.7
37.6
39.5
40.4
34.6
-

Source: LSMS 2003, SMMRI (for Ministry of Social Affairs)

7.aa
A = Employed (officially) B= Work but are not officially employed

C1 = Employer (owner/co owner of the company or store)
C2 = Individual farmer
D = Freelancer, lawyer, artist
E = Pensioners (have incomes from rents or receives support)
(2003)
2.cb
Occupancy
Children
Households
000
%
426
603
483
530
399
2,441
2002
GDP
(Montenegro, euro, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
2.7
(2003)
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
17
25
20
22
16
100
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
Total
Households
000
%
1,733
709
182
323
303
2,442
71
29
7
13
12
100
Source: LSMS; SMMRI
Source: LSMS; SMMRI

Children are defined as under 16 years
of age
507
MONTENEGRO
categories (2004)

(2004)
Advertising sector
% of display
ad revenue
(%)
Advertising sector
% of display
ad revenue
(%)
14.6
8.3
8.0
7.4
6.7
6.3
5.5
5.4
4.7
4.6
Telekom Serbia
Mobtel
Hot Line 041
Tele - Automats
Beiersdorf
Zepter
RTS
Komercijalna Banka
HP
Comtrade Group
4.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Services
Banking and insurance
Transport
Cosmetics
Telecommunications
Computers
Media
Trade
Culture, sport and leisure
Food
Notes: Total data for Serbia-Montenegro
Notes: Total data for Serbia-Montenegro
8.ba
Title
Vijesti
Dan 2
Pobjeda
Language 1
Montenegrin (Latin)
Montenegrin (Cyrillic)
Montenegrin (Cyrillic)
Publisher
Daily Press D.O.O. (WAZ Media Group)

Jumedia Mont D.O.O. 3
Pobjeda Cooperative
(Novinsko izdavacko i graficko akcionarsko drustvo Pobjeda)
Circulation
Cover price
(000)
(Montenegro, euro)
15
-
0.50
-
Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(Montenegro, euro)
460
420
690
-

1
Montenegrin language is the name given to the Ijekavian-Shtokavian dialect, spoken in Montenegro. Generally it is recognized as a variant of the Serbian language,
but some Montenegrins refer to their specific dialect as a language on its own. As of 2006, there is an ongoing controversy on this issue. Unlike in Serbia, Cyrillic
and Latin alphabets are deemed to be equal.
2
Established in 1999
3
The group also owns the weekly Revija D and radio stations Radio D and Radio D plus
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
17
7
7
7
Source: worldwide-tax.com
508
MONTSERRAT
Severe volcanic activity, which began in July 1995, has
put a damper on this small, open economy. Two-thirds
of the 12,000 inhabitants fled the island. The UK has
launched a three-year USD122.8 million aid program to
help reconstruct the economy. Half of the island is
expected to remain uninhabitable for another decade.

The islands public radio station, Radio Montserrat,
broadcasts a full-service format of news and
entertainment. The station broadcasts on FM, having
lost its medium wave (AM) transmitter to volcanic
activity. There is a private cable TV provider, cable TV of
Montserrat.
There are no daily newspapers in Montserrat. There are
two weekly newspapers, the privately owned Montserrat
Reporter, and the Montserrat Times.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
2
6
2
10
Male
Female
000
%
000
1
3
1
5
20
60
20
100
20
60
20
100
1
3
1
5
20
60
20
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
0.1
509
MOROCCO
GDP growth rebounded to 6.7% in 2006 due to high
rainfall, which resulted in a strong second harvest. In
2004, Moroccan authorities instituted measures to boost
foreign direct investment and trade by signing a free
trade agreement with the US, which entered into force
in January 2006, and sold government shares in the state
telecommunications company and in the largest stateowned bank. The inflation rate was estimated at 2.8% in
2006.
According to Ministry of Communication data for
2005, there are 18 foreign news agencies represented in
Morocco, five of which specialize in photojournalism.
The one state news agency, Maghreb Arab Press (MAP),
has its headquarters in the capital (Rabat), 12 regional
bureaus, and offices in 18 countries. It distributes news
in Arabic, French, English, and Spanish, and Moroccan
newspapers can get a 30 percent discount for the
agencys services.
The Ministry of Communication issued directives and
guidance and subsidized publications. The government
temporarily suspended publications it judged offensive,
yet allowed suspended publications to continue
operation.
In 2005, according to the Ministry of Communications
2005 print and broadcast media report, there were 468
newspapers: 260 Arabic, 151 French, six Tamazight
(Berber), and one Spanish. The private press constitutes
85 percent of all publications, with the partisan or
political party press, trade unions, NGOs, and state
institutions making up the rest.
Lmrabets newspapers, the French-language Demain and

the Arabic-language Doumain, remained banned at the
end of 2006.
The weekly magazine, Nichane, was banned during
2006.
Advertising
Newspapers generate a large portion of their revenues
from advertising. For some newspapers, advertising
represents up to 90 percent of their overall revenue. For
these outlets, many are actively using the services of
private agencies. A few private publications, like the daily
Al-Ahdath Al-Maghribia and As-Sabah, report
substantial revenue from sales. However, there are several
publications, like the weeklies Le Journal Hebdomadaire
and As-Sahifa, which lost a huge amount of revenue from
advertisers because of their outspoken and critical
' the government and the monarchy.
editorial line vis-a-vis
These papers struggle to make ends meet with the
support of their owners and some foreign advertisers.
The advertising sector in Morocco is underdeveloped.
According to available data, small- and medium-size
companies that constitute 92 percent of the Moroccan
economy do not advertise their products. Foreign
corporations and 10 national companies monopolize 60
percent of the advertising at the two public broadcasters.
Maroc Telecom, Med Telecom, Unilever Maghreb,
Coca-Cola, and Nestl Maroc are among the top
advertisers in the country. According to the Ministry of
Communication, the overall spending on advertising for
all media sectors was USD262 million in 2005. Of this,
56.9 percent went to the two public channels; the press
attracted 20 percent, radio 7.5 percent, and the rest was
divided between the cinema and billboards, according to
published data.
There were five national independent Arabic daily

newspapers (Assabah, Al Ahdath Al Magribiyya, AlMassae, Assahifa, Annhara al-Magrigiyya), two Frenchlanguage daily newspapers (LEconomiste and
Aujourdhui le Maroc), five Arabic-language weekly
publications (Al-Watan, Al-Ayyam, Al-Osboua, Asdae,
and Nichane), and four French-language weekly
publications (TelQuel, Le Journal, La Gazette du Maroc,
La Vie Economique).
A few advertising agencies dominate the market. The

leading agency is Regie 3, which attracts more than 50
percent of the advertising accounts in Morocco and is
the exclusive ad provider for the second public channel,
2M, and private radio station Medi 1. Regie 3 controls
76 percent of television advertising and 95.5 percent of
radio ads, but only 9 percent for the print media. SAP is
a second agency that controls 24 percent of advertising
in television broadcasting. It mainly serves the first
Foreign publications are available but are only purchased public channel, TVM.
by the elite.
Circulation
Roughly five million Moroccans can afford to buy
In November 2005, the French-language daily Maroc newspapers with prices fixed at around 30 cents,
Soir was launched by Maroc Soir Ltd. The media house according to Mohamed Berrada, president of the
also publishes Le Matin du Sahara, Assahraa Al- distribution company Sapress. But only 300,000 copies
Maghrebia, La Manana, and the English-language are sold every day, which puts Morocco among the
website Morocco Times.
lowest Arab countries in terms of newspaper circulation
per 1,000 inhabitants.
510
MOROCCO
Circulation is estimated at 13 copies per 1,000 readers; criteria for censorship. The government punished some
only 1 percent of the population buys newspapers, persons who violated limitations on free speech.
although each newspaper is reportedly read by as many
as five people.
Article 52 of the press code states that no head of
a foreign state can be defamed.
Arab-language press has increased circulation in last
several years.
The law requires the Ministry of Interior to justify to the
courts any seizure or banning of domestic or foreign
publications, suspension of the publisher's license, or
The Internet providers are privately owned. The main destruction of equipment. The law provides for three to
Internet provider is Maroc Telecom, owned by the five-year jail sentences, fines, and payment of damages
French company Vivendi Universal (51 percent), the for newspaper officials found guilty of libeling public
Moroccan state (34.4 percent), and private shareholders. officials.
In December 2004, Maroc Telecom had 104,800
Internet subscribers, of which 57 percent used Printing & Distribution
broadband. The second, much smaller provider is Newsprint is imported and is in the hands of the private
Wanadoo (Maroc-Connect), owned by Miditel.
sector. However, the newsprint market is opaque, as
some newspapers are allowed to import more than what
The government generally did not block Internet access, they need so that they can resell it on the black market
although it did sometimes block selected Web sites. In or to other printers. This practice was endemic in the
November 2005 according to Human Rights Watch past with the partisan press and has extended to some
(HRW), authorities began blocking access to Internet private media. According to the press law, a unit inside
sites advocating independence for the Western Sahara. the Ministry of Communication should normally
Periodically until March, these sites continued to be control the use of newsprint by newspapers, but this unit
blocked. In April authorities blocked the JCO Web site has never been activated.
and continued to block it sporadically through years
end. During the year the government blocked the site Printing is a free enterprise in Morocco. In 2005, there
Google Earth.
were 200 private printing houses and several stateowned
and semipublic printing houses. Only a dozen printing
In 2005, according to the Ministry of Communication's houses specialize in printing newspapers. Some political
2005 print and broadcast media report, there were six parties have their own printing houses where they print
electronic newspapers: three French, two Arabic, and their publications, such as the Istiqlal party and the
one English.
Socialite Union of Popular Forces. Some private
newspapers also operate their own presses, like Le Matin
Ownership
and lconomiste. Printers are not allowed by law to
The print media market is open to any Moroccan print banned publications, and some have come under
investor, but foreigners are barred by law from investing pressure to cease printing publications that oppose the
in publications registered in Morocco. Foreign investors authorities. For example, Le Journal Hebdomadaire was
can set up their own publications under different obliged a few years ago to print in France. The regional
regulations, one of which requires prior authorization of press suffers from the lack of printing outside of urban
the Ministry of Communication and the publication of areas.
a decree in the official bulletin.
Newspaper distribution to rural areas is sluggish due to
Media / Press Laws
the poor state of the infrastructure and very low income
The law generally provides for freedom of speech and of of the population.
the press. The government generally respected these
rights in practice, as long as Islam, the monarchy, and Two major distribution companies dominate the
territorial integrity (the inclusion of the Western Sahara) market. Socit Arabe et Africaine de lEdition et de la
were not criticized.
Diffusion de la Presse (Sapress) is owned by a private
company and a number of political parties, like Istiqlal,
The 2003 antiterrorist law and the press code impose USFP, and PPS. La Socit Chrifienne de Distribution
financial penalties on journalists and publishers who et de Presse (Sochepress) is a private company owned by
violate the restrictions related to defamation, libel, the French group NMPP (Nouvelles Messageries de la
critical discussion of the monarchy, territorial integrity Presse Parisienne) and a Moroccan family.
(advocating independence for the Western Sahara), and
Islam. Prison sentences can be imposed on those According to Sapress director general Mohamed
convicted of libel, which resulted in self-censorship. The Berrada, his company distributes 21 dailies, 72 weeklies,
press code lists threats to public order as one of the and 320 magazines. Sapress uses modern technologies
511
MOROCCO
that enable it to know exactly the volume and the
distribution points for each publication. It has 8,000
points of distribution around the country. Sochepress
distributes mainly imported newspapers, magazines, and
books and has 3,600 distribution points. The sales
points are made up of newsstands, kiosks, terassiers
(sales stands on the caf terraces), small bookshops,
grocery stores, bakeries, tobacco shops, street vendors,
and seasonal salesmen.
Although these two distribution companies are wellmanaged, they face some external factors that limit their
profitability. There are several obstacles: the limited
skills of vendors, low readership of newspapers in
Morocco, the poor state of the infrastructure, and the
cost of transporting products to isolated geographic
areas. Also, vendors pocket proceeds by renting
newspapers to customers for a few hours at a fraction of
the newsstand price, and it is estimated that 30 percent
of newspaper revenues are lost through this system. Also,
kids sell photocopied crossword puzzles and horseracing information in the popular cafs for small sums.
State Support
Through the Ministry of Communication, the
government subsidized most newspapers, including
those critical of the government. Government subsidies
vary according to the percentage of the population
reading the publication.
State subsidies were granted in 2005 to 35 private and
partisan publications 18 dailies, 19 weeklies, and five
monthlies and amounted to around USD4 million.
The amount disbursed for each publication is
determined by a 12-member committee made up of six
government representatives and six representatives from
the Federation of Editors. The state subsidies contribute
to the lower cost of newsprint; telephone, fax, and

Internet operations; and reductions in the
transportation of journalists and publications inside
Morocco. The cost of subscription for the state news
agency MAP is also reduced by 30 percent. Public
administrative, judicial, and legal announcements also
constitute a source of revenue for more than 20
publications (private and partisan). In 2005, these
announcements generated USD620,000, the majority
of which went to partisan publications that receive little
advertising.
Other Factors
The average salary for print media journalists varies
among newspapers and within the public media. At
some dailies, journalists earn very low wages, around
USD150 per month. At other more established
newspapers, the average can reach USD500 per month.
Salaries for journalists at the public media are
comparable to wages for administration officials, with
certain bonuses for journalists. The second public
television channel, 2M, offers the best wages for its
journalists, a practice inherited from when the station
was a private company. These journalists receive an
average minimum of USD800 per month, and an
internal collective-bargaining agreement governs the
wages. This agreement inspired journalists of TVM to
negotiate their salaries, and a new scale was organized
for 2006. Meanwhile, a collective agreement was signed
in December 2005 after protracted negotiations
between the Journalists Syndicate and the Federation of
Newspaper Publishers. The accord foresees a minimum
wage of USD580 per month.
The Federation of Newspaper Publishers is the only
association representing editors and directors of private
as well as partisan press.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; WAN - RAP 21 Newsletter
512
MOROCCO
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Assabah 1
Le Matin du Sahara
et du Maghreb 3
LEconomiste
Aujourdhui Le Maroc 4
Al Bayane
Libration
Al Alam 5
Al Ahdath al-Maghrebia
Al-Anbaa
Asharq
Assahraa al-Maghrebia 2
LOpinion
Maroc Soir
Arabic
French
Eco-Medias
Maroc Soir Ltd.
Print run (000)

60
45
French
French
Arabic
French
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
French
French
Eco-Medias
ALM Publishing
USFP
Socit Arrissala
Government
Maroc Soir Ltd.
Socit Arrissala
Maroc Soir Ltd.
32
25
20
10
48
-

Established in 2000
Established in 1989
3
Established in 1972
4
Established in 2001
5
Established in 1946
1
2
11.
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
10,489
21,086
1,667
33,242
Male
32
63
5
100
000
5,344
10,505
725
16,574
32
63
4
100
Female
000
%
5,145
10,581
942
16,668
31
63
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
350
355
300
300
0.00
Source: 2003-2004 UNESCO; Ministry of Communication, Morocco;

www.moroccotimes.com; 2005-2006 WAN estimate
7.aa
2002
GDP
To monitor circulation data, the Office of Justification
de Distribution (OJD) was created in 2004 by the
association of advertisers, lUnion des Agences Conseil,
and the Federation of Editors. In 2005, with assistance
of the French OJD group, OJD Morocco certified the
circulation of nine dailies, 12 weeklies, and nine
monthlies or bi-monthlies. Advertisers now recognize
the OJD as a reliable source for circulation statistics.
However, many publications have yet to accept the
control of the OJD. In addition, advertisers seem
guided by other criteria, often political, rather than
results of audience or readership research. For example,
the results of the OJD newspaper circulation process in
2005 did not result in any significant adjustments in
advertising distribution in newspapers.

(Morocco, dirham, bln)
2003
2004
2005
Research
12.
2006
1,150.9 1,249.9 1,309.8
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
20
513
MOZAMBIQUE
At independence in 1975, Mozambique was one of the
worlds poorest countries. Socialist mismanagement and
a brutal civil war from 1977-92 exacerbated the
situation. In 1987, the government embarked on a series
of macroeconomic reforms designed to stabilize the
economy. These steps, combined with donor assistance
and with political stability since the multi-party
elections in 1994, have led to dramatic improvements in
the country's growth rate. Inflation was reduced to single
digits during the late 1990s although it returned to
double digits in 2000-06. Fiscal reforms, including the
introduction of a value-added tax and reform of the
customs service, have improved the governments
revenue collection abilities. In spite of these gains,
Mozambique remains dependent upon foreign assistance
for much of its annual budget, and the majority of the
population remains below the poverty line. Subsistence
agriculture continues to employ the vast majority of the
countrys work force. A substantial trade imbalance
persists although the opening of the Mozal aluminum
smelter, the countrys largest foreign investment project
to date, has increased export earnings. In late 2005, and
after years of negotiations, the government signed an
agreement to gain Portugals majority share of the
Cahora Bassa Hydroelectricity (HCB) company, a dam
that was not transferred to Mozambique at
independence because of the ensuing civil war and
unpaid debts. More power is needed for additional
investment projects in titanium extraction and
processing and garment manufacturing that could
further close the import/export gap. Mozambiques once
substantial foreign debt has been reduced through
forgiveness and rescheduling under the IMFs Heavily
Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) and Enhanced HIPC
initiatives, and is now at a manageable level.
making it in effect a state-owned paper. The other

national daily, Diario de Mocambique, is privatelyowned and based in the second city, Beira.

There were numerous private radio stations that
operated throughout the country. Radio Mocambique,
which receives 60 percent of its operating budget from
the government, was the most influential media service
with the largest audience in the country.
Readership
Contrary to radio, which broadcasts in different
languages, all newspapers in Mozambique are in
Portuguese, which means that they are only accessible to
those who can read this language.
There was a growth in the number of national weeklies

between 2000 and 2005, from three titles to seven; two
are state-owned (Domingo and Desafio), and the other
five are privately owned.
At regional level, the biggest growth has been in small
newspapers sent to readers via fax. There were around 20
such publications in 2005, up from eight in 2000. The
following list includes 16 known fax newspapers, with
their year of establishment: 1) Canal de Mocambique
(2006); 2) Matinal (2006); 3) Mediafax (1992); 4)
Correio da Manha (1996); 5) Wampula Fax (2001); 6)
Folha de Mocambique (2004): 7) Diario de Noticias
(2004); 8) Tribuna Fax (2005); 9) Expresso da Tarde
(1998); 11) Vertical (2001); 12) Diario da Beira (2003);
13) Pungue (2005); 14) Autarca (2004); 15) Faisca
(1997); 16 Diario da Zambezia (2005).
Circulation
The circulation of fax newspapers is limited due to the
fact that they are subscription-based and most
subscribers are companies, government organisations,
embassies and NGOs. It is not possible to establish the
total number of newspapers distributed by fax, because
some of them have circulation of less than 500,
exempting them from registration under the Press Law.
Without exception, all fax newspapers in Mozambique
are owned and run by journalists. Some of these
journalists previously worked for other newspapers and
found that their ideas and way of seeing things would be
better served if they owned and ran their own
newspapers.
The daily Noticias has a national readership share of

The government supplied 80 percent of the operating 21% and Diario de Mocambique of 3.6%.
budget for Televisao de Mocambique (TVM), the
television station that broadcasts to the largest The weeklies Domingo and Desafio are estimated to
percentage of the population.
have readership shares of at least double that of any of
the privately owned national weeklies.
The international media were allowed to operate freely.
Ownership
There is plurality in the pattern of private newspaper
There are two national dailies, Noticias and Diario de ownership in Mozambique, with no two papers owned
Mocambique, the same number of national dailies as in by the same investor or company. However, most of
2000. In theory, the company that owns Noticias is these private independent newspapers are small
a private one. However, its majority shareholder is the businesses struggling to survive. Setting up a newspaper
Bank of Mozambique, the countrys central bank, in Mozambique is a fairly straightforward process. Even
514
MOZAMBIQUE
though there is a requirement for registration with the
Department of Information (GABINFO), this is for
purely administrative purposes. As long as the applicant
fulfils the basic necessary requirements, there can be no
denial of permission to operate. The Constitution and
Press Law give government no power of control over the
press.
Without exception, all investments in the private press
in Mozambique have been Mozambican initiatives led
by local journalists, typically after the journalists left
other papers over disagreements on editorial policy. For
instance, the Savana newspaper is owned by Mediacoop,
a group of 13 practising journalists who came together
to form a media cooperative following liberalisation of
the media under the 1990 Constitution and the 1991
Press Law. In 1992, they launched Mediafax, the
pioneer of independent fax newspapers. Two years later,
in 1994, they launched the Savananewspaper. Since
2000, Mediacoop has been transformed into a private
limited company. Another example is theZambeze
newspaper, which was established in 2002 by Salomao
Moyana, a founding member of Mediacoop and the first
editor of Savana.
Media / Press Laws
According to MISA, there were four libel suits brought
against newspapers during the year. There were no
updates concerning the seven suits for defamation and
libel against newspapers in 2005.

The formal (non-fax) print sectors slow growth can be
seen as mainly due to economic factors, including the
high cost of imported newsprint and the costs of
printing. Only one of the private papers (Diario de
Mocambique) has its own printing press, meaning that
most private papers are vulnerable to printing prices set
by printing firms.
Newsprint and other printing supplies must be
imported from South Africa and the government does
not exempt these supplies from import duties. Some
newspapers found it more cost-effective to print in
South Africa and import the final product. Other
journals are only published in electronic versions,
severely limiting their readership. Journals printed on
paper have limited readership beyond Maputo, due to
high transportation costs.
Mozambique is a very long country, with a length of
close to 3,000 kilometres. With almost all newspapers
based in the capital, Maputo, in the far south of the
country, newspaper companies have to bear the costs of
flying their newspapers long distances. Without
a government policy that subsidises newspaper
distribution, it is difficult for the majority of newspapers
to be distributed and read in remote parts of the country
away from urban centres.

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
8,407
10,726
554
19,687
43
54
3
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
4,230
5,207
231
9,668
44
54
2
100
4,177
5,519
323
10,019
42
55
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
Regional and local
8
paid-for non-dailies 1
-
5
14
4
10
6
21
6
15
2
2
2
27
7
20
2
2
2
27
7
20
0.00
145.45
133.33
150.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002 WAN from public sources; 2003-2004 WAN assessment;

2005 BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative,
WAN from local sources; 2006 WAN estimate
1
Newspapers distributed by fax
515
MOZAMBIQUE
3.b
7.aa
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
16
16
16
-
17
17
17
26
26
7
17
17
17
26
26
-
GDP
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
-
467,811.0 588,606.0 765,593.2

(2005)
8.a
Publisher
Sociedade Noticias
Noticias da Beira
Mediacoop
Novomedia
Cover prices (2005)

(Mozambique, metical)
max
Single copy
Subscription
(Mozambique, metical, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
Source: 2004 WAN from public sources; 2005 WAN from local sources;
2006 WAN assessment
4.d
2002
Source: WAN from local sources
12,000
12,000

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Noticias
Diario de Mocambique
Portuguese
Portuguese
Sociedade Noticias
Noticias de Beira
Cover price
(Mozambique, metical) (USD)
12
5
12,000.00
10,000.00
0.48
0.40
Format

Broadsheet
Tabloid
12,000,000
6,000,000

10.c
Newsprint costs
15.a
2001
Average per ton
2002
2003
2004
-
2005
12,000,000
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
0
0
17
17
32
32
0

same locality?
No
Subsidies generally
Are there subsidies for the purchase of newsprint? No

improving existing equipment? No

No
press?
No
Are there any direct subsidies? No

14.

companies?
The Press Law
Foreign participation is limited to a maximum 20% of
media companies according to the Press Law.
13.a
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
516
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0

Yes
MYANMAR
Myanmar, a resource-rich country, suffers from pervasive
government controls, inefficient economic policies, and
rural poverty. The most productive sectors will continue
to be in extractive industries, especially oil and gas,
mining, and timber. As of 2006, the largest private banks
operate under tight restrictions limiting access to formal
credit by the private sector. Published statistics on
foreign trade are greatly understated because of the size
of the black market and unofficial border trade - often
estimated to be as large as the official economy. The
banned all access to free e-mail services such as Yahoo

and Hotmail. In June, after Googletalk and Skype Web
sites became popular means of long distance
communication, resulting in lost income for
government telephone services, the minister of
communications, post, and telegraphs banned Internet
telephone services offered by Gmail, Gtalk, and Skype.

The government owned and controlled all domestic
radio and television broadcasting facilities and
controlled content in all print publications. The official
media remained propaganda organs of the government
and did not report opposing views except to criticize
them.
All Internet cafes displayed a notice that forbade users to

access political and pornographic sites but did not state
a specific punishment.

No laws or regulations exist regarding monitoring
Internet communications or establishing penalties for
the exercise of freedom of expression via Internet.
However, the government monitored Internet
communications, and individuals could not freely
engage in such activities.
According to the Ministry of Information, which has

taken over the duties of the press scrutiny and
registration from the Ministry of Home Affairs since
February 2005, the publication and distribution of
journals and magazines will continue to be granted as
long as they conform to the prescribed policy. The
ministry outlined seven-point press policy for writers to
adhere to, which includes allowing reporters of journals
and magazines to write about government departments
but they must be constructive, permitting of writing on
domestic and international news quoting foreign media
but it must be in the interest of the nation or be rejected
if harming the nation.
The government blocked most Web sites containing

words that it considered suspicious, such as Burma,
drugs, military government, democracy, student
movement, 8888, and human rights.
Media / Press Laws

The law permits the government to restrict freedom of
speech and freedom of the press, and the government
continued to restrict these freedoms severely and
Due to widespread poverty, limited literacy, and poor systematically. The government continued to arrest,
infrastructure, radio remained a primary medium of detain, convict, and imprison citizens for expressing
mass communication.
political opinions critical of the government and for
distributing or possessing publications in which
opposition opinions were expressed.
The government owned and controlled all daily
newspapers. Two Burmese dailies, Myanmar Ahlin and Private media existed, but the governments Press
Kye Mon, were directly controlled by the military junta, Scrutiny Board tightly controlled all media and
which calls itself the State Peace and Development publications and took action against any attempt to
Council (SPDC).
provide independent interpretation or comment on
news. The Ministry of Information issues licenses to
Circulation
private media publishers as long as the media printed
Demand for the governments daily newspapers exceeds government approved material.
supply by about three times, the Minister for
Information, Maj-Gen Kyi Aung, said. Arrangements All privately owned publications remained subject to
were being made to meet the demand, he added.
prepublication censorship by state censorship boards.
Due in part to the time required to obtain the approval
The subscription rate for each of the government of the censors, private news periodicals generally were
newspapers is MMK100 a month.
published weekly.
When Internet users spent a long time at one Web site,

police blocked access if they discovered the site was
related to national issues. E-mail messages sometimes
took several days to arrive in the receivers inbox, often
with attachments deleted.
The government banned all Web sites critical of the The policy generally rejects writing news comments on
regime and its activities. Authorities also periodically foreign affairs, especially dealing with the Association of
517
MYANMAR
Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and neighboring newspapers, Myanma Alin and Kyemon, both of 16
countries. But if allowed when needed, such comments pages, and the English-language New Light of Myanmar,
shall not harm the respective nations.
has presses in Yangon, Mandalay , Magway, Taunggyi
and Kengtung. It plans to establish presses at placesImported publications remained subject to Myitkyina in Kachin State , Kalay in Sagaing Division,
predistribution censorship by state censorship boards, Hpa-an in Karen State and Sittway in Rakhine State.
and possession of publications not approved by the state
censorship boards remained a serious offense.
Meanwhile, there were a total of over 5,000 printing
houses and 759 publishers in Myanmar as of 2005,
according to official statistics.
The News and Periodicals Enterprise of the Ministry of
Information that publishes two Myanmar-language
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Xinhua; WAN from public sources
2.b
Age
A+B 1
C1 2
C2 3
D4
E5
Total
All adults
000
%
1,152
2,299
3,867
6,567
16,366
30,251
4
8
13
22
54
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
760
1,404
1,630
4,896
6,209
14,899
5
9
11
33
42
100
392
895
2,237
1,671
10,157
15,352
3
6
15
11
66
100
Source: MMRD
1
A+B = company owners, professionals, top/middle management
2
C1 = sales/service workers, clerical workers, skilled/unskilled labour
3
C2 = family business workers
4
D = farmers
5
E = subsistence/inactive
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
81
33.33
0.00
Source: 2002 Thomson Gale; 2003-2004 WAN estimate;

2005-2006 WAN from public sources
1
There are also about 15 newspapers published daily, devoted entirely

to football
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
817
550
-32.68
Source: 2002 Thomson Gale; 2006 WAN assessment

5.a
(%)
Reached

2.a
All adults
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
12,516
32,462
2,405
47,383
26
69
5
100
45
Source: MMRD
Age
Male
000
6,335
16,012
1,036
23,383
27
68
4
100
Female
000
%
6,181
16,450
1,369
24,000
26
69
6
100
518
MYANMAR
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Myanmar, kyat, bln)

2003
2004
2005
466.6
483.1
2006
561.7

7.ab

1999
GDP per capita
(Myanmar, kyat, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
51.0
155.9
62.0
104.0

categories (2001)

(2001)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Myanmar, kyat, mln)
Advertiser
Baby pharmaceutical
Car oil/lubricants
Vitamins
Electrical products
Ginseng extracts
Cosmetics
Computer training
Journals
Movies
Property
Dragon Oil Lubricant

Nutroplex Multivitamins
Daily Vitagin
Ginseng Vitamins
Enervon-C Anti-Stress
Vitamins
Obimin Film Tablet Vitamins
Vitiron Vitamins
Aspilets Antithrombotic
Tablets
BaB Chewable Tablet
Ray-Ban Sunglasses
Oramin-G Multivitamins
62
61
56
45
37
30
27
23
18
17
Source: MMRD
Expenditure
(Myanmar, kyat, mln)
58.0
19.9
18.7
18.0
16.7
16.5
15.8
13.5
12.8
10.1
Source: MMRD
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Myanmar Alin
Kye Mon (The Mirror)
New Light of Myanmar
Yadanabon
Mandalay Daily
Myodaw 2
Botahtaung
Guardian
Burmese
Burmese
English
Burmese
Burmese
Burmese
Burmese
English
Government (State Peace and Development Council)

The Mandalay City Development Committee
-
Circulation
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono 1
(Myanmar, kyat)
(Myanmar, kyat)
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid 3
Tabloid
-
2,800
2,800
4,400
120
120
133
-
40.00
40.00
50.00
-
(000)
220
210
25
22
15
10
-
Cover Price
Source: MMRD; WAN from public sources

1
MMRD/Ratecard 2000
Yangon evening tabloid
3
Switched from broadsheet to tabloid January 1, 2003
2
519
NAMIBIA
The economy is heavily dependent on the extraction and
processing of minerals for export. Mining accounts for
20% of GDP. The mining sector employs only about 3%
of the population while about half of the population
depends on subsistence agriculture for its livelihood.
Increased fish production and mining of copper, zinc,
uranium, and silver spurred growth in 2003-06.
NBC television and nine radio services that broadcast in
English and indigenous languages were the most widely
heard and influential media in the country.
March 2006 despite a large financial injection from

the National Budget. New Era projected a loss
of N$731,183, but instead suffered a phenomenal loss
of N$3.57 million, which is 488 per cent more than it
budgeted for. The loss is close to the government subsidy
which was N$4 million in the year under review.
Circulation
Newspaper circulation is severely inhibited by a number
of factors. These include a small population of 1,6million people widely dispersed in a huge geographical
expanse, high rates of illiteracy, towns and villages which
are often hundreds of kilometres apart, and
the dominance of colonial languages in which the
newspapers are mostly published (English, Afrikaans and
German). On the face of it, no single newspaper has
a circulation large enough to sustain the cost of
a printing press for its exclusive use only.
There were 11 private radio stations. There were two

private television networks, One Africa TV and
MultiChoice Direct Satellite TV, and a private cable and
satellite television service that broadcast international
news and entertainment programs. The ruling SWAPO Online / Digital Publishing
party owned 51 percent of this direct satellite television While Internet access was unrestricted, usage was limited
service.
in rural areas due to poverty.
There were two news agencies, the state-owned
Namibian Press Agency, NAMPA, and MISAnet,
operated independently by Media Institute of Southern
Africa (MISA) as an Internet-based news exchange
service between 26 newspapers in the Southern African
Development Community (SADC) region.
Ownership
The Communications Commission Act of 1992 states
that broadcasting licences may only be issued to
Namibian citizens and to Namibian companies.
Namibian companies must have at least 51% of their
shareholdings beneficially owned by Namibian citizens
and they must have their principal place of business or
registered office in Namibia. The Act does not contain
There were four daily national newspapers, three of any express provisions on cross-media ownership or
which were independent, two national bi-weekly restrictions on the number of licences that any one
newspapers (the state-owned New Era and the privately- broadcaster may hold.
owned Namib Times), and three national privatelyowned weekly newspapers, the Windhoek Observer, Printing & Distribution
The Economist and Tender Bulletin. The ruling The major printing press is controlled by one company
SWAPO party owned one publication, Namibia Today. (Democratic Media Holdings), which also owns two of
the daily newspapers, Die Republikein and Allgemeine
The oldest independent newspaper is the daily German Zeitung. DMH also prints its major daily competitor,
language Allgemeine Zeitung, which is published in The Namibian and several weekly niche-based
Windhoek. Some 20,000 Namibians speak German as newspapers that it does not own.
their mother tongue. The most widely available
newspaper is The Namibian, an English-language State Support
publication with a readership of about 12 people per The government contributed financially to the New Era
copy.
newspaper and the Namibia Press Agency, both
parastatals.
The government-owned bi-weekly newspaper New Era
recorded substantial losses in the financial year ending
520
NAMIBIA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

5.a

(%)
Weekly
All adults
14
Source: AC Nielsen
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Namibia, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
91.1
101.1
2006
103.6

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
781
1,188
75
2,044
38
58
4
100
Male
000
394
597
34
1,025
38
58
3
100
Female
000
%
387
591
41
1,019
38
58
4
100
7.ab

1997
GDP per capita
(Namibia, dollar)
1998
1999
2000
12,309
2001
13,828

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Cover price
(000)
(Namibia, dollar)
The Namibian
The Namibian
21 1
1.50
Die Republikein
Afrikaans
Namibia News
English
Democratic Media
Holdings (DMH)
Democratic Media
Holdings (DMH)
Ministry of Finance
English /
Oshiwambo
Allgemeine Zeitung German

1
Print run
521
NAURU
Revenues from this tiny island have traditionally come
from exports of phosphates, now significantly depleted.
Few other resources exist with most necessities being
imported, mainly from Australia. The rehabilitation
of mined land and the replacement of income from
phosphates are serious long-term problems. In 2005, the
deterioration in housing, hospitals, and other capital
plants continued, and the cost to Australia of keeping
the government and economy afloat continued to climb.
The inflation rate was estimated at -3.6% in 1993.

State-owned Radio Nauru carries material from Radio
Australia and the BBC, and Nauru TV broadcasts
programmes from New Zealand sent via satellite or on
videotape.
Nauru has no daily newspapers. The main weekly
newspaper is The Nauru Bulletin, published in both
English and Nauruan by the government. A newsletter
called The Visionary is published sporadically by the
opposition party Naoero Amo. There are also some other
newspapers, including two fortnightlies, the Central Star
News and the Nauru Chronicle.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
4
8
2
14
Male
Female
000
%
000
2
4
1
7
29
57
14
100
29
57
14
100
2
4
1
7
29
57
14
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
0.00

7.aa

2001
GDP
0.1

2002
2003
2004
0.1
0.1
0.1
2005
0.1
522
NEPAL
Agriculture is the mainstay of the economy, providing
a livelihood for three-fourths of the population and
accounting for 38% of GDP. Industrial activity mainly
involves the processing of agricultural produce including
jute, sugarcane, tobacco, and grain. The inflation rate
20 Web sites, including the Maoist Web site, that were

hosted in other countries and were not supportive of the
king. After the popular uprising, there was no reported
monitoring or blocking of Internet sites.
Media / Press Laws
The Election Code of Conduct limited media freedom
in covering elections. For instance, the code restricted
media from publishing a candidate's attack against an
opponent and required that speeches by party leaders or
candidates be published verbatim. The Election Code
was repealed after the popular uprising in April 2006.
The Maoists imposed restrictions on free press through
intimidation and the killing of journalists and the
destruction of radio and television towers.

Hundreds of independent vernacular and Englishlanguage newspapers were available, representing various
political points of view. Kantipur and The Kathmandu
Post (Nepali and English language versions of the same
paper) reported independently. Gorkhapatra, the
government-owned Nepali-language daily, and The
Rising Nepal, the third largest English-language daily,
both reflected government policy. Janadesh, the Maoist- Printing & Distribution
published newspaper, remained a source of Maoist Publishers all over the country predominantly distribute
propaganda.
newspapers door to door by bicycle. There are about ten
well-known newspaper and magazine distributors of
Advertising
international newspapers and magazines. There are
Sophisticated methods of intimidation, such as the one- approximately 1,000 newspaper outlets in Kathmandu
door advertisement policy, which directed public Valley and 1,000 more in the rest of the country. About
expenditure on advertising to co-operative media and half of these are book/stationery shops or grocery stores
imposed a de-facto ban on all public advertising in doubling as newspaper outlets. The commission rate for
newspapers that were critical of the government, were newspapers and magazines ranges from 20% to 30%.
used to silence the media.
All companies have a return policy, which is normally
25% of the total. With many English, German, and
Frenchlanguage publications, Kathmandu Valley
Human rights activists and politicians reported blocked accounts for more than 85% of the market, estimated at
or monitored Internet service before and during the USD1.25 million.
popular uprising. The government blocked more than
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Distripress Gazette; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02

251 1
1,585 2
Source: Central Bureau of Statistics, Nepal

1
Registered titles
2
Including 14 bi-weeklies, 1,304 weeklies, and 167 fortnightlies
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2000/96 2000/99

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,0940
16,292
1,055
28,287
39
58
4
100
189
Source: UNESCAP
Male
000
5,649
8,366
514
14,529
39
58
4
100
Female
000
%
5,291
7,926
541
13,758
38
58
4
100
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Nepal, rupee, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
2,866.4 3,120.2 3,154.1
523
NEPAL
8.ba
Title
Language
Kantipur
Space Time Daily /
Space Time Dainik
The Kathmandu Post 1
Nepali
Kantipur Publications
English / Nepali Space Time Publications
Publisher
Circulation (000)
210
40
English
Kantipur Publications
40
The Himalayan Times
English
20
The Rising Nepal

Nepal Times
Annapurna Post
Gorkhapatra
Janasangarasha Daily
Nepal Samacharpatra
Rajdhani
English
English
Nepali
-
International Media
Network Nepal
Government
Government
-
6
3
-

1
English version of Kantipur
524
NETHERLANDS ANTILLES
Tourism, petroleum refining, and offshore finance are
the mainstays of this small economy, which is closely
tied to the outside world. The islands enjoy a high per
capita income and a well-developed infrastructure
compared with other countries in the region. Almost all
consumer and capital goods are imported, the US and
Mexico being the major suppliers. The inflation rate was
(published in Curacao) and Algemeen Dagblad

Caribbean Edition. Fonuded in 1884, Amigoe is the
oldest daily newspaper in the Netherlands Antilles and
the only evening paper in Dutch, the official language of
the Netherlands Antilles. A separate daily edition is
printed for Aruba. Local English-language newspapers
are The Daily Herald (published daily on Saint Martin),
Today, and St Maarten Guardian; St. Martins Week is
published in both English and French. Meanwhile,
Bonaire has the Bonaire Reporter Weekly. Most other
newspapers in the Netherlands Antilles are published in
There are two Dutch daily newspapers: Amigoe Dutch or Papiamento.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
53
150
19
222
Male
24
68
9
100
Female
000
%
000
27
72
8
107
25
67
7
100
26
78
11
115
23
68
10
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

paid-for dailies
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

paid-for dailies
29
17
12
29
17
12
30
18
12
30
18
12
30
18
12
3.45
5.88
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

(Netherlands Antilles, guilder, bln)
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
GDP
4.3
5.0

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
AD Algemeen Dagblad 1
Amigoe 2
The Daily Herald 3
Dutch
Dutch
English
AD NieuwsMedia
Uitgeverij Amigoe NV
The Caribbean Herald NV
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
12 4
7
35
25
Cover price
(East Caribbean Dollar) (USD)
1.00
0.50
Format
Broadsheet
Tabloid

1
Carribean edition
Monday-Saturday
3
Monday-Saturday; The Daily Herlad is the number one paper on St. Maarten; it also distributes small quantities to Saba, Anguilla, St. Kitts & Nevis, and Curacao
4
Including 10,000 subscribed copies
2
525
NETHERLANDS, THE
The economy grew by 2.9 % in 2006 compared to the
previous year. Important contributors to this growth
were exports, consumer consumption and investments.
Economic growth in 2007 is expected to accelerate to
3%. The number of jobs increased by 100,000
compared to 2005 (+1.4%).
time people spend reading newspapers is 45 minutes per

day.
In January 2007 a new freesheet was launched. The

paper, called De Pers, aims to be a quality newspaper and
is the third freesheet on the Dutch market. The
publishing company PCM announced it will launch an
additional freesheet later in 2007.
Media / Press Laws

In 2006 the Dutch Newspaper Publishers Association
was involved in talks resulting in a law proposal by the
Dutch goverment for new cross ownership regulation.
The Dutch association is against any regulation in this
field, but chose to comply with the government proposal
that will expand possibilities for newspaper publishers.

All Dutch newspapers are present on the internet.
Interaction with readers on issues of local interest play an
important role in the development of the websites. The
number of PDF and electronic newsletter subscriptions
is increasing. The first announcements of newspapers
A historical comparison of the development of that will be available on electronic paper have been
circulation figures of national and regional newspapers is made.
not possible since seven regional newspapers merged
into one national newspaper in 2005.
Ownership
In 2006 Telegraaf Media Groep (TMG) sold Media
Groep Limburg, publisher of two regional newspapers in
A new paid-for newspaper, nrc.next, was launched on the south of the Netherlands, to Mecom.
the Dutch market in february 2006. The newspaper
aims to reach well-educated young readers in the age In early 2007, the British investment company APAX
from 25 to 35. The average circulation over the last sold their share in PCM Uitgevers to the initial owner,
quarter of 2006 was 75,000 copies.
de Stichting Democratie en Media.
Advertising
Gross advertising expenditure increased by 3% in 2006.
Newspapers benefited slightly from this growth (+1%). Printing & Distribution
Television increased by 1%, radio by 5%, outdoor 90% of Dutch newspapers are sold on a subscription
advertising by 8% and internet by a spectacular 36%.
basis. These newspapers are distributed through
a unique system involving 40,000 newspaper carriers.
Advertising volume (in millimetres) decreased by 3,9%
in 2006. However, the number of advertising pages Taxes
increased by 10%. Job ads increased by an impressive No change in the national VAT rates is planned,
21% compared to 2005, due to economic growth.
although some political threats of raising VAT on
newspapers did occur late 2006. However, these threats
In terms of development of advertising volume no major did not materialize.
differences occured between national and regional
newspapers.
State Support
Although the future of the newspapers is a matter of
Circulation
concern amongst Dutch politicians, the government
Circulation of paid-for newspapers decreased by 2.1% in does not support the newspaper industry other than
2006, to 3,831,421 copies.
through the Netherlands Press Fund. The Dutch
Newspaper Publishers Association is actively opposed to
Readership
state aid for public broadcasting organizations. The state
The daily reach of paid-for newspapers is 8.5 million aid gives public broadcasters a competitive advantage in
readers. This is 63 percent of the Dutch population over the advertising market and enables them to launch
13 years of age. Freesheets included, daily reach is 9.5 Internet activities supported by state funds.
million people (71% of the population). The average
Source: Dutch Newspaper Publishers Association
526
NETHERLANDS, THE
2.b
Social class
W1 (High)
W2
W3
W4
W5 (Low)
Total
All adults
000
%
3,224
2,494
2,597
4,221
961
13,497
24
18
19
31
7
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
1,685
1,303
1,199
2,040
433
6,660
25
20
18
31
7
100
1,540
1,191
1,398
2,181
528
6,838
23
17
20
32
8
100
Source: NOM Print Monitor

W1 = High education and high income people
W2 = High education and middle income people, or middle education and high
income people
W3 = High education and middle income people, or high education and low income
people, or low education and high income people
W4 = Middle education and middle income people, or middle education and low
income people, or low education and middle income people
W5 = Low education and low income people
(2006)

persons) (2006)
Occupancy
Age
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Source: CBS
All individuals
000
%
2,985
1,956
2,117
2,623
2,338
1,986
2330
16,334
18.00
12
13
16
14
12
14
100
Male
000
1,527
994
1,061
1,329
1,178
1,001
989
8,077
19
12
13
16
15
12
12
100
Female
000
%
1,458
962
1,056
1,294
1,159
985
1,342
8,257
18
12
13
16
14
12
16
100
Households
000
%
2,477
2,776
1,237
1,418
605
8,513
29
33
15
17
7
100
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
241
833
1,075
811
723
488
4,171
6
20
26
19
17
12
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
38
36
9
Regional and local
27
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
2
2
601
Regional and local
46
555
Regional and local
555
free non-dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
37
35
9
26
37
35
9
26
37
35
9
26
32
29 1
10
19
-15.79
-19.44
11.11
-29.63
-13.51
-17.14
11.11
-26.92
2
2
570
42
42
2
2
558
40
40
2
2
-
3
2
1
-
50.00
0.00
-
50.00
0.00
-
528
528
518
518
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: Cebuco; HOI

1
A new national daily newspaper resulting from a merger between seven

regional and one national newspaper
527
NETHERLANDS, THE
3.b
5.a
Total dailies
5,062 5,007 5,001
4,311 4,204 4,061
National paid-for dailies 2,004 1,942 1,874
Regional and local
2,307 2,262 2,188
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
751 803 940
751 803 940
20,018 18,967 18,205
Regional and local
361 293 285
Total free non-dailies 19,65718,674 17920
Regional and local
19,657 18,674 17920
free non-dailies
690
690
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
5,021
3,912
1,814
2,099
4,769 -5.79
3,831 -11.13
2,125
6.04
1,706 1 -26.05
1,109 938
1,109 865
73
-
All adults
Men
Women
-5.02
-2.07
17.14
-18.72
24.90
15.18
-
-15.42
-22.00
-
758
709
49
725 2
679
46
-4.35
-4.23
-6.12
Adults 18+
5.c
1
2

1,333 1,291 1,251 1,189 1,164
596 577
546 641
Regional and local
695 674
643 523 1
paid-for dailies
34
38
36
35
34
Regional and local
3
2
paid-for Sundays
-12.68
-
-2.10
17.40
-18.66
2001
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
2005
40.7
148.2
39.9
148.2
43.1
194.0
41.3
-
40.4
-
Online editions
-5.26
-2.86
-33.33
Dailies
Sundays
35
-
6.b
Year-on-year decline due to a merger between seven regional and one national
newspaper
29
-
-17.14
-
-17.14
-
Unique visitors per month (000) 1
Website
De Telegraaf
AD Nieuwsmedia
De Volkskrant
Stentor
Trouw
www.telegraaf.nl
www.ad.nl
www.volkskrant.nl
www.destentor.nl
www.trouw.nl
3,469
1,131
737
344
283
(Netherlands, euro, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-2.32
-
35
2
7.aa
5.73
-
35
2
Source: STIR/Cebuco
Sales revenues
885
-
35
-
Source: Cebuco
Source: Cebuco; HOI
906
-
56
59
66
78
83
84
-
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
914
-
14
14
18
17
18
19
100
Daily newspapers, including free dailies Metro and Sp!ts from 2001
All respondents 13+
902
-
13-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
6.a

837
%
% daily reach
group
Media consumption
All newspapers 1, 2
Television
Year-on-year decline due to a merger between seven regional and one national
newspaper
2
Based on 3Q 2006 data
4.b
Age
Source: NOM Print Monitor May 2005 April 2006
72.5
73.9
71.1
72.3
Source: NOM Print Monitor May 2005 April 2006
Source: Cebuco; HOI; WAN assessment (free dailies)
4.a

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
GDP
2002
(Netherlands, euro, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
465.0
477.0
506.0
520.0
(Netherlands, euro, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
490.0
Source: CBS
Source: Nielsen Media Research; Cebuco

7.ab
4.c
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Other
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
9.7
90.2
0.1
100
9.7
90.2
0.1
100
8.6
89.7
0.1
1.6
100
2002
2005
2006
8.0
90.1
0.1
1.8
100
8.0
90.1
0.1
1.8
100
GDP per capita
27.7
30.1
31.1
31.9
Source: 2002-2003 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 CBS

7.ac
Source: Cebuco
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.83
0.90
1.10
1.10
1.10
Ad expenditure
4.d
28.1
Source: CBS; Nielsen Media Research
Cover prices (2006)

(Netherlands, euro)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
1.00
0.65
2.00
1.40
Source: Cebuco
528
NETHERLANDS, THE
7.ba


2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
2,486 2,293 2,208 2,212

1,601 1,493 1,442 1,432
885
800 766 780
792
746 850 876
229
245 257 260
7
7
6
7
137
131 140 151
32
40
66
97
3,683 3,462 3,527 3,603
2,261 2,297 2,331 2,366

1,461 1,483 1,505 1,527
800
814
826
839
929
975 1,004 1,029
268
273
279
284
7
7
7
7
159
164
171
178
126
158
189
218
3750 3,874 3,981 4,082
Display
Classified
Total
After discounts; excludes production costs; includes classified; excludes agency

commission; magazines include consumer and business titles; includes expenditure
by regional advertisers in regional media; outdoor includes transport and ambient
media
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
613
560
295
246
704
628
325
285
768
675
352
305
757
657
362
274
768
654
409
225
25.29
16.79
38.64
-8.54
1.45
-0.46
12.98
-17.88
53
53
6.30
6.30
76
76
6.30
6.30
93
93
7
7
100
100
7
7
114
114
8
8
115.09
115.09
26.98
26.98
14.00
14.00
14.29
14.29
In colour
Total
2000
2001
78.4
21.6
100
81.8
18.2
100
84.0
16.0
100
84.6
15.4
100
86.5
13.5
100

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(% of display ad revenue)
Advertiser
Multiple food stores

Tour Operators
Automotive
Multiple electronics stores
Charity
Telecom
Websites
Rest category retail,
a.o. sanitary, garden centre
Multiple stores furniture
Investments
KPN
Kras Reizen
Lidl Nederland
Aldi Culemborg
Dirk van den Broek
Supermarkten
Media Markt Nederland
Dell Products Europe
Postbank
T-Mobile Netherlands
ABN Amro
10
9
7
7
6
4
2
2
2
2
Expenditure
(Netherlands, euro, 000)
30,224
28,861
27,871
17,935
10,633
9,422
8,744
8,041
7,040
6,994

(2006)
8.a
Publisher
nv Holdingmij De Telegraaf
Wegener nv
PCM Uitgevers nv
AD Nieuwsmedia bv
Noordelijke Dagblad
Combinatie bv
Het Parool bv
Het Financieele Dagblad bv
Reformatorisch Dagblad bv
Nederlands Dagblad bv
Friesch Dagblad Holding bv

2002
(%)
1999

7.d
1998
Source: VEA; BBC; ZenithOptimedia
7.c
1997

2003
2004
2005
2006
15,002 18,801 22,294 28,692 35,578

35,661 36,878 39,207 43,833 46,901
Source: BBC/VEA; Cebuco; Nielsen Media Research
1,181
869
705
542
262
87
58
58
33
18
Source: Cebuco
8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
De Telegraaf
AD
de Volkskrant
NRC Handelsblad
Dagblad De Limburger/Limburgs Dagblad
De Gelderlander
Dagblad van het Noorden
Noordhollands Dagblad
de Stentor
Brabants Dagblad
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
Telegraaf Media Groep

AD Nieuwsmedia
PCM Uitgevers
PCM Uitgevers
Media Groep Limburg
Wegener
Noordelijke Dagblad Combinatie bv
Wegener
Wegener
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Netherlands, euro)
723
542
287
241
202
166
158
147
142
138
2,108
1,667
741
496
581
491
462
455
436
449
1.00
1.00
1.20
1.50
1.25
1.40
1.25
1.25
1.40
1.25
Format
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid

Mono
Colour
(Netherlands, euro)
45,688
43,628
22,257
24,403
19,250
16,656
16,830
13,200
13,702
12,733
68,532
58,898
33,386
36,605
28,875
24,938
25,245
17,250
20,553
19,098
Source: Cebuco
8.bb
Title
Publisher
Metro
Spits
Almere Vandaag (Almere Today) 1
Metro Holland bv
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format

(Netherlands, euro)
465
400
73
1,663
1,721
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
-
27,500
20,950
-
35,750
25,172
-
Source: Cebuco; WAN from public sources

1
Local daily, launched in September 2006
529
NETHERLANDS, THE
9.a
Employment
12.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-12.63
-21.37
-5.67
-7.48
Source: Nederlands Uitgeversverbond (NUV)

9.b
Salaries
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Total salary costs
10.a
481
450
502
470
460
-4.37
-2.13
36
34
2
36
32
4
36
32
4
30
25
5
-23.08
-32.43
150.00
-16.67
-21.88
25.00
Source: Cebuco
10.ba
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
19
13.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
39
37
2
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
2002
2003
(%)
2004
33
31
40
35
31
39
33
33
38
2005
2006
33
33
38
33
33
38
6
6
19
19
19
19
33
Source: Cebuco
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Subsidies generally

No
No
There are no direct subsidies. However, newspapers and
magazines may apply to the Press Fund for subsidies for
new ventures.
Source: Cebuco
Source: Cebuco
10.c
Newsprint costs
2000
Average per ton
11.
545
(Netherlands, euro)
2001
2002
2003
640
540
525
2004
515
Research
HOI, Instituut voor Media auditing
NOM - Nationaal Onderzoek Multimedia
STIR - Stichting Internetreclame
530
NETHERLANDS, THE
15.a

companies?
Since 1 January 1998 general Competition Legislation
has applied to ownership and market behaviour.
No
same locality?
Publishers are free to invest in commercial radio and TV
at the regional or local level, provided that frequencies or
cable channels are available.
Owners of more than 5% of the capital stock must
declare their shares.

press?
Since 1 January 1998 the general Competition Law has
made the sectors self-regulation code redundant. The
Competition Authority must be notified of any merger
in which participating companies have a combined
turnover of over Euro 113.5 million and at least two of
them have a turnover within The Netherlands of
minimum Euro 30 million.
In 2006 the government drafted a proposal to loosen
cross-ownership restrictions. The Dutch Association of
Newspaper Publishers as well as representatives of
commercial radio and television were given an
opportunity to contribute to the new regulation.
Although Dutch publishers are against cross-ownership
restrictions, they decided to comply with a proposal that
will expand the possibilities for newspaper publishers to
invest in radio and television. The proposal allows
companies to acquire up to 100% of the shares of
companies in the markets of newspapers, radio and
television, provided that the total market share in those
three markets does not surpass 90% (of a maximum of
300%). For the newspaper market an additional
maximum market share restriction of 35% is set. The
law proposal was adopted by parliament in April 2007.
Source: Cebuco
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
Max 50%
in relevant market
Max 25% in
relevant market
General Competition
Law applies
General Competition
Law applies
Max 50% in
relevant market
National
Newspaper
Owners
Max 50%
in relevant market
Max 25%
in relevant market
General Competition
Law applies
General Competition
Law applies
Max 25%
in relevant market
General capital
law applies
General capital
law applies
General capital
law applies
General capital
law applies
Per licence.
Only one FM frequency
National Radio
Licensees
General capital
law applies
General capital
law applies
General capital
law applies
General capital
law applies
Per licence.
Only one FM frequency
Source: Cebuco
531
NEW CALEDONIA
New Caledonia has about 25% of the known nickel
resources in the world. In addition to nickel, substantial
financial support from France - equal to more than 15%
of GDP - and tourism are keys to the health of the
economy. The inflation rate was estimated at -0.6% in
2000.

Newspapers include one daily, two weeklies, and
a monthly. The only daily paper in New Caledonia is Les
Nouvelles Caldoniennes, published in French. Some
English newspapers and magazines are available in
bookshops.

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
332.8

8.ba
Title
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
62
143
15
220
28
65
7
100
Groupe Hersant Mdia
Circulation (000)
26 2

1
2.a
Language Publisher
Les Nouvelles Caldoniennes 1 French
Male
000
32
72
7
111
29
65
6
100
Female
000
%
30
71
8
109
Launched in 1971
In 2004
28
65
7
100
532
NEW ZEALAND
Over the past 20 years the government has transformed
New Zealand from an agrarian economy dependent on
concessionary British market access to a more
industrialized, free market economy that can compete
globally.
Per capita income has risen for eight consecutive years

and was more than $25,500 in 2006 in purchasing
power parity terms. Consumer and government
spending have driven growth in recent years, and exports
picked up in 2006 after struggling for several years.
Exports are equal to about 28% of GDP, down from 33
percent of GDP in 2001.

2.b
Social class
NZ SEI Level
NZ SEI Level
NZ SEI Level
NZ SEI Level
NZ SEI Level
NZ SEI Level
NZ SEI Other
Total
All adults
000
%
1,197
2,508
3,681
4,709
5,567
6,502
54
3,218
6
16
21
22
18
16
2
100
Male
000
99
248
335
366
274
219
24
1,565
6
16
21
23
18
14
2
100
Female
000
%
98
260
346
344
293
283
30
1,654
6
16
21
21
18
17
2
100
Source: Nielsen Media Research National Readership Survey Jan-Dec

Population: all people aged 15+; sample size 11,317; New Zealand Socio Economic
Index (NZSEI) is designed by Statistics New Zealand and is based on the
International Socio-Economic Index (ISEI). Levels are for people in households
where the main income earner is: Level 1 - Top professional, Level 2 - Business &
public service professional, Level 3 - Manager, sales, service & entertainment worker, Level 4 - Trades worker or clerk, Level 5 - Semi-skilled worker, Level 6 Unskilled worker, Other - All people who do not fit into the above classification
system
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
2.a
Age
10-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
308
602
521
635
546
417
497
3,526
9
17
15
18
16
12
14
100
Male
000
159
316
238
311
271
206
221
1,723
9
18
14
18
16
12
13
100
Female
000
%
150
285
283
323
275
211
276
1,803
Source: Nielsen Media Research National Readership Survey Jan-Dec

Notes: Population: all people aged 10+; sample size 12,000
8
16
16
18
15
12
15
100
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
316
1,020
609
660
612
3,218
10
32
19
21
19
100

National Readership Survey Jan-Dec
Population: all people aged 15+;
sample size 11,317
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-14
aged 15-17
Total
Households
000
%
1,783
1,435
525
551
601
533
-
55
45
16
17
19
17
100

Population: all people 15+; sample size
11,317
persons) (2006)
2.d
Age
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
93
243
335
294
216
288
1,469
6
17
23
20
15
20
100

Figures refer to main household
shopper as opposed to housewives;
population: main household shopper
1,469,000; sample size 6,444
533
NEW ZEALAND
3.b
4.b
Sales revenues
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
24
Regional and local
24
paid-for dailies
7
17
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
120
Regional and local
6
111
Regional and local
111
free non-dailies
2
2
24
24
23
23
23
23
23
23
-4.17
-4.17
0.00
0.00
7
17
7
16
7
16
7
16
0.00
-5.88
0.00
0.00
122
9
3
6
116
9
3
6
110
9
3
6
104
5
3
2
-13.33
-44.44
0.00
-66.67
-5.45
-44.44
0.00
-66.67
113
113
107
107
101
101
99
99
-10.81
-10.81
-1.98
-1.98
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
50.00
50.00
0.00
0.00
(New Zealand, dollar, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
230.3 240.7 253.3 259.7

230.3 240.7 253.4 259.7
2.53
2.49
11.1
10.6
0.6
12.1
11.5
0.7
10.6
10.0
0.6
11.4
10.5
0.9
7.55
5.00
50.00
21.3
21.3
29.8
29.8
39.9
39.9
32.8
32.8
-17.79
-17.79
Source: Newspaper Publishers Association

4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
Single copy
0.60
1.50
Source: New Zealand Audit Bureau of Circulations

(2005)
5.b
3.b

within age
group
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
745
Regional and local
745
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
2,718
Regional and local
22
Regional and local
2,650
free non-dailies
739
739
739
739
729
729
721
721
-3.22
-3.22
-1.10
-1.10
524
215
525
214
526
203
503
218
-4.37
7.39
2,806 2,727 2,696 2,670

67
65
61
39
44
42
37
28
23
23
24
11
-1.77
-42.65
-39.13
-50.00
-0.96
-36.07
-24.32
-54.17
2,739 2,662 2,635 2,631

2,739 2,662 2,635 2,631
-0.72
-0.72
-0.15
-0.15
25.08
25.08
-4.19
-4.19
314
314
320
320
406
406
389
389
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
5.c
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
241
241
230
230
227
227
224
224
-3.45
-3.45
-1.32
-1.32
3
12
13
18
18
17
20
100
15.1
32.1
39.8
47.0
57.2
66.9
67.2
47.2
All adults
Men
Women
50.4
51.6
49.3
53.3

Population: all people 15+ years
3,218,000; sample size 11,317
Media consumption
2002

232
Regional and local
232
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
190
National paid-for
2
non-dailies
Regional and local
3
184
Regional and local
184
free non-dailies
(%)
Reached

National Readership Survey; different
age groups have been used.

4.a
(New Zealand, dollar)

min
max
All newspapers
National newspapers
Regional and local newspapers 3
Regional dailies (Mon-Fri)
Regional dailies (Sat)
19
38
58
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005 1
20
40
60
38
58
21
-
2006 2
20
36
55
Source: Nielsen Research Services National Readership Survey

1
All people 15+ years = 3,175,000; sample size 14,077

All people 15+ years = 3,218,000; sample size 11,317
3
Community (Local/Free)
2
164
62
157
67
-4.27
8.06
193
5
2
179
5
2
178
5
2
190
3
1
0.00
-40.00
-50.00
6.74
-40.00
-50.00
-33.33
-33.33
188
188
174
174
174
174
187
187
1.63
1.63
7.47
7.47
16
16
17
17
16
16
20
20
25.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
534
NEW ZEALAND
7.aa
7.c
GDP
(New Zealand, dollar, bln)

2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
124.0
155.4
129.0
137.0
147.0

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
All newspapers 1
1
GDP per capita
(New Zealand, dollar, 000)

2001
2002
2003
628
689
790
32.55
14.66
Total dailies + total non-dailies + total Sundays + online newspapers
30.4
32.5
33.6
35.4
37.9
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.20
1.27
1.33
1.39
1.36

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor 1
Internet
Total
801
883
628
689
173
194
516
592
203
224
8
12
37
47
1,565 1,766
1,013
790
223
643
247
13
51
15
1,982
1090
830
260
666
256
11
72
44
2,139

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Retail
Foodstuffs
Investment, Finance, Banking
Automotive
Household Electrical Products
Household Furnishings
Leisure, Entertainment
Travel
Government Departments,
Services & Community
Home Improvements
Ad expenditure
Top newspaper advertising

categories (2006)
7.f
2004
7.ba
606

2000
7.ac
596
Source: Includes classified, inserts and agency commission, after discounts

7.ab
1,101 1,129 1,177 1,198

837
876
907
925
264
253
270
273
661
691
760
784
264
253
270
271
10
12
13
14
77
103
110
119
88
115
123
131
2,201 2,303 2,453 2,517
12
10
10
9
9
7
7
7
Expenditure
(New Zealand, dollar, 000)
Foodstuffs NZ Ltd
Progressive Enterprises Ltd
Noel Leeming Group
Telecom Corp Of NZ Ltd
Mitre 10 NZ Ltd
The Warehouse Ltd
Number 1 Shoe Warehouse
Smiths City Ltd
Harvey Norman
Air New Zealand Ltd
6
5
25,100
21,970
13,445
11,786
10,442
10,195
9,421
9,343
8200
7,126
Source: ACNielsen; AdQuest

Adquest Millenium
January to December
January - December

(2006)
8.a
Publisher
Fairfax New Zealand Ltd

APN New Zealand Ltd
Allied Press Ltd
357
306
48
Source: AAA, OPG, Advertising Standards Authority, ZenithOptimedia

After discounts; includes classified; excludes production costs; includes agency
commission
1
Including Transport
8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
New Zealand Herald

Dominion Post
The Press
Otago Daily Times
Waikato Times
Hawke's Bay Today
Southland Times
Taranaki Daily News
Bay of Plenty Times
Manawatu Standard
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
9.a
Mono
Color
APN New Zealand Ltd

Allied Press Ltd
APN New Zealand Ltd
APN New Zealand Ltd
Cover price
(000)
(000)
196
98
89
43
42
28
29
27
24
21
568
253
223
111
94
63
66
54
60
49
1.50
1.10
1.00
0.90
0.80
1.00
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.80
Employment
10.c
Format
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
10.a
1,095 1,106
4,565 4,614
1.00
1.07
15,120
11,200
6,355
4,984
6,064
5,692
4,298
4,725
5,687
4,900
19,440
8,105
5,236
6,404
5,995
4,725
5,200
6,050
-
22,950
15,680
8,898
6,977
6,849
6,442
6,447
6,615
7,962
5,450
29,160
16,800
12,158
7,330
7,189
6,745
7,087
7,280
8,470
-
Newsprint costs
Change (%)
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001/97 2001/00
Full page ad rate

Mono
Color
max
max
2002
Average per ton

2003
2004
2005
2006
1,220
1,222
1,145
1,120
Source: Norske Skog New Zealand

Change (%)
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001/97 2001/00
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
26
25
1
26
25
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
535
NEW ZEALAND
11.
Research
15.a
Audit Bureau of Circulations

companies?
No
Nielsen Media Research

or individuals from owning shares, and in particular,
the majority of shares, of domestic daily newspapers?
No
Methodology
All people aged 10+; sample size 12,000; survey period
12 months; face-to-face interview
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
13.a

same locality?
No
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
33
33
33

No
press?
No
Subsidies generally

No

No

No
No
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
536
Discount rate (%)

0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
NICARAGUA
GDP annual growth has been far too low to meet the
needs of Nicaragua, forcing the country to rely on
international economic assistance to meet fiscal and debt
financing obligations. Nicaragua qualified in early 2004
for some USD4.5 billion in foreign debt reduction
under the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC)
initiative and in November 2006 obtained over USD800
million in debt relief from the Inter-American
Development Bank. The inflation rate was estimated at
9.4% in 2006.
could abridge information that the government deems

inaccurate. Although the right to information cannot be
subject to censorship, the law establishes a retroactive
liability, implying the potential for sanctions against the
press. During the year the government did not invoke
these provisions to suppress the media.
In December 2006, the National Assembly overrode

a presidential veto and passed the Organic Law, which
includes an article empowering commissions of the
National Assembly to subpoena any resident for any
reason deemed necessary by the commission. Persons
Media / Press Laws
failing to comply with a request are subject to between
The constitution stipulates that citizens have the right to one and three years imprisonment.
accurate information, which means that the government
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002, 2006 WAN assessment; 2003-2005 WAN from public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
200
190
180
180
180
-10.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Nicaragua, gold cordoba, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
184.0
265.8
303.8

8.ba

2.a
Title
Publisher
La Prensa
El Nuevo Diario
Bolsa de Noticias
Hoy
La Prensa, S.A.
-
Circulation (000)
50
40
14
-
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,027
3,369
175
5,571
36
60
3
100
Male
000
1,032
1,678
77
2,787
37
60
3
100
Female
000
%
995
1,691
98
2,784
36
61
4
100
537
NIGER
The economy centers on subsistence crops, livestock,
and some of the largest uranium deposits in the world.
Drought cycles, desertification, and a 2.9% population
growth rate, have undercut the economy. In 2005, Niger
received 100% multilateral debt relief from the IMF,
which translates into the forgiveness of approximately
$86 million USD in debts to the IMF, excluding the
remaining assistance under HIPC. Nearly half of the
budget generated by the government is derived from
foreign donor resources. The inflation rate was estimated
at 0.2% in 2004.
Since literacy and personal incomes were both very low,
radio was the most important medium of public
communication. The government-owned radio station
La Voix du Sahel provided news and other programs in
French and several local languages. There were several
private radio stations; eight were owned locally and
featured popular news programs in local languages.
Television was a far less important medium than radio.
The government owned Tele Sahel and TAL TV
broadcast programming in French and other major
national languages. A private television station, TV
Tenere, also broadcast local and foreign programming.
offered Internet cafes that were heavily utilized. Niamey

boasted a steadily expanding wi-fi network, and some
public libraries offered patrons Internet access. While
the Internet was not part of most citizens daily lives
(1.8 users per 1,000 people in 2004, according to the
World Bank) it was available in Internet cafes at
moderate rates.
Media / Press Laws
The government submitted a bill to amend the
prerogatives, composition, and functioning of the High
Counsel of Communication (CSC). Under the bill, the
government would select seven of the 11 CSC members
to be appointed. The bill would extend the powers of the
CSC president to include the authority to close press
agencies without notice and without consulting other
CSC members, and to nominate directors for public
media organs. It would subject all CSC members to a
religious oath when taking office, subject all CSC
decisions to the approval of the council of ministers, and
provide that journalist members of the CSC should have
a minimum of 15 years of experience. Media associations
and civil society groups charged that the proposed law
did not comply with the spirit of the constitution. They
argued that the proposed bill infringed on the
independence of the CSC and would give the
government full control over the press.
During the year the government closed a private

newspaper, imposed a three-month ban on a radio talk
show, and brought criminal libel charges against
journalists who alleged corruption in its management of
a donor-funded public education initiative.
Civil society organizations convinced the National

Assembly to make substantial amendments to the bill
before passing it unanimously on May 22. Of the
controversial measures, only the religious oath was
maintained, despite strong opposition from a number of
deputies. Under the new law, the CSC is to be composed
of 11 members--four appointed by the government and
The government published a French language daily seven by media, communication, and civil society
newspaper, Le Sahel, and its weekend edition. There groups.
were approximately 15 private French language weekly
or monthly newspapers, some of which were affiliated State Support
loosely with political parties.
Annual subsidies for state media reach up to EUR1.5
million. The free or subsidized regular supply of
electricity and telecom services guarantess them
The High Council of Communication (CSC), the predictability. Independent media, on the other hand,
government organ charged with regulation of the media, are paralysed by irregular electricity supply and very high
closed the private weekly LOpinion for insults and telephone and Internet costs.
defamatory language toward the president of Niger and
his family; inciting revolt; and immoral offense.
Other Factors
Political parties and journalists signed a code of conduct
that called for general forgiveness of defamation charges.
Internet availability was limited by a lack of As a result, all defamation suits, including governmentinfrastructure, a single Internet service provider, and initiated ones, filed prior to that date were withdrawn.
limited personal computer ownership, although all cities
538
NIGER
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
-
1
12
1
12
1
15
0.00
-
0.00
25.00

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
4,785.7 5,382.9 6,394.1

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Le Sahel
French
Government
Circulation (000)
4

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5,876
6,346
303
12,525
47
51
2
100
Male
000
2,994
3,262
151
6,407
47
51
2
100
Female
000
%
2,882
3,084
152
6,118
47
50
2
100
539
NIGERIA
Oil-rich Nigeria, long hobbled by political instability,
corruption, inadequate infrastructure, and poor
macroeconomic management, is undertaking some
reforms under a new reform-minded adminstration. The
oil sector provides 20% of GDP, 95% of foreign
exchange earnings, and about 65% of budgetary
revenues. The largely subsistence agricultural sector has
failed to keep up with rapid population growth and the
country must now import food. In November 2005,
Abuja won Paris Club approval for a debt-relief deal that
eliminated USD18 billion of debt in exchange for
USD12 billion in payments - a total package worth
USD30 billion of a total USD37 billion external debt.
GDP rose strongly in 2006, based largely on increased
oil exports and high global crude prices. The inflation
Because newspapers and television were relatively
expensive and literacy levels were low, radio remained
the most important medium of mass communication
and information. The government owned and controlled
much of the electronic media. The National
Broadcasting Commission (NBC) was the body
responsible for the deregulation and monitoring of the
broadcast media.
There are more than 14 major daily newspapers, six
weekly news magazines, and several sensationalist
evening newspapers and tabloid publications. Only one
national, government-owned daily newspaper was
published. Several states owned daily or weekly
newspapers were also published in English. These
publications tended to be poorly produced, had limited
circulation, and required large state subsidies to continue
operating.
The new titles that have emerged over the past five years
have been mainly among the national dailies and the
local weeklies, with the largest increase (ten new titles
over the past five years) being in the local weekly
category.
Advertising
According to mediaReach OMD Nigeria, the total
money spent on advertising in Nigeria rose from
USD63.076 million in 2001 to USD117.537 million in
2004, an increase of more than 50% over that period.
These figures are for all media sectors combined, not just
newspapers.
Readership
The most significant change over last five years has
probably been the arrival of some strong new dailies,

such as The Sun and The Daily Trust, both of which are
in the top ten papers in terms of percentage of national
readership. The Sun has the highest percentage of
national readership and the Daily Trust is in tenth spot,
a strong showing given that it is a regionally-focused
daily in the north of the country.
A 2006 survey revealed that only 1.3 percent of
households owned a personal computer and that 1.5
percent of households had fixed-line telephone service.
However, these limits were tied to poverty rather than
government restriction. Cybercafes were widely available
and unmonitored by the government.
Ownership
The trend towards concentrated newspaper ownership
in the 1990s has dissipated since 2000, with it now
being unusual for one owner to own more than two
papers, notwithstanding a papers sister Saturday or
Sunday editions. There is a wider pool of owners
compared with five years ago. There is a promising trend
towards newspapers operating independent of
government, made possible by the decreasing reliance on
government subscriptions and adverts, and by the
deregulation reforms of the present administration.
Governments, particularly the federal government, have
been divesting themselves of shares in newspapers, with
papers such as the Daily Timesand New Nigeriansold to
interested buyers.
Less positive is the continuing lack of transparency
around ownership, with, for instance, the actual owners
of The Sunand Daily Trustremaining a mystery.
Media / Press Laws
The law criminalizes libel and requires defendants to
prove the truth of opinion or value judgment contained
in news reports or commentaries. This limits the
circumstances in which media defendants can rely on the
defense of fair comment on matters of public interest
and restricts the right to freedom of expression. Penalties
for libel ranged from one to seven years imprisonment
(seven years, if the libelous material was published to
blackmail a person).
In November 2006, Nigerias Senate passed a Freedom of
Information (FOI) bill granting the media and the
general public the right to request information on
government business from government agencies or from
private bodies performing public functions. The bill
provides for the declassification of and public right of
access to information.
Initiative; WAN from public sources
540
NIGERIA
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
20
16
4
22
17
5
24
18
6
26
20
6
26
20
6
30.00
25.00
50.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
61
28
33
60
26
34
59
24
35
59
23
36
59
23
36
-3.28
-17.86
9.09
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 WAN assessment; 2005 BBC World Service Trust - African
Media Development Initiative
1
Weeklies
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
760
780
800
820
820
7.89
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Nigeria, naira, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
15,332.7 17,450.4 24,964.9

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
55,754
72,051
4,055
131,860
42
55
3
100
Male
000
28,089
36,645
1930
66,664
%
42
55
3
100
Female
000
%
27,665
35,406
2,125
65,196
42
54
3
100
7.ab
1998
GDP per capita
All adults
000
%
A+B 1
C1 2
C2 3
D4
E5
Total
3
6
9
22
21
61
1
A+B=higher and intermediate

managerial
2
C1 = supervisory/clerical
3
C2 = skilled manual
4
D = semi and unskilled manual
5
E = subsistence/inactive
5
10
15
36
34
100
2002
43.0
48.0
49.0
1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
0.13
0.11
2.b
Social class
(Nigeria, naira)
1999
2000
2001

7.ac

and sex (2004)
Ad expenditure
8.ba
Title
Publisher
Circulation 1
Format
(000)
Daily Times
This Day
AM News
The Punch
The Sun
New Nigerian
The Guardian
Vanguard
Post Express
Daily Champion
The Concord
National Interest
Nigerian Tribune
The Comet
BusinessDay
Daily Independent
New Age
Sporting Champion
The Daily Trust
Daily Times Nigerian Plc

Leaders & Company
Punch Nigerian Ltd.
New Nigerian Ltd.
Guardian Newspapers
Vanguard Media Ltd.
Champion Newspapers
African Newspapers Plc
Turning Point Communication
BusinessDay
Century Media
Champion Newspapers
-
100
80
80
70
60
50
50
50
40
40
27
20
20
20
15
15
12
10
10
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Color
(Nigeria, naira)
85,120
135,000
130,000
120,000
90,000
92,000
88,000
87,000
52,000
72,843
120,000
155,000
160,000
120,000
120,000
126,500
130,000
134,590
103,643

1
2004 data
541
NIUE
Government expenditures regularly exceed revenues, and
the shortfall is made up by critically needed grants from
New Zealand that are used to pay wages to public
employees. Industry consists primarily of small factories
to process passion fruit, lime oil, honey, and coconut
cream. The sale of postage stamps to foreign collectors is
an important source of revenue. The inflation rate was

Both media and telecommunications services are
provided by the government.
Formerly, the government published a weekly
newspaper, Tohi Tala Niue; it closed down in 1992 after
40 years. It was replaced in mid-1993 by the fortnightly
Niue Star, a private sector publication.

Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1996
GDP

1997
1998
1999
-
2000
16.7
542
NORFOLK ISLAND
Tourism, the primary economic activity, has steadily
increased over the years. The agricultural sector has
become self-sufficient in the production of beef, poultry,
and eggs.
televisions. There are two Internet service providers.

Satellite television reception is available commercially.

There is no daily newspaper. A weekly newspaper The
Norfolk Islander was founded in 1965. It appears every
Saturday. The Norfolk Window to the world is also
There are three FM radio stations serving 2,500 radios. printed weekly.
One television station broadcasts locally to 1,200
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; Thomson Gale; WAN from public sources
Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
100
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
543
NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS

The economy benefits substantially from financial
assistance from the US. The key tourist industry
employs about 50% of the work force and accounts for
roughly one-fourth of GDP. Japanese tourists
predominate. Garment production is by far the most
important industry with the employment of 17,500
mostly Chinese workers and sizable shipments to the US
under duty and quota exemptions. The inflation rate was
estimated at -0.8% in 2000.

Broadcasting is regulated by the US Federal
Communications Commission (FCC).
There are two daily newspapers: the Saipan Tribune and
the Marianas Variety.
CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; Thomson Gale

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1996
GDP
(United States, dollar, bln)

1997
1998
1999
2000
0.9

GDP estimate includes US subsidy
8.ba
Title
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
16
65
2
83
19
78
2
100
Circulation
Cover price
(000) (United States, dollar)
The Saipan
English
Pacific Publications
Tribune 1
and Printing Inc. 3
The Marianas English
Younis Art Studio, Inc.
Variety 2
/ Chamorro

2.a
Language Publisher
0.50

Male
000
8
27
1
36
22
75
3
100
Female
000
%
8
38
1
47
17
81
2
100
Monday-Sunday
Launched March 3, 1992
3
An affiliate of the Tan Holdings Corporation
1
2
544
NORWAY
The Norwegian economy is booming following
the pronounced upswing since the summer of 2003.
The upturn followed a period of slower growth as in
1998 and a mild recession in 2002 and into 2003. Even
though there have been cyclical changes, growth has
been very high over the past 15 years.
Advertising
Newspaper advertising volume in 2006 was up 4.4 %
from a very good year in 2005. Volume of automobile
classified advertising was down 10.3 %, job ads were up
38.4 % and real estate was up 9.6 %, compared to 2005.
Internet advertising expenditure grew by 42 per cent in

2006. This growth continues in 2007. In January, it
The supply of foreign labour has increased markedly grew by 33 per cent compared to the same period in the
after EU enlargement in 2004. Over the past two years, previous year.
these labour inflows have accounted for more than 30
per cent of the growth in the labour force. Norwegian Circulation
companies have also been able to be considerably bolder Total circulation was down 2.6 per cent year-on-year in
in undertaking new assignments and investments 2006. A very large part of this came from big single-sold
knowing that they can procure labour throughout national newspapers, which were down 7 per cent. Local
Europe. In addition to increased labour inflows from newspapers were remarkably stable. For some years now
Poland, Lithuania and other central European countries, circulation has been declining slowly. However, one in
Norway has long benefited from inflows of labour from three newspapers increased circulation in 2006.
Sweden. The economy has seen a net capacity increase.
Readership
A decline in import prices, ample supply of labour and Newspaper readership continues to be stable, despite
high productivity growth have boosted the growth overall falling circulation.
potential of the Norwegian economy and led to very low
inflation. Some of the driving forces that have boosted Online / Digital Publishing
the growth potential of the Norwegian economy and Internet readership, in terms of unique visitors, grew by
restrained inflation may now diminish. Prices for some 20-30 per cent, the less read sites growing at the
imported goods are no longer decelerating at the same fastest pace. The combined readership of newspapers
pace. Labour market conditions are tightening in and Internet editions continues to grow due to increased
Sweden and Poland. There are also signs that Internet readership. Of those aged 12+, 83 per cent read
productivity growth in service sectors is slackening.
a newspaper every day.
Many newspapers report high profit levels in 2006, due Ownership
to a very good advertising year and benefitting from cost The Acquisition of Newspaper and Broadcasting
cutting during previous years.
Enterprises Act (the Media Ownership Act for short) has
been revised. The change has lowered the threshold on
the national level of mono media ownership to 33.33 per
cent, down from 40 per cent.
Source: Norwegian Media Businesses Association
545
NORWAY
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

81
8
Regional and local
73
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
67
78
8
70
78
8
70
77
8
69
77
8
69
-4.94
0.00
-5.48
0.00
0.00
0.00
84
12
72
89
11
78
86
11
75
142
11
131
84.42
10.00
95.52
65.12
0.00
74.67
Source: 2002-2005 Mediebedriftenes Landsforening; 2006 MBL and LLA

2006 Including all newspapers that are members either of The Norwegian Media
Business Association (MBL) or The Norwegian Association of Local Newspapers
(LLA); previous years data only included newspapers that were members of MBL
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2,524 2,450 2,405 2,338 2,270
736 718 702
666 625
Regional and local
1,788 1,732 1,703 1,672 1,645
paid-for dailies
Total paid-for non-dailies 395 441 450 444 590
94
94
82
85
Regional and local
314 347 356
362 505
-10.06
-15.08
-8.00
-2.91
-6.16
-1.61
49.37
4.94
60.83
32.88
3.66
39.50

4.a
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
906
587
617
702
568
616
686
4,682
19
13
13
15
12
13
15
100
Source: Statistics Norway
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
740
535
269
266
151
1,961
Male
000
464
300
311
358
289
312
292
2,326
20
13
13
15
12
13
13
100
Female
000
%
442
287
306
344
280
304
394
2,357
19
12
13
14
12
13
17
100
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
743
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
718
217
501
729
213
516
696
202
495
670
191
482
-9.83
-
-3.74
-5.45
-2.63
51
6
45
54
7
47
54
6
48
62
6
56
21.57
-
14.81
0.00
16.67

4.b
Sales revenues
(Norway, krone, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
7,000 7,000 6,139
-12.30
Source: 2003-2004 Mediebedriftenes Landsforening; 2005 MBL

2003-2004 Estimates; excludes VAT; before discounts; typical discount 19%
2005 Including only newspapers that were members of The Norwegian Media
Business Association (MBL)
Source: Statistics Norway

4.c
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
24
76
100
24
76
100
24
76
100
24
76
-
23
77
100
Source: 2005 Mediebedriftenes Landsforening; 2006 MBL
546
NORWAY
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
Single copy
Subscription
All adults
Men
Women
8.00
20.00
390.00 3,800.00
Source: Aviskatalogen.no
83
83
84
Source: TNS Gallup

(2006)
5.b
Age
% daily reach
within age
group
13-19
20-39
40-59
60 +
71
77
89
90
7.c
7,531
5,930
1,601
4,458
649
120
375
250
13,383
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
2005
46
13
133
191
30
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
81
-
78
40 1
78
50 2
77
60
78
-
-3.70
-
1.30
-
Estimate
Website
VG
Dagbladet
Aftenposten
Bergens Tidende
Adresseavisen
Vg.no
Dagbladet.no
Aftenposten.no
Bt.no
Adressa.no
Unique visitors (000)

2,002
1,714
865
281
248
12,878
10,389
2,489
6,916
1,089
195
1,144
4,543
26,765
13,264
10,700
2,564
7,331
1,111
204
1,258
5,451
28,619
All newspapers 1
6,501 2 -9.71
Source: 2002-2004 Mediebedriftenes Landsforening; 2006 IRM Norge

Before discounts. Typical discount - 19%
1
2
Total dailies + total non-dailies + total Sundays + online newspapers

All paid-for newspapers, excluding online newspapers

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Cars Car accessories

Information/National lottery
Entertainment
Travel/transport
Office/computers/office
equipment
Books/magazines/education
Insurance/finance
Clothing/shoes
Sound and vision
Food
Publisher
2001
(Norway, krone, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
1,526.0 1,519.0 1,562.0 1,686.0 1,777.0
GDP per capita
11
10
9
6
6
4
3
2
2
2
Expenditure
(Norway, krone, 000)
LIDL
REMA 1000
Expert
Toyota
Elkjop
Color Line ASA
Coop Obs
Steen Bertel O.
Meny
Oslo Kinematografer AS
113,259
106,414
97,142
86,623
78,919
78,484
77,522
76,516
68,445
64,968
Source: ACNielsen

(2006)
GDP
7,200 7,010 7,400
8.a
Weekly unique visitors in November
7.ab
12,406
9,989
2,417
6,525
1,089
185
1,021
3,494
24,720
Source: ACNielsen
Source: TNS Gallup; TNS Metrix
7.aa
11,837
9,513
2,324
6,098
1,111
175
888
2,496
22,605
7.f
Online editions
Dailies
Non-dailies
8,775 9,427 11,104

7,010 7,589 8,891
1,765 1,838 2,213
4,886 5,100 5,699
698 901 1,134
143 143 162
575 672 759
325 455 1,664
15,402 16,698 20,522

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Source: TNS Gallup - Forbruker og Media
6.b
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
Media consumption
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
1, 2

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Before discounts; excludes classified; excludes production costs; excludes agency

commission
2001
6.a
Source: AC Nielsen, ZenithOptimedia
Source: TNS Gallup Forbruker og Media

5.c
7.ba
(%)
Reached
(Norway, krone)
min
max
2000
(Norway, krone, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
329.0
340.0
337.0
345.0
372.0
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.88
0.97
1.01
1.08
1.13
Aftenposten
(Aftenposten Morgen og Aften)
VG
Dagbladet
Bergens Tidende
Adresseavisen
Dagens Naeringsliv
Stavanger Aftenblad
Faedrelandsvennen
Drammens Tidende
Romerikes Blad
386
316
147
87
79
77
67
43
42
38

7.ac
Ad expenditure
547
NORWAY
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Mono
(000)
VG
Aftenposten, Morgenutgaven
Dagbladet
Aftenposten, Aftenutgaven
Bergens Tidende
Adresseavisen
Dagens Naeringsliv
Stavanger Aftenblad
Faedrelandsvennen
Drammens Tidende
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Norwegian
Verdens Gang AS
Aftenposten AS
AS Dagbladet
Aftenposten AS
Bergens Tidende AS
Adresseavisen ASA
Dagens Naeingsliv AS
Stavanger Aftenblad ASA
Faedrelandsvennen AS
Drammens Tidende og BB AS
316
249
147
137
87
79
77
67
43
42
Readership
Color
(000)
Cover price
Format
(Norway, krone)
1,253
728
729
408
247
230
295
183
116
118
10.00
15.00
10.00
15.00
15.00
12.00
20.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(Norway, krone)
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
120,000
130,880
81,750
54,734
52,455
86,750
35,910
38,390
26,141
240,000
163,600
127,575
76,020
73,170
65,569
121,250
47,880
42,656
39,645
Source: Aviskatalogen.no; MBL; TNS Gallup

9.a
Employment
13.b
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-3.23
-4.26
-3.23
2.27

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
240
Source: MBL
Source: 2005 Mediebedriftenes Landsforening; 2006 MBL

14.
10.a
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Discounts (2005)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2006/02 2006/05
81
78
78
77
78
-3.70
1.30
18
8
6
1
63
70
72
76
78
23.81
2.63
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
Source: Mediebedriftenes Landsforening

2006 Dailies
1
Paid-for dailies
11.
15.a

companies?
No
Research
Norsk Opplagskontroll

No
TNS Gallup
Methodology
Interview (CATI)
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
25
0
0
25
25
25
25
-
Newspaper publishers are subject to the same tax on profits as other companies.
13.a
Subsidies generally

same locality?
Not as such, but there is a limited number of
frequencies available and publishers have to apply to the
media authority, which is a government body, to get a
licence.
No. The media authority does however publish a
register of ownership in the media sector.

Yes
548
NORWAY
press?
Yes. Dominant position at national level is 40% if the
owner owns newspapers only, or national TV or radio
stations only. If there is ownership in more than one
media type, the limits for two media types is 30% and
20% respectively. For three media types the limits are
20%, 20% and 20%. If an owner owns more than 10%
of the national market in newspapers, TV or radio, they
cannot own anything in another owner with the more
than 10% of the said markets. At regional level, the
dominant position is 60%. There is no regulation of TV
or radio ownership at the regional level. There is no local
regulation whatsoever.
Media regions are to be set this spring. This will
complete the overhaul of The Acquisition of Newspaper
and Broadcasting Enterprises Act.
549
OMAN
Oman is a middle-income economy in the Middle East
with notable oil and gas resources, a substantial trade
surplus, and low inflation. Sustained high oil prices in
recent years have helped build the budget and trade
surpluses of Oman and foreign reserves. Industrial
development plans focus on gas resources, metal
manufacturing, petrochemicals, and international
transshipment ports. The inflation rate was estimated at
2% in 2006.
Media / Press Laws

All owners of media in Oman need to be national
citizens by law.
According to a 2004 law regulating private broadcast
media, only corporations owned by nationals are allowed
to apply for licenses.
Only wealthy investors or large corporations can afford

to start private media outlets. To establish a daily
newspaper, for example, the required capital is
approximately USD1.25 million, while weekly
All broadcast media in Oman have been owned by the periodicals require about USD750,000 and monthlies
state, including TV and Radio Oman, which are both USD390,000. This leaves little opportunity for small or
operated by the Ministry of Information. However, in medium-size investors to establish their own stations.
October 2005, the government issued one license to an
Omani company to establish a private television station The law prohibits criticism of the sultan in any form or
and a radio station. It also issued licenses to another medium, or material that leads to public discord,
company to establish two radio stations.
violates the security of the state, or abuses a persons
dignity or his rights. Articles 61 and 62 of the 2002
The only news agency is the state-owned Oman News Telecommunications Act make it illegal to knowingly
Agency.
send a message via any form of communication that
violates public order and morals or is harmful to
a persons safety. Courts have interpreted these articles as
There were six daily newspapers: three in Arabic and meaning that it is also illegal to insult a public official.
three in English. The Arabic language dailies Al-Watan
and Shabiba and the English dailies Times of Oman and Censors enforced the Press and Publication Law, which
Oman Tribune were privately owned. There were 31 authorizes the government to censor all domestic and
state-owned and privately owned magazines published in imported publications. Government censorship
the country.
decisions were changed periodically without any
declared reason. Ministry of Information censors acted
There are approximately 20 periodicals published in the against material regarded as politically, culturally, or
sultanate, a number of them by sections of the sexually offensive.
government.
A significant portion of the population in Oman For the print media, channels of media distribution are
constitutes non-Arab minority groups, including mainly kiosks and shops. Each daily distributes on its
Iranians, Baluchis, Indians, Pakistanis, and Africans. own and takes care of delivery of newspapers to the
The print media do have special sections covering news selling points as well as subscribers across the country.
from the home countries of some minorities, particularly Al-Shabiba and Times of Oman went a step forward by
Asians.
signing with an international company to distribute
their editions daily via satellite to selected locations in
hotels around the world.
The governments national telecommunications
company made Internet access available for a fee to Smaller and imported publications are usually
citizens and foreign residents. However, it blocked distributed through one or two private companies that
numerous Web sites that it considered pornographic, offer competitive rates for the delivery of periodicals and
politically sensitive, or competitive with local other material nationwide, though these companies
telecommunications services. The rules and criteria for require government approval before they distribute any
blocking Internet sites were not transparent.
edition.
Omani media have used the Internet effectively, and State Support
each publication has its own website through which it Private media received significant subsidies from the
reaches a growing local and international readership.
government until 1995, after which they became selfsustaining.
550
OMAN
Other Factors
Pay for journalists in Oman is rather high, so there is
relatively little corruption and journalists usually dont
look for bribes or gifts to cover events. However, the
higher pay level in itself is a problem because many
nationals tend to go into journalism just for the salary.
Journalists working for state media may consider

themselves to have an ordinary office job simply
requiring them to arrive at the office, sign in and wait for
duties, do them, and at the end of every month receive
salaries.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Thomson Gale; IREX - Media Sustainability Index
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Oman, rial, bln)

2003
2004
2005
7.8
14.3
2006
15.7
17.1
Source: 2002 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 CIA - The World Factbook

7.ab

2002
GDP per capita
2.8
(Oman, rial, 000)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
5.2
5.4
Source: 2002 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 CIA - The World Factbook

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.21
0.24
0.23
0.33
0.33

7.ba

(Oman, rial, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,324
1,698
80
3,102
43
55
3
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
675
1,002
44
1,721
39
58
3
100
649
696
36
1,381
47
50
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

5
-
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
20.00
-
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
120
120
160
165
165
37.50
0.00
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Total
13.3
12.1
1.2
3.5
16.8
16.8
15.2
1.6
3.9
20.7
24.8
23.9
0.9
6.9
31.7
28.4
27.5
0.9
6.2
34.6
29.9
28.9
0.9
5.9
35.8
31.4
30.4
1.0
5.5
36.8
33.0
31.9
1.1
5.1
38.1
Source: ZenithOptimedia; OANDA

categories (2001)

(2003)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Expenditure
(Oman, rial, 000)
Expenditure
(Oman, rial. 000)
Road vehicles
9,104
Financial services
3,095
Entertainment
1,856
Retail stores
1,794
Publishing/media
1,324
Government
1,219
792
Travel
751
Office equipment & accessories 703
Restaurants/hotels/clubs
616
Toyota
Mitsubishi
Muscat Festival
Kia
Oman International Bank
Gulf Air
Hyundai
Bank Muscat
Oman Telecom
Lexus
Source: PARC
Source: PARC
2,145
1,403
1,192
975
793
702
698
687
666
613
551
OMAN
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Al Watan 1
Al Shabiba 2
Times of Oman 3
Oman Daily 4
Oman Observer
Oman Tribune
Khaleej Times 5
Arabic
Arabic
English
Arabic
English
English
English
Dar Muscat for Press, Publishing and Distribution

Ministry of Information
Ministry of Information
Omani Establishment for Press, Printing, Publishing and Distribution
Galadari Printing and Publishing Llc.
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
41
40
30
26
18
73 6
450 7

1
Launched in 1971
Launched in 2004
3
Launched in 1975
4
Launched in 1972
5
Published from Dubai, United Arab Emirates; it covers Bahrain, Oman, Kuwait, Qatar and Saudi Arabia through a dedicated
distribution network; it is also sold on stands in the UK, India and Pakistan
6
7
2
552
PAKISTAN
GDP growth, spurred by gains in the industrial and
service sectors, remained in the 6-8% range from 200406. Inflation remains the biggest threat to the economy,
jumping to more than 9% in 2005 before easing to
7.9% in 2006.
Lahore, Daily Awam Karachi and Daily Inquilab

Lahore), four English daily newspapers (Daily The News
from Karachi, Lahore and Rawalpindi/Islamabad and
Daily News Karachi), one Urdu weekly Akhbar e Jehan
and one English weekly Mag. The Jang group is affiliated
with the Geo Television Network.
Media / Press Laws

Newspapers and periodicals had to be given permission
by the Kashmir Council and Ministry of Kashmir Affairs
in order to publish within the territory. According to
HRWs (Human Rights Watch) recently released report
The military has its own press wing, as well as two on Azad Kashmir, these bodies were unlikely to grant
sections to monitor the press. The few small privately permission to publications sympathetic to an
owned wire services practiced self censorship. Foreign independent Kashmiri cause.
magazines and newspapers were available, and many
maintained in country correspondents who operated The Anti Terrorist Act prohibits the possession or
freely.
distribution of material designed to foment sectarian
hatred or material obtained from banned organizations.
As part of the governments crackdown on extremists,
The government attempted to control some extremist President Musharraf ordered police to take action against
and Baloch separatist Web sites based in the country. radical publications. There were no reported cases of
Telecom authorities claimed that Internet access had such crackdowns during the year.
risen by 750 percent in five years (10.5 million total
subscribers during the year, compared with 1.2 million Court rulings mandate the death sentence for anyone
in 2001), and service existed in nearly all of the countrys blaspheming against the prophets. The law provides
urban areas.
for life imprisonment for desecrating the Koran and up
to 10 years in prison for insulting anothers religious
Ownership
beliefs with the intent to outrage religious feelings. This
The Jang Group publishes eight national language law was used only against those who allegedly insulted
(Urdu) daily newspapers (Daily Jang ffrom Karachi, the Prophet Muhammad.
Lahore, Rawalpindi, Multan and Quetta, Daily Awaz
There were numerous English and Urdu daily and
weekly newspapers and magazines. All were
independent.

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
64,728
94,277
6,799
165,804
39
57
4
100
Male
000
33,294
48,214
3,256
84,764
39
57
4
100
Female
000
%
31,434
46,063
3,543
81,040
39
57
4
100

2.b
Social class
A1
B2
C3
D4
Total
All adults
000
%
5,895
6,737
37,896
33,685
84,213
7
8
45
40
100
Male
000
3,071
3,511
19,745
17,551
43,878
7
8
45
40
100
Female
000
%
2,824
3,226
18,151
16,134
40,335
7
8
45
40
100
Source: Federal Bureau of Statistics

1
A = over 15,000
B = 7,001-15,000
C = 3,000-7,000
4
D = under 3,000
2
3
553
PAKISTAN
3.a
Number of titles
7.ab
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
168
Total paid-for non-dailies 1 595
169
551
204
741
291
988
438 160.71
1,559 2 162.02
(Pakistan, rupee, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
22.3
23.4
24.2
26.2
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
0.21
0.21
0.20
0.21
1999
GDP per capita
50.52
57.79
Source: 2001 Pakistan Federal Bureau of Statistics; 2002-2004 Pakistan Federal

Bureau of Statistics (Provincial Public Relations Departments; Audit Bureau
of Circulation; Ministry of Information and Broadcasting); 2005 Federal Bureau
of Statistics, based on data from provincial public relations departments
7.ac
2001-2004 All periodicals except dailies

2
All periodicals, except dailies, including magazines
Ad expenditure
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

5,726 6,009 6,246 7,818 7,890 37.79
Total paid-for non-dailies 1 1,863 1,967 2,005 2,166 2,196 2 17.87
0.92
1.39
Source: 2002-2004 Pakistan Federal Bureau of Statistics (Provincial Public Relations

Departments; Audit Bureau of Circulation; Ministry of Information
and Broadcasting; 2005 Federal Bureau of Statistics, based on data from
Audit Bureau of Circulations and Ministry of Information and Broadcasting
1
2
2004 All periodicals except dailies

All periodicals, except dailies, including magazines
7.aa
GDP
2002
(Pakistan, rupee, bln)

2003
2004
2005
3,629.0
4,018.0 19,083.2 23,011.8 25,744.8

categories (2000)

(2000)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Pakistan, rupee, mln)
Advertiser
Education
Durables
Entertainment
Telecommunications
FMCGs
Financial services
Government
Auto
Publishing/printing
Health
Mobilink
Dewan Farooq Motors
International Watch Company
Paktel
Unilever
Raja Motor Company
Citibank
Indus Motor Company
Cool Industries
Pak Arab Refinery
Source: Gallup; AdTrack
2006
190
166
142
152
149
147
118
78
76
74
Expenditure
(Pakistan, rupee. mln)
35.6
33.2
30.8
25.8
25.4
25.1
24.9
24.6
24.4
24.2
Source: Gallup; AdTrack

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Jang
Khabrain
Nawa-e-Waqt
Dawn
Pakistan
The News
Awam 5
Express
Qaumi Akhbar 6
Mashreq
The Nation
Urdu
Urdu
Urdu
English
English
English
Urdu
English
Urdu
Urdu
English
Jang Group
Nawa-e-Waqt Group
Pakistan Herald Publications Ltd
Jang Group
Nawa-e-Waqt Group
Circulation 1
Readership 2
(000)
(000)
Full page ad rate

Mono 3
Colour 4
(Pakistan, rupee)
775
345
295
138
125
120
110
87
80
55
25
3,875
1,380
1,475
759
375
315
440
261
320
165
-
734,400
378,000
367,200
518,400
302,400
427,680
259,200
168,480
185,760
151,200
-
1,728,000
928,800
550,800
950,400
437,400
748,440
540,000
129,600
630,720
-

1, 2
2004 data
2000 prices
5, 6
Evening daily
3, 4
554
PALAU
The economy consists primarily of tourism, subsistence
agriculture, and fishing. The government is the major
employer of the work force, relying heavily on financial
assistance from the US. The inflation rate was estimated
at 2.7% in 2005.

There are no daily newspapers published in Palau. There
is a government gazette and three independent weekly
newspapers. Two of them, Tia Belau in English and
Roureur Belau in Palauan, are published by MYU
Publications. The circulation of Tia Belau is 1,5002,000, and the price of a single copy is USD0.65;
Roureur Belau costs USD0.25. The third weekly
newspaper, Palau Horizon, is published in English by
Islands Horizon Corporation. It costs USD0.50 and its
circulation is 1,500; 1,200 copies are circulated in Palau,
and the remainder in Saipan and Guam.

There are a total of four radio stations in Palau. Palau
National Communications Corporation (PNCC) is
Palaus only provider of telephone, internet and
television services. 95% of Palau households have cable
television through a fibre optic network covering the
major islands of the country (Koror, Babeldaob, and Newspapers published outside Palau include two daily
Peleliu). No local or regional television is broadcast in newspapers: the Marianas Variety (published in
Palau.
Northern Marianas) and the Pacific Daily News
(published in Guam).
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
5
14
2
21
Male
Female
000
%
000
3
8
1
12
25
67
8
100
24
67
10
100
2
6
1
9
22
67
11
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
GDP
0.2
0.1

Including US subsidy
555
PALESTINIAN AUTHORITY
According to local statistics, there are 33 privately owned
television stations and 35 private radio stations in the
West Bank. In Gaza, there are seven private radio
stations. All of these stations have limited transmitting
spheres that cover only the districts or cities where they
are located. There are 68 private radio and television
stations that represent a larger variety and more freedom
of expression despite the fact that they are not all
independent.
indicate that the total number of deliveries for all three

daily newspapers does not exceed 50,000 copies daily.
According to a poll conducted by the Ramallah-based
Near East Consulting public opinion firm,
approximately 50 percent of Palestinians reported using
the Internet.
On November 29, 2006 four Internet cafes in Gaza City

were bombed, and reportedly other Internet cafes were
threatened. The Islamic militant group Swords of
There were three Palestinian daily and several Palestinian Right claimed responsibility.
weekly newspapers. There also were several monthly
magazines.
Media / Press Laws
The Press Law of 1995, a presidential decree issued by
The three daily newspapers are the privately owned Al- Yasser Arafat, governs all media in Palestine. Its Article 2
Quds and Al-Ayyam as well as Al-Hayat Al-Jadeeda, contains a guarantee that citizens have access to free and
which receives partial support from the PNA and is independent media. But the law has been broadly
categorized as semi-official. While Al-Quds is issued in criticized by local organizations, journalists, and
Jerusalem and is subject to Israeli censorship, Al-Ayyam international professionals.
and Al-Hayat Al-Jadeeda are published in Ramallah in
accordance with the Palestinian laws that forbid official The Palestinian Cabinet issued a September 2005
censorship on media.
resolution concerning the drafting of new laws to
organize the media sector. In its Article 1-1, there is
Each newspaper has specialized pages daily or weekly on a decision to transform the Palestinian official television
local affairs, entertainment, sports, economics, religion, and radio into a public institution that is financially and
and significant numbers of articles translated from the administratively independent but headed by a minister
main Israeli newspapers. An important new trend is who is accountable to the Palestinian Legislative Council
inserts fully produced by civil-society organizations and (PLC) and Palestinian Cabinet. Article 1-2 is a decision
printed at the newspapers presses. They are attached to to draft a law that regulates the Palestinian Official News
the newspapers during production and thus get the same Agency (WAFA), in theory guaranteeing the agencys
distribution. Al-Ayyam, for example, has eight regular financial, professional, and administrative independence
monthly inserts produced by different NGOs and but with a board led by the specialized minister. Article
groups ranging from womens groups to the Palestinian 1-3 is a decision to draft a law for establishing a national
Center for Israeli Studies.
media council where the private sector, civil society, and
professionals play the main role and the basic vision of
the media includes both official and nonstate outlets.
In November 2006, the first privately owned English- Article 1-4 is about modifying the 1995 Press Law or
language daily, the Palestine Times, was launched in the drafting a new media law that includes regulations of
West Bank and Gaza, with its editors aiming to provide broadcast and print media and a code of ethics.
news about the region to English speakers abroad.
The Ministry of Information is the only source of
Advertising
licenses for media outlets. All print, television, and radio
Media outlets do not have set rate sheets, and one outlets need licenses to operate, but they are generally
advertiser may pay USD1 for one minute on a television not difficult to obtain.
station while another might pay USD10 or more.
The 1995 Press Law established criteria for who can own
Circulation
or run a media outlet as follows in Article 11: an editorCirculation data are not available for the print media, in-chief of a newspaper must be a journalist, have a good
and there is no audit bureau. Newspaper companies command of the language, not accept any other job in
consider the information confidential and do not even the media field, live in Palestine, and not have been
share it with staff. Information submitted to the convicted of an immoral crime, felony, or misdemeanor.
Ministry of Information and researchers is not Directors of publication houses, research centers,
considered accurate. Estimates by the Palestinian libraries, advertising agencies, and other related bodies
Central Bureau of Statistics and opinion poll centers must be Palestinians or have served with the PLO and
556
not be convicted of an immoral crime, felony, or
misdemeanor. Directors must also hold either
a university degree or a high school diploma, as well as
have appropriate experience. Finally, newspaper owners
must be Palestinians and reside in Palestine or otherwise
have the consent of the Minister of the Interior and
should not have been convicted of a felony or
misdemeanor related to immorality or dishonesty.
newspaper receives the greater financial support through

various means, including staff paid from the government
budget as employees at the Ministry of Information and
of Culture. The status of this outlet has been
problematic from the start, as the PNA owns almost half
of its original capital.
Other Factors
Closures and curfews limited the ability of Palestinian
and foreign journalists to do their jobs. Journalists
The newspapers Al-Ayyam and Al-Quds own their complained of area closures, long waits at the Gaza
presses, which operate as commercial printers to bring in border crossing, and the governments inadequate
additional income. The three daily newspapers are all transportation provisions.
issued in the West Bank and consume a large part of the
market for printing and distribution, leaving Gaza with Salaries of those who work in public and private local
no print shops at all.
media are low relative to the cost of living and to those
who work with international or Arab media agencies in
State Support
the Palestinian areas. For example, the salary of a new
Currently, the two daily newspapers Al-Quds and Al- media graduate working with an Arab or international
Ayyam deny receiving any cash support, although they agency might be USD1,500 to USD2,500 monthly,
do not deny great support from the Palestinian National while those working for local press would be USD500.
Authoritys (PNA) advertisements. Al-Hayat al-Jadeeda
Source: US State Department; Associated Press; IREX - Media Sustainability Index
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
687
705
37
1,429
352
360
15
727
48
50
2
100
48
49
3
100
Male
Female
000
%
335
345
22
702
48
49
3
100
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
Households
000
99
Source: Armenia Sociological Association

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 UNESCO; BBC; WAN from public sources; 2005-2006 WAN from
public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
35
35
35
40
40
14.29
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 UNESCO; BBC; WAN from public sources; 2005-2006 WAN
estimate
557
7.aa
8.ba
2001
GDP
(Israel, new shekel, bln)

2002
2003
2004
-
8.2
2005
24.0
Title
Language
Publisher
Al-Quds (Jerusalem) 1
Al-Ayyam (Days) 2
Arabic
Arabic
Al Hayat al-Jadeeda
(New Life) 3
Arabic
Abu-Zalaf family
Al-Ayyam Foundation
for Press and Printing
Palestinian National Authority
Circulation (000)
20
10
10

1
Launched in 1951
Launched in 1995
2,3
558
PANAMA
The dollarised economy of Panama rests primarily on
a well-developed services sector that accounts for threefourths of GDP. Services include operating the Panama
Canal, banking, the Colon Free Zone, insurance,
container ports, flagship registry, and tourism. Growth
picked up in 2004-06 led by export-oriented services
and a construction boom stimulated by tax incentives.
In October 2006, voters passed a referendum to expand
the Panama Canal to accommodate ships that are now
too large to cross the transoceanic crossway. Panama in
December 2006 independently negotiated a free trade

agreement with the United States. The inflation rate was
There are seven national daily newspapers.
Media / Press Laws
The law prohibits newspapers from holding radio and
television concessions and vice versa.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

5
5
5
5
7
7
7
7
7
7
40.00
40.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

185
185
190
190
190
190
191
191
191
191
3.24
3.24
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2003, 2006 WAN estimate; 2004-2005 WAN assessment

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
up to 15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
966
461
465
362
250
163
171
2,839
34
16
16
13
9
6
6
100
Male
000
492
232
233
182
126
83
84
1,432
34
16
16
13
9
6
6
100
Female
000
%
474
229
232
180
123
80
88
1,407
34
16
16
13
9
6
6
100
7.aa

2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
GDP
12.3
12.9
14.2
15.6

7.ab

2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
GDP per capita
Source: Contralora General de la Repblica de Panam
11.8
3.9
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.5
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.34
1.52
1.57
1.52
1.54

and sex (2004)
2.ca
Social class
Occupancy
2.b
A+B 1
C1+C2+C3 2
D+E 3
Total
All adults
000
%
795
1,420
625
2,839
28
50
22
100
(2004)
Total
7.ac
Households
000
682
Ad expenditure
Source: Contralora General de la

Repblica de Panam
1
A+B = higher and intermediate

managerial
2
C1+C2+C3 = supervisory/clerical
3
2004, D = skilled, semi and unskilled
manual E = subsistence/inactive
559
PANAMA
7.ba
8.ba
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Total
45
45
113
7
165
59
50
9
129
8
196
59
50
9
154
10
223
67
54
13
162
8
237
75
60
15
180
8
263
81
65
16
189
8
278
85
68
17
198
8
291
94
75
19
218
8
320
(000)
(000)
45
38
33
23
22
20
10
113
95
83
58
55
50
25
Full page ad rate

Mono
Color
1,056
1,512
572
882
572
441
1,232
2,148
704
1,071
485
748
567
Notes : 2005 data

categories (2005)

(2004)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Expenditure
Property/construction
Mobile phones
Furniture
Banking
Electronics
Telecomunnications
Insurance
Cars
Department stores
Credit cards
Cable & Wireless

Bellsouth
Panafoto
Audiofoto International
Supermarket Rey
General Bank
Creditos Mundiales
Confort
Cellphone
Cambio Democratico
560
Readership
Before discounts; includes classified; excludes production costs; includes 15%

agency commission
Source: Ibope; ZenithOptimedia
Circulation
La Critica
La Prensa
El Siglo
El Panama America
Mi Diario
Dia a Dia
La Estrella de Panama
Source: 2002-2003, 2005 Controles de Inversion Publicitaria; 2004-2005 Ibope,

ZenithOptimedia
4,353
2,607
2,542
2,999
2,151
1,746
1,693
1,352
1,221
1,039
Title
(United States of America, dollar, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
2,474
1,397
766
591
543
539
522
499
496
454
Source: Ibope
PAPUA NEW GUINEA

Agriculture provides a subsistence livelihood for 85% of
the population. Mineral deposits, including oil, copper,
and gold, account for nearly two-thirds of export
earnings. Numerous challenges still face the government
including regaining investor confidence, restoring
integrity to state insitutions, promoting economic
efficiency by privatizing moribund state institutions, and
balancing relations with Australia. Australia annually
supplies USD240 million in aid, which accounts for
nearly 20% of the national budget. The inflation rate

The two daily English-language newspapers are
foreignowned. Their combined circulation is less than
60,000. There is also a weekly newspaper in Melanesian
Pidgin (the national language).
Other Factors
The Papua New Guinea Media Council is comprised of
six media outlets and three media and advertising
agencies.

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

51
51
54
54
54
54
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Papua New Guinea, kina, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
36.9
41.6
47.2

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Papua New Guinea Post-Courier

The National
South Pacific Post Limited

Pacific Star Limited
Circulation (000)
29
25

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,146
3,304
221
5,671
38
58
4
100
Male
000
1,091
1,703
103
2,897
38
59
4
100
Female
000
%
1,055
1,601
118
2,774
38
58
4
100
561
PARAGUAY
The economy rebounded in 2003 and 2006, posting
modest growth each year. The informal sector features
both reexport of imported consumer goods to
neighboring countries, as well as the activities of
thousands of microenterprises and urban street vendors.
A large percentage of the population derives its living
from agricultural activity, often on a subsistence basis.

The print and electronic media were independently
owned; some media outlets were tied closely to political
parties or business entities.
Media / Press Laws
The application of libel law was irregular. Judges were
biased toward plaintiffs and frequently ruled in their
favor regardless of the merits of a case. Political figures
used police or private security officers to threaten or
intimidate journalists.

2.b
Social class
A1
B2
C3
Total
All adults
000
%
000
Male
%
129
439
401
970
53
199
184
436
12
46
42
100
13
45
41
100
Female
000
%
77
240
217
534
14
45
41
100
Source: IBOPE Projection

Population aged 18+ in Asuncin and Grand Asuncin
1
High
2
Medium
3
Low
(2006)

persons) (2006)
Occupancy
Households
000
%
Age
Housewives
000
%
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
19
41
64
75
154
353
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
33
68
86
68
39
34
327
2.ca
6
12
18
21
44
100
Source: Ibope Paraguay S.A.

Projection
2.a
Source: Ibope Paraguay S.A.

Projection
Geographic area of Asuncin

and Grand Asuncin
9
19
24
19
11
10
93
Area of Asuncin and Grand Asuncin
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,127
1,246
870
659
506
313
289
6,009
35
21
15
11
8
5
5
100
Male
000
1,083
632
439
332
258
160
135
3,039
36
21
14
11
9
5
4
100
Source: DGEEC Projection 2006 Total country
Female
000
%
1,044
614
431
327
248
153
154
2,971
35
21
15
11
8
5
5
100
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-20.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
140
150
140
130
130
-7.14
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Paraguay, guarani, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
171,024.9 193,013.8 179,039.6
562
PARAGUAY
(2006)
Advertiser
Expenditure
(Paraguay, guarani, 000)
National government
Ncleo
Supermercado Stock
Amrica Mvil
Telecel
Talismn
Cadena Superseis
Cooperativa Universitaria
CVC Cable Comunicaciones
Hola Paraguay
6,863,296.0
2,898,518.9
2,616,274.3
2,606,446.1
2,290,050.7
1,811,077.8
1,720,046.3
1,287,335.7
1,252,263.9
1,250,890.5
Source: Ibope Paraguay - Software

Monitor Plus
Excluding communications media
8.ba
Title
Publisher
Circulation (000)
ABC Color
Noticias
La Nacion
Ultima Hora
Azeta S.A.
-
50
25
-
Source: US State Department; WAN from public sources
563
PERU
The estimated growth in population over the last twelve
years is 20%, at an annual rate of 1.6%. But this growth
is followed by a decrease, accountable not only to lower
birthrate, but also to the increasing number of Peruvians
of childbearing age who emigrate annually.

About 86 newspapers are currently distributed
throughout the country: 25 in the capital and 61 in the
provinces. Circulation growth was higher in provinces.
For example, Correo newspaper publishes 14 editions:
one in Lima and 13 in provinces.
Physically, the coastal region is the most densely

populated (53.2%), followed by the mountainous areas
(34.3%) and lastly the jungle (12.5%); 29.9% of the
population dwells in Lima (capital district), a centralist
system that has an impact on news concentration.
According to WAN and INMA, the marketplace in
Lima is the most competitive in Latin America, with
50% of the total Peruvian media market.
According to APOYO, a new newspaper categorization

has been adopted: (1) serious traditional titles (El
Comercio, La Repblica, Expreso, El Peruano) which are
quality national newspapers, in circulation for many
years, with a high cover price; (2) serious economic
papers (Correo- pionero-, Per.21, La Primera), also
quality titles but more recent and less expensive (cover
price ranges from 0.50 cents to one sol); (3) popular
papers (Trome, Aj, El Popular, Ojo, Extra) that usually
carry light content and are sold at 0.50 cents; and
specialized press represented by (4) sports titles (Libero,
El Bocn, Todo sport); and (5) economic titles
(Gestin).
Aside from the capital, nine of the 25 departments,

Piura, La Libertad, Cajamarca, Puno, Arequipa, Junn,
Ancash, Lambayeque and Cusco, totaling over 1 million
inhabitants, represent 43.45 % of the population. There
is an equal balance between the male and female
population (50%).
In terms of circulation, newspapers are distributed in
different ways. Most of the national titles distribute
The population is mainly urban (72.6%), with only a larger number of copies in the city of Lima, such as
27.4% rural. The poverty level exceeds 50 %.
three titles of ECO group. El Comercio distributes up to
10% of its print run in provinces, Trome 17% and
Educational levels vary. According to INEI, there is Per.21 25%. The number of copies distributed do not
a rate of illiteracy of 11.5% (2005). In the same period, vary greatly between weekdays and weekends, with the
90% of the population aged 6-11 attended primary exception of El Comercio, which prints almost 60%
school, and 69% of youngsters aged 12 to 16 attended more copies on Saturdays than on weekdays, and 121%
high school. 26.8 % of the population goes to school: more copies on Sundays.
primary (4,063,577), secondary (2,411,922) and
preschool (847,911). The Asociacin Nacional de The EPENSA group publication Correo operates
Rectores reported 515,117 students registered in public differently, with 60% circulation distributed in
and private universities in 2004.
provinces, and El Popular (La Repblica group)
distributes close to 75% outside the city of Lima.
Economic levels also vary: INEI reports an annual GNP Another difference is that their print runs are larger on
growth of 8.03% in 2006. The unemployment rate was Mondays than on weekends.
9 % (Nov-Dec 2006January 2007). The inflation rate
in 2006 reached 1.9%, and in the same year there was a Most national and local papers are morning tabloids,
decrease in prices in local (-1.1%) and public (- 2.3%) with the exception of El Comercio in Lima, La Industria
telephone services (INEI. Technical report N 5, March in Trujillo and El Pueblo in Arequipa, which are
2007).
published in Berliner or standard format. Satlite, in
Trujillo, is the only evening paper.
Average monthly income in Lima households is
USD558, with a 10% increase as compared to the There are three large newspaper chains in provinces:
previous year. Roughly USD187 is spent on food, Correo with 13 newspapers in the coastal and
USD52 on transport, and USD50 on education mountainous regions; La Industria on the Northern
(Marketing Data, Ano 6, N 75).
coast, with two editions in Trujillo and Chimbote; La
Repblica with three provincial editions - Iquitos,
Arellano Marketing Research records an average Arequipa and Chiclayo- and one in Lima.
monthly income in Lima of 1,419 soles (PEN).
Revenues in the provinces are lower, with over 1,000 There is no free general information press, only
soles in the towns of Cajamarca, Cuzco and Trujillo, and newsletters and institutional magazines. The only free
more modest incomes in Piura (916 soles) or Puno (762 magazine the leader in readership is Cable TV,
soles).
distributed by Telefnica. There are no Sunday editions;
newspapers are published seven days a week, and include
564
PERU
Sunday supplements which result in increased cover In 2006, popular press once again underwent an
price.
expansion, as a result of readership registration in media
companies. El Trome (5.7% of readership) is the most
Advertising
widespread product of El Comercio group (11.4 %), and
In 2006, there was a 15% increase in ad spending. Total El Popular (5.5%) is La Repblica groups flagship title
ad expenditure reached USD 291 million across (9.7%). Over 50% of the readership of these newspapers
advertising media.
belongs to the lower socioeconomic class.
The increase in ad spending is accounted for by three
factors: economic growth of 7.6%, progressive
rationalization in ad rates and elections (presidential,
regional and municipal). TV is considered to be the
medium where rates have been best rationalized (CPI
Market Report, January 2007).
Although popular press still attracts the largest number

of readers, quality newspapers are gaining ground on the
national level. The financial publication Correo, with
5.2% readership, and El Comercio, with 3.5%, are
ahead of popular papers such as Aj that have lost
ground over the last few years.
Increase in ad spending in the press (13 %) was identical In Lima, the situation concerning readership is different.
to TV (13 %). This upturn in the press is considerable Average readership is 44.8%, up 2% from 2005
when compared to the 5% rise in 2005.
(42.8%), and well above the national average (33.1%).
Trome tops the list with 11.5%, whereas El Comercio,
Although the increase in TV was below the 2005 level, it the top of mind, holds second place (7.6%). Aj
still remains the most sought after advertising medium (6.4%), Per.21 (4.5%) and Correo (4.4%) follow
with 41.6% market share. Newspapers follow with behind. (CPI, January 2007).
23.4%.
In the provinces, Piura outstrips Lima with a 51.4%
The increase in ad spending in newspapers is a result of readership rate. In the interior - Arequipa, Huancayo,
a rise in rates: the variation in print rates was 29 % Cusco, Tacna Puno, Trujillo and Piura local press holds
whereas the variation in cms/col sold was only 4.3%.
more appeal than national papers. With the exception of
Trujillo, readers consume local editions of Correo; in the
According to Media Check, ad spending in newspapers, case of Piura, La Hora, another local title, is also widely
from January to October 2006, was as follows: El read.
Comercio received the largest share (56.84%); the ad
spend percentage in nine major titles (El Peruano, The largest readership is on the coast and in the
Trome, Expreso Repblica, Per.21, Correo, Gestin, Northern mountainous region (64 %).
Ojo, and Aj) represents 37.43 %.
Among newspaper readers, roughly 33% read a paper
Circulation
every day. 38% read 3 to 6 times a week and the
There are no available data on total newspaper remainder only once or twice a week. Sunday is the day
circulation in Peru. Available data are only those of when readership is at its highest. The most frequently
national newspapers published by the main newspaper read sections are sports, national politics - this section
groups which agreed that the circulation audit is carried has increased in popularity since previous polls on
out by the international firm KPMG and promoted by account of elections and entertainment. Next come
the Consejo de Usuarios de estudios de Medios Impresos international news, which are less read than in 2005,
(CUSEMI), the Asociacin Nacional de Anunciantes culture and crime, which is also becoming increasingly
(ANDA) and the Sociedad de Empresa Periodsticas del popular. (Apoyo. Marketing Data, year 6. N 70).
Per.
All the groups have correlative publications to target the
Readership
three socioeconomic levels. The readership is segmented.
The average total national readership (newspaper reach) El Comercio targets high-to-middle level readers
is 33.1%, which is 1.5% higher than in 2005. Trome is (68.5%); Correo and La Repblica are read equally in all
the most read title due to the large number of readers in three categories; Per.21 is read predominantly in
Lima (90%). El Popular comes up second as the paper category C. Trome, Ojo, Aj, and Popular target lower
with the largest readership in provinces (74%). Correo is level readers (over 50%). Sports titles also have the
the next most widely read paper nationally, with most largest number of readers in this category.
readers in the interior. El Comercio holds the fourth
place, with most of its readership in Lima. These Online / Digital Publishing
publications are followed by Ojo, Aj, Libero, Per.21 Of the 73 print newspapers circulating in the country,
and La Repblica. (CPI, January 2007). There is 31 (42%) have on-line editions. Of these, 16 are based
a noticeable link between circulation and readership.
in Lima and 15 in the provinces.
565
PERU
There are no existing global data on digital editions
just a few fragmentary reports. 92.1% of Lima-based
executives read at last one paper during the week, 86.3%
listen to the radio, 91.9 % use Internet, 48% read a
newspaper supplement and 51.4 % read at least one
magazine within a seven-day period. The most widely
used media are, without a doubt, El Comercio, RPP,
Caretas, Somos and Google and Hotmail Internet
portals (CPI, Market Report January 2007).
the same period in 2006 (+0.44%). The penetration of

mobile phones has increased more, with an approximate
7.5% rise as compared to 2005, and an overall 35%
increase. This figure is considerable when compared to
the 1.84% growth of landlines, although penetration is
higher.
Per.21 has an open daily on-line edition, but the

printed PDF edition, previous editions in PDF and
HTML format, special issues, and in-depth stories are all
paid-for either on a quarterly (S/. 15), half-yearly (S/.
30) or annual basis (S/. 50). Monthly subscriptions have
been dropped.
In April-June 2006, 8.25% of Peruvian households were

reported to possess a computer. In Lima, the figure is
double (15.5%) (Las tecnologas de informacin
y comunicacin en los hogares del trimestre mvil abril
junio 2006, Instituto Nacional de Estadstica
e Informtica (INEI).
The use of IT is not evenly distributed; in the transition

to an information society, there is inequity in the
country: in April-June 2006, there were 9.27%
Though on-line editions of Peruvian newspapers are households in Lima with access to Internet, whereas in
mostly free, some titles and some magazines ask for paid other urban areas it was only 2.15% and was nonsubscriptions: Per.21, Gestin, Etiqueta Negra and existent in rural areas. Few households own computers
Caretas.
in Peru.
Etiqueta Negra magazines articles can be read in Ownership

condensed format. There is an annual subscription of There are several media corporations: El Comercio S.A.,
USD56 in Lima and USD92.40 in the provinces.
a publishing company owned by the Mir Quesada
family, publishes a quality paper, El Comercio
Internet has shown sustained growth over the last years. (established in 1839), and a financial title, Peru.21;
In Lima, 13.5% of the population of over 1 year of age a popular newspaper, Trome (2001), an Internet portal,
used Internet an average of once a day in 2006. This www.elcomercioperu.com.pe; a cable TV news channel,
figure represents a 12.5% increase with regard to 2005. Canal N (1999), Uno Directo (marketing, database),
The large number of users is mostly accounted for by the Zetta Comunicadores (prepress) Amauta (printing) and
simultaneous increase in public booths; according to a free TV channel, TV Amrica (30% shareholding).
official statistics, there are around 33,000 nationwide.
Together with the low rates for the service, this has The national press company S.A.C. EPENSA is
generated high penetration of this medium. (CPI, a corporate group that publishes Ojo (1968), El Bocn
Market Report January 2007)
(1994), Aj (1994), and Correo (1962).
Young people aged 11-18 are the main users (37% ), Editora Sindesa publishes Expreso y Extra.
followed by 1924 -year-olds and the 25-40 -year-olds,
with an equal percentage of 23 % each. (INEI, Las Gestin runs Gestin (financial newspaper), CPN,
tecnologas de informacin y comunicacin en los a news broadcast, and Gestin Mdica.
hogares del trimestre mvil abril junio 2006)
La Repblica S.A. group publishes El Popular, Libero
In Lima, in March and April 2006, 83% of web-users and La Repblica.
logged in from public booths, 21% from home, 7%
from work and 6% from study centers. Internet is used Editora Per, a Peruvian editorial service firm,
mostly to communicate with other people, either distributes El Peruano, operates Radio nacional, Radio
chatting via SMS or sending and receiving e-mails televisin Peruana and the Agencia Andina de Noticias
(84%). Search for information on specific subjects press agency.
comes second (63%), then downloading of documents
and applications (60%) and entertainment (59%), i.e. Media / Press Laws
music and games. These results vary according to age The newly adopted laws are:
and interests. Lastly, 43% used the Internet for current
events and daily news (Apoyo. Marketing Data, year 1) State advertising regulatory law (Ley 28874 - El
6 N 72).
Peruano August 15, 2006. Legal norms. Pages. 326279 /
326280). This law aims at: a) Establishing general
INEI reports that only 3.47% of households have access criteria on the use of resources that national, regional
to the Internet, and 24.94% have a cellphone. Internet and local government bodies assign to advertising in the
growth is slow, going from 3.03% in 2005 to 3.47% in written press, radio and TV; b) supervising fiscal
566
PERU
transparency and rationalization in the use of public The Monday-to-Friday and weekend plus any one
resources for contracting advertising services in the weekday options, offered in 2005, are no longer
written press, radio and TV.
available.
2) Approval of an Information Society Development
Plan in Peru The Peruvian Digital Agenda. (Supreme
Decree N 031-2006-PCM. Passed in Casa de Gobierno
el Lima, June 20, 2006. )
Distribution costs represent 26.5% of the average single

copy sales price, 26.5% from Monday to Saturday and
31.5% on Sunday. Average distribution costs per single
copy or via subscription are S/. 0.641.
3) Approval of an Ethics Code for the provision of

commercial, educational and community broadcasting
services. (Ministerial resolution N 801-2006 MTC/03.
Lima, October 31, 2006)
El Comercios circulation varies between 70,000 and

90,000 copies from Monday to Friday, and this increases
by more 50% (143,600) on Saturday and Sunday
(199,449). These figures correspond to a typical week, in
the period from January to June 2006, according to the
latest survey carried out by Caipo y Asociados (KPMG).

El Comercio newspaper has consolidated its subscription
system with a complementary sales option adopted in La Repblica has followed in El Comercios footsteps
2004, exclusively in the city of Lima, where most of the and also adopted a subscription system. They offer three
distribution is concentrated.
alternatives: Monday to Sunday (S/. 49.00), Monday to
Friday (S/. 35.00) and Saturday-Sunday (S/. 22.00).
In 2006, subscription sales reached 37%, higher than in Subscriptions are monthly, with no expiry date and
2005 (26.71%). There are three kinds of subscription; automatic renewal.
most in demand are those going from Monday to
Sunday (54.45%) and Saturday-Sunday (30.65%). The Other Factors
other option is a weekend offer plus any two weekdays. The Peruvian Press Board (Consejo de la Prensa
The rates are respectively S/ 53, S/ 32 and S/. 22. A Peruana) is a non-profit civil association, founded in
reduction of up to S/. 170.04 is offered for annual 1997 by the main written press media in the country.
subscriptions. Other benefits include special rates for The press board established a Court of Ethics composed
cultural activities and subscribers forums.
of seven notable members of civil society.
Source: Rosa Zeta De Pozo; Facultad de Comunicacion, Universidad de Piura
2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
9,010
5,400
4,555
3,493
2,464
1,574
1,452
27,947
32
19
16
12
9
6
5
100
Male
000
4,584
2,735
2,299
1,756
1,229
775
673
14,051
33
19
16
12
9
6
5
100
Female
000
%
4,425
2,665
2,256
1,737
1,235
798
779
13,895
32
19
16
13
9
6
6
100
Source: INEI, Peru Compendio Estadistico

and sex (2006)
Social class
A+B
C
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
414
605
497
279
1,800
23
34
28
16
100
Source: IGM Apoyo Opinin y Mercado

6/75
Socio-economic levels of Grand Lima

B = Middle class - intermediate
or professional
C2 = Skilled working class - Skilled
manual workers
D = Working class - Semi and unskilled
manual workers
(no other earners)
567
PERU
(2005)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person 1
2 people 2
3 people 3
4 people 4
5 or more people 5
Total
Households
000
%
469.9
3,575.9
1,457.5
384.8
296.70
6,184.8
7.6
57.8
23.6
6.2
4.8
100
6.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Households
%
With children
Total
Dailies
50
100
Source: IGM Apoyo Opinin y Mercado

6/75
Socio-economic levels of Grand Lima
Household composed of a single

individual
2
Household composed of the head
of the family and spouse, with or
without children, or a single parent
with children
3
Household composed of the head
of the family and spouse, with or
without children, or a single parent
with children and other family
members
4
Same as categories (2) or (3), together
with other non-family members.
5
Household composed of the head of
the family, without spouse
or children, but with other family
members
59
-
Figures correspond to average monthly visits. El Comercio has page impressions

or visits data certified by Certifica.com. Traffic varied between 10,315,148
and 16,001,056 from August to December 2006. Other newspapers have
no traffic statistics.
7.aa
73
25
48
85
25
60
86
25
61
91.11
19.05
154.17
1.18
0.00
1.67
7.ab
73
-
84
1
85
1
88.89
-
1.19
0.00
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
64.1
0.50
49.00
(Peru, nuevo sol, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
188.0
199.0
227.0
254.1
(Peru, nuevo sol, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
3.50
53.00
Source: Dailies
70.5
Ad expenditure
7.ba
Source: CPI Market Report, January 2007

(2006)
Age
less than 16
17-25
26-37
38-50
51+
Total
% of
readership
10.0
22.1
25.9
21.5
22.5
100
7.4
7.8
8.5
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.33
0.39
0.32
0.32
0.33

(Peru, nuevo sol, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
55.40
44.60
5.b
7.1
9.98
Prices oscilate between 0.50 and 2.00

sol; Sunday edition of El Comercio costs
3.50 sol in Lima and 5.00 sol in
provinces
2
El Comercio: 53 sol monthly;
La Repblica: 49 sol monthly
7.1
(%)
Reached
Men
Women
211.0
(Peru, nuevo sol)

min
max
Single copy 1
Subscription 2
2001
GDP per capita

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
4.d
7.ac
19.51
916
1,112
219
101
Sales revenues
Source: Grupo El Comercio and Grupo EPENSA, January and March, 2007
Source: CPI
4.b
49
Unique visitors per month (000) 1
2000
45
-
41 2
El Comercio
Correo
Aj
Nuevo Ojo
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
59
28
31
31 1
GDP
45
21
24
2006 Number of online editions in Lima have increased. Sintesis has disappeared;
21 dailies are Lima-based and 28 in provinces. Correo has 13 provincial online
editions.
1
16 are based in Lima, 15 in the provinces
2
15 based in Lima and 26 in the provinces
6.b
Number of titles

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Source: 2004-2005 Consulta; 2006 Rosa Zeta de Pozo
Source: INEI, Per Compendio

Estadstico
3.a
Online editions
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Total
237.9
219.6
18.3
292.8
76.9
29.3
80.5
717.4
298.8
280.8
18.0
363.6
57.6
43.2
82.8
846.0
224.6
203.6
21.1
322.9
91.3
28.1
91.3
758.2
218.5
198.6
19.9
397.2
99.3
23.2
99.3
837.4
221.8
201.9
19.9
436.9
105.9
23.2
109.2
897.0
218.5
198.6
19.9
493.2
102.6
23.2
102.6
940.0
220.1
198.6
21.5
559.4
102.6
23.2
102.6
1,007.9
220.1
198.6
21.5
638.8
102.6
26.5
102.6
1,090.6
Source: 2005 CPI, SME, OANDA , ZenithOptimedia

After discounts; includes classified to 2003, excludes from 2004; cinema also
includes advertising on buses, and an estimate of internet advertising;
exchange rate used: 1 USD = 3.31 PEN (2005)
Source: CPI Market Report, January

2007
568
PERU
7.c
7.d
66

(2006)
7.g

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
63
60
57
58
-12.12
1.75

2000
Total

2001
2002
2003
2004
-
10,985,780 12,161,366

2000
2001
(%)
2002
2003
2004
95.40
4.60
100
Display
Classified
Total
Advertiser
Expenditure 1
(Peru, nuevo sol, 000)
Claro
Cristal (beer)
Movistar
Classified advertising
Bco de Credito (banking)
Head & Shoulders (shampoo)
Magia Blanca (detergents)
Brahma (beer)
Financial ads, miscellaneous
El Comercio (newspapers)
35,390.1
16,062.8
16,730.3
14,924.4
11,912.7
9,894.4
8,786.8
7,935.4
7,814.9
7,531.2
Source: www.17punto65.com/cifrasestadisticas.php?cifest=6
1
January-October
Source: 17.65%: Ano 17 No 1 - 2005/January - February 2004

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Trome
El Comercio
Correo
El Popular
Aja
Peru .21
La Republica
Libero
El Bocn
Nuevo Ojo
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Circulation
Mono
(000)
Popular company S.A.C.

Publishing company El Comercio
National press company (EPENSA)
La Repblica Group S.A
Popular company S.A.C
Readership
Cover price
Color
(000) (Peru, nuevo sol) (USD)
207 1
80 2
145
76 3
-
870
534
796
830
513
329
291
352
196
526
0.50
2.00 - 3.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.70 - 1.00
1.00 - 2.00
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.14
0.61 - 1.08
0.14
0.14
0.14
0.20 - 0.30
0.30 - 0.61
0.14
0.14
0.14
Format Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(Peru, nuevo sol)
Tabloid
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
8,925
31,500
9,990
7,772
12,450
16,025
7,772
12,480
12,450
12,750
42,000
8,939
14,850
24,180
-
Full page ad rate
Source: CPI Market Report, January 2007, in APAP

1
Ranges between 200,000 - 213,000

Ranges between 70,000 - 90,000; Saturdays: 143,600, Sundays: 199,449
3
Ranges between 70,000 - 81,500
4
25% less than a full-colour page
5
30% less than a full-colour page
6
350 per modul; 1 page = 120 moduls
7
Sunday
8
297 per modul; 1 page = 50 moduls
9
Sundays and Mondays
2
10.a

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
5
-
Broadsheets
10.bb

2002
1
Single copy
Subscription 2
(Peru, nuevo sol)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
0.35
0.64
Source: Single copy: El Comercio y; Subscription: EPENSA"

El Correo and other periodicals of the group do not provide subscription
1
El Comercio; the same price for single copy sales and subscription
2
Epensa
569
PERU
11.
Research
12.
In 2006, the sales of the five largest newspapers in the
country were monitored : El Comercio, El Trome,
Peru21 (all from El Comercio group); El Popular (La
Repblica group); and Correo (Empresa Periodstica
Nacional S.A.).
Other large newspapers are expected to be included in
the measurement study next year. The survey was
carried out by Sociedad de Empresas Periodsticas del
Per (SEPP), Consejo de Usuarios de Estudios de
Medios Impresos (CUSEMI) and Asociacin Nacional
de Anunciantes (ANDA), in conformity with
international benchmarks set down by KPMG auditing
company.
The company checks the number of copies distributed,
excluding returns. One of the general procedures is to
match up production records with print run records, the
latter with single copy sales and these in turn with
bookkeeping records. (KPGM Auditing Reports, 2006).
Research firm: CPI,
Investigacin pblica.
Peruana
de
CPI analyzes readership in Lima, according to

socioeconomic levels, geographic zones, age and gender.
They also assess newspaper readership on a national
urban level according to age and gender. This assessment
is carried out in the 12 largest towns in the country:
Arequipa, Chiclayo, Chimbote, Cusco, Huancayo, Ica,
Iquitos, Juliaca, Pucallpa, Tacna, and Trujillo.
Methodology
Readership is quantified on the basis of bi-monthly
surveys in Metropolitan Lima and 12 main provincial
towns: Arequipa, Chiclayo, Chimbote, Cusco,
Huancayo, Ica, Iquitos, Juliaca (Puno), Piura, Pucallpa,
Tacna and Trujillo. Sometimes seven more towns are
included: Abancay, Cajamarca, Chincha, Hunuco,
Huaraz, Ilo, Moquegua.
In 2006, the survey was carried out by Ernst &Young,
so that the methodology would be in compliance with
international standards set down by the Media Rating
Council, Inc (MRC).
Source: Rosa Zeta de Pozo

10
10
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
There are no direct subsidies, however, sometimes there
is a tax exemption on educational material. That
explains the large number of VAT-exempted
supplements, albums, etc. Therefore, the cover price of
newspapers and their supplements is distinguished (e.g.
out of the 0.50 cover price of a newspaper, the paper
itself is 0.30 and the VAT- exempted supplement 0.20).
14.
Compana
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
15.a
Discount rate (%)

0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

companies?
In a Peruvian legislative text (Texto Unico de
Procedimientos Administrativos) there is a provision
concerning the Registration of Periodical
Publications. This section covers registration
requirements and refers to the legal registering enforced
under law number 25.326. Article 1 of this law
stipulates that: Book and brochure printers must
compulsorily submit six copies to the national library.
There are no specific laws, but both the Peruvian
Constitution and the Radio and Television Law refer to
this.
According to the Peruvian Constitution (1993), Art. 71:
With regard to ownership, foreigners, either
individuals or legal entities, are subject to the same
conditions as natives, and can on no account benefit
from any kind of exception or diplomatic protection.
In Art. 63, domestic and foreign investments are also
subject to the same conditions. The production of goods
570
PERU
and services and foreign trade are free. If one or more
other countries adopt protectionist or discriminatory
policies that are prejudicial to national interest, the State
can, in its defence, take similar steps.
The Radio and Television Law (2004), in Art. 24
concerning foreign share, stipulates that only individuals
of Peruvian nationality or legal entities set up and based
in Peru can hold permits and licences. Foreign share in
legal entities with permits and licences cannot exceed
40% of total stockholding of the share capital, and
foreigners must furthermore be shareholders in media
companies in their native countries. Foreigners cannot
hold permits or licences, either directly or via an
individual company.
Art. 20 of the Legislation on Radio and Television
(2005) provides for foreign share in borderline areas.
Legal entities with foreign share cannot hold broadcast
service permits in localities bordering on the
shareholders, partners or associates native country, or
bordering on the native country of the shareholders,
partners or associates of foreign legal entities, except in
the event of public necessity legally sanctioned by the
Board of Ministers. This provision is not applicable to
legal entities with foreign interests that already have two
or more valid permits, if it concerns the same waveband.
Art. 26 of the same Legislation states that an application
can be rejected, among other reasons, when foreign
share fails to comply with the necessary legal
requirements: 4. Foreign share must not, directly or
indirectly, exceed 40% of the share capital or
stockholding of the legal entity applying for a permit. 5.
Individuals or foreign legal entities holding shares in the
legal entity applying for a permit must be a shareholder
in broadcast companies in their native countries.
same locality?
No
No
press?
There are no specific press laws. There are general laws
the press must comply with like any other company. The
market is ruled by free competition.
Art. 61 of the Constitution (1993) stipulates the
following: The State allows and controls free
competition. It opposes practices that restrict
competition and the abuse of dominating or
monopolising positions. No law or agreement can
authorize or establish monopolies. Neither the State nor

private individuals can enforce any kind of exclusivity,
monopoly or domination, either directly or indirectly,
on the press, radio, television and other means of social
expression and communication, as well as on
companies, goods and services related to freedom of
expression and communication.
Law no. 701 (1991) controls monopolising, dominating
and restrictive practices in free competition, and is
aimed at suppressing such practices in the production
and marketing of goods and services, allowing free
private initiative to develop in the best interests of users
and consumers (Art 1). Pursuant to the regulations
stipulated in the abovementioned law, all acts or
conducts related to economic activities that represent an
abuse of a dominating market position or a limitation or
distortion of free competition, and thereby detrimental
to the overall economic interests of the country, are
forbidden and subject to sanctions (Art.3). One or
several companies are considered to hold a dominating
market position when they can act independently
without taking into account their competitors, buyers,
clients or suppliers, owing to factors such as a significant
share these companies have in their respective markets,
specific characteristics of the supply and demand of the
goods and services offered, technological development
or specificity of the services, access of competitors to
financing, supplies and distribution networks (Art. 4).
One or several companies are considered to be in an
abusive dominating market position, as described in
Article 4, when they act in a wrongful way, with the
purpose of gaining profit and causing prejudice to others
in a manner that would not have been possible without
holding a dominating position (Art. 5).
Radio and Television Law (2004) also restricts
dominating positions. In the section on permits, Article
22 stipulates that neither the State nor private
individuals can enforce any kind of exclusivity,
monopoly or domination, either directly or indirectly,
on radio or television. Under this law, an individual or
legal entity is considered to be in a dominating position
if they hold more than 30% of technically available
wavebands, within the same waveband in the same
locality, in the case of television broadcasting, and 20%
in the case of radio broadcasting.
With regard to the computation of wavebands, two or
more legal entities with a common shareholder, partner,
director or manager who is the same individual or
a second degree blood relative are considered as a single
legal entity. Likewise, Articles 27 and 28 describe the
transfer of holders rights and the transfer of shares,
stocks, and other interests.
No further regulation concerning media concentration
is expected.
571
PERU
15.b
Owners
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Regional TV Licensees
Restrictions exist
National TV Licensees
Regional Newspaper Owners
Restrictions exist
Restrictions exist
National Newspaper Owners
Restrictions exist
Restrictions exist
Restrictions exist
Satellite TV Broadcasters
Restrictions exist
Restrictions exist
Restrictions exist
National Radio Licensees
Restrictions exist
Restrictions exist
Foreign Investors
572
PHILIPPINES
GDP growth accelerated to about 5% between 2002 and
2006 reflecting the continued resilience of the service
sector, and improved exports and agricultural output.
Fiscal constraints limit the ability of Manila to finance
infrastructure and social spending. The consistently large
budget deficit of the Philippines has produced a high
debt level, and this situation has forced Manila to spend
a large portion of the national government budget on
debt service. The inflation rate was estimated at 6.6% in
2006.
There are about fifty radio stations and six national
television networks, three of which are owned or
controlled by the state. Most print and electronic media
are privately owned. The independent media reports
actively and expresses a wide variety of views without
restrictions.
Philippines, with a daily circulation of 260,000 copies

a 52-per cent share of total circulation of broadsheets in
the country. Other big newspapers are the Manila
Bulletin, the Philippine Star, Manila Times and Business
World.
The national broadsheet newspapers print between
10,000 and 400,000 copies daily, while the print run of
the community newspapers ranges from a low of 50
copies to a high of 45,000.
Readership
No more than two million people, or 2.7 per cent of the
2001 population, are reached by the newspapers, even if
a pass-on readership of five is assumed.
The Philippine Daily Inquirer uses organic soy-based
ink and 100% recycled newsprint.

The Philippine Daily Inquirer uses printing presses in
The Philippine Daily Inquirer or The Inquirer, is the Cebu, Davao, Laguna, and Manila to speed distribution.
most widely read broadsheet newspaper in the
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; Article 19 - Freedom of Expression and the Media in the Philippines;
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D+E
Total
All adults
000
%
538
3,764
9,678
39,786
53,765
1
7
18
74
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
268
1,877
4,826
19,842
26,813
1
7
18
74
100
270
1,887
4,851
19,944
26,952
1
7
18
74
100
Source: National Statistics Office, ZenithOptimedia

Based on estimates made in 2002 by the TV Research Council; Definition of adult
status: AB = monthly household income of Peso 50,001 and over, C1 = monthly
household income of Peso 30,001-50,000, C2 = monthly household income of Peso
15,001-30,000, D+E = monthly household income of Peso 15,000 and below
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies

2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
31,301
54,537
3,631
89,469
35
61
4
100
Male
000
15,961
27,174
1,576
44,711
36
61
4
100
28
27
22
5
29
27
22
5
3.57
0.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
100.00
Source: WAN from public sources; WAN assessment (free dailies)
Age
Female
000
%
15,340
27,363
2,055
44,758
34
61
5
100
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
100
115
115
3,895 3,995
3,780 3,780
115 215
115.00
2.57
0.00
86.96
573
PHILIPPINES
7.aa
GDP
2001
(Philippines, peso, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
3,632
3,960
5,379
4,300
4,813

7.ab

(Philippines, peso, 000)
2001
2002
2003
2000
GDP per capita
44.3
47.1
50.4
2003
(%)
2004
2004
53.7
59.1

7.ac
2002
Ad expenditure
1.96
2.19
2.33
2005
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Philippines, peso, 000)
Advertiser
Telecommunication
Finance
Entertainment
Office equipment
Retail
Real estate
Education
Auto
Travel
Miscellaneous
Smart Communications
Globe Telecom
Shoemart
PLDT
Philipino Telephone
Corporation
Ayala Land
Union Bank Of Switzerland
Nestl
Toyota
Oracle Corporation
2.57
8,854
7,292
1,562
129,661
27,365
165,880
2.34
8,849
7,286
1,563
154,586
31,043
194,478
580
510
212
136
93
81
80
71
69
67
Source: AC Nielsen
1
Broadsheets only
Revenue (000) 1
Philippine Daily Inquirer

Philippine Star
Manila Bulletin
Business World
Peoples Journal
Inquirer Libre
Abante
Peoples Journal Tonight
Pilipino Star Ngayon
Computerworld Philippines
(Philippines, peso, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
8,866
7,305
1,561
108,875
24,122
141,863
Expenditure
(Philippines, peso, mln)
Top owners (2005)

Owners
9,113 9,564 11,592 12,007

7,182 7,618 8,694 8,551
1,931 1,946 2,898 3,456
55,012 68,390 82,204 105,188
13,557 16,425 19,461 22,120
77,681 94,379 113,257 139,315
1,690,200
845,000
694,000
638,100
533,500
352,300
322,300
294,700
287,200
236,900
2006
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Total

(2001)
Source: NMR AdQuest Millennium,

ZenithOptimedia

7.ba

categories (2005)
8,852
7,288
1,564
184,523
35,216
228,591
2,701,200
2,385,600
1,378,800
228,500
161,300
99,700
83,300
76,400
71,000
67,300
Source: AC Nielsen
Source: Association of Accredited Advertising Agencies, NMR PMS, NMR AdQuest,

ZenithOptimedia
Broadsheets only
Before discounts; excludes production costs; excludes classified; excludes agency

commission
8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Remate
Bulgar
Pilipino Star Ngayon
Abante
Abante Tonite
Philippine Daily Inquirer 1
Manila Bulletin 2
Philippine Star 3
Manila Times
Malaya
Filipino
Filipino
Filipino
Filipino
Filipino
English
English
English
-
Circulation
Mono
(000)
Bagong Sibol Publications Inc.

Pilipino Star Ngayon Inc.
Monica Publishing Corporation
Monica Publishing Corporation
Manila Bulletin Publishing Corporation
Malaya
Readership
Color
(000)
(Philippines, peso)
1,988
1,107
475
1,285
1,407
802
-
10.00
10.00
10.00
-
620
601
418
418
278
260
220
200
187
150
Cover price
Format
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono Color
(Philippines, peso)
40,432
57,750
40,320
42,000
37,800
157,410
150,255
131,040
102,555
89,910
60,648
75,075
72,576
75,600
68,040
283,338
270,459
235,872
184,599
161,838
Source: ZenithOptimedia; readership: NMR Media Index 2005; WAN from public sources
1
Launched in 1985
8.ba
Launched in 1900
Launched in 1986
11.
Title
Publisher
Circulation (000)
Inquirer Libre 1
Standard Express (SX) 2
Philippine Daily Enquirer, Inc.

Manila Standard Today
115
100
Format
Tabloid

1
2
Launched in 2001
Launched October 16, 2006; distributed through racks at train stations in Manila
Research
Newspaper circulations were first audited in 1989 by
the Print Media Audit Council (PMAC). The Council
only ever conducted fifteen audits over eight years, and
No audit has been conducted for the last six years. Some
publications still use figures from the last audit as their
official circulations, other circulation figures are simply
claims made by individual publishers. Some parties plan
to revive the audit process.
Readership information is produced by:
1. Social weather station; 2. Asia Research Gallup;
3. AC Nielsen
574
PITCAIRN ISLANDS
The inhabitants of this tiny, isolated economy exist on
fishing, subsistence farming, handicrafts, and postage
stamps. Bartering is an important part of the economy.
The major sources of revenue are the sale of postage
stamps to collectors and the sale of handicrafts to passing
ships.

There are no daily newspapers. The Pitcairn Miscellany
is the monthly newspaper of Pitcairn island. It has
a worldwide subscription of approximately 1,000 copies.

Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
0.05
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
575
POLAND
The pace of economic growth experienced in 2006 was
much higher than in 2005 and was a record-high for the
past nine years. The impact that domestic demand,
including investment demand, has exerted on creating
economic growth has become more significant.
Advantageous changes taking place in the still
problematic labor market have sped up the number of
employed people grew faster than in the previous year.
Low inflation, increasing salaries and social benefits, as
well as an expanding credit market all resulted in
a significant upward trend in individual consumption.
Demographics
governmental institutions indicates that the results are

even better: between Q3 2005 and Q3 2006 the number
of unemployed people decreased by 780,000. The pace
at which employment is increasing is particularly
encouraging, as it was thought until recently, that
a significant improvement in the labor market would
require economic growth well above the 5% mark.
The fall in unemployment was the result of a positive
business outlook, which boosted the demand for new
employees, and most importantly the mass, jobrelated migration of Polish citizens. It was thanks to the
latter factor that the decrease in the number of
unemployed people outpaced the increase in the number
of new jobs.
The population, however, decreased more than in 2005,

due to migration. At the end of 2006 the population of Growing employment was accompanied by higher
Poland was 38,122,000, i.e. approximately 35,000 wages, which increased over the whole year by nearly 5%
people fewer than in the previous year.
- compared to 3.3% the year before.
GDP
The increase in employment and wages has not

prevented businesses from boosting their productivity.
Polands GDP increased by 5.8% in 2006, compared to Despite the labor market boom, a clear growing trend
a growth rate of 3.5% in the previous year, and a 5.3% was observed in productivity levels, which grew by 3.3%
gain experienced in 2004 - when Poland joined the during the first 3 quarters, compared to 1.6% in the
European Union.
corresponding period of 2005.
Unlike in the previous years when the economy was
driven by exports, the growth enjoyed in 2006 is
attributable mainly to increasing domestic demand,
consisting primarily in the consumption of individual
households and in the investment expenditure made by
companies, which turned out to be as much as 16%
higher than the year before.
However, despite the material improvement, the

unemployment level still exceeds the 20% mark in many
regions of the country. Statistical data concerning the
young those up to 24 years of age are also quite
dismaying, as the unemployment rate in this age group
is nearly 28%.
Investment
Growing consumption was supported by the

valorization of pensions and annuity payments, as well as
by increasing employment. Fixed asset expenditures, in
turn, were driven by a favorable situation in the
construction sector, businesses need to boost their
production capacities, and by EU funds, with the help of
which mainly infrastructure-related investments were
financed. Even shake-ups on the political scene were not
capable of diminishing the optimism of business
representatives.
As a result of increased investment, the influence of
exports on GDP growth has declined. Moreover, in Q1
2007 the dynamics of imports were slightly higher than
those of exports. Exports are still strong, however,
despite the zlotys significant appreciation.
Businesses started to invest and chances are this boom

will continue there was a 20% increase in investment
observed in Q3 and a 16% increase in fixed asset
expenditure seen over the whole year. After several years
of low productivity, businesses have finally decided to
earmark the money they have generated themselves and
borrowed for modernization of their facilities and for
expansion of their production capacity.
The conditions are favorable: financial results allow most
enterprises to utilize surpluses to expand their range of
business by either introducing new products or entering
new markets.
Low interest rates have caused an increase in loans

their volume increased by 11% in November, which is
Labor market
the highest monthly increase since March 2001. EU
funds have also played a considerable role, as it was with
The unemployment rate fell from 18% to slightly below their help that investments, mainly in infrastructure,
15% - the lowest level in six years. Research on the have been co-financed. Entrepreneurs seem not to care
populations economic activity carried out by non- about the behavior of politicians, as the economic boom
576
POLAND
has coincided with a year of the greatest instability in the Capital market
government and the parliament.
Last year was a very successful year for the Warsaw Stock
Finally, growing individual demand (confirmed by data Exchange. The main WIG index increased from 35,600
concerning retail sales) allows one to assume that the points at the end of 2005 to 50,412 points at the end of
very favorable economic conditions will continue to 2006 - growth of 42%. WIG20 the index of most
prevail in the periods to come. This is of great traded companies gained 24%.
importance, as investments are often spread over
a period of several years, and satisfactory returns may be In 2006 the market continued the growing trend, which
enjoyed only within a longer timeframe.
began back in 2003. At the turn of Q2 the market
suffered a correction of over 20%, only to start another
However, even double figures describing the dynamics of wave of gains at the beginning of June, which has
businesses spending should not overshadow the fact that elevated the main WIG index to new historic levels.
investment accounts for as little as one-fifth of GDP,
which is not much, even compared to other EU Important events include a successful stock exchange
newcomers such as Latvia and Estonia, where the same debut of the regions largest company, the Czech CEZ
indicator equals 30-35%. In light of the above, it energy corporation, as well as the first time listings of
becomes evident that several more years of increases in several dozen smaller enterprises.
fixed asset expenditure are still required.
At the end of 2005 the number of listed companies was
Inflation Rate
255. At the end of 2006 this number increased to 284.
Subsequent foreign companies have made their stock
Despite significant economic growth, decreasing exchange debuts. In the course of 2006 their number
unemployment, high crude oil prices and drought, grew from 7 to 12.
inflation has not increased.
New debuts have significantly contributed to the
Over the first half of the year, the consumer price index capitalization of the stock market. At the end of 2006
remained below the 1% mark, and only slightly the market value of domestic companies equaled PLN
exceeded the lower value of the central banks inflation 437.7 billion (an increase of 42%). Total capitalization,
target - 1.5% - in the second half of the year. Hence, in turn (with foreign companies included), grew from
there was no need to increase the interest rates, which PLN 424.9 billion in 2005 to PLN 635.9 billion in
means that credit interest rates remained unchanged. 2006.
Industrial production prices also remained under
control, and their index fell to 2.6% at the end of The increase in the stock market indexes was positively
November.
correlated with investors activity on the capital market.
The value of stock trading increased by 83% to PLN
Foreign trade
320.3 billion, and continued the upward trend, which
began in 2003.
National currency the zloty remaining strong for the
majority of the year, has failed to inhibit the dynamics of Performance of different types of newspapers
exports, which continued to grow by at least 12 percent 2006 was another difficult year for publishers, despite an
every month. It was not until Q3 when the increase in increase in advertising revenues in the dailies segment of
investment expenditure resulted in the significant 10.8% and a 4.5% increase in the number of newspapers
growth of imports.
bought by readers (an increase of only 1.4% in the
segment of paid-for dailies).
In addition, the number of businesses posting positive
financial results was higher among exporters than in the As a result of consolidation decisions made by publishers
entire sector of medium and large enterprises. All this due to cost reduction measures, readers were no longer
coincided with significant consumer demand in the able to choose from two regional dailies in three
Polish market, which could have drawn the exporters publishing regions Kielce, Poznan, and
away from external markets. This however, has not Szczecin/Koszalin. Consequently, in the majority of
happened. This seems to indicate that Polish exporters publishing regions, with the exceptions of Krakow,
enjoy a very strong position in the external markets, and Rzeszow, Bialystok, Szczecin, Lodz, Lublin and
that a very significant portion of export revenues are Bydgoszcz with two regional newspapers , readers are
generated by foreign capital companies.
offered only one regional daily, which facilitated the
expansion of nationwide dailies.
577
POLAND
It is believed that the time when a wider audience of
readers, including those who had never bought a daily
before, could be reached by price reductions is nearing
an end. It is also believed that the launch of Fakt started
the publishers price war, but that the firm establishment
of Dziennik, sales at 200,000, ended the war. This
opinion is evidenced by the fact that the publishers of
both dailies have recently started to cautiously raise their
respective prices.
in 2006, although the editorial team had been working

on it for half a year.
After the successful launch of Fakt, Axel Springer Polska

continued to work on a new daily forming public
opinion. Therefore, Agora S.A. undertook certain
sheltering actions for Gazeta Wyborcza. These were
innovative and effective actions, which consisted of the
introduction of a folder subscription at newsagents. The
subscription could be made on monthly basis from
The growing promotional expenses of newspapers are March untill the end of June 2006. The number of
also a crucial issue for the results achieved by publishers subscribers grew under this action by more than
of dailies in Poland.
100,000 due to an attractive subscription price of PLN
1, and a considerable reduction in the cover price to
PLN 1.50. Both of these moves were ahead of the Axel
2006 was a year of fighting for position and power in the Springer Polska project.
national and regional newspaper markets. This battle
incurred exceptionally high promotional and marketing On 18 April 2006 Dziennik - Polska, Europa, Swiat was
expenses for all publishers of national dailies, except launched. Sales results achieved by Dziennik in 2006
Trybuna, published by Ad Novum, which has been and the funds invested in the supporting campaign
marginalised in sales.
illustrated the possibility of launching a strong, wellstructured daily, aspiring at forming public opinion. The
This competition is not likely to end in 2007, nor is eight-months presence of Dziennik proved to have
a short-lived balance of power in the dailies market a decisive impact on the growth of the total number of
expected, given the announced and pursued publishing dailies offered to readers in 2006.
plans of Polskapresse and Point Group for 2007 to
publish new national dailies.
The launch of Dziennik was at the expense of other
existing regional dailies, which suffered a 5% loss in sales
An expansion of national dailies in Poland has been last year. It also increased, to almost 65%, the growing
witnessed - announcements and actual launches - since share of national dailies in the pool of paid-for dailies.
Axel Springer Polska successfully launched Fakt in 2003. However, it does not seem that Dziennik has
In 2006 Fakt was the leader among dailies. Besides considerably increased the group of readers who buy
starting the price war in the tabloid segment, both the dailies, given that its publisher still has to support
introduction and results of Fakt proved that there is still current issues with various additions, gifts and
room for new general information publications in the collectibles. If one is to speak of a new trend in dailies, it
seemingly stable and firmly divided Polish market of could be complementary (parallel) or substitute
national dailies.
(interchangeable) use of an existing newspaper and
Dziennik. However, this will not be a long-term or
The most likely reason for announcing new national permanent situation.
daily projects was the falling trend in circulations
reported by regional dailies and the advertising revenues The free newspaper segment grew by 50% a year on
which had been increasing. In its fight against Fakt, average in terms of circulation in the last two years. Total
Agora S.A. publishing house replied with the launch of circulation in 2006 increased by 15%. Publishers
Nowy Dzien daily on 14 November 2005. The daily increased the number of cities and towns where
presumably inadequately diversified in comparison to newspapers were available.
Gazeta Wyborcza despite a strong and expensive
supporting campaign, failed to reach the sales figures The end of 2006 verified the fears of free newspapers
that would make it profitable and attractive to which attempted to become dailies. The first alarming
advertisers. In addition, as a likely result of its low cover signal was the change of periodicity of Dzien Dobry, the
price, Nowy Dzien apparently won some of Gazeta first free newspaper in Poland published by DD Media,
Wyborcza readers. It seems that this increase from five days a week to weekly. As a result of
in readers, regardless of the falling sales imbalanced costs and advertising revenues, Dzien Dobry
of Nowy Dzien (starting with 210,000 and ending with ceased publication at the end of 2006.
155,000), proved an unacceptable risk for
the publisher, and the daily was shut down quickly The largest publishers in the free newspaper segment on 23 February 2006. Both this action and TPP, Agora SA, and Polskapresse - announced only
presumably the scale of expenses were the reasons optimistic plans for the future. Therefore, the decision of
that M. Solowow, the publisher of Zycie Warszawy, Metropols publisher, TPP, to fold the title came as
dropped his plans to issue a new national daily a surprise, although it was disclosed as late as the end of
578
POLAND
2006. This resulted in an immediate increase in the
competition among the remaining free dailies Metro and
Echo Miasta for advertisers left by the late competitor.
Thus, it seems that 2007 will also be a year of a number
of changes and shuffles in this segment.
In general, based on 2006 results, the share of free
newspapers in the total volume of Polish dailies
(currently approx. 23%) is not expected to grow
considerably. It is possible that with a falling number of
issues per week this figure may even drop. However,
other scenarios are possible, as manifested by the
publication of free city weeklies by Media Regionalne
(Mecom, formerly Orkla). Given their publishing
frequency, these titles are not included in this report.
Ownership
Four publishers, including Polskapresse and Mecom
groups, owned nearly 75% of the newspaper titles in
circulation in 2006, which is a rather high concentration
in the daily press market; while the remaining 25% is
shared by 30 other publishers.
The growing costs of publishing activities and the new
challenges of the global market brought several major
changes in ownership. In the daily market segment, the
most spectacular was the takeover of Orkla assets by the
multi-national Mecom investment fund.
Another important acquistition, which has only been

announced and is currently being analysed by the Office
of Competition and Consumer Protection, is the
Advertising
purchase of 25.1% of the shares of the POLSAT
A large number of publishers, mainly regional daily commercial television station by Springer, represented in
publishers, recorded falling sales (-4.8% a year) and Poland by Axel Springer Polska, publisher of Fakt and
a decline in, or insufficient, advertising revenues.
Dziennik dailies. The project for a new Polskapresse
daily to ensure national reach has also been publicly
A revival in the advertising market resulting from the considered.
economic boom does not guarantee a corresponding
increase in regional newspaper publishers share of the Media / Press Laws
advertising market.
Long-voiced proposals for an amendment to the press
law did not go beyond the initial discussion phase in
Circulation
2006.
A 6% increase in newspaper circulation (the sum of
average one-time circulation of dailies and other Taxes
newspapers) occurred in the market last year as a result The struggle of the organisation of authors and
of successful, in the case of Dziennik, Axel Springer publishers with the Ministry of Finance over the
Polska, or failed, as in the case of Nowy Dzien, Agora, proposal to abolish the 50% deductible expense on
acquisitions in the market of paid-for dailies and remuneration for authors work brought positive results
a slower expansion of free newspapers than in recent in 2006. Had it been approved, it would have raised the
years.
operating costs or reduced author remunerations. The
draft to introduce VAT on authors remuneration was
reviewed; it is still valid and covers remuneration of
Based on the potential and power of the Internet, 2006 journalists.
brought a number of new projects in contact with
readers interested in accessing newspaper content. The Ministry of Economy has announced its intention
Basically, all major publishers of dailies invested in new to abolish the rule of settling VAT after the sales, namely
Internet tools and projects, and the quickly growing after settlement, of returns (unsold copies). This change
interest in on-line newspapers proved the prudence and will erode the financial liquidity, in particular, of smaller
appropriateness of such investments. Although publishers, and increase the costs of system maintenance;
subscriptions to online editions and single-access sales it may pose a threat to the continued existence of certain
do not constitute a considerable part of publishers publishing houses and a number of small newsagents.
revenues, both forms of electronic distribution show
much higher circulation growth rates than traditional Publishing organisations have been actively protesting
channels.
this matter. Since the zero rate VAT for specialist press
and books ends in 2007, as provided for by accession
Rapidly growing revenues from online advertisements treaties related to Polands joining the EU, the publishers
(PLN 140 million in 2005 to PLN 230 million raised the issue of retaining the zero rate VAT and will
in 2006) are a sufficient incentive to invest in an online renegotiate this matter at the relevant European
presence.
Commission level.
Source: Izba Wydawcow Prasy Polish Chamber of Press Publishers
579
POLAND
(2002)
2.cb
(2002)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
3,307
3,097
2,654
2,405
1,874
13,337
25
23
20
18
14
100
Source: Statistical Yearbook of The

Republic of Poland 2005, data 2002
3.a
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
1 child
2 children
3 children
4 or more children
Total
2,456
8,001
2,852
2,203
717
2,229
10,457
24
76
36
28
9
28
100
Source: Statistical Yearbook of The

Republic of Poland 2005, data 2002
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
6,028
6,505
5,792
4,897
6,009
3,878
5,054
38,161
16
17
15
13
16
10
13
100
Male
000
3,092
3,314
2,935
2,474
2,935
1,809
1,902
18,461
17
18
16
13
16
10
10
100
Female
000
%
2,935
3,191
2,857
2,423
3,073
2,069
3,152
19,700
15
16
15
12
16
11
16
100
Source: Concise Statistical Yearbook of Poland 2006, data 2005

2.b
Social class
A
B
C
D
E
F
Total
All adults
000
%
4,266
10,849
7,672
1,661
7,571
862
32,881
13
33
23
5
23
3
100
Male
000
1,843
4,694
4,725
851
3,339
299
15,750
12
30
30
5
21
2
100
Source: Concise Statistical Yearbook of Poland 2006, data 2005

Age 13+
A = Tertiary
B = Post-secondary and secondary
C = Basic, vocational
D = Lower secondary
F = Incomplete primary and without school education
580
Female
000
%
2,433
6,167
2,947
822
4,231
531
17,131
14
36
17
5
25
3
100
Total dailies
47
45
12
Regional and local
33
paid-for dailies
45
Total free dailies
2
2
13
Regional and local
6
2
Regional and local
2
free non-dailies
49
47
12
35
48
46
12
34
46
43
11
32
47
44
12
32
0.00
-2.22
0.00
-3.03
2.17
2.33
9.09
0.00
47
2
2
19
17
2
15
46
2
2
12
11
2
9
43
3
2
1
20
15
4
11
44
3
2
1
20
18
6
12
-2.22
50.00
0.00
53.85
63.64
20.00
100.00
2.33
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
20.00
50.00
9.09
2
2
1
1
5
5
2
2
0.00
0.00
-60.00
-60.00
Source: Katalog Mediow Polskich OBP UJ; RUCH SA; Kolporter SA;
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
3,869
3,571
Regional and local
1,724
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
298
298
427
Regional and local
134
106
Regional and local
106
free non-dailies
4,371
4,077
2,458
1,619
4,497
3,979
2,518
1,461
5,266
4,369
2,978
1,391
5,743
4,462
3,131
1,331
4,077
294
294
391
291
77
214
3,979 4,369 4,462 24.95

518 897 1,281 329.87
518
597 800 168.46
300 481
495 1,599 817
91.33
197 280 298
-7.17
110
173 175
-6.42
87
107 123
-8.21
2.13
42.81
34.00
60.33
-48.91
6.43
1.16
14.95
100
100
298
298
-60.65
-60.65
1,319 519
1,319 519
48.44
24.95
69.52
-22.8
389.62
389.62
9.06
2.13
5.14
-4.31
Source: Osrodek Badan Prasoznawczych (OBP UJ), based on ZKDP data; WAN
assessment (free dailies)
POLAND
4.a
5.c
Media consumption
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
803.7
754.8
Regional and local
380.8
paid-for dailies
Morning paid-for dailies 754.8
Total free dailies
48.9
48.9
Total non-dailies
21.1
Regional and local
7.5
5.2
Regional and local
5.2
free non-dailies
795.4
738.1
381.9
356.3
920.5
844.1
516.9
327.2
971.0 1.014.6 26.24

807.0 818.0 8.37
502.4 528.0 41.18
304.6 290.0 -23.84
4.49
1.36
5.10
-4.79
738.1
57.3
57.3
35.1
19.7
4.3
15.4
844.1
76.3
76.3
53.4
20.8
6.0
14.8
807.0
164.0
164.0
88.9
20.0
7.6
12.4
818.0
8.37
196.6 302.04
70.9 236.02
20.2 27.04
9.5
13.10
10.7
42.67
1.36
19.88
-20.25
1.00
25.00
-13.71
15.4
15.4
32.6
32.6
68.9
68.9
50.7
50.7
-26.42
-26.42
875.00
875.00
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
40
30
120
150
20
15
18
102
205
25
20
25
15
25
115
215
37
2006
20
25
15
30
105
195
50
Source: Osrodek Badan Prasoznawczych, based on AGB and SMG/KRC data;

Starkom; Startrack (Internet), AGB (television), SMG/KRC (newspapers/Internet)
Estimates based on partial data made available by research companies AGB, TNS,
Startrack, SMG/KRC, surveying specific media; due to the large number of sources,
data do not originate from a comprehensive research on daily time budget and
time use, and result from unverified declarations on the average use time
by specific media channels; as a result, the data tend to be considerably
overestimated; therefore OBP UJ applies a downward correction
Source: Osrodek Badan Prasoznawczych (OBP UJ), based on ZKDP data

6.a
4.c
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries 1
Postal deliveries 2
Office deliveries
Free distribution
Other 3
Total
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
84.0
10.8
5.2
100
80.6
15.0
100
83.3
2.7
13.0
0.4
0.7
100
81.7
15.5
2.4
13.1
1.8
0.8
0.2
100
78.4
18.7
0.2
13.0
0.2
1.8
0.8
1.2
100
Source: Osrodek Badan Prasoznawczych (OBP UJ), based on ZKDP data

1
Estimate
Estimate
3
Electronic sales/subscriptions
2
4.d
Online editions
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Poland, zloty)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
0.9
0.5
3.95
3.95
Source: RUCH SA catalogue

(2006)
5.b
Age
%
% daily reach
group
Less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
2.1
17.6
19.6
16.6
20.9
14.2
9.0
100
53.7
63.9
66.6
67.4
69.1
65.6
55.5
-
All adults
Men
Women
65.7
69.4
61.0
64.5
Source: Polish Readership Survey Ltd.
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sundays
41
10
-
45
13
-
42
10
-
42
11
-
45
16
1
9.76
60.00
-
7.14
45.45
-
Source: Polish Media Catalogue, OBP UJ
6.b
Website
Unique visitors
per month (000)
Gazeta Wyborcza (Agora SA)

Rzeczpospolita (Prespublica/Mecom)
Gazeta Prawna (INFOR)
Dziennik PES (Axel Springer Polska)
Puls Biznesu (Bonnier Polska)
Gazeta Gieldy Parkiet
(Prespublica/Mecom)
gazetawyborcza.pl
rzeczpospolita.pl
gazetaprawna.pl (INFOR.pl)
dziennik.pl
pulsbiznesu.pl
parkiet.com
1,045
642
518
513
170
154
Source: Megapanel PBI/Gemius

Data as of 01/2007
7.aa
GDP
2002
(Poland, zloty, bln)

2003
2004
2005
807.9
842.1
923.2
980.7
2006
1,037.5
Source: Statistical Yearbook of the Republic of Poland 2006

Estimate
7.ab
GDP per capita
2002
(Poland, zloty, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
21.1
22.0
25.7
27.2
24.2
Source: Statistical Yearbook of the Republic of Poland 2006

Estimate
7.ac
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.24
1.32
1.35
1.34
1.51
Source: Polish Readership Survey Ltd.

Ad expenditure
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 Expert Monitor
581
POLAND
7.ba

(Poland, zloty, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
2,322
1,072
1,250
6,375
704
44
543
33
10,021
2,964 3,646 4,187

4,655 5,214 5,659 6,079
1,531 1,908 2,182
2,428 2,685 2,896 3,114
1,433 1,738 2,005
2,227 2,529 2,763 2,965
6,600 6,861 6,346
7,803 9,008 9,908 10,740
872 1,043 1,200
1,419 1,559 1,658 1,758
99
128 176
218
260
305
360
566 678 796
1,056 1,282 1,524 1,716
50
87
140
215
290
377
528
11,152 12,443 12,844 1 15,366 17,612 2 19,432 3 21,181
Source: Expert Monitor, Amer Nielsen, ZenithOptimedia

Before discounts; includes classified from 2003; excludes production costs; excludes
agency commission

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Other Products
28.4
Sales
15.7
Automotive, Transport
11.9
Entertainment, Culture,
10.5
Education
Finance and Marketing Services 9.8
Telecommunications
7.0
Investment
6.6
Home and Office Equipment
2.7
Medicine
2.4
Food
1.6
Euro RTV AGD

Polska Telefonia Cyfrowa
Media Saturn Holding
Polska SP. Z O.O.
Polkomtel S.A.
Fiat Auto Poland
General Motors Polska
Citroen Polska
Peugot Polska
PTK Centertel
LIDL Polska
7.c
Source: Expert Monitor, I-XII/2006

(2006)
Publisher
(Poland, zloty, mln)

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2005/01 2005/04
Total circulation
(000)
Source: Expert Monitor www.expert-monitor.pl
Agora SA
Axel Springer Polska
Grupa Polskapresse
Grupa Orkla/Media Regionalne
Media Express SP. Z O.O.
TPP Metropol
Marquard Media Polska
Grupa Wydawnicza Infor
SPES
Wydawnictwo Jagiellonia
Non-dailies are not monitored
Source: ZKDP; OBP UJ
Total annual newspaper circulation

of publishers that are ZKDP members;
under item 9, OBP UJ estimate; ranking
by total annual circulation of dailies
and non-dailies marketed by individual
publishers; due to the fact that majority
of publishers do not confine themselves
to publishing dailies only, stating the
amounts of revenues generated
by publishing dailies is not possible
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
1,056 1,056 1,528 1,951 2,182 106.63

2,036
1,362
674
-
2,036
146
11.84
-
Excluding discounts
7.d

2002
Total

2003
2004
2005
2006
215,083 294,074
Source: Expert Monitor, I-XII

Number of advertising columns in newspapers monitored by Expert Monitor
8.ba
31,646.5
29,733.8
23,107.7
22,268.0
21,400.3
20,984.2
20,638.4
Based on price list data without individually negotiated rebates for newspapers monitored by Expert Monitor
8.a
77,845.6
45,614.0
44,237.9
Source: Expert Monitor, I-XII/2006

2
3
Expenditure
(Poland, zloty, 000)
322,697
299,020
217,680
211,592
106,615
71,150
38,083
29,273
27,270
23,640
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
usual max usual max
(Poland, zloty)
(USD)
(000)
(000)
Fakt Gazeta Codzienna

Gazeta Wyborcza
Nowy Dzien 1
Dziennik.
Polska Swiat Europa 2
Super Express
Rzeczpospolita
Przeglad Sportowy
Dziennik Zachodni
Gazeta Prawna
Gazeta Pomorska
Polish
Polish
Polish
Polish

Agora SA
Agora SA
705
586
417
401
5,611
5,867
1,899
2,429
1.00 1.50
1.50 1.00 1.50
1.50 -
0.34
0.34
-
Polish
Polish
Polish
Polish
Polish
Polish
Media Express sp.z o.o.

Prespublica (Mecom)
Marqard Media Polska
Prasa Slaska (Polskapresse)
Grupa Wydawnicza INFOR
Gazeta Pomorska Media
(Media Regionalne)
322
235
126
123
116
102
2,610
1,567
1,570
1,385
663
703
1.00
2.70
1.80
1.30
3.95
1.20
0.34
0.92
0.61
0.44
1.34
0.41
1.60
3.00
2.20
1.60
1.70
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Poland, zloty)
0.51
0.51
0.51
0.51
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
73,750
41,466
83,083
88,750
41,466
0.54
1.02
0.75
0.54
0.58
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
47,250
57,580
21,920
17,258
29,700
21,840
67,500
68,860
28,496
21,770
35,750
28,392
Source: ZDKP (circulation); PBC (readership)

Circulation average per issue; readership figures calculated from the CCS index per population of adult (15+) Poles; cover price exchange rate: USD1 = PLN2.95
1
2
Published from 14 Nov 2005 to 23 Feb 2006

Launched 18 April 2006
582
POLAND
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Metro 1
Echo Miasta 2
Metropol
Polish
Polish
Polish
Agora SA
Media4mat (Polskapresse)
TPP (Metro International)
(Media Regionalne)
Readership
(000)
(000)
511
481
289
2,263
1,841
1,257
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Poland, zloty)
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
23,880
60,000
-
31,260
60,000
-
Source: ZDKP (circulation); PBC (readership)

Circulation average per issue; readership figures calculated from the CCS index per population of adult (15+) Poles
1
In December 2001, Agora launched Bezplatna Gazeta Wyborcza (BGW) to test a new distribution channel in Lodz, Krakow
and Trojmiasto; the experiment was concluded in January 2002
2
Distributed in the seven largest cities in Poland
9.a
Employment
12.
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
12,494 11,212 10,357
-7.63
Source: Central Statistics Office

10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
Berliner
63
2
63
5
-
56
1
53
6
-
59
1
54
10
-
66
60
1
55
10
11.86
5,900.00
-98.15
450.00
-
Source: Katalog Mediow Polskich; OBP UJ

10.ba
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
2000
2001
(%)
2002
2003
2004
31
31
31
31
31
31
Source: IWP
10.c
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
22
7
7
22
22
22
Source: Izba Wydawcow Prasy
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No
No
14.
2001
1,968
(Poland, zloty)
2002
2003
2004
1,968
1,925
2005
1,850
Source: IWP
11.
Newsprint costs
Average per ton
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Research
Discounts (2005)
Post 1
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
1
Circulation is audited by ZKDP - Audit Bureau of
Circulations Poland. ZKDP audits 441 titles (47 dailies,
394 magazines). The publishers (only members of ABC
Poland) declare monthly circulation data including
distribution by area and distribution methods. Once
a year, auditors authorized by ZKDP verify the accuracy
of circulation data reported by each member-publisher.
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
Depending on amounts of deliveries
Readership is measured by Polskie Badania Czytelnictwa
(PBC), which co-operates with SMG/KRC Poland
Media Ltd.
Methodology
Monthly face-to-face interviews, annual sample size:
36,000.
583
POLAND
15.a

companies? No
majority of shares, of domestic daily newspapers? No
same locality? No
Yes, Polish company law requires that any owner of at
least 10% of shares in a limited company be identified
in the national register of entrepreneurs. However, this
will only identify the registered owners; the beneficial
owners will not be identified.
press?
Yes. A dominant position in a market is officially
defined as the ability to prevent effective competition in
the market and conduct its business independently of its
competitors and customers to a significant extent.
It is presumed that a company has a dominant position
when its share of the market exceeds 40%; there are no
15.b
separate circulation thresholds at local, regional and

national levels.
The Act on Competition and Consumer Protection of
15 December 2000 (Journal of Laws of 2003, No. 86,
item 804, the Act) stipulates that mergers and
takeovers are subject to inspection by the President of
the Office for Competition and Consumer Protection if
the total turnover of the businesses taking part in the
transaction exceeded EUR50 million in the previous
financial year and if:
1) the turnover of the enterprise that is the target of the
acquisition, or the shares of which are to be acquired or
purchased, did not exceed EUR10 million in either of
the two financial years preceding the transaction;
2) the total market share of the businesses taking part in
the transaction does not exceed 20%;
3) the transaction is based on the temporary acquisition
of shares by a financial institution;
4) the transaction is based on the temporary acquisition
of shares by an entrepreneur to secure receivables;
5) the transaction is the consequence of bankruptcy or
arrangement proceedings;
6) the transaction is conducted within the framework of
a single capital group.
Is further regulation of media concentration expected? No.
A trial for the regulation has failed.
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV Licensees
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
National TV Licensees
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
Regional
Newspaper Owners
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No limit
No restriction
National
Newspaper Owners
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No limit
No restriction
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
National Radio
Licensees
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
No restriction
for members of EWG.
Other foreign investors
cant possess
more than 49% of shares
or have more than
fifty percent
of Management Board
or Supervisory Board
members. Their votes in
the General Assembly
may not exceed 49%.
No restriction
for members of EWG.
cant possess
or have more than
fifty percent
of Management Board
may not exceed 49%.
No restriction
No restriction
for members of EWG.
cant possess
or have more than
fifty percent
of Management Board
may not exceed 49%.
Foreign Investors
No restriction
584
PORTUGAL
Portugal has become a diversified and increasingly
service-based economy since joining the European
Community in 1986. Over the past two decades,
successive governments have privatized many statecontrolled firms and liberalized key areas of the
economy,
including
the
financial
and
telecommunications sectors. The country qualified for
the European Monetary Union (EMU) in 1998 and
began circulating the euro on 1 January 2002 along with
11 other EU member economies. Economic growth had
been above the EU average for much of the 1990s, but
fell back in 2001-06. GDP per capita stands at roughly
70% of the EU-25 average. A poor educational system,
in particular, has been an obstacle to greater productivity
and growth.

One weekly newspaper was closed and another was
launched during 2006.
Media / Press Laws
A new media regulator - ERC (Entidade Reguladora
para a Comunicacao Social) - was formed.
Taxes
New taxes, including a Tax of Supervision, have been
implemented due to the empowerment and start-up of
the new media regulator (ERC).
State Support
Mailing costs between the mainland, the Azores and
Madeira Islands are refunded.
Portugal is experiencing economic restrictions due to the

European criteria on budget balances.
Source: Associacao Portuguesa de Imprensa (API); CIA - The World Factbook
2.a
Age
15-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
373
1,027
1,501
1,427
1,275
1,079
1,629
8,311
4
12
18
17
15
13
20
100
Male
000
191
520
751
701
617
506
683
3,969
5
13
19
18
16
13
17
100
Female
000
%
182
507
750
726
658
573
946
4,342
4
12
17
17
15
13
22
100
Source: Obercom/Marktest
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
458
989
2,070
2,577
2,219
8,313
5.5
11.9
24.9
31.0
26.7
100
Male
000
252
523
1,039
1,268
887
3,969
6.3
13.2
26.2
31.9
22.3
100
Female
000
%
206
466
1,031
1,309
1,332
4,344
4.7
10.7
23.7
30.1
30.7
100
C1 = Lower middle class - supervisory or clerical, and junior managerial, administrative or professional
E = Those at lowest levels of subsistence - state pensioners or widows (no other
earners)
585
PORTUGAL
(2001)
2.cb
(2001)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
565
1,011
900
712
363
3,551
16
28
25
20
10
100
3.b
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 1 2005 2 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
all under 15
over and under 15 1
all over 15
Total
947
2,123
858
279
985
3,070
Total dailies
551 571 793 791
551 571 593 570
510 523 553
524
Regional and local
41
48
40
46
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
200 221
Regional and local
200
221
free dailies
Total non-dailies
3,561 3,875
Total paid-for non-dailies 381 350 305 347
National paid-for
291 262 216
260
non-dailies
Regional and local
90
88
89
87
1,006 1,992 3,256 3,528
975 1,966 2,203 2,416
Regional and local
31
26 1,053 1,112
free non-dailies
31
69
28
9
32
100
Source: Obercom/INE - Census 2001

1
One or more children under 15, and

one or more children over 15
persons) (2005)
2.d
Age
15-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
373
1,021
1,479
1,401
1,232
1,001
1,252
7,759
4.8
13.2
19.1
18.1
15.9
12.9
16.1
100
71.87
12.70
12.35
17.07
19.72
8.95
9.35
4.35
326
326
47.51
47.51
4,185
479
321
25.72
10.31
8.00
38.04
23.46
158
75.56
81.61
3,706 268.39
2,612 167.90
1,094 3,429.03
5.05
8.11
-1.62
1, 2
WAN calculations based on partial data provided by OBERCOM/averages of

titles audited by APCT; average figures January-September (numbers of titles and
average circulation per title in respective newspaper categories)
Number of titles
4.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
14
14
9
Regional and local
5
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
free dailies
Total non-dailies
27
Regional and local
6
13
1
Regional and local
12
free non-dailies
947
621
573
48
Source: Obercom/APCT; WAN assessment (free dailies)
Source: INE
3.a
15
15
9
6
18
16
9
7
17
15
9
6
18
16
10
6
28.57
14.29
11.11
20.00
5.88
6.67
11.11
0.00
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
24
14
8
6
25
17
11
6
27
18
11
7
32
29
13
16
18.52
107.14
62.50
166.67
18.52
61.11
18.18
128.57
10
1
9
8
1
7
9
1
8
3
1
2
-76.92
0.00
-83.33
-66.67
0.00
-75.00
Source: 2002-2003, 2005 Obercom/APCT (Portuguese Association for Circulation

Auditing); 2004 Obercom/APCT; WAN assessment (free dailies); 2006 APCT
(Portuguese Association for Circulation Auditing)
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
212.0
188.0
Regional and local
13.0
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
24.0
Regional and local free dailies 24.0
Regional and local paid-for 4.0
non-dailies
Total free non-dailies 656.0
National free non-dailies 472.0
Regional and local free
184.0
non-dailies
222.0
193.0
180.0
13.0
176.0
155.0
144.0
11.0
253.5
198.4
182.5
15.9
262.1
189.9
173.8
16.1
23.63
1.01
-0.69
23.85
3.39
-4.28
-4.77
1.26
29.0
29.0
17.0
13.0
4.0
21.0
21.0
12.0
9.0
3.0
55.1
55.1
18.2
13.0
5.2
72.2
72.2
20.6
14.5
6.1
200.83
200.83
8.42
-3.33
52.5
31.03
31.03
13.19
11.54
17.31
1,344.0 968.0 159.6 148.0

1,227.0 1 783.0 149.6 137.0
117.0 185.0 10.0 11.0
-77.44
-70.97
-94.02
-7.27
-8.42
10.00
Source: Obercom/APCT (Portuguese Association for Circulation Auditing)

Only titles audited by APCT; data January-September; copies distributed, including
free distribution
1
Year-on-year increase due to distributing more copies of Jornal da Regiao in
2003
2005-2006 Only titles audited by APCT; data January-September

4.b
Sales revenues
(Portugal, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
114.0 113.9 125.0

106.0 108.5 123.1
8.0
5.4
1.9
9.75
13.46
-64.81
24.0
22.0
2.0
-4.89
-0.47
-71.43
22.5
21.1
1.4
21.4
21.0
0.4
Source: Obercom/APCT
Titles audited by APCT, exclusively; includes VAT 5%; data from January
to September; copies efectively sold, multiplied by the cover price
(subscriptions fee not audited and therefore not considered)
586
PORTUGAL
4.c
7.aa
2002
2003
(%)
2004
87.1
12.8
0.1
100
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Postal deliveries
Free distribution
Total
2005
2006
88.0
7.0
5.0
100
41.9
4.5
5.0
100
GDP
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
7.ab
5.a
(%)
Reached
Single copy
Subscription
0.01
61.74
All adults
Men
Women
1.50
-
Source: API
Titles audited by APCT, exclusively;
data January-September
82.3
89.1
76.1
4.9
14.0
20.4
18.8
16.2
12.3
13.4
100
89.4
93.3
93.4
89.9
86.9
78.0
56.3
-
Radio
Television
(minutes per day)

1999
2000
2001
71
182
2002
86
206
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
Non-dailies
12
11
32
67
16
22
-50.00
-67.16
Source: 2004 Obercom/ICS; 2005 Obercom/API; 2006 API

(Portuguese Press Association)
6.b
Newspaper/ Publisher Website

A Bola
Record
Pblico
Expresso
O jogo
Dirio de Notcias
www.abola.pt
www.record.pt
www.publico.pt
www.publico.pt
www.ojogo.pt
www.dn.sapo.pt

2002
2003
2004
69,180
31,581
23,993
23,235
10,590
126,554
47,848
26,228
25,934
11,682
142.0
2000
(Portugal, euro, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
11.5
12.3
12.9
13.0
12.9
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.61
0.62
0.63
0.63
0.61

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
216
71
145
445
54
6
103
5
829
214
69
145
464
54
7
105
4
847
216
69
147
488
55
7
105
5
877
226
74
152
524
59
7
114
5
935
222
73
149
520
56
7
123
8
936
227
74
153
529
57
7
127
12
959
230
74
156
542
58
7
132
18
987
233
75
158
561
60
7
134
26
1,021
After discounts; excludes production costs; includes agency commission; excludes

Source: Marktest, Bareme Radio/Media Monitorl

6.a
130.0
129.0
Source: Sabatina, ZenithOptimedia
Media consumption
1998
Ad expenditure
7.ba
%
% daily reach
group
123.0

(2005)
15-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
5.c
7.ac
Age
116.0
5.b
2004
GDP per capita
(Portugal, euro)
min
max
(Portugal, euro, bln)

2001
2002
2003
Source: Obercom/APCT
Titles audited by APCT exclusively, data from January to September
2000
125,531
83,715
30,592
47,573
-

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
7.f
Banks and other

financial institutions
Vehicles industry
Entertaining and cultural
industry
Paper, graphic art
and publishing industry
Home hygiene
Community services
Telecoms
Pharmacist industry
Commerce
Personal Services
Source: Mediamonitor
Print media
% of display
ad revenue
9.6
8.2
6.7
6.6
5.3
3.6
3.5
2.7
2.6
2.6
Expenditure
(Portugal, euro, 000)
Cofidis SA
Impala-Soc. Editorial Lda
Grupo Caixa Geral
de Depsitos
Cosmtica Activa
Grupo Banco Comercial
Portugues
SIVA-Soc.Importadora
Veiculos Automveis
Grupo Banco Esprito Santo
Santa Casa da Misericrdia
de Lisboa
Banco Cetelem SA
Global Notcias
Publicacoes SA
13,359
10,547
8,555
8,443
7,393
7,380
7,109
6,634
6,437
6,042
Source: Mediamonitor
Print media
587
PORTUGAL
(2006)
8.a
Publisher
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Correio da Manha
Jornal de Notcias
Record
Pblico
24 Horas
O Jogo
Dirio de Notcias
Dirio de Notcias da Madeira
Dirio Econmico
Dirio de Coimbra
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Portuguese
Presselivre
Global Notcias
Edisport
Pblico Comunicacao Social
Global Notcias
Jornalinveste
Global Notcias
Empresa do Dirio de Notcias da Madeira
S.T.&S.F.
A Tipogrfica das Beiras, Ld.
Lidl & Cia.

101,858
Global Notcias
49,133
- Publicacoes, S.A.
Presselivre
31,755
- Imprensa Livre, S.A.
Metro News Publicacoes, Lda. 26,975
Transjornal
26,157
- Edicao de Publicacoes, S.A.
Edisport - Sociedade
22,53
de Publicacoes Desportivas, S.A.
Pblico - Comunicacao
12,732
Social, S.A.
Jornalinveste
11,616
- Comunicacao, S.A.
Publiregioes, Lda.
7,585
Sojornal-Sociedade
4,952
Jornalstica e Editorial, S.A.
Circulation Cover price Format

(000) (Peru, nuevo sol)
117
98
83
47
43
43
37
16
13
9
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.90
0.70
0.75
0.90
0.60
1.50
0.70
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Source: APCT / API

Titles audited by APCT, exclusively; data January-September
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Jornal Destak
Metro 2
Portuguese
Portuguese
Metro News Publicacoes

Transjornal 3
Source: APCT
Titles audited by APCT, exclusively; data
January-September; total circulation per
year (January-September), including free
and paid-for distribution
Circulation 1
(000)
Format
168
158
Tabloid
Tabloid
Source: APCT
1
Data January-September
Lisbon, Porto
3
Grupo Media Capital, SGPS, SA / Metro International
2
9.a
Employment
11.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4,071 4,071 5,861
43.97
Source: 2004 Obercom, DETEFP, Comissao de Carteira de Journalistas; 2005

Obercom/Comissao da Carteira de Jornalistas; 2006 Comissao da Carteira de
Jornalistas
10.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
42
1
41
40
1
39
39
1
38
43
1
42
50
1
49
19.05
0.00
19.51
16.28
0.00
16.67
Source: 2002 Obercom; 2003-2004 Obercom (based on ICS registrations and APCT
data); 2006 APCT / API
Titles audited by APCT, exclusively; data January-September
APCT
Marktest
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Research
Methodology
PROJECTO DE INVESTIGACAO TOTTA/UTL/03
MEDIA E COMUNICACOES has been
approaching the press sector in the most comprehensive
way, in order to cover as many areas as possible.
INE for national population data, APCT for circulation
and printing control and Marktest for audiences are the
main data suppliers for World Press Trebnds. They all
have different methodologies:
INE
The basis of the national data is a census, applied every
ten years to all Portuguese residents. Data has been used
from last census, in 2001.
APCT
APCT has been a Member of the International
Federation of Audit Bureaux of Circulations (IFABC)
since 1989. As an association, APCT only audits titles
that have been inscribed by its associates. These can be
editors of periodic publications, advertising agencies,
media purchasing centrals and advertisers. Data is
presented only to associates and it is not crossed.
588
PORTUGAL
In 2006, APCT audited 50 newspapers. For each
publication and per month, several items are audited,
namely:
- circulation (average per issue)
- printed issues
- free distribution
- sales
Marktest
For the press sector, in terms of audiences and shares
crossed with demographic variables, Marktest publishes
Bareme-Imprensa. The universe of this study contains
all individuals of 15+, living in Portugal (continent).
The used sample has been weighed. It is proportional in
terms of Sex and Day of the Week, but not in terms of
Age and Region. These last non-proportionalities derive
from the fact that Census 2001 (INE) revealed that
Portuguese population is growing old and therefore the
weight of the older segments have been increased in the
sample; for the same reason, in urban areas namely
Lisbon and Oporto there is over-sampling.
The sample is distributed in three applications (every
three months) of 5,040 interviews each, evenly
distributed by weekdays. The questionnaire is
structured, with different types of questions (closed,
semi-closed and open). Data is thus daily and
continuously collected, between 5 p.m. and 10 p.m.,
using CATI (Computer Assisted Telephonic
Interviews).
There is a random selection of homes, from a phone
number database. The choice of the person to interview
is based upon sex and age criteria. Interviews are
conducted by a team of 50 people, specially trained. All
the collected data are submitted to quality control, by
supervision and consistency validation.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
21
5
5
21
5
21
21
25
25
Source: API
Subsidies generally
13.a

Yes, there is one subsidy: Incentive for Multimedia
Development and Entrepreneurship
Source: ICS
13.b
Direct subsidies
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
1.22
1.56
0.97
0.34
0.27
-77.87
-20.59
Source: ICS
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Discount rate (%)

0
Source: ICS
1
Special rates
589
PORTUGAL
15.a

companies?
Yes. A brief overview of the legal framework applicable
to media concentration (currently under revision)
follows:
Constitution of the Portuguese Republic
According to Article 38 (Freedom of the press and mass
media), Paragraph 4, the State shall guarantee the
freedom and independence of the mass media from
political and economic powers; it shall impose the
principle of speciality upon companies that own general
information media; it shall treat and support those
companies in a non-discriminatory manner and shall
prevent their concentration, in particular through
multiple or inter-locking financial interests.
Media Regulator
The new Media Regulator (Law No. 53/2005 of 8
November 2005), called ERC - Entidade Reguladora
para a Comunicacao Social (unofficial translation
Regulatory Entity for the Mass Media), in substitution
of the previous High Authority for the Mass Media,
shall guarantee the right of information and the freedom
of the press (in a broad concept). The Media Regulator
shall prevent the media concentration (by media shall
be understood the entities engaged in media activities),
with regard to the safeguard of pluralism and diversity,
without prejudice of specific competences of
Competition Regulator.
Press Act
According to the Press Act (Law no. 2/99 of 13 January
1999, amended by Declaration of Rectification no.
9/99, of 4 March 1999) the general law on the defence
and promotion of competition shall apply to newspaper
or press companies, namely with regard to prohibited
practices, in particular abuse of dominant position and
mergers (Paragraph 3 of Article 4).
The State is obliged to arrange for prior and compulsory
registration, with public access, of portuguese periodical
publications, national journalistic companies (indicating
the shareholders) and national news companies (Article
5 Freedom of the press). The registers referred to in
the preceding paragraph are ruled by the Executive
Decree (Decreto Regulamentar) No. 8/99, of 9th June,
amended by Declaration of Rectification No. 10BC/99, of 30th June.
590
The new Media Regulator - ERC - Entidade

Reguladora para a Comunicacao Social, is now the
public entity in charge of the media register; until now
the Institute for the Media (Instituto da Comunicacao
Social) was the public body in charge.
Periodical publications shall also contain, on a page
predominantly filled with news reports, the registration
number of the title, the name, trade or company name
of the owner, the legal person registration number, the
names of the directors or similar officers and
shareholders with more than 10% of the companys
capital, the domicile or head office of the publisher,
printer and editorial office, and print run. (Paragraph 2
of Article 15)
In journalistic companies owning periodical
publications incorporated in the form of a limited
liability corporation, the shares shall be nominative.
A list of the shareholders indicating their respective
holdings, together with a list of the publications owned
by such companies, or by other organizations belonging
to the same group, shall be disclosed in all periodical
publications owned by such companies during the
month of April, and also forwarded to the Media
Regulator. Journalistic companies are required to
include, in the periodical publication which they own
with the largest print run, and until the end of the first
semester of each year, their annual report and accounts,
indicating the source of financial movements derived
from equity or loan capital. (Article 16)
Competition regulation
Law No. 18/2003, of 11 June, approving the legal
framework for competition (in particular Chapter I
(The rules of competition), Section III (Concentrations
between undertakings).
No
same locality?
No. There is no media cross ownership regulation.
A merger of daily newspaper or periodical publishers
with a radio or television operators in the same locality
shall be analysed according to the rules of Law No.
18/2003, of 11 June (legal framework for competition),
without prejudice of the general protection of the
pluralism and diversity as foreseen in the Constitution
of the Portuguese Republic (Article 38, Freedom of the
press and mass media, Paragraph 4).
PORTUGAL
So as to guarantee disclosure and transparency in the
capital structure and to avoid silent partners, is there any
law or rule permitting in any event the possibility of
finding out who are the actual owners of a publishing
company?
Yes, regarding Portuguese periodical publications,
national journalistic companies and national news
companies.
As mentioned in the answer to the question No. 1, the
Portuguese State is obliged to arrange for prior and
compulsory registration, with public access, of
Portuguese periodical publications, national journalistic
companies (indicating the shareholders) and national
news companies (Article 5, Press Act). The public
register is managed by the Media Regulator ERC Entidade Reguladora para a Comunicacao Social.
Periodical publications shall contain, on a page
predominantly filled with news reports, the registration
number of the title, the name, trade or company name
of the owner, the legal person registration number, the
names of the directors or similar officers and
shareholders with more than 10% of the companys
capital, the domicile or head office of the publisher,
printer and editorial office, and print run. (Paragraph 2
of Article 15, Press Act)
In journalistic companies owning periodical
publications incorporated in the form of a limited
liability corporation, the shares shall be nominative.
A list of the shareholders indicating their respective

holdings, together with a list of the publications owned
by such companies, or by other organizations belonging
to the same group, shall be disclosed in all periodical
publications owned by such companies during the
month of April, and also forwarded to the Media
Regulator ERC - Entidade Reguladora para
a Comunicacao Social.
Journalistic companies are required to include, in the
periodical publication which they own with the largest
print run, and until the end of the first semester of each
year, their annual report and accounts, indicating the
source of financial movements derived from equity or
loan capital. (Article 16, Press Act)
press?
There is no specific antitrust law for the press sector in
Portugal. A concentration in the daily press shall be
analysed according to the rules of Law No. 18/2003, of
11 June (legal framework for competition), without
prejudice of the general protection of the pluralism and
diversity as foreseen in the Constitution of the
Portuguese Republic (Article 38, Freedom of the press
and mass media, Paragraph 4), and the legal
competences of the Media Regulator.
Yes. A proposal on a Media Concentration Law was to
be presented by the Government in the first half 2006.
Horizontal, vertical and diagonal concentration limits
on the media sector (broad concept) can be foreseen.
591
PUERTO RICO
A diverse industrial sector has far surpassed agriculture as
the primary locus of economic activity and income.
Sugar production has lost out to dairy production and
other livestock products as the main source of income in
the agricultural sector. Tourism has traditionally been an
important source of income. The inflation rate was

Broadcasting is regulated by the US Federal
Communications Commission (FCC). Home-grown
comedies, talk shows, and Spanish-language soaps are
staple fare on local TV stations. News and talk and
Spanish-language pop music are among the most
popular radio formats. The multichannel offerings of
cable TV are widely available.
There are four national daily newspapers, of which El
Nuevo Dia has the largest circulation.

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
579
580
580
580
586
1.21
1.03

5.c

2.a
Media consumption
2001
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
838
2,585
504
3,927
21
66
13
100
Male
000
429
1,239
218
1,886
23
66
12
100
Female
000
%
409
1,346
286
2,041
20
66
14
100
Social class
A
B
C
D
Total
All adults
000
309
621
953
1,237
3,120
Source: Census 2000, ZenithOptimedia

Definition of adult status:
A = annual income of USD50,000
or more
B = annual income of USD30,000USD49,999
C = annual income of USD15,500USD29,999
D = annual income of USD8,000USD15,499
E = annual income of less than
USD8,000
592
under 7,500
7,500-14,999
15,000-29,999
30,000+
Total
All adults
000
%
1,237
953
621
309
3,120
40
30
20
10
100
2005
240
390
45

2001
2002
2003
2004
2005

Annual income
(USD)
Source: Radio: Arbitron; television: TV stations; internet: TGI 2004-2,

ZenithOptimedia
7.aa

and sex (2005)
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
GDP
67.9
69.3
74.4
78.0
84.0

7.ab

2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
GDP per capita
15.5
17.2
17.6
18.9
20.2
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
2.56
2.49
2.42
2.00
1.74

7.ac
Ad expenditure
PUERTO RICO
7.ba

(United States of America, dollar, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor 1
Internet
Total
559
605 647
508
549 587
51
56
60
1,104 1,109 1,096
119
100 107
10.8 10.1 8.0
38
40
32
0.9
1.2
1.4
1,831 1,865 1,891
624
572
52
1,046
121
9.0
35
1.4
1,836
617
635
653
672
562
578
595
612
55
57
58
60
994 1,044 1,096 1,151
114
117
120
123
8.8
9.0
9.0
9.0
34
34
35
36
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.5
1,769 1,840 1,915 1,993
Source: PRS, AdTrack, ZenithOptimedia

Before discounts; includes agency commission (15%-20%); includes classified
advertising; excludes production costs
1
Including Transport
Top owners (2005)
8.ba
Owners
Title
Language
El Nuevo Dia - Antonio L. Ferr

Primera Hora - Antonio L. Ferr
El Vocero - Gaspar Roca
San Juan Star - Gerardo Angulo
Caribbean Business - Manuel Casiano
La Estrella de PR - Narciso Pete Currs
La Semana - Fam. Martnez Prez
La Perla - Juan J. Noguera
El Nuevo Dia
El Vocero
Primera Hora
The San Juan Star
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish

categories (2005)

(2004)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Expenditure
Services & institutions

Retail
Auto
Media, travel
& entertainment
General
Health & beauty
Beverages & tobacco
Food
Clothing & footwear
Paper & plastic products
Sears
JC Penney
Pitusa
Banco Popular de PR
Doral Mortgage
RG Mortgage
K Mart
Walgreens
Verizon Wireless
Cingular Wireless
237,600
142,700
95,300
60,300
11,400
11,300
4,600
3,600
700
200
13,511
7,448
7,308
6,677
5,831
4,270
4,136
4,134
4,069
3,971
Source: Mediafax
Source: Mediafax, ZenithOptimedia

Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
206
144
131
105
1,051
620
656
105
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
6,240
5,460
4,290
5,184
8,240
7,060
5,890
7,184
2005 data
593
QATAR
Oil and gas account for more than 60% of GDP, roughly
85% of export earnings, and 70% of government
revenues. Oil and gas have given Qatar a per capita GDP
about 80% of that of the leading Western European
industrial countries. Proved oil reserves of more than 15
billion barrels should ensure continued ouput at current
levels for 23 years. Qatar has become one of the fastest
growing and highest per-capita income countries in the
world. The inflation rate was estimated at 7.2% in 2006.
Because at least 75 percent of the population is nonQatari, there is a decent representation in the local
media of their interests and concerns. There are
newspapers in foreign languages, such as Nepalese and
English, to reach out to the expatriate community.
Coverage of community news in English and Arabic
newspapers is also widely evident.
Major Gulf and Arabic newspapers like Al Hayat and Al
Quds Al Arabi and foreign ones like The International
Herald Tribune and The Times are also available.

There are two broadcast networks, the public Qatar Advertising
Radio and Television Corporation (QRTC) and the Pan- Revenues for private media in Qatar are mainly confined
Arab Al Jazeera, which is financed by the State of Qatar. to advertising. Advertising agencies are quite active in
Qatar, and various international brands seek to have
The main local television channel is Qatar TV and Al- their advertisements published sometimes evenly among
Kass football channel (official channel for the countrys the main newspapers. This has been a major boost for
football league). Both channels are run by the states the media market and has raised profits considerably.
public broadcast network, QRTC. Al Jazeera broadcasts
the main news channel, Al Jazeera Children, Al Jazeera The main advertisers in Qatar include Qatar Airways,
Sports (two open-air channels), and Al Jazeera Live.
Qatar Petroleum, Qatar Electricity and Water Company,
Public Telecommunications Corporation, Qatar
Although Al Jazeera is an outward-oriented media Fertilizer Company, and many others.
organization that targets Arabic-speaking viewers
globally, its impact on local Qatari media organizations Circulation
has been significant. The introduction of the channel The fact that purchasing power parity in Qatar is high
raised the overall standards of journalists working in makes it possible for residents to subscribe to more than
Qatar and encouraged local media establishments to one newspaper, helping newspapers to increase
report more professionally and critically. Furthermore, circulation amid healthy competition. However,
the exchange of expertise and staff between the channel circulation numbers are not high, given the small
and local media has also contributed to building bridges population of Qatar.
between the two sides.
The fact that more foreigners than Arabs reside in Qatar
The main radio station is Qatar Radio (general has naturally resulted in higher circulation for English
program), which is in Arabic. But there are also radio language newspapers.
programs broadcast on separate waves during specific
hours of the day in English, French, and Urdu.
However, there are no independently verifiable formal
circulation and broadcast ratings systems available.
There is only one news agency in Qatar, which is
controlled by the state and usually offers material that is Readership
strictly official in nature.
Readership is estimated at 10 percent of the population.
Newspapers are not state-owned; however, the owners or
board members generally are either high-level
government officials or have ties to government officials.
Qatar has three Arabic-language and two English
language daily newspapers. Locally published Arabic
newspapers are Al Rayah, the oldest Qatari paper, Al
Sharq, and Al Watan. The two English-language
newspapers are the Gulf Times and The Peninsula. The
former was the first English language newspaper in
Qatar and is published by the same group as Al Rayah.
The Peninsula is a relatively recent arrival and is
published by the same house as Al Sharq.
594

The government restricted the peaceful expression of
views via the Internet and censored the Internet for
political, religious, and pornographic content through
a proxy server, which monitored and blocked Web sites,
e-mail, and chat rooms through the state-owned Internet
Service Provider. For example, the Arab Times, an ArabAmerican online newspaper, which at times published
articles critical of the government, was not available to
users in the country.
Ownership
Media corporations in Qatar are local businesses with no
foreign investment. However, there are plans to establish
QATAR
a media city, which could allow foreign investment in
the media.
All the major private media corporations are owned
mainly by members of the royal family and enjoy
a wealth of financial and marketing resources.
There is full transparency in media ownership, and
readers are able to learn about the shareholders easily.
Media / Press Laws
The censorship office in the Qatar Radio and Television
Corporation and customs officials screened and
censored material deemed hostile to Islam, reports on
government policies, the ruling family, and
pornography. Copies of foreign newspapers and
magazines were reviewed and censored for religious,
political, and explicit sexual content.
The law provides for criminal penalties and jail
sentences for libel and slander. All cases involving the
media fall under the jurisdiction of the criminal courts.
Sources of newsprint and printing facilities in Qatar are
in private hands and are unrestricted. The business
activity in the form of importing newsprint paper, ink,
and other material is open and seamless.
Channels of media distribution (kiosks, transmitters,

Internet) are all private, apolitical, and unrestricted.
Distribution of daily newspapers is done by the
newspapers themselves, which also provide distribution
services for smaller magazines. The government does not
interfere in the distribution process, and there were no
reports of government intervention or withdrawal of any
edition already in the market.
Other Factors
Corruption in the journalism field is almost
nonexistent, as pay levels for journalists are quite high
compared with other Gulf Cooperation Council
countries. The high pay in Qatar was enough to attract
many highly qualified journalists and media
professionals from around the world. Most employees in
Arabic-language newspapers come from Sudan, Egypt,
Lebanon, and Jordan, while English-language
newspapers employ mainly Asian expatriates with
competitive salaries. Without doubt, Al Jazeera remains
the single biggest employer of media professionals in the
Gulf Cooperation Council.
There is only one academic program in Qatar that offers
a BA degree in Mass Communication and Information
Science, and it is taught at Qatar Universitys College of
Arts and Sciences.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
207
646
32
885
23
73
4
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
106
447
24
577
18
77
4
100
101
199
8
308
33
65
3
100
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
3.a
Households
000
99
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
60
65
70
81
81
35.00
0.00
595
QATAR
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Qatar, rial, bln)

2003
2004
2005
63.6
63.8
81.8
2006

2002
GDP per capita
(Qatar, rial, 000)

2003
2004
2005
94.6
2006
107.0
2002
2003
2005
2006
8.ba
0.29
0.33
0.39
Title
2,295
1,688
1,466
1,339
1,128
1,124
812
699
624
564
317.4
315.6
1.8
20.4
3.3
2.5
343.6
412.8 371.6 401.1 397.1

410.6 369.5 398.9 394.9
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
21.1 14.9 12.7
9.8
4.4
3.6
4.0
3.6
3.6
2.9
3.3
2.9
442.5 393.1 420.8 413.5
Nissan
Chevrolet
Q-Tel
McDonalds
Toyota
Doha Bank
Qatar Airways
Qatar National Bank
Ford
Emirates
Expenditure
(Qatar, rial, 000)
1,206
640
559
495
419
408
347
320
312
295
Source: PARC

Language Publisher
Al-Rayah
Arabic
Gulf Times
English
The Peninsula English
(Qatar, rial, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
164.2
160.9
2.9
17.8
182.0
Expenditure
(Qatar, rial, 000)
Source: PARC
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Outdoor
Total
Passenger cars
Watches
Road vehicle range
Fast food outlets
Department stores
Four-wheel drive
Airline
Fashion accessories
Retail
Communications
(%)
2004

7.ba
Advertiser
Ad expenditure
Advertising sector

7.ac

(2000)
95.3

7.ab

categories (2000)
Al Sharq
Arabic
Al Watan
Arabic
Gulf Publishing & Printing Corporation

Gulf Publishing & Printing Corporation
Dar al Sharq for Printing, Publishing
& Distribution
Dar al Sharq for Printing, Publishing
& Distribution
Dar al Watan for Printing, Publishing
& Distribution
Circulation (000)
18
18
18
15
15
596
REUNION
The economy has traditionally been based on
agriculture, but services now dominate. Sugarcane has
been the primary crop for more than a century, and in
some years it accounts for 85% of exports.
The economic well-being of Reunion depends heavily
on continued financial assistance from France.

TV and radio services are provided by the French public
overseas broadcaster, RFO.
There are three daily newspapers, an economic
fortnightly Le Mmnto established in 1971 and
a business magazine EcoAustral launched in 1987.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
70
70
70
73
73
4.29
0.00

7.aa

2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
GDP
3.5
3.8

8.ba
Title

2.a
Language Publisher
Le Quotidien
French
de la Runion 1
Journal de lIle
French
de la Runion (J.I.R.) 2
Tmoignages 3
French
Circulation (000)
36
Le Journal
de lIle de la Runion S.A. 4
-
31
6
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
235
504
49
788
30
64
6
100
Male
000
120
249
20
389
31
64
5
100
Female
000
%
115
255
29
399
29
64
7
100
Launched in 1976
Launched in 1951
3
Launched in 1944
4
Le Groupe Hersant Mdia, known as France-Antilles group before October 2006
2
597
ROMANIA
In 2006, GDP grew by 7.7% compared to 2005. This is
the seventh consecutive year of positive economic
growth.
Readership
Following sales trends, quality dailies readership is
continuously decreasing. Sport dailies also lost readers in
2006.

There are still no afternoon or evening papers.
The tabloid Libertatea has the most stable readership,

with a slight increase.

In May 2006, the free daily Compact was launched in
the capital city, Bucharest. The paper is distributed
through urban transportation stations.
Starting in October 2006, BRAT (Romanian Audit

Bureau of Circulation) has measured readership in all
urban areas. Earlier, it was measured in cities over
50,000 inhabitants.
Compact followed the launches of two free dailies in the Online / Digital Publishing
West Romania, in the cities of Arad and Timisoara, in Online editions are winning readers continuously. With
the second half 2005.
the exception of Ziarul Financiar, a business daily, all
online editions are free of charge. Journalists blogs,
Advertising
created within online editions of newspapers, have been
Gross (rate card) advertising revenues of newspapers very successful. In Romania, this trend was initiated by
increased by 13.4% in 2006 compared to 2005; the the sports daily Gazeta Sporturilor.
increase consisted of an 11.2% increase for national
dailies and 16.4% for local newspapers. The growth Ownership
results mainly from the increase of rate card prices.
2006 was the year of acquisition and consolidation in
Romanian print media.
2006 was the last year when rate cards were expressed in
euros. Beginning in 2007, all important media In May 2006, Sorin Ovidiu Vantu, businessman and
companies announced their switch to national currency owner of Realitatea TV and Monney Channel,
(RON).
announced the acquisition of Catavencu Group,
publisher of the national daily Cotidianul, their political
Circulation
satire weekly Academia Catavencu, and several other
Based on the type of newspaper, trends vary. Quality niche magazines.
dailies circulation is going down. Sports dailies have
a stable circulation. On the other side, tabloids Also in May 2006, MediaPro Group bought, via
circulation is increasing. Libertatea, the best-sold Publimedia International, the print division of Gandul
Romanian daily, reached a record high in March 2006, Daily, launched in 2005 by the ex-team of Adevarul.
selling over 300,000 copies per issue.
At the end of June 2006, the businessman Dinu Patriciu
An interesting marketing strategy was used by announced the acquisition of the main part of Adevarul
Cotidianul (Realitatea Catavencu Group). Starting in and the founding of Adevarul Holding. In October,
September 2006, Cotidianul was sold with an important Adevarul Holding took over Averea, a tabloid daily,
universal literature book, at a promotional price which is going to be relaunched in 2007 under the name
(3 RON, less than 1 EUR), every Wednesday. The Click!. Click! has positioned itself as the main
campaign was a huge success. Every Wednesday, the competitor of Libertatea, where the editorial team came
print run was twice as high as usual and return copies from.
represented 5% of the print run. The campaign will
continue in 2007.
A new player on the local press market, EMI
Deutschland, part of Arbomedia, started the acquisition
of some local publications; the most important was
Ziarul de Iasi with a circulation of 10,000 copies per
issue.
Source: Grup Realitatea Catavencu
598
ROMANIA
(2002)
2.cb
(2002)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
1,384
1,952
1,666
1,304
1,012
7,318
19
27
23
18
14
100
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
Total
3,214
4,106
7,320
44
56
100
Source: 2002 Census of Romania,

Romanian Institute of Statistics
Source: 2002 Census of Romania,

Romanian Institute of Statistics
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2.a
Age
0-14
15-19
20-24
25-29
30-34
35-39
40-44
45-49
50-54
55-59
60-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,464
1,636
1,739
1,688
1,927
1,178
1,437
1,589
1,414
1,051
1,142
3,049
21,314
16
8
8
8
9
6
7
7
7
5
5
14
100
Male
000
1,773
838
887
859
972
592
714
780
685
498
521
1,264
10,383
17
8
9
8
9
6
7
8
7
5
5
12
100
Female
000
%
1,691
798
852
829
955
586
723
809
729
553
621
1,785
10,931
15
7
8
8
9
5
7
7
7
5
6
16
100
Source: 2002 Census of Romania, Romanian Institute of Statistics

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
2,176
517
3,008
1,931
1,407
9,039
24
6
33
21
16
100
Male
000
998
255
1,464
1,001
665
4,383
23
6
33
23
15
100
Female
000
%
1,177
262
1,544
930
743
4,656
25
6
33
20
16
100
Total dailies
24
24
10
Regional and local
14
paid-for dailies
24
Total free dailies
Regional and local free dailies Total paid-for non-dailies 1 National paid-for non-dailies Regional and local
3
3
35
35
11
24
51
51
14
37
48
46
17
42
64
61
18
43
166.67
154.17
80.00
207.14
33.33
32.61
5.88
2.38
35
-
51
-
46
2
2
17
7
10
61
3
3
-
154.17
-
32.61
50.00
50.00
-
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
66.67
66.67
25.00
25.00
Source: Romanian Audit Bureau of Circulations (BRAT)

All dailies in Romania are morning papers
Figures refer only to the titles that are members of BRAT; in fact, there are
20 national dailies and more than 200 local and regional newspapers
1
Weeklies
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 1 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local free dailies
Regional and local
1,148 1,135 1,576

1,148 1,105 1,389
897
846 1,062
251
259 327
30
30
317
193
124
297
297
38.85
25.70
25.53
26.25
187
187
235
187
48
523.33
523.33
-25.87
-3.11
-61.29
361
361
21.55
21.55
Source: 2004-2005 Romanian Audit Bureau of Circulations (BRAT); 2006 BRAT

(Sundays); 2004-2006 WAN assessment (free dailies); 2006 WAN assessment except
Sundays
1
Figures on paid-for dailies and paid-for non-dailies are WAN assessment based on
average circulation of 34 dailies and 12 non-dailies which only had complete
circulation data audited by BRAT for 2006 before this book went to print; in fact,
there are 20 national dailies and more than 200 local and regional newspapers
599
Source: NRS Romania, October 2005-October 2006

All urban; 14-64 years old
(no other earners)
ROMANIA
5.a

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
Age
50.8 1
58.4 2
43.8 3
49.5 4
14-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
Source: NRS Romania

Urban over 50,000 inhabitants,
14-64 years old; covering 42 dailies
(13 national, 29 local and regional)
For all urban areas: 46.7%
2
3
4
40.1
49.1
50.3
48.9
44.9
-
(Romanian leu, bln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
7.c
Radio
Television
1,227.4
750.1
477,3
3,409.6
221,6
23.9
341.0
17.0
5,223.4
1,638.8
1,003.3
635,5
4,347.8
401,3
33.4
401.3
33.4
6,822.7
2002
(Romanian leu, mln)

2003
2004 2005
Gazeta Sporturilor /Intact

Pro Sport / Ringier Romania
Evenimentul zilei
/ Ringier Romania
Libertatea/ Ringier Romania
Jurnalul National / Intact
www.gsp.ro
www.prosport.ro
www.evz.ro
2,266
1,745
1,513
www.libertatea.ro
www.jurnalul.ro
1,509
823
Total paid-for dailies 2,971,519.1 3,692,006.9 5,565121.0 4,868,750.3 5,196,135.2 74.86

National paid-for dailies 1,485,759.6 1,846,003.4 2,782,543.8 2,434,375.2 2,598,081.7 74.87
Regional and local
623,519.1 993,443.2 1,660,001.2 1,844,408.6 2,060,446.5 230.45
paid-for dailies
261
224
7.d

2002
In colour
Total
2002
(Romanian leu, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
151.0
189.0
342.5
229.0
287.2
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 National Institute of Statistics
2000
(Romanian leu, 000)

2001
2002
2003
3,576.0 5,204.0 6,756.0 8,467.0 10,242.0
Ad expenditure
5,699 7,553 10,204 10,656 12,479

10,501 11,944 14,488 14,169 15,571
Source: Alfacont Mediatrack. The following advertising categories excluded:

newspapers and magazines, television and radio stations; 2006 in national
daillies and Sundays; 2005 in national dailies
2004

7.ac

2003
2004
2005
2006

GDP per capita
6.72
6.72
11.71
Rate card values, classified ads excluded; the following advertising categories
excluded: newspapers and magazines, TV stations and radio stations; rate card
figures ; typical percentage discount available to advertisers from rate card
is around 50% in national dailies and sometimes amounts to 90% in local
newspapers.
Source: 2006, www.trafic.ro
7.ab
Change (%)
2006 2006/02 2006/05
Source: Alfacont Mediatrack
Website
GDP
2,404.4 3,094.3 3,922.2 4,535.7

1,109.7 1,335.8 1,899.4 2,201.8
1,294.7 1,758.5 2,022.7 2,333.9
7,794.4 10,521.7 13,152.1 15,782.5
780,9 954,1 1,165.5 1,423.8
85.1
99.8 117.4 138.0
898.3 807.3 968.8 1,162.6
164.4 246.6 346.4 484.4
12,127.5 15,723.8 19,672.4 23,527.0
2004
7.aa
1,975.8
1,009.9
965,9
5,528
587,1
67.5
780.9
82.2
9,021.5
Excludes classified; excludes production costs; excludes agency commission;

exchange rate used: 1 USD = 29,357.41 ROL (2005)
Media consumption
(minutes per day)
2001
2002
2003
1,091.1
682.0
409,2
2,557.4
204,6
17.0
409.2
4,279.3
Source: AGB Data Research, Alfacont Mediawatch, OANDA , ZenithOptimedia
All urban; 14-64 years old
2000
6.b
19.3
23.5
21.9
22.1
13.1
100
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
Source: NRS Romania, October 2005October 2006
5.c
%
% daily reach
group
7.ba
Display
Inserts
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
99.89
0.11
100
99.89
0.11
100
99.42
0.58
100
99.14
0.86
100
99.10
0.90
100

2002
2003
(%)
2004
0.27
0.26
0.30
2005
2006
0.32
0.43
Following advertising categories excluded: newspapers and magazines, television

and radio stations.
600
ROMANIA
categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Romanian leu, 000)
Advertiser
Mobile telecommunications 15,119.3

Banks & banking services
10,699.5
Cars
6,227.0
Stores, comercial centres,
5,937.7
supermarkets
Government/Municipalities 5,138.8
Doors/ window
2,937.0
Real estate
2,746.0
Brand Group Adv./ing
2,264.0
Automotives/motorcycles/boats
Insurance company
2,242.3
Universities & colleges
1,875.4
Vodafone
Orange
Romtelecom
Cosmote
Banca Romaneasca SA
Banca Comerciala Romana
Raiffeisen Group
Renault Nissan Romania
Petrom
Banca Romana
Pentru Dezvoltare
Rate card figures; following

advertising categories excluded:
newspapers and magazines,
TV stations, radio stations; in national
dailies and Sundays and regional
dailies and weeklies.
Rate card values; the following

advertising categories excluded:
newspapers and magazines, radio
stations, TV stations, other services,
other events; in national dailies and
Sundays and daily and weekly regional
newspapers.
8.ba
Expenditure
(Romanian leu, 000)
6,638.6
6,376.2
1,935.0
1,612.4
1,518.6
1,503.8
1,408.1
1,288.8
1,046.7
1,025.2
8.a
Publisher
Ringier Romania
Intact
Inform Media
Societatea R
Publimedia Intl
Adevarul Holding
Media Sud Management
Ziarul CN
Ziua
Solpress
Titles
407
155
72
57
53
45
31
23
21
12
3
2
6
1
3
2
2
1
1
2
Source: BRAT
Total circulation of paid-for dailies
Title
Language
Libertatea
Jurnalul National
PRO Sport
Gazeta Sporturilor
Evenimentul Zilei
Romnia libera
Gandul
Adevarul
Ziarul
Ziua
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Romanian
Publisher
Ringier
Intact
Ringier
Intact
Ringier
Societatea R
Media Pro 2
Adevarul Holding
Ziarul CN
Ziua
Circulation 1
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Romanian leu)
262
83
76
72
69
57
32
25
23
21
1,401
942
630
847
737
316
225
467
178
256
0.50
1.10
0.60
0.70
0.80
1.00
0.90
0.95
0.50
0.80
Format
Tabloid
Berliner
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Berliner
Broadsheet 3
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Romanian leu)
4,744
4,650
3,197
3,314
2,700
2,504
2,550
2,850
7,484
7,200
5,068
6,704
6,040
4,950
4,272
3,900
3,850
4,700
Source: Readership: NRS Romania, October 2005-October 2006; Circulation: BRAT, Jan-Sept 2006
1
2006, All urban; 14-64 years old

From May 2006
3
North American format (54.6 x 30.4)
2
8.bb
Title
Language
Compact Bucuresti Romanian

Timis Expres
Romanian
Arad Expres
Romanian
Publisher
Ringier Romania
Inform Media
Inform Media
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
148 1
25 2
14 3
41
Format
Tabloid
A4
A4
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Romanian leu)
1,680
2,352
Source: 2006, BRAT

1
BRAT, May-June 2006

BRAT Jan-June 2006
3
BRAT Jan-Sept 2006
2
601
ROMANIA
11.
Research
15.a
BRAT Biroul Roman de Audit al Tirajelor (Romanian
Audit Bureau of Circulations)
BRAT - National Readership Survey (SNA)
Methodology
Continuous survey conducted on a sample of 22,000
interviews per year. Survey results are published
quarterly, always on annual basis (rolling over). The
universe of the study consists of individuals aged 14-64,
all urban, able to speak and understand Romanian.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
19
602
9
9
19
19
19
19
16
16

companies?
No
No
No
press?
Yes, but restrictions are unclear.
Perhaps no details yet.
RUSSIA
The economic growth rate exceeds that of developed and
developing countries. The estimated volume of
investment in the media industry reached as much as
USD 2 billion in 2006, which is a 10-year record.
to the forecast of the Guild of Press Publishers, in four

years it will double and exceed USD3 billion.
In 2006 the advertising share of print media did not

change (approx. 28%), although newspapers remain one
of the slowest growing segments in comparison to other
media (newspapers 19%, magazines 22%, TV 36%,
There are virtually no evening newspapers in Russia, nor radio 17%, internet 67%, outdoor 30%). Newspapers'
are there papers on Sundays, mainly due to problems share compared to other media channels declined from
with logistics and distribution. Local and regional dailies 6% in 2004 to 5% in 2006.
are rare and in the majority of regions are replaced by
Moscow-based newspaper chains with localized content, Due to legal limitations on TV advertising volume in the
like KP, or Tvoy Den. Local and regional newspapers in second half of 2006, newspapers experienced an
most cases survive on financial subsidies from local unexpected spurt in ad revenues attracting 19% more
authorities; hence they can be considered real market money from advertising budgets against 2005 (while
actors in exceptional cases only. Most of them are experts would have earlier forecast a growth rate of 15%
old-fashioned and of considerably low quality, and are or less).
unsuccessful in attracting advertising. On the contrary,
pure advertising newspaper titles (shoppers) are usually In July 2006 a new Advertising Law was adopted, which
profitable.
significantly influenced the situation of print media
advertising, and newspaper advertising in particular.
This law legalizes alcohol advertising in print media and
Until recently there were no free mass market general imposes significant restrictions on volumes of TV
interest dailies in Russia, except the English-language advertisement.
paper, The Moscow Times, in Moscow. In 2006 several
free newspaper titles were launched (or re-launched), Circulation
like Metro in St. Petersburg, and Gazeta Metro in Official circulation data is available only for several
Moscow, and Tvoj Rayon (weekly).
dozen leading titles registered with the National
Circulation Service.
The popular national weekly tabloid, Zhizn (scandals,
celebrities, etc.), was re-launched as two separate titles Readership
a daily tabloid, Tvoj Den, and a weekly, Zhizn Za Vsyu Increasing the number of titles does not affect readership
Nedelyu.
figures. Newspaper reach remains stable but quite low approximately 11% of adults living in cities.
National market leaders continue to expand their
regional editions through the launching of localized Online / Digital Publishing
versions of national and inter-regional titles.
All national and major regional titles have online
versions. Generally, market leaders follow a strategy of
Advertising
converting their online versions into full-fledged
In 2006, the advertising market continued to grow: Internet portals, attractive not only to their readers, but
+28% compared to 2005.
to other Internet users as well. In 2006 all national
circulation and readership leaders put a lot of effort into
According to the Association of Russian promoting their online products. Hence, the website
Communication Agencies (ACAR), in 2006 the Russian www.kp.ru of the leading offline newspaper,
advertising market grew by 29%, reaching USD6.5 Komsomolskaya Pravda, last year reached an average of
billion. The ad spending growth rate still significantly 18 million page views monthly.
exceeds corresponding figures in most of the developed
countries.
Pure online media projects (without offline versions)
represent another growing part of the internet media
Internet advertising is the leader in terms of growth, landscape. New online news resources have been
though its net volume remains moderate compared to launched, e.g., www.vz.ru. Some have launched offline
other media channels (67% growth in 2006 and as much versions of their media, e.g., RBC Daily, launched on
as USD100 million).
the basis of a popular business portal, www.rbc.ru, and
their online title www.rbcdaily.ru.
Advertising in print media grew much slower (18% in
2006 against 2005) compared to the whole market; in Publishers tend to use mobile and other digital
2006 it reached USD1.64 billion. Although, according technologies quite actively to provide extra services to
603
RUSSIA
Media / Press Laws
The Council of the Federation, a higher chamber of the
Russian parliament, is preparing amendments to the law
on mass media, intending to raise the responsibility of
journalists for published materials, liability for incorrect
Ownership
information, and for provoking international and inter2006 can be characterized by widespread consolidation, confessional dissension through the mass media.
mergers and acquisitions in the media industry. Probably
the most famous deal was the buy-out of Kommersant Printing & Distribution
publishing house by Alisher Usmanov, CEO, Distribution systems remain one of the main bottlenecks
Gazprominvestholding. Kommersant, the companys for expanding single copy sales and subscriptions in
main asset, is a veteran business daily in post-Soviet Russia. Publishers are trying to introduce industry
Russia. Mr. Usmanov stated he was going to obtain a standards and make distributors follow these standards
large media holding, and later on acquired 50% of 7TV, but there is still a long way to go.
a TV channel, and 100% of Sekret Firmy, a publishing
house which owns www.gazeta.ru, Russias leading Postal Issues
online daily.
Market players are currently negotiating with the
Russian Post and government principals to establish
Another media conglomerate appeared when Bazovyj transparent postal subscription rates. This will increase
Element bought OVA Press publishing house, publishers the efficiency of the postal subscription system and help
of, mainly, glossy magazines, and 30% of Expert - the to solve problems of collection and processing of
leading business weekly; and announced their plans to statistical information on print media.
launch a business TV channel.
Taxes
The market leader, Prof-Media, focused its strategy on Preferred VAT taxation (10%) covers only sales services
new media and entertainment assets. They made a deal of print media (excluding advertising and erotic titles).
with Gazprom-Media, the largest state-owned media Dispatch and delivery; editorial and other publishing
holding, on selling out all newspaper assets, among them activities associated with the production of print titles;
Komsomolskaya Pravda, the largest general interest advertising and information services; and postal delivery
daily, and Sovietsky Sport, a popular sports daily. On the to subscribers are still subject to the basic 18% VAT rate.
other hand, Prof-Media acquired Afisha, publishers of
high-end entertainment guides and owners of: Other Factors
www.afisha.ru, the most powerful web-site in the The Press Complaints Council started its activities in
segment; a number of TV channels; and 54% of Russia, though the majority of cases are still being sent
Rambler, the number 3 national search engine in Russia. to courts.
consumers. However, this segment develops relatively
slowly due to domination of old mobile sets, which do
not support multimedia services, and unstable quality of
content providers services.
The PromSvyazCapital group of companies acquired

Extra M publishing house, and thus became the largest
privately-owned newspaper publisher in the country.
Source: Guild of Press Publishers (GIPP)
604
RUSSIA
2.a
Age
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
15,041
13,985
14,966
14,620
8,905
11,595
79,115
19.0
17.7
18.9
18.5
11.3
14.7
100
3.a
Male
000
7,522
6,950
7,155
6,653
3,714
3,690
35,686
21.1
19.5
20.0
18.6
10.4
10.3
100
7,519
7,034
7,811
7,967
5,191
7,904
43,429
17.3
16.2
18.0
18.3
12.0
18.2
100
Source: TNS Gallup Media, National Readership Survey - Russia, May - October
2.b
Social class
Executives
Specialists
White-collar
Blue-collar
Students
Retired
Unemployed
Housewives
No answer
Total
All adults
000
%
6,522
11,108
10,597
19,518
7,012
16,601
2,731
4,521
501
79,115
8.2
14.0
13.4
24.7
8.9
21.0
3.5
5.7
0.6
100
Male
000
4,026
4,630
3,561
12,627
3,503
5,269
1,727
28
311
35,686
11.3
13.0
10.0
35.4
9.8
14.8
4.8
0.1
0.9
100
Number of titles
Female
000
%
Female
000
%
2,496
6,477
7,035
6,891
3,508
11,332
1,003
4,493
189
43,429
5.7
14.9
16.2
15.9
8.1
26.1
2.3
10.3
0.4
100
Total dailies
436
436
18
Regional and local
418
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
National paid-for non-dailies 5,530
Regional and local
15,393
Regional and local
free non-dailies
(2004)
2.cb
3.b
Occupancy
Children
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
4,944
12,013
14,507
15,071
8,973
55,508
9
22
26.
27
16
100
Source: TNS Gallup Media, National

Readership Survey, May-October
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
Housewives
000
%
1,063
1,884
959
586
27
4,521
31,796
23,712
1,675
3,192
4,853
5,984
6,346
8,071
55,508
57
43
3
6
9
11
11
14
100

Readership Survey, May-October
persons) (2006)
2.d
Age
Without children
With children
aged 0-1
aged 1-2
aged 3-5
aged 6-9
aged 10-12
aged 13-15
Total
Households
000
%
23.5
41.7
21.2
13.0
0.6
100
485
485
24
461
493
491
23
468
552
521
25
496
26.61
19.50
38.89
18.66
11.97
6.11
8.70
5.98
457
15
468
17
470
21
472
24
0.43
14.29
24,176
24,069
6,227
17,842
25,358
25,089
6,912
18,177
2
2
25,984
25,686
7,056
18,630
31
31
26,542
26,112
7,145
18,967
24.80
29.20
23.22
1,450.00
1,450.00
2.15
1.66
1.26
1.81
107
107
269
269
298
298
430
430
44.30
44.30
There is no official data on newspaper circulation in Russia. No regular monitoring

is conducted in the regions; the circulation audit service is still very weak and does
not provide comprehensive information for most titles. According to Federal
Agency for Print and Mass Communications estimates, the total
circulation of all newspapers printed in 2004 was 8.5 bn copies.
Registered titles
(2004)
472
472
23
428
Source: Federal Agency for Print and Mass Communications
Source: TNS Gallup Media, National Readership Survey - Russia, May - October
2.ca
Change (%)
2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2002 2003 2004

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total free dailies

Regional and local free dailies-
435 1,135
435 1,135
160.92
160.92

5.a

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
Age
10.7
11.5
10.0
11.4

Readership Survey Russia, May-October
%
% daily reach
group
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
18
18.60
22.60
20
11
9.80
100
10.1
11.3
12.8
11.6
10.5
7.1
-

Readership Survey Russia, May-October
5.c
Media consumption

Readership Survey - Russia , May October
2002
All newspapers 1
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
-
18.0
18.0
228.0
216.0
6.0
2006
9.7
5.2
211.0
219.0
4.6
Source: 2005 TNS Gallup Media; 2006 TNS Gallup Media, National Readership
Survey Russia (all cities), May-October
1
Includes magazines
605
RUSSIA
6.a
Online editions
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
National dailies
Regional dailies
Non-dailies
Total
23
24
23
25
25
496
1,306 2,686 4,521 7,140
913 1,329 2,710 4,544 7,661 739.10
8.70
57.93
68.60
All newspapers
National newspapers
Regional newspapers
7.d
Website
Komsomolskaya Pravda (KP)

Iz Ruk v Ruki
Sovetsky Sport
Izvestia
Moskovsky Komsomolets (MK)
www.kp.ru
www.irr.ru
www.sovsport.ru
www.izvestia.ru
www.mk.ru
18,236
11,937
10,656
7,094
7,023
In colour
Total
2002
2002
(Russia, ruble, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
75.2
92.7
186.4
116.4
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Federal State Statistics Service

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.64
0.67
0.66
0.66
0.66
Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Federal State Statistics Service,

Association of Russian Communication Agencies
7.ba

(Russia, ruble, mln)
2001 2002 2003 2004
2005 2006 2007 2008
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
13,719.3
9,048.9
4,670.4
14,886.9
2,043.3
146.0
8,027.3
175.1
38,997.8
23,699.5
15,538.1
8,161.4
28,878.8
3,609.9
282.5
12,556.0
345.3
69,371.9
28,704.5
17,959.5
10,745.0
38,068.0
4,758.5
368.4
16,271.0
552.6
88,723.0
34,584.0
21,038.6
13,545.4
48,994.0
5,764.0
432.3
20,462.2
864.6
111,101.1
40,175.1
65,162.0
7,435.6
518.8
26,197.4
1,441.0
140,929.8
46,198.5
84,442.6
9,366.5
634.0
34,036.4
2,305.6
176,983.6
3,788
-
6,136
7,436 31,368
13,253 14,975 91,560
Data for Moscow and 12 biggest cities in Russia
2006
GDP per capita
31.07
32.00
29.63

2003
2004
2005
2006 1
3,347
-
10,834.0 13,285.0 15,893.0 20,087.0 26,621.3 1
1 US$ = 27.17 Rubles at 2006 rate
7.ab

Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Federal State Statistics Service

1
270
165
105
Source: TNS Gallup AdFact

1
(Russia, ruble, bln)

2003
2004
2005
206
125
81

2002
GDP
Page impressions per month (2006 average)
7.aa
After discounts. Excludes advertising newspapers.

All newspapers = total dailies + total non-dailies + total Sundays + online
newspapers
Source: Guild of Periodical Press Publishers
Source: Federal Agency for Print and Mass Communications, data represent
registered titles
6.b

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2006/02 2006/05
51,270.8
108,075.0
11,700.9
720.5
42,913.0
3,602.5
218,282.7
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
79.7
19.9
0.4
100
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Financial services
Auto
Events
Real estate
Education and recruitment
Telecommunications
Retail
Pharmaceutical
Marketing and advertising
services
Transportation and Logistics
Expenditure 1
(Russia, ruble, 000)
18.0
9.5
9.4
6.2
5.8
5.1
3.7
2.9
2.3
Mercury
Toyota
Volkswagen
Bee Line
Mobile Telesystems
Materia Medica
Ford Motor Co.
Evalar
InFon
Mir Poleznykh Tovarov
1.8

1
153,195
151,165
143,358
119,251
117,277
109,620
108,054
103,959
90,088
85,363
1 US$ = 27.17 Rubles at 2006 rate
55,882.0
135,079.3
14,525.3
835.8
53,691.7
5,619.9
265,633.9
Source: RARA , OANDA

After discounts; including agency commission; excluding production costs
606
RUSSIA
8.a
Publisher
Titles
PromSvyazCapital
5,000
4,797
81
137
Rossiyskaya Gazeta
3,785
2,738
3
70
News Media
Gazprom-Media
Province
Sobesednik
Bauer Russia
Tri Korony
Regionalnye Nezavisimye Gazety Severo-Zapad
2,420
1,529
1,348
1,205
1,153
701
652
6
37
4
4
3
2
Newspaper
Trud, Argumenty i Fakty (+ its regional titles), Okruga
Komsomolskaya Pravda (+ its regional titles), Komsomolskaya Pravda Tolstushka,
Sovetskiy Sport, Ekspress Gazeta
Rossiyskaya gazeta, Rossiyskaya gazeta-Nedelya, Rossiyskaya Biznes-gazeta
Moskovsky Komsomolets (daily), Moskovsky Komsomolets (regional weekly titles),
MK-Voskresenie, MK-Klass, Okhota i Rybalka 21 vek,Rossijskaya Okhotnichya Gazeta
Tvoy Den, Zhizn Za Vsyu Nedelyu (+ its regional titles)
Izvestia, Izvestia-Nedelya, Panorama TV, Tribuna RT, Tribuna Sibiri, Peterburgsky Chas Pik
37 regional and local titles
Sobesednik, Zheltaya Gazeta, Mezhdu Nami Zhenschinami, Noev Kovcheg
Narodniy Sovet, Orakul, Stupeni Orakula, Tselebnik
Metro (Sankt Petersburg), Metro TV, Metro Biznes
Moj Rajon Sankt Petersburg, Moj Rajon Moscow
Source: Guild of Press Publishers

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Trud
Rossijskaya Gazeta
Sport-Ekspress
Kommersant
Tvoj Den
Izvestia
Sovetsky Sport
Vedomosti
Russian
Russian
Russian
Russian
Russian
Russian
Russian
Russian
Russian
Russian
PromSvyazCapital
Rossijskaya Gazeta
Sport-Ekspress
Kommersant
News Media
Gazprom-Media
Independent Media Sanoma Magazines
Readership
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Russia, ruble)
(000)
(000)
800 1
766
613 2
285 3
163 4
134
131
130
104
97
1,179
2,680
303
314
569
233
474
212
637
114
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Circulation 1
Readership
Format
860
540
505
900
895
400
860
151
660
330
-

1, 2, 3, 4
8.ba
Declared circulation
Title
Metro, Novaya Gorodskaya

Gazeta (Moscow)
Metro (Sankt Petersburg)
The Moscow Times
Language
Publisher
(000)
(000)
Russian
Gazeta Metro
600
482
Tabloid
Russian
English
Metro International
Independent Media Sanoma Magazines
400
35
582
40 2
Tabloid
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Russia, ruble)
-
410,000
251,400
310,000
-

1
2
Declared by publisher
Only Russian-speaking audience (due to research methodology)
9.a
Employment
10.c
Newsprint costs
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
95,970 98,500 99,700 102,300 106,400

225,000 295,500 301,000 305,200 310,500
10.87
38.00
4.01
1.74
2002
Average per ton
(Russia, ruble)
2003
2004
2005
-
11,182
16,125
2006
1
15,226
Source: RAO Bumprom (Russian Association of Pulp-Paper Organizations)

1
USD560-580, wholesale national market price in December 2005
In registered titles
9.b
Salaries
(Russia, ruble, million)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total salary costs
13,500 19,500 24,400 30,300 44,700 231.11
47.52

Estimate
607
RUSSIA
11.
Research
12.
Circulation is audited by The National Circulation
Service (www.pressaudit.ru) which was created in
August 1988 to control circulation and distribution of
press and periodicals. In 1999 NCS joined the
International Federation of Circulation and
Distribution Control Bureaus.
In Russia circulation auditing is voluntary. Each title
having certified its circulation obtains the right to print
the NCS logo next to its circulation statement, thus
confirming adequacy of circulation data and allowing
advertisers to assess the true potential of the media as an
advertising vehicle and differentiate it from unfair
competitors. As yet, however, the NCS does not have
much authority in the publishing market. As of
February 1, 2006 only 311 newspapers and magazines
certified their circulations.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales 1
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
18
10
18
18
18
18
18
24
24

1
Excluding advertising and erotic titles
TNS Gallup Media (www.tns-global.ru); established in
1994, it is now a leading research company in Russia
specializing in mass media audience measurement
(including press, TV, radio, and Internet) and
advertising monitoring. Among the companys clients
are major TV channels, radio stations, publishing
houses, and advertising agencies. Its experts regularly
participate in professional conferences and symposiums
on media measurement organized by ESOMAR and
ARF. Starting from 1997, TNS Gallup Media represents
Russia in the European Media Research Organization
(EMRO).
Methodology
National Readership Survey (NRS) started in 1995 as
one of the first projects launched by TNS Gallup Media.
It combines 45,000 interviews conducted in Moscow,
8,000 in Sankt Petersburg (CATI in both cities) and
110,600 face-to-face interviews throughout Russia.
Samples represent urban population, as well as the
population of each of the major cities. The research
assesses readership of 240 titles in Moscow, around 140
national and 800 local newspapers and magazines
throughout Russia. Results are released 4 times a year,
although the interviews are conducted all the year
round.
608
RUSSIA
13.a
Subsidies generally
14.
Discounts (2006)

No
No. There are some reductions on rent for regional and
local mass media.
Yes. In accordance with the Federal Law On Economic
Support of Regional (City) Newspapers 177-FZ dated
November 24, 1995, the federal budget annually
allocates funds for financial support of 1,950-1,980
newspapers included in the Federal Register of Regional
(City) Newspapers.
Apart from these subsidies, budget funds (40 million
roubles in 2003) were allocated each year for support of
socially significant publications (such as publications
for the handicapped, children and teenagers, and
educational and cultural titles).
These funds are used to cover part of the expenses of
production and distribution of the publications (such as
newsprint, printing, delivery); the amount of subsidy is
based on average circulation. Use of these funds is
strictly controlled to avoid misappropriation.
The federal budget for 2003 allocates over 267 million
roubles for such purposes, including 170 million
roubles for support of regional (city) newspapers, 40.3
million roubles for support of socially significant
periodicals and 55.8 million roubles for state
publications (Rossiyskaya Gazeta, Parlamentskaya
Gazeta, and Rodina magazine).
Another 100 million roubles are allocated for the
support of printing trades and book publishing under
the Culture of Russia federal programme.
Subsidies from the federal budget are received by around
12% of printed titles primarily small-circulation nonprofit periodicals.
The exact amount of subsidies granted to regional titles
from local budgets is unknown, but it significantly
exceeds the amount of federal subsidies and is not less
than US$145 million a year.
Discount rate (%)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
0
0
0
0
0
0
15.a

companies?
Yes, Federal Law On Mass Media dated December 12,
1991
No
same locality?
No
No, only the Law on Joint Stock Companies. The new
version of the Federal Law on Mass Media is currently
under development; it is likely to include clauses
relevant to this issue.
press?
No
No. The Federal Law On mass media is still being
revised.
15.b
Owners
Foreign Investors
National TVs
Up to 50% 1

13.b
Direct subsidies
Amendment to the Federal Law on Mass Media, 2001, 2002

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
224.0 266.0 310.0
48.0
150.6
-32.77
213.75
609
RWANDA
Rwanda is a poor rural country with about 90% of the
population engaged in (mainly subsistence) agriculture.
Primary foreign exchange earners are coffee and tea.
Rwanda obtained debt relief from the IMF and World
Bank in 2006. Rwanda also received Millenium
Challenge Account Threshold status in 2006. The
The countrys independent newspapers, including

Newsline, Umuseso, Umuco (published twice each
month), and the sporadically published Umuvugizi,
regularly maintained positions contrary to or critical of
the government, although such criticism was usually
limited to less sensitive topics, such as issues of local
government and health.
Advertising
According to Freedom House, the government
continued to influence the printed press through its
purchase of advertising space, upon which many private
publications were financially dependent; government
agencies generally did not advertise in independent
newspapers. Reporters Without Borders (RSF) reported
The BBC can be heard across Rwanda via FM in August 2006 that during the year only three
transmitters in Kigali, Karongi and Butare. The Voice of newspapers-the New Times, Umuvugizi, and FocusAmerica and Deutsche Welle broadcast on FM in Kigali. received advertising revenues from government entities
and companies linked to the ruling party.
In November 2006, after a French judge implicated
President Kagame in the assassination of former Online / Digital Publishing
President Habyarimana, the government broke off Internet cafes were common and used regularly in the
diplomatic links with the government of France. As largest towns but the Internet was generally unavailable
a result, all official French organizations in country, to the majority of people living in rural areas.
including RFI were ordered closed in country.
Media / Press Laws
The law prohibits any propaganda of ethnic, regional,
There were 37 newspapers, journals, and other racial, or divisive character or based on any other form of
publications registered with the government. The divisionism, and public incitement to divisionism is
newspapers were both privately and government-owned, punishable by up to five years in prison, heavy fines, or
published in English, French, and Kinyarwanda.
both.
Many of Rwandas broadcasters are governmentcontrolled. A private radio station, the first to open since
the 1994 genocide, launched in 2004. It has been joined
by a cluster of competitors.
There were no daily newspapers. The New Times, an

English-language paper with close ties to the
government, whose shareholders reportedly included
senior government officials, was the only newspaper
published three times a week (Mondays, Wednesdays
and Fridays). The New Times is published by The New
Times Publications in Kigali.
The government newspapers included Imvaho Nshya in
Kinyarwanda and La Nouvelle Relve in French, both
published by the ORINFOR (Office Rwandais
dInformation).
Negation or denial of the genocide is prohibited by law.

The government continued to use a media law that
imposes criminal sanctions on the media for libel and
other forms of defamation to suppress criticism and
limit press freedom.
There are two printing presses available, one
government-controlled, and the other owned by the
Catholic Church and reserved for religious material.
Print media often publish abroad to avoid local costs,
and, according to Freedom House, direct government
control of their content.
610
RWANDA
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
3,620
4,810
218
8,648
Male
42
56
3
100
000
1,818
2,393
87
4,298
42
56
2
100
Female
000
%
1,802
2,417
131
4,350
41
56
3
100

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Rwanda, franc, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
5,809.4 6,856.4 7,732.8
611
SAINT HELENA
The economy depends largely on financial assistance
from the UK. The local population earns income from
fishing, raising livestock, and sales of handicrafts. The
Radio Helena provides local news.

South Atlantic Remote Territories Media Association
(SARTMA) is the media representative for most
newspapers produced in the British Overseas Territories
in the South Atlantic. Each newspaper associated with
SARTMA retains its own ownership, style, and editorial
policy. On Saint Helena, these newspapers include the
St. Helena Government News, which is owned by the
government, and another newspaper, the weekly St.
Helena Herald, which costs 0.40 Saint Helenian
pounds. There are no daily newspapers.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
2
4
2
8
Male
Female
000
%
000
1
2
1
4
25
52
25
100
25
50
25
100
1
2
1
4
25
52
25
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00
612
SAINT KITTS AND NEVIS

Activies
such
as
tourism,
export-oriented
manufacturing, and offshore banking have assumed
larger roles in the economy. Tourism revenues are now
the chief source of foreign exchange for the islands.
The government owns and operates the only television
station. Most of the households with TV (75%) have
cable.
The
government
privatised
the
governmentowned radio station, but still appoints
three of its five board members. There are six other
stations, three of which are privately owned.

There is one independent daily newspaper, the Sun St.
Kitts/Nevis, and four non-daily newspapers. The
privately owned The St Kitts-Nevis Observer publishes
from Nevis. Another independent weekly is
The Leewards Times. The Labour Spokesman is the
biweekly published by the St. Kitts/Nevis Trades and
Labour Union on St. Kitts; it costs 2 EC dollars on
Saturday and 1 EC dollar on Wednesday. The Democrat
is the weekly published by the opposition party Peoples
Action Movement on St. Kitts. The weeklies all cost 2
EC dollars. Newspapers published outside St. Kitts and
Nevis include the Daily Herald, which is written in
English and published by the Caribbean Herald NV on
St. Maarten. International news publications are readily
available.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; Thomson Gale; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
4
4
1
4
4
1
4
4
1
4
4
0.00
-20.00
-20.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
0.9

8.ba

2.a
Title
Language Publisher
Sun St. Kitts/Nevis
English
Sun Printing & Publishing Ltd.
Circulation (000)
3
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
11
25
3
39
28
64
8
100
Male
000
6
13
1
20
30
65
5
100
Female
000
%
5
12
2
19
26
63
11
100
613
SAINT LUCIA
The island nation has been able to attract foreign
business and investment, especially in its offshore
banking and tourism industries. Tourism is the main
source of foreign exchange. The inflation rate was
There are two privately held radio stations, one partially
government-funded radio station, two private television
stations, and one government-operated television
station. In addition, there is a subscription cable
television service, which provides programming from
a variety of sources, such as CNN and the BBC.

There are no daily newspapers. In 2006, there were two
thrice-weekly newspapers, The Voice and The Star. The
latter has been in existence since 1987; its circulation is
8,000 Mondays and Wednesdays, and 10,000 Fridays.
There were also four weekly newspapers: The Mirror,
The Crusader, The Vanguard, and One Caribbean.
Media / Press Laws
In 2006 parliament repealed controversial media
legislation, adopted in 2003, which allowed for jail terms
for knowingly publishing false news which harmed the
public good.
Sources: CIA - The World Factbook; BBC; Thomson Gale; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
50
110
9
169
Male
Female
000
%
000
26
54
3
83
31
65
4
100
30
65
5
100
24
56
6
86
28
65
7
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
2.3
614
SAINT PIERRE AND MIQUELON

The inhabitants have traditionally earned their
livelihood by fishing and by servicing fishing fleets
operating off the coast of Newfoundland. The islands are
heavily subsidized by France to the great betterment of
living standards. The estimated inflation rate averaged
2.1% between 1991 - 1996.
There are 4,000 televisions on the island but no major

television stations. There is one Internet service provider.
There are no daily newspapers. LEcho des Caps is
a municipal weekly established in 1982 by then mayor of
Saint-Pierre. It has circulation 2,500 copies; a single
copy cover price is EUR1.50.

There are five radio stations, one AM and four FM,
serving 4,000 radios. RFO St Pierre et Miquelon is the
public radio, operated by Reseau France Outre-Mer
(RFO).
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; Thomson Gale; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
2
4
2
8
Male
Female
000
%
000
1
2
1
4
25
50
25
100
25
50
25
100
1
2
1
4
25
50
25
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

(Euro Member Countries, euro, mln)
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
43.0
615
SAINT VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES

Economic growth in this lower-middle-income country
hinges upon seasonal variations in the agricultural and
tourism sectors. Saint Vincent is home to a small
offshore banking sector and has moved to adopt
international regulatory standards. Saint Vincent is also
a producer of marijuana and is being used as
a transshipment point for illegal narcotics from South
America. The inflation rate was estimated at 1% in
2005.
There are four radio stations, one AM and three FM,

serving 77,000 radios.

The Herald is the only daily newspaper in the country.
It publishes in print and online. There are six
independent weekly newspapers: The Independent
Weekly, The News, Searchlight, The Vincentian, The
Westindian Crusader, and The Star. Justice, a weekly,
is the mouthpiece of the United People's Movement.
The New Democratic Party is affiliated with The New
The sole television station in St. Vincent is privately Times, a weekly, and Unity, which appears fortnightly,
owned and operates without government interference. It is supported by the United Labor Party. All newspapers
broadcasts to 18,000 televisions. Satellite dishes are are in English.
popular among those who could afford them. There is
also a cable system with mainly North American
programming that has over 300 subscribers.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
32
79
7
118
Male
Female
000
%
000
16
41
3
60
27
68
5
100
27
67
6
100
16
38
4
58
28
66
7
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
8
1
8
1
9
1
9
0.00
12.50
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
0.9

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Format
The Herald
English
The Herald Ltd.
Tabloid
616
SALVADOR, EL
Implementation in 2006 of the Central AmericaDomnican Republic Free Trade Agreement, which El
Salvador was the first to ratify, has strengthened an
already positive export trend. The trade deficit has been
offset by annual remittances from Salvadorans living
abroad - equivalent to more than 15% of GDP - and
external aid. The current government has pursued
economic divserification, with some success in
promoting textile production, international port
services, and tourism. The inflation rate was estimated at
4.3% in 2006.

There are 16 television stations. Six VHF television
stations, including one owned by the government, reach
most areas of the country. Eight independent UHF
stations serve San Salvador, and several can be received as
far as 30 miles from the capital. Two cable television
systems cover much of the capital and the major cities of
San Miguel, Santa Ana, and Sonsonate. Approximately
150 licensed radio stations broadcast on the FM and
AM bands.
There are five daily newspapers, with a combined daily
circulation of over 250,000. The sixth daily newspaper,
El Faro, is available online. There are several provincial
papers.
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
250
250
250
250
250
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
31.0
33.9
33.2

7.ab
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,477
3,993
352
6,822
36
59
5
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
1,265
1,901
156
3,322
38
57
5
100
1,212
2,092
196
3,500
35
60
6
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
GDP per capita
19.1
19.5

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
El Diario de Hoy 1
La Prensa Grafica 2
Diario Co Latino 3
El Mundo
La Noticia
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Trinidad Express Newspapers

Daily News Ltd.
Trinidad Publishing Company Ltd.
-

1
Established in 1936
Founded in 1915
3
Founded November 5, 1890
2
617
SAMOA
The economy of Samoa has traditionally been
dependent on development aid, family remittances from
overseas, agriculture, and fishing. Agriculture employs
two-thirds of the labor force, and furnishes 90% of
exports, featuring coconut cream, coconut oil, and
copra. Tourism is an expanding sector, accounting for
25% of GDP. The inflation rate was estimated at 3.3%
in 2005.
The government operates one of the countrys two
television stations. A satellite-cable system is available in
parts of Apia. In addition, approximately one third of
the population is within broadcast range of television
stations in American Samoa. There are five private radio
stations.

There are two daily newspapers. Several other
publications are released weekly (Le Samoa), fortnightly
(Savali), or monthly (Talamua magazine) in Samoan and
English.
Advertising
The authorities have withdrawn government advertising
from the the main privately-owned newspaper, the
Samoa Observer.
Media / Press Laws
The law stipulates imprisonment for any journalist who,
despite court order, refuses to reveal a confidential source
upon request from a member of the public. However,
there has been no court case invoking this law.
Officials have sued the main privately-owned newspaper,
the Samoa Observer, for reporting on alleged corruption
and abuse of public office.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP
2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
47
119
11
177
618
27
67
6
100
2002
3.4
Age
(Samoa, tala, bln)

1999
2000
2001
8.ba
Male
000
24
74
5
103
23
72
5
100
Female
000
%
Title
Language
Publisher
23
45
6
74
Samoa Observer 1
Samoa News 2
English
English / Samoan
Samoa residents
31
61
8
100
1
2
Published daily except Mondays in Apia

Established in the 1960s; published daily except Sundays on Tutuila
SAN MARINO
The tourist sector contributes 50% of GDP. The key
industries are banking, wearing apparel, electronics, and
ceramics. Main agricultural products are wine and
cheeses. Italy supplies much of its food. The inflation
rate was estimated at -1.7% in 2001.
Readership
A survey made by the Data Processing Centre and
Statistics in 2004 reported that books are mainly bought
and read by women aged between 30 and 50, while
newspapers are mainly read by men aged between 40
and 50. Periodicals are read mainly by women between
30 and 50. The number of families reading periodicals
(73.7%) is higher than the number of families reading
State-sponsored San Marino RTV operates both a radio newspapers (71%).
and a television station. Radio Titano is the countrys
sole privately owned radio station. Italian television Online / Digital Publishing
broadcasts are available throughout the country.
Public institutions promote use of the Internet in
schools, and the government makes information of
public interest available on the Internet.
The government, some political parties, and trade
unions all publish newspapers. The three main national A survey made by the Data Processing Centre and
dailies are La Tribuna Sammarinese, San Marino Oggi Statistics in 2004 reported that Internet use (64.4% of
and L'Informazione di San Marino. Il Corriere di households) remains stable compared to 2003: the
Informazione Sammarinese, Il Resto del Carlino and Il survey revealed that males from 30 to 34 and from 40 to
Corriere Romagna are dailies published in Italy, 49 prevail, while the percentage of younger people
including pages on San Marino. Italian and foreign remains low (despite a slight increase).
newspapers are widely available.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Council of Europe/ERICarts
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
5
19
5
29
Male
Female
000
%
000
3
9
2
14
21
64
14
100
17
66
17
100
2
10
3
15
13
67
20
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
GDP
1.1

8.ba
Title
Language
La Tribuna Sammarinese
San Marino Oggi
L'Informazione di San Marino
Italian
Italian
Italian
619
SAO TOME AND PRINCIPE

Commentary
This small, poor island economy has become
increasingly dependent on cocoa since independence in
1975. Sao Tome has also relied heavily on concessional
aid and debt rescheduling. Real GDP growth exceeded
4% in 2006, as a result of increases in public
expenditures and oil-related capital investment.
The government operated television and radio stations.
In October 2005 the government authorized three new
independent local radio stations, and two had begun
broadcasting by years end. The Voice of America, Radio
International Portugal, and Radio France International
were also rebroadcast locally. The law grants all
opposition parties access to the state-run media,

including a minimum of three minutes per month on
television.
There is one daily newspaper, Tela Non - Diario de Sao
Tome e Principe. It is written in Portuguese. Two
government-run and six independent newspapers and
newsletters are published sporadically, usually on
a monthly or bi-weekly basis depending on resources.
Severe lack of infrastructure, including inadequate
electric and communications networks, limited public
access to the Internet.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
91
95
7
193
Male
Female
000
%
000
46
46
3
95
48
48
3
100
47
49
4
100
45
49
4
98
46
50
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

(Sao Tome and Principe, dobra, bln)
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
GDP
1,892.7

8.ba
Title
Language
Tela Non - Diario de Sao Tome e Principe
Portuguese
620
SAUDI ARABIA
This is an oil-based economy with strong government
controls over major economic activities. The petroleum
sector accounts for roughly 75% of budget revenues,
45% of GDP, and 90% of export earnings. About 40%
of GDP comes from the private sector. The government
is promoting private sector and foreign participation in
the power generation, telecom, natural gas, and
petrochemical industries. The inflation rate was
The government owned and operated most domestic
television and radio companies. Government censors
removed any reference in foreign programs and songs to
politics, religions other than Islam, pork or pigs, alcohol,
and sex.
Although technically illegal, there were several million
satellite-receiving dishes in the country, which provided
citizens with foreign television programming. Access to
outside sources of information, such as Arabic and
Western satellite television channels and the Internet was
widespread.
There is a dozen daily newspapers. Two London-based
Arabic dailies, Al-Sharq Al-Awsat and Al-Hayat,
continued to be owned by members of the royal family
and were widely distributed and read in the country.
Advertising
All newspapers in the country must be licensed by the
government. With a license, newspapers are allowed to
carry government advertisements which accounted for
the largest sources of revenue for the newspapers.
The government restricted access to the Internet, and
there were reports that the government monitored email and Internet chat rooms.
Ownership
The Saudi Research and Marketing Group, publishers of
Asharq Al Awsat, Al Eqitsadiah and Arab News among
ten other publications, went public in April 2006
through an initial public offering of 4.8 million shares,
which represents 30 per cent of the total stock. The
Saudi Research and Marketing Group is the first Arab
media company to go public in the Saudi stock market.
Media / Press Laws
The Basic Law does not provide for freedom of speech or
the press, and the government generally did not respect
these rights in practice. According to the Basic Law, the
medias role is to educate the masses and promote
national unity. Media outlets can be banned if they
promote mischief and discord, compromise the security
of the state and its public image, or offend mans dignity
and rights.
The Print and Publishing Regulation of 1963 comprises
49 articles that deal with three categories: establishing
media organizations, rights and responsibilities of
journalists, and penalties.
Market entry appears to be governed by a groups ability
to put together adequate capital. Licensing fees are
negligible anywhere from USD267 to USD535 and
do not constitute a hurdle. But starting a newspaper, for
example, requires initial capital of at least USD350,000
by some accounts. According to the law, an applicant
must apply for a license from the Ministry of Culture
and Information, be a Saudi older than age 25, have
a good reputation, and hold an adequate degree. The
Minister of Culture and Information has the right to
suspend any of the requirements as he sees fit.
Regulations can be accommodated for foreign
organizations. However, in reality, starting a major
newspaper would not be a feasible prospect without
a protective connection to a person of importance and
significant financial resources, generally a member of the
royal family. The last significant newspaper to start up
was Al-Watan, founded in 2000 with the involvement of
two prominent princes, which is considered to be the
boldest among Saudi Arabias dailies.
The government blocked access to Internet Web sites

deemed sexual, pornographic, politically offensive, unIslamic, or disruptive because of controversial religious
and political content.
The Ministry of Information must approve the
appointment of, and may remove, all senior editors.
Access to the Internet was available through local
government-monitored servers. There were as many as The government continued to restrict freedom of speech
one million Internet subscribers.
and press and censored articles critical of the royal family
or Islam. The authorities routinely censored foreign
In October 2006, the Consultative Council approved print sources.
the countrys first law to combat electronic crimes such
as defamation on the Internet, hacking, unauthorized The government enforced existing laws based on Article
access to government Web sites, and stealing 12 of the Basic Law that provides the state with the
information related to national security.
authority to prevent anything that may lead to disunity,
sedition, and separation. Accordingly, all public
621
SAUDI ARABIA
employees are enjoined from participating, directly or
indirectly, in the preparation of any document, speech
or petition, engaging in dialogue with local and foreign
media, or participating in any meetings intended to
oppose the states policies.
The government banned books, magazines, and other
materials that it considered sexual or pornographic.
The Ministry of Information compiled and updated
a list of publications prohibited from being sold in the
country.
Other Factors
Media pay scales in Saudi Arabia start anywhere from
USD24,000 to USD36,000 annually for reporters to
USD180,000 for managing editors. This would appear
to be high enough to prevent corruption. Nonetheless,
it is common for reporters to receive gifts after covering
a press conference and getting their piece into print.
Gifts can range from pens to cell phones to checks for
2000 Saudi riyals, or about USD530. But usually they
have an average worth of about USD50. Most of the
time the gifts are re-gifted. Gifts also are sent after
a story on the event has been published.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; APN; IREX - Media Sustainability Index
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
8.33
8.33
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1,190 1,230 1,270 1,300 1,397
17.39
7.46

7.aa

2002
GDP
706.0
(Saudi Arabia, riyal, bln)

2003
2004
2005
804.0
2006
1,079.3 1,276.9 1,402.5
Source: 2002-2003 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2004-2006 CIA - The World Factbook

7.ab

2002
GDP per capita

2.a
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
10,321
16,055
644
27,020
38
59
2
100
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
Households
000
2,976
33.2
2006
48.4
51.7
Source: 2002-2003 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 CIA The World Factbook
Age
33.6
(Saudi Arabia, riyal, 000)

2003
2004
2005
7.ac
Male
000
5,262
9,159
342
14,763
%
36
62
2
100
Female
000
%
5,059
6,896
302
12,257
41
56
2
100
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.86
0.89
0.98
0.91
1.19

7.ba

(Saudi Arabia, riyal, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Outdoor
Internet
Total
2,013.8
1,335.0
678.8
3,847.5
93.8
153.8
6,108.8
2,186.3
1,496.3
690.0
4,717.5
60.0
138.8
33.8
7,136.3
2,362.5
1,912.5
450.0
6,438.8
71.3
292.5
67.5
9,232.5
3,210.0
2,606.3
603.8
6,787.5
82.5
371.3
135.0
10,586.3
4,383.8
3,611.3
772.5
9,457.5
93.8
480.0
300.0
14,715.0
5,077.5
4,260.0
817.5
10,035.0
108.8
528.8
412.5
16,162.5
5,902.5
5,036.3
866.3
10,650.0
120.0
581.3
510.0
17,763.8
6,877.5
5,958.8
918.8
11,302.5
131.3
641.3
600.0
19,552.5
622
SAUDI ARABIA
categories (2001)

(2003)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Retail
Vehicles
Government ads
Financial services
Publishing/media
Community/public services
Entertainment
Toiletries
Dairy products
Health & hygiene
Saudi Telecom
National Com. Bank
Toyota
Saudi American Bank
Al Rajhi
Nokia
Al Bassam
Saudi Line
Nissan
Hadeed - Sabic
31,000
28,759
25,673
22,146
22,008
11,913
8,677
6,739
5,825
1,994
Source: PARC

(2001)
8.a
Source: PARC
Expenditure
8,586
5,481
5,124
3,346
3,131
3,034
2,976
2,916
2,775
2,642
8.ba
Language Publisher
Al-Sharq Al-Awsat 1 Arabic

Al-Riyadh 3
Arabic
Al-Hayat 4
Arabic
Al-Jazeerah 5
Al-Watan 6
Arabic
Arabic
Okaz 7
Arabic
Arriyadiyah
Al-Yaum 8
Arabic
Arabic
Al-Madina 9
Al-Eqtisadiah 10
Arab News 11
Saudi Gazette 12
Arabic
Arabic
English
English
Publisher
Saudi Research & Publishing Co.
Tihama
Okaz Group
Al Yamamah
Title
Circulation (000)
Saudi Research and Marketing Group

Al-Yamama Press Establishment
Al-Hayat Publishing Company Ltd.
(Prince Khalid bin Sultan bin Abdul
Aziz Al-Saud)
Al-Jazeerah Press
Assir Establishment
for Press and Publishing
Okaz Organization
for Press and Publication
Al-Yaum Organization
for Printing and Publishing
Al-Madina Press Est.
Saudi Research and Publishing Co.
Saudi Research and Publishing Co.
Okaz Organization
for Press and Publication
272 2
170
167
155
150
110
97
85
60
60
56
15

1
Established in 1977, published from London

In Saudi Arabia; 89,000 in the world
3
Established in 1964
4
Established in 1946, published from London
5
Established in 1972
6
Established in 2000
7
Established in 1948
8
Established in 1965
9
Established in 1937
10
Established in 1992
11
Established in 1975
12
Established in 1976
2
623
JAPAN
SENEGAL

Real GDP growth averaged over 5% annually during
1995-2006. High unemployment, however, continues
to prompt illegal migrants to flee Senegal in search of
better job opportunities in Europe. Senegal was also
beset by an energy crisis that caused widespread
blackouts in 2006. Senegal still relies heavily upon
outside donor assistance. The inflation rate was
direct sale revenues than advertisement revenues,

although the dailies only cost CFA 100 or 200 EUR0.15 or 0.30.
Wal Fadjri is one of Senegals leading media houses,
counting on a daily newspaper with an Internet edition
and a popular radio station and in the process of
launching the countrys first private TV broadcaster.
Groupe Sudcommunication is the second largest private

media house in Senegal, now counting on two daily
The public had four sources of news: print, radio, newspapers - the thorough news provider Sud Quotidien
television, and, increasingly, the Internet.
and the sports daily Match.
Due in part to high adult illiteracy rates, radio was the
most important medium of mass information and the
main source of news. Approximately 70 radio
frequencies have been assigned to community radio
stations, public stations, and private commercial
stations.
Le Quotidien is the newest of Senegals great-circulation

dailies. It was established only in 2003, following labour
conflicts in the other large independent newspapers that
led to many young journalists leaving their work and
joining the establishment of Le Quotidien. The daily
presents serious news in a lighter and more modern
language than competitors and has grown into Senegals
There was an increase in the number of persons starting fourth largest daily in just two years - its circulation of
radio stations, which were often controlled by a single 9,000 being comparable with that of Wal Fadjri and Sud
religious, political, or ethnic group.
Quotidien.
The government effectively crowded out radio stations
by reportedly granting licenses to approximately 50
stations sympathetic to the ruling Senegalese
Democratic Party (PDS). This led to an increase of
popular radio programs being interrupted by religious
chants or other unexpected programming.
There are no regional daily newspapers in Senegal.
Advertising
The state owned daily Le Soleil in particular secures
a much larger part of government ads and ads from
companies that want to maintain a good relationship
with authorities. The state newspaper further has a close
Government failure to enforce regulations on to monopoly on publicity by state institutions, which
establishing media outlets and government-provided constitutes the nations largest advertisement market.
media assistance resulted in a proliferation of
unprofessional or politicized media outlets.
The newspapers that can capture the advertising
resources are likely to be the long-established ones with
The government continued to maintain an effective a satisfactory circulation a constant identifiable
monopoly on locally televised news and information readership of some thousands of people and
through the parastatal corporation Radio Television a minimum of 12 pages per issue and colour printing,
Senegal (RTS).
such as Le Soleil or Wal Fadjri.
The recently privatized television station 2STV only
broadcasts cultural and entertainment programming,
but French and South African -owned satellite television
services offered international programming and
international news.

With more than a dozen Internet Service Providers and
an estimated 1.5 million subscribers, the country had
excellent online access by regional standards. Cyber cafes
were easily accessible in Dakar and often available in
provincial urban centers. However, approximately 60
percent of the country had no electricity, and the
There were several dozen independent newspapers and popularity of Internet-based information dissemination
three government affiliated periodicals.
lagged far behind traditional media.
Only 5-6 of these newspapers are somewhat financially
consolidated. The advertising market is not big enough
to sustain this large number of dailies, and even the most
countrys four most established - Le Populaire, Wal
Fadjri, Sud Quotidien and Le Quotidien - have larger
624
Ownership
Under national media laws, the government must hold
a majority interest in RTS at all times, and the president
directly or indirectly controlled selection of all members
of the 12 person RTS executive staff.
SENEGAL
Media / Press Laws
To establish a newspaper in Senegal today, it only takes
to make a declaration at the Public Prosecutors Office.
There is a total liberalisation in that respect.
State Support
State subsidies, better access to information and paper
and high advertisement revenues also secure a superior
technological infrastructure for Le Soleil.
The modest state assistance fund for the press, which

only amounts to CFAF300 million (about
USD550,000) has to be shared by a plethora of media.
In 2006, President Wade announced he would offer the
press USD600,000 to USD800,000 (300 to 400
million CFAF) in subsidies; the Ministry of Information
reportedly directed those subsidies to progovernment
newspapers.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; afrol News Canarias SA and the Editors Forum of West
Africa; BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

National paid-for
non-dailies
Regional and local
15
15
23
18
18
18
25
20
23
23
27
22
26
26
28
24
26
26
30
26
73.33
73.33
30.43
44.44
0.00
0.00
7.14
8.33
-20.00
0.00
Source: 2002, 2005 BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development
Initiative; 2003-2004, 2006 WAN assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

100
100
105
105
110
110
115
115
120
120
20.00
20.00
4.35
4.35

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
2.a
8.ba
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,889
6,726
372
11,987
41
56
3
100
9,025.4 10,850.3 11,507.3
Male
000
2,467
3,347
174
5,988
41
56
3
100
Female
000
%
2,422
3,379
198
5,999
40
56
3
100
Title
Publisher
Le Soleil
Sud Quotidien 1
Wal Fadjri LAurore 2
Le Quotidien 3
Le Matin
Le Populaire
LObservateur
LInfo7
SSPP Le Soleil, SA (state-owned)

Sudcommunication
Avenir Communication SA
Futurs Medias
Groupe Com 7
Circulation (000)
25
20
14
10
-

1
Established in 1986
Established in 1984
3
Established in 2003
2
625
SERBIA
(Slobodan) Milosevic-era mismanagement of the
economy, an extended period of economic sanctions,
and the damage to Yugoslavias infrastructure and
industry during the NATO airstrikes in 1999 left the
economy only half the size it was in 1990.
political and economic problem. The Republic of

Montenegro severed its economy from Serbia during the
Milosevic era; therefore, the formal separation of Serbia
and Montenegro in June 2006 had little real impact on
either economy. Kosovos economy continues to
transition to a market-based system and is largely
dependent on the international community and the
Belgrade has made only minimal progress in diaspora for financial and technical assistance.
restructuring and privatizing its holdings in major
sectors of the economy, including energy and The complexity of Serbia and Kosovos political and legal
telecommunications. It has made halting progress relationships has created uncertainty over property rights
towards EU membership and is currently pursuing a and hindered the privatization of state-owned assets in
Stabilization and Association Agreement with Brussels. Kosovo. Most of Kosovos population lives in rural towns
Serbia is also pursuing membership in the World Trade outside of the largest city, Pristina. Inefficient, nearOrganization. Unemployment remains an ongoing subsistence farming is common.
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E1
Total
All adults
000
%
561
845
625
167
3,664
5,861
10
14
11
3
63
100
Male
000
244
437
82
58
1,973
2,794
9
16
3
2
71
100
Female
000
%
317
408
543
109
1,691
3,067
10
13
18
4
55
100
Source: SMMRI Survey

(no other earners).
Adults aged 20+
1
Includes pensioners, housewives and the unemployed
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,119
915
1,016
950
1,086
959
1,389
7,435
15
12
14
13
15
13
19
100
Male
000
575
467
508
470
537
456
575
3,587
16
13
14
13
15
13
13
100
Female
000
%
545
448
508
481
549
504
814
3,848
14
12
13
13
14
13
21
100
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
506
627
482
537
376
2,528
20
25
19
21
15
100
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
Total
Households
000
%
1,231
1,298
287
432
512
2,528
49
51
11
17
20
100
Source: SMMRI
Estimate, based on 2002 Census

and SMMRI surveys
Number of households with children

0-15 is not equal to the sum
of households of different age groups,
since there are households that have
children of different age groups
Source: SMMRI
Estimate, based on 2002 Census and vital statistics data
626
SERBIA
persons) (2006)
6.a
Age
Housewives
000
%
Up to 34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-74
75+
Total
0.30
0.60
1.20
2.20
2.20
1.60
8.20
Online editions
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Dailies
4
8
15
27
27
20
100
11
Source: SMMRI
7.aa

(Serbian dinar, bln)
2003
2004
2005
2002
GDP
2006
1,020.1 1,171.6 1,431.3 1,750.0 2,097.0
Source: Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia
Adults 20+
7.ab
3.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local free dailies
13
13
11
2
11
10
8
2
-15.38
-23.08
-27.27
0.00
1
1
Source: PrintAdex; SMMRI

3.b
Number of titles
GDP per capita
Total free dailies

Regional and local free dailies -
7.ac
156.6
191.8
234.9
281.9
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
0.50
Ad expenditure
7.c
150
150
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Serbian dinar)
min
max
25.00
35.00
Source: PrintAdex Serbia

(2006)
5.b
Age
2006
136.0
Source: SMMRI
Single copy
(Serbian dinar, 000)

2003
2004
2005
Source: Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4.d
2002
%
of readership
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
All adults
Men
Women
35.30
41.70
29.10
35.30

Base total population aged 12-65
19.1
34.0
35.3
35.3
36.7
35.3
(Serbian dinar, mln)

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
1,704.4
Source: PrintAdex, SMMRI

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue 1
Banks and financial services

Various services
Transport
Culture, sports
Sales
Political advertising
Telecommunications
Corporate advertising
Media
Education
1
Shares of ad expenditure
14.2
12.3
11.4
8.6
8.0
7.3
6.9
6.4
5.8
3.5
Expenditure
(Serbian dinar, 000)
Telekom Srbija
Hot Line 041
Srbijalot Serbian lottery
Meridian Bank
Serbian Government
Tele automats
National Investment
Plan of Serbia
RTV B92
Delta M
Peugeot
152,694.1
76,304.5
62,201.7
59,227.5
41,002.9
40,858.2
37,634.9
37,051.7
34,808.8
32,836.9

National dailes and non-dailies

Respondents aged 12-65
5.c
Media consumption
2001
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
30
60
121
180
60
30
60
121
180
30
2005
45
45
46
180
211
78
Source: IREX-SMMRI (Serbian Readership Survey, median value)

Respondents that follow certain types of media
627
SERBIA
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Readership
Blic
Vecernje novosti
Kurir
Press
Politika
Sportski zurnal
Dnevnik
Sport
Glas
Danas
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Serbian
Blic press
Novosti a.d.
Kurir info
NPC International
Politika a.d
Politika a.d
Dnevnik Vojvodina Press
Novosti a.d.
Kurir info
Dan
Cover price
usual
max usual max
(Serbian dinar)
(USD)
(000)
650
636
495
174
172
66
46
40
38
17
20.00
30.00
15.00
20.00
29.00
30.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
30.00
25.00 1
40.00 3
0.33
0.50
0.25
0.33
0.48
0.50
0.33
0.33
0.33
0.50
0.41 2
0.60 4
Format
34.8x25.8
38.7x28.4
38.7x27.5
35.0x25.8
46.8x31.5
46.8x31.5
38.7x28.4
38.65x27.8
38.5x28.0
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Serbian dinar)
148,000
118,000
131,250
131,250
160,000
47,808
36,900
51,000
59,000
306,800
177,000
190,542
190,542
225,000
65,736
53,300
95,000
94,400

Sportski zurnal and Sport are daily sports newspapers; Dnevnik is a local daily newspaper
1, 2
3, 4
Price on Friday
Price on Saturday
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
24 sata
Serbian
24 sata (Ringier)
Format
(000)
150
35.5 x 25.5
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Serbian dinar)
103,515
154,500

9.a
Employment
15.a
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
7,185
Source: Media Landscape of South East Europe
11.
Research
PrintAdex
Methodology
CATI: Computer Assisted Telephone Interviewing;
population is defined by households that possess
a telephone; national representative sample of 12-65
years old; 1,850,000 telephone numbers; penetration of
(fixed) telephone lines is about 74%; a total of 250
respondents are interviewed daily, about 1,500 weekly,
6,000 monthly, and 72,000 per year
12.
Taxes (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
18
10
Source: SMMRI
628

companies?
According to the Article 14 of the Serbian Public
Information Law (Official gazette of the Republic of
Serbia, no. 43/2003, 61/2005), every natural or legal
person, national or foreign, may be the founder of
a legal person that is the founder of a print media outlet.
Print media outlets cannot be only founded, either
directly or indirectly, by the state, a territorial
autonomous unit, or by an institution or a company
that is prevalently state-owned or that is fully or
predominantly funded from public revenues. Only the
general rules applicable to any business entities apply to
the publishing-house ownership. The shares in
newspaper-publishing companies, as well as those in any
other business entity, are registered only with the
Commercial Registry or with the Central Securities
Depository and Clearing House of Serbia, in case of the
newspaper-publishing companies that are incorporated
as the joint stock companies.
There are no restrictions for the foreign ownership of
print media. Some of the prominent daily newspapers
are published by the publishing companies that do have
foreign ownership, such as Politika (50% share owned
by WAZ) or Blic (74.90% owned by Ringier Nederland
B.V.)
SERBIA
same locality?
Concentration of media ownership is prohibited by the
Broadcasting Law (Official gazette of the Republic of
Serbia, no. 42/2002, 97/2004, 76/2005, 79/2005).
The prohibited concentration of media ownership is
defined as the prevalent influence on the public opinion.
According to the Article 99 of the Broadcasting Law, it
is considered that the prohibited concentration of media
ownership exists always when: 1) a broadcaster, licensed
to broadcast at the national level of coverage, has a share
exceeding 5% in the founding capital of a company
publishing a daily newspaper with circulation of more
than 30,000 copies, and vice versa; 2) a broadcaster,
licensed to broadcast at the national level of coverage,
simultaneously publishes a daily newspaper with
a circulation exceeding 30,000 copies; 3) a broadcaster,
which has the status of a local or regional radio or
television station, is simultaneously publishing a local
daily newspaper in the same or neighbouring area.
There are no specific rules dealing with the press.
Records on company ownership are kept at the
Commercial Register and the Central Securities
Depository and Clearing House (for the joint stock
companies). Those records are public. On the other
hand, trust agreements, although possible according to
the Serbian law, are not enforceable by the action in
court. That means that the trust agreement, under
which the nominee shareholder is obliged to strictly
follow the instructions of the beneficiary owner, cannot
be enforced.

press?
The Law on Protection of Competition (Official
gazette of the Republic of Serbia, no. 79/2005) deals
with the concentration on the general level, and is also
applicable to the print media. According to the Article
16 of the Law on Protection of Competition, an
undertaking has a dominant position on a relevant
market if it has the power to behave independently of
other undertakings, thus being in a position to make
business decisions without taking into account business
decisions of its competitors, purchasers or suppliers
and/or end users, their goods and/or services. An
undertaking having a relevant market share exceeding
40% may or may not be considered dominant,
depending, among other things, on undertakings share
on the relevant market, competing undertakings shares
on that same market, barriers to entry to relevant market
and strength of potential competitors, as well as possible
dominant position of the buyer. An undertaking having
a relevant market share below 40% may be considered
dominant and in such a case the burden of proof is on
Commission for the protection of the competition, or
the applicant who requires the Commission to establish
the abuse of the dominant position, to evidence the
undertakings dominant position.
Media concentration has been recognised as an area that
requires further regulation in Serbia. Changes in the
existing legislation are therefore possible.
Source: Mr. Slobodan Kremenjak; Zivkovic & Samardzic Law Offices
629
SEYCHELLES
Growth has been led by the tourism sector, which
employes about 30% of the labor force and provides
more than 70% of hard currency earnings, and by tuna
fishing. Growth turned negative again in 2005-06. Tight
controls on exchange rates and the scarcity of foreign
exchange have impaired short-term economic prospects.
There were three weekly political party newspapers:

Regar, The People, and le Nouveau Seychelles Weekly.
Media / Press Laws

The law provides restrictions for protecting the
reputation, rights, and freedoms of private lives of
persons and in the interest of defense, public safety,
public order, public morality, or public health. As
a result, civil lawsuits could easily be filed to penalize
journalists for alleged libel. Journalists practiced selfThe government continued to own the only television censorship.
station and all radio stations. The law allows for
independent radio and television, but the exorbitant The law allows the Minister of Information Technology
licensing fee of approximately USD146,000 to prohibit the broadcast of any material believed to be
(SR800,000) per year discouraged the opening of any against the national interest or objectionable. The
independent outlets.
law also requires telecommunications companies to
submit subscriber information to the government.
The only daily newspaper was the government-owned
Seychelles Nation.
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP
(Seychelles, rupee, bln)

1999
2000
2001
2002
3.7
8.ba
Title
2.a
Seychelles Nation English

/ French
/ Creole
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
21
55
6
82
26
67
7
100
Language Publisher
Male
000
11
27
2
40
28
68
5
100
Female
000
%
10
28
4
42
Circulation
Cover price
(000) (Seychelles, rupee) (USD)
Mayfair Publications
(PTY) Ltd.
3.00
0.57
24
67
10
100
630
SIERRA LEONE
About two-thirds of the working-age population engages
in subsistence agriculture. Manufacturing consists
mainly of the processing of raw materials and of light
manufacturing for the domestic market. Alluvial
diamond mining remains the major source of hard
currency earnings, accounting for nearly half of the
exports of Sierra Leone. The fate of the economy
depends upon the maintenance of domestic peace and
the continued receipt of substantial aid from abroad.

The Sierra Leone Daily Mail in Freetown, the oldest
newspaper printed in West Africa, was handed over to
liquidators publicly selling or distributing its assets among
creditors in a bid to settle accounts of the ailing press.
Sierra Leone presently does not have a national

newspaper, daily or non-daily. The national daily, the
Sierra Leone Daily Mail, stopped publishing in 1994
under the military regime of Capt. Strasser.

Most physical infrastructures remain in a very poor state,
including power supply (very frequent cuts) and the
transportation network.
The countrys best-selling quality newspapers are The

Concord Times, Standard Times, Salone Times and the
Independent Observer. These have all received
significant international assistance, particularly from the
NGO Canadian Journalists for Free Expression (CJFE).
The papers For di People and Peepare also popular.
Recent changes in the sector have included moves from

black-and-white to colour printing, and increases in the
number of pages of some publications. However, each
newspaper only prints about 2,200 copies on average.
Circulation
No newspaper at present publishes more than 4,000
copies, as there is no market for larger print runs.
Readership
With about two thirds of the population being illiterate,
unemployment reaching equal heights and extreme
Due to the low level of literacy and the relatively high poverty affecting the large majority, the market for print
cost of newspapers and televisions, radio remained the media is very limited. Newspaper readership in Sierra
most important medium for public dissemination of Leone is very low.
information. Several government and private radio and
television stations broadcast, featuring domestic news Online / Digital Publishing
coverage and political commentary. UN Radio provided There were at least five Internet service providers in the
additional coverage of news and other current events.
country. In Freetown there were many internet cafes, but
few in rural areas due to infrastructure constraints.
International media could operate freely; they only
needed to register with the Ministry of Information and Ownership
Broadcasting and the Independent Media Commission Despite the existence of some laws not favourable to the
(IMC) to obtain a license.
media, the government has made great strides in
allowing private individuals to own and operate
newspapers (although certain politicians are actually the
In the year 2000, there were only about ten newspapers hidden owners of some papers). There is no single
in the country, compared to around 40 registered with conglomerate that owns the newspapers, and the party
the Independent Media Commission (IMC) in 2005. in government only owns one newspaper.
This is due mainly to changes in the attitude of
government towards the media in general, which has led Media / Press Laws
to the establishment of the IMC as a regulatory body.
The Public Order Act of 1965 criminalizes both
defamatory and seditious libel; however, the law was
In 2006, more than 25 newspapers were published in rarely applied and only in cases involving top officials.
Freetown during the year, covering a wide spectrum of Punishment for first-time offenders can be up to three
interests and editorial opinion. Most of the newspapers years imprisonment, and subsequent seditious libel
were independent, and several were associated with convictions are punishable by prison terms of up to
opposition political parties.
seven years.
Other Factors
Reporting was often politicized and inaccurate, in large
For Di People is the oldest independent newspaper in part because of poor journalistic skills, insufficient
Sierra Leone. The daily newspaper is distributed in resources, and lack of professional ethics. Corruption
Freetown and all major provincial centres, but occasionally among journalists was widespread.
is unable to publish each day due to external shocks.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Angop; BBC World Service Trust - African Media
Development Initiative; afrol News Canarias SA and the Editors Forum of West Africa
631
SIERRA LEONE
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11.11
11.11
0.00
0.00
2
2
11
11
19
19
25
25
31
31
1,450.00
1,450.00
24.00
24.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
20
20
20
20
20
20
22
22
22
22
10.00
10.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Sierra Leone, leone, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
7,575.8 11,955.6 12,696.8

8.ba
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
2,639
3,120
193
6,006
45
52
3
100
Male
000
1,322
1,494
91
2,907
45
51
3
100
Female
000
%
1,371
1,626
102
3,099
44
52
3
100
Title
Publisher Circulation
Cover price
Format
(000) (Sierra Leone, leone) (USD)
For Di People
Independent
Observer
The Democrat
Concord Times
Concord Times
Newspaper Ltd
Awoko
Standard Times
African Champion The Salone Times The News
-
5
4
1,000
1,000
0.35
0.35
Tabloid
Tabloid
4
4
1,000
1,000
0.35
0.35
Tabloid
Tabloid
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,000
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.35
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
-
632
SINGAPORE
The economy depends heavily on exports, particularly in
consumer electronics and information technology
products. Fiscal stimulus, low interest rates, a surge in
exports, and internal flexibility led to vigorous growth in
2004-06, with real GDP growth averaging 7% annually.
Government-linked companies and organizations
operated all domestic broadcast television channels and
almost all radio stations. Only one radio station, the
BBC World Service, was completely independent of the
government. Some Malaysian and Indonesian television
and radio programming could be received, but satellite
dishes were banned, with few exceptions. Cable
subscribers had access to seven foreign television news
channels and many entertainment channels, including
some with news programs; these were not censored.
Singapore Press Holdings Ltd. publishes more than 10
newspapers, including The Straits Times, and carries
more than 70 magazine titles. The company also holds
a 40 percent stake in MediaCop Press Ltd., which
publishes the Today newspaper.
material on the Internet. Internet service providers

(ISPs) are required to ensure that content complies with
the MDAs Internet code of conduct.
The law permits government monitoring of Internet use,
and the government closely monitored Internet activities
such as blogs and podcasts as sources of political dissent,
including before the May election.
The MDA was empowered to direct service providers to
block access to Web sites that, in the governments view,
undermined public security, national defense, racial and
religious harmony, and public morals. Although the
MDA ordered ISPs to block 100 specific Web sites that
the government considered pornographic, in general, the
government actually focused on blocking only a small
number of sites.
Ownership
Two companies, Singapore Press Holdings Limited
(SPH) and MediaCorp, own all general circulation
newspapers in the four official languages - English,
Chinese, Malay, and Tamil. MediaCorp is wholly owned
by the government investment company. SPH is
a private holding company with close ties to the
government; the government must approve (and can
remove) the holders of SPH management shares, who
have the power to appoint or dismiss all directors or
staff.
A substantial number of foreign media operations were

located within the country, and a wide range of
international magazines and newspapers can be
purchased uncensored.
Media / Press Laws
Under the Internet Security Act (ISA), the government
may restrict or place conditions on publications that
Leading media group Singapore Press Holdings (SPH) incite violence, counsel disobedience to the law, have the
launched Singapores first Chinese free daily - My Paper potential to arouse tensions in the countrys diverse
- on June 1, 2006.
population, or might threaten national interests,
national security, or public order.
My Paper will be available Tuesday to Saturday and
distributed in subway stations, offices, tertiary Under the Newspaper and Printing Press Act (NPPA),
institutions, and selected households and shopping the government may limit the circulation of foreign
centers.
publications that it determines interfere with domestic
politics. The NPPA requires foreign publications that
Circulation
report on politics and current events in Southeast Asia,
The government may limit (or gazette) the circulation with circulation of 300 or more copies per issue, to
of publications. The government also may ban the register, post a USD126,000 bond, and name a person
circulation of domestic and foreign publications under in the country to accept legal service. The government
provisions of the Internal Security Act (ISA) and the has granted exemptions to 19 of the 24 publications to
Undesirable Publications Act (UPA).
which these requirements could apply.
The government subjected all Internet content to the
same rules and standards as traditional media. Using
a framework of Web site licenses, the Media
Development Authority (MDA) also regulates access to
Under the countrys defamation laws, some plaintiffs can

easily win substantial judgments for damages and legal
costs. Conviction on criminal defamation charges can
result in a prison sentence of up to two years, a fine, or
both.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Singapore Press Holdings; Publicitas; Associated Press;
633
SINGAPORE
(2005)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
169
471
631
963
1,031
3,265
5.2
14.4
19.3
29.5
31.6
100
Source: Nielsen Media Research, Media

Index
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-4
aged 5-9
aged 10-14
Total
1910
1,355
498
630
699
3,265
58.5
41.5
15.2
19.3
21.4
100

Index
persons) (2005)
2.d
Age
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55+
Total
6
71
136
132
246
591
1.1
12.0
22.9
22.4
41.6
100

Index
2.a
3.a
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55+
Total
All individuals
000
%
547
669
730
620
699
3,265
16.7
20.5
22.4
19.0
21.4
100
Male
000
274
332
379
317
333
1,635
16.8
20.3
23.2
19.4
20.3
100
Female
000
%
272
337
350
304
366
1,630
16.7
20.7
21.5
18.6
22.5
100
Source: Nielsen Media Research, Media Index

2.b
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Age
Social class
A+B 1
C1 2
C2 3
D4
E5
F6
Total
All adults
000
%
733
569
656
329
45
1,261
3,265
22.5
17.4
20.1
10.1
1.4
38.6
100
Male
000
511
184
486
185
45
410
1,635
31.2
11.2
29.7
11.3
2.8
25.0
100
Source: Nielsen Media Research, Media Index

1
Professional, Manager, Executive, Businessman

White collar workers
3
Blue collar skilled/semi-skilled workers
4
Blue collar unskilled workers
5
National service
6
Fulltime housewife, student, retired, unemployed
2
Female
000
%
222
385
170
144
852
1,630
13.7
23.6
10.5
8.8
52.3
100
Number of titles
Total dailies
10
8
8
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
2
7
7
11
9
9
-
11
9
9
-
9
8
8
5
3
11
9
9
-
10.00
12.50
12.50
-
22.22
12.50
12.50
-
2
2
2
7
7
2
2
2
7
7
1
2
2
7
7
2
3
3
7
7
0.00
50.00
50.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
50.00
50.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 Singapore Press Holdings; Media Corp Group; WAN from public
sources; 2006 WAN assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
1,325
1,045
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
280
National paid-for Sundays 1,062
1,496 1,542 1,259 1,420

1,046 1,011 1,009 1,050
1,009 1,050
653
356
-
7.17
0.48
-
12.79
4.06
4.06
-
450 531 250 370

101
86
91
95
101
86
91
95
1,067 1,048 1,029 1,030
1,067 1,048 1,029 1,030
32.14
-4.04
-4.04
-3.01
-3.01
48.00
4.40
4.40
0.10
0.10
Source: 2002-2005 Singapore Press Holdings; Media Corp Group; WAN from public
sources; 2006 WAN assessment
634
SINGAPORE
4.a
7.aa

2001
(Singapore, dollar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
154.0
158.0
175.0
194.4
(Singapore, dollar, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
(mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total dailies
Free papers
342
342
5
55
-
326
326
5
55
61
327
327
4
56
57
0.31
0.31
-20.00
1.82
-6.56
GDP
7.ab
Source: Singapore Press Holdings, Media Corp Group, WAN from public sources
4.c
2000
GDP per capita

1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
55.7
44.3
100
55.5
44.5
100
56.7
43.3
100
7.ac
Cover prices (2002)
5.a

(%)
Reached 1
(Singapore, dollar)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
0.40
0.40
0.85
0.85

(2005)
5.b
Age
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55+
Total
%
% daily reach
group
16.1
19.8
23.5
20.3
20.3
100
All adults 2
Men
Women
80
82
77
79

Index
1
2
Daily newspapers
15+
76.9
77.0
83.7
85.2
75.8
79.8
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
6.b
17
17
17
18
20
17.65
11.11
Website
Lianhe Zaobao
The Straits Times
The Business Times
The New Paper
Berita Harian
ZB.com
STI
BTO
TENP
Cyberita
Source: Webtrend
37.4
42.6
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.06
1.09
1.12
0.96
0.91

7.ba

(Singapore, dollar, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Total
757
772
692
682
65
90
696
724
130
166
13
10
90
94
1,686 1,766
834
740
94
889
189
12
110
2,033
830
734
96
725
178
12
127
1,872
855
880
922
959
756
778
817
850
99
102
105
109
739
749
755
762
187
194
205
214
13
13
13
14
137
143
153
163
1,930 1,980 2,048 2,111
Before discounts; excludes production costs; includes some classified advertising ;

includes agency commission (15%)
Online editions
Dailies
37.8
Source: AC Nielsen; SRS Adex; ZenithOptimedia

Index
6.a
37.6
Ad expenditure
4.d
39.7
1998
Single copy sales
Home deliveries
Total
159.0
Page impressions per month (mln)

280.3
13.6
15.1
11.6
1.4

categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Singapore, dollar, 000)
Advertiser
Retail
Real estate
Telecommunications
Auto
Entertainment
Education
Media
Computers
Travel
Supermarkets
Courts (Singapore) Ltd

12,177.2
Starhub
11,431.1
NTUC Fairprice Co-operative 10,049.5
Mobileone
9,093.4
Dell Computer Asia
8,006.9
United Overseas Bank
7,548.9
Hong Kong and Shanghai
7,476
Banking Corp.
Canon Singapore/Canon
7,204.9
Marketing
DBS Bank
6,802.3
Far East Organisation Centre 5,903.7
69,508
51,826
49,265
42,911
39,065
37,060
29,618
28,259
27,799
27,327

Adquest, ZenithOptimedia
Expenditure
(Singapore, dollar, 000) 1
Source: ADEX; Nielsen Media Research

(2005)
8.a
Publisher
Singapore Press Holdings

MediaCorp Press
1,107
250
Source: SPH Ltd & MediaCorp Press
In all newspapers
Top owners (2005)

Owners
Revenue (000)

MediaCorp Press
632,621
101,190
Source: Nielsen Media Research Adquest,

ZenithOptimedia
635
SINGAPORE
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
The Straits Times

Lianhe Zaobao
Lianhe Wanbao
Shin Min Daily News
The New Paper
Berita Harian
Business Times
Tamil Murasu
English
Chinese
Chinese
Chinese
English
Malay
English
Tamil

Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Singapore, dollar) (USD)
379
180
125
120
110
56
30
9
1,325
586
514
430
471
226
67
33
0.80
0.75
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.50
0.85
0.50
Format
0.46
0.43
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.29
0.49
0.29
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Singapore, dollar)
18,127
11,660
6,890
5,702
2,495
4,104
5,024
2,592
28,027
19,160
9,890
8,702
4,895
7,554
7,624
6,592
Source: SPH; Readership by Nielsen Media Research Index, 15+

8.bb
Title
15.a
Language Publisher
Today
English
My Paper (Wo Bao) 1 Chinese 2
Circulation (000)
MediaCorp Press Ltd.

250
120

companies?
Yes. Newspapers are subject to the Newspaper and
Printing Presses Act. No individual may own more than
3% of a newspaper.
Tabloid
-
Source: FDN; Asian Newspaper Focus; WAN assessment

1
The 32-page paper, launched in June 2006, circulated at subway stations

and shopping malls from Tuesdays to Saturdays, features a blue titlepiece
which was chosen from three designs in a ballot that drew 36,000 voters.
2
About 20% of the paper is in English
10.a

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
11.
9
8
1
9
7
2
Research
Media Circulation Services (MCS)
9
7
2
Format
0.00
0.00
0.00

No. The previous 49% limit on foreign ownership has
been removed.
same locality?
No
AC Nielsen
Methodology
4,500 face-to-face interviews
636
SLOVAKIA
The general economic growth from previous years
continues. The new government and Minister of Culture
influence state media policy, mainly in the area of
broadcasting.
performance in that regard also continued in 2006.

However, broadcast media generally remained the
biggest market for advertisers.
National dailies continued to dominate the newspaper

market; regional and local dailies were marginal.
Circulation of major dailies remained almost unchanged
until Plus 1 Den was launched. However, they recovered
soon after.
Ownership
Consolidation of ownership continued in 2006. The
dominant newspaper publishers were Ringier, Petit
Press, Spolocnost 7 Plus, and Perex.
Circulation
Newly launched daily, Plus 1 Den, was the main cause of
the decrease in circulation of Ringier publication Novy
Newspapers and magazines generally did well, even Cas, and negatively influenced other major dailies as
when compared to other media.
well. At the end of 2006, the mainstream daily SME,
which was hit hard, recovered its circulation losses.
In 2006, there was a boom in the number of free Readership
weeklies distributed to household mailboxes. The Perex Newspaper readership remained stable in 2006.
publishing company continued to publish its free weekly
Regional Pravda, with a circulation of 230,000 copies. Online / Digital Publishing
Petit Press distributed a mailbox version of the regional Online content continued to grow in 2006, especially
weekly MY, which was later rebranded as Echo Noviny, with growing penetration of internet access.
with a circulation of 450,000.
Monitored Slovak websites earned about 2.3 million
After years of virtual hegemony of Novy Cas (New euros more in advertising revenues compared to 2005.
Time, now owned by Ringier) in the field of tabloid
dailies, the second largest tabloid publisher in Slovakia, Mobile telephony projects grew as well. Novy Cas daily,
Spolocnost 7 Plus, launched a daily tabloid Plus 1 Den for example, started to promote paid mobile phone
(Plus 1 Day).
content in its news stories.

In June 2006, Petit Press launched an elite TV weekly,
TV Svet. Ringier reacted and launched a new low-cost
weekly, TV Max. TV Svet recovered somewhat. TV Max
remained strong in circulation but this negatively
influenced other TV program publications of Ringier
Slovakia.
In September 2006, the second largest tabloid publisher
in Slovakia, Spolocnost 7 Plus, launched its daily
tabloid, Plus 1 Den. At the end of the year, its circulation
reached some 60,000 copies. Due to Plus 1 Den,
circulation of Ringier publication Novy Cas and other
major dailies declined.
The only major change in newspaper ownership was the

acquisition of the daily Pravda by the British Daily Mail
and General Trust.
Media / Press Laws
There were no changes in the Press Law that was
adopted decades ago during the period of communism.
The Syndicate of Slovak Journalists submitted a draft
law which was rejected.
The Ministry of Culture is working on a new Press and
Publishing Law.
Copyright
The Slovak Press Publishers Association (ZVPT) is
lobbying for stricter laws regarding copyright
In January 2006, a half-tabloid, 24 Hodin, the follower infringement.
of bankrupt daily Narodna obroda, ceased to exist
without any prior notice.
Virtual dominance in the press distribution area of
In June 2006, the social tabloid weekly Live! ceased Grafobal Group, owned by enterprenuer Ivan Kmotrik,
publishing.
remained in place in 2006.
Advertising
State Support
In 2005, print media surpassed broadcasting in There is no state support for private newspapers; the
advertising revenue growth. Strong print media state supports the press agency TASR-Slovakia.
Source: Slovak Press Publishers Association (ZVPT)
637
SLOVAKIA
persons) (2005)
2.d
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
3.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,102
820
792
779
754
473
658
5,378
21
15
15
14
14
9
12
100
540
872
295
95
49
49
1,900
Male
000
564
418
401
391
369
214
255
2,612
22
16
15
15
14
8
10
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Female
000
%
538
401
390
387
385
260
404
2,765
20
15
14
14
14
9
15
100

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Social class
A+B 1
C1 2
C2 3
D4
E5
Total
All adults
000
%
338
548
507
535
234
2,162
16
25
23
25
11
100
Male
000
135
191
402
356
113
1,197
11
16
34
30
9
100
Female
000
%
203
357
105
179
121
965
21
37
11
18
13
100
Source: Statistical Yearbook of the Slovak Republic 2004
3.b
A = Upper middle class - higher managerial, administrative or professional;

2
3
4
5
E = Those at lowest levels of subsistence - State pensioners or widows
(no other earners)
(2005)
2.cb
Occupancy
Children
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
500
409
340
395
256
1,900
Source: Statistical Yearbook of the

Slovak Republic
26
22
18
21
14
100
Without children
With children
Total
11
8
3
11
8
3
-42.11
-20.00
-66.67
0.00
0.00
0.00
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
512
460
52
506
461
45
480
440
40
460
425
35
465
430
35
-9.18
-6.52
-32.69
1.09
1.18
0.00
Source: ABC SR
Data for audited titles only
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4.b
156.0 154.9 145.7 140.2 145.7

134.4 131.4 136.9
11.3
8.8
8.8
-6.60
-
3.92
4.19
0.00
Sales revenues
(Slovakia, koruna, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Households
000
%
1,128
772
1,900
12
8
4
Source: ABC SR
(2005)
2.ca
15
11
4

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
19
10
9
Source: ABC SR
Source: Statistical Yearbook of the Slovak Republic 2004

2.b
29
47
16
4
2
2
100

Slovak Republic

2.a
Housewives
000
%
59
41
100

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
1,560 1,418 1,534 1,501 1,530

1,471 1,45 1,425 1,450
89
84
76
80
-1.92
-
1.93
1.75
5.26
Source: 2002-2004 TNS A-Connect; 2005-2006 ABC SR

4.c

Slovak Republic
Single copy sales
Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
65
20
15
100
65
35
100
65
35
100
65
35
-
Source: Slovak Press Publishers' Association (ZVPT)
638
SLOVAKIA
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
(Slovakia, koruna)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
9
8
15
14
All adults
Men
Women
Source: ABC SR
60
65
45
Source: ZVPT

(2006)
5.b
Age
% daily reach
within age
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
2,680.6
1,181.1
1,499.5
10,074.4
969.1
13.2
556.0
14,293.3
12
11
Website
Sme/ Petit press

Novy Cas / Ringier Slovakia
Pravda / Perex
Korzar / Petit press
Plus1den
www.sme.sk
www.bleskovsky.sk
www.pravda.sk
www.korzar.sk
www.plus1den.sk
11
0.00

674
581
363
91
85
Source: TNS Global Slovakia
835 1,035 1,152 1,418 1,794 114.85
26.52

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
2002
2006
1,096
1,158
1,636
1,325
1,440

2002
(Slovakia, koruna, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
203.0
214.4
460.2
245.5
Cars
Bank and saving banks
Mobile communications
Supermarkets, shopping
centers
Television
Personal consulting
Radio
Insurance
Information technology
Internet
% of display
ad revenue 1
21.6
18.5
13.9
11.7
8.2
6.6
5.7
5.2
4.5
4.1
Source: TNS Global Slovakia /Strategie

2007
(Slovakia, koruna, bln)

2003
2004
2005
Source: 2002-2005 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Statistical Office of the Slovak

Republic
GDP per capita
4,597
1,946.4
2,651.1
27,543.0
1,834.0
21.0
1,027.0
100.0
35,124.0
Advertising revenues are before discounts. A typical discount is 15%.

Figures include classifieds and inserts
7.ab
4,320.0
1,964.0
2,356.0
22,491.0
1,737.0
21.0
875.0
29,444.0
Source: TNS A-Connect
GDP
Source: ZVPT
7.aa
3,292.3
1,392.3
1,900.0
11,881.0
1,217.2
12.3
541.0
16,943.8
2006

Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
6.b

2003
2004
2005
2002
7.c
Online editions
Dailies
Source: TNS Global Slovakia, Strategie, 2007
36.8
59.3
61.5
63.2
62.1
60.0
57.6
Source: Slovak Radio Media Research

Department
6.a
7.ba
(%)
Reached
Source: 2002-2004 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2006 Statistical Office of the Slovak

Republic
Expenditure
(Slovakia, koruna, 000)
Agentura Teltex, s.r.o.

T-Mobile
Volkswagen, A.G.
Lidl SR
Orange Slovensko, a.s.
VUB Banka, a.s.
TV Markiza
Ceskoslovenska obchodna
banka
Slovenska sporitelna
T-Com
82,600
82,967
75,138
70,807
67,170
41,872
35,635
35,070
33,533
27,876
Source: TNS Global Slovakia/Strategie

2007

(2006)
8.a
Publisher
Ringier Slovakia
Petit Press
Perex
Spolocnost 7plus
Sport press
Ecopress
Privatpress
Vecernik

185
134
76
65
55
20
7
4
Source: ABC SR
7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.26
1.38
1.76
2.00
2.16
639
SLOVAKIA
8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Novy cas
Pravda
Sme
Plus1den
Sport
Korzar
UjSzo
Hospodarske noviny
Presovsky vecernik
Vecernik (Bratislava)
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Slovak
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
185
76
76
65
55
33
25
20
7
3
1,000
400
400
300
260
200
160
100
40
15
Ringier Slovakia
Perex
Petit Press
Spolocnost 7plus
Sport Press
Petit Press
Petit Press
Ecopress
Privatpress
Vecernik
Cover price
max
max
(Slovakia, koruna)
(USD)
9.00
12.00
12.00
9.00
15.00
10.00
10.00
14.00
10.00
10.00
13.00
13.00
15.00
13.00
13.00
13.00
-
0.20
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.40
0.25
0.25
0.35
0.25
0.25
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.30
0.30
0.30
-
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Slovakia, koruna)
Tabloid
26x34
28x38
28x40
26x34
28x38
28x38
28x38
Tabloid
Tabloid
172,000
125,000
110,000
99,000
50,000
72,000
69,000
100,000
-
224,000
165,000
155,000
129,000
100,000
92,000
90,000
120,000
-
Source: ABC SR
10.a
11.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
19
17
2
-
12
11
1
-
11
3
8
11
3
8
-42.11
50.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
Research
Audit Bureau of Circulation, Slovak Republic
Slovak Radio Media Research Department

10.ba
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
40
45
30
40
45
30
40
45
30
40
45
30
40
45
30

10.bb

2002
Single copy
Subscription
4
5
(Slovakia, koruna)
2003
2004
2005
4
5
4
5
2006
5
6

10.c
Newsprint costs
Average per ton
2002
(Slovakia, koruna)
2003
2004
2005
2006
24,000
20,000
22,000
640
20,000
21,000
Methodology
Operations: quantitative research includes media
audience measurement. Qualitative research includes
focus groups discussions, in-depth interviews.
Methods: face-to-face and telephone interviews, diaries,
postal surveys, home use and central location tests, ad
hoc retail audit, mystery shopping, panels, focus groups,
indepth interviews, and projective techniques. The
Media Research Department (as a special department of
Slovak Radio) carries out regular audience surveys
focused not only on radio audience measurement, but
also on other patterns of media behaviour of the Slovak
population (TV and press audience measurement). It
also provides public opinion polls concerned with
topical problems of Slovakia.
Results: listening patterns and indicators, including
ratings of broad stations in 30 minute time blocks from
2001 up to now, market share (share of broad stations
expenditure) from 2001 up to now, sociodemographic
attributes of radio audience, general media behaviour of
population, and preferences and opinions of the Slovak
public (political, economical, social questions).
SLOVAKIA
12.
Taxes (2006)
15.a
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
13.a
Subsidies generally

14.

companies? No
same locality? No
who are the actual owners of a publishing company? No
press? No
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0
641
SLOVENIA
With a GDP per capita substantially greater than the
other transitioning economies of Central Europe,
Slovenia is a model of economic success and stability for
its neighbors from the former Yugoslavia. The country,
which joined the EU in May 2004 and joined the
eurozone on 1 January 2007, has excellent
infrastructure, a well-educated work force, and an
excellent central location. Privatization of the economy
proceeded at an accelerated pace in 2002-05. Despite
lackluster economic performance in Europe in 2001-05,
Slovenia maintained moderate growth. Structural
reforms to improve the business environment have
allowed for greater foreign participation in Slovenias
economy and have helped to lower unemployment. In
March 2004, Slovenia became the first transition
country to graduate from borrower status to donor
partner at the World Bank. Despite its economic success,
Slovenia faces growing challenges. Much of the economy

remains in state hands and foreign direct investment
(FDI) in Slovenia is one of the lowest in the EU on a per
capita basis. Although tax reforms were implemented in
December 2006, taxes are still relatively high. The labor
market is often seen as inflexible, and legacy industries
are losing sales to more competitive firms in China,
India, and elsewhere. The current center-right
government, elected in October 2004, has pledged to
accelerate privatization of a number of large state
holdings and is interested in increasing FDI in Slovenia.
In late 2005, the government's new Committee for
Economic Reforms was elevated to cabinet-level status.
The Committees program includes plans for lowering
the tax burden, privatizing state-controlled firms,
improving the flexibility of the labor market, and
increasing the governments efficiency.

(2002)
2.cb
(2002)
Occupancy
Children
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
Total
128
428
256
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
150
157
143
158
76
685
23
77
100
Source: Central population registry,

Ministry of Interior - 2002 census
Source: Central Population Registry,

Ministry of Interior, 2002 census
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

6
5
Regional and local
1
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
25
Regional and local
free non-dailies
-

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
7
6
1
8
7
1
8
7
1
33.33
40.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
218
164
54
3
51
234
178
56
3
53
240
180
60
4
56
860.00
620.00
-
2.56
1.12
7.14
33.33
5.66
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 SOZ; 2005 CATI d.o.o.; 2006 Valicon d.o.o.
All individuals
000
%
000
285
265
299
305
312
226
310
2,001
146
136
154
155
160
111
118
980
14.9
13.9
15.7
15.8
16.3
11.3
12.0
100
14.2
13.2
14.9
15.3
15.6
11.3
15.5
100
6
5
1
Male
Female
000
%
138
129
145
151
152
115
192
1,021
13.6
12.6
14.2
14.8
14.8
11.3
18.8
100
Source: Statistical Office of the Republic of Slovenia 2005
642
SLOVENIA
3.b
7.ba
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
344
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
-
360
337
23
430
410
20
350
330
20
1.74
-
-18.6
-19.51
0.00
8,406
8,406
288
288
600
600
213
213
600
600
213
213
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 SOZ; 2006 Slovenian Advertising Chamber

4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
95.00
All adults
Men
Women
240.00
Source: Valicon d.o.o

(2006)
5.b
Age
51.6
54.6
48.6
Source: National readership survey 2006
%
% daily reach
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
4.7
12.2
17.3
19.4
18.0
15.8
12.5
100
25.7
48.4
53.2
53.4
51.0
52.3
48.0
-
1
2
3
6
2
7
2
8
-
Services
Automobiles
Telecommunications
Retail
Healthcare & beauty
Household appliances
Food & supplements
Textile goods/clothing
Cleaning products
Other 1
Mobitel
Delo
Simobil
Dnevnik
Mercator
Delo Revije
Porsche
Renault Nissan
KD Investment
Sportna Loterija D.D.
14.29
-
Dnevnik
Vecer
Finance
7.aa

Advertiser
28,262.0 31,089.0 34,198.0 37,617.0

18,927.0 20,820.0 22,902.0 25,192.0
9,335.0 10,269.0 11,296.0 12,425.0
50,845.0 55,930.0 61,522.0 67,675.0
5,087.0 5,595.0 6,155.0 6,770.0
377.0 414.0 456.0 501.0
6,439.0 7,083.0 7,792.0 8,571.0
91,850 1 101,035 2 111,139 122,252 3
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Slovenia, tolar, 000)
Source: Valicon d.o.o.

6.b
25,694.0
17,207.0
8,487.0
46,223.0
4,624.0
342.0
5,854.0
82,737

(2005)
23,017.0
11,281.0
11,736.0
45,291.0
2,244.0
3,604.0
74,156

categories (2005)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
-
19,041.3
9,184.6
9,856.8
38,197.9
3,300.9
60,540
Before discounts; excludes classified; excludes production costs; excludes agency

commission
Online editions
Dailies
Sundays
16,292.8
8,186.2
8,106.6
35,057.3
2,824.7
54,175
7,569,700
2,833,300
2,312,800
2,152,900
1,860,500
1,133,100
1,057,800
644,100
43,900
9,085,200
Source: Mediana, Mediaskop, 2006
Source: National readership survey

2006
6.a
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Total
Source: Mediana IBO, ZenithOptimedia
(Slovenia, tolar)
min
max
Single copy
(Slovenia, tolar, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
88,739
87,877
60,000
Including publishing, audio-video,

construction
Expenditure
855,300
784,700
472,200
406,800
347,400
341,300
329,600
283,300
262,600
238,200
Source: Mediana, Mediaskop, 2006

(2005)
8.a
Publisher
Total revenue
Delo
MK Zalozba
Dnevnik
Vecer
Delo Revije
Burda
Casnik Finance
Preszernova Druzba
Zalozba Rokus
Salomon
58,337,500
35,604,167
31,358,333
18,025,000
14,462,500
6,787,500
6,675,000
5,433,333
5,183,333
4,766,667
Source: IPIS - 2004

2001
GDP
(Slovenia, tolar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
4,740.0 5,355.4 5,813.5 6,251.2 6,557.7

7.ab

2001
GDP per capita

2002
2003
2004
2005
2,382.0 2,718.0 2,951.0 3,173.0 3,329.0

7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.01
1.04
1.20
1.27
1.31
643
SLOVENIA
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Slovenske Novice
Delo
Direkt
Dnevnik
Vecer
Primorske Novice
Ekipa
Finance
Slovenian
Slovenian
Slovenian
Slovenian
Slovenian
Slovenian
Slovenian
Slovenian
Delo
Delo
Dnevnik
Dnevnik
Vecer
Primorske Novice
Salamon 2000
Finance
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
101
76
20
59
53
20
14
16
359
203
73
162
141
76
38
59
Cover price
(Slovenia, tolar) (USD)
115.00
155.00
95.00
190.00
155.00
135.00
130.00
240.00
0.70
0.90
0.50
0.90
0.90
0.80
0.80
1.50
Format
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet

9.a
Employment
15.a
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total number of journalists Total number of employees 10.a
405
970

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
11.
6
5
1
Research
There is no independent organisation that audits
circulation
The National Readership Survey, owned by the
Slovenian Advertising Chamber
Methodology
The survey is undertaken by CATI Marketing, Media
and Social Research & Consulting, which conducts
about 110 telephone interviews a day with individuals
aged between 10 and 75.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
20
15.b
8.5
8.5
20
20
25
25

companies?
Yes
No
same locality?
Neither a publisher of a general news daily, nor an
owner of more than 20% stake of the publishing
company can be a publisher or a co-founder of a radio
or television company, nor can he perform a radio or
television activity.
All individuals or companies owning at least 10% in any
company must disclose their interest.
press?
If any publisher controls over 50% of the market, it has
to be reported to the authorities.
No
Owners
Foreign Investors
644
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
max. 20%
max. 20%
max. 20%
max. 20%
max. 20%
SOLOMON ISLANDS
The bulk of the population depends on agriculture,
fishing, and forestry for at least part of its livelihood. The
islands are rich in undeveloped mineral resources such as
lead, zinc, nickel, and gold. The efforts of Ramsi to
restore law and order and economic stability have led to
modest growth as the economy rebuilds. The inflation

The country is served by two private newspapers: the
daily Solomon Star, which is published on weekdays,
and the weekly Solomon Express, which comes out every
Friday. The Solomon Stars circulation ranges between
4,000 and 6,000; it dominates the market, with outlets
in all the provincial centres of the country. In 2002 the
Solomon Express produced between 1,000 and 2,000
copies. It is sold mainly in the capital.

Given the high rate of illiteracy, radio broadcasting is Newspaper launches / closures
more influential than the print media.
Four Solomon Islands journalists, including a graduate
from the University of the South Pacific, have launched
The Solomon Islands Broadcasting Corporation (SIBC), a new weekly newspaper - the Island Sun. This is the
a statutory body directly under the Prime Ministers third newspaper in the country and is published by the
office, broadcasts to most of the country. There are also Trade Wind Company, set up by the entrepreneurial
two privately owned FM radio stations. Two television journalists. The weekly paper comes out on Fridays with
channels broadcast Australias Asia-Pacific service and updated in-depth stories and features throughout the
BBC International to Honiara and its environs.
week.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Pacific Media Watch
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
0.00
0.00
100.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
100.00
100.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP
(Solomon Islands, dollar, bln)

1999
2000
2001
2002
5.3

2.a
8.ba
Title
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
228
306
18
552
41
55
3
100
Male
000
116
155
9
280
41
55
3
100
Female
000
%
112
151
9
272
Circulation (000)
Format
Tabloid
Solomon Star
41
56
3
100
645
SOMALIA
Agriculture is the most important sector, with livestock
normally accounting for about 40% of GDP and about
65% of export earnings, but the ban on Somali livestock
in Saudi Arabia, due to Rift Valley Fever concerns, has
severely hampered the sector. Livestock, hides, fish,
charcoal, and bananas are the principal exports of
Somalia, while sugar, sorghum, corn, qat, and machined
goods are the principal imports. The arrears of Somalia
to the IMF continued to grow in 2006. Because
businesses print their own money inflation rates cannot
easily be determined.
Most citizens obtained news from foreign radio
broadcasts, primarily the BBC, which transmitted
a daily Somali-language program. There were reportedly
eight FM radio stations and one short-wave station
operating in Mogadishu. A radio station funded by local
businessmen operated in the south, as did several other
small FM stations in various towns in the central and
southern parts of the country. There was at least one FM
station in both Puntland and Somaliland.
While the ban on independent television and radio
stations in Somaliland remained in effect, there were
indications that the authorities were loosening restrictions
on independent television stations. In March the
authorities permitted Hargeisa Cable Television to begin
independent broadcasting of news, movies, and sports.
The print media consisted largely of short, photocopied
dailies published in the larger cities and often affiliated
with one of the factions. Several of these dailies were
nominally independent and published criticism of
faction leaders.
Of the six dailies in Somaliland, three of them are only

published four times a week because of the low
circulation rate34. These are Ogaal, Geeska Afrikaand
Oodka Shaabka.The remaining three dailies are the
state-owned Mandeeqand the privately-owned
Jamhuriyaand Haatuf.
Several new newspaper titles have emerged in the past
five years but some could not sustain themselves in the
market and eventually closed down, including Yooland
Riiyaaqin Puntland. In Somaliland, there have been
three newcomers in the past five years, namely Haatuf,
Geeska Africaand Oodka Shaabka, all of them private.
Newspapers thrive in Somaliland, seemingly due to
a lack of restrictive measures from the authorities. None
has so far been shut down, even those that are strongly
critical of the government. The less stable southcentral
regional market has been much more difficult for print
players, with the number of publications, most of them
produced in A4 size, shrinking in half since 2000 from
about 50 publications to around 25. Puntlands only two
newspapers also went out of business and there are now
no papers in that region.
Circulation
Circulation numbers are typically quite small, ranging
from 3,000 to 6,000 per paper, with the bulk of
circulation occurring in urban areas.
Considering the low average household income in the
country and the price of a single paper typically being
the equivalent of about 40 cents (USD0.40), few people
can afford to buy a newspaper on a daily basis.
Readership
The literacy rate is low, but there is a tendency for people
who read newspapers to share the news verbally with
There are no national newspapers that cover all of family, friends and neighbours.
Somalias three regions. The three regional markets are
Somaliland, Puntland and south-central Somalia Online / Digital Publishing
including Mogadishu. The two dailies in Somaliland, The Islamic Courts in Mogadishu were reported to be
Jamhuriyaand Haatuf, seem to command the highest monitoring Internet use closely. Internet use was
readerships, while in south-central Somalia the Qaraan widespread in urban and town settings throughout the
Press, Ayamahaand Horiyadaare the readership leaders. country.
Puntland currently has no newspaper, due to the collapse
of two titles.
Ownership
Of the nine most popular newspapers, three are stateThe strongest print sector is in the independent owned (Mandeeq, Horn Tribune, Qarni Ifriiqia) and the
Somaliland republic, where all the papers published are remaining six are privately-owned for profit ( Mogadishu
broadsheets, rather than the A4-size publications found Times, Jamhuriya, Hatuuf, Ogaal, Republican,
in south-central Somalia. Somaliland has six daily Somalian Times).
newspapers and five weekly newspapers. Of the five
weeklies, three are in English and two in Arabic. Media / Press Laws
Jamhuriya, Mandeeqand Haatufall publish in English In October 2006 the Islamic Courts announced a 13once a week and the latter two also publish an Arabic point code of conduct for the media that effectively
edition once a week.
eliminated freedom of the press in the areas they
646
SOMALIA
controlled. Among other provisions, the code of
conduct stipulated: media must not disseminate
anything that could create confrontation between the
people and the Islamic Courts; journalists are required
to reveal sources; the media must not serve foreign

interests; and journalists may not attend foreign
seminars without the formal permission of the Islamic
Courts.

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
100.00
100.00
0.00
0.00
57
57
45
45
38
38
30
30
30
30
-47.37
-47.37
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002, 2005 BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development
Initiative; 2003-2004, 2006 WAN assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
9
9
12
12
16
16
20
20
20
20
122.22
122.22
0.00
0.00

8.ba
Title
Jamhuriya (The Republic)
Haatuf
Mandeeq
Ogaal
Geeska Afrika
Oodka Shaaska

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
3,934
4,699
230
8,863
44
53
3
100
Male
000
1,973
2,356
97
4,426
45
53
2
100
Female
000
%
1,961
2,343
133
4,437
Source: BBC World Service Trust African Media Development Initiative
44
53
3
100
647
SOUTH AFRICA
- 44% have declined and 58% of the smaller than
South Africas gross domestic product (GDP) has average titles are under pressure reflecting a negative
increased by five percent in 2006 compared to 5.1 per growth rate.
cent in 2005.
- On average a 6% increase in total circulation.
- The Daily Sun has shown a significant increase in its
According to the South African Advertising Research circulation from 443,280 in 2005 to 494,875 in 2006.
(SAARF) AMPS universal survey, the population has - Vernacular newspapers have witnessed a similar trend
increased by 0.8%, from 30.656-million in 2005 to with Beeld - South Africas top daily Afrikaans
30.903-million in 2006. The 2006 AMPS survey further newspaper - seeing an increase from 97,573 to 99,162 in
identified that South Africans had more money to spend 2006; and Isolezwe - targeting Zulu-speaking South
than previous years, with an average household income Africans - an increase from 88,664 to 96,485 in 2006.
increase of 5.3%. The survey further identified that This could be attributed to the expansion of these titles
11.576-million people claim to be employed, either full- into regional areas.
time (26.3%) or part-time (11.1%), with a further - The Star - second largest English daily newspaper - has
2.678-million self-employed which is a slight seen a slight increase from 163,201 in 2005, to 163,332
improvement from previous years. These factors have in 2006.
contributed to the significant growth of newspaper - The Sowetan, English daily newspaper aimed at black
circulations, particularly at levels of living standard South African entrepreneurs, has witnessed a decline
measure (LSM) 5, 6 and 9.
from 134,954 in 2005 to 134,818.
Weekly Newspapers
Free newspapers have seen a 38% increase in their total - A 6% decline in the total circulation.
circulation as opposed to the 3% for paid-for titles.
- Soccer Laduma - SAs popular soccer newspaper - has
seen a significant increase in circulation up from
Tabloid newspapers have seen an increase in their 280,933 in 2005 to 303,461 in 2006.
circulation and readership mainly attributed to the - The Mail & Guardian - known for top investigative
success of the Daily Sun with 3,679,000 readers and an journalism stories - has witnessed a similar growth from
audited circulation of 494,875 copies per day.
41,723 to 48,292 in 2006.
- Ilanga - Zulu newspaper - has seen a decline from
A number of national newspapers have expanded their 108,858 to 100,906 in 2006.
reach into regional editions.
- Son - Afrikaans Cape Town based newspaper - has
witnessed a major decline in circulation from 172,612 to
76,830 in 2006. This could be attributed to the
The community newspaper industry sector has seen the expansion of the title into a daily (Monday to Friday
launch of a number of new titles, whereas the daily and with sole distribution in the Western Cape) and weekly
weekend market have remained static. More national (Friday edition distributing to Gauteng, Eastern Cape,
newspapers are expanding their reach through regional Free State and Western Cape areas) editions.
editions targeting specific communities.
Weekend Newspapers
Advertising
- 71% of the larger than average weekend newspapers
There has been a 27% increase in advertising have shown growth or are static.
expenditure, with annual adspend at R25 billion. - 29% have declined with 54% of the below than average
Advertising revenue on television has increased by 47% titles remaining static or a slight growth.
(excluding promotions & sponsorships), whilst print - In total weekend newspapers have seen a 2% increase
media has seen an 18% increase with a small percentage in the total circulation.
going towards promotions and sponsorships. - The Sunday Times still remains South Africas most
Newspapers make up 28% of the 40% print media read and sold weekly Sunday newspaper with
adspend market share which it has retained since 2002. a circulation of 504,475 in 2006, down from 509,160
for the same quarter in 2005.
Circulation
- Rapport - Afrikaans Sunday newspaper - remains at
According to the latest Audit Bureau of Circulations second position witnessing a decline from 304,535 in
audited circulation figures (4Q/2006):
2005 to 300,338 in 2006.
- The Sunday Sun, Sunday World and City Press
Daily Newspapers
witnessed significant increases. The Sunday Sun up from
- 56% of the daily newspaper titles have shown an 188,369 to 200,315 in 2006; Sunday World from
increase in their circulation or remained static.
155,997 to 184,772 in 2006, and City Press from
175,125 to 183,101.
648
SOUTH AFRICA
- Saturday-edition newspapers have seen a similar trend
with the Saturday Star increasing its circulation from
136,557 to 137,196 in 2006. Die Burger (Saturdayedition) witnessed a slight decline from 112,260 in 2005
to 103,862 in 2006.
Community Newspapers
- Community newspapers have shown a 7% increase in
total circulation, despite fierce competition and the
fragmentation of this market.
- Paid-for and free community newspapers have seen
either a significant increase or remained static within this
market.
- Free community newspapers remain the most popular
medium with 171-million copies distributed annually or
on average 4-million copies per week.
Readership
Readership of print titles has remained static with 52.7%
of the adult population consuming the medium whilst
television viewership has shown a decline from 66.9% to
66.2%.
Radio
listenership
has
seen
a significant growth, in particular the community radio
sector, with a 2.5% increase on 2005 (18.7%). Internet
access has grown significantly amongst LSM 8 to 10
with the latest AMPS survey showing a 22.6% in people
accessing the internet over the past 7 days.
According to the 2006 All Media Products Survey
(AMPS):
- (Any) newspaper readership is up significantly from
40.0% to 41.6% (12.845-million readers).
- Daily Newspapers share the same trend up from 22.7%
to 24.7%. This could be attributed to the two daily
newspapers that have shown a significant increase in
their performance:
The Daily Sun continues to drive up its readership
figures significantly up from 9.8% (AMPS 2005) to
11.9%. The tabloid now has 3.679-million readers,
making it the most read newspaper in the country.
Growth was witnessed mainly in SU-LSM 5, 6 and 9.
Isolezwe has grown its readership from 477 000 (1.6%)
to 644,000 (2.1%) %). Its expansion into Gauteng
(Johannesburg) has been successful, with readership in
the province growing from 6,000 in 2005 to 26,000
currently.
- Weekly Newspapers have remained static at 30.9%, or

9.554-million readers.
- Business Day - daily financial newspaper - has the
highest average household income of R18,953 a month;
with the Mail & Guardian as the weekly newspaper with
a household income of R14,598.
- Daily Sun readers have the lowest household income at
R4,541 a month; with the Ilanga as the weekly
newspaper with an income of R4,350.
- The Daily Suns readers are, on average, the oldest, at
34, and Soccer Ladumas the youngest at 31.
- The daily newspaper with the highest average age is the
Afrikaans daily, Beeld, at an age of 45 years with its
weekend counterpart, Naweek-Beeld, at 41 years.
- Sowetan has the highest average number of readers per
copy (rpc) of 12.0 with the Business Day at the lowest of
2.5.
In South Africa the cost of bandwidth and connectivity
to the internet is relatively expensive for the average
consumer making online and digital publishing a less
attractive medium to attract advertisers. Although
internet access has grown by 1.8% (22%) and ad
revenue by 24%, the growth was significantly amongst
the top LSM groups, 8 to 10. Online media receives
0.87% of the total all media adspend; with print media
at 39.91%; television 38.33% and radio at 13.17%.
Ownership
Caxton/CTP Limited has purchased 2% or R129million worth of shares in JohnCom in August 2006,
increasing their holding in Johncom to 4%. Johncom in
turn has a 37,2% interest in Caxton.
Media / Press Laws
The proposed amendments to the Film & Publications
Act, threatens the removal of the exemption of
newspapers from pre-publication censorship. The main
objective of the Act is to regulate child and other
pornographic material in an endeavour to limit access
and the exposure to children through the classification of
such material. The Film & Publications Act will have
a serious impact on newspaper business as a prepublication process will have to be followed for any
pornographic related material. The Act is still in
discussion phase.
Source: Newspaper Association of South Africa; SAARF; ABC
649
SOUTH AFRICA
persons) (2006)
Population by income
(2004)
Age
Annual income
(USD)
2.d
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
145
551
662
571
35
153
2,397
6
23
28
24
13
6
100
Source: AMPS
3.a
All adults
000
%
1-499
500-899
900-1,399
1,400-2,499
2,500-3,999
4,000-6,999
7,000-11,999
12,000+
Total
2,205
6,147
3,829
5,764
3,881
3,546
2,690
2,248
30,310
7
20
13
19
13
12
9
7
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
15,194
9,514
7,973
5,263
3,944
2,666
2,327
46,888
32
20
17
11
8
5
5
100
Male
000
7,626
4,786
4,036
2,553
1,850
1,227
992
23,070
33
20
17
11
8
5
4
100
Female
000
%
7,569
4,734
3,937
2,710
2,094
1,439
1,335
23,818
31
19
16
11
8
6
5
100
Source: Statistics SA
2.b
Social class
LSM 9-10
LSM 7-8
LSM 6
LSM 5
LSM 1-4
Total
All adults
000
%
3,943
4,171
4,454
4,176
14,160
30,903
13
14
14
14
46
100
000
1,964
2,055
2,282
2180
6,917
15,398
13
13
15
14
45
100
Female
000
%
1,978
2,116
2,172
1,995
7,243
15,505
13
14
14
13
47
100
Using the Living Standards Measure, where 10 is most sophisticated
(2005)
2.cb
Occupancy
Children
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
1,055
1,744
1,714
2,030
4,214
10,757
Source: AMPS 2004/2005
650
9.8
16.2
15.9
18.9
39.2
100
(2006)
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
Total
4,437
6,532
1,359
2,836
2,337
10,969
Source:
AMPS 2005/6
Notes :
Based on adults
40
60
100
18
-
18
1
17
18
6
12
19
6
13
5.56
-
5.56
0.00
8.33
14
4
16
2
110
110
2
108
307
122
2
120
190
70
6
64
199
71
6
65
80.90
-35.45
200.00
-39.81
4.73
1.43
0.00
1.56
185
185
120
120
128
128
6.67
6.67
8
6
2
7
5
2
12
7
5
13
8
5
85.71
-
8.33
14.29
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 Media Manager February 2005; Audit Bureau of Circulation;

2005-2006 Audit Bureau of Circulations of South Africa
In 2006, the ABC introduced new procedures and corrected 2005 data to get
them in line with 2006 data; the ABC were not able to supply similar corrections
for previous years to correct the imbalance in comparisons across years
3.b
Male
Source: AMPS 2005/6
2.ca

18
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
110
Regional and local
108
Regional and local
free non-dailies
7
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1,137
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
4,832
National paid-for
238
non-dailies
Regional and local
1,095
3,500
Regional and local
3,500
free non-dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
1,286 1,408 1,504 1,628

1,286 1,408 954 1,005
550 623
43.18
-11.61
-
8.24
5.35
13.2
5,695 6,213 4650 5,765

1,265 1,729 1,598 1,553
393
769 702
19.31
16.59
194.96
23.98
-2.82
-8.71
1,265 1,336
-22.28
2.78
4,430 4,484 3,052 4,212

4,430 4,484 3,052 4,212
20.34
20.34
38.01
38.01
1,465 1470 1,708 1,782

1,465 1470 1,385 1,436
323 346
22.98
-0.90
-
4.33
3.68
7.12
828
851
Source: 2002-2004 Media Manager February 2005, Audit Bureau of Circulation;

2005-2006 Audit Bureau of Circulations
In 2006, the ABC introduced new procedures and corrected 2005 data to get them
in line with 2006 data; the ABC were not able to supply similar corrections for
previous years to correct the imbalance in comparisons across years
SOUTH AFRICA
4.a
5.c
Media consumption
(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
free non-dailies
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
294.0 340.1 386.0

235.8 244.2
104.3 141.8
13.50
3.56
35.95
284.2
83.6
38.10
45.50
11.93
0.24
0.79
-0.22
885.0 170.5 200.6

885.0 170.5 200.6
17.65
17.65
295.0 77.0
295.0 62.9
14.1
5.19
3.97
10.64
1,226.0 253.9
341.0 83.4
264.0 37.80
77.0 45.60
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
In 2006, the ABC introduced new procedures and corrected 2005 data to get them
in line with 2006 data; the ABC were not able to supply similar corrections for
previous years to correct the imbalance in comparisons across years
Sales revenues
(South Africa, rand, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1,365 1,636 1,789 2,025 2,406 76.26
National paid-for dailies 1,365 1,636 1,789 2,025 2,406 76.26
Total paid-for non-dailies 683 842 1,003 1,171 1,374 101.17
National paid-for non-dailies 642 786 909 1,039 1,224 90.65
Regional and local
41
55
94
131 151 268.29
18.81
18.81
17.34
17.81
15.27
37
29
18
40
91
78
4
Website
Media 24
Independent Online
Junkmail
JohnCom
Mail & Guardian Online
www.media24.com
www.iol.co.za
www.junkmail.za
www.johncom.co.za
www.mg.co.zza
2002
2003
42
28
30
36
93
80
6
35,471
12,958
2,980
2,367
1,871
Source: Online Publishers Association (OPA)

Results based on 4th quarter survey based on average page impressions per
month in millions.
7.aa

1999
DP
(South Africa, rand, bln)

2000
2001
2002
888.0
983.0
2003
1,112.0 1,209.0
GDP per capita
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Office deliveries
Other 1
Total
41
29
26
34
92
78
5
1999
(%)
2004
39
30
23
36
91
80
4
7.ab
40
30
23
40
92
79
4
2006
Radio: P7D listenership, TV: P7D Viewership, Internet: P7D accessed
Source: Non-dailies include Sundays; sales exclude inserts and VAT

4.c
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
Source: AMPS
6.b
81.0
65.4
15.6
4.b
2002
(South Africa, rand, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
20.2
22.1
25.0
26.9
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.99
1.04
1.11
1.12
1.14

2005
2006
75
20.60
1.80
2.60
100
78
13
5
2
2
100
7.ac
Ad expenditure

1
7.ba
2006 PMIE
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a
1.50
2.80
5.90
-

(2006)
5.b
Age
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
%
% daily reach
group
22.8
27.2
22.5
13.6
7.7
6.1
100

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009

(%)
Reached
(South Africa, rand)

min
max
Single copy
Subscription
All adults
Men
Women
25.2
29.7
20.8
26.0
Source: AMPS
Based on daily newspapers percentage;
Main Shopper = HH Purchaser
Wholly/Partly
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
4,552
3,111
1,441
4,976
1,440
77
428
46
11,519
4,933
3,430
1,503
5,762
1,710
87
518
50
13,060
5,549
3,936
1,613
6,968
1,933
196
591
113
15,350
6,182
4,408
1,774
7,804
2,126
206
638
119
17,075
7,000
5,050
1,950
8,700
2,281
220
680
128
19,009
7,677
5530
2,147
9,790
2,573
235
744
135
21,154
8,447
6120
2,327
10,750
2,862
256
791
163
23,269
9,383
6,842
2,541
11,680
3,157
278
815
182
25,495
21.8
28.6
29.4
25.7
23.1
17.9
-
Source: AMPS 2006

AMPS measures adults aged 16+
651
SOUTH AFRICA
7.c
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

1,299
Total non-dailies
945
National paid-for
625
non-dailies
Regional and local
40
280
Regional and local
280
free non-dailies
1,572
1,182
823
768
1700
1,461
975
882
1,926
1,801
1,139
1,009
2,296 76.75
2,156 128.15
1,327 99.55
1,179 88.64
19.21
19.71
16.51
16.85
55
93
130
148
270.00
13.85
395
395
486
486
662
662
829
829
196.07
196.07
25.23
25.23
Before discounts - medium to large advertisers can expect discounts of 20%

or more, rising with volume. Excludes classified and inserts, which are important
for many titles. After agency commission of 16.5%
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
31.0
18.4
17.1
14.7
8.1
Expenditure
Pick n Pay
Shoprite Checkers
MTN
Spar
Vodacom
Standard Bank
Independent Publishers
ABSA
Cell C
National government
4.5
2.5
1.8
1.0
0.6
170,000
153,000
134,000
82,000
80,000
74,000
70,000
65,000
62,000
61,000
Source: Adex Jan-Dec
Multimedia Jan - Dec 2005
Excludes self-promotion

(2006)
8.a
2002
Total

(2005)
Retail
Travel Transport & Leisure
Business to Business
Banking
Education, Government
Welfare, Health & Religion
Media Promotion
Small Display ads
Household
Health & Beauty
Beverages
7.d

categories (2006)
2003
2004
2005
Publisher
2006
2,747,219 3,294,364 3,972,872 4,748,381 5,631,358
Source: Excludes self-promotion; colour/BW detail not available; in 000s rands

2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
99.0
0.3
0.7
100
94.0
5.0
1.0
100
92.0
6.0
2.0
100
92.0
6.0
2.0
100
81.5
12.9
5.5
100
Display
Inserts
Online
Total
Total revenue
Media 24
Independent INC
Johncom
Caxton
Capro
Natal Witness
Printing & Publishing
Capital Media
M&G Media Ltd
Mandla Matla Publishing
1,936,255
1,646,812
855,763
811,712
173,006
71,837
66,777
42,242
29,481
Source: Adex
Source: AC Nielsen ADEX

2002-2005 in all print media; classified advertising not measured; Internet/online
advertising only measured from 2005
8.ba
Title
Daily Sun
The Star
Sowetan
Beeld
Isolezwe
Burger
Cape Argus
Son Daily
Citizen
Daily News
Language
Publisher
English
English
English
Afrikanns
Zulu
Afrikanns
English
Afrikanns
English
English
Naspers
INC
Johncom
Naspers
INC
Naspers
INC
Naspers
Citizen
INC
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
495
163
135
99
97
91
73
72
72
50
3,831
679
1,516
424
698
481
327
474
333
Format
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(South Africa, rand)
44,947
82,620
37,947
65,432
18,870
58,575
47,385
24,024
40,144
72,465
132,192
62,244
93,423
18,870
83,105
75,816
36,309
64,228
Source: ABC Oct-Dec; AMPS 2006

10.a
11.
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
652
27
22
5
17
13
4
18
13
5
5.88
0.00
25.00
Research
Audit Bureau of Circulations
AC Nielsen: All Media Product Survey (AMPS)
SOUTH AFRICA
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
14
15.a
14
14
14
14
14
14
30
30
0

companies?
No
The only restrictions are financial. For instance, foreignowned publications are restricted in what they can
borrow. The Independent Broadcasting Act limits
foreign ownership of broadcasting services to 20% of
capital and votes.
same locality?
Yes. Independent Broadcast Act states that no person
who controls a newspaper may own a radio or television
licence in an area where the newspaper accounts from
more than 20% of circulation in that area.
Yes. The courts can order disclosure, although generally
there is no guarantee of transparency.
press?
No. The Independent Broadcasting Act limits
ownership of broadcasting services to no more than one
television licence and two radio licences.
The Independent Broadcasting Act is expected to be
amended at some point to be more like laws in the UK
and the US.
653
SPAIN
The Spanish economy experienced 3.4% growth in
2005 and 3.9% growth in 2006. The inflation rate
reached 2.7% in 2006.
The advertising expenditure breakdown in newspapers is

as follows: national newspapers 28.2%, regional
newspapers 58.2 %, free dailies 7.1%, sports newspapers
4.4%, and financial newspapers 2.1%.

Circulation
Promotions have become a major additional source of In 2006 circulation decreased by 2% as compared to the
newspapers income (at around 300 million euros in previous year.
2005) since most are paid for. In 2005, 67% of
promotions were paid for.
Ownership
Grupo Vocento was quoted on the stock market in
November 2006.
In 2006, Planeta and other leading regional press groups
launched the free daily ADN, which became the fourth At the beginning of 2007, RCS took over Grupo
free national daily.
Recoletos.
Advertising
Real advertising expenditure as estimated by Infoadex
reached a total of EUR14,590.2 million, i.e. up about
6.2% since 2005.
Traditional media secured EUR7,149.5 million, 7%
more than the previous year with 49% of the advertising
market, which also represents a 4 decimal point increase
with regard to the previous years market share.
Print media ad share declined from 41.2% in 2002 to
36.4% in 2006. On the other hand, the TV ad share
increased in the same period of time from 40.1% (2002)
to 44.5% (2006).
Copyright
In 2006, the Law on Copyright was amended, stating,
under its new form, that it is up to publishers to oppose
or allow the commercial exploitation of newspapers.
Article 32.1 of the Law on Copyright clearly stipulates
that Press compilations presented as reviews or
newsletters must include quotes. However, if the
compilations of newspaper articles consist essentially of
a mere reproduction with commercial aims, the author
who has not explicitly objected to the publication is
entitled to fair retribution.
Source: AEDE - Asociacion de Editores de Diarios Espanoles

2.a
Age
0-13
14-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5,906
2,784
2,952
7,394
6,904
5,607
4,566
7,232
43,345
14
6
7
17
16
13
11
17
100
Male
000
2,998
1,430
1,512
3,779
3,485
2,793
2,242
3,080
21,319
14
7
7
18
16
13
11
14
100
Female
000
%
2,908
1,354
1,440
3,615
3,419
2,814
2,324
4,152
22,026
13
6
7
16
16
13
11
19
100
Source: Universos EGM

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,723
4,913
14,899
11,536
3,013
37,084
7
13
40
31
8
100
Male
000
1,428
2,495
7,502
5,278
1,374
18,077
8
14
42
29
8
100
Female
000
%
1,292
2,414
7,394
6,272
1,635
19,007
7
13
39
33
9
100
Source: 2005, EGM Acumulado 2005

654
A + B = Upper Class; C1 = Upper Middle Class; C2 = Middle Class; D = Lower

Middle Class; E = Lower Class
SPAIN
(2006)
2.cb
(2004)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
Households
000
%
1 or 2 people
3 or 4 people
5 or more people
Total
7,632
6,463
1,620
15,715
49
41
10
100
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-1
aged 1-2
aged 3-4
aged 5-13
Total
Source: Universos EGM
5.a
11,233
3,802
234
430
1,113
2,848
15,035
75
25
8
3
7
19
100
All adults
Men
Women

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
41.8
50.9
33.1
34.2
Age
%
% daily reach
group
14-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Source: EGM-Prensa
Source: GM Acumulado; EGM Universo
5.7
8.5
21.9
21.0
17.5
12.4
13.0
100
32.2
44.9
46.4
47.7
48.9
42.5
28.1
-
Source: EGM-Prensa
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
136
132
4
145
136
9
151
136
15
162
139
139
23
178
140
140
38
30.88
6.06
850.00
9.88
0.72
0.72
65.22
Source: AEDE; OJD; WAN assessment (free dailies)

3.b
5,340 5,905 6,183 7,646 9,072 69.89

4,157 4,185 4,240 4,200 1 4,110 2 -1.13
1,183 1,720 1,943 3,446 4,962 319.44
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
6.a
18.65
-2.14
43.99
15
4
103
235
12
16
4
118
246
17
17
4
110
222
27
2006
17
3
112
222
32
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies 1
Non-dailies 2
Source: AEDE; OJD; WAN assessment (free dailies)

1
Media consumption
Source: EGM Acumulado
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
5.c
Estimation of a 2% year-on-year decrease

Estimate
100
-
100
-
100
43
59
-
53
-
-47.00
-
-10.17
Source: AEDE
1
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1,505 1,520 1,535 1,520 1,488

1,505 1,520 1,535 1,520 1,488
-1.13
-1.13
-2.11
-2.11
Source: AEDE
4.b
Sales revenues
(Spain, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
1,140.7 1,160.0 1,289.0 1,263.0 1 1,260.0 2 10.46
-0.24
Estimation about 2% year-on-year decrease

Estimate
4.c
Website
El Mundo
Marca
AS
ABC
La Verdad
www.elmundo.es
www.marca.com
www.as.com
www.abc.es
www.laverdad.es
7.aa
2002
2003
(%)
2004
76.0
4.5
9.0
5.9
4.6
100
75.1
14.2
6.1
4.6
100
2005
2006
74.4
9.7
4.8
6.2
4.7
0.2
100
72.0
10.9
6.9
5.1
4.9
0.2
100
(Spain, euro)
min
max
2002
(Spain, euro, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
729.0
781.0
895.0
939.6
2001
(Spain, euro, 000)

2002
2003
2004
2005
16.5
17.5
837.0
Source: 2002-2005 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2006 INE

7.ab
GDP per capita
18.5
19.6
20.8
Source: 2001-2004 IFS; ZenithOptimedia; 2005 INE
Cover prices (2006)
0.85
0.50
8,975
4,953
3,330
3,169
1,727
GDP
7.ac
Source: AEDE; OJD
Single copy
Subscription
Unique visitors per month (000)
Source: OJD
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Office deliveries
Free distribution
Other
Total
4.d
6.b
Only dailies audited by OJD; data as of December 2006
Source: Infoadex; AEDE

1
2005-2006 Dailies audited by OJD (Spanish ABC); AEDE estimate that almost all
Spanish paid-for dailies have a website
2
Non-dailies and Sundays
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.74
0.71
0.73
0.74
0.73
1.50
1.28
Source: AEDE
655
SPAIN
7.ba

(Spain, euro, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
2,228
1,531
697
2,185
485
45
409
72
5,423
2,201
1,496
705
2,317
508
48
422
75
5,571
2,358
1,584
774
2,676
540
41
442
94
6,152
2,460
1,667
793
2,958
610
43
460
121
6,652
2,530
1,733
797
3,207
631
44
467
157
7,037
2,597
1,792
805
3,435
653
44
477
211
7,418
2,659
1,846
813
3680
676
44
486
296
7,842
2,722
1,901
821
3,942
700
45
496
429
8,335
After discounts; excludes agency commission; excludes production costs; excludes

Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
26.4
10.8
9.9
9.3
8.9
7.5
7.4
5.0
2.9
1.9
Including dailies and Sundays
Source: Infoadex, s.a.

Including dailies and Sundays
1,790.5
1,222.8 1,286.6 1,375.8 1,664.2
623
- 1,041.2
126.3
20.96
-

Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
(Spain, euro, mln)
432
361
330
240
215
202
168
143
120
118
453
149
242
178
71
218
137
75
87
39
Diario El Pais
Recoletos, Ca. Editorial
Unidad Editorial
Diario ABC
Diario AS
La Vanguardia Ediciones
Ediciones Primera Plana
Audiovisual Espanola
Diario El Correo
Ediciones Deportivas Catalanas
Before volume discounts

2002
8.a
Publisher
In colour
Total
Expenditure
(Spain, euro, 000)
Viajes Marsans, S.A.

33,558.6
Viajes El Corte Ingles, S.A. 28,154.0
Telefnica, S.A.
21,948.7
Volkswagen-Audi
19,435.8
Espana, S.A.
El Corte Ingles, S.A.
18,635.5
Daimler Chrysler Espana S.A. 16,850.0
Vodafone Espana, S.A.
14,958.9
Renault Espana
14,513.7
Comercial, S.A.
Viajes Halcon, S.A.
13,687.6
Ford Espana, S.A.
13,024.9
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
7.d
Advertising sector
(Spain, euro, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2006 2006/02 2006/05

(2006)
Miscellaneous
Transport, Travel & Tourism
Automobile
Public & Private Services
Building
Distribution & Catering
Culture, Education, Media
Finance
Telecommunications
Health & Beauty
Source: Duplo; Nielsen; Infoadex; ZenithOptimedia
7.c

categories (2006)

2003
2004
2005
2006
Source: AEDE
204,609 244,739 304,293 461,613 404,523

810,894 857,715 934,442 1,077,972 1,016,268
Annual accounts

Dailies and Sundays
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
71.6
28.4
100
70.7
29.3
100
72.7
27.3
100
73.8
26.2
100
74.2
25.8
100
Display
Classified
Total
Only dailies
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
El Pas
Marca
El Mundo del Siglo XXI
ABC
As
La Vanguardia
El Periodico de Catalunya
La Razn
El Correo
Sport
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish / Catalan
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Diario El Pais
Recoletos Ca. Editorial
Unidad Editorial
Diario ABC
Diario As
La Vanguardia Ediciones
Ediciones Primera Plana
Audiovisual Espanola
Diario El Correo
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Cover price
(Spain, euro)
Format
567
441
434
319
317
249
218
199
141
182
2,058
2,391
1,338
739
990
697
789
393
523
567
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Source: AEDE
656
SPAIN
8.bb
12.
Title
Language Publisher
20 Minutos 1
ADN 2
Que! 3
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Metro Directo 4
Penalty 5
Ahora Madrid
El Crack 10 6
Ms 7
El Nervion 8
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Circulation (000)
Schibsted
Planeta Group (La Razon, Avui)
Recoletos Grupo
de Comunicacion SA (Pearson)
Metro International
Media Griup Cofina
Prensa Deportiva Gratuita
Grup 100%
Services Redaccionales
Bilbainos, S.L. (Grupo Correo)
-
Mini Diario Comunidad Spanish

Valenciana 9
997
914
970
766
400
200
190
100
55
11,323 11,415 11,141
10,900
-3.74
Source: AEDE
Salaries
(Spain, euro, mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total salary costs
227
Source: AEDE
10.a

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
4-colour newspapers
139 1
Source: AEDE
All paid-for dailies
10.c
Newsprint costs
2002
Average per ton

Source: AEDE
11.
Research
INTROL - OJD
AIMC - EGM
Source: AEDE
(Spain, euro)
2003
2004
2005
490
470
490
2006
500
4
4
16
16
16
16
35
35
Subsidies generally

14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Employment
16
13.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
9.b
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
48
Source: OJD; FDN; AEDE; WAN from public sources

1
14 editions in 2005: Alicante, Barcelona, Bilbao, Cordoba, Coruna, Granada,
Madrid, Malaga, Murcia, Sevilla, Valencia, Valladolid, Vigo, Zaragoza
2
12 editions in 2006: Barcelona, Bilbao, Castellon, Madrid, Malaga, Mallorca,
Pamplona, Sevilla, Valencia, Vigo, Zaragoza
3
12 editions in 2005: Alicante, Asturias, Barcelona, Bilbao, Coruna, Madrid,
Malaga, Mallorca, Sevilla, Valencia, Vigo, Zaragoza
4
14 editions in 2005: Alicante, Aragon, Canarias, Castellon, Castilla-La Mancha,
Catalunya, Elche, Galicia, Madrid, Malaga, national, Pais Vasco, Valencia
5
Barcelona, Madrid
6
Sports daily; Barcelona, Madrid
7
11 editions in 2005; 14 editions in 2006: Alcobendas - Sanse, Andorra, Costa
Daurada, Ebre, Girona, La Marxa, Manresa, Maresme, Reus, Sabadell, Sant Cugat,
Tarragon, Terassa, Vic
8
Bilbao
9
2 editions in 2005: Alicante, Valencia
9.a
Taxes (2005)
Tax
15.a
Discount rate (%)

50
0
0
0
0

companies?
No
The press is subject to no specific regulation, but follows
the general legislation for foreign capital investment. If
foreign investment does not exceed 50% of total capital
investment then such investment is not subject to
administrative scrutiny. Participation over 50% is
allowed but subject to investigation.
same locality?
No, but no person, private or governmental, Spanish or
foreign, may own more than 49% of a television
company.
press? No
657
SRI LANKA
The most dynamic sectors of Sri Lanka are now food
processing, textiles and apparel, food and beverages,
telecommunications, and insurance and banking.
Growth recovered to 5% between 2002 and 2006.
About 800,000 Sri Lankans work abroad, 90% in the
Middle East. They send home about USD1 billion a
year. The struggle by the Tamil Tigers of the north and
east for a largely independent homeland continues to
cast a shadow over the economy. The inflation rate was
The state controls the Sri Lanka Broadcasting
Corporation (radio), the Sri Lanka Rupavahini
Corporation (television) and the ITN radio and
television network i.e. 10 radio channels and three
television channels along with five regional radio
stations.
Although radio and television were a government
monopoly up to the mid-1980s several privately owned
television and radio stations have now been established.
The private sector owns four TV stations (with seven
channels), and four radio stations (with 12 channels).
The transmission capacity and reach of the private
stations still remain far more limited than that of the
state-owned electronic media. Thus, state owned
electronic media, both radio and television, remains the
electronic media with the widest reach (approximately
95% of the country).
The state controls the Associated Newspapers of Ceylon
Limited (ANCL, or Lake House as it is popularly
known), the biggest newspaper establishment in the
country with approximately 20 publications in the three
main languages, Sinhalese, English and Tamil. ANCL
has the broadest outreach in terms of distribution

networks and benefits extensively through state
advertising.
There are seven large private establishments that print
a number of daily newspapers in all three languages. In
addition there are also a number of private
establishments that publish several weekend newspapers.
Readership
According to the 2003 data of the Knowledge Attitudes
and Practices Syrvey (KAPS), television is the principle
source of news for 57% of the population, followed by
newspaper for 18%, radio for 18% and other sources for
less than 10%. However, levels of interest in politics are
highest amongst newspaper readers with 60.7% showing
High Interest or Some Interest, followed by radio
listeners (48.2%). Television viewers show the lowest
level of interest in politics (44.2%).
Media / Press Laws
The August 2005 Emergency regulations allow the
government to stop the publication, distribution,
showing, performance or broadcast of any book,
magazine, newspaper, poster, movie, play, song, radio or
television program that it finds likely to cause public
disorder; however, it did not enact any of these
provisions during the year.
According to the Committee to Protect Journalists
(CPJ), the government enacted the Prevention and
Prohibition of Terrorism and Specified Terrorist
Activities Regulations. The regulations attempt to define
terrorism and allow the government to take any
necessary actions to imprison suspected terrorists.
As reported by CPJ, one journalist was detained under
these provisions.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Centre for Policy Alternatives
and International Media Support
658
SRI LANKA
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total dailies
4.c
177
177
69
68
164
164
68
38
163
163
68
37
-0.61
-0.61
0.00
-2.63

1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
58
36
6
100
60
35
5
100
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Total
2002 Approximate figures
4.d
Cover prices (2002)
5.a
(Sri Lanka, rupee)

min
max
Single copy
6.00
Daily
All adults
25.00
90
(%)
Weekly Monthly
95
95
(Sri Lanka, rupee, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006

(2000)
5.b

2.a
Age
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,868
13,868
1,486
20,222
24
69
7
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
2,489
6,727
688
9,904
25
68
7
100
2,379
7,141
798
10,318
23
69
8
100
%
of readership
Under 20
21-40
41-60
61+
Total
7.aa
16
45
27
12
100
2002
GDP
(2002)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
7.ab
3,336
GDP per capita
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

13
11
Regional and local
2
paid-for dailies
15
18
11
7
18
11
7
38.46
0.00
250.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2005-2006 WAN estimate
(Sri Lanka, rupee, 000)

1999
2000
2001
-
2002
67.7
74.7
82.8

7.bb
Press
Radio
Television
Others 2
1
2
3.b
7,461.4 8,723.2 9,733.4
Households
000
1998
3.a
1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002 1
27.0
22.0
38.6
12.4
25.0
25.0
40.0
10.0
Approximations only
Includes posters, billboards, transport, blimps, etc.

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

493
Total paid-for non-dailies1,302
720
600
-
600
-
21.70
-
0.00
-
Source: 2005-2006 WAN estimate
659
SRI LANKA
7.c
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) Total paid-for dailies

-
1,800 1,920 2,110

1,406
704
Publisher
Wijeya Publications
Upali Newspapers
Leader Publications
Sumathi Newspapers
Express Newspapers
Ravaya Publications
9.90
-
After discounts. Typical discounts range from 5-15%

8.ba

(2002)
8.a
(Sri Lanka, rupee, mln)

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Title
Language
Publisher
Lankadeepa
Divaina
Daily News
Dinamina
Island
Lakbima
Virakesari
Daily Mirror
Thinakaran
Dinakural
Sinhalese
English
Sinhalese
Sinhalese
Tamil
English
-
Wijeya Publications
Upali Group
Upali Group
Sumathi Newspapers
Wijeya Publications
-
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Sri Lanka, rupee) (USD)
131
125
68
50
41
22
20
15
12
8
726
698
374
275
225
132
110
82
66
50
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
10.00
15.00
8.00
8.00
Format
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.10
0.16
0.08
0.08
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Sri Lanka, rupee)
108,000
80,000
93,500
60,500
65,000
55,000
40,000
72,000
38,500
-
155,000
128,000
150,200
103,700
104,000
82,500
66,500
125,000
62,800
-

2002 data
9.a
Employment
12.
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
10.a
910 1,020 1,100

3,630 3,940 3,900
7.84
-1.02
Taxes (2005)
Tax
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Plant
20
20
20
0
10
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
10.ba
18
23
4
22
27
3
22
27
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
Single copy sales
10.c
1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
12
Newsprint costs
1998
Average per ton
(Sri Lanka, rupee)

1999
2000
2001
-
46,466
2002
13.a

No
Normal bank loans can be made for equipment at rates
between 14% and 22%.
No
34,000
14.
11.
Research
The Lanka Market Research Bureau (LMRB)
Methodology
Sampling
660
Subsidies generally
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
SRI LANKA
15.a

companies?
Yes, the Registration Law.
No
same locality?
No
All public companies are required to disclose their
ownership; private companies are not. Publishing
companies are subject to no special regulation."
press?
No
No. The government is actually looking at media
deregulation.
661
SUDAN
Increased oil production, revived light industry, and
expanded export processing zones helped sustain GDP
growth at 10% in 2006. Agricultural production
remains the most important sector of Sudan, employing
80% of the work force, contributing 35% of GDP, and
accounting for most of the GDP growth, but most farms
remain rain-fed and susceptible to drought. The
The government directly controlled radio and television
and required that they reflect government policies.
Television has a permanent military censor to ensure that
the news reflected official views. Some foreign radio
broadcasts were available in the country. A private FM
radio station, which began broadcasting music in
Khartoum in 2004, continued to operate. Despite the
governments license requirement and the high price of
satellite dishes, citizens had access to foreign electronic
media; the government did not jam foreign radio signals.
In addition to domestic and satellite television services,
there was a pay cable network, which directly
rebroadcast uncensored foreign news and other
programs.
International media were not allowed to operate freely.
There were many daily newspapers, mainly in urban
areas, reflecting somewhat differing political views.
Several newspapers also reprinted articles from the
international press, some of which were critical of
government policies. There was one formally
government-controlled newspaper in Arabic and one in
English, although security services also controlled other

newspapers. A number of independent publications
were under intensive scrutiny during the year and
experienced intimidation, interruption, and arrest of
their editors.
The Sudanese independent, English-language daily
newspaper, the Khartoum Monitor, began publishing
a weekly Arabic-language edition of the paper in May
2006.
The government monitored Internet communications,
and the NISS read e-mail messages between private
citizens. Some Web sites deemed offensive to public
morality
were
blocked
by
the
National
Telecommunications Corporation, as were most proxy
servers, but there generally were no restrictions on access
to news and information Web sites. Internet access was
generally available and widely used in urban areas, but it
was limited by lack of infrastructure outside of cities.
Other Factors
The National Press Council applied the press law and
licensed newspapers, set press policy, and responded to
complaints. In the event of a complaint, it could warn
a newspaper or suspend it indefinitely and suspend
journalists for up to two weeks. The council consisted of
21 members: seven selected by the president; five from
the National Assembly; seven directly elected by
journalists from the Journalists Union; and two selected
by leaders of the Journalists Union, which observers
considered to be government-controlled.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Sudan Tribune
662
SUDAN
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
25
26
27
28
28
12.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 WAN assessment; 2005 WAN from public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
80
85
88
90
90
12.50
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Sudan, dinar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
18,340.6 21,132.5 21,952.7

8.ba
Title

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
17,607
22,626
1,004
41,237
43
55
2
100
Male
000
8,993
11,328
537
20,858
43
54
3
100
Female
000
%
8,614
11,298
467
20,379
42
55
2
100
Al-Ray al Aam
Ra'y A-Shaab
Al-Riyadh
Al Waan
Addaraweesh
Al-Anbaa
Al-Ayam
Al-Khartoum
Al-Sahafa
Al-Usbua
Khartoum Monitor
Sudan Vision
Al-Adwaa
Al-Sudani
Al Sharia al Siyasi
Language
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
English
English
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
663
SURINAME
The economy is dominated by the mining industry,
which accounts for more than a third of GDP and
subjects government revenues to mineral price volatility.
The short-term economic outlook depends on the
ability of the government to control inflation and on the
development of projects in the bauxite and gold mining
sectors. The inflation rate was estimated at 9.5% in

2005.
There are three daily newspapers, of which De Ware Tijd
has the largest circulation.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
127
284
28
439
Male
29
65
6
100
Female
000
%
000
65
146
12
223
29
65
5
100
62
138
16
216
29
64
7
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Suriname, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
4.4
5.3
2006
8.6

8.ba
Title
Language
De Ware Tijd
De West
Dagblad Suriname
Dutch
Dutch
Dutch
664
SWAZILAND
In this small, landlocked economy, subsistence
agriculture occupies more than 80% of the population.
Sugar and wood pulp remain important foreign
exchange earners. Swaziland is heavily dependent on
South Africa from which it receives more than
nine-tenths of its imports and to which it sends 60% of
its exports. Customs duties from the Southern African
Customs Union and worker remittances from South
Africa substantially supplement domestically earned
income. The inflation rate was estimated at 5.1% in
2006.
of 2,000 copies at SZL1 per copy. People prefer to read

English, however, as English is the medium of
instruction in schools.

There was one government-owned radio station and one
independent radio station, which broadcast only
religious programs. There was a privately owned
television station, which was officially independent;
however, the owners mother was the daughter of the
previous king, Sobhuza II, and its reporting favored the
monarchy. The government-owned television and radio
stations, the most influential media in reaching the
public, generally followed official policy positions.
Government broadcast facilities retransmitted Voice of
America and BBC news programs in their entirety.
Advertising
In 2006, unlike in the previous year, the government
placed some advertising in the independently owned
daily newspaper.

The countrys two daily newspapers, The Times of
Swaziland (private) and the Swazi Observer (owned by
the King through a royal conglomerate) also put out
weekend editions. The Times has a daily print run of
22,000 copies and the Observer about 15,000.
The state-owned Swazi Observer group reappeared in

2001, a year after its closure by its own management
committee. The Swazi Observer group of papers is made
up of the Daily Observer, the Weekend Observer, and
Instantseli. It was established in 1982, when it was given
as a gift to King Sobhuzu from the late millionaire who
headed the multinational company Lonrho. After
Sobhuzus death the papers were left to King Mswati III.
Circulation
At SZL2 per copy, newspapers are still affordable even
for rural communities (a loaf of bread costs SZL3.50).
Most citizens lived in rural areas without access to the
Internet. Internet cafes existed in larger urban areas, but
bandwidth was limited. A single Internet provider held
a government-approved monopoly.
Media / Press Laws

One of the primary purposes of the Books and
Newspaper Act of 1963 is to provide for the registration
of newspapers. The act prohibits anyone from printing
or publishing a newspaper in Swaziland unless the editor
The independent newspaper The Times of Swaziland of the newspaper is resident within Swaziland and has
was established in 1897, and is both the oldest a registration certificate issued by the Registrar of Books
newspaper in the kingdom and the only major news and Newspapers.
source free of government control. It was bought in
1975 by British expatriate Douglas Loffler, who acquired Printing & Distribution
it from The Argus Group of South Africa. Under Loffler, The Kingdom of Swaziland has a few publishing and
the Times became a daily.
printing firms, but they are not technologically
developed. Most printing, however, is done inside the
The Times also prints a vernacular paper, Tikhatsi country.
TeMaswati, which is published daily with a circulation
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; MISA - Media Barometer Swaziland;
665
SWAZILAND
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
0.00
0.00
2002
(Swaziland, lilangeni, bln)

2003
2004
2005
0.00
0.00

7.aa
GDP
36.9
39.8
2006
40.1

8.ba
Title
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
462
634
40
1,136
233
303
16
552
42
55
3
100
41
56
4
100
22
15
Readership Format
(000) 2
110
88
Tabloid
-
Age
Circulation
(000) 1
The Times of Swaziland 3 African Echo (Pty) Ltd.

The Swazi Observer
Tibiyo Taka Ngwane Trust

2.a
Publisher
Male
Female
000
%
229
331
24
584
39
57
4
100
Print run
Estimate
3
Founded in 1897
2
666
SWEDEN
2006 was a very strong year, economically, for Sweden.
GDP growth was the highest it has been in many years.
Unemployment went down and in some sectors the job
market was similar to the late 1990s, when there were
more jobs than available people. Interest rates increased
slightly to slow down the economy and keep inflation in
check. There was some uncertainty in the real estate
market due to this increase but it did not last very long
and the growth in prices of real estate is not showing any
real sign of slowing down.
Ad spend in free newspapers increased by nine percent,

in line with total growth in ad spend.
Growth in online media ad spend was exceptional. Ad
spend on newspaper websites went up by more than 30
percent. Many of the largest web sites are newspaper
sites, or are owned by newspapers.
Circulation
Circulation in paid-for newspapers continued to slowly
decline. 2006 was a little worse than previous years, with
a decline of 1.8 percent. Non-daily newspapers actually
increased circulation which means that the decline of the
Plenty of free daily newspapers were launched in the fall dailies was more than two percent.
of 2006. Stockholm City branched out with editions in
Gteborg and Malm. Punkt se, a free newspaper On the other hand, free dailies increased their
aiming at younger readers, was launched in Stockholm, circulation by 4.4 percent.
Gteborg and Malm.
Readership
A paid-for non daily newspaper, Tby-Danderyd Readership of paid-for newspapers decreased from 85 to
Tidning, was launched in an affluent suburban area of 84 percent on weekdays. Declining readership of paidStockholm.
for newspapers is compensated by growing readership of
free newspapers. Thus weekday readership of all
A local daily, Bergslagsposten, ceased publication to newspapers is stable at around 90 percent.
become an edition of the regional daily Nerikes
Allehanda.
Online penetration is not growing as fast as in previous
Advertising
years. However, the number of visitors to newspaper web
Recruitment and display advertising grew strongly in sites is still growing.
2006. Except recruitment, other classified advertising
revenues declined compared to 2005.
Almost all Swedish dailies have an online edition. Many
non-dailies have online editions as well, although some
Real estate ad revenues were stable but should be doing are just showing their print newspaper online.
better considering the volumes sold. The prices were cut
as a result of increased competition that started a few The Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association
years ago, and are still lower than they used to be.
continues to run projects on the development of mobile
services and e-paper.
Automobile and personal advertising markets were hit
harder by internet competition than other ad types.
Ownership
Just a few small mergers and acquisitions occurred
Almost all media types increased their ad revenues.
during 2006. Alliances and joint ventures continued to
develop.
Ad spend in paid-for newspapers increased by almost
seven percent in 2006 - a little bit below total growth in There was not much discussion on media concentration.
ad spend.
Media / Press Laws
Among paid-for newspapers, metropolitan dailies were A Governmental Commission presented a draft in
favoured by the general economic situation and were the November 2006 for the future constitutional legislation
most successful with an ad spend increase of nine on freedom of the press and freedom of speech in
percent. This was due to strong sales in recruitment and Sweden. The draft had three versions, two of which
display advertising which, together with real estate, are would lead to weaker protection for the freedom of the
the most important ad markets in those newspapers.
press and freedom of speech. The draft and its versions
have been heavily criticized.
Ad spend in evening tabloids grew a lot during the last
couple of years, so it was only natural that growth slowed Copyright
down to an increase of four percent in 2006.
The Government has declared that in 2007 it will set up
a Commission to investigate the need for legislation in
667
SWEDEN
the field of copyright and employment, which has been
demanded by the media industry for a long time.
The Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association
continues to cooperate with newspaper publishing
companies on development of e-paper-solutions.
Postal Issues
The Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association kept
having discussions with the Postal Office regarding
possible cooperation in distributing newspapers and
postal matters.
State Support
In June 2006 the Parliament adopted some changes in
the press subsidy law, that increased the current press
subsidy by about 6 million euros. However, in October
2006 the government declared that the changes could
not be carried out, due to an intervention from the
European Commission, that seems to consider the
entire system an illegal state subsidy. The issue is now
subject to negotiation between the Swedish Government
and the European Commission.
Source: Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,550
1,161
1,150
1,288
1,166
1,218
1,581
9,113
17
13
13
14
13
13
17
100
Male
000
795
596
586
657
590
611
689
4,524
18
13
13
15
13
14
15
100
Female
000
%
755
566
564
631
576
606
892
4,590
16
12
12
14
13
13
19
100
Source: SCB - Statistics Sweden

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
Total
All adults
000
%
542
1,958
2,762
2,095
7,357
7
27
38
28
100
Male
000
420
1,208
1,168
824
3,619
12
33
32
23
100
Female
000
%
122
750
1,594
1,271
3,738
3
20
43
34
100

(2004)
2.cb
(2004)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
2,042
1,251
447
461
199
4,400
668
46
28
10
10
5
100
Without children
With children
aged 0-6
aged 7-12
aged 13-19
Total
Households
000
%
3,082
1,318
476
496
163
4,400
70
30
11
11
4
100
SWEDEN
persons) (2006)
3.b
Age
Housewives
000
%
Total
58
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
100

Data on this category are no longer
available broken down in age groups

Annual income
(USD)
Less than 120
120-239
240-399
400+
Total
All adults
000
%
2,225
2,959
1,621
413
7,218
Male
31
41
22
6
100
Female
000
%
000
830
1,319
1,063
331
3,543
23
37
30
10
100
1,395
1,640
558
82
3,675
38
45
15
2
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
93
91
4
Regional and local
87
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
2
Regional and local
2
free dailies
Total non-dailies
115
Regional and local
57
40
Regional and local
40
free non-dailies
Total dailies
4,251
3,671
893
Regional and local
2,778
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
580
Regional and local
580
free dailies
Total non-dailies
2,308
Regional and local
305
Regional and local
1,916
free non-dailies
4,264
3,668
912
2,756
4,324 4,368 4,721

3,652 3,603 3,526
926
905 879
2,727 2,698 2,647
11.06
-3.95
-1.57
-4.72
8.08
-2.14
-2.87
-1.89
2,866 2,835 2,784

786
768 743
-1.80
-3.26
596
596
672
672
765 1,195 106.03

765 1,195 106.03
56.21
56.21
2,077 1,864 1,998 2,309

386 380 395 401
79
76
80
80
307 304
315 321
0.04
2.30
-8.05
5.25
15.57
1.52
0.00
1.90
1,691 1,484 1,603 1,908

1,691 1,484 1,603 1,908
-0.42
-0.42
19.03
19.03
Source: Tidningsstatistik AB (Swedish Audit Bureaux of Circulations); WAN

assessment (free dailies)
92
90
4
86
93
90
5
85
91
88
4
84
91
85
4
81
-2.15
-6.59
0.00
-6.90
0.00
-3.41
0.00
-3.57
Two paid-for regional dailies merged in November 2004, and are counted as one
title for 2004. There are several more free newspapers, but only 46 had their
distribution audited in 2004. A new free national daily launched in 2004; it is
includes in the 2004 figures, but has not been audited.
88
2
86
2
83
2
-3.49
0.00
4.a
2
2
3
3
3
3
6
6
200.00
200.00
100.00
100.00
116
74
17
57
115
74
17
57
121
78
18
60
133
79
18
61
15.65
5.33
0.00
7.02
9.92
1.28
0.00
1.67
42
42
41
41
43
43
54
54
35.00
35.00
25.58
25.58
Source: Tidningsstatistik AB (Swedish Audit Bureaux of Circulations);

distribution audited in 2004. A new free national daily launched in 2004;
it is includes in the 2004 figures, but has not been audited.
Audited titles only, except for national free dailies (Metro)

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
1,227.0
1,227.0
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
105.0
Regional and local
105.0
free dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
1,262.0
1,262.0
-
1,387.0
1,216.0
327.0
890.0
1,416.0
1,214.0
330.0
884.0
1,400.3
1,184.5
319.4
865.1
14.12
-3.46
-
-1.11
-2.43
-3.21
-2.14
-2.03
-3.70
922.0 903.3
292.0 281.2
157.0 171.0 202.0 215.8 105.52

157.0 171.0 202.0 215.8 105.52
6.83
6.83
113.0 119.0 134.3

36.0 37.0 38.0 38.7
4.0
5.0
4.9
33.0 33.0 33.8
7.50
-
12.86
1.84
-2.00
2.42
18.02
18.02
76.0
76.0
81.0
81.0
95.6
95.6
Source: Tidningsstatistik AB (Swedish Audit Bureaux of Circulations)

distribution audited in 2004. A new free national daily launched in 2004;
it is includes in the 2004 figures, but has not been audited.
669
SWEDEN
4.b
Sales revenues
6.a
Online editions
(Sweden, krona, mln)

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
6,824.7 6,851.0 7,025.0 7,129.0

- 2,295.0 2,319.0 2,324.0
- 4,556.0 4,706.0 4,805.0
1.48
0.22
2.10
94.2 131.0 120.0 124.0

22.0 23.0 23.0
109.0 97.0 100.0
3.33
0.00
3.09
Dailies
Non-dailies
6.b
Data only available for members of Swedish Newspaper Publishers' Association (all
paid for dailies and most of paid for non-dailies)
2002
2003
(%)
2004
24
72
4
100
22
69
4
5
100
21
70
4
5
100
Cover prices (2006)
2005
2006
20
75
70
4
5
100
20
75
71
4
5
100
5.a
9.00
4.55
20.00
13.70
All adults
Men
Women
84
84
84
84
-2.60
178.38
7.14
119.15

81,462
44,462
15,416
13,221
4,720
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Sweden, krona, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
2,347.0 2,439.0 2,545.0 2,655.0 2,838.4
Source: 2002-2005 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 SCB Statistics Sweden
GDP per capita
2002
(Sweden, krona, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
264.6
274.6
311.5
286.6
296.0
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006 SCB Statistics Sweden

7.ac
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.67
0.64
0.64
0.67
0.70

(2006)
7.ba

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
%
% daily reach
group
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
71
75
84
89
92
92
-
Source: Sifo Research International
9,945
7,728
2,217
3,446
472
79
797
1,066
15,805
9,945
7,728
2,217
3,519
448
70
826
1,139
15,832
9,894
7,855
2,039
3,734
490
59
932
1,254
16,363
10,564
8,298
2,266
4,167
515
68
989
1,703
18,006
11,199
8,761
2,438
4,466
576
78
1,091
2,237
19,647
11,641
9,115
2,526
4,720
617
88
1,168
2,740
20,974
11,995
9,385
2,610
4,932
653
96
1,236
3,252
22,164
12,373
9,645
2,728
5,091
701
103
1,354
3,722
23,344
Source: University of Gothenburg, Annonsorforeningen, IRM, ZenithOptimedia
All paid-for newspapers; age groups

15-79
5.c
aftonbladet.se
expressen.se
dn.se
di.se
svd.se
Ad expenditure
5.b
14
15
18
18
19
17
100
Website
Aftonbladet Nya Medier AB

AB Kvllstidningen Expressen
Dagens Nyheter AB
DI Online AB
Svenska Dagbladet AB & Co
January 2007
1
Average = 13.18 SEK
2
Average = 6.53 SEK
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65-79
Total
75
103
7.ab
(%)
Reached
Source: Swedish Newspaper Publishers

Association
Age
70
47
(Sweden, krona)
min
max
Single copy 1
Subscription 2
69
40
Impressions per week
Source: Tidningsstatistik AB (Swedish Audit Bureaux of Circulations)

4.d
71
35
Source: Kiaindex week 8 2007
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Free distribution
Total
77
37
Including paid-for and free newspapers online editions
4.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
After discounts; includes classified; excludes agency commission; excludes

production costs
Media consumption
2002
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
28
14
124
102
19
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
30
15
117
106
23
29
14
124
102
25
29
14
105
96
32
2006
29
14
109
101
53
Source: Nordicom (Media barometer)

Individuals aged 9-79
670
SWEDEN
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total paid-for dailies 7,504.3

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
939
Regional and local
Total online newspapers -
7,506.0 7,622.0 8,049.0 8,357.0

964 1,173 1,297 1,348
6,542 6,449 6,752 7,009
942
238
-
6,795 7,145 7,417

827
904 940
11.36
-
3.83
3.93
3.81
3.81
3.98
1230 1,355 1,504 60.17

236 250 490 119.73
236
250 490
-
11.00
96.00
96.00
183
34.10
349
468
Source: 2002-2004 Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association; 2005 IRM (Institute

for Advertising and Media Statistics); 2006 IRM - Institute for Advertising and
Media Statistics and Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association
1
Including free dailies and free non-dailies
7.d

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
366,979 402,845 447,179 463,984 463,984
730,508 721,491 741,508 753,373 753,373
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association;

2005 Tidningsutgivarna
Column meter
Display
Classified
Inserts
Online
Total

(2005)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
% of display
ad revenue
Retail
Organisation,
public advertising
Motor, vehicles
Travel, tourism, transports
Office supplies, computers
Bank, finance
Books, media, education
Groceries, beverage, tobacco
Local Shops
Others
2002
2003
(%)
2004
54.6
43.4
1.9
99.9
57.4
40.1
2.5
100
60.1
37.1
2.9
100
2005
2006
57.4
36.0
2.7
3.9
100
57.0
36.0
3.0
5.0
100
33
19
Expenditure
ICA
Kooperativa Frbundet
Telia
Swedbank
Volkswagen Svenska
Volvo
Fastighetsfrmelding
Saab-Opel Sverige
Notar Fastighetsmklare
Tele2 Comviq
9
8
7
5
3
2
2
10
341,311
314,006
304,302
245,949
233,179
157,787
150,910
149,814
133,040
125,651

8.a
Publisher
In colour
Total

categories (2006)
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
1,004
621
246
168
146
131
118
109
60
45
118
5,174
2,773
1,822
757
822
690
798
572
39
Bonnier AB
Schibsted
Tidnings AB Stampen
Gota Media
Gefle Dagblads Frvaltnings AB
Herenco AB
Mkt Media AB
Nya Wermlands-Tidningen AB
Norrkpings Tidningars AB
VLT AB
Source: Press Subsidies Council (revenue); Tidningsstatistik AB-Swedish Audit

Bureaux of Circulations (circulation)
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association;

2005 Tidningsutgivarna
8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Aftonbladet
Dagens Nyheter
Expressen inklusive
GT och Kvllsposten
Gteborgs-Posten 1
Svenska Dagbladet
Sydsvenskan
Dagens Industri
Helsingborgs Dagblad med
Nordvstra Skanes Tidningar
och Landskrona Posten
Dalarnas Tidningar
Nerikes Allehanda
Swedish
Swedish
Swedish
Aftonbladet Hierta AB
Dagens Nyheter AB
AB Kvllstidningen Expressen
417
347
326
Swedish
Swedish
Swedish
Swedish
Swedish
Gteborgs-Posten Nya AB
Svenska Dagbladet AB & Co
Sydsvenska Dagbladets AB
Dagens Industri AB
Helsingborgs Dagblad AB
Swedish
Swedish
Dalarnas Tidningar KB
NAtidningar AB
Readership
Format
(000)
Cover price
usual
max
(Sweden, krona)
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Sweden, krona)
1,380
886
1150
9.00
15.00
9.00
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
198,873
202,723
97,100
198,873
241,900
155,300
243
194
123
118
82
576
481
312
389
190
12.00
15.00
15.00
20.00
15.00
15.00
20.00
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
107,136
95,000
96,648
127,900
75,667
152,448
109,200
127,152
127,900
100,354
65
60
143
138
15.00
15.00
Tabloid
Tabloid
44,800
48,432
69,696
64,560
Source: Tidningsstatistik AB-Swedish Audit Bureaux of Circulations (circulation); Sifo Research International (readership); Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association
1
Gteborgs-Posten and Svenska Dagbladet have different prices for weekdays and Sundays
671
SWEDEN
8.bb
Title
Publisher
Metro 1
Stockholm City
Punkt se (.SE) 2
City Gteborg
City Malm Lund
Extra stergtland
Metro International S.A.

Stockholm City i Sverige AB
Aftonbladet Frlag AB
Extra stergtland Nyhetsbyra HB
(000)
(000)
482
298
293 3
44
41
37
707 4
605
184 5
109
91
-
Format
Tabloid
Tabloid
Half-Berliner 6
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Sweden, krona)
142,300 7
115,085
61,600 8
22,378
22,378
22,656
142,300
115,085
61,600
22,378
22,378
22,656
Source: Circulation: Tidningsstatistik AB , WAN assessment; Readership: Sifo Research International; Prices and format:
Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association
City Gteborg and City Malm are new titles, so their circulation and readership data are only for the fall period, not full
year; Extra stergtland is not measured in the national readership survey; Punkt se readership is from fall 2006
Stockholm, Gteborg, Skane, and national edition
Morning daily; print-run of 150,000 copies in Stockholm, 93,000 in Gteborg, and 50,000 in Malm/Lund
3
4
In Stockholm only; readership in Gteborg 299,000; Skane 276,000; national edition 388,000
5
In Stockholm only; readership in Gteborg 111,000, and in Malm/Lund 76,000
6
So-called micro-format
7
Metro Stockholm
8
Punkt se, Stockholm
1
2
9.a
Employment
11.
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

Number of part-time journalists 881
985
985
-0.86
-3.43
0.00
0.00
0.00
Salaries
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers 1
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
Berliner
91
30
44
17
-
137
32
92
21
-
147
26
98
23
-
150
16
111
23
13
Tidningsstatistik AB
(Swedish Audit Bureaux of Circulations)
Sifo Research International

9.b
Research
149
14
112
22
-
63.74
-53.33
154.55
29.41
-
-0.67
-12.50
0.90
-4.35
-
Methodology
Sample size: 46,072 per annum.
Frequency of sample: three periods per annum.
Interview: postal
12.
Taxes (2006)
Source: Swedish Newspaper Publishers' Association
Tax
2004 17 titles have provided no information about colour capability or format;

2005 10 newspapers have other formats. There is no information on 16 other
newspapers; 2006 Only paid-for newspapers
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
25
Number of confirmed 4-colour newspapers
10.ba
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
22
44
20
-
13.b
Direct subsidies
Based on approximated cost per copy for weekdays; Sundays cost more
10.bb

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2002
Single copy 1
2.0
Total amount
(Sweden, krona)
2003
2004
2005
2.0
2.0
2.0
486
509
518
495
495
1.85
0.00

2006
2.5
14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Approximate cost per copy for weekdays; Sundays cost more
6
6
25
25
25
25
28
28
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0
672
SWEDEN
15.a

companies?
Only general legislation
No
same locality?
Newspaper companies are no longer strictly forbidden
from running commercial radio stations. However, for
reasons of pluralism, new legislation in this field means
that commercial radio licences will, in practice, not
normally be given to a daily newspaper that has
a dominant position in its distribution area.
new general criteria for the process of selecting to whom

licences to run commercial radio should be granted. As
these criteria are based on the assumption that pluralism
should be promoted by this selection process, newspaper
companies are still not likely to be able to get such
licences.
Yes, this follows from the requirements in the legislation
on joint stock companies.
press?
No. The competition law is not applicable.
No
In a Bill to Parliament, the Government has suggested

that these restrictions be abolished and replaced with
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
No separate regional
broadcast TV licences have
so far been allocated
No legal obstacle but

national transmissions
require a licence from
the government
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
National TV
Licensees
Regional TV transmissions
allowed within the licence
for national transmissions

the government
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Regional
Newspaper
Owners

the government
Allowed
Allowed
Formally allowed, but will

not get licenses in practice
due to selection process
based on plurality
National
Newspaper
Owners

the government
Allowed
Allowed
Formally allowed, but will

not get licenses in practice
due to selection process
based on plurality
Satellite TV
Broadcasters

the government
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed

the government
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
Foreign Investors

the government
Allowed
Allowed
Allowed
673
SWITZERLAND
New newspaper and magazine formats that address new
target groups and open up new sales and distribution
channels are becoming established. Media expert Roger
Blum from the University of Bern actually described the
year 2006 as a turning point for the print media.
In 2006, there were 223,300 advertising pages

published, compared to 207,600 in 2005.
Advertising
The year 2006 finally brought about the long-awaited
turnaround for the Swiss press. The WEMF AG fr
Werbemedienforschung indicated that advertising
volume was growing throughout the year, except in
January and April, after several years of decline.
However, the increase in revenues was lower than the
increase in volumes.
Magazines accounted for 28% at the overall press

advertising volume, with a 13.9% year-on-year increase
in 2006.
Newspapers generated 72% of all press advertising

volume. The Sunday and business press was able to
maintain its real market share and increase its ad
revenues proportionally with their advertising volume
There are signs of a three-way split in the market among growth. Sunday press increased its ad revenues to CHF
regional newspapers, free dailies and elite titles.
250 million and business press to more than CHF 88
million.
The free newspapers published five times a week include
20 Minuten, 20 Minutes (both published by Tamedia Free daily newspapers sold around 20% of the combined
AG), Le Matin bleu (Edipresse Publications SA), heute advertising space generated by all daily newspapers in
and Cash daily (both Ringier AG). Cash daily, a tabloid 2006, compared to 13.5% share of free dailies in 2005.
business newspaper, is a trailblazing multimedia
publication: the print edition is available from kiosks The regional weekly press (1 to 3 issues a week) suffered
free of charge, and the e-paper can be downloaded from an overall loss in its market share, particularly to free
the internet including podcasts and video articles.
advertising papers (1 issue a week).
The specialist press lost 2.3% year-on-year, whilst the

trade press increased its advertising volume by 2.9%.

Internet access was widely available and over two-thirds
The growing number of free commuter newspapers, of the population used it regularly.
achieving high readership figures and thus revitalising
the newspaper market, are increasingly competing with State Support
paid-for daily newspapers for advertising volumes.
Swiss press welcomed a decision by the National Political
Commission to continue an indirect postal subsidy to
In addition to job advertising which was driving ad allow newspaper distribution across the country at
revenues growth for paid-for dailies, commercial reduced rates. The decision takes into account the
advertisements also contributed to the growth.
democratic function of the press. Because of the high
costs of distribution to rural areas, the Commission said
The Sunday and business press categories also enjoyed the indirect subsidy would guarantee distribution across
a successful year, as did the mass-circulation press the whole of Switzerland.
(magazines).
Source: Swiss Press Association; WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung; NZZ; AZ; US State Department
2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
674
All individuals
000
%
1,184
893
984
1,236
1,084
913
1,216
7,507
16
12
13
16
14
12
16
100
Male
000
607
454
489
620
546
453
508
3,678
16
12
13
17
15
12
14
100
Female
000
%
574
439
495
616
538
460
708
3,829
15
11
13
16
14
12
18
100
Source: Bundesamt fr Statistik, Sektion Bevlkerungsentwicklung, prov.

Ergebnisse, 23.2.2007
SWITZERLAND
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
388
996
1,040
1,386
2,254
6,064
6
16
17
23
37
100
3.b
Male
000
287
649
516
703
795
2,950
10
22
17
24
27
100
101
347
524
683
1,459
3,114
3
11
17
22
47
100
Source: Eidgenssische Volkszhlung 2000, BFS, Neuchtel 2004

A = senior managerial, administrative or professional
B = intermediate managerial, administrative or professional
C1 = supervisory or clerical, junior managerial, administrative or professional
C2 + D = skilled or unskilled manual workers
E = housewives / pensioners / unemployed / students / inactive
(2004)
2.cb
(2004)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
Total
Households
000
%
1,121
986
403
410
196
3,116
36
32
13
13
6
100
Source: Eidgenssische Volkszhlung

2000, BFS, Neuchatel 2004
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
aged 16+
Total
2,056
1,060
248
363
359
462
3,116
66
34
8
12
12
15
100


persons) (2004)
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
114
544
686
607
501
664
3,116

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Female
000
%
4
18
22
20
16
21
100
Total dailies
3,364
2,594
Regional and local
2,594
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
770
Regional and local
770
free dailies
Regional and local
597
Regional and local
968
paid-for Sundays
3,343 3,105 3,226 3,510

2,593 2,486 2,405 2,344
2,593 2,486 2,405 2,344
4.34
-9.64
-9.64
8.80
-2.54
-2.54
2,593 2,486 2,405 2,344

750 619 821 1,166
750 619
821 1,372
-9.64
51.43
78.18
-2.54
42.02
67.11
541
541
537
537
517
517
490
490
-17.92
-17.92
-5.22
-5.22
838
838
814
814
813
813
869
869
-10.23
-10.23
6.89
6.89
Source: Titelstatistik Verband Schweizer Presse (paid newspapers); free dailies:

2002-2005 WAN assessment; 2006 WAN from public sources
Switzerland has no national newspapers, because different languages are spoken
in different parts of the country (German, French, Italian).
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

783
Regional and local
783
paid-for dailies
783
Regional and local
50
Regional and local
50
paid-for Sundays
736
736
710
710
-9.32
-9.32
-3.53
-3.53
767
46
46
761
46
46
736
44
44
710
41
41
-9.32
-18.00
-18.00
-3.53
-6.82
-6.82
44
44
42
42
42
42
45
45
-10.00
-10.00
7.14
7.14
Switzerland has not national newspapers, because different languages are spoken
4.c
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
paid-for Sundays
761
761
Source: Titelstatistik Verband Schweizer Presse

3.a
767
767
102
98
98
101
97
97
96
93
93
95
91
91
98
91
91
-3.92
-7.14
-7.14
3.16
0.00
0.00
98
4
121
121
97
4
115
115
93
3
113
113
91
4
111
111
91
7
109
109
-7.14
75.00
-9.92
-9.92
0.00
75.00
-1.80
-1.80
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
0.00
0.00
25.00
25.00
Single copy sales

Home deliveries 1
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
10
90
100
9
91
100
10
90
100
10
90
100
10
90
100
Source: Verband Schweizer Presse

Estimate
1
Home and postal deliveries are identical: both are delivered to readers home.
4.d
Cover prices (2006)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Switzerland, franc)
min
max
Single copy
Subscription
1.60
0.71
2.29
1.07
Source: Abo- und

Einzelverkaufspreisstatistik Verband
Schweizer Presse, 2006-2007
Source: Titelstatistik Verband Schweizer Presse (paid newspapers); free dailies:

2002-2005 WAN assessment; 2006 WAN from public sources
All adults
Men
Women
77.5
80.5
74.6
76.9
Source: WEMF AG fr
Werbemedienforschung, MACH Basic
2006-2
Switzerland has no national newspapers, because different languages are spoken

675
SWITZERLAND
(2006)
5.b
Age
7.ba
(Switzerland, franc, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
%
% daily reach
group
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
2.9
12.1
16.2
19.7
16.8
14.2
18.0
100
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
66.5
77.1
71.4
75.9
80.8
82.7
80.8
-
7.c
2002
49
27
86
91
30
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
47
25
90
93
28
39
21
89
91
35
37
21
94
88
43
(Switzerland, franc, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
2006
38
21
96
93
49
Total dailies
Total non-dailies
Total Sundays
Source: 2002-2004 Mediatrack, D&S Markt- und Kommunikationsforschung Zurich,

Media Trend Journal, Trends 2005; 2005 Mediatrack, D&S Markt- und
Kommunikationsforschung, Zurich. Published by Media Trend Journal, Trends 2006
Self declaration by a repesentative group aged 15-74 between 2000-2003
and aged 18-65 in 2004-2006
1,402 1,225 1,231 1,232

273 249 238 212
186 172 169 171
Website
20 Minuten 1
Blick
Neue Zrcher Zeitung
Tages-Anzeiger
Le Matin
www.20minuten.ch
www.blick.ch
www.nzz.ch
www.tages-anzeiger.ch
www.lematin.ch
61,521
60,733
29,999
21,175
5,461
In colour
Total

2003 2004
2005
2006
53,854 50,651 47,413 58,826

171,823 163,673 142,769 138,511 153,451
Source: 2002-2004, Werbestatistik Schweiz, WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung,

Zuerich, Inseratestatistik VSW/Schweizer Presse; 2005-2006 Inseratestatistik der
Schweizer Presse, VSW, WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung
A new calculation formula has been applied since 2003, so data are not
comparable with those in previous years.
Source: WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung, Net Audit, January 2007

1
0.08
-10.92
1.18
Excluding production costs

7.d
Source: 2002-2003 Werbestatistik Schweiz, WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung,

Zurich, Inseratestatistik VSW/Schweizer Presse; 2004-2005 Stiftung Werbestatistik
Schweiz
2002
6.b
2,100 2,227 2,362 2,478

1,276 1,378 1,488 1,578
824
849
874
900
837
888
932
979
137
137
137
140
55
59
62
65
418
439
461
475
50
76
113
170
3,597 3,826 4,067 4,307
Excludes agency commission; after discounts to 2003, before discounts 2004

onwards; excludes production costs; includes classified advertising to 2003,
excludes classified 2004 onwards
Media consumption
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
2,546 2,302 2,286 1,962

1,861 1,646 1,628 1,160
685
656 658 802
527
533 568 790
129
127 130 136
38
38
40
50
571
566 557 402
20
30
36
36
3,831 3,596 3,618 3,376
Source: Stiftung Werbestatistik Schweiz, ZenithOptimedia
Source: WEMF AG fr
Werbemedienforschung, MACH Basic
2006-2
5.c
In all paid-for and free newspapers; display and classifieds; without inserts.
Free daily
7.aa

GDP
2001
(Switzerland, franc, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
422.5
430.5
459.1
434.6
445.9

7.ab

1999
GDP per capita
(Switzerland, franc, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
57.9
58.8
59.7
60.1
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.89
0.83
0.73
0.74
0.76
Display
Classified
Inserts
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
61.0
34.9
4.1
67.9
26.1
6.0
68.6
25.6
5.8
68.6
25.5
5.9
Source: 2003-2005 AIS Advertising Index Switzerland, WEMF AG fr

Werbemedienforschung, Zurich; 2006 WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung,
AIS Advertising Index Switzerland

7.ac
Ad expenditure
676
SWITZERLAND
categories (2006)

(2005)
8.a
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Publisher 1
% of display
ad revenue
Trade/Wholesale
Automobile/Traffic
Financial/Assurance
Tourism/Leisure time
Home/Houshold
Consumer electronic/Optics
Telekommunikation/Internet
Services
Public Sector
Clothing/Shoes
10.2
8.3
8.0
5.3
4.8
3.7
2.9
2.5
2.3
1.7
Migros
Coop
Manor
Fust
Swisscom mobile
Denner
Aldi Suisse
Dell Computer
Credit Suisse
Orange Communications
Source: AIS Advertising Index

Switzerland, WEMF AG fr
Werbemedienforschung
8.ba
Expenditure
73,300
45,200
27,100
21,800
17,000
15,700
13,500
11,800
11,600
10,200
Source: AIS Advertising Index

Switzerland, WEMF AG fr
Werbemedienforschung

(2005)
Total revenue
Ringier AG
1,256,300
Edipresse Publications SA
894,400
Tamedia AG
65,000
NZZ Gruppe
482,300
Basler Zeitung Medien
276,200
Espace Media Groupe
261,900
AZ-Medien Gruppe
195,800
Sdostschweiz Mediengruppe 124,000
Jean Frey AG
93,200
Vogt-Schild Medien AG
Source: Media Trend Journal, 6/2006
1
Including newspapers, magazines, print
Title
Language
Blick
Tages-Anzeiger
Mittelland Zeitung
Berner Zeitung
Neue Zrcher Zeitung
Die Sdostschweiz
Neue Luzerner Zeitung
Zrcher Land Zeitung
St. Galler Tagblatt
Basler Zeitung
Publisher
German
German
German
German
German
German
German
German
German
German
Circulation
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
255
225
210
158
147
140
131
110
103
99
715
551
449
392
312
245
294
215
219
212
1.80
2.50
2.50
2.80
2.80
2.50
2.80
2.00
2.50
2.50
Ringier AG
Tamedia AG
Aargauer Zeitung AG
Espace Media Groupe
Neue Zrcher Zeitung AG
Sdostschweiz Presse AG
Neue Luzerner Zeitung AG
Zrich Land Medien AG
St. Galler Tagblatt AG
Format
24.5 x 32.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
32.0 x 47.0
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
24,539
16,636
20,700
18,464
13,551
15,048
12,456
15,648
10,339
11,737
24,539
32,955
26,019
25,773
17,373
17,697
17,285
18,335
14,504
15,936
Source: Verband Schweizer Presse, WEMF Auflagenbulletin, MACH Basic 2006-2, VSW-ASSP
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
20 Minuten
20 minutes
Heute 3
Le Matin bleu
Tagblatt der Stadt
Zrich 4
Baslerstab 5
Cash daily
German
French
German
French
German
Tamedia AG
Tamedia AG
Ringier AG
Edipresse Publications SA
Tamedia AG/AG fr
die neue Zrcher Zeitung
Ringier AG
German
German
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono 1 Colour 2
(000)
(000)
420
175
140
136
130 6
1,116
350
211
300
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
-
33,340
7,960
5,302
6,174
-
33,340
7,960
6,874
6,174
-
90
75
120
-
Berliner
-
5,303
-
6,766
-
Source: Circulation: Verband Schweizer Presse; WEMF Auflagenbulletin 2006; MACH Basic 2006-2; Ad prices VSW-ASSP
Before VAT
Evening paper, distributed after 4 p.m.
4
Converted into a free weekly from November 29, 2006. The Tagblatt was founded in 1730 and was converted to a free daily
broadsheet in 1996. In 1999 it became Zrich Express when both Metro and 20 Minuten were about to launch in
Switzerland. In 2003, it went back to the old name when owner Tamedia bought into Schibsteds 20 Minuten.
5
City free daily
6
Free Dailies Newsletter, estimate
1,2
3
10.ba
Single copy sales
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
45
Source: Verband Schweizer Presse
677
SWITZERLAND
11.

same locality?
No, but a publisher may not offend the diversity of
opinions provision set out in Article 10 of the Radio
and Television Act. This law is currently under revision.
See also the point 6.
Research
WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung, Zuerich
WEMF AG fr Werbemedienforschung, Zuerich
Methodology
MACH Basic (National Readership Survey of
Switzerland). Permanent survey with 23,816 interviews
(CATI) per year, focusing on use of print media
(newspapers and magazines), cinema, and the Internet.
Results are published once a year. Individuals are 14+,
live in a private household, are able to spek the local
language, and have a telephone line.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
2.4
2.4
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
13.a

According to article 322 of the Swiss Penal Code,
newspapers and magazines must indicate important
holdings in other companies in the printers imprint, in
addition to other details. For public companies there are
some general rules requiring declaration and/or
publication of big shareholders (article 20 Swiss Stock
Exchange Act, article 663c Swiss Code of Obligations).
press?
Yes article 9 of the Act on Cartels:
i. The Competition Commission must be told in
advance of mergers that on the basis of the most recent
accounts would create a joint enterprise which
Subsidies generally

No
a. had turnover of SF2 billion or more at home and

abroad, or SF500 million or more at home, and

No
b. in which two or more participating companies had

individual turnovers of SF 100 million or more.

No
ii. A clause specifying much lower qualifying revenue for

media companies has now been deleted.
14.
Discount rate (%)

15 1
Post
1
iii. Notwithstanding paragraph (i) above, notification is

mandatory if a court finds that one of the participating
companies already dominates the market in question, or
a connected market.
Discounts (2006)
Up to 30%
15.a

companies?
Yes, if so required under the Act on Cartels described
below.
No
678
iv. The Federal Assembly may, by way of a decree not

subject to referendum, adjust the amounts in paragraph
(i) above according to changed circumstances, or
establish special criteria for notification of
concentrations in certain branches of the economy.
Yes, a new Radio and Television Act is expected to come
into effect April 1, 2007. Publishing houses should be
restricted or limited in terms of radio and televison
ownership.
SYRIA
The Syrian economy grew by an estimated 2.9% in real
terms in 2006, led by the petroleum and agricultural
sectors, which together account for about one-half of
GDP. The inflation rate was estimated at 7% in 2006.
The government or the Baath Party owned and operated
radio and television companies and most of the
newspaper publishing houses. The Ministry of
Information closely monitored radio and television news
programs to ensure adherence to government policies.
The government did not interfere with broadcasts from
abroad. Satellite dishes were widely used and available.
The Ministry of Information continued to deny

permission to publish Al-Ousboua Al-Iktissadi,
a business weekly; and Al-Riyadiya Wa Al-Chabab,
a new magazine for young sports fans.
The government prohibited all Kurdish language
publications and arrested journalists who wrote in favor
of greater Kurdish rights. The government prohibited
the publication of books and other materials in Kurdish;
however, there were credible reports that Kurdish
language materials were available in the country.
Advertising
According to the Middle East Media Guide 2006, there
are six full-service advertising agencies operating in
Syria. State-run newspapers do not, in general, contain
advertising, and in a country where there is no media
business tradition, even private publications lack
adequately professional ad-sales departments.
Aside from the official Syrian Arab News Agency

(SANA), there are no legal news agencies operating in
Syria. A new Syrian news agency, Sada Soria, was
founded in early 2006 by the Syrian Public Relations
Association and operates solely on the Internet, which
provides a legal loophole.
The government relied on its press and publications
laws, the penal code, and the Emergency Law to censor
Syrias domestic newspaper market is dominated by access to the Internet. The government blocked access to
three state-run dailies: Al Baath, Tishreen, and Al- Internet sites that contained, or Web-based email that
Thawra. Since Syrias printing laws were revised in 2001, transmitted, information deemed politically sensitive.
a number of private magazines have been licensed, The government banned access to foreign-based Web
Abyad wa Aswad (Black and White) and Al Iqtissad sites of unlicensed opposition parties and to news Web
(Economy) being among the best-known.
sites published in the country that were critical of the
government.
A number of quasi-independent periodicals, usually
owned and operated by figures with government According to an international human rights group, all
connections, were published in 2006, including the three of the countrys Internet service providers (ISPs)
National Progressive Fronts (NPF) Communist party regularly blocked access to a variety of Web sites. The
newspaper The Peoples Voice; the NPFs Socialist Union government restricted access to Web sites associated with
partys private newspaper The Unionist; a private weekly Kurdish opposition groups, the Syrian Muslim
newspaper, Black and White; and The Economist (Al- Brotherhood group, and the Muslim Brotherhood
Iktissad), which was sometimes critical of government group. Other electronic media that the government
economic performance.
restricted during the year ranged from Web-based e-mail
such as Hotmail.com, to pan-Arabic newspapers such as
Foreign-owned and foreign-published newspapers Asharqal-Awsat.com, to online news services such as
continued to circulate relatively freely during the year. LevantNews.com. In 2004, authorities shut down the
However, during the July-August conflict involving pro-reform Web site All4syria.org and it remained closed
Israel and Lebanon, the government banned the at years end.
importation of some issues of the pan-Arabic Al-Hayat
and Al-Sharq Al-Awsat.
Media / Press Laws
The constitution provides for freedom of speech and the
press; however, the government significantly restricted
In 2006 the first two private political dailies were these rights in practice, relying when necessary on
licensed to publish from the Damascus Duty Free Zone. Emergency Law provisions that suspend such rights and
The first, Baladna (Our Country), owned by the son of supersede constitutional practices. The government
the former chief of State Security Branch, started strictly controlled the dissemination of information and
publication in August. The second, Al-Watan prohibited criticism of the government and discussion of
(The Homeland), started publication in November sectarian issues including religious and ethnic minority
under the auspices of Al-Iktissadiyya magazine.
rights. There were detentions and beatings for individual
expressions of opinion that violated these restrictions.
679
SYRIA
Infringing on the dignity of the state and demeaning the
head of state is punishable by up to six months in
prison, according to local human rights organizations.
Emergency Law and penal code articles dealing with
crimes against state security allowed the government
broad discretion to determine what constitutes illegal
expression. The Emergency Law prohibits publication
of false information that opposes the goals of the
revolution, essentially ensuring that only a Baathist
view is permitted to circulate via the local media. Penal
code articles prohibit acts or speech inciting
confessionalism.
The 2001 Publications Law permits the reestablishment
of publications that were circulated prior to 1963 and
establishes a framework in which the NPF, as well as
other approved private individuals and organizations,
are permitted to publish their own newspapers.
However, the law also stipulates imprisonment and stiff
financial penalties as part of broad, vague provisions
prohibiting the publication of inaccurate information,
particularly if it causes public unrest, disturbs
international relations, violates the dignity of the state or
national unity, affects the morale of the armed forces, or
inflicts harm on the national economy and the safety of
the monetary system. Persons found guilty

of publishing such information are subject to prison
terms ranging from one to three years and fines ranging
from USD10,000 to USD20,000 (500,000 to 1 million
pounds). The amendments to the Publications Law also
impose strict punishments for reporters who do not
reveal their government sources in response to
government requests.
The Ministry of Information and the Ministry of
Culture and National Guidance (MCNG) censored
domestic and imported foreign press. Publication or
distribution of any material deemed by security officials
as threatening or embarrassing to high levels of the
government was prohibited. Censorship usually was
greater for materials in Arabic.
State Support
All media outlets, including the private ones, receive
some form of state financial support.
Other Factors
In 2005, a group of Syrian magazine publishers founded
the so-called Syrian Private Press Team to support the
interests of Syrias fledgling private media.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

120
120
125
125
125
125
130
130
130
130
8.33
8.33
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Syria, pound, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
3,027.0 3,383.3 4,071.2

8.ba

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
6,978
11,280
624
18,882
680
37
60
3
100
Male
000
3,593
5,779
296
9,668
37
60
3
100
Female
000
%
3,385
5,501
328
9,214
37
60
4
100
Title
Language Publisher
Al-Thawra (Revolution) 1
Tishreen (October)
Arabic
Arabic
Al-Baath (Reawakening) 2 Arabic

Syria Times
English
Circulation (000)
Al-Wahda Press
Tishreen Foundation
Al-Baath Arab Socialist Party
Tishreen Foundation
60
5

1
2
Founded in 1963
Founded in 1946
TAIWAN
Taiwan has a dynamic capitalist economy with gradually
decreasing guidance of investment and foreign trade by
government authorities. In keeping with this trend,
some large, government-owned banks and industrial
firms are being privatized. Exports have provided the
primary impetus for industrialization. The island runs a
trade surplus, and foreign reserves are the worlds third
largest. Despite restrictions on cross-strait links, China
has overtaken the US to become Taiwans largest export
market and, in 2006, its second-largest source of imports
after Japan. China is also the islands number one
destination for foreign direct investment. Strong trade
performance in 2006 pushed Taiwans GDP growth rate
above 4%, and unemployment is below 4%. Consumer
spending recovered following a slowdown early in 2006,
when banks tightened lending to address a sharp increase
in delinquent consumer debt.
- The United Daily News Group (UDNG), publisher of

the United Daily News, Economic Daily News, and
United Evening News;
- The Union Group, publisher of the Liberty Times and
English-language Taipei Times;
- Next Media Limited, publisher of the Apple Daily and
complimentary Sharp Daily.
Among the four major newspaper groups, the Liberty
Times, part of the Union Group, and the Apple Daily,
owned by Hong Kong-based Next Media Limited,
competed for first place. The United Daily News and
China Times, meanwhile, fell behind to third and fourth
place, respectively, and posted significant declines in
sales.
To consolidate their position in the market, the CTG

halted publication of the China Times Express, while the
In 2006, Taiwans newspaper industry faced intense UDNG stopped issuing the Star and Min Sheng Daily.
competition from the Internet and electronic media.
This was done to allow their main papers to battle those
of the Union Group and Next Media Limited.
The closure of the Min Sheng Daily particularly reflects
the impact of the arrival of new media, which has caused The four major newspaper groups seem to have engaged
the market share of newspapers to fall from 65 percent in fierce competition among each other, in two groups
two decades ago to 35 percent today. Newer media on different fronts. The Union and China Times news
forms, such as television, cell phones, and elements of groups both tried their hand at operating electronic
Web 2.0, have taken this market share and have brought media amidst declining sales for conventional, printed
about a new era in citizens media rights via the Internet. newspapers. Next Media Limited and the UDNG,
meanwhile, battled over the complimentary metro
Taiwan had about 1,100 registered news agencies as of newspaper market.
December 2005. Concentrated in Taipei, these are
generally small and focus on economics, finance, and the The shrinking print-media market has caused
stock market.
complimentary newspapers to differentiate themselves
from conventional subscriber newspapers by focusing on
The oldest and largest is the Central News Agency entertaining
news,
job
opportunities,
and
(CNA), established in Guangzhou in 1924. It relocated advertisements. In general, these tabloid papers show
to Taiwan in 1949 and was reorganized and incorporated a preference for using pictures and graphs, and utilize
as the national news agency in January 1996.
layout designs catered to the office-worker and youth
market segments.
Another important news source is the China Economic
News Service (CENS), founded in 1974 by the United Indeed, a good number of metro tabloids have sprung
Daily News Group. CENS publishes a number of trade up as major newspapers and have continued to vie for
magazines in both print and CD editions.
this market. On October 23, 2006, the Apple Daily put
out the first run of its complimentary metro tabloid,
Sharp Daily, shocking the media world by injecting an
Due to dwindling readership, only about 20 newspapers initial NTD20 million into the paper and distributing
have survived since the lifting of martial law in 1987 and between 150,000 and 200,000 copies per day. A week
subsequent relaxation of restrictions on establishing new after that papers debut, the UDNG quietly ceased
media. Contending for leadership in the newspaper publication of its metro paper. However, another free
market are four newspapers: the China Times, United metro tabloid owned by the group, the Cola News,
Daily News, Liberty Times, and Apple Daily.
remained in circulation.
Taiwans four major newspaper conglomerates are:
Soon after, the UDNG shut down the Min Sheng Daily
- The China Times Group (CTG), publisher of the and vied with the Apple Daily in bidding for the
China Times and Commercial Times;
exclusive right to distribute a newspaper in Taipei Citys
681
TAIWAN
metro system. The UDNG came out the victor having
offered more than NT$140 million, far more than the
NT$25-plus million bid submitted by the Apple Daily.
The newspaper, to be called the U Paper, is scheduled to
begin publication in March 2007, at which time it will
take on the Sharp Daily. The size of the UDNG bid
shocked those in the media and set the stage for a
cutthroat battle in the metro newspaper market.
It is still difficult to predict who will emerge victorious
in this competition. However, the battle will become
increasingly fierce and the situation even more critical
for those small and mid-sized subscriber newspapers that
have shown long-term losses. The Great Daily News,
which belonged to the Hung Kuo Group and whose
content was similar to that of the Min Sheng Daily,
transformed in February 26 into a magazine-style
weekly. The Taiwan Daily, generally considered to be the
first major paper to represent local interests, shut down
on June 6, 2006, after having failed to pay its employees
for six months. This came hot on the heels of the June 1
demise of the Central Daily News. The sequential
closure in 2006 of these two papers signaled the end of
the era of partisan papers, the Taiwan Daily having been
an advocate of Taiwan independence and the Central
Daily a Kuomintang (KMT) operation.
funded by the Eastern Multimedia Group (EMG), has

been affected by significant losses and a recent
embezzlement scandal involving the Rebar Asia Pacific
Group (EMGs former parent company). The Commons
Daily is now only distributed in the Kaohsiung and
Pingtung areas, and it is possible that an online version
will substitute for the papers current format in the
future. The Taiwan Times, run by entrepreneur Wang
Yu-fa, is also in circulation in southwest Taiwan.
With regard to evening newspapers, the China Times
Express ceased publication on November 1, 2005,
leaving the United Evening News to struggle alone in the
market. Other local evening papers have gradually
morphed into a new kind of paper, the focus of which is
to provide readers with advice on how to win the lottery.
In contrast, specialized papers have managed to keep

a relatively firm hold on the market. This category
includes the CTGs Commercial Times, UDNGs
Economic Daily News, and Wealth News. Other papers
that have managed to maintain a steady readership
include the Mandarin Daily News - for child readers; the
English-language Taiwan News and China Post; the
Lihpao Daily, which is Taiwans only paper to focus
primarily on education issues and is published by Shih
Hsin University; and the DigiTimes, a paper specializing
In other regions around Taiwan, smaller newspapers in issues related to the electronics industry."
continue to wield a certain amount of influence at the
local level. Such newspapers include the China Daily The Youth Daily News, Taiwans only state-owned
News (Tainan City and County), the Keng Sheng Daily newspaper, has once again switched its focus from
News (Hualian and Taitung counties), the Kinmen general interest back to the military and national
Daily News (Kinmen Islands), Matsu News (Lienchiang defense. The paper is remolding itself as a specialized
County (Matsu Islands)); and the Penghu Times, publication by increasing coverage of military-related
Penghu Daily, and Penghu Evening News (Penghu issues, while retaining some sections on recreation and
County).
lifestyle.
However, the Penghu Evening News, which began its
run just two years ago, has suspended operations.
Likewise, the Chienkuo Daily, which was founded in
1950, suspended publication in February 1997, resumed
publication a short while later, and then shut down for
good a bit after this.
Among religious newspapers is the Taiwan Church Press,

the oldest newspaper in Taiwan. Founded on July 12,
1885, under the name Taiwan Prefecture Church Press,
the paper continues to be an active member of the print
media. The Christian Tribune News, first published as
a weekly on October 30, 1965, is another of Taiwans
religious newspapers. The paper became a semiweekly
In the past, the Keng Sheng Daily News had enjoyed the on January 1, 2000, when it began to come out on
distinction of being the only newspaper in circulation in Tuesdays and Fridays. Since 2003, it has been published
the eastern part of Taiwan. This monopoly ended with on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays.
the introduction of the United Federal Daily News
(founded in 1993) and, more recently, the Eastern The Epoch Times, founded by Falun Gong practitioners
Express, which was founded on December 25, 2006, in and based in Washington, D.C., is printed in over 10
Hualien. Fierce competition among these three papers languages and distributed in 30 countries worldwide. It
has been inevitable.
is a free publication in most of these areas. Among
Chinese-speaking areas, the paper enjoys its largest
In southern Taiwan, the KMT-controlled China Daily circulation in Taiwan. The Merit Times, published by
News has scaled down its workforce from 295 to 100 one of Taiwans three major Buddhist centers, Fo Guang
since September 11, 2006. Its owners are expected to Shan, is a general-interest newspaper sold in convenience
start looking for a suitable buyer for the paper in early stores.
2007, as soon as redundancy packages have been
arranged. Circulation of the Commons Daily, which is
682
TAIWAN
In 2006, Taiwans newspapers also faced competition
from within the industry with the appearance of
complimentary newspapers. The emergence of a Hong
Kong-invested newspaper in Taiwan has resulted in a
tug-of-war between quality and sensationalist reporting
styles.
The unprecedented closure of five newspapers made
2006 the most devastating year to date for Taiwans print
media.
Following the closure of the 17-year-old China Times
Express (a publication of the China Times Group) on
November 1, 2005, a domino effect was seen as
newspapers closed down one after another.
On February 28, 2006, the Great Daily News, which
had been in print for 16 years, shut its doors.
On June 1, the Central Daily News folded after 78 years
in business, but began issuing an electronic version in
September.
On June 6, the Taiwan Daily announced its closure after
four decades in operation.
On November 1, the Star, an affiliate of the United
Daily News Group (UDNG), was shut down after a 7year run.
While the public was still reeling, the 28-year-old Min
Sheng Daily, another UDNG affiliate that was first
printed on January 20, 1978, ceased publication as of
December 1.
In addition to the Star and the Min Sheng Daily, the
UDNG ceased publication of the complimentary metro
version of the United Daily News that it had printed for
two years. The paper was shut down quietly in October

2006, soon after the October 25 launch of the Apply
Dailys complimentary Sharp Daily.
Advertising
The newspaper industry earned a total advertising
revenue of NTD15.9 billion (USD476 million) in
2004, a 6-percent increase over the previous year, but
the figure dropped 1 percent to NTD15.71 billion
(USD470 million) in 2005. In 2006, Taiwans
newspapers had to compete with broadcasting and new
online media for advertising revenue.
Readership
An annual survey that assesses Taiwans media said that
the most-read Chinese-language newspaper in the
country is the Liberty Times, followed by the Apple
Daily. The Liberty Times (the Taipei Times sister
newspaper) was read by 22.91 percent of those polled
while the Apple Daily trailed by one percentage point.
The rankings in 2005 produced the same results. The
survey polled a total of 1,100 people between the ages of
15 and 64 nationwide and was conducted via face-toface interviews by Shih Hsin Universitys Institute of
Public Opinion in April and May 2006. The survey in
2006 was the third of its kind.
Other Factors
Faced with intense competition and increasingly
simplified reporting styles in an ever-changing media
environment, the professional standards of journalists
have fallen, meaning that journalists have become
increasingly replaceable. Excessive media freedom has
resulted in frenzied daily news coverage, which has in
turn made the issues reported on more difficult to
follow. As for the overall performance of the media,
liberalization has not been accompanied by enhanced
news quality, but instead a noticeable decline in
professional journalistic standards.
Source: Lu Tung-his, Deputy Manager, News Department, Public Television Service; Taipei Times; Taiwan
Government Information Office; CIA - The World Factbook
683
TAIWAN
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
30
30
-
31
31
-
32
31
1
31
30
1
27
25
2
-10.00
-16.67
-
-12.90
-16.67
100.00
Source: 2002 Government Information Office, Republic of China; 2003-2006 WAN

assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
4,100 4,500 4,600 4,600 4,400

4,100 4,500 4,500 4,500 4,200
100 100 200
7.32
2.44
-
-4.35
-6.67
100.00

5.a

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
All adults
Men
Women
52.8
53.9
51.7
12-17
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-55
56-60
18-60 years old
Age
up to 15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
6,626
3,573
3,722
3,811
3,201
1,677
2,088
24,699
27
14
15
15
13
7
8
100
Male
000
4,482
1,813
1,889
1,932
1,607
824
1,063
13,610
33
13
14
14
12
6
8
100
Female
000
%
2,144
1,761
1,834
1,879
1,594
853
1,024
11,090
19
16
16
17
14
8
9
100
Source: Ministry of the Interior

2.b
Age
Source: ACNielsen Media Research

Index

2.a
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
1,823
1,446
1,756
4,506
5,639
15,170
12
10
12
30
37
100
AB = higher & intermediate managerial;

C1 = supervisory/clerical;
C2 = skilled manual;
D = semi & unskilled manual;
E = subsistance/inactive
(2004)
2.ca
Total
684
Households
000
7,030
34.7
50.8
53.7
58.1
50.5
40.1
Source: ACNielsen Media Research

Index
5.c
Media consumption
2001
All newspapers
Radio
Television
Internet
22
62
182
38
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
21
57
179
46
21
59
185
51
22
53
191
66
2005
22
51
188
73
Based on sample of 12-60 year olds
Male
000
881
696
867
2,159
2,896
7,687
11
9
11
28
38
100
Female
000
%
943
750
889
2,159
2,742
7,483
13
10
12
29
37
100
7.aa

2000
GDP
(Taiwan, new dollar, bln)

2001
2002
2003
2004
9,663.0 9,507.0 9,749.0 9,844.0 10,572.0

7.ab
Source: AC Nielsen
Occupancy
8.5
15.0
24.2
26.6
21.5
4.1
Source: ACNielsen Media Research Index
Social class
%
% daily reach
group

1999
GDP per capita
(Taiwan, new dollar, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
433.3
424.4
433.3
435.6
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.64
0.69
0.54
0.47
0.45

7.ac
Ad expenditure
TAIWAN
7.c
11.
(Taiwan, new dollar, mln)

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
All newspapers (A+B+C+D)
18,745.6 16,414.2 12,196.0
-25.7
Figures include advertising agency commission


categories (2005)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
7.f
Property
Leisure activities
Transportation
Financial institutions
Services
Others
IT
Pharmaceuticals/beauty
Electronics
Telecommunications
% of display
ad revenue 1
32.3
12.2
8.9
8.6
7.1
6.3
4.4
3.0
2.8
2.8
Source: ACNielsen Media Research AIS

1
Data based on adjusted spending

figures, applying the adjustment rates
for TV 0.1, Newspaper 0.58, Magazine
0.44, Radio 0.59, Pay-TV 0.05 and
Outdoor 1. Outdoor spending
includes Cinema and Transportation.
7.g
Expenditure 1
Metropolitan Construction
Liberty Times
United Daily News Group
Tsann Kuen
Trans-Nation Group
China Times
Carrefour
Elife Mall
China Motor
Yulon-Motor
Yuanlih Group
1
Data based on adjusted spending

figures, applying the adjustment rates
for TV 0.1, Newspaper 0.58, Magazine
0.44, Radio 0.59, Pay-TV 0.05 and
Outdoor 1. Outdoor spending
includes Cinema and Transportation.
Top owners
(2005)
Publisher
Owners 1
Total revenue
Liberty Times
China Times
United Daily News
Min Sheng Pao
Economic Daily News
Commercial Times
Apple Daily News
The Great Daily
405,000
350,000
300,000
72,000
60,000
55,000
48,000
36,000
Source: Brain no. 338
Revenue
(Taiwan, new dollar, mln)
410.0
343.0
295.2
180.0
65.0
61.5
55.0
41.0
Liberty Times
United Daily News
China Times
Apple Daily 2
United Evening News
China Daily News
Economic Daily News
Commercial Times
Taiwan Times
The Commons Daily
ACNielsen Media Research
Methodology
Face-to-face interview with 7,500 respondents a year;
frequency quarterly
12.
Taxes (2005)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Advertising
13.a
Subsidies generally

15.a

companies? No
Source: Brain no. 338

Newspapers
Title
No independent organisation audits circulation. All
circulation figures are publishers claims.
Liberty Times
China Times
United Daily
Apple Daily
Min Sheng Pao
Economic Daily News
Commercial Times
China Daily News
1
8.ba
235,701
232,821
221,321
195,754
192,213
187,322
Source: ACNielsen Media Research AIS

(2003)
8.a
773,911
310,593
285,844
260,220
Research
Circulation
(000)
450
-
Readership 1 Full page ad rate Colour

(000)
(Taiwan, new dollar)
2,594
1,868
1,689
1,684
243
167
145
114
82
63
360,000
320,000
320,000
450,000
228,000
195,000
218,300
218,295
169,000
182,000

same locality? No
press? No

2005 data
Taiwan edition of the Apple Daily published in Hong Kong; launched in Taiwan
in 2003
1
2
685
TAJIKISTAN
Cotton is the most important crop. Industry consists
only of a large aluminum plant, hydropower facilities,
and small obsolete factories mostly in light industry and
food processing. The civil war (1992-97) severely
damaged the already weak economic infrastructure and
caused a sharp decline in industrial and agricultural
production. Economic growth reached 10.6% in 2004,
but dropped to 8% in 2005, and to 7% in 2006. In
2006, Tajikistan was the recipient of substantial
Shanghai Cooperation Organization infrastructure
development credits to improve its roads and electricity
transmission network. The inflation rate was estimated
at 7.5% in 2006.
Tajikistans economy experienced a lengthy crisis; the
president has acknowledged that 64 percent of the
population lives below the poverty line, but unofficial
data put the number substantially higher; and is only
now beginning to recover.
For most of the population, radio and television are the
most important source of information. Broadcasting is
dominated by state-run radio and TV.
Tajikistan has six news agencies. The most successful is

the independent Avesta News Agency, whose services are
used by many print media outlets. The independent Asia
Plus News Agency also is popular. Not all media outlets
use news agencies due to the cost, about USD30
monthly.
More than 200 newspapers are registered. Some of them
are government-owned; others are linked to political
parties and movements.
There are no dailies. Major non-dailies published three
times a week are government-owned Jumhuriyat (in
Tajik), Khalq Ovozi (Uzbek), and Narodnaya Gazeta
(Russian). Major privately owned weeklies include
Neru-i Sukhan, and Tojikiston (in Tajik). The
Communist Party publishes the weeklies Nido-i Ranjbar
(in Tajik), and Golos Tajikistana (Russian). Najot is
a weekly published by Islamic Rebirth Party.
Publications come out in the Uzbek, Kyrgyz, and
Turkmen languages, in addition to Tajik. Russian is not
considered the language of an ethnic minority but in
practice is a second language, and Russian-language
media are popular.
Tajik Radio broadcasts in Russian, Tajik, Persian, and

Uzbek; Tajik Television, with four channels, broadcasts
in Tajik, Russian, and Uzbek. Repeater television
stations relay programs from Russia, Iran, and Turkey.
Satellite earth stations receive Orbita and Intelsat
broadcasts.

In 2006 the Ministry of Justice (MOJ) registered two
new newspapers publishing political material, Fakti I
Kommentari and Sobitiye. Six new publications were
registered in total; the other two focused on
entertainment or other nonpolitical topics. The
Of the 25 private television stations, only a handful were government also permitted an opposition newspaper,
genuinely independent, and not all of them operated published by the Democratic Party of Tajikistan, to print
without official interference.
for a limited time.
Broadcasting entities require registration and a license in
order to apply for frequency operation and before the
entity can truly be on the air. The majority of
international media were allowed to operate freely,
including rebroadcasts of Russian television and radio
programs.
In September 2006 Shafohi, a new press operated by the

owners of Kayhon, began printing Adolat, the
newspaper belonging to Iskandarovs faction of the
Democratic Party of Tajikistan. However, in November
the government pressured Shafohi to stop printing
Adolat. At approximately the same time, the new faction
of the Democratic Party of Tajikistan began printing its
In 2006 the BBC was denied a renewal of its license to own paper, also called Adolat, which was allowed to
broadcast on FM radio; it remained operational on print unhindered.
a middle frequency wavelength with limited
broadcasting ability.
Advertising
Most advertising revenue comes from announcements of
International NGO, Internews, continued to experience international organizations.
registration and licensing problems that prevented the
launch of six new community radio stations under its Online / Digital Publishing
auspices.
In September 2006, the Communications Ministry
ordered Internet providers to block access to Web sites
The government granted three broadcast licenses, one that undermined the states policies, including at least
for the state-controlled Bahoriston and two for five sites that frequently criticized the government:
nongovernmental television stations.
centralasia.ru,
ferghana.ru,
tajikistantimes.ru,
686
TAJIKISTAN
charogiruz.ru, and arianastorm.com. In October, the Printing & Distribution
government reversed its decision after many complaints, The government controlled most printing presses and
but four sites remained blocked at years end.
the supply of newsprint. Ordinary private printers do
not always accept orders from newspapers for fear of
ISPs include Intercom and Telecomm Technology. Both political retribution through economic pressure on the
of these ISPs offer public Internet access at their offices. part of the tax authorities and others.
The Central Asian Development Agency has public
e-mail centres in main towns. Access to the Internet can The cost of newsprint rose nearly 80 percent with the
be problematic owing to the underdeveloped September 2005 closing of the factory with which the
telecommunications network.
main supplier of paper had a contract. Newsprint
delivered from Russia was priced much higher.
Internet use has grown slowly; in 2004 seven Internet
service providers were in operation. In 2005 an Distribution networks for the print media are not wellestimated 5,000 people were using the Internet, developed.
primarily in urban centers.
State Support
Ownership
State-owned media are supported by subscriptions and
Information concerning the owners of media outlets in funding by local governments but independent media
Tajikistan is not hidden, although the people and also cooperate with local governments to produce
political forces behind the owners may stay in the specific editions and programs.
shadows.
Other Factors
Media / Press Laws
Old curricula from the Soviet perspective continue to be
Newspapers can be freely printed and distributed used in journalism departments. Opportunities to
without government registration as long as the number obtain an education in journalism abroad are very few
of copies does not exceed 99.
and such students rarely return to the country.
Under the law a person can be imprisoned for up to five
years for insulting the president. In 2005 Rustam
Fayziev received this sentence for insulting the president.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Library of Congress; BBC; Thomson Gale;
Tajikistan Development Gateway Team; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,771
4,201
349
7,321
38
57
5
100
3.b
Male
000
1,396
2,092
154
3,642
38
57
4
100
Female
000
%
1,375
2,109
195
3,679
37
57
5
100
(000)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
206
237
217
-8.44
Source: UNESCAP
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Tajikistan, somoni, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
20.2
27.5
2006
30.6
687
TANZANIA
The economy depends heavily on agriculture, which
accounts for almost half of GDP, provides 85% of
exports, and employs 80% of the work force. Continued
donor assistance and solid macroeconomic policies
supported real GDP growth of nearly 6% in 2006.
Approximately 33 radio stations and nine television
stations, including 16 cable networks, broadcast in Dar
es Salaam and a few other urban areas on the mainland.
Many radio stations and all but one television station
were privately owned. There were some government
restrictions. For example, radio stations could not
broadcast in tribal languages.
The government controlled the content of radio and
television broadcasts, including outlets that were
privately owned. On Zanzibar there was one
government-owned radio station and four private ones.
On Pemba there were two radio stations, one of them
was an affiliate of the government radio station on
Zanzibar and the other private. Many residents of
Zanzibar were able to receive the less restricted
broadcasts from the mainland.
Circulation
Circulation is mostly limited to the urban areas in the
key regions of Arusha, Moshi, Mbeya, Zanzibar and
Mwanza. The most widely-read newspapers are printed
and distributed from Dar es Salaam.
Readership
It is estimated that 31% of the adult population read
a newspaper at least once a week in 2005.
The English-language newspapers in Tanzania are seen
as targeting the higher socioeconomic classes. While this
may be the case, the Kiswahili-language newspapers are
undoubtedly the most widely read. The Kiswahililanguage newspapers have a much wider range of titles
for readers to choose from, including tabloid stories,
business and sports.
The number of Internet cafes and Internet providers
increased during the year; however, only 10 percent of
citizens had access to electricity, severely limiting such
access in general.
Ownership
A prominent investor in the newspaper sector is the IPP
Media Group, which owns four daily newspapers
Nipashe and Alasiri (in Kiswahili) and The Guardian
On the mainland there were more than 785 and Thisday in English. IPP also has TV and radio
publications, including newspapers, in-house holdings, making it a strong cross-media player.
publications, and periodicals, including 14 active dailies
and more than 20 weeklies. Many of the mainlands Media / Press Laws
newspapers were privately owned. There were a dozen The constitution provides for freedom of speech but
periodicals in the country, some of which were owned or does not expressly provide for freedom of the press; in
influenced by political parties, including not only the practice the Union government partially limited these
ruling CCM but also the opposition Civic United Front rights, and the semi-autonomous Zanzibar government
(CUF) and Chadema parties. Mainland publications, significantly limited these rights. Laws limiting the
including one government-owned newspaper, regularly medias ability to function effectively and an inefficient
criticized the government.
judiciary limited freedom of speech and press,
particularly on Zanzibar, which has a separate media
In Zanzibar, there is no private print media and the policy from the mainland.
government owns two papers, Zanzibar Leoand
Maelezo. However, the private newspapers printed on A 1976 law that grants the information minister wide
the mainland in Dar es Salaam are distributed in discretion to suspend or close down newspapers as well
Zanzibar as well.
as other legislation.
Thisday, launched in 2006, and The Citizen, launched
in 2004, are the newly available papers in the market.
Both are printed in English.
The print media were subject to considerable

government restriction, including the enforcement of
a code of ethics. Although the code is described as
voluntary, the government has fined and suspended
newspapers under this code. Journalists, intimidated by
Advertising
defamation laws that impose criminal penalties,
It is generally expected that the growth of newspapers practiced self-censorship. However, the mainland
will be limited in the years ahead due to stiff government allowed political opponents unrestricted
competition for advertising.
access to the media.
688
TANZANIA
Lack of media access to government information
remained a serious problem. In a speech during the year,
the president urged civil servants to volunteer
information to the media when it is required, and some
government institutions began to do so.
The threat of application of the law on defamation,
which imposes criminal penalties, intimidated
journalists and caused many to practice self-censorship.
While the law specifies that the plaintiff must prove
malicious intent, many media observers criticized the
courts for ignoring this provision and imposing heavy,
politically-motivated penalties on the media; however
there were no reports of specific instances of this practice

during the year, according to the Media Council of
Tanzania, which represents media houses, training
institutions, and journalists.
Registering newspapers remained difficult and was at
the discretion of the registrar.
Other Factors
According to the Media Institute of Southern Africa,
freedom of the press continued to be threatened by lack
of training, mediocrity, low salaries, and corruption in
the profession of journalism.

and sex (2001)
2.b
Social class
All adults
%
A1
B2
C3
D4
E5
F6
G7
H8
I9
J 10
63
2
1
4
2
6
8
6
3
5
A = Farming, livestock and fishing

B = Employees/govt.
3
C = Employees/parastatals
4
D = Employee: others
5
E = Self-employment with employees
6
F = Self-employment without employ
7
G = Unpaid family helper
8
H = Housewife/house-maker/
household
9
I = Students
10
J = Inactive
2
Source: Household Budget Surveys

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

7
7
11
11
23
23
15
15
27
27
15
15
27
27
14
14
25
25
100.00
100.00
25.00
25.00
-6.67
-6.67
-7.41
-7.41
Source: 2002-2004, 2006 WAN assessment; 2005 BBC World Service Trust - African
Media Development Initiative
3.b
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
16,381
20,084
980
37,445
44
54
3
100
Male
000
8,205
9,906
423
18,534
44
53
2
100
Female
000
%
8,176
10,178
557
18,911
43
54
3
100
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
102
102
110
110
75
75
120
120
80
80
120
120
80
80
115
115
75
75
12.75
12.75
7.14
7.14
-4.17
-4.17
-6.25
-6.25

4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01

Free papers
36.0
34.4
1.6
0.5
689
TANZANIA
4.b
Sales revenues
8.ba
(Tanzania, shilling, mln)

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
Total paid-for non-dailies Total paid-for Sundays
-
7,200
688
320
The figures do not include VAT

4.c

1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
99.0
0.6
0.4
Single copy sales

Home deliveries
Cover prices (2005)
5.a
Publisher
Nipashe (Information)
Majira (Time)
Mwananchi
Mtanzania
Alasiri
Uhuru (Freedom)
The Guardian
Daily News 2
Kiswahili
Kiswahili
Kiswahili
Kiswahili
Kiswahili
Kiswahili
English
English
Thisday
English
IPP Media Group

IPP Media Group
IPP Media Group
Tanzania Standard Newspapers
(government-owned)
IPP Media Group
Single copy
150.00
Daily
Men
500.00
(%)
Monthly

(2002)
5.b
Age
%
% daily reach
group
15-25
25-45
45+
7.aa
25
65
10
10
85
5

2002
(Tanzania, shilling, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
24,014.9 30,621.3 37,623.1
Tanzania has no independent organisation that audits
circulation. But law requires publishers to submit their
internal audits to the Tanzania Information Services, a
government organisation under the Prime Ministers
office.
Methodology
Methodologies differ from one house to another
depending on whether professional consultants are
hired or in-house workers are engaged for the exercise as
an extramural assignment.

1997
GDP per capita
(Tanzania, shilling, 000)

1998
1999
2000
207.0
12.

categories (2001)
8.a
Advertising sector
Publisher
% of display
ad revenue
21.0
16.0
13.7
13.3
11.0
7.4
6.1
5.2
4.0
2.3
Taxes (2005)
2001
Tax
230.0
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Other taxes 1
20
Telecommunications
Food & beverage
Pharmaceuticals
Office equipment & services
Transport
Banking & finance
Education
Tourism & entertainment
Corporate & multibrand
Household
Research
Readership measures are done periodically and
independently by publishers themselves.
GDP
7.ab
2005 data
Tanzanias oldest newspaper
11.
Source: Including non-dailies and Sundays
10.00
8.00
5.00
4.00
4.00
1.00
1.00
-
Source: BBC World Service Trust - African Media Development Initiative; WAN
from public sources
(Tanzania, shilling)
min
max
Readership (%) 1
Language
4.d
Title

(2002)
IPP-Media Limited
Business Times Limited
Habari Corporation Limited
Tanzania Standard Newspapers
Mwananchi Communications Limited
Uhuru Publications Limited
Global Publishers Limited
International Publishing Agency Limited
Sahara Communications Limited
Media Holdings Limited
0
0
20
20
20
20
Import duties on computers and accessories are zero-rated, down from 20% from
2001 backwards
By total circulation
Source: Indicative figures from three

major media houses : IPP-Media,
Business Times Ltd and Habari
Corporation Ltd, February 2003.
Steadman & Associates Ltd, a media
monitoring services company is
compiling figures covering the period
between June 2001 to June 2003.
690
TANZANIA
15.a

companies?
The Newspapers Act 1976 regulates the registration of
newspaper publishing companies. There are 14
requirements for registration, including business licence
and financial ability to publish 10 consecutive issues.
Foreign ownership not restricted, so long as other laws
of the land are adhered to.
same locality?
No
15.b

The Newspapers Act (1976) requires the real and true
names and places of residence of the persons intended to
be proprietor, printer and publisher of the newspaper.
press?
There is no particular anti-trust law placing limits on
concentration of newspapers. Only a general
competition policy exists and a Fair Trade Practices Act
that defines rules and regulations for competition in the
economy.
No
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
Yes
Partial; to cover only

25% of territory
Yes
Yes
Partial; to cover only

25% of territory
National TV
Licensees
Yes, but only state

ownership permitted
so far
Yes
Yes
Allowed
Allowed
Regional
Newpaper
Owners
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Partial
National
Newpaper
Owners
Yes
Partial
Yes
Yes
Partial
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
Yes
Partial
Yes
Yes
Partial
No
No
Yes
Yes
Partial
Yes. License issued

to state radio only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Partial
Partial
Yes
Yes
Partial
National Radio
Licensees
Foreign Investors
691
THAILAND
In 2006, investment stagnated as investors, spooked by
the political problems of the Thaksin adminstration,
stayed on the sidelines. On the positive side, exports have
performed at record levels, rising nearly 17% in 2006.
Export-oriented manufacturing - in particular automobile
production - and farm output are driving these gains. The
State entities and government allies controlled and
owned almost all radio and television stations. The
government owned and controlled 524 officially
registered regular AM and FM stations, while the
military and police services retained ownership of 230
radio stations, ostensibly for national security purposes.
Business Day and Thai Day are two English-language

newspapers that closed in 2006. Thai Day, which was
distributed as an insert in the International Herald
Tribune, was launched in June 2005. Owner Sondhi
Limthongkul said the newspaper would continue online
after August 31, 2006 and may resume publication in
future.
In August 2006, Bangkok Today, a Thai-language daily
suspended publication for three months for a make-over.

The ICT cyber inspection team is responsible for
censorship. Prior to the September 19, 2006 coup, most
banned Web sites featured pornography or offered illegal
products. The government distributed a blacklist of
approximately 4,000 Web sites, both domestic and
Radio stations must renew their licenses every year, and foreign, to government and private Internet service
radio signals were broadcast via government providers (ISPs). Compliance by the ISPs in blocking
transmitters. Stations are required by law to broadcast 30 routine access to these Web sites was universal.
minute government-produced newscasts twice daily. The
countrys estimated 2,000 to 3,000 community radio Following the coup many popular Web sites banned
stations operated under somewhat different regulations. political topics in their chat rooms. Anticoup political
messages and blogs continued on other Web sites. ICT
In the last two years, the government closed 17 blocked two local Web sites explicitly critical of the
community radio stations including 92.25, a station coup. BBC reported that parts of its Web site, which
critical of the government, for violating rules on antenna featured commentary on the possible role of the king,
height or signal strength. During the year, 92.25 was also were blocked.
allowed to operate with a shorter antenna.
In September 2006, the military coup leaders ordered
The privately operated United Broadcasting the Ministry of Information and Communication
Corporation (UBC) cable network blocked CNN and Technology (ICT) to censor, prevent, block, and
BBC on the night of the coup (September 19, 2006). destroy dissemination of information carried on the
For the next few weeks, UBC continued to occasionally telecommunications networks that contained articles,
block the signal when those networks aired images of messages, verbal speech, or any other discourse that
former prime minister Thaksin.
could undermine the coup leaders.
There are over 20 Thai dailies in Bangkok. Some of the
leading Thai papers include Thai Rath, Daily News,
Siam Rath, Matichon, Naew Na, Siam Post, Ban
Muang, Krung Thep Turakij, Wattachak, and The
Manager. Two major English-language dailes are the
Bangkok Post and The Nation.
Voices of Mon was launched during the year. Voices of
Mon has twenty pages in Thai and four pages in Mon.
The paper is published every two months. Voices of
Mon is the first newspaper to include the Mon language.
The Nation newspaper has begun publishing the China
Business Weekly as an insert in its Monday editions.
China Business Weekly is published by the China Daily,
Chinas largest English-language daily newspaper, and is
transmitted digitally from Beijing for printing by the
Nation in Bangkok.
692
Media / Press Laws

By law the government may restrict freedom of speech
and freedom of the press to preserve national security,
maintain public order, preserve the rights of others,
protect public morals, and prevent criticism of the royal
family and insults to Buddhism. The law permits police
to close newspapers or printing presses in times of war or
national emergency, but only with a court order. The law
allows police to restrict or confiscate publications and
other materials for disturbing the peace, interfering with
public safety, or offending public morals. The
government could restrict print or broadcast media by
specific legislation in times of crisis and did so through
the Emergency Decree imposed in July 2005. The decree
empowered the government to prohibit publication and
distribution of news and information that may cause the
people to panic or with an intention to distort
information. The Emergency Decree also authorized
the government to censor newspapers and ban
publications, although these powers were not used.
THAILAND
transportation costs jumped by 50 per cent due to
Since the end of 2004, newsprint prices have risen from increasing diesel prices.
USD550 (THB21,634) per tonne to USD640, while
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; AFP; The Nation; Independent Mon News Agency;
Bangkok Post; WAN from public sources
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
3,778
3,058
29,937
5,336
7,778
49,887
Male
8
6
60
11
16
100
000
2,185
1,528
15,754
2,509
2,236
24,212
9
6
65
10
9
100
Female
000
%
1,593
1,530
14,183
2,827
5,542
25,675
6
6
55
11
22
100
Source: AC Nielsen 2006, ZenithOptimedia

Definition of adult status: AB = professional/executive/senior government,
C1 = clerical/sales/junior government, C2 = blue collar, D = other workers,
E = housewife/unemployed/retired; aged 15+
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Total
3.a
Households
000
17,846
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
35 1
35

37
37
40 2
40
45
45
45
45
28.57
28.57
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002, 2004-2005 WAN from public sources; 2003, 2006 WAN assessment
1
2
Including 24 Thai, 7 Chinese and 4 English titles

Including 32 Thai, 6 Chinese and 2 English titles
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

6,500 6,650 6,850 7,300 7,300

6,500 6,650 6,850 7,300 7,300
12.31
12.31
0.00
0.00

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-39
40-49
50-59
60+
Total
All individuals
000
%
14,793
10,550
10,797
5,514
10,024
6,728
6,848
65,254
23
16
17
8
15
10
10
100
Male
000
7,562
5,379
5,373
2,647
4,814
3,225
3,051
32,051
24
17
17
8
15
10
10
100
Female
000
%
7,231
5,171
5,424
2,867
5,210
3,503
3,797
33,203
22
16
16
9
16
11
11
100
5.a

(%)
Reached
All adults
28
Source: Media Index Printscope 2006

(April), ZenithOptimedia
5.c
Media consumption
Source: AC Nielsen; ZenithOptimedia
2001
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
-
2005
180
243
180
Source: Radio: AC Nielsen; television: AC Nielsen, ZenithOptimedia;

internet: ZenithOptimedia
693
THAILAND
7.aa
7.c
(Thailand, baht, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2001
GDP
5,123.0 5,433.0 5,939.0 6,471.0 7,094.0

2000
(Thailand, baht, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
80.7
83.2
102.1
87.4
94.5
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.24
1.32
1.39
1.34
1.24

(Thailand, baht, mln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
21,222
17,583
3,639
37340
6,170
596
2,351
160
67,839
24,418
19,858
4,560
42,290
6,662
896
3,699
175
78,140
24,151
18,030
6,121
47,173
6,850
1,334
4,632
344
84,484
31,521
24,746
6,775
50020
7,054
1,722
4,529
150
94,996
29,524
23,061
6,463
53,133
7,306
1,603
4,666
170
96,402
29,626
22,712
6,914
56,771
7,437
1,394
4,938
187
100,353
30,792
23,394
7,398
60,177
7,660
1,533
5,185
212
105,559
32,628
24,564
8,064
64,991
7,966
1,717
5,496
243
113,041
Source: Nielsen/IAAA, ZenithOptimedia

Excludes agency commission; before discounts ; includes classified advertising;
excludes production costs; internet is display only
Thai Rath
Daily News
Kom Chat Leuk 1
Khao Sod
Matichon
Ban Muang
Sport Pool
Skl. Star Soccer
Poo Jud Karn Raiwan
Thai Post
Language Publisher
Thai
Thai
Thai
Thai
Thai
Thai
Thai
Thai
Thai
Thai
12,054

(2004)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
In-house ads
Leisure
Motor vehicles
Community
Property
Retail
Travel & tourism
Government & community
Computers
Electrical products
Cinema (Western)
Nation Group
UBC Cable TV
Cinema (Thai)
DTAC Mobile Phone
Toyota
Isuzu
AIS Communication
APS
True Corporation
1,916,674
1,604,620
1,601,916
1,463,023
1,195,148
954,775
757,194
659,809
653130
569,274
Vacharapol Company Ltd.

Si-Phya Publishing
Nation Multimedia Group
Matichon Pcl
Matichon Pcl
Ban Muang Printing
-
Expenditure
(Thailand, baht, 000) 1
Source: AC Nielsen 2006;

ZenithOptimedia
Source: ACNielsen 2005

1
In press

(2003)
Top owners
(2005)
Publisher
Owners
8.a
Total revenue
Thai Rath
Krungthep Turakij
Bangkok Post
The Nation
Kom Chad Luek
Daily News
Loke Wannee Daily
Phoo Jad Karn Daily
Tharn Setakij
Khao Sod Daily
3,090,000
2,680,000
1,784,000
1,780,000
1,497,000
1,477,000
964,000
931,000
654,000
596,000
208,000
155,000
141,000
119,000
115,000
113,000
111,000
105,000
99,000
92,000
Revenue
Thai Rath
Krungthep Turakij
Bangkok Post
The Nation
Kom Chad Luek
Daily News
Phoo Jadkarn Daily
Siam Kee-La
Tharn Sejtakij
Ma-Ti-Chon Daily
Khao Sod Daily
4,079,304
2,949,713
2,607,963
1,829,064
1,748,120
1,570,190
1,238,445
918,938
814,411
767,692
596,000
Source: AC Nielsen 2006;

ZenithOptimedia
Title
12,054

categories (2005)
Source: NMR
8.ba
Estimate
7.ba
All newspapers (A+B+C+D) 1
GDP per capita
7.ac
(Thailand, baht, mln)

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 1 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
2005

7.ab
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Thailand, baht)
1200
900
800
650
600
430
350
350
280
250
11,251
6,284
1,060
823
1,136
-
360,000
288,000
288,000
240,000
240,000
180,000
110,000
110,000
228,000
168,000
600,000
480,000
480,000
336,000
336,000
210,000
176,000
176,000
263,000
198,000

Circulation, readership and ad rates as of 2005
1
Founded in 2001
694
THAILAND
11.
Research
15.a
Audit Bureau of Circulation, Deemar Media Index, AC
Nielsen
Deemar Media Index, AC Nielsen
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint 1
Composition
Plant 2
7
7
7
7
0
0
0
Import tax 1.7%

2
Import tax 3.0%
14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0

companies?
Yes, under Thailands Constitution.
same locality?
No
press?
No
No
695
TOGO
This small, sub-Saharan economy is heavily dependent
on both commercial and subsistence agriculture, which
provides employment for 65% of the labor force. Cocoa,
coffee, and cotton generate about 40% of export
earnings, with cotton being the most important cash
crop. The inflation rate was estimated at 2.8% in 2006.
Togos only significant television station is the

government-owned Television Togolaise. Four smaller
television stations operated during the year, but their
broadcasts were limited to certain geographic areas. TV2, RTDS, and TV7 carried France-based TV-5s
international news programming, and TV-Zions
content was of a primarily religious nature.

Radio remained the most important medium of mass
communication. Some private radio stations broadcast
domestic news; however, they offered little of the
political commentary and criticism of the government
that was widespread in the print media. Some of the
countrys private radio stations are government-owned
or associated with the ruling party, Rassemblement du
Peuple Togolais (RPT). Several private radio and TV
stations were closed after the militarys installation of
Faure Gnassingbe as president in 2005. Radio France
Internationale broadcasts on FM in Lome and Kara.

The only daily newspaper is the government-owned
Togo-Presse.
There was a lively independent press, most of which was
heavily politicized, and some of which was highly critical
of the government. More than 15 privately owned
newspapers were published with some regularity. There
were several independent newspapers that published on
weekly and bi-weekly schedules.
Media / Press Laws
Under an amendment to the 2002 media law, press
offences cannot be punished by imprisonment.
Source: CIA The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,346
3,056
147
5,549
Male
42
55
3
100
Female
000
%
000
1,177
1,486
60
2,723
43
55
2
100
1,169
1570
87
2,826
41
56
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
4,360.6 4,759.2 4,835.0

8.ba
Title
Publisher
Togo-Presse
Government
Circulation (000)
5
696
TONGA
Tonga has a narrow export base in agricultural goods.
Squash, coconuts, bananas, and vanilla beans are the
main crops, and agricultural exports make up two-thirds
of total exports. The country must import a high
proportion of its food, mainly from New Zealand.
The country remains dependent on external aid and
remittances from Tongan communities overseas to offset
its trade deficit. Tourism is the second-largest source of
hard currency earnings following remittances.

There are no daily newspapers in Tonga. There are eight
newspapers and magazines in the country: three
weeklies, three monthlies, one bimonthly, and one
quarterly. The government-owned weekly Tonga
Chronicle is printed in Tongan and English; in 2002 it
had a circulation of 7,000 copies.
Lack of infrastructure limited access to a certain extent,
but there were Internet cafes available in the larger towns
in all three of the countrys island groups.

State-owned radio and TV tend to favour government Media / Press Laws
policies, while private broadcasters offer little An amendment to the constitution, passed in 2003,
independent local coverage.
increased the states control of the media and limited the
right of courts to review royal decisions. The move
Private OBN TV7 went off-air in November 2006, followed unsuccessful attempts to ban a New Zealandwhen a march originating at its headquarters preceeded based newspaper.
riots in the capital.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
41
69
5
115
Male
Female
000
%
000
21
34
2
57
37
60
4
100
36
60
4
100
20
35
3
58
34
60
5
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
0.00

7.aa

2000
GDP
(Tonga, paanga, bln)

2001
2002
2003
-
0.5
2004
0.4
697
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO

Tourism is a growing sector. Economic growth in 2006
reached 12.6% as prices for oil, petrochemicals, and
liquefied natural gas remained high, and foreign direct
investment continued to grow to support expanded
capacity in the energy sector. The inflation rate was
Trinidad Express Newspapers which publishes the

Trinidad and Tobago Express daily is a division of the
Caribbean Communications Network and a member of
the One Carribean Media group.
Other colourful and brash local publications include
The Mirror and The Bomb.

In July 2006 the Privy Council ordered the government
to issue, immediately, a commercial FM broadcasting
license to Sanatan Dharma Maha Sabha (SDMS), the
principal Hindu organization in the country. In its
decision, which concluded a six-year-long quest by the
Hindu community for its own radio station, the Privy
Council determined that the government had subjected
the SDMS to unequal treatment under the law and, in
the process, had denied it the right to freedom of
expression. Amid threats of further legal action, the
government granted the license in September, and at
years end the SDMS was about to begin its radio
broadcasting operations.
Readership
Launched in 2000, the Guardian in Education
programme is a Ministry of Education endorsed project
involving the distribution of free newspapers to fourth,
fifth and sixth formers in 85 % of the secondary school
system. With the support of several other corporate
sponsors, Trinidad Publishing Company Ltd. (TPCL)
began distributing 5,000 copies of Trinidad Guardian
daily to over 86 secondary schools with the prime
objectives of developing literacy and arousing student
interest in national social issues. Since the inception of
the Programme, TPCL has awarded over USD300,000
in scholarship assistance to 58 students. Thirty five
students have won computers and printers valued at over
USD380,000. Participating schools have also benefited
directly from cash contributions to their funds. TPCL
All newspapers are privately owned. There are four major expanded the programme in 2005 to include
daily newspapers, Trinidad Guardian (broadsheet), a motivational dimension. Five national heroes, all
Trinidad Express, Newsday (tabloid), and The Wire young exemplars in their various disciplines, were
(tabloid).
enlisted to visit schools year round and hold interactive
sessions with students.
Source: CIA -The World Factbook; US State Department; WAN from public sources
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
000
214
760
92
1,066
110
399
41
550
20
73
7
100
20
71
9
100
Male
Female
000
%
104
361
51
516
20
70
10
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

157
157
158
158
158
158
159
159
160
160
1.91
1.91
0.63
0.63
698
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO

7.aa
8.ba
(Trinidad and Tobago, dollar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
65.1
86.3
132.0
Title
Publisher
Circulation Readership Format

(000)
(%)
Newsday
Trinidad Express 1
Trinidad Guardian 2
The Wire
Daily News Ltd.

47
Trinidad Express Newspapers
45
Trinidad Publishing Company, Ltd. 45
-
41.00
38.00
15.00
-
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid

1
2
Founded in 1967
Founded in 1917
699
TUNISIA
Tunisia has a diverse economy, with important
agricultural, mining, energy, tourism, and
manufacturing sectors. Increased rain helped to push
GDP growth to an average rate of 5% from 2003-06.
However, a recession in agriculture, weak expansion in
the tourism and textile sectors, and increasing import
costs due to rising world energy prices cut growth to 4%
in 2006. The inflation rate was estimated at 4.6% in
2006.
The National Radio and Television (ERTT) is the oldest
broadcasting institution in the country. Beside ensuring
national public radio and television broadcasts, ERTT
serves as an umbrella for five regional public radio
stations covering various parts of the country.
Parliamentary hearings are broadcast live on TV and
television talk-shows include representatives of all
political parties, including those of the opposition. TV
21 and Youth Radio gear their broadcasts towards young
audiences.
Private radio and television stations have started
broadcasting since 2003. The first private radio station
was Radio Mosaique FM, launched in November 2003
broadcasting from Tunis. The first private satellite
Television station was Hannibal TV, which started
broadcasting on February 13, 2005.
advertising (about 25%) comes from state-owned

companies. Advertising is controlled by the powerful
state organ responsible for external communications,
Agence Tunisienne de Communication Externe
(ATCE), which uses it as a means of pressure against
critical media.
According to available data by the media market research
group SIGMA, the adverting revenue for 2005
amounted to USD75 million. Of that total, USD30
million went for television, USD20 million for the press,
and USD5 million for radio. Ten of the top companies
operating in Tunisia spent USD15.6 million advertising;
Tunis Telecom came in first, spending USD2.21 million,
and the Socit Frigorifique et Brasserie de Tunis
(S.F.B.T.), a beverage company, came in second.
It is believed that with an average 70 percent of the space
of most newspapers dedicated to advertising messages,
their ad revenue could be substantial.
Readership
Four private firms, SIGMA Conseil, MediaScan,
MedNews, and Tunisiemtrie, which is owned by the
French firm Metric Line and its Tunisian partner
Prodata, produce audience surveys and market research.
According to SIGMA, the private newspaper AlChourouk registered a penetration of 16 percent of the
readership market, followed by La Presse, the newspaper
of the ruling party, with 11.6 percent.
A second private FM-radio station, Radio El Jawhara,

was launched from Sousse, on July 25, 2005. The signal Online / Digital Publishing
of this new private station covers the east-central part of All Internet service providers (ISPs) must obtain a license
the country.
from the Ministry of Communications and
Technologies. The Commission on Telecommunications
ERTTs TV-7 and Hannibal TV programs are accessible Services, including representatives from the ministries of
internationally, via satellite.
defense and interior, as well as officials holding posts
related to communications, information, and computer
Radio and television broadcasts are mostly in Arabic. sciences, reviews each application.
There are however daily television news programs in
French and English. Tunis International Radio station Each ISP must submit, monthly, a list of its Internet
(RTCI) broadcasts in French, English, German, Italian subscribers to the quasi-governmental Tunisian Internet
and Spanish.
Agency (ATI). If an ISP stops services, it must, without
delay, furnish the ATI with a complete set of its archives.
The director of the ISP must maintain constant
The government stated that there were 950 publications oversight of the content on the ISPs servers to insure
and newspapers distributed in the country in 2006 and that no information remains on the system that is
that 90 percent of the newspapers were privately owned contrary to public order and good morals.
and editorially independent. However, of the eight
mainstream dailies, two were government-owned, two There were approximately 300 Internet cafs. The cafs
were owned by the ruling party, and two, although are privately-owned but operate under the authority of
nominally private, took editorial direction from senior the Ministry of Communications. Among other legal
government officials.
requirements, Internet cafe owners must maintain
a database of their customers and inform customers of
Advertising
their obligations and their responsibility for any
The majority of media advertising revenue (about 75%) infringements of the legal provisions relating to Internet
emanates from private business. The remaining use.
700
TUNISIA
Ownership
The Article 15 of the press code limits ownership to two
publications of the same frequency that should not
exceed 30 percent of the overall newspaper distribution
in the country. The public knows that the owner of the
public media or those of the ruling party, but the
privately owned ones do not disclose the names of their
owners or all their sources of finance. The law requires
that they publish their annual accounts, but they rarely
do so.
Media / Press Laws
Under the law, print media need not be licensed. In
practice, however, print media are rigidly controlled by
the authorization to the printer, not the publisher. Print
media must request a copyright (patente) registration
from the Ministry of Interior. Applications are
submitted to the Ministry of the Interior, which then
delivers a receipt (rcpiss) good for one year
constituting the official permit to publish. The Press
Code requires that the printer request the receipt before
printing, effectively prohibiting any unlicensed
publications. The code also requires the publisher to
inform the Ministry of Interior of any change of printer.
Printers and publishers violating these rules are subject
to substantial, per copy, personal fines under the Press
Code.
The law authorizes sentences up to five years in prison

for offensive statements against the president and up to
three years in prison for defamation of constitutional
bodies, including the Chamber of Deputies, Chamber of
Advisors, constitutional councils, the administration,
government members or deputies.
Printing and distribution activities are managed by the
private sector and generate profit for their owners who
have invested in other activities outside the media sector,
such as construction or tourism. Some companies
working in this sector have received subsidies from the
state in various forms. The most important distribution
company is the Societ Tunisienne de Presse
(SOTUPRESS), partially owned by the French group
Hachette.
Kiosks are also privately owned and run by the same
distribution companies.
State Support
In addition to public advertising, the state grants
subsidies to private media to cover some of the cost of
the purchase of newsprint and the training of their
journalists. Newspapers of the political parties
represented in the parliament receive 60 percent of the
In January 2006, the president signed a law abolishing cost of their newsprint from the government.
dpt lgal, which had required that the government
approve all printed material prior to publication or There were three opposition party newspapers with
distribution. The lifting of dpt lgal applied to small circulations and editorial independence from the
newspapers and magazines but not books. The lifting of government. Nevertheless, two of them, Ettariq El Jadid
dpt lgal means that newspapers and magazines no and Al-Wahda, received government subsidies under
longer must deposit a copy of their latest issue at the a law that provides government financing to papers
Ministry of Interior before going to print. Lifting of representing opposition parties with seats in parliament.
dpt lgal ended formal, overt censorship of the print The third, Al-Mawqif, did not receive the subsidy since
media but did not end self-censorship and obvious its party was not represented in parliament.
government interference, such as the simultaneous
appearance in three different Arabic-language Opposition and opinion newspapers receive state
newspapers of similar editorials lambasting civil society support allowing them to get back 60% of the costs of
activists who frequent foreign embassies.
newspaper production. Assistance by the state to
opposition papers is unconditional and covers on
The government continued to exercise tight control over average the production and printing costs of a weekly
the licensing of new newspapers. Although there were at publication with a circulation of 15,000 copies.
least 11 existing applications, the government authorized
the creation of only one new newspaper, Mouwatinoun, Other Factors
which was to be published by the legal opposition party The government continued to withhold press credentials
Democratic Forum for Labor and Liberties (FDTL).
from, and delayed granting passports to journalists.
The Minister of the Interior also regulates entry of the
foreign press to the Tunisian market. His authorization
can be denied under the press code for publications that
contain articles critical of the government. This is often
the case of French newspapers, like Le Monde and
Liberation, and the London-based Arabic daily
publications Al-Qods Al-Arabi and Al-Hayat. The latter
decided in 1999 to cease distributing in Tunisia after
repeated seizures.
There are 973 professional journalists, as compared to

639 in 1990. About 35% of Tunisian professional
journalists are women, 53% are university graduates and
about half are under 40 years of age.
Salaries of journalists are low compared with those of
other professions, and the turnover rate within the
media sector is high. For journalists working at private
print media, the average salary is USD250 monthly,
701
TUNISIA
while at the ruling partyowned press the average salary
is USD280. At the partisan opposition press, the average
salary is USD200 monthly for the few permanent staff,
as this kind of outlet relies mainly on volunteers. At the
public and private broadcasters, salaries average

USD300 monthly for journalists. For professionals in
other sectors, such as banking and insurance, the average
salary is comparatively higher at USD400 per month.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; IREX - Media Sustainability Index; www.tunisiamedia.com
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
2,506
6,982
687
10,175
Male
25
69
7
100
000
1,293
3,504
328
5,125
25
68
6
100
Female
000
%
1,213
3,478
359
5,050
24
69
7
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
10
10
10
42.86
0.00
Source: 2002-2005 UNESCO, WAN from public sources; 2006 WAN estimate
7.aa

2002
GDP
(Tunisia, dinar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
88.0
100.8
2006
117.8

8.ba
Title
Language Publisher
Alchouruk
Al-Horriya
Al-Sahafa
As-Sabah
La Presse de Tunisie
LAction
Le Quotidien
Le Renouveau
Le Temps
Nouvelles de Tunisie
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
French
French
French
French
French
French
Organ of the Democratic Consitutional Gathering

Government
Government
Organ of the Democratic Consitutional Gathering
-

702
TURKEY
Turkeys dynamic economy is a complex mix of modern
industry and commerce along with a traditional
agriculture sector that still accounts for more than 35%
of employment. It has a strong and rapidly growing
private sector, yet the state still plays a major role in basic
industry, banking, transport, and communication. The
largest industrial sector is textiles and clothing, which
accounts for one-third of industrial employment.
However, other sectors, notably the automotive and
electronics industries, are rising in importance within
Turkeys export mix.
growth reached 9%, followed by roughly 5% annual

growth from 2005-06. Inflation fell to 7.7% in 2005 a 30-year low, but climbed back to 9.8% in 2006.
Despite the strong economic gains from 2002-06, which
were largely due to renewed investor interest in emerging
markets, IMF backing, and tighter fiscal policy, the
economy is still burdened by a high current account
deficit and high debt.
Privatization sales are currently approaching USD21

billion. Oil began to flow through the Baku-TblisiCeyhan pipeline in May 2006, marking a major
milestone that will bring up to 1 billion barrels per day
The economy is turning around with the from the Caspian to market.
implementation of economic reforms, and 2004 GDP
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 people
6 people
7 people
8 or more people
Total 2
Households
000
%
437
1,591
2,232
2,821
1,758
879
435
524
10,676
4
15
21
26
16
8
4
5
100
Source: TNS PIAR

2.a
Age
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
9,174
7,409
6,036
3,919
2,186
1,994
30,719
30
24
20
13
7
6
100
A+B
C1
C2
DE
Total
All adults
000
%
5,562
7,650
5,622
11,885
30,719
18
25
18
39
100
10,625
20,095
2,540
4,482
4,653
5,675
5,922
5,621
30,720
35
65
8
15
15
18
19
18
100
Source: TNS PIAR
Male
000
4,763
3,739
3,048
1,995
939
988
15,474
31
24
20
13
6
6
100
Female
000
%
4,411
3,670
2,988
1,924
1,247
1,006
15,246
Distribution of all households

in 20,000+ urban settlements
by occupancy
2
Estimated number of households

persons) (2006)
29
24
20
13
8
7
100
Age
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Social class
Without children
With children
aged 0-1
aged 2-4
aged 5-7
aged 8-11
aged 12-17
aged 18+
Total
Source: TNS PIAR

2.b
Households
000
%
2,272
3,051
2,473
1,568
922
720
11,006
21
28
22
14
8
7
100
Source: TNS PIAR
Male
000
2,801
3,853
2,831
5,988
15,474
18
25
18
39
100
Female
000
%
2,761
3,797
2,791
5,897
15,246
Source: TNS PIAR

(no other earners)
18
25
18
39
100
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
55
33
22
73
43
30
62
38
24
67
42
25
81
53
28
47.27
60.61
27.27
20.90
26.19
12.00
Source: Yaysat
703
TURKEY
3.b
5.c
Media consumption
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
3,306 4,433 4,470 5,003 5,143

3,227 4,313 4,361 4,901 5,035
78
120 109
102 108
55.57
56.03
38.46
All newspapers
National newspapers
Magazines
Monthly magazines
Weekly magazines
Television 1
2.80
2.73
5.88
Source: Yaysat
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
1,636 1,826 1,877

1,596 1,789 1,838
40
37
39
Dailies
390.0 254.0 470.0 551.0 649.5
Source: Medya-net
1
Source: 2002-2003 Bilesim Adex Research Reports; 2004-2006 Yaysat
46
46
26
69
74
61
225
42
42
30
78
62
61
225
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 1 2005/01 2005/04
(Turkish new lira, mln)

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 1 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
17.88
45
45
27
69
74
61
232
Online editions
Sales revenues
66.54
224
Average of adults consuming that medium per day; newspaper/magazine data is

calculated based on multiple readership
Adults on average
1
Adults 20+
2.79
2.74
5.41
6.a
30
60
233
2006
Source: 2002-2004 Taylor Nelson Sofres PIAR, AGB TV Research; 2005-2006 TNS
PIAR; AGB Nielsen Media Research
Source: Yaysat
4.b
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
27
Only national newspapers online editions
Excluding VAT, including supplements; 2006 All paid-for newspapers

1
Dailies distributed by Yaysat only; figures for dailies distributed by BBD are not
available
4.c
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Total
7.aa
GDP
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
87.2
12.8
100
78.0
22.0
100
83.0
17.0
100
81.0
19.0
100
80.0
20.0
100
7.ab
5.a
Single copy
0.25
0.50
(%)
Reached
Source: Yaysat
1
Average: YTL 0.35 - indicates

weekdays-weekends average,
including supplements
All adults
Men
Women
Source: TNS PIAR
33.3
44.7
21.8
30.8
7.ac
2.3
29.5
25.1
20.4
11.9
6.5
4.3
100
Source: TNS PIAR
704
27.4
36.3
34.7
34.6
31.1
30.2
22.0
-
(Turkish new lira, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
4.0
Ad expenditure
5.1
6.1
6.8
7.9
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.39
0.36
0.41
0.45
0.46
Source: TURKSTAT, Turkish Statistical Institute; DYH Advertising System

7.ba
15
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
576.3

(2006)
%
% daily reach
group
487.2
430.5
Source: TURKSTAT, Turkish Statistical Institute
5.b
Age
359.8
2002
(Turkish new lira)

min
max
2006
277.6
GDP per capita
Cover prices (2006)
(Turkish new lira, bln)

2003
2004
2005
Source: TURKSTAT, Turkish Statistical Institute
Source: 2002-2004 Bilesim Adex Research, Yaysat; 2005-2006 Yaysat

4.d
2002

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
410
472
363
422
47
50
525
693
54
60
9
18
83
76
2
4
1,093 1,323
682
653
29
1,047
81
24
87
8
1,959
890
805
85
1,140
80
28
110
9
2,257
962
866
96
1,580
84
34
114
17
2,791
1,150
1,050
100
1,980
96
41
143
28
3,438
1,370
1,255
115
2,300
102
42
160
34
4,008
1,475
1,350
125
2,400
110
43
165
42
4,235
Source: Advertising Agencies Association, ZenithOptimedia

After discounts; includes classified; excludes production costs; includes agency
commission
TURKEY
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

383
383
459
459
645
645
820
820
901
901
135.25
135.25
9.88
9.88
Source: 2002-2003 Bilesim Adex Research Reports, DYH Advertising System, Yaysat;
2004-2006 DYH Advertising System
2002-2004 Figures include classifieds and inserts; 2005-2006 Excluding agency
commission and VAT, after discount
7.d

2002
In colour
Total
17,370
45,607

2003 2004
2005
2006
36,072
56,066
49,671 65,576 72,862

85,656 113,208 118,153
Source: 2002-2003 Bilesim Adex Research Reports, DYH Advertising System, Yaysat;
2004-2006 DYH Advertising System

categories (2006)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Advertiser
Auto
Real Estate and Construction
Finance
Retail
Tourism
Telecommunications
Furniture and Home Textiles
Human Resources
and Recruitment
Textiles
Entertainment
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
Online 1
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
91
6
3
100
-
90
7
3
100
-
90
7
3
100
-
90
7
3
100
-
90
6
4
100
-
Source: DYH Advertising System

1
Online advertising is sold by a separate company; these data are not controlled
by newspapers sales departments.
Expenditure
Yapi Kredi Bankasi

Dogus Oto
Akbank
Garanti Bankasi
Opel
Tofas
Renault
Turkcell
Is Bankasi
Ford Otosan
3
3
15,800
15,300
13,400
10,200
9,600
9,100
8,800
8,600
8,000
7,700

Figures are estimated rounded
numbers, excludes agency commission
and VAT
Excludes classified and insert

advertising
8.a
2002
16
10
10
6
5
4
4
3
Display and classified

% of display
ad revenue
Publisher
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
231,889
206,318
199,581
165,295
102,617
97,652
87,897
87,710
77,419
54,331
63,023
103,723
86,121
69,528
38,969
24,465
25,006
24,622
25,298
27,851
Dogan Gazetecilik / Posta

Feza Yayincilik / Zaman
Hrriyet Gazetecilik / Hrriyet
Merkez Yayincilik / Sabah
Dogan Gazetecilik / Milliyet
Merkez Yayincilik /Takvim
Dogan Gazetecilik / Fanatik
Merkez Yayincilik / Fotomac
Cukurova Gazetecilik / Aksam
Bagimsiz Gazetecilik / Vatan
Source: Yaysat
Figures are estimated annual numbers; supplements are included

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
Posta
Zaman
Hrriyet
Sabah
Milliyet
Takvim
Fanatik
Fotomac
Trkiye
Aksam
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Turkish
Dogan Gazetecilik
Feza Yayincilik
Hrriyet Gazetecilik
Merkez Yayincilik
Dogan Gazetecilik
Merkez Yayincilik
Dogan Gazetecilik
Merkez Yayincilik
Ihlas Gazetecilik
Cukurova Yayincilik
Readership
Cover price
(000)
(000)
(Turkish new lira) (USD)
635
565
547
453
281
267
241
240
217
212
2,689
1,425
1,884
1,842
1,059
842
1,301
829
570
981
0.27
0.50
0.43
0.42
0.38
0.25
0.28
0.28
0.30
0.33
Format
0.19
0.35
0.30
0.29
0.27
0.17
0.20
0.20
0.21
0.23
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Broadsheet
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
(Turkish new lira)
71,000
78,000
84,000
82,000
73,000
51,000
73,000
43,000
98,000
52,000
124,000
99,000
142,000
142,000
128,000
74,000
78,000
71,000
141,000
60,800
Source: Yaysat; DYH Advertising System; TNS Piar

Nationwide, weekday editions; ad rates include agency commission and exclude VAT
10.a
10.bb
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
55
55
66
66
62
62
67
67
81
81
47.27
47.27
20.90
20.90
2002
Single copy
(Turkish new lira)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
0.04
Source: Yaysat
Source: 2002-2004 Dogan Printing Co.; 2005-2006 Yaysat

10.c
10.ba
Newsprint costs
Single copy sales
2002
2003
(%)
2004
14
14
12
2002
2005
2006
13
Average per ton
(Turkish new lira)

2003
2004
2005
-
838
2006
986
Source: Dogan Foreign Trade Department
Source: Yaysat
705
TURKEY
11.
Research
15.a
Basin Ilan Kurumu, ABC Denetim
BIAK (Taylor Nelson-Sofres PIAR)
Methodology
Data collection through face to face interviews with a
representative sample of 48,000 people (aged 15+) in 20
cities every year.
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
18
1
1
18
8
20
20
Subsidies generally

Yes
There is ample liquidity in the market, due to which it
is even cheaper to utilize normal L/C facility or working
capital loans rather than usual investment finance
involving export credit agencies. Maturities can extend
from two to seven years for working capital loans, which
even exceeds terms of investment loans. Spreads for
normal loans are between 120 and 250 basis points
above Libor, depending on maturities. Such rates are
about 100 basis points lower than investment loans.
No
Source: Dogan Media Group
14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
706
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0

companies?
There is no specific regulation on the registration of
company shares, however, in case of foreign companies
or individuals shares existence, the shares relating to
them should be registered shares and the nature of
ownership of these shares should be understandable
from the companys stock register. Furthermore, in
accordance with the Press Law No. 5187 published in
the Official Gazette on 26 June 2004, Article 4, the
following items should be explicitly defined in every
form of periodical, including newspapers: names of
managers, the owner, owners representative if he/she
exists, responsible editor, and his/her assistant if he/she
exists. (It has been denominated as newspaper
identification). To conclude, we can find out only the
concessionaire if the owner of the newspaper is
a corporate body.
No
Source: Dogan Media Group
13.a

same locality?
In accordance with the Regulation on the Minimum
Administrative and Financial Principles, Transmission
Area, Transmission Time and Periods of the Private
Radio and Television Enterprises, Article 7/6, it has
been arranged that if a newspaper owner is a shareholder
of a private radio and television enterprise, the amount
of his shares should not exceed 20% of the enterprises
paid-in capital.
As per Article 4 of the Press Law aforementioned in
question 15 a/1, we can find out only the concessionaire
from the newspaper identification if the owner of the
newspaper is a corporate body. Further as per article 7,
in order to publish a newspaper or other periodicals,
a declaration shall be recorded and submitted to the
Office of the local Chief Prosecutor. The declaration
submitted bearing the signature of the owner of the
publication and the representative of the owner if he/she
is aged below 18 or a corporate body and the responsible
editor shall include also the names and addresses of the
owner and the representative if he/she exists. There is no
other law or rule making it possible to determine who
the actual owner is.
TURKEY
press?
There is no specific regulation literally limiting
concentration in the daily press. However, newspaper
publishing companies, just like any other Turkish
companies, have to comply with the general provisions
of the Protection of Competition Law No. 4054.
No
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
National TV
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
National
Newspaper
Owners
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
National Radio
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
No restrictions
Up to 25% of the private

enterprises paid-in capital

No restrictions
No restrictions

Foreign Investors
707
TURKMENISTAN
Turkmenistan is a largely desert country with intensive
agriculture in irrigated oases and large gas and oil
resources. Total exports rose by an average of 15% per
year from 2003-06, largely because of higher
international oil and gas prices. Overall prospects in the
near future are discouraging because of widespread
internal poverty, a poor educational system, government
misuse of oil and gas revenues, and the unwillingness of
Ashgabat to adopt market-oriented reforms.
accredited journalists, embassies, and a few others had

satellite Internet access authority. The government has
not issued any new accounts in Ashgabat since
September 2002, although government officials reported
new accounts were available in the regions. Access was
prohibitively expensive for most citizens, and service was
poor. Turkmen Telecom blocked access to RFE/RLs
Turkmen Service Web site.
Media / Press Laws

The government censored newspapers; prepublication
approval from the office of the presidents press secretary
was required. The government continued to dictate
The Turkmen government has an absolute monopoly of media focus on President Niyazovs achievements to
the media. The authorities monitor media outlets, amplify his cult of personality. The president personally
operate printing presses and lay down editorial policies. approved the first-page content every day of the major
dailies, which always included a prominent picture of
The government completely controlled radio and local him.
television, but use of satellite dishes enabling access to
foreign television programming was widespread In May 2005 the government banned local journalists
throughout the country. There was no access to cable from all contact with foreigners unless specifically
television.
permitted. Journalists who did not comply were
threatened with losing their jobs.
Almost all print media were government financed. The government prohibited reporting opposing political
Except for two private, although government views or any criticism of the president. Criticism of
sanctioned, Turkmen/Turkish and Turkmen language officials was only permitted if directed at those who had
periodicals, foreign newspapers were banned.
fallen out of presidential favor; public criticism of
officials was done almost exclusively by the president
All newspapers and periodicals belong to the state and himself.
are strictly censored, and as a result the material they
carry is designed to please the authorities rather than the Printing & Distribution
readers.
To regulate domestic printing and copying activities, the
government required all publishing houses and printing
Circulation
and photocopying establishments to obtain registration
Twice a year, just before subscription time, district and licenses for their equipment. The government required
municipal government offices around the country send the registration of all photocopiers and mandated that a
out instructions telling public-sector institutions and single individual be responsible for all photocopying
companies exactly how many newspapers and magazines activity. All publishing companies were governmenttheir employees should sign up for. Its two titles per owned.
person one national and one local. This measure is
designed to maintain artificial demand for the press, Postal Issues
which otherwise no one would buy.
The postal service only delivers newspapers in villages
once every two weeks. By the time they receive them,
A further reason why there is such reluctance to people have already heard the news several times over on
subscribe to periodicals is that the switch from Cyrillic to television or radio.
Latin script for the Turkmen language creates problems
for people over 30, who learned the Cyrillic alphabet at Other Factors
schools.
The government required all foreign correspondents to
apply for accreditation; however, there were no reported
difficulties with foreign media outlet personnel changes
Internet access remained available on a limited basis, and during the year. There was only one accredited foreign
government-owned Turkmen Telecom was the sole correspondent in Ashgabat, who worked for the Russian
provider to the general population. Generally only news agency RIA Novosti.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; Institute for War & Peace Reporting
708
TURKMENISTAN
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
2
2
-
2
2
20
16
4
2
2
22
18
4
2
2
21
16
5
2
2
21
16
5
0.00
0.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002 WAN assessment; 2003-2005 UNESCO, US Embassy in Turkmenistan;

2006 WAN estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,778
3,058
207
5,043
35
61
4
100
Male
000
914
1,501
79
2,494
37
60
3
100
Female
000
%
864
1,557
128
2,549
34
61
5
100

Regional and local
45
45
306
249
57
45
45
307
250
57
56
56
-
56
56
-
0.00
0.00
-
Source: 2002-2005 UNESCO, US Embassy in Turkmenistan; 2006 WAN estimate

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Turkmenistan, manat, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
144,976.0 152,776.0 234,576.5

8.ba
Title
Language
Neutralnyi Turkmenistan
Turkmenistan
Russian
Turkmen
Source: BBC; WAN from public sources
709
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS

The Turks and Caicos economy is based on tourism,
offshore financial services, and fishing. The US is the
leading source of tourists, accounting for more than
three-quarters of the 175,000 visitors that arrived in
2004. Major sources of government revenue also include
fees from offshore financial activities and customs
receipts. The inflation rate was estimated at 4% in 2005.

Local news and information is available via cable TV.
Broadcasters from the Bahamas can be picked up.
There are no daily newspapers. The Turks & Caicos Free
Press and The Turks and Caicos Weekly News are
published weekly.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
6
13
2
21
Male
Female
000
%
000
3
7
1
11
27
64
9
100
29
62
10
100
3
6
1
10
30
60
10
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
GDP
0.2
710
TUVALU
Subsistence farming and fishing are the primary
economic activities. Fewer than 1,000 tourists, on
average, visit Tuvalu annually. Government revenues
largely come from the sale of stamps and coins and
remittances from seamen on merchant ships abroad.
Substantial income is received annually from an
international trust fund established in 1987 by Australia,
NZ, and the UK and supported also by Japan and South
Korea. The US Government is also a major revenue
source for Tuvalu because of payments from a 1988
treaty on fisheries. Tuvalu derives around USD1.5
million per year from the lease of its .tv Internet
domain name. The inflation rate was estimated at 3.9%
in 2005.
There were no private, independent media. The Tuvalu
Media Corporation (TMC), a public corporation,
controlled the countrys sole radio station and a monthly

newsletter. Local news, information, and music were
broadcast five and a half hours per day. The remaining
radio programming consisted of rebroadcasts of BBC
programs. There was no television. Many islanders use
satellite dishes to watch foreign TV stations.
There are no daily newspapers. The government
publishes the fortnightly newspaper Tuvalu Echoes in
the Tuvalu language (Sikuleo o Tuvalu) and in English.
The relative lack of telecommunications infrastructure,
especially beyond the capital island of Funafuti, and
relatively high costs restricted public access to and use of
the Internet.

2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
4
6
2
12
Male
Female
000
%
000
2
3
1
6
33
50
17
100
33
50
17
100
2
3
1
6
33
50
17
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

7.aa

1998
GDP
(Aruban guilder/florin, mln)

1999
2000
2001
2002
-
27.5
711
UGANDA
Agriculture is the most important sector of the economy,
employing over 80% of the work force. Coffee accounts
for the bulk of export revenues. The government has
acted to rehabilitate and stabilize the economy by
undertaking currency reform, raising producer prices on
export crops, increasing prices of petroleum products,
and improving civil service wages. Growth in 2003-06
reflected an upturn in the export markets of Uganda.
Advertising
The main newspaper advertisers are breweries, mobile
phone companies and government departments.
The Monitor was established in 1992 as an independent

daily newspaper, and relaunched as Daily Monitor in
June 2005. The Daily Monitor is published by Monitor
Publications Ltd, jointly owned by the Nation Media
Group with five other individual shareholders. (The
Group also publishes the Daily Nation, a prominent
newspaper in Kenya.) The Daily Monitor has a daily
circulation of roughly 15,000.
In August 2005 President Museveni threatened to arrest

journalists that irresponsibly disregarded national
security interests in the course of their reporting and
close any press organization that threatened the countrys
national security. The Minister of State for Information,
James Buturo, told journalists that even when facts were
true, their reporting must be informed by an imperative
to preserve national interests.
Readership
The 2002 census showed that less than 1% of
households reported the print media (newspapers and
magazines) as their main source of information (one per
cent of households also reported that the TV was their
main source of information). This is compared with
about half of the households (49.2%) in the country
reporting that word of mouth was their main source of
The government continued to operate the only public information, followed by radio at 47.8%.
radio and television stations.
Independent radio stations that hosted opposition At times the government restricted access to the Internet.
political candidates on talk shows in which critical In February, the government directed Uganda Telecom
statements were made against the government or the to block access to radiokatwe.com, a website that
military were sometimes subject to government published antigovernment gossip. NGOs and
interference.
opposition figures alleged that the move reflected
a crackdown on Internet freedom.
Critics charged that the restrictions targeted
independent radio, which was the primary news source Access to the Internet increased during 2006. However,
for 80 percent of the population.
access for the majority of the population remained
constrained due to high costs of equipment and
subscriber fees and a lack of user education.
The two leading national daily newspapers are the Approximately 5 percent of the population used it
government-owned The New Vision and the privately- monthly and 56 of the countrys 80 districts were
owned Daily Monitor, both of which publish in English. equipped with Internet capabilities after a public private
partnership began in September 2005.
The New Vision is the largest paper, with a daily
circulation of 35,000. It was set up in 1986 after Yoweri Ownership
Museveni and the National Resistance Army captured The buy-out of The Monitorby the Nation Group in
state power in Uganda. The company is listed on the 2000 was the first-ever major takeover in the media
Uganda Securities Exchange with 80% of the shares market in Uganda. It is expected that more such buyowned by the government and the other 20% owned by outs or mergers will happen in the future.
numerous private shareholders. The New Vision also
publishes the most-read local-language publication, the Media / Press Laws
Luganda-language paper Bukedde, with a daily Media laws require that journalists be licensed and meet
circulation of 15,000, and three other weekly vernacular certain standards, such as possessing a university degree
papers, Orumuri, Rupiny and Etop. The average sales of in journalism or the equivalent. A 1994 law also provides
these papers are at 15,918 daily for Bukedde; 10,500 for a Media Council with the power to suspend
weekly for Orumuri; 5,400 for Etop; and 3,500 for newspapers and deny journalists access to state
Rupiny.
information.
The Kenya-based weekly, The East African, and the daily The government used libel laws to suppress criticism of
The Red Pepper are also popular.
political leaders.
712
UGANDA
Other Factors
The international media faced new accreditation
regulations for foreign journalists, including vetting by
the newly-established government Media Center; a new
regulation restricting in-country travel by international
journalists was rescinded soon after it was promulgated.
NGOs and opposition figures claimed the regulations
still in place delayed the process of accreditation for
foreign journalists.
In July 2006, the Uganda Journalists Union (UJU)

received a certificate of registration allowing it to operate
as a trade union after more than a decade of seeking
approval by the Ministry of Gender, Labor, and Social
Development. Registration allows the UJU to advocate
for the rights of journalists at places of work.

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

75
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
83
-
89
75
14
92
78
14
92
-
22.67
-
0.00
-
90
-
93
82
11
Source: 2004 WAN from public sources; 2005-2006 WAN assessment

4.d
Cover prices (2005)
5.a
(Uganda, shilling)
min
max
Single copy
600.00
Daily
All adults
800.00
(%)
Weekly
15

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Uganda, shilling, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
65,236.7 81,701.6 95,832.0

7.ab
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
14,089
13,489
618
28,196
50
48
2
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
7,092
6,762
267
14,121
50
48
2
100
6,997
6,727
351
14,075
50
48
2
100

3.a

GDP per capita
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4
4
-
5
4
1
5
4
1
5
4
1
5
4
1
25.00
0.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
7
7
6
1
8
8
7
1
9
9
8
1
Source: 2005 WAN from public sources; 2006 WAN assessment
(Uganda, shilling, 000)

1999
2000
2001
-
388.7
409.4
2002
432.2

(2001)
7.g
Advertiser
Number of titles

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
1998
Expenditure
(Uganda, shilling, 000)
MTN
2,000,000
UTL
1,200,000
Makerere University
400,000
Uganda Electricity Board
302,000
(UEB)
Celetel
300,000
Ministry of Education
103,000
Uganda Breweries
101,000
Ministry of Health
90,000
Uganda Revenue Authority 80,000
(URA)
Shell
70,000
Source: New Vision
713
UGANDA
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
The New Vision

The Daily Monitor
Bukedde
Ngoma
English
English
Luganda
Luganda
New Vision Printing and Publishing Corp.

The Monitor Publications Ltd.
New Vision Printing and Publishing Corp.
The Monitor Publications Ltd.
Circulation
(000)
Format
35
15
15
10
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid

12.
Taxes (2005)
15.a
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Tax concessions for newspaper companies 1
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
-
There are no specific tax concessions for newspaper companies
14.
Discounts (2005)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0

companies?
Yes - the Press and Journalist Statute.
No
No
press?
No
No
714
UKRAINE
In 2006, real GDP grew by 7.1%, compared to 2.6% in
2005. The highest growth rates were in trade,
transportation and construction. Automobile
production grew by 36.6%. The overall GDP increase
was mainly due to added value growth in trade, repair
services for automobiles, home electronics and
appliances (17.7%), mining (5.4%), and manufacturing
(5.0%). Had it not been for the price shock
multiplying expenditure on Russian gas, the economic
growth could have been even higher.
The official forecast for GDP growth in 2007 is 6.5%.
A substantial share of GDP in Ukraine is falling into
activities that are not fully reflected by official statistics.
The real level of GDP growth is thus estimated to be
30% to 40% higher than official figures.
Radio
In 2006, the radio market increased by 18%, whereas
radio advertising revenues grew by 32%. And still, radio
has only a 3% share of the total advertising market. To
extend their broadcasting networks, big radio-holding
companies buy local wireless radio stations. Foreign
investors continuously show high demand for the radio
broadcast business.
Press
The press market has been growing since the late 1990s
and continued to during 2006, both in numbers of
newspaper and magazine titles and their circulations, as
well as in advertising revenues. Although there are
organizations, official and otherwise, monitoring media
markets, it is impossible to state accurately a number of
titles in circulation, as the list of registered titles is larger
than those of titles that are actually published. The same
applies to other media market indicators.
Foreign direct investment in Ukraine represented

USD4.6 billion in 2006, compared to USD8.5 billion in
2005. As of October 2006, the overall volume of foreign In 2006, magazines share of the print ad market was
investment in Ukraine represented USD19.9 billion, or 70%, while that of newspapers was 30%. The magazine
USD424 per capita.
market has been outgrowing that of newspapers since
2004, as a result of the boom in magazine publishing.
The economic factors that are expected to contribute to A niche of news-magazines is growing in response to
accelerating press market development in 2007 are:
readership market potential (growing purchasing power
of population), and advertisers demand (magazine
- growing purchasing power of the population
quality is more attractive than that of newspapers).
- growing segmentation of consumption patterns
The Russian market still has a strong impact on the

Ukrainian press market.
- dynamic development of industries producing

consumer goods
Traditionally, there are only paid-for newspapers in
- dynamic development of services and retail sales
Ukraine. Free sheets are only represented by free
advertising papers without editorial content, including
- dynamic development of financial services for either classifieds, or announcements, or both.
individual customers
A niche for free newspapers appeared in Ukraine in
- the real estate market boom
2006, with two free dailies launched in the capital of
Kiev.
- relative political stability for the next two years (2007
and 2008)
In 2006, several national newspapers opened their
regional editorial offices and launched their regional
editions, drastically increasing competition for their
The media boom in Ukraine continues, both in terms of regional counterparts.
supply and demand.
In 2006, newspapers increased their promotional
Television
expenditure 2.2-times compared to 2005.
In 2006, the satellite TV market grew by 15%, and that
of cable TV by 5%. The size of the satellite TV market Newspaper launches / closures
is expected to remain the same or increase, in the nearest Dozens of regional newspaper titles are launched every
years, while the cable TV market is considered relatively year, and approximately the same amount of titles are
saturated and its growth is expected to be less than 5% closed.
in 2007.
715
UKRAINE
Advertising
The advertising market of Ukraine continues to grow in
all segments.
TV advertising rates increased by up to 400% from
2003 to 2007. In spite of that, some advertisers could
not get air-time on TV in 2006 because of its shortage.
The trend of growing TV ad rates is expected to
continue by up to 30%-35%. The process of exclusion
(push-out) of small advertisers from the market will
become more pronounced. The massive amount of
advertising on TV is overwhelming for TV viewers. All
of the above are favorable conditions to shift ad volumes
to the press market, which is forecast to happen in large
amounts.
Print media trends that began at the end of 2006 are
expected to continue in 2007. These trends are:
- the setting up of new media-holdings and ad sales
houses
- the appearance of new segments of print media
- further growth of regional press distribution due to the
expansion of consumer markets (banks, mobile
operators, shopping centers, etc.)
- the increase of advertisers interest in regional markets
due to the need of localizing advertising campaigns
In 2007, competition among titles of newspapers will
evolve to competition among larger players, such as
media-holdings and ad sales houses as it happened in the
TV market a few years ago.
The draft of a new advertising law includes an alcohol
and tobacco advertising ban. A complete ban on alcohol
and tobacco advertising in the press is assumed to come
into effect in January 2009.
Circulation
The fast-growing circulation of newspapers and
magazines corresponds to a growing number of titles.
Both are a result of 30% annual growth of total
advertising expenditure in the country.
Readership
In 2006, readership grew steadily in all print media
segments, with the exception of titles for parents and TV
guides, whose readership grew faster.
A middle-town citizen of Ukraine spent 15.5 UAH
monthly to buy newspapers and magazines, which is
comparable with the sum spent in the previous year. The
most active buyers of newspapers and magazines were
people aged 25-45.
716
The audience of daily newspapers remained stable,

represented mostly by people aged 42+.
Weekly and monthly press editions were mostly read by
people aged 22-47. This figure also remained stable.
Fairly slow growth in the online community in Ukraine
before November 2004 turned explosive due to
presidential elections at the end of 2004. The Orange
Revolution (November 2004 - January 2005) changed
the nations attitude towards the Web. Millions of
people suddenly realized that the classic media they got
used to newspapers, magazines, TV and radio
channels were either untrustworthy, as almost all were
controlled by the regime, or very slow in reacting to
current situation changes. Being informed about the real
situation was not just a matter of curiosity, but
sometimes of personal safety. Within less than 30 days,
the internet audience in Ukraine grew by 40%.
At the end of December 2006 the unique monthly
audience of UAnet (i.e. the number of people going
online from a UA domain at least once a month) was 4.4
million. The number of unique internet users thus grew
by 1.9 million in comparison with the beginning of the
year.
An average UAnet user stays online 40 minutes per day,
spends three minutes visiting each site with a view depth
of 2.7 pages.
Geographically, 57% of UAnet users live in the capital
of Kiev, 31% in other big cities (Dnepropetrovsk,
Odessa, Kharkov, Lvov, Zaporozhye, Donetsk), and
12% in the rest of the regions.
Western regions show a higher growth rate of internet
users (up to 40% per month); Central and Eastern
regions closer to Russia feature lower rates (10%-18%
per month).
Ownership
In 2006, some West-European newspaper publishing
groups entered the Ukrainian market: Ringier AG
(Switzerland), Verlagsgruppe Handelsblatt GmbH
(Germany), Telegraaf Media Group (Netherlands).
Their entry accelerates the development of the
newspaper industry in Ukraine, stimulates the
application of transparent and civilized rules, promotes
competition, and forces publishers to adopt modern
publishing technologies.
Large domestic active players at the media market,
including press, are represented by System Capital
Management (SCM), Privat Group, Interpayp and the
Industrialniy Soyuz Donbass.
UKRAINE
The largest Ukrainian publishing houses are represented
by Ukrainian Media Holding, holding company Blitzinform, publishing house Galitskie Kontrakti,
publishing house Caravan Media, publishing group
Segodnya, news agency Avtocenter, etc.
Distributors have been increasing price rates on their

services. They began to provide accompanying services,
such as promoting titles at points of sales, and
monitoring sales. These services are usually of low
quality and are not provided in all distribution markets.
Practically all of them continue to invest in development

of existing titles, launch new titles and grow their
market shares.
In 2006, the following trends were recorded:
According to the Press Law, monopolization of national

and regional social-political print media is forbidden.
An individual or a legal entity cannot be a founder (or a
co-founder), or to control more than 5% of such titles.
A draft law on the municipal press reform foresees
transformation of official and municipal press
ownership. All 735 municipal editions should be
privately owned.
Media / Press Laws
A draft law on access to information foresees facilitating
the access to information about public bodies activities.
Copyright
The effective copyright law protects copyright and the
payment for its use.
With growing access to quality printing facilities, many
newspapers have improved their design and layout
quality. Some newspapers have adopted magazine-style
design, mainly for their TV-guide supplements.
Printing capacities in regions, however, are stagnating.
They are poorly developed in terms of logistics and
distribution, which hampers regional press development
of both newspapers and magazines.
The basic method of distribution is retail sales. Up to
25% of newspapers and 2%-3% of consumer magazines
are sold by subscription.
The distribution system in Ukraine is extremely
fragmented. There is no single national distribution
network. There are a few retail distribution networks
and a considerable number of non-cooperative points of
retail sales in every region. The largest distribution
networks cover up to 40% of territory, but most
networks, as a rule, cover 20%-30%.
There are no special distribution market rules. The
market is mostly non-transparent, making studies and
sales control by publishers difficult. Regional wholesale
distribution companies have weak financial and
technical infrastructures. Publishers who own regional
distribution companies benefit from a chance to control
local markets and manage direct sales.
- publishers began to set up their own distribution

networks
- West-European investors actively studied the
distribution market in Ukraine
- competition grew among distributors in opening sales
points in large entertaining and shopping centers and
supermarkets
- units of the government distribution network
Soyuzpechat are seeking ways to consolidate their
activity in several regions, however, they are not yet at
the level of merging into a single legal entity, rather at
the level of agreements and partly in opposition to
publishers.
Postal Issues
There are projects to change pricing procedures for
subscription and delivery of print media copies.
Currently, the Ukrainian Post (Ukrpochta) charges 40%
of a newspapers production costs stated in the
distribution contract, regardless of the actual volume
and weight of the copy. Instead, Ukrpochta intends to
charge its actual costs of distribution. The changes will
not be made effective before 2008. However, Ukrpochta
has to inform publishers about the new pricing
procedures by May 2007.
Taxes
Personal income tax has been increased from 13% to
15%, effective for 2007 income. In 2008, VAT is
expected to be reduced from 17% to 15%.
State Support
State support of print media decreases year by year.
However, government subsidies to the official and
municipal press still exist, which causes price dumping
in the advertising market.
The government also increased subsidies to youth print
titles in 2007.
Environment
In 2006, the largest press retail network, Soyuzpechat,
set up the Press Distributors Association of Ukraine in
order to develop a project to introduce extra costs for
transportation of copies between points of sales of one
distribution network.
717
UKRAINE
Other Factors
Beginning in 2006, the Ministry of Justice and its
regional representative offices have been in charge of
print media titles registration.
There is a deficit of skilled employees at all levels, from

reporters to top managers of publishing companies.
A lack of professional education and advanced training
facilities force publishers to spend more on staff
training. Salaries of skilled staff increase accordingly.
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP); Legislation of Ukraine; Economy Ministry of Ukraine; State
Statistics Committee of Ukraine; All-Ukrainian Advertising Coalition; TNS Ukraine; Ukrainian Media Holding;
Softpress publishing house
(2006)
2.cb
(2005)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
1,028
3,907
6,554
4,268
1,938
17,695
6
22
37
24
11
100
Source: TNS Ukraine: Marketing &

Media Index Ukraine 2006/4
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-6
aged 7-11
aged 12-17
Total
9,612.2
8,083.2
1,930.5
1,329.4
2,123.3
3,389.0
17,695.4
54.3
45.7
10.9
7.5
12.0
19.0
100
Source: Taylor Nelson Sofres Ukraine
Persons in a family
persons) (2006)
2.d

2.a
Age
0-14
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
7,950
7,381
6,606
7,245
6,653
5,427
6,959
48,221
17
15
14
15
14
11
14
100
Male
000
4,075
3,757
3,287
3,494
3,078
2,291
2,326
22,306
18
17
15
16
14
10
10
100
Female
000
%
3,875
3,625
3,320
3,752
3,575
3,136
4,633
25,913
15
14
13
15
14
12
18
100
Source: Ukrainian State Committee on Statistics

2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
NA
Other
Total
All adults
000
%
4,065
1,922
2,917
815
7,105
152
720
17,695
23
11
17
5
40
1
4
100
Male
000
1,957
622
2,082
366
2,810
71
395
8,303
24
8
25
4
34
1
5
100
Female
000
%
2,108
1,300
835
449
4,295
81
325
9,393
Source: TNS Ukraine: Marketing & Media Index Ukraine 2006/4

Cities with a population of 50,000 and more
22
14
9
5
46
1
4
100
Age
Housewives
000
%
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
31
169
149
153
14
516
6
33
29
30
3
100
Source: TNS Ukraine: Marketing &

Media Index Ukraine 2006/4
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total non-dailies
Regional and local
Regional and local
free non-dailies
76
76
16
60
41
39
13
26
-46.05
-48.68
-18.75
-56.67
212
12
200
2
112
100
33
67
-52.83
175.00
-66.50
12
12
Source: 2005 Taylor Nelson Sofres Ukraine; expert estimate by Ukrainian Media
Holding; 2006 Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), TNS Ukraine

(no other earners).
718
UKRAINE
3.b
5.a
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Regional and local free dailiesTotal non-dailies
Regional and local
free non-dailies
1,850
990
860
3,511
3,301
2,256
1,045
78.43
127.88
21.51
210
210
- 11,528
3,280 6,937
1,330 4,436
1,950 2,501
111.49
233.53
28.26
4,591
4,591

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
All adults
Men
Women
Age
30.1
31.7
28.7
less than 16
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press

Publishers (UAPP), TNS Ukraine:
Marketing & Media Index Ukraine
Aged 16-65 in cities with a population
50,000+; average issue readership
Ukrainian Association of Press

Publishers (UAPP); Marketing & Media
Index Ukraine 2006/1-4
5.c
Media consumption
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
2002
(mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
-
473.7
253.0
220.7
173.5
69.2
104.3
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
2006
50
-
22
14
81
145
7
Source: 2005 Taylor Nelson Sofres Ukraine; 2006 Ukrainian Association of Press
Publishers (UAPP); TNS Ukraine: Marketing & Media Index Ukraine 2006/3
2006 Respondents aged 12-65
6.a
Source: Ukrainian Media Holding and RIA, Media Corp.
Online editions
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Estimate
4.b
14.7
24.1
27.9
32.1
34.3
34.5
27.9
Aged 16-65 in cities with a population

50,000+; average issue readership
2005 Estimate

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
5.2
14.1
18.6
20.0
24.0
14.9
100
Source: C.I.M.
Source: 2005 Ukrainian Media Holding; 2006 Ukrainian Association of Press

Publishers (UAPP)
4.a
%
% daily reach
group
Dailies
Non-dailies
Sales revenues
(Ukraine, hryvnia, mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
1,162.7
780.4
382.3
153.1
72.7
80.4
Source: Ukrainian Media Holding and RIA, Media Corp.
579
1,000
Source: Expert estimate by Ukrainian Media Holding and RIA, Media Corp.
6.b
Website
Korrespondent
Ukrainskaya Pravda
Podrobnosti
ForUm
From-ua
www.korrespondent.net
www.pravda.com.ua
www.podrobnosti.ua
http://for-ua.com
www.from-ua.com

1,083,000
918,000
791,500
583,000
500,000
Source: Ukrainian Media Holding; RIA Media
Notes: Estimate
7.aa
4.c
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Office deliveries
Free distribution
2002
2003
(%)
2004
84
14
1
13
1
1
85
13
1
12
1
1
86
12
1
11
1
1
2005
2006
90
81
1
7
1
1
82
16 2
1
15
1
1
GDP
2002
(Ukraine, hryvnia, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
225.8
267.3
424.7
535.9
(Ukraine, hryvnia, 000)

2003
2004
2005
2006
345.1

7.ab

2002
Source:Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), Ukrainian Media Holding
GDP per capita
Estimate
4.7
5.6
7.3
9.0
9.6
Share of subscriptions declined considerably due to growing demand for single

copy sales in retail
2
Year-on-year increase of subscription share due to growing demand
for newspapers that started in 2005
7.ac
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.39
0.53
0.55
0.60
0.81
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), All-Ukrainian Advertising Coalition
719
UKRAINE
7.c
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
53.8
43.0
10.8
65.3
52.7
12.6
70.5
56.2
14.3
77.7
61.8
15.9
87.2
70.2
17.0
62.08
63.26
57.41
12.23
13.59
6.92
33.4
7.5
25.9
40.1
8.8
31.3
40.1
8.8
31.3
52.5
11.5
41.0
56.8
12.9
43.9
70.06
72.00
69.50
8.19
12.17
7.07
Source: Ukrainian Media Monitoring

7.d
13,046
14,726
15,721
17,921

(2006)
Advertising sector
% of display
ad revenue
Advertiser
Automobiles
Other
Finance
Telecommunications
Entertainment
Pharmacy
Education and job
Computers
Real estate
Medical care
13.4
10.7
9.7
9.0
5.9
5.4
4.9
3.9
3.9
3.8

Publishers (UAPP); Mass Media
Monitorin

2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Total 1

categories (2006)
29,742
Expenditure
Kyivstar GSM
Samsung electronics
Astelit
UMC
UMH-Mobile
content provider
Kurortmedservice
Autocapital, auto dealer
AVT Bavaria, auto dealer
Privatbank
Forum bank
9,985.4
6,481.7
4,875.6
4,814.6
4,270.3
2,810.6
2,642.2
2,538.6
2,504.7
2,485.4

Publishers (UAPP); Mass Media
Monitoring
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), Mass Media Monitoring

1
8.a
2006 All ad volume, whether paid or not
Publisher

7.e
2002
2003
(%)
2004
65
35
-
79
21
-
79
21
-
Display
Classified
Inserts
Online
2005
2006
80
15
3
2
72
20
4
4
Source: 2002-2004 Monitoring of Ukrainian Media; 2005-2006 Ukrainian

Association of Press Publishers (UAPP)
Total circulation
(000)
Total revenue
2,360
152,106
1,102
-
137,623
137,529
100
30
194
55
165
90,684
86,001
63,125
47,011
46,923
43,496
43,322
Ukrainian Media Holding,

closed stock company
Burda Ukraine
Blitz Inform, holding company,
closed stock company
KP Druk, Ltd
Edipress Ukraine, Ltd
Kartel, closed stock company
Independent Media
Svet Publishing house
Media Invest Group
Karavan Media, Ltd
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP); Mass Media Monitoring;

publishers data
Weekly printed number of copies
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Circulation
(000)
Fakty i Kommentarii
(Facts and Commentaries)
Segodnja (Today)
Komsomolskaya Pravda v Ukraine
(The Komsomol Truth in Ukraine)
Express
Komanda (Team)
Zhizn Kak Ona Yest (Life As It Is)
Gazeta po-Kievski
(Newspaper a la Kiev)
Sport Express v Ukraine
(Sports Express in Ukraine)
Visokiy Zamok (High Castle)
Russian
Russian
Russian
Editos office of Fakty i kommentarii

780
newspaper, Ltd
Publishing group Segodnia, closed stock company 150
Ukrainian Media Holding, closed stock company
175
Ukrainian
Russian
Russian
Russian
Publishing group Express, Ltd

News media press, Ltd
Press Center publishing, Ltd
Russian
Ukrainian
Readership 1
Cover price
(000) (Ukraine, hryvnia) (USD)
Format
2,651
1.08
0.21
Tabloid
1,335
1,085
1.08
0.97
0.21
0.19
Tabloid
Tabloid
207
126
70
61
790
319
240
223
0.86
1.30
1.00
0.75
0.17
0.26
0.20
0.15
Tabloid
A4
Tabloid
Tabloid
50
204
1.30
0.26
Tabloid
Visokii Zamok, publishing house, Ltd
113
155
0.78
0.15
Broadsheet (A2)
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP); TNS Ukraine: Marketing & Media index Ukraine 2006/4
1
TNS Ukraines data, measured in the cities with more than 1 million inhabitants
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
15 minut
Obzor gazeta
Russian
Russian
KP-Advertising, Ltd
Telegraaf News Media
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
130
80
194
53
A4
Tabloid
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP); TNS Ukraine: Marketing & Media Index Kiev 2006/2
720
UKRAINE
9.a
Employment
11.
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total number of journalists 1 Number of part-time journalists Total number of employees -
40,000
10,000
50,000
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), Union of journalists

of Ukraine
Total number of employed journalists was 14,867 in 2001, according
to the census on enumeration by the Ukrainian State Committee on Statistics
9.b
Salaries
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 1 2004/00 2004/03
Total salary costs
25
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP)

1
Average monthly salary 500 UAH x 50,000 employees; GfK research ordered by
the Kiev independent media trade union confirmed the total figure. 58 persons
(32 men and 26 women) were polled in different regions of Ukraine; salaries of
46% of the polled journalists ranged between 250 and 750 UAH
10.a

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
Other formats
65
25
66
41
There is no centralized circulation audit in Ukraine;
some publishers ask Deloitte to carry out circulation
audits of their newspapers
TNS Ukraine
Estimate
1
Research
Methodology
Project Marketing & Media Index Ukraine, sample size
5,000 respondents quarterly (four waves per year;
surveys conducted among population aged 12 to 65,
living in cities with population 50,000+; face-to-face
interviews
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint 1
Plant
Tax on profits standard rate 2
20
0
0
20
0
0
25
0
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), monitoring of Ukrainian

legislation
1
10.ba
Single copy sales

Postal deliveries
1997
1998
(%)
1999
2000
2001
40
40
Reduced VAT on imported newsprint, equipment and print materials will be

effective until January 1, 2009. The standard VAT rate will be applied thereafter.
2
Tax on profits is expected to be reduced further to 15-18% in 2008.
3
Profits from circulation sales are tax-exempt; profits from advertising sales are
subject to standard rates of the tax on profits.
13.a
10.bb

1997
Single copy
Subscription
10.c
(Ukraine, hryvnia)
1998
1999
2000
-
2001
1
1
Newsprint costs
1997
Average per ton
(Ukraine, hryvnia)
1998
1999
2000
-
3,300
2001
2,950
Subsidies generally

No.
No. Such loans are only provided by international
organizations, such as the Media Development Loan
Fund (MDLF), at rates below 8% per annum.
Grants are provided from the state budget for official
newspapers, newspapers for national minorities, and
culture periodicals. Subsidies are also provided by local
authorities for the municipal press.
721
UKRAINE
13.b
Direct subsidies
15.a
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total amount
20.4

14.
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other 1

companies?
Foreign capital cannot exceed 30% of publishing
company shares.
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
-
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP); the Law of Ukraine On state
support of mass media and social protection of journalists
1
A reduced rate on the lease of apartments can be applied when leasing an apartment
owned by the state; local authorities can set rental rates for editorial offices

No
same locality?
No
A law on publishing business requires that founder and
publisher are identified as follows:
- Last name and ID (for citizens)
- Complete name (for legal entity), seat, registration
numbers of company vehicles, banking details
The above data can be retrieved at the government
statistics offices. However, in case of, for example,
multiple ownership links, it is difficult to detect who the
real owner is.
press?
Yes. A law on printed press sets up a 5% limit on
ownership concentration in one pair of hands of
national and regional newspapers, that is those covering
social and political issues. However, owners themselves
determine which type of newspaper they publish.
There is a 35% limit on national /regional/local TV
concentration in one pair of hands.
There are projects related to the concentration of
electronic media.
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), Media Law Institute
722
UKRAINE
15.b
Owners
Regional TVs
National TVs
Regional Newspapers
National Newspapers
Radio
Regional TV
Licensees
1 TV license per region
1 TV license
No restrictions
No restrictions
1 radio license
per territorial unit
National TV
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
1 radio license
Regional
Newspaper
Owners
1 TV license
No restrictions
No restrictions
1 radio license
National
Newspaper
Owners
1 TV license
No restrictions
No restrictions
1 radio license
Satellite TV
Broadcasters
1 TV license
No restrictions
No restrictions
1 radio license
1 TV license
1 radio license per region
1 radio license per region
1 radio license
National Radio
Licensees
No restrictions
No restrictions
**
**
No restrictions
No restrictions
**
Foreign Investors
Source: Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP), Institute of Media Law

* A license can be provided to one type of electronic media, although this rule is debatable.
** Foreign investors have no right to become founders of electronic media, however, they can be their co-owners. Limits of foreign ownership do not exist
at the moment, but they are expected to be set up at 35%. In fact, all big companies have foreign co-owners.
723
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Countrys wealth is based on oil and gas output (about
30% of GDP), and the fortunes of the economy
fluctuate with the prices of those commodities.
The government has increased spending on job creation
and infrastructure expansion and is opening up its
utilities to greater private sector involvement. Higher oil
revenue, strong liquidity, and cheap credit in 2005-06
led to a surge in asset prices (shares and real estate) and
consumer inflation. The inflation rate was estimated at
10% in 2006.
The profitability of media corporations continues to
attract more investors, particularly after the launch of
Dubai Media City, which hosts more than 550 media
companies, including global giants such as CNN,
Reuters, McGraw Hill Publishing, Bertelsmann, and the
satellite broadcasters Al Arabiya and MBC, along with
regional companies and start-ups.
which had launched two radio networks that displayed

a more probing approach to local issues, promised the
same for the newspapers.
The Arabian Business Standard, an English-language
daily newspaper, was launched in Dubai and Abu Dhabi
in 2006. The newspaper is a project of ITP - a company
which publishes Dubai editions of UK-based titles,
including Time Out and Campaign, and a magazine
called Arabian Business.
A new free sports daily newspaper - Sports100 - was
launched in Dubai in May 2006. The paper is produced
in the UK and printed in Dubai. Published six days
a week, the 24-page full color-tabloid targets men aged
between 17 and 45 years. It is distributed mainly in
shopping malls as well as hotels and restaurants.
Advertising
Major media enterprises in the UAE have developed
their own advertising agencies and have specialized
market-research teams that produce initiatives to
promote their media and its services, including, for
example, raffles for cars, real estate, and other attractive
prizes.
Except for the media located in Dubais Media Free

Zone and foreign language media targeted to expatriates,
most television and radio stations were governmentowned and conformed to unpublished government
reporting guidelines. Satellite receiving dishes were
widespread and provided access to international The press law prohibits media from publishing
broadcasts without apparent censorship.
advertisements containing texts or pictures which are
inconsistent with Islamic values and public ethics, to
The government-owned Emirates News Agency defame or libel individuals, attack the rights of others, or
regularly provided material that newspapers printed mislead the public. There were cases in past in which
verbatim.
authorities went after ads that mentioned alcohol and/or
featured photos of scantily clad women.
Two of the countrys newspapers, Al-Ittihad and Al- Advertisements for pharmaceutical preparations, beauty
Bayan, were government-owned or affiliated. The aids, or foodstuffs are also prohibited by law, unless there
privately owned media was heavily influenced by the is permission from the Ministry of Information.
government. The countrys largest Arabic-language
newspaper, Al-Khaleej, was privately owned but received Circulation
government subsidies. The countrys largest English- In March 2006 the London-based global media audit
language newspaper, Gulf News, was also privately firm Audit Bureau of Circulation (ABC UK) announced
owned. Newspapers often relied on news agencies for that it would stop running audits in the Gulf region for
material.
lack of adequate resources to conduct direct auditing. In
a letter to newspapers, ABC UK argued that there was an
In December 2005, The Emirates Evening Post went increasing number of publications being launched and
tabloid. This first afternoon daily of Dubai was launched a greater demand for audits, and that the company has
in 2004. The re-launched paper, with its new design and to focus its main services in the UK market. The
approach, also demanded the reporters to adapt to the decision came two weeks after Gulf News announced
new style, much more visual and with shorter stories. Its they had applied for audits with both ABC and BPA
target audience is mostly the huge South-Asian Worldwide in an attempt to offer end-to-end
community in the UAE.
transparency. The paper challenged other Englishspeaking publications in UAE to take steps in the same
direction. In 1993 Gulf News dropped from ABC after
In September 2005, the Emirates Today and Al Emarat three years of running audits while questioning the
Al Youm daily newspapers were launched by the Arab credibility of circulation claims by newspapers using
Media Group (AMG), which is reported to be the media ABC figures.
arm of the government of the Emirate of Dubai. AMG,
724

Among the five English-language dailies in the UAE,
just two Emirates Today and Gulf Today have not yet
applied or undertaken an audit while none of the seven
Arab-speaking have done so.
www.AMEInfo.com business news source as owned by

the Government of Dubai, and that also was reported in
2005 by prominent daily 7Days. On the other hand,
AMGs chief executive tells the media that it is a private
company with several investors.
Newspapers, most likely to offer some degree of UAE

coverage, are relatively expensive, comparing the 2Dirham cost of a daily newspaper to the monthly salary
of foreign laborers living on 700 Dirhams a month and
paying at least half that for board.
Media / Press Laws

The press law allows investors to apply to establish
a media outlet. However, only 10 licenses have been
given for daily newspapers, six before 1981, none
between then and 2000, and four since 2000.
Readership
A resolution from the Council of Ministers is required
Market research is carried out regularly, with for a daily newspaper license, and the application is
promotional plans to increase revenues and readership. considered only after submission to the Ministry of
However, there are not yet independently verifiable Information with a deposit of approximately
formal circulation and broadcast ratings systems.
USD13,000.
The government restricted access to some Web sites on
the Internet. Internet chat rooms, instant messaging
services, and blogs were monitored.
By law, the Media Council, appointed by the President,

licenses all publications. The council is informed of the
appointment of editors and is responsible for issuing
editors their press credentials. According to Media
Council and Dubai Police officials, journalists were not
given specific publishing instructions. Self-censorship
was practiced, with the ministry relying on editors
and journalists discretion to refrain from
publishing problematic material that could cause them
problems.
37 percent of the countrys population was connected to

the Internet provided through the state-owned
monopoly Etisalat. A proxy server blocked material
deemed inconsistent with the religious, cultural, political
and moral values of the country; information on how to
circumvent the proxy server; dating and matrimonial
sites; and gay and lesbian sites, as well as those The Press and Publications Law covers all media
concerning the Bahai Faith and those originating in including; print, electronic, and book publishing. It
Israel.
governs content, requires that publications be licensed
and provides for prosecution under the Penal Code. The
In January 2006 the government enacted the law authorizes censorship of domestic and foreign
Information and Privacy cyber crime law which publications before distribution, and contains a list of
explicitly criminalizes the use of the Internet to commit proscribed subjects: criticism of the government, ruling
a wide variety of crimes. The law provides fines and families, and friendly governments, as well as other
prison terms for Internet users who violate political, statements that threaten social stability. Government
social and religious norms in the country. In addition to officials reportedly warned journalists when they
criminalizing acts commonly associated with cyber published material deemed politically or culturally
crimes such as hacking, phishing, various scams and sensitive.
other forms of financial fraud, the law also provides
penalties for using the Internet to oppose Islam, Media Council censors (previously under the Ministry
proselytize Muslims to join other religions, abuse a holy of Information) reviewed all imported media and
shrine or ritual of any religion, insult any religion, or banned or censored before distribution material
incite someone to commit sin. The law further considered pornographic, excessively violent, derogatory
criminalizes use of the internet in transcending family to Islam, supportive of certain Israeli government
values by publishing either news or photos pertaining to positions, unduly critical of friendly countries, or critical
a persons private life or that of his/her family, or by of the government or ruling families.
promoting a program in breach of public decency.
While self-censorship affected what was reported in the
Ownership
local media, foreign journalists and news organizations
There is public uncertainty concerning the ownership of operating out of the Dubai Media Free Zone reported no
media in the UAE. A significant portion of readers are restrictions on the content of print and broadcast
not fully aware whether the publisher of a newspaper is material produced for use outside the country.
a private company or one owned by the government or
the ruling family. This applies to the giant media Printing & Distribution
corporation Arab Media Group (AMG), which Awraq Publishing, a member of the Arab Media Group,
publishes two dailies and owns two radio networks. The has introduced automated newspaper vending machines
company is described in the prominent in Dubai. More than 100 AVMs are being installed
725

across the city, allowing people to buy newspapers 24
hours a day, 7 days a week.
State Support
Some private media outside the free zone receive
government subsidies or backing from members of the
ruling families, but the major source of income is
advertising.
The government owns the two dailies Al-Ittihad and AlBayan and subsidizes the countrys largest Arabic
language newspaper, Al-Khaleej, which is privately
owned but closely connected to the Emirate of Sharjah.
Until a few years ago, the government gave subsidies to
all privately owned newspapers, including Gulf News.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; APN Newsletter; Press Gazette; AME Info;
7.aa

(United Arab Emirates, dirham, bln)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP
211.8
273.5
474.9

7.ab

(United Arab Emirates, dirham, 000)
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
GDP per capita
106.8
182.5
Source: 2002-2003 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2005-2006, CIA - The World Factbook

7.ac

2.a
Ad expenditure
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
649
1,852
102
2,603
25
71
4
100
Male
%
331
1,125
75
1,531
22
73
5
100
318
727
27
1,072
7.ba
30
68
3
100
(2004)
3.a
Households
000
384
Number of titles
9
9
-
9
9
-
10
9
8
1
12
11
10
1
14
12
11
1
55.56
33.33
-
16.67
9.09
10.00
0.00
100.00
Source: 2002-2003 UAE Ministry of Economy & Planning; 2004-2006 WAN from
public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Total free dailies
726
2006
0.47
0.51
0.61
0.82
0.93
1,018 1,124 1,675 3,197

815
863 1,267 2,642
203
261 408 555
117
327 448 146
68
55
48
4
15
26
33
91
125 125 147
18
29
51
1,293 1,664 2,351 3,578
4,441 4,886 5,585 6,265

3,831 4,214 4,846 5,452
610
672
739
813
117
105
100
92
6
10
11
15
38
44
48
54
213
256
281
323
81
103
129
158
4,896 5,402 1 6,154 6,908 2
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
2005
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Others
Total
2.ca
Total
(%)
2004
(United Arab Emirates, dirham, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Occupancy
2003
Female
000
%
000
2002
600
600
-
600
600
-
660
600
60
815
750
65
901
800
101
50.17
33.33
-
10.55
6.67
55.38
1
2
Arithmetic total is 5,404, difference due to rounding

Arithmetic total is 6,907, difference due to rounding

categories (2001)

(2003)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Expenditure
Retail
Auto
Office equipment
Finance
Entertainment
Publishing/media
Services
Community
Jewellery
Cosmetics
Nokia
Samsung
4x4 Motors
LG
Mashreq Bank
Carrefour
Sony Ericsson
Allo Emirates
Emaar
Toyota
Source: SPC
33,163
14,640
13,093
12,260
9,207
8,987
8,691
6,140
5,218
4,063
5,056
3,539
2,683
2,593
2,386
2,196
2,118
1,782
1,602
1,579
Source: SPC

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Al Emarat Al Youm 1
Al Bayan
Al Ittihad
Gulf News 4
Al Khaleej
Gulf Today
Emirates Today 5
Emirates Evening Post
The Arabian Business Standard
Khaleej Times 2
Akhbar al Arab 3
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
English
Arabic
English
English
English
English
English
Arabic
Arab Media Group (Dubai government)

Emirates Media (Government)
Emirates Media (Government)
Al Nisr Publishing Llc
Dar al Khaleej
Arab Media Group (Dubai government)
Press Centre & Art Production
ITP
Galadari Printing & Publishing Llc
Akhbar al Arab Newspaper
Circulation
(000)
Readership
(000)
Format
100
95
94
91
85
36
30
73 6
20
450 7
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
-

1
Launched in 2005
Published from Dubai, United Arab Emirates; it covers Bahrain, Oman, Kuwait, Qatar and Saudi Arabia through a dedicated distribution network; it is also sold on
stands in the UK, India and Pakistan"
3
Established in 2000
4
Also distributed in Bahrain (from 1987), Oman (1989), Saudi Arabia (1989), and Qatar (1989)
5
Launched in 2005
6
7
2
8.bb
Title
Language
Publisher
7Days 1
Sports100 2
English
English
Al Sidra Media Llc

-
Circulation
(000)
Format
71
30
Tabloid
Tabloid

1
Morning home delivery Sunday-Friday in Dubai and Abu Dhabi; 7Days started as
a free weekly; it expanded into the daily market December 5, 2004
2
Launched in 2006
727
UNITED KINGDOM
The regional press is a GBP3 billion advertising medium
and is read by 83.7% of people or over 40 million adults.
The largest print advertising medium in the UK and
second only to TV overall, the regional press is the most
trusted form of media, as well as being the most acted
upon, with 61% of people responding to advertising in
the regional press (Consumers Choice V - see section 5.
Advertising below).
Consumers Choice V, a national consumer survey by

TNS Media backs this up, concluding that life is lived
locally and people prefer to shop close to home.
Regional newspapers are seen to understand the

concerns and lifestyle of the population better than any
other media and they are still seen to be the most
trustworthy. Regional newspapers are also considered to
contain helpful advertising by almost three quarters of
the adult population (72%), second only to catalogues
The UK regional press is deepening its penetration of and brochures (73%). Advertisers can tap into the
local markets and growing audiences across a burgeoning strength of these important media brands to reach their
portfolio of websites, niche magazines and broadcast target audiences in a personal and authentic manner.
platforms. Commuter Lite editions, websites, podcasts,
mobile phones and e-editions allow people to access Readership
news and entertainment on the move, and are proving The Newspaper Society is pressing ahead with JICREG
increasingly popular for regional press consumers.
and ABC Electronic to achieve a system of audience
measurement which reflects the growing reach of UK
Publishers are pointing to improving advertising regional press print and digital platforms.
pictures, seeing the downturn in advertising revenues as
being cyclical and linked to overall economic conditions. The first stage of the NS-led project to develop
a multimedia audience currency for the regional press is
Trinity Mirror, Archant and Johnston Press all reported now complete. The structure of an expanded NS
more positive finishes to 2006, with rates of advertising database of regional press media opportunities - print
decline expected to stabilise in 2007.
and electronic - has been built and is currently being
tested prior to populating the data fields.
Advertising
In 2006, the Newspaper Society launched new The project is being steered by the NS Portfolio
independent research that shows advertising avoidance is Audience Group, chaired by Mark Rix of the
not an issue in the regional press. The wanted ads Manchester Evening News. Advertising agencies will be
(www.thewantedads.co.uk) showed compelling new involved in testing and feedback at each stage of the
evidence that advertising in local newspapers is noticed, project.
relevant, acted upon, and, above all, wanted, heralding
a new direction in the marketing of the medium.
The aim of the project is to extend the JICREG regional
press readership database to encompass regional press
Regional newspaper advertising was noticed more than internet audiences and provide agencies and advertisers
advertising in all other media, and national brands have with a geographical system for analysing the combined
a huge resonance. Advertising content in local net reach of a newspaper and its website within the
newspapers has a high readership (64%) and local newspapers circulation area down to postcode sector
newspapers are kept for research purposes for, on level.
average, over a week.
During the wanted ads stage II five big name brands As well as 1,300 core regional newspaper titles, the
were involved in a major research study into the number of regional press websites increased from 509 in
effectiveness of using the regional press to advertise 2004 to more than 820 in 2005, while the number of
national brands. Results highlighted the huge, stand-alone magazines and niche publications grew from
and often untapped, opportunity for regional press to be 400 to nearly 600. The number of regional press owned
used by national advertisers to support brand strength radio stations grew from 20 to 28.
and drive business in areas that offer opportunities for
growth.
The regional press is investing heavily in new
technology. Johnston Press plc currently hosts over 310
2007 will see the wanted ads III research in-market tests local internet sites. They will also have digital editions
across combined local press platforms, including for a number of their daily titles and their paid-for
print and digital media, for specific categories weeklies by the end of the year. They have joined with
including finance, retail, leisure/entertainment and the University of Central Lancashire to offer a new chair
IT/telecoms.
in digital journalism. The chair will investigate
multimedia reporting, technology in the newsroom and
728
UNITED KINGDOM
the methods of content distribution. An institute of Publishers are also introducing fully integrated digital
digital journalism could also be created at the university. newsrooms. Johnston Press pilot project in Preston,
Lancashire has been successful and attracted
Blogging is being adopted, with the Carlisle News and considerable interest from within the industry and the
Star, the Evening Press in York and the Gloucester wider media sector. Based on the Preston model, the
Citizen - all good examples. Northcliffe has started digital newsroom model will be rolled out to all of the
providing podcasts, making recordings of three publishers primary publishing locations during 2007.
columnists available across its network of 30 regional The approach will enable newsrooms to offer audiences
newspaper websites. The Hull Daily Mail, East Riding a continuous news service through a combination of
Mail and Newbury Weekly News all offer video digital and print channels 24 hours a day with audio
streaming on their websites and the Eastern Daily Press visual content as well as text and photos.
has a wide variety of live forums on its website EDP24.
Associated Northcliffe Digital is also training all of its
In the first two months of 2007 three regional 1,500 journalists in online skills. The group says fully
publications - the Belfast Telegraph, Irish News and integrated multimedia newsrooms will soon be in
Welwyn and Hatfield Times - have added television operation across its titles, with all journalists working for
services to their website. The Archant-owned Welwyn both print and online. Each newspaper will take
title has even taken the innovation a step further by ownership of its own website, rather than all websites
employing a virtual newsreader to deliver the being managed by a central office. This will require
bulletins.
journalists learning to add value to web articles and
put the stories online themselves.
Source: Newspaper Society
2.a
Age
15-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
7,508
7,509
8,971
7,522
6,877
9,407
47,875
16
16
19
16
14
20
100
Male
000
3,829
3,782
4,444
3,722
3380
4050
23,207
17
16
19
16
15
18
100
Female
000
%
3,680
3,807
4,527
3,800
3,497
5,358
24,668
15
15
18
15
14
22
100
Source: TGI/BMRB
2.b
Social class
A+B
C1
C2
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
12,393
13,852
9880
7,768
3,982
47,875
26
29
21
16
8
100
Male
000
6,314
6,357
5340
3,752
1,443
23,207
27
27
23
16
6
100
Female
000
%
6,079
7,494
4540
4,015
2540
24,668
25
30
18
16
10
100
Source: TGI/BMRB
(no other earners)
729
UNITED KINGDOM
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
7,482
17,075
9,406
9,461
4,451
47,875
16
36
20
20
9
100
Source: TGI/BMRB
3.b
(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 1 2006/02 2006/05
Households
000
%
Without children
With children
aged 1-4
aged 5-9
aged 10-15
Total
31,854
16,018
5,810
6,021
8,638
47,875
67
34
12
13
18
100
Source: TGI/BMRB

persons) (2006)
Age
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
Housewives
000
%
1,472
3,169
3,952
3,250
3,021
4,613
19,477
8
16
20
17
16
24
100
Source: TGI/BMRB
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
107 107 109
101 101 101
10
10
10
Regional and local
91
91
91
paid-for dailies
29
72
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
6
6
8
Regional and local
6
6
8
free dailies
Total non-dailies
1,030 1,057 988
Regional and local
480 483 467
550 574 521
Regional and local
550 574 521
free non-dailies
Total Sundays
21
22
22
11
11
Regional and local
10
11
11
paid-for Sundays
Total free Sundays
Regional and local
free Sundays
112
104
10
94
116
104
10
94
8.41
2.97
0.00
3.30
3.57
0.00
0.00
0.00
19 1
75 2
8
8
12
12
100.00
100.00
50.00
50.00
14.56
10.00
10.00
0.34
-0.56
-0.56
1,176 1,180
531 528
531 528
645
645
652
652
18.55
18.55
1.09
1.09
32
23
11
12
29
21
10
11
0.00
-9.09
10.00
-9.38
-8.70
-9.09
-8.33
9
9
8
8
-11.11
-11.11
Source: Newspaper Society Database, ABC/VFD, Advertising Association

1, 2
Regional titles
730
Total dailies
19,186
18,349
Regional and local
5,533
paid-for dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
837
Regional and local
837
free dailies
Total non-dailies
31,712
Regional and local
6,470
Regional and local
25,242
free non-dailies
Total Sundays
Regional and local
1,764
paid-for Sundays
Total free Sundays
Regional and local
free Sundays
18,070 17,375
17,250 16,485
12,166 11,918
5,084 4,567
17,700
16,494
11,664
4,830
18,444
16,056
11,324
4,732
-3.87
-12.50
-11.64
-14.48
4.20
-2.66
-2.91
-2.03
1,206 2,388
1,206 2,388
185.30
185.30
98.01
98.01
30,979 30,273 30,910 29,450

6,081 5,911 6,180 5,888
6,081 5,911 6,180 5,888
-7.13
-9.00
-9.00
-4.72
-4.72
-4.72
24,898 24,362 24,730 23,562

24,898 24,362 24,730 23,562
-6.66
-6.66
-4.72
-4.72
- 14,633
14,467 14,374
12,906 12,787
1,561 1,587
1,404 1,361 1,340 2

3,680 3,206 3,490 3
820
820
479
479
890
890
259
259
14,644
14,254
12,744
1,510
13,380
12,948
11,536
1,412
-14.77
-14.09
-19.95
-8.63
-9.16
-9.48
-6.49
390
390
432
432
10.77
10.77
Source: Newspaper Society Database, ABC/VFD, Advertising Association;

1
As of January 2007
Regional titles
2, 3
4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total dailies
5,784
5,587
Regional and local
1,574
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
197
Regional and local
197
free dailies
Total non-dailies
1,666
Regional and local
321
Regional and local
1,345
free non-dailies
Regional and local
92
paid-for Sundays
5,716
5,515
3,973
1,542
5,601
5,384
3,898
1,486
5,459
5,215
3,793
1,422
5,386
5,134
3,783
1,351
-6.88
-8.11
-5.73
-14.17
-1.34
-1.55
-0.26
-4.99
201
201
217
217
244
244
252
252
27.92
27.92
3.28
3.28
1,625 1,618 1,601 1,593

328 338 334 319
328 338
334 319
-4.38
-0.62
-0.62
-0.50
-4.49
-4.49
1,297 1280 1,267 1,274

1,297 1208 1,267 1,274
-5.28
-5.28
0.55
0.55
-7.23
-5.86
-17.39
-3.62
-3.60
-3.80
759
671
88
763
677
86
746
667
79
719
643
76
Source: Newspaper Society Database, ABC/VFD, Advertising Association Yearbook
UNITED KINGDOM
4.b
Sales revenues
7.aa

Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
2,030.2
National paid-for dailies 1,541.5
Regional and local
488.7
paid-for dailies
Regional and local
125.3
608.6
Regional and local
55.9
paid-for Sundays
2,058.8 2,068.7 2,159.8 2,286.5

1,569.1 1,572.3 1,637.6 1,745.1
489.7 496.4 522.2 541.3
131.0 139.3
131.5 139.3
149.3
149.3
221.6
221.6
2001
12.62
13.21
10.76
5.87
6.56
3.66
GDP
76.86
76.86
48.43
48.43
7.ab
994
23.78
31.91
14.13
5.55
5.24
9.06
Source: Advertising Association Yearbook
1,044
1,100
Cover prices (2006)
GDP per capita
(United Kingdom, pound, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
16.2
16.9
17.7
18.6
19.4
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.98
0.96
0.98
0.97
0.93

7.ac
5.a

(%)
Reached
(United Kingdom, pound)

min
max
Source: ABC
All adults
Men
Women

(2006)
Source: TGI/BMRB
Single copy
0.30
0.60
5.b
Age
16-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
33.2
35.5
30.9
31.6
16.0
14.6
17.4
16.3
14.9
20.9
100
33.8
30.5
30.9
34.3
34.3
35.2
33.2
(minutes per day)

2003
2004
2005
31.1
30.2
2006
30.0
2005-2006 All regional daily
Online editions
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
5,684
4,092
1,592
3,144
419
154
587
162
10,165
5,710 5,955 5,783

4,153 4,340 4,176
1,557 1,615 1,607
3,173 3,392 3,455
445 462 443
153 163 160
648 720 887
367 585 1,162
10,496 11,277 11,890
5,597
4,022
1,575
3,247
434
162
940
1,626
12,006
5,551
3,964
1,587
3,280
438
166
976
2,034
12,445
5,668
4,052
1,616
3,345
446
167
1,024
2,500
13,150
5,832
4,181
1,651
3,396
454
170
1,085
2,994
13,931
9
114
549
9
-
10
10
-
10
90
640
10
13
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Source: Newspaper Society database, JICREG
National dailies
Regional dailies
Regional non-dailies
National Sundays
Regional Sundays

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
7.c
Media consumption
2002
6.a
7.ba
After discounts; excludes production costs, except for cinema and outdoor;
excludes 15% agency commission; includes classified advertising
Regional and local newspapers 1

1
Source: Advertising Association, ZenithOptimedia
Source: TGI/BMRB
5.c
Ad expenditure
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
%
% daily reach
group
1,221
Excluding VAT
4.d
1,149
2000
632.8 683.5 713.7 753.3
579.2 628.5 655.2 689.5
53.6 55.0 58.5 63.8
(United Kingdom, pound, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
0.00
0.00
-
Total dailies
2,388
2,388
National paid-for dailies 1 1,328
Regional and local
1,190
paid-for dailies 2
1,087
Regional and local
1,087
free dailies 4
Regional and local
557
paid-for non-dailies 5
2,312
2,309
1,237
1,196
3,452
2,351
1,225
1,205
3,678
2,448
1,275
1,258
3,633
2,455
1,256
1,199
52.14
2.81
-5.42
0.76
-1.22
0.29
-1.49
-4.69
1,101 1,159 1230 1,178

1,101 1,159 1230 1,178
8.37
8.37
-4.23
-4.23
580
580
598
598
644
644
616
616
10.59
10.59
-4.35
-4.35
387
387
387
387
401
401
365
365
-13.92
-13.92
-8.98
-8.98
Source: 2001-2003 Advertising Association, AC Nielsen MMS, World Advertising

Research Centre; 2004 Advertising Association; 2005 The Advertising Association Quarterly Survey of Advertising Expenditure; World Advertising Research Center
(www.warc.com)
Data are net of discounts, include agency commission and exclude production
costs. Inserts are included, colour supplements excluded.
1
For Mon-Sat titles

Including national paid-for Sundays
Including all free newspapers
5
Weeklies
2
3, 4
731
UNITED KINGDOM
7.d

1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
In colour
Total
Top national newspaper

advertisers (2005)
Top regional newspaper

advertisers (2006)
Advertiser
Expenditure
Advertiser
48,618
103,037
DFS Furniture
COI Communications
BT
BSkyB
PC World
Currys
Orange
Toyota
Sainsburys
Tesco
Source: Advertising Association, AC Nielsen MMS, World Advertising Research

Centre
2001
2002
(%)
2003
2004
2005
83.8
16.2
100
83.7
16.3
100
85.3
14.7
100
Display 1
Classified 2
Total
DFS Furniture Ltd

COI Communications
Lidl Discount Food Stores
BT Ltd
Dell Computer Corporation Ltd
T Mobile Network
Arnold Clark Motors
O2 UK
Orange Plc
British Sky Broadcasting
40,700
39,300
36,100
34,400
30,700
28,200
25,900
25,100
24,700
24,600
Source: NMR Medialog /

ZenithOptimedia
Source: Advertising Association

National daily and Sunday newspapers, combined
1
2
2004 Regional dailies: 31.7%

2004 Regional dailies: 68.3%
Top advertising categories in

national newspapers (2005)
Top advertising categories in

regional newspapers (2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertising sector
Retail
Finance
Motors
Travel & transport
Entertainment & the media
Telecommunications
Mail order
Computers
Govt., social & political orgs.
Business & industrial
Retail
17.2
Household Equipment
12.9
Entertainment & the Media 11.5
Motors
8.8
Travel & Transport
8.1
Government, Social,
6.4
Political Organisations
Finance
6.1
Telecomms
5.2
Business & Industrial
4.5
Pharmaceutical
3.4
565,900
377,000
354,200
335,000
245,600
230,700
161,800
149,700
98,900
80,400
Source: NMR Medialog /

ZenithOptimedia
8.ba
Top national publishing

companies (2004)
Top regional publishing

companies (2006)
Publisher
Publisher
News International
DMGT
Trinity Mirror
Northern & Shell
Barclay Brothers
Guardian Media Group
Pearson
Gannett
Sport Newspapers
Trinity Mirror plc

Johnston Press Plc
Newsquest (Media Group) Ltd
Northcliffe Newspapers
Group Ltd
Associated Newspapers Ltd
Archant
Guardian Media Group Plc
The Midland News
Association Ltd
Iliffe News & Media
Thomson & Co Ltd
% of display
ad expenditure
Ranked by total weekly
circulation

13,523
9,432
8,883
7,394
6,726
2,829
2,659
2,039
1,959
1,221
Source: Newspaper Society database

January 2007
Title
Language Publisher
The Sun
The Daily Mail
Daily Mirror
The Daily Telegraph
Daily Express
Daily Star
The Times
Daily Record (Scotland)
Financial Times
The Guardian
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
News International Newspapers Ltd

Trinity Mirror plc
Telegraph Group Limited
Express Newspapers
Express Newspapers
Trinity Mirror plc
Financial Times Ltd
Guardian Newspapers Ltd
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
3,073
2,295
1,550
901
775
769
654
433
433
382
7,716
5,302
3,803
2,147
1,720
1,557
1,740
1,121
390 1
1,248
Cover price
usual
max
0.35
0.45
0.40
0.70
0.40
0.35
0.65
0.30
1.00
0.70
0.55
0.70
0.60
1.40
0.70
0.55
1.30
1.50
-
Format
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Berliner
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
40,159
32,508
28,400
46,000
20,528
15,215
15,850
38,800
11,400
50,975
45,612
36,100
59,000
31,500
20,528
25,900
54,100
18,000
Source: ABC; Newspaper Society database January 2007; JICREG; NRS

1
UK only
732
UNITED KINGDOM
Top national paid-for dailies (2006)
Circulation 1 Readership
Title
Publisher
The Sun
The Daily Mail
Daily Mirror
The Daily Telegraph
Daily Express
Daily Star
The Times
Financial Times
The Guardian
Evening Standard
The Independent

Trinity Mirror plc
Telegraph Group Limited
Express Newspapers
Express Newspapers
Financial Times Ltd
Guardian Newspapers Ltd
The Evening Standard
Independent Newspapers (UK) Ltd
(000)
(000)
3,073
2,295
1,550
901
775
769
654
433
382
272
254
7,715
5,302
3,803
2,147
1702
1,557
1,740
1,248
786
763
Cover price
usual
max
0.35 2
0.45 3
0.40 4
0.70 5
0.40 6
0.35 7
0.65 8
1.00 9
0.70 10
0.50
0.70 11
2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono
Colour
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Berliner
Tabloid
40,159
32,508
28,400
46,000
20,528
15,215
15,850
38,800
11,400
20,160
8,570
50,975
45,612
36,100
59,000
31,500
20,528
25,900
54,100
18,000
30,240
13,050
Source: ABC
1
Average net circulation on 18 Decemeber 2006

Price on Saturday: GBP0.55
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
Top regional paid-for dailies (2006)

Title
Publisher
Daily Record (Scotland)

London Evening Standard
Express & Star (West Midlands)
Liverpool Echo
Manchester Evening News
Belfast Telegraph
Aberdeen Press & Journal
Newcastle-upon-Tyne Evening Chronicle
Glasgow Evening Times
Courier & Advertiser (Dundee)
Trinity Mirror Plc

Midland News Association
Trinity Mirror
Guardian Media Group
Northcliffe Newspapers
Trinity Mirror
Newsquest Media Group
D.C Thomson & Co. Ltd
Circulation 1
(000)
Readership
(000)
433
333
150
118
96
88
84
82
81
77
1,121
410
329
186
235
237
200
Cover price
0.30
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.35
0.50
0.35
0.32
0.30
0.38
Format
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Tabloid
Tabloid
Broadsheet
Source: Newspaper Society database January 2007/JICREG/NRS

8.bb
Title
Language Publisher
Metro
thelondonpaper 3
London Lite 4
Standard Lite
City AM (London)
(Manchester)
Herald AM
(Newsquest Media Group)
The Record at Five (Scotland) 5
FTpm (London)
Argus Lite (Brighton)
MEN Lite (Manchester)
Manchester Daily Express
English
English
English
English
English
English
English

NI Free Newspapers Ltd (News International)
City AM Ltd
(Guardian Media Group)
Independent Newspapers Marketing Ltd
English
English
English
English
English
Financial Times Group (Pearson)

Newsquest Media Group
Financial Times Group (Pearson)
HippoPress LLC
Circulation 1
Readership
(000)
(000)
1,134
426
395
150
94
72
2,034
-
Tabloid
Tabloid
Tabloid
19,754
-
22,657
-
63
Tabloid
20
11
10
10
3
Tabloid
-
Format
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
Source: WAN from public sources; WAN assessment

1
ABC data as of December 18, 2006

Including Metro London, Metro Scotland, Metro North West, Metro Midlands, Metro Yorkshire, Metro North East, Metro East Midlands, Metro Brighton,
Metro Merseyside (Metro Liverpool), Metro South Wales (Metro Cardiff), Metro South West
3
Afternoon paper, distributed from 3 p.m. at 10 network rail stations in London
4
Noon paper; a replacement of Standard Lite
5
A lite afternoon edition at 15p per copy
2
733
UNITED KINGDOM
9.a
Employment
12.
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2002/98 2002/01
Total number of employees 34,000
12,032 14,009 13,437

45,519 55,370 52,889
67.96
55.56
-4.08
-4.48
Source: Newspaper Society Annual Survey

All regional newspapers
9.b
Salaries
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
Total salary costs
1,143.0 1,132.4
-0.93
All regional newspapers (dailies, non-dailies, and Sundays); salaries and employers
contributions
10.a

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
4-colour national newspapers

4-colour regional newspapers
National broadsheets
Regional broadsheets
National tabloids
Regional tabloids
10
5
15
5
79
10
92
5
5
-
10
109
5
13 1
5
87 2
0.00
18.48
0.00
0.00
-
18
0
0
18
18
18
18
-

Newspaper profits are taxed at the standard corporation rate: 10% for first
GBP10,000 then 20% for small companies and 30% for large
13.a
Subsidies generally

No
No, but plant may be depreciated at the usual straightline rate of 25% a year.

1, 2
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
1
Taxes (2006)
Tax
% proportion of regional broadsheets and tabloids

14.
10.c
Newsprint costs
2001
Average per ton
405

2002
2003
2004
335
298
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
2005
375

Regional Newspapers
11.
Discounts (2006)
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
Research
ABC (Audit Bureau of Circulation) and VFD (Verified
Free Distribution)
NRS (National Readership Survey); JICREG (regional
newspapers); TGI
Methodology
JICREG, Joint Industry Committee for Regional Press
Research combines researched and modelled data to
produce readership data at postcode sector level for most
regional and local newspapers.
734
UNITED KINGDOM
15.a

companies?
Yes. Newspapers are regulated under the provisions of
the Communications Act 2003.
No
same locality?
Yes. The Communications Act 2003 stipulates that in
every local area of the UK there must be at last three
separate commercial media companies providing
newspapers, radio, and terrestrial television (i.e. with a
licence to broadcast on the ITV frequency). Nobody
controlling more than 20% of national newspaper
circulation may own more than 20% of an ITV licence.
Nobody owning a regional ITV licence may control
more than 20% of the newspaper market in that region.
Nobody owning a regional ITV licence may own a local
radio station with more than 45% coverage of the same

area (in areas where there are three or more stations).
Nobody owning a local newspaper may own a local
radio station where the newspaper accounts for more
than 50% of the circulation within the stations coverage
area (in areas where there are three or more stations).
The general provisions of UK company law concerning
the registration of non-corporate publishers both require
individuals to be named.
press?
Under the Communications Act 2003, any cross-media
ownership activity will trigger a public-interest test that
aims to ensure: plurality of ownership; economic
benefits; no detrimental effect to the market.
No
735
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

The rise in GDP in 2004-06 was undergirded by
substantial gains in labor productivity. Hurricane
Katrina caused extensive damage in the Gulf Coast
region in August 2005, but had a small impact on overall
GDP growth for the year. Soaring oil prices in 2005 and
2006 threatened inflation and unemployment, yet the
economy continued to grow through year-end 2006.
Imported oil accounts for about two-thirds of US
consumption. Long-term problems include inadequate
investment in economic infrastructure, rapidly rising
medical and pension costs of an aging population,
sizable trade and budget deficits, and stagnation of
family income in the lower economic groups. The
merchandise trade deficit reached a record USD750
billion in 2006.
with data available, Spanish-language newspaper

circulation not just dailies but all papers continued
to grow substantially, up 900,000, to 17.6 million.

The total number of daily newspapers in the U.S. has
remained pretty stable. The number of morning papers
in daily circulation is up to 817 (over 814 in 2005 and
787 in 2004). The number of Sunday papers is relatively
static, seeing gains and losses of no more than four
papers since 2000. Evening papers continue to disappear
at a continuing rapid rate that portends their likely
extinction.
The online giant Monster Inc. built a huge business in

employment listings through the late 1990s and early
2000s while newspapers were sitting on their heels. The
industry finally countered with its own national service
CareerBuilder which now edges Monster in volume
but not profits. At the end of 2006 Yahoo, with its Hot
Jobs (No. 3 in online job classifieds) signed an
agreement with 200 papers. Monster, too, has begun to
make newspaper affiliations.
Advertising
Ad revenues were flat, despite contributions from online
and niche publications that continue to grow at an
average rate of 20% to 30% rate. Optimistic industry
sources are predicting a slightly more positive 2007 for
advertising. Most analysts, however, forecast that ad
revenues will be down by 1 to 2%.
Online typically still contributes only 6% or 7% of ad

revenues. The Washington Post earns 11% of its revenue
from the online operation. At the Los Angeles Times,
however, online ad revenues make up only about 5% the
total. Forecasts are that the overall industry rate of online
ad revenue growth will slow in the years ahead.
While alternative listening devices are proliferating, The Newspaper Association of America estimates that
news is only a small part of that universe. Only 8% of online ad revenues will grow by about 22% in 2007.
MP3 owners listen to news podcasts, 6% of cell phone
owners get news on their phones, and 18.5% of owners Classifieds are subject to massive competition from
of personal digital assistant devices get news from their electronic companies like Google, Yahoo, Monster and
PDAs. One technology dismissed earlier, Internet radio, Craigslist, plus an assortment of sites for autos and real
seems to be now gaining some force.
estate.
Circulation has been falling in absolute numbers since

roughly 1990, and as a percentage of households since
the 1920s. Yet much of that history could be attributed
to the waning popularity and ultimate closing of evening
papers. As recently as 2003, morning circulation was as
high as it had ever been.
After massive declines in ad revenue from employment

classifieds in the 2000-2002 recession, the sector
bounced back some in 2004 and 2005. But employment
classified again declined in the second and third quarters
of 2006, down 6.5% and 10% year-to-year, respectively.
That leaves the marketplace unsettled headed into 2007,
but this much is clear: the industry has lost its
Circulation now accounts for only about 20% of pre-eminent position.
a typical newspapers revenue. In 2006, some papers
increased their prices; USA Today, notably, completed Automotive classifieds have declined since 2004, and
a full year at 75 cents a copy and a 1.3% drop in those declines accelerated through the first three quarters
circulation. Some of the circulation losses that resulted of 2006, hovering near 15%.
from the price hikes were of marginal, deeply discounted
subscriptions, so the revenue impact was minimal. Over Real estate classifieds were a bright spot in 2006, up
all, as papers raised prices, the industry managed to keep about 20% year-to-year through the first three quarters,
circulation revenue loss at about 2.5%.
as a big inventory of properties stayed on the market for
months at a time. But as real estate heads from
The ethnic press is still a growth area, but some analysts slowdown into downturn in 2007, the industry will be
now see it as cresting. For the first time, the number of pressed to stay even in that category.
native-born Hispanics in the U.S. was higher than the
number of immigrants. Still, in 2005, the latest year
736

For those three big categories of classified advertising
and the smaller other (general merchandise and
services), the industry faces killer competition from the
communitarian-minded Craigslist. From a modest local
start in San Francisco in 1995, it has expanded to 450
cities worldwide and posts 14 million new classifieds
a month.10 Most listings are free. The service is now
among the top 10 in monthly page visits.
using that method to acquire new subscriptions more

expensive at a time when newspaper budgets had been
tightening.
The most severe losses were in large metro markets like

Los Angeles, Boston, San Francisco and Philadelphia,
continuing a trend we identified in 2005 and 2004. The
top 50 in circulation lost an average of 3.6% daily,
September to September, according to the Deutsche
The traditional department store has been progressively Bank Securities analyst Paul Ginocchio, eight tenths of
weakened by the growth of Wal-Mart, a very light a percentage point more than the industry average.
newspaper advertiser, and other discount retailers.
Remaining department stores have been consolidating In the two previous years, the three national papers had
over the last quarter-century notably in the merger of managed to stay even, but not in 2006. The SeptemberFederated and May stores, carried out over 2005 and period circulation was off 3.2% at the New York Times,
2006. Despite that, the overall picture for local retail 1.9% at the Wall Street Journal, and 1.3% at USA
advertising in newspapers is not so bad. The Newspaper Today.
Association of America found that spending on such
advertising was up just under 1% from 2004 to 2005. In A few papers were in positive territory, but they seemed
the first three quarters of 2006, spending on retail looks to be special cases: the New York Post and New York
flat.
Daily News, aggressively promoted tabloids, and the St.
Louis Post Dispatch and Cincinnati Enquirer, which had
National advertising was also weak in 2006, heavy losses in earlier years.
contributing particularly to the poor performance of
large regional newspapers and of the New York Times, Readership
where the important movie advertising category has Readership is on average about 2.3 times bigger than
fallen considerably from its 2000 peak. Year-end daily circulation and 2.5 times on Sunday.
spending in 2005 was down 18.5% from that 2000
high, representing a loss in revenue to newspapers Newspaper readership is falling, too, but not as fast as
of over USD230 million.
circulation. The average weekday readership in 2006 was
124 million, or about 57% of the adult population.
Another major source of national ad revenue According to the an NAA study of the top 50 markets,
is transportation advertising, which accounts for about that represents a 1.7-percentage-point drop from the
15% of the category (down from about 19% in 2000). previous year, and 5.2 percentage points from 2000.
As in the case of movie ads, newspaper revenue from
transportation ads also fell, by 18.5%, from 2000 A similarly positive spin is that while approximately
to 2005, representing a revenue loss to newspapers of 50% of adults read a newspaper on a given day, roughly
over USD265 million.
76%, according to NAA, read at least one issue in the
course of a week.
Coupon spending, which currently accounts for
approximately 17% of national advertising, has What specifically do people who choose not to read the
increased by just over 17% from 2000 to 2005.
newspaper cite as their reasons? The biggest reason by
far, according to data from the Pew Research Center for
Circulation
the People and the Press, is people saying they do not
For a third consecutive year, daily and Sunday have time (23%). Perceptions of time can reflect
circulation of newspapers fell sharply in 2006. For the a combination of factors the length of stories, the fact
six months ending September 2006, industry circulation that print newspapers are usually read at home, the ease
was down 2.8% daily, 3.4% Sunday compared to the of accessing other sources. The second most cited reason
same period a year earlier. That was marginally worse was a related one lack of convenience (10%). The
than in the same period of 2005, when circulation was fourth factor cited, in some ways, is also connected
down 2.6% daily and 3.1% Sunday.
people saying they do not enjoy reading (7%). Those
factors together account for 40% of those surveyed.
The losses are mounting. For the last three years,
cumulative losses total 6.3% daily and 8% Sunday.
And what about those who still do read newspapers?
Nearly half of all newspaper readers say they come in
Seven-day-a-week subscribers have become a smaller part for local news about government, the top factor.
group; many have switched to getting the paper a few That is a full 20 percentage points higher than the
days of the week and skipping others. The federal do- second most popular subject, culture and arts (29%).
not-call registry restricted phone marketing and made Crime and business come next (23%), followed by
737

international and political news, each with 15% of the The McClatchy Company of Sacramento, California has
publics attention, according to the Pew news sold the following:
consumption data.
1) Star Tribune of Minneapolis, MN to Avista Capital
Partners
Online revenue growth came in just below 30% in 2006
after years of 30%-plus growth. The rate is expected to 2) San Jose Mercury News to Media News Group, Inc.
fall to 22% in 2007, and for the first time newspaper
sites are not maintaining share in total Internet 3) Contra Costa Times to Media News Group, Inc.
advertising growth.
4) Monterey (CA) Herald to Hearst Corporation
The Scarborough study of integrated newspaper
audience, (which is the percentage of a market that 5) St. Paul Pioneer Press, St. Paul, Minnesota to Hearst
weekly consumes only the print edition, only the online Corporation
edition, or both) found that the Atlanta JournalConstitution added 10% to its weekly reach with readers 6) Akron Beacon Journal to Sound Publishing Holdings,
who only visit its Web site. But the duplicated audience, Inc.
or combined print and Web site people, however, was
double that, 19%. The Washington Post recorded the 7) Times Leader of Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania to
largest duplicated audience reach, with 25% of its Wilkes-Barre Publishing Company Inc.
readers consuming both the print and online version.
The New York Times and the Boston Globe came in 8) Philadelphia Newspapers, Inc. to Philadelphia Media
next with duplicated audience levels of 22% and 21%, Holdings LLC (PMH), including Philadelphia Inquirer,
respectively. The Journal-Constitution was fourth on the Philadelphia Daily News
list.
Community Newspaper Holdings Inc. bought seven
A second development, somewhat unexpected, is that daily newspapers from Dow Jones Ottaway Newspapers
newspaper online readership at work is robust. A study division with average circulation of about 24,000 each.
of heavy users by MORI Research for the Newspaper The transaction brought in USD281.5 million of the
Association found that nearly as many visited between purchase price in cash to Dow Jones. Dow Jones has sold
8 a.m. and 11 a.m. as during the leisure hours between the following to Community Newspaper Holdings Inc.:
6 p.m. and 10 p.m.
1) The News-Times of Danbury, Connecticut
The New York Times says the average visitor spends 30
minutes a month on its Web site; the Web sites of local 2) The Daily Star of Oneonta, New York
papers are lucky to average a half or a third that.
3) Press Republican of Plattsburgh, New York
Since 2000, the time a typical adult reports spending
with a newspaper fell from 201 hours a year to 4) Santa Cruz Sentinel of Santa Cruz, California
a projected 175 hours in 2007. For the Internet, average
hours were expected to rise to 195, up from 104 in 5) The Daily Item of Sunbury, Pennsylvania
2000. The Internet time, of course, includes great deal of
online use unrelated to news. But that is part of the 6) Traverse City Record-Eagle of Traverse City, Michigan
challenge for the industry competing for time and
attention, not just competing as a news source.
7) The Danville News of Danville, Pennsylvania
Ownership
There were a total of 25 transactions involving 76 daily
newspapers in 2006. The transactions that took place
were valued at USD10 billion, the second-highest in
industry history.
GateHouse Media made two acquisitions in 2006,

which focused on smaller markets and a high dividend
yield to investors. GateHouse bought both the Taunton
Daily Gazette (9,400 circulation) and Fall River Herald
News (20,900 circulation) from Journal Register Co. for
USD70 million dollars.
The McClatchy Company made headlines in 2006 with

its acqusition of Knight Ridder, which was the largest GateHouse Media also acquired the daily Canadaigua
transaction in the newspaper industrys history. (New York) Messenger and 10 weekly newspapers
McClatchys acquisition accounted for 91% of serving Rochester from family ownership.
the USD9.96 billion in daily newspaper transactions
in 2006.
738

Canadian David Black made headlines in the U.S. by
buying the Akron (OH) Beacon Journal. He also added
family-owned King County Journal Newspapers, which
has a circulation of 41,500. Other non-daily
publications with a combined circulation of
approximately 225,000 were also purchased by Black.
Copyright
Effective July 1, 2006, the basic copyright registration
fee went up to USD45, and the fee for registration of
a claim in a group of daily newspapers (and qualified
newsletters) increased to USD70.
Newsprint prices, after three consecutive years of 10%
increases, had softened by the end of 2006 and were
expected to be flat or down in 2007. With smaller
papers, a typical company can save 7% on newsprint
spending.
Newsprint costs were up for the fourth consecutive year
in 2006 to the tune of 7% to 8%. Imported Chinese
newsprint, less expensive and high-quality, is now an
option, especially for West Coast publishers.
The Dallas Morning News, for instance, eliminated all

distribution beyond a 100-mile radius in 2006 and will
cut back, with a few exceptions, to a 50-mile radius in
2007.
Postal Issues
February 25, 2005 the Postal Regulatory Commissionn
issued its opinion and recommended decision in the
postal rate case (R2006-1), reducing postage rates below
US Postal Service (USPS) proposals. The new rate for
Standard Enhanced Carrier Route High - Density mail used by most newspapers for Total Market Coverage
Products will increase by 6.2%, compared to the Postal
Services requested increase of about 11 percent.
The USPS Board of Governors will meet in March 2007
to review the decision. The USPS Board could approve,
reject, or modify the PRC recommended decision.
The new rates are expected to go into effect in early May
2007.
Other Factors
The industry began 2006 with roughly 3,000 fewer fulltime newsroom staff people than it had at its recent peak
of 56,400 in 2000. Over the course of the year, that
number fell further, and more cuts are coming in 2007.
That would amount to an accumulated drop in
newsrooms since 2000 of roughly 7% by the end of
2007. But in certain newsrooms the cuts go far beyond
that as high as 40%.
Many newspapers reduced the page width, paper weight

and space allocated to news. The Wall Street Journal
shrunk to five columns, instead of its former six, and
a 12-inch page width with its first 2007 edition, a 20%
trim in the physical size of the page. The Journal expects
to net US$18 million annually in newsprint-related Most companies opted for buyouts offering veteran
savings from the downsizing. The New York Times will employees sweetened severance packages as the
follow later in the year, the last of the big-circulation preferred method of staff reduction.
broadsheets to take a trim.
Source: Project for Excellence in Journalism - The State of the News Media 2007; CIA - The World Factbook; NAA;
McClatchy Press Releases; Dirks, Van Essen & Murray
739

2.a
Age
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
28,021
39,430
43,656
41680
29,077
35,108
216,972
13
18
20
19
14
16
100
3.a
Male
000
14,156
19,681
21,542
20,361
13,824
15,013
104,577
14
19
21
19
13
14
100
13,866
19,749
22,113
21,319
15,253
20,094
112,394
12
17
20
19
14
18
100
Source: Mediamark Research Inc.

Adult population only
2.b
A+B
C1
C2
D
Total
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 1 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
All adults
000
%
64,637
69,290
15,178
4,889
153,994
42
45
10
3
100
Male
000
34,217
25,140
12,555
2,607
74,519
46
34
17
3
100
Female
000
%
30,419
44,151
2,421
2,282
79,273
38
56
3
3
100
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
Households
000
%
29,349
36,561
18,699
16,594
12,230
113,434
26
32
17
15
11
100
Without children
With children
aged 0-3
aged 4-9
aged 10-15
aged 16-17
Total
Households
000
%
71,174
42260
14,429
19,994
20,297
8,341
113,434
persons) (2004)
2.d
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65+
Total
0.07
-1.03
-1.03
1.96
-4.81
20
28
29
34
50
6,699 6,704 6,692 6,659 6,394
913 917 915 914 907
150.00
-4.55
-0.66
47.06
-3.98
-0.77
1
2
As of February 1, 2007
Any newspaper published less than four times a week
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 1 2006/02 2006/05

(no other earners)
Age
0.68
-1.37
-1.37
7.21
-11.27
All-day newspapers publish more than one edition throughout the day.
The separate editions are listed in both morning and evening lines, but included
only once in the total. Circulation for these newspapers is divided equally
between the morning and evening lines.
Source: Mediamark Research Inc.; Doublebase
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
1,477 1,484 1,486 1,486 1,487

1,457 1,456 1,457 1,452 1,437
1,457 1,456 1,457 1,452 1,437
777 787 814
817 833
692 680 653
645 614
Source: Editor & Publisher International Yearbook; WAN assessment (free dailies)
Social class
Number of titles
Female
000
%
Housewives
000
%
1,664
7,450
11,065
10,001
6,723
6,085
42,988
4
17
26
23
16
14
100
Source: Mediamark Research Inc., Fall
63
37
13
18
18
7
100
Total dailies
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
Total non-dailies 2
56,712
55,186
55,186
46,617
8,569
57,497 57,347
55,185 54,626
55,185 54,626
46,930 46,887
8,255 7,739
56,657
53,345
53,345
46,123
7,222
56,278
52,329
52,329
45,441
6,888
-0.77
-5.18
-5.18
-2.52
-19.62
-0.67
-1.90
-1.90
-1.48
-4.62
1,526
50,023
21,072
28,951
58780
2,312 2,721
50,213 49,815
21200 20,898
29,013 28,917
58,495 57,753
3,312
49,542
21,417
28,125
55270
3,949 158.78
47,673 -4.70
20,625 -2.12
27,048 -6.57
53,175 -9.54
19.23
-3.77
-3.70
-3.83
-3.79
Source: Editor & Publisher International Yearbook; WAN assessment (free dailies)
All-day newspapers publish more than one edition throughout the day.
The separate editions are listed in both morning and evening lines, but included
only once in the total. Circulation for these newspapers is divided equally
between the morning and evening lines.
1
2
Data primarily as of September 30, 2006

Any newspaper published less than four times a week
4.b
Sales revenues
(United States, dollar, mln)
Change (%)
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2004/00 2004/03

6,508 6,690 6,830 6,974 6,832
Total paid-for Sundays 4,033 4,093 4,196 4,250 4,157
4.98
3.07
-2.04
-2.19
Source: NAA, ABC, SRDS, CARD, Editor & Publisher

4.c
Single copy sales

Subscriptions
Home deliveries
Postal deliveries
Other 1
Total
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
21.9
71.0
71.4
6.7
100
17.5
75.6
75.6
6.9
100
16.8
74.7
74.0
0.7
8.5
100
Source: NAA
Daily newspapers; bi-annual survey
1
740
Newspapers in Education (NIE), employee copies, electronic edition, and third

party/other

4.d
Cover prices (2005)
5.a
Single copy
Subscription
0.25
0.50
All adults
Men
Women
1
3.50
Source: ABC - Audited Papers only; NAA

(2006)
5.b
Age
49.9
52.3
47.6
Source: Scarborough Research; Top 50

Market Report
%
% daily reach
group
18-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
65 +
Total
9
13
19
21
16
22
100
7.aa
(%)
Reached
(United States, dollar)

min
max
2002
GDP
10,487.0 11,004.0 11,798.0
2006
13,244.6
Source: 2002-2004 IFS, ZenithOptimedia; 2006 US Department of Commerce Bureau of Economic Analysis
7.ab

1999
GDP per capita
(United States, dollar, 000)

2000
2001
2002
2003
34.4
35.2
36.0
37.4
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
1.43
1.39
1.38
1.33
1.31
36
35
45
55
61
68
-
7.ac
Ad expenditure
Source: Scarborough Research; Top 50

Market Report
7.ba
Notes :Top 50 Market Report is calculated from respondents aged 18+

5.c
(United States, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Media consumption
1999
All newspapers
Magazines
Radio
Television
Internet
Typical Sunday newspaper
(minutes per day)

2000
2001
2002
28
20
191
191
32
-
27
64
2003
25
73
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Others
Total
60,931
45320
15,611
51,640
19,423
275
4,945
7,250
149,756
62,775 71,295 74,139

46,227 48,538 50,237
16,548 22,757 23,902
51,610 55,504 55,390
19,581 20,364 20,589
303
339
400
5,093 5,297 5,726
7,758 8,688 9,992
90,267
152,282 161,487 256,503
76,297
51,493
24,804
58,355
20,892
460
6,344
12,490
93,980
268,818
78,530
52,523
26,007
58,658
21,211
529
7040
16,112
98,087
280,166
80,661 82,957
53,310 54,110
27,351 28,847
60,618 60,924
21,541 22,402
608
699
7,826 8,712
18,206 20,391
102,278 106,833
291,737 302,919
Source: The Readership Institute, Impact Study
Source: NAA, IOA, CMR, CAB, RAB, Paul Kagan Associates, ZenithOptimedia
Adults 18+
After discounts; includes production costs; includes classified; includes agency

commission
6.a
Online editions
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Dailies
1,296 1,343 1,520 1,600 1,674
29.17
New York Times
Washington Post
USA Today
Wall Street Journal
Los Angeles Times

Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
4.62
Source: NAA; WAN estimate (2005)

6.b
Daily newspaper advertising expenditure

- National / Retail / Classified / Digital (U.S. only)
Page impressions
(000)
Unique users
(000)
Reach
(%)
298,803
192,642
129,240
105,561
42,963
12,049
10,173
8,612
6,513
4,261
8.6
7.3
6.2
4.7
3.1
Source: Nielsen/ NetRatings;

http://www.naa.org/nadbase/linked_docs/Top_100_Newspaper_Web_Sites.pdf
Classified
National
Online
Retail
Total
15,898
7,210
20,994
44,102
15,801
7,797
1,216
21,341
46,156
16,608
8,083
1,541
22,012
48,244
17,312
7,910
2,027
22,187
49,435
16,986
7,505
2,664
22,121
49,275
6.84
4.09
5.37
11.73
-1.88
-5.12
31.43
-0.30
-0.32
Source: NAA
7.c
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total print dailies

+ online dailies
Online dailies
44,102 46,156 48,244 49,435 49,275
11.73
-0.32
44,102 44,939 46,703 47,408 46,611

1,216 1,541 2,027 2,664
5.69
-
-1.68
31.43
Source: NAA
741

categories (2005)

(2006)
Advertising sector
Expenditure
Advertiser
Wireless telecoms
1,703,000
Auto
1,300,000
Domestic auto dealers
1,140,000
Films
1,125,000
Overseas auto dealers
1,116,000
Banks
993,000
Property
880,000
Furniture
788,000
Coupon marketing organizations 777,000
Consumer electronics
616,000
Verizon Comm
News America FSI
Sprint Communications
Valassis Coupons
Cingular Communications
Universal Pictures
Macys Department Store
Frys Store
AT&T Communications
Sprint Store
Top owners (2005)

Owners
Expenditure
47,996.9
47,534.5
40,642.2
35,366.3
20,774.5
19,451.2
17,376.7
16,886.8
16,886.8
13,574.3
Revenue
Gannett
Tribune
The New York Times
Knight Ridder
Advance Publications
Hearst Corp.
Dow Jones & Co.
McClatchy
Cox Enterprises
Lee Enterprises
4,951,000
4,109,000
3,143,000
2,900,000
2,285,000
1,564,000
1,293,000
1,163,000
1,160,000
1,140,000
Source: Adage.com
Top advertisers across all newspapers

(inserts and ads)
8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
USA Today
The Wall Street Journal
The New York Times
The Los Angeles Times
The Washington Post
New York Daily News
New York Post
Chicago Tribune
Houston Chronicle
The Arizona Republic
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
English
Gannett Company Inc.

Dow Jones & Co. Inc.
New York Times Company
Tribune Publishing Company
Washington Post Company
New York Daily News
New York Post Corp.
Tribune Publishing Company
Hearst Newspapers
Gannett Company Inc.
Circulation 1
(000)
Readership 2
(000)
2,273
2,050
1,142
852
724
708
673
579
513
439
6,865
5,148
4,750
2,176
1,717
2,695
2,061
1,628
1,228
1,055
Source: NAA; ABC FAS-FAX

1
2
Average weekday net paid circulation; circulation averages for the six months ending March 31, 2006
NADbase Report, Adults 18+
8.bb
Title
Metro
9.a
Language Publisher
1
English
Denver Rocky Mountain News English

Denver Post 3
English
am New York
English
Washington Examiner
Baltimore Examiner
Hoy 4
Post Express 5
Red Eye 6
Quick 2
English
English
Spanish
English
English
English
Employment
Circulation (000)
Metro International
/ The New York Times Company
Denver Rocky Mountain News
Denver Post
The Tribune Company
& Russel Pergament
Clarity Media Group (Anschutz)
Clarity Media Group (Anschutz)
Tribune Company
Washington Post
Tribune Company
Belo
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/02
638
390
370
325
260
250
185
180
150
135
Total newsroom workforce

Number of minorities
in newsroom workforce 1
388,900 381,300 374,800
0.18
10.14
1.29
4.11
Source: 2002-2004 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Current Employment Statistics;

American Society of Newspaper Editors, Newsroom Employment Census;
2005-2006 American Society of Newspaper Editors
1
Minorities include Native Americans, African Americans, Latinos, and Asian

Americans.
10.a

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/98
Philadelphia, Boston, New York; in March 2005, Metro International sold 49%
shares of Metro Boston to The New York Times Company
2
Dallas, Texas
3
Cover price 1 cent for subscribers
4
Los Angeles, Chicago, New York
5
Washington, D.C.
6
Totally free since October 2005
54,700 54,200 54,100 54,100 54,800

6,900 7,000 7,300 7,300 7,600
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
10.c
1,402
1,417
44
Newsprint costs
2000
Average per ton
558
(United States, dollar)

2001
2002
2003
575
455
493
2004
544
Source: Resource Information Systems Inc.
742

Newsprint consumption
15.a
2000
2001
2002
2003
Newsprint volume
12,039
10,725
10,395
10,297
2004
10,091 2
Source: Pulp and Paper Products Council (Canada), U.S. Department of Commerce,
Resource Information Systems, Inc.
1
2
Revised data
Preliminary data
11.
Research
Audit Bureau of Circulations; Certified Audit of
Circulations
Mediamark Research Incorporated; Scarborough
Research
12.
Taxes (2006)
Tax
Standard VAT
VAT on:
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
14.
0
0
0
0
0
0
Discounts (2006)
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Discount rate (%)

0
0
0
0
0
0

companies?
No
No
same locality?
A daily newspaper is prohibited from owning a radio or
television station in its home market. This law took
effect in 1975 but was not retrospective, so some
newspapers do still own local stations.
No
press?
Federal antitrust laws apply to all businesses, including
newspapers.
The Federal Communications Commission has
proposed to loosen cross-media ownership restrictions.
Source: NAA
743
URUGUAY
Uruguays well-to-do economy is characterized by an
export-oriented agricultural sector, a well-educated work
force, and high levels of social spending. After averaging
growth of 5% annually during 1996-98, in 1999-2002
the economy suffered a major downturn, stemming
largely from the spillover effects of the economic
problems of its large neighbors, Argentina and Brazil.
For instance, in 2001-02 Argentina made massive
withdrawals of dollars deposited in Uruguayan banks,
which led to a plunge in the Uruguayan peso and
a massive rise in unemployment. Total GDP in these
four years dropped by nearly 20%, with 2002 the worst
year due to the banking crisis. The unemployment rate

rose to nearly 20% in 2002, inflation surged, and the
burden of external debt doubled. Cooperation with the
IMF helped stem the damage. A debt swap with privatesector creditors in 2003 extended the maturity dates on
nearly half of Uruguays then USD11.3 billion of public
debt and helped restore public confidence. The economy
grew about 12% in 2004 as a result of high commodity
prices for Uruguayan exports, a competitive peso,
growth in the region, and low international interest
rates, and it continued to grow nearly 7% annually in
2005 and 2006.

2.b
Social class
A+B 1
C1 2
C2 3
D4
E5
Total
All adults
000
%
269
336
639
973
1,143
3,360
8
10
19
29
34
100
Male
000
130
161
306
468
550
1,616
8
10
19
29
34
100
Female
000
%
139
175
332
505
593
1,744
8
10
19
29
34
100
Source: Equipos
1
AB= higher & intermediate managerial

C1= supervisory/clerical
C2= skilled manual
4
D= semi & unskilled manual
5
E= subsistence/inactive
2
3
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
13
4
9
13
4
9
12
4
8
12
4
8
12
4
8
-7.69
0.00
-11.11
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

2.a

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
786
2,192
454
3,432
23
64
13
100
Male
000
400
1,087
185
1,672
24
65
11
100
Female
000
%
386
1,105
269
1,760
22
63
15
100

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
155
110
45
152
107
45
140
100
40
135
95
40
135
95
40
-12.9
-13.64
-11.11
0.00
0.00
0.00

4.a

(mln)
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02

15
15
13.6
13.6
10.9
10.9
Source: Figures refer only to El Pais
744
URUGUAY
4.b
Sales revenues
7.ba
(Uruguay, peso, mln)

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
222
272
209
241
15.31
Source: Figures refer only to El Pais

4.c

1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
100
100
100
Single copy sales

4.d
Cover prices (2004)
5.a

(%)
Reached
(Uruguay, peso)
min
max
Single copy
25.00
30.00
Source: Association Belge des Editeurs

de Journaux
All adults
Men
Women
23.9
25.2
22.7

(2002)
5.b
Age
6.a
149.2
533.0
149.2
10.7
213.2
10.7
1,066.0
169.4 186.5 146.8

172.1 134.5
14.3 12.2
621.3 717.3 611.5
152.5 157.8 134.5
22.6 23.0 24.5
225.9 272.6 220.1
22.6 23.0 19.6
1,214.3 3 1,380.0 4 1157.0
Online editions
193.2
176.1
17.1
856.1
176.1
48.9
298.4
34.2
1,607.0
Including magazines until 2004

Including banners, pop-ups and sponsorship
3
Arithmetic total is 1,221.4, difference due to rounding and currency conversion
4
Arithmetic total is 1,372.2, difference due to rounding and currency conversion
2
497
328
Website
El Pais
El Observador
La Republica
Elpais.com.uy
Observa.com.uy
Diariolarepublica.com
1,650,000
-
325
16.49
1999

2000
2001
2002
2003
4,339
3,723
7,198

279
Total
173.7
156.5
17.1
782.7
168.8
46.5
269.1
29.4
1,470.0
After discounts; excludes classified; excludes production costs; includes agency

commission; exchange rate used: 1 USD = 24.46 UYU (2005)
7.d
173.7
156.5
17.1
733.8
159.0
36.7
244.6
24.5
1,369.8
Source: Asociacin Uruguaya de Agencias de Publicidad, OANDA ,

ZenithOptimedia
26
32
12
30
Dailies
146.8
132.1
14.7
648.9
146.8
24.5
232.4
22.0
1,257.2

Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
6.b
Press
Newspapers 1
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet 2
Total
7.c
% daily reach
within age
group
15-29
30-49
50-59
60 +

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
1999
2000
(%)
2001
2002
2003
53
45
2
100
52
46
2
100
58
41
1
100
57
42
1
100
Display
Classified
Inserts
Total
Source: El Pais
Source: El Pais
Figures refer only to El Pais

7.aa
GDP

categories (2005)

(2005)
421.0
Advertising sector
Expenditure
(Uruguay, peso, 000)
Advertiser
Electronic media
Social & cultural events
Other customer services
Mobile phone services
Other
Exhibitions/sales
Vehicles
Suppliers
Construction
Imported vehicles
Teledoce Televisora Color

Other advertisers
Saeta
CTI
Dispert
Dedicado
Netgate
Telefnica
Montecarlo
Observa
2001
(Uruguay, peso, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
247.0
261.0
315.7
379.3

7.ab
GDP per capita
2000

2001
2002
2003
2004
72.8
73.4
77.0
110.3
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.41
0.38
0.36
0.28
0.29
92.2

7.ac
Ad expenditure
Source: Ibope
54,972,000
17,338,000
13,451,000
11,923,000
11,194,000
10,213,000
8,899,000
8,862,000
6,907,000
6,481,000
Expenditure
19,203,000
11,993,000
10,482,000
5,685,000
3,702,000
3,592,000
3,536,000
3,501,000
3,387,000
2,923,000
Source: Ibope
745
URUGUAY
Top owners (2005)
Owners
9.b
Salaries
Expenditure
El Pais
El Libro de los Clasificados
El Observador
Ultimas Noticias
La Repblica
Bsqueda
Crnica
Brecha
Tiempos del Mundo

Change (%)
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002/98 2002/01
135,101,000
53,804,000
50,765,000
31,425,000
27,708,000
11,420,000
6,362,000
4,769,000
1,922,000
Total salary costs
10.a
Top newspaper owners
Source: El Pais

Language
10.ba
Circulation
Readership
(000)
El Pais
El Observador
La Repblica
ltimas Noticias
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
Spanish
12.2
(000)
46
20
18
11
93
11
34
5
428,112
124,200
108,000
111,600
Single copy sales
513,734
149,040
124,200
122,760
10.c
4
1
3
4
1
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Uruguay, peso)
1998
1999
(%)
2000
2001
2002
40
40
Newsprint costs
Source: Equipos Mori / ZenithOptimedia
1998
Average per ton
9.a
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
Source: Ibope
Title
4-colour newspapers
Broadsheets
Tabloids
8.ba
Source: El Pais only
(Uruguay, peso)
1999
2000
2001
-
2002
10,600
Employment
Change (%)
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003/99 2003/02
145
586
87
570
-40.00
-2.73
Source: El Pais
746
UZBEKISTAN
Uzbekistan is a dry, landlocked country of which 11%
consists of intensely cultivated, irrigated river valleys.
More than 60% of its population lives in densely
populated rural communities. Uzbekistan is now the
second-largest cotton exporter and fifth largest producer
in the world; it relies heavily on cotton production as the
major source of export earnings. Other major export
earners include gold, natural gas, and oil. The inflation

In 1992 twelve daily newspapers, with a total circulation
of 452,000, were published. In 2006 there were four
dailies, of which Cabinet of Ministers owned and
controlled three, including Pravda Vostoka (in Russian
language), Khalk Suzi (Uzbek), and Narodnoye Slovo
(Russian). The government, government-controlled
political parties or social movements, and the Tashkent
municipal government owned or controlled several other
non-daily publications.

The four state-run channels dominated television
broadcasting nationwide. There were 24 privately owned
regional television stations and 14 privately owned radio
stations. The government tightly controlled both
broadcast and print media. Journalists and senior
editorial staff in state media organizations reported there
were officials at the national television stations and
newspapers whose responsibilities included actual black
pen censorship. Nevertheless, there were also reports that
regional television media outlets were able to broadcast
some moderately critical stories on local issues.
Three private national Russian language newspapers

Novosti Uzbekistana, Noviy Vek, and Biznes Vestnik
Vostoka carried news and editorials favorable to the
government, as did two Uzbek language newspapers,
Hurriyat, owned by the Journalists Association, and
Mohiyat, owned by Turkiston Press, a nongovernmental
information agency which was loyal to the state.
The NAESMI reportedly used its directors close

relations with the government to coerce local television
stations to join the association and restrict the content of
their programming. Stations that resisted joining
NAESMI were subjected to tax inspections and, in some
cases, lost their broadcast licenses. In many cases
NAESMI required affiliated local stations to broadcast
prescribed programming instead of locally produced
content, thus limiting the freedom of broadcasters.
The law limits criticism of the president, and public

insult to the president is a crime punishable by up to five
years in prison.
The government did not allow the general distribution

of foreign newspapers and publications. However, two
or three Russian newspapers and a variety of Russian
tabloids and lifestyle publications were available, and
a very modest selection of foreign periodicals was
The government continued to refuse to allow RFE/RL, available in major hotels and at other locations in
the Voice of America (VOA), and BBC World Service to Tashkent.
broadcast from within the country.
A government agency, the Interagency Coordination Internet service providers, at the governments request,
Committee (MKK), issues the required broadcast and routinely blocked access to Web sites the government
mass media licenses to approved media outlets and could considered objectionable, including several news Web
revoke licenses and close media outlets without a court sites and sites operated by opposition political parties.
judgment. The Center for Electromagnetic
Compatibility issues frequency licenses. During the year Media / Press Laws
MKK threatened to shut down some privately owned Private citizens and journalist collectives may not
regional television stations on technical grounds to establish newspapers unless they meet the media laws
enforce control by the National Association of standards for establishing a mass media agency,
Electronic Mass Media (NAESMI), which lacks direct including naming a board of directors acceptable to the
licensing authority.
government.
The Uzbekistan News Agency cooperated closely with

presidential staff to prepare and distribute all officially
sanctioned news and information. The governments
press and information agency is responsible for
monitoring all media.
The law also specifically prohibits articles that incite

religious confrontation and ethnic discord or advocate
subverting or overthrowing the constitutional order.
The government continued to characterize the
distribution of pamphlets by Hizb ut Tahrir (HT)
members - an extremist political movement - as
incitement for political and terrorist purposes; HT is a
banned organization. During the year police reportedly
arrested several people for possessing HT literature.
747
UZBEKISTAN
The law holds journalists, as well as editors and
publishers, responsible for the accuracy of news stories
that appear in their publications, exposing them to risk
of criminal prosecution for their reporting. The law
establishes the right of government-accepted newspaper
boards of directors to influence the editorial content of
media reports.
In December 2005 amendments to the criminal and
administrative liability codes significantly increased fines
for libel and defamation. In general, the government
used charges of libel, slander, and defamation to punish
journalists, human rights activists, and others who
criticized the president or government.
There were a few private printing houses, located mostly
in provincial cities and printing local newspapers with
limited circulation. Government-owned printing houses
generally printed all newspapers.
Other Factors
Government security services and other offices regularly
gave publishers articles and letters to publish under
fictitious bylines, as well as explicit instructions about
the types of stories permitted for publication. Often
there was little distinction between the editorial content
of a government or privately owned newspaper. There
was very little, if any, independent investigative
reporting. During the year self censorship remained
standard practice. The number of critical newspaper
articles remained very low and their scope extremely
narrow.
There were several reports that journalists were fired
from state-run media outlets in retaliation for their
contacts with foreign diplomats. State-controlled media
organizations fired some journalists for attending
discussions or participating in other programs sponsored
by foreign embassies. Others were placed on leave
without pay or had their air time reduced.
There were also reports that authorities revoked
journalists accreditations in retaliation for their
reporting.
CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; WAN from public sources
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
paid-for dailies
3
3
-
4
3
1
4
3
1
4
3
1
4
3
1
33.33
0.00
-
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: WAN from public source

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
27
30
30
30
30
11.11
0.00

2.a
7.aa
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
8,976
17,015
1,316
27,307
33
62
5
100
2002
Male
000
4,573
8,420
539
13,532
34
62
4
100
Female
000
%
4,403
8,595
777
13,775
32
62
6
100
GDP
(Uzbekistan, soum, bln)

2003
2004
2005
2006
44,869.8 58,170.8 66,845.2

8.ba
Title
Language
Publisher
Narodnoye Slovo
(Peoples Word)
Pravda Vostoka
(The Truth of the East)
Vecherniy Tashkent
(Evening Tashkent)
Khalk Suzi
(Peoples Word)
Russian
Government and the Soviet

10
of the Parliament of Uzbekistan
Cabinet of Ministers of Uzbekistan 9
Russian
Circulation (000)
Russian/Uzbek Urban Administration

of Tashkent City
Uzbek
Cabinet of Ministers of Uzbekistan
8
-
748
VANUATU
This South Pacific island economy is based primarily on
small-scale agriculture, which provides a living for 65%
of the population. Fishing, offshore financial services,
and tourism are other mainstays of the economy.
Australia and New Zealand are the main suppliers of
tourists and foreign aid. The inflation rate was estimated
at -1.6% in 2005.
The government controlled the countrys one AM and
one FM radio station and a limited service television
station that broadcast only to the capital of Port Vila and
the second-largest city, Luganville. Access to
international news and information also was available

through private subscription satellite television service.
Four private newspapers compete with the government
newspaper Vanuatu Weekly: the independent daily
newspaper Vanuatu Daily Post (published five times
a week Tuesday-Saturday), a privately owned weekly
newspaper, and two privately owned semi-weekly
newspapers. The government-owned newspaper in
Vanuatu is bound by the constitution to print in three
languages English, French, and Bislama. The Vanuatu
Daily Post is primarily in English, but letters and sports
news are published in Bislama.
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
68
133
8
209
Male
33
64
4
100
Female
000
%
000
35
68
4
107
33
64
4
100
33
65
4
102
32
64
4
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002 WAN assessment; 2003-2005 WAN from public sources; 2006 WAN
assessment
7.aa
(Vanuatu, vatu, bln)

2000
2001
2002
1999
GDP
2003
35.8

8.ba
Title
Language
Vanuatu Daily Post English / Bislama
Circulation
Cover price
Format
(000)
(Vanuatu, vatu) (USD)
3
1.3
0.97
Tabloid
749
VATICAN
This unique, noncommercial economy is supported
financially by an annual contribution (known as Peters
Pence) from Roman Catholic dioceses throughout the
world; by the sale of postage stamps, coins, medals, and
tourist mementos; by fees for admission to museums;
and by the sale of publications. Investments and real
estate income also account for a sizable portion of
revenue. The incomes and living standards of lay
workers are comparable to those of counterparts who
work in the city of Rome.
Weekly editions of LOsservatore Romano are published

in French (from 1949), Italian (1950), English (1968),
Spanish (1969), Portuguese (1970), German (1971),
and a monthly edition in Polish (1980).
Since 1934, the Vatican has also published LOsservatore
della Domenica, an illustrated weekly.
The Acta Apostolicae Sedis (Record of the Apostolic See)

appears regularly on a monthly basis and occasionally at
other times; it publishes papal encyclicals and other
official papers. An annual, the Annuario Pontificio, is
issued as a record of the Vatican and the Roman Catholic
The Vatican Radio was inaugurated in 1931. hierarchy. The International Religious Press Service
It broadcasts in many languages to a global audience.
(Agenzia Internazionale Fides - AIF), founded in 1927,
distributes news of missionary activity and publishes
Information (weekly, in various languages, including
There is one daily, LOsservatore Romano (Roman English), Documentation (irregular), and Photographic
Observer), the semiofficial evening paper of the Holy Service (weekly).
See. The first edition of LOsservatore Romano came out
in Rome on July 1, 1861. The publications aim was
clearly apologetical, in defence of the Papal States, and it
was delibaretly polemical and propagandist.
Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
100
Source: Wikipedia
The Vatican citizenry consists almost entirely of two groups: clergy working as
officials of the Vatican as a state or of the Catholic Church; and the Swiss Guard.
Most of the 3,000 lay workers who comprise the majority of the Vatican work
force reside outside the Vatican and are citizens of Italy, while a few are citizens
of other nations.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
70
70
70
70
70
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002 WAN from public sources; 2003-2006 WAN assessment

8.ba
Title
Language
Circulation
(000)
LOsservatore Romano Italian

(The Roman Observer)
70 1
Cover price
usual max
(Vatican, euro)
1.00
2.00
Format
Broadsheet

1
750
In 2002
VENEZUELA
Venezuela remains highly dependent on oil revenues,
which account for roughly 90% of export earnings, more
than 50% of the federal budget revenues, and around
30% of GDP. Tax collection-the primary source of nonoil revenue for Venezuela-is expected to surpass $23
billion in 2006, exceeding the yearend collection goal by
more than 20%. Economic growth in 2006 reached
around 9%. The inflation rate was estimated at 15.8% in
2006.
While the law permits the president to suspend
telecommunications broadcasts, it was not invoked
during the year; however, the government threatened to
review and cancel broadcasting licenses. In June,
President Chavez announced he had directed a review of
all radio and television licenses because many outlets had
hidden behind freedom of expression in an effort to
divide the country.
and broadcast media content, legal harassment, and

physical intimidation resulted in limitations on these
freedoms and a climate of self censorship.
The government employed a variety of mechanisms
legal, economic, regulatory, judicial, and rhetorical to
harass the private media, engendering a repressive
attitude towards a free press.
The government denied private media equal access to
many official events, and, in cases when private media
had access to government facilities, they often did not
have access to officials and information.
Amendments to the penal code in March 2005 make

insulting the president punishable by six to 30 months
in prison and eliminate bail, with lesser penalties for
insulting lower ranking officials. Comments exposing
another person to public contempt or hatred are subject
to a one to three year prison sentence and a fine.
Inaccurate reporting that disturbs the public peace is
punishable with a prison sentence of two to five years.
The law permits the government to order national The requirement that media disseminate only true
broadcast
cadenas
(lengthy,
commercial-free information was undefined and open to politically
programming, usually consisting of presidential motivated interpretation.
speeches) to require all broadcast media to preempt
scheduled programming and transmit the governments The law requires that practicing journalists have
entire message.
journalism degrees and be members of the National
College of Journalists, and it prescribes three to six
Media / Press Laws
month jail terms for those who practice journalism
The law provides for freedom of speech and of the press; illegally. These requirements were waived for foreigners
however, the combination of new laws governing libel and opinion columnists.
2.a
Age
12-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
All individuals
000
%
1,832
1,114
1,963
1,676
1,159
716
8,460
22
13
23
20
14
8
100
Male
000
1,084
620
957
699
508
301
4,169
26
15
23
17
12
7
100
Female
000
%
747
494
1,006
977
651
415
4,290
17
12
23
23
15
10
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data relevant to metropolitan areas of Caraca, Maracaibo, Barquisimeto, Valencia,
Maracay and Puerto la Cruz/Barcelona
751
VENEZUELA
2.b
Social class
A+B+C 1
C
D
E
Total
All adults
000
%
338
1,269
1,946
4,907
8,460
4
15
23
58
100
3.b
Male

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Female
000
%
000
215
743
939
2,274
4,171
5
18
23
55
100
123
527
1,007
2,633
4,290
Total dailies
Total free dailies
3
12
24
61
100
2,400 2,450 2,400 2,480

2,400 2,450 2,400 2,400
80
3.33
0.00
-
Source: 2003-2005 WAN assessment; 2006 WAN estimate, WAN assessment (free
dailies)
Source: TGI Latina

(no other earners)
5.a
Data relevant to metropolitan areas of Caraca, Maracaibo, Barquisimeto, Valencia,

Maracay and Puerto la Cruz/Barcelona; population aged 12-64
Source: TGI Latina
All adults
Men
Women
ABC+
(2006)
2.cb
(2006)
Occupancy
Children
2.ca
1 person
2 people
3 people
4 people
5 or more people
Total
Households
000
%
40
218
439
581
1,203
2,481
2
9
18
23
49
100
Source: TGI Latina

Data relevant to metropolitan areas
of Caraca, Maracaibo, Barquisimeto,
Valencia, Maracay and Puerto la
Cruz/Barcelona
70
60
63
48

Cruz/Barcelona; aged 20-64
18
13
24
22
15
9
100
61
71
77
82
83
75
74

Cruz/Barcelona
35
73
17
28
17
50
100
7.aa

2001
GDP

Cruz/Barcelona
7.ab
GDP per capita
Age
13
26
28
20
13
100
7.ac
2005

2000
Housewives
000
%
(Venezuela, bolivar, bln)

2002
2003
2004
91,000.0 111,000.0 134,000.0 191,000.0 261,100.0
Source: TGI Latina
persons) (2006)
399
777
838
615
395
3,024
%
% daily reach
group
Source: TGI Latina
2.d
Under 25
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
Age
12-19
20-24
25-34
35-44
45-54
55-64
Total
Households
000
%
Without persons below 20 864

aged 0-2
415
aged 3-8
705
aged 9-11
423
aged 12-19
1,240
Total
2,481

(2006)
5.b
(%)
Reached
(Venezuela, bolivar, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2004
3,396.0 3,690.0 4,391.0 5,216.0 7,843.4
Ad expenditure
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.64
0.58
0.53
0.49
0.42
Source: TGI Latina

Cruz/Barcelona
3.a
7.ba
(Venezuela, bolivar, mln)

2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
Total dailies
Regional and local
paid-for dailies
Total free dailies
92
92
15
77
87
87
12
75
88
87
12
75
1.15
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2004 US State Department; 2005 Wikipedia, WAN assessment; 2006 WAN
estimate
752
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Total
186,188
168,377
17,811
411,248
33,974
26,090
30,797
688,298
164,764 332,212 385,107

150,167 310,612 360,060
14,597 21,600 25,047
532,000 580,000 651,403
27,479 77,653 123,000
19,784 38,827 50,832
32,062 58,240 78,366
776,090 1,086,931 1,288,708
344,571
312,171
32,400
732,000
82,910
69,000
108,000
1,336,481
380,190
344,640
35,550
732,000
96,000
73,200
126,144
1,407,534
428,820
387,720
41,100
842,000
111,000
87,000
157,680
1,626,500
490,560
441,960
48,600
980,000
129,900
105,000
189,000
1,894,460
Source: IVP, ZenithOptimedia

Estimated discounts from reported gross: TV and radio 60%, other media 40%;
excludes classified advertising; excludes production costs; includes agency
commission (20%); radio, cinema and outdoor for Caracas only
VENEZUELA
8.ba
Title
Meridiano
Ultimas Noticias
El Universal
El Nacional
El Mundo
2001
Economia Hoy
Panorama
El Carabobeno
El Tiempo
Circulation
8.bb
Readership
(000)
(000)
360
350
300
250
203
180
15
145
100
78
996
1,257
1,719
1,424
177
233
33
1,058
256
647
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Venezuela, bolivar)
1,750
1,110
4,309
4,285
3,240
2,730
1,400
3,033
2,910
1,776
2,800
1,776
6,894
6,856
5,184
4,368
2,240
4,853
4,656
2,842
Title
Language
Publisher
Primera Hora
Spanish
El Nacional Co.
Circulation (000)
80

12.
Taxes (2005)
Tax
VAT on:
Advertising
15
Source: CVI, Datos I.R.
753
VIETNAM
Growth hit 8% in 2005 and 7.8% in 2006. Vietnam
joined the World Trade Organization in January 2007.
The contribution of agriculture to economic output has
continued to shrink, from about 25% in 2000 to 20%
in 2006. The inflation rate was estimated at 7.5% in
2006.
polymer dong currency notes. The ministry noted that

the reporting violated certain articles of the press law and
that the newspapers had failed to comply with official
instructions on how to cover the issue.
The regime also suspended the foreign ministry-run The

Gioi weekly, which published readers letters critical of
the government. Hoang Huu Luong, head of the
Ministry of Culture and Informations press department,
The Communist Party of Vietnam (CPV), the said The Gioi was suspended for an undetermined
government, and the party-controlled mass period for not following its purpose and mission as
organizations controlled all print, broadcast, and written in its operating licence.
electronic media. The government exercised oversight
through the Ministry of Culture and Information Online / Digital Publishing
(MOCI) and supplemented its control through The government allowed access to the Internet through
pervasive party guidance and national security legislation a limited number of Internet Service Providers (ISPs), all
sufficiently broad to ensure effective self censorship by of which were state-owned joint stock companies.
the domestic media.
The government forbids direct access to the Internet
through foreign ISPs, requires domestic ISPs to store
The government generally did not limit access to information transmitted on the Internet for at least 15
international radio, except to Radio Free Asia (RFA) and days, and also requires ISPs to provide technical
the Far East Broadcasting Corporation, which it assistance and workspace to public security agents to
continued to jam periodically.
allow them to monitor Internet activities. The
government also requires Internet agents, such as
The law limits access to satellite television to top cybercafes, to register the personal information of their
officials, foreigners, luxury hotels, and the press, but it customers, store records of Internet sites visited by
was not enforced uniformly, and an increasing number customers for 30 days, and cooperate with public
of persons in urban and some rural areas had access to security officials.
television programs via home satellite equipment or
cable. Cable television, including foreign origin In July the Ministry of Post and Telematics instructed all
channels, was available to subscribers living in urban ISPs to install in their Internet kiosks new control
areas, although the government periodically blocked software designed to record information on users and
many subscribers from receiving certain news channels, their Internet behavior and send the information to the
including CNN and the BBC.
ISPs servers to be stored for a year. The software also
contained an identification system that allows ISPs to
identify the user and what the user does during an
Since renovation, Vietnams print media sector has Internet session. To use Internet kiosks, customers must
expanded rapidly, from a total of around 435 provide personal details to acquire a username and
newspapers and periodicals in 1996 to some 700 password, granted and controlled by the ISP. Customers
newspapers and periodicals published by around 450 then can use the acquired username and password to
press organizations in 2005.
browse the Internet. Alternatively, a customer can
provide a personal national identity card to gain Internet
There are 28 major dailies, including two English- access. It was not clear how fully these provisions were
language dailies, The Vietnam News founded in 1991, being followed in practice, and many cybercafes did not
and the business newspaper Saigon Times Daily, as well register the personal details of their clients. At least some
as the only national French-language daily Le Courrier home asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL)
du Vietnam founded in 1960. Some local newspapers Internet subscribers had all Internet usage monitored by
are published in the languages of ethnic minorities and the newly installed software and hardware system.
one, in Ho Chi Minh City, is published in Chinese.
The country had registered an Internet growth rate of 20
percent annually since 2001, with more than eight
In October 2006 the Ministry of Culture and million users, or one tenth of the total population.
Information issued formal decisions suspending the
publication of two newspapers for one month. The The government used firewalls to block Web sites that it
ministry wrote in the decisions that the two newspapers, deemed politically or culturally inappropriate, including
Cong Ly (Justice) and Thoi Dai (Era), had published sites operated by exile groups abroad. The government
false reports of alleged problems with newly issued occasionally restricted access to the RFA and Voice of
754
VIETNAM
America Web sites during the year, as well as sites In July 2006, Decree 56/2006/ND-CP, known as the
operated by overseas dissident groups.
Administrative Sanctions on Cultural Informations
Activities, involving the media came into effect which
Internet providers face heavy fines, confiscation of their imposes fines for crimes such as denying revolutionary
computers and closure of their Internet accounts for achievements, defaming the nation, great persons and
breaching the new rules set out in Decree 56/2006/ND- national heroes, slandering and wounding the prestige of
CP (see Media/Press Laws).
agencies and organisations. State-controlled media
outlets can be fined up to 70 million dongs (4,375
Media / Press Laws
USD) for breaching the decree which also bans
Like the broadcast media, Vietnams print media are publication of news stories with anonymous sources. In
subject to the Press Law, which was passed in 1989. The addition, any picture or headline which was not in
medias role is defined as being the voice of the party accordance with an articles content making readers
and of the masses and its main function as being to misunderstand about the content of the information will
propagate the partys lines and policies as well as be fined between 500,000 to 1.5 million dongs (30 to 90
reporting and analysing the news.
USD).
Both the constitution and the criminal code include
broad national security and anti-defamation provisions
that the government used to restrict such freedoms. The
criminal code defines the crimes of sabotaging the
infrastructure of Socialism, sowing divisions between
religious and nonreligious people, and conducting
propaganda against the Socialist Republic of Vietnam as
serious offenses against national security. The code also
expressly forbids taking advantage of democratic
freedoms and rights to violate the interests of the state
and social organizations.
Other Factors
Print journalists are also required to follow the Code of
Ethics of the Vietnam Journalists Association.
Foreign journalists must be approved by the Foreign
Ministrys press center, and they must be based in Hanoi.
The number of foreign staff allowed was limited, and
local staff who worked for foreign media also were
required to be registered with the ministry. It was
difficult for foreign media outlets to hire local
photographers and receive approval for their
accreditation.
The press center monitored journalists activities and

decided on a case by case basis whether to approve
requests for interviews, photographs, filming, or travel,
which must be submitted five days in advance. By law
foreign journalists are required to address all questions to
government agencies through the Foreign Ministry,
although it appeared that this procedure often was
ignored in practice. Foreign journalists generally received
visas valid for six months.
Undergraduate and postgraduate courses in journalism

are offered by the Faculty of Journalism of the Sub
Institute of Press and Propaganda, Ho Chi Minh
National Institute of Political Studies and the Faculty of
Journalism of Hanoi University of Social Sciences and
Humanities (USSH) in Hanoi, and by the Faculty of
Literature, Linguistics and Journalism of Ho Chi Minh
City University of Social Sciences and Humanities in Ho
Chi Minh City. Occasional short courses for journalists
The law requires journalists to pay monetary damages to are also offered by the Vietnam Journalists Association,
individuals or organizations harmed as a result of their the Hanoi Journalists Association and the Ho Chi Minh
reporting, even if the reports are true.
City Journalists Association.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; AFP; Vietnam News; Ministry of Culture and Information
of Vietnam - Vietnam Cultural Profile; WAN from public sources
755
VIETNAM
(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Households
000
Total
3.a
14,002
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
28
28
28
28
28
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2003 WAN estimate; 2004 WAN assessment, based on

ZenithOptimedia/TNS data; 2005-2006 WAN estimate
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
2,600 2,600 2,600 2,600 2,600
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2003 WAN estimate; 2004 WAN assessment, based on

ZenithOptimedia/TNS data; 2005-2006 WAN estimate
5.c
Media consumption
2001
Radio
Television
Internet
(minutes per day)

2002
2003
2004
2005
120
215
35
Source: Radio, television: TNS; internet: ZenithOptimedia

7.aa

2001
GDP
(Vietnam, dong, bln)

2002
2003
2004
2005
481,295.0 535,762.0 605,586.0 702,437.0 829,930.0

7.ab
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
22,809
56,671
4,923
84,403
27
67
6
100
Male
000
11,826
28,056
1,925
41,807
28
67
5
100
Female
000
%
10,983
28,615
2,998
42,596
26
67
7
100
2000
GDP per capita
7.ac
Ad expenditure
Social class
A
B
C
D
E/F
Total
All adult
000
Male
000
Female
000
589
1,497
2,961
1,448
1,021
7,516
298
804
1,454
611
453
3,620
291
693
1,507
837
568
3,896
Source: TNS, ZenithOptimedia

Top four cities only; definition of adult status : A = USD1,000 or more;
B = USD500-USD999; C = USD300-USD499; D = USD150-USD299;
E/F = USD150 or less
2004
5,652.0 6,077.0 6,674.0 7,441.0 8,579.0

2.b
(Vietnam, dong, 000)

2001
2002
2003
2002
2003
(%)
2004
2005
2006
0.48
0.56
0.58
0.63
0.68

7.ba

(Vietnam, dong, bln)
2002 2003 2004 2005
2006 2007 2008 2009
Press
Newspapers
Magazines
Television
Radio
Cinema
Outdoor
Internet
Total
764,8
1,434.1
33.5
350.6
2,582.9
1,063.7
2,112.9
11.2
1.6
257.1
4.8
3,444.9
1,253.5
824.9
428.6
2,691.4
9.7
1.6
291.1
4.9
4,247.4
1,409.9
948.5
461.5
3,581.5
12.8
3.2
322.5
6.4
5,330.0
1,592.0
1,090.6
501.4
4,691.3
14.4
3.2
372.0
8.0
6,671.2
1,801.1
1,255.0
546.1
5,818.6
14.4
3.2
381.6
8.0
8,018.9
2,037.5 2,297.7
1,443.5 1,652.6
594.0 645.1
6,981.0 8,237.7
14.4
16.0
3.2
3.2
391.2 448.7
9.6
11.2
9,427.2 11,001.6
Source: Taylor, OANDA (exchange rates), ZenithOptimedia

Before discounts; excludes production costs; includes agency commission; includes
classified advertising; exchange rate used: 1 USD = 15,967.54 VND (2005)
756
VIETNAM
categories (2004)

(2005)
Advertising sector
Expenditure 1
Advertiser
Other small ads

Mobile phones
Auto
Motorbikes
Television
Telecommunications
Beer & stout
Milk Powder
Shampoo
Pro Train Language
Lever
Samsung
Classified
Samsung Vina
Dutch Lady
Nokia
Nestl
CDMA Mobile Phones
Yamaha
Ford
5,895
4,418
3,145
2,186
1,874
1,701
1,596
1,395
1,276
1,226
Expenditure 1
Source: TNS
Source: TNS
Press
8.ba
2,785
2,541
3,348
1,836
1,229
1,168
915
900
792
777
Press

Circulation 1
Title
Language
Publisher
Cong An TP HCM
(HCM Citys Police Newspaper)
Tuoi Tre (Youth)
Vietnamese
Vietnamese
The Thao Hang Ngay

Thanh Nien (Youth)
Bong Da
Sai Gon Giai Phong (Liberated Saigon)
The Thao (SGGP)
Tien Phong (Vanguard)
Vietnamese
Vietnamese
Vietnamese
Vietnamese
Vietnamese
Vietnamese
Phu Nu TP HCM
Nguoi Lao Dong (Worker)
Vietnamese
Vietnamese
Ho Chi Minh Communist

Youth Organization of Ho Chi Minh City
Vietnam National Youth Federation
Ho Chi Minh Communist
Youth Organization
Ho Chi Minh City Workers Confederation
Readership
Cover price
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(Vietnam, dong)
(000)
(000)
(Vietnam, dong)
400
1,706
3,313
380
1,128
1,750
2,500
250
200
180
130
120
90
278
511
413
143
-
825
1,375
450
1,375
875
1,650
1,875
1,238
2,063
625
1,375
85
85
376
195
875.00
619
625
963
875
Source: ZenithOptimedia; TNS

1
2004 data, available for four cities only - Hanoi, Ho Chi Minh City, Da Nang, and Can Tho
9.a
Employment
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04
7,500 1
Source: Ministry of Culture and Information of Vietnam - Vietnam Cultural Profile

1
Estimate of total labour force in the press sector, including around 30 percent
female
757
VIRGIN ISLANDS (U.S.)

Tourism is the primary economic activity, accounting for
80% of GDP and employment. The manufacturing
sector consists of petroleum refining, textiles,
electronics, pharmaceuticals, and watch assembly. One
of the largest petroleum refineries in the world is at Saint
Croix. The inflation rate was estimated at 2.2% in 2003.
published every Monday to Saturday, except Christmas

and New Years Day. It is distributed on St. Thomas, St.
Croix, St. John, and the British Virgin Islands of Tortola
and Virgin Gorda.
Each island has newspapers unique to it. St. John has the
Tradewinds and The St. John Times, St. Thomas has the
Virgin Islands Independent, and St. Croix has the Avis.
Other newspapers include Nautical Times, The Island
The Virgin Islands Daily News is the only daily Trader, and a few others published on and off
newspaper, over 70 years old. The newspaper is throughout the year for tourists.
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Source: 2002-2004 UNESCO, WAN from public sources; 2005-2006 WAN from
public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

16
16
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
6.25
6.25
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
GDP
1.6

8.ba
Title
Language
Virgin Islands
Daily News
English
Circulation
Readership
(000)
(000)
17
50

2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
24
72
13
109
22
66
12
100
Male
000
12
34
6
52
23
65
12
100
Female
000
%
12
38
7
57
Full page ad rate

Mono Colour
(USA, dollar)
2,372
2,717
21
67
12
100
758
WALLIS AND FUTUNA

The economy is limited to traditional subsistence
agriculture, with about 80% of labor force earnings from
agriculture (coconuts and vegetables), livestock (mostly
pigs), and fishing. Revenues come from French
Government subsidies, licensing of fishing rights to
Japan and South Korea, import taxes, and remittances
from expatriate workers in New Caledonia. The

There are no daily newspapers. In April 2002 the only
Wallis and Futuna newspaper, Te Fenua Foou,
disappeared following a dispute between the customary
chiefs of Wallis and the editorial director. A new weekly
publication took over on 20 September 2002. Fenua
Magazine, with the same format and columns as the
preceding paper, now belongs to Samino Foloka, who
works at the Department of Catholic Education of
Wallis and Futuna. The editorial line has been
completely changed to avoid the wrath of the great
chefferie of Wallis.

Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
3.a
16
100
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
0.00
0.00

7.aa

2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
GDP
5.8
759
WESTERN SAHARA
Western Sahara depends on pastoral nomadism, fishing,
and phosphate mining as the principal sources of income
for the population. The Moroccan Government controls
all trade and other economic activities in Western
Sahara. Morocco and the European Union signed a fouryear agreement in July 2006 allowing European vessels
to fish off the coast of Morocco, including the disputed
waters off the coast of Western Sahara.
the camps. Polisario authorities nevertheless have given

generous aid to several media - including private
newspapers and internet publications - that are in
support of the Polisario.
The only truly independent newspaper - Futuro

Saharaui - receives no aid at all and is discriminated in
such ways that it neither can make revenues nor publish
on a regular basis. While its editors are based in the
camps, most operations regarding the publishing of the
newspaper must be done in Algiers, due to poor
Moroccos state broadcaster RTM operates a radio infrastructure and due to discrimination. Futuro
service from Laayoune; the broadcasters TV service is Saharaui is mainly published in Arabic, with occasional
also relayed in the territory."
reporting in French and Spanish.
On the other side of the political divide, a Polisario- The government newspaper in the camps has access to
backed mediumwave (AM) radio station is on the air.
high quality paper and printing facilities, offices with six
computers, free access to the Internet via satellite,
Sahara Press Service is a news agency run by Polisario.
a government vehicle, generous monthly budgets and
well-paid journalists. It has a weekly circulation of
10,000, contrasting Futuro Saharauis irregular
Very little is written and known about the situation of circulation of 500 (thus not meeting demands).
the press operating under the jurisdiction of the Polisario
controlled Sahrawi Democratic Arab Republic (RASD), Online / Digital Publishing
which says it aims at establishing a pluralistic and In November 2005 the government blocked several
democratic state in what is now Moroccan-occupied Sahrawi-based Internet Web sites; the sites remained
Western Sahara. In fact, several indigenous media blocked until the kings visit to the Western Sahara in
circulate among the about 150,000 - 200,000 Sahrawi March.
refugees that have lived in the Tindouf area since the late
1970s, but only one very irregular newspaper is truly Media / Press Laws
independent.
Morocco claims the Western Sahara territory, with
a population of approximately 267,000, and administers
In the four impoverished refugee camps surrounding Moroccan law and regulation in the estimated 85
Tindouf, it is extremely difficult to run regular percent of the territory it controls; however, Morocco
publications, as there is a lack of almost all resources and the Polisario Front (Popular Front for the Liberation
except educated staff for such operations. There is little of the Saguia el Hamra and Rio de Oro), an organization
paper and infrastructures are hopeless in these temporary seeking independence for the region, dispute its
settlements. Printing is done in Algiers - far away from sovereignty.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; BBC; afrol News Canarias SA and the Editors Forum of
West Africa
760
WESTERN SAHARA
Population by age
and sex (2006)
2.a
Age
All individuals
000
%
Total
267
100
Source: WANCIA - The World Factbook

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
100.00
0.00
761
YEMEN
Yemen reported average annual growth of 3.5% from
2000 through 2006. Its economic fortunes depend
mostly on oil. Oil revenues probably increased in 2006
as a result of higher prices. Yemen is dependent on
foreign aid to finance its budget deficits and
development projects. In November 2006, Yemen
secured USD4.7 billion in assistance from Arabian Gulf
and Western donors. The inflation rate was estimated
at 14.8% in 2006.
The government limited what Internet content its

citizens could access by using commercially available
filtering technology and by controlling its two Internet
service providers, TeleYemen (operators of the service
YNET) and YemenNet, through the Ministry of
Telecommunications. Human rights and other NGOs
complained that the government restricted what
journalists may write and how citizens used the Internet
through a variety of means of intimidation. Internet
access was readily available from homes or Internet cafs.

The Ministry of Information owns the countrys sole
television and radio outlets. The government selects the
items to be covered in news broadcasts, and it often does
not permit broadcasts critical of the government.
The government televised parliamentary debates and
occasionally permitted broadcasts of aggressive criticism
of ministries.
Ownership
Owners of media in Yemen can easily be identified with
a quick look at the first few pages of their publications,
which usually include the owners name and address.
However, the ideology of the owners and their selfinterest may remain a mystery to the readers. Most
newspapers in Yemen are owned by families and are
much smaller in scale compared with other newspapers
in the region. There are no corporate media enterprises
in Yemen and hence very little to hide about the partners
There were eight government-controlled, 41 and shareholders in those companies.
independent, and 30 party-affiliated newspapers. There
were approximately 90 magazines of which 45 were Media / Press Laws
private, 27 were government-controlled, and 18 were Press law specifies that newspapers and magazines must
party-affiliated.
apply annually to the government for licensing renewal
and that they must show continuing evidence of
approximately USD4,375 (700,000 riyals) in operating
In 2006 the Yemen Female Media Forum (YFMF) capital. There were no reports of registrations being
launched a 16-page monthly publication called Al- denied during the year. However, there were reports in
Raidah (The Pioneer). It covers the state of women 2005 that the government did not act on the license
working in the media and the obstacles they face.
applications of at least two independent newspapers.
Advertising
Most newspapers survive on the advertisements provided
by companies and some governmental institutions.
A few larger newspapers take the majority of the
advertising revenue offered by advertising agencies.
Among those newspapers are the governmental
newspapers, the daily Al-Thowra and the weekly 26
September, along with a few private newspapers that are
doing better than the average, including the weekly
Annas, twice-weekly Yemen Times, Yemen Observer, the
daily Al-Ayyam, and a few others.
Circulation
Circulation figures in Yemen are usually a mystery. There
is no reliable census or data that reports the circulation
figures. A rough estimate could be between 2,000 copies
per edition for small newspapers and 30,000 daily for
the largest circulating newspaper, which is the official
Al-Thowra daily.
The 1990 Press and Publication Law criminalizes

the criticism of the person of the head of state... (that)
does not necessarily apply to constructive criticism,
the publication of false information that may spread
chaos and confusion in the country, and false stories
intended to damage Arab and friendly countries or their
relations with the country. The countrys security
apparatus, including the National Security Bureau
(NSB) and elements of the military, threatened and
harassed journalists to influence press coverage.
At times customs officials confiscated foreign
publications regarded as pornographic or objectionable
due to religious or political content. During the year
there were some reports that authorities monitored
foreign publications and banned those deemed harmful
to national interests.

The government controls most of the printing presses in
Yemen. Three independent newspapers and no
The government restricted Internet use by intermittently opposition newspapers owned their own presses.
blocking access to some political and religious sites and
Web sites deemed immoral.
762
YEMEN
Although there are no restrictions to sources of
newsprint and newspapers can freely print wherever
they like, the fact that the largest printing presses in
Yemen are under the control of the government makes
smaller newspapers vulnerable to pressure. There were
several cases reported of printing presses belonging to
the government refusing to print opposition newspapers
on certain occasions in 2005. The government had
circulated a letter to various printing presses throughout
the country, holding them responsible for the content of
any newspaper that is printed at their facility. This has
caused the private printing-press operators to read the
newspapers content before having it printed. In 2004
and later in 2005, printing press operators started
refusing the printing of some opposition newspapers out
of the fear of being shut down.
The majority of private newspapers in Yemen are shabby
and copies are usually printed in black and white only.
They are printed on the cheapest recycled newsprint in
tabloid size to cut costs and usually come out weekly
with an average of eight pages per edition.
The main channels of media distribution in Yemen are
kiosks and newsstands, which are privately owned and
stocked directly by the newspapers without any
governmental restrictions.
State Support
All newspapers in Yemen receive a nominal yearly
support fund from the government that usually does not
exceed USD500. The governments commitment to pay
it to all newspapers regardless of their political affiliation
has been appreciated, particularly by the smaller
newspapers that welcome any help they can get.
However, the subsidies to local newspapers are rather
symbolic when compared with the annual fund of YR
50 million (approximately USD250,000) given to the
official Al-Thowra daily.
All governmental newspapers except, perhaps, for the
largest daily, Al-Thowra are surviving on subsidies
from the government and are not economically
independent despite the fact that they generate
significant sums from advertisements usually delivered
to them by government offices or businessmen wishing
to gain favor.
Other Factors
With a journalists average monthly salary of USD150,
it is almost impossible to make a living without income
from other sources.
Source: CIA - The World Factbook; US State Department; Yemen Observer Newspaper; International Journalists
Network; IREX - Media Sustainability Index
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
9,949
10,943
564
21,456
46
51
3
100
Male
Female
000
%
000
5,068
5,568
276
10,912
46
51
3
100
4,881
5,375
288
10,544
46
51
3
100

3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

3
3
25
3
36
3
-
3
-
0.00
-
0.00
-
Source: 2002-2004 ArabNet; WAN from public sources; 2005-2006 WAN from
public sources
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
35
35
40
40
40
14.29
0.00
763
YEMEN
7.aa
8.ba
2000
GDP
(Yemen, rial, bln)

2001
2002
2003
-
2004
2,747.1 3,140.5 3,681.9
Title
Language
Publisher
Al-Thowrah
Al-Jumhuriyah
Al-Ayyam
Arabic
Arabic
Arabic
Yemeni Socialist Party

Government
-
Circulation (000)
30
-
764
ZAMBIA
The economic growth of Zambia in 2005-06 remained
somewhat below the 6%-7% per year needed to reduce
poverty significantly. Privatization of governmentowned copper mines relieved the government from
covering mammoth losses generated by the industry and
greatly improved the chances for copper mining to
return to profitability. The inflation rate was estimated at
8.8% in 2006.
State-owned daily newspapers account for more than

50% of the existing titles. There is only one daily private
newspaper, which has been in existence since the 1990s.
The only strong community newspaper is the Kanyama
Community Voice, the existence of which is buoyed up
by the Media Trust Fund, a conglomeration of media
support organisations set up by NORAD and other
donors in the country to provide financial support to
emerging media, in addition to the existing state and
private media outlets.

In addition to the government-controlled radio station, Newspaper launches / closures
there were numerous private radio stations.
Two private newspapers, The Nation and Health
Journal, began publishing during the year.
The government-owned Zambia National Broadcasting
Corporation (ZNBC) was the principal local content Circulation
television station. Opposition political parties and civil Newspaper circulation figures, computed from
society groups complained that government control of information supplied by the newspapers themselves and
the station and of two major newspapers limited their not subjected to any independent verification,
access to mass communication.
demonstrate the low level of newspaper penetration in
the country, with the highest circulation figure being
Several private television stations, including foreign 0.39% for The Post newspaper.
media, broadcast locally. MUVI TV began broadcasting
local news three times a day in 2005. Multichoice, As a business strategy, The Post now publishes an
a telecommunications company based in South Africa, educational supplement targeting teachers and pupils
and CASAT provided satellite and analog wireless It also publishes the Business Post, an initiative born out
subscribers with television services. Broadcasts of foreign of the Business Development Services (BDS) project of
news sources were available in the country.
the International Labour Organisation (ILO).
The number of state-backed news agencies has dropped
from two in 2000 to one in 2005, although in fact what
happened in 2005 was simply a merger between the
Zambia News Agency (ZANA) and the Zambia
Information Services (ZIS) into the new Zambia News
and Information Services (ZANIS).
Readership
Newspapers are read by 37.10% of the population,
compared to 50% who listen to the radio. Even so, the
number of people who read newspapers once a week has
increased by 8% between 2000 and 2005 (CSO, Central
Board of Health & ORC Macro, 2003; CSO & ORC
Macro, 2003). Several factors may account for this,
including improved literacy among the population (there
There are three operational national daily newspapers has been a 16% increase in the adult literacy rate between
and four national weekly newspapers. There are no 2003 and 2006, from 66.9% to 80.6% in 2006) and
regional daily newspapers, but there were two regional wider distribution of newspapers across the country.
weekly newspapers in 2005, up from one in 2000. There
is one local weekly newspaper.
The widest read newspapers in 2004 were: The Post
(0.39% readership); The Times of Zambia (0.26%);
The study by Banda (2004) entitled Newspapers and The Zambia Daily Mail (0.20%); The Monitor and
magazines in Zambia; a question of sustainability, lists Digest (0.07%); and, The National Mirror(0.07%). The
more than 200 newspaper titles registered with calculation is based on circulation as a percentage of
the Director of the National Archives between 1993 and national literacy. Circulation figures are often inflated
2003. With the advent of economic and political and circulation does not reflect readership as such.
liberalisation in the 1990s, there was a flurry of activity
to register newspaper titles. Indeed, some took off, only Ownership
to fold later.
Ownership of newspapers has always been diversified. As
early as 1972, church groups owned the National
The government-controlled dailies Times of Zambia and Mirror. However, with political liberalisation, the
Zambia Daily Mail were two of the most widely tendency towards private newspaper ownership had
circulated newspapers.
a new impetus. There is thus a multiplicity of newspaper
titles the owners of which are private individuals and
organisations.
765
ZAMBIA
Media / Press Laws
To set up a newspaper, it is simply necessary to lodge the
particulars of ones publication with the Director of the
National Archives.
The law provides that investigative tribunals can call
journalists and media managers, who print allegations of
parliamentary misconduct, as witnesses. Failure to
cooperate with a tribunal can result in charges of
contempt punishable by up to six months in jail.
There are few or no reliable printing presses and those
that are available tend to be expensive and oversubscribed.
The Post has invested in its own printing press. The

Monitor and Digest has also invested in its own printing
press, although it has generally not been doing well.
The Post has launched a courier service, suggesting that
its own capacity to distribute The Post newspaper has
grown exponentially.
Taxes
In February 2006 the Minister of Finance and
Economic Planning, the Hon. Ngandu P. Magande,
announced in his budget speech the introduction of
value-added tax (VAT) on the cover price of newspapers
and magazines. Yielding to public and NGOs criticism,
the Finance Minister later rescinded his decision,
effectively scrapping the VAT for newspapers and
magazines.
Initiative
3.a
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

Regional and local
3
3
6
4
2
3
3
6
4
2
3
3
7
4
3
3
3
7
4
3
3
3
7
4
3
0.00
0.00
16.67
0.00
50.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Development Initiative; 2006 WAN assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2005/01 2005/04

56
56
55
55
55
55
54
54
-1.82
-1.82

7.aa

2002
GDP
(Zambia, kwacha, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
40,898.8 45,821.9 43,217.5

8.ba
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
5,330
5,895
277
11,502
46
51
2
100
Male
000
2,674
2,926
118
5,718
47
51
2
100
Female
000
%
2,656
2,969
159
5,784
46
51
3
100
Title
Publisher
The Post
Times of Zambia
Zambia Daily Mail
Post Newspapers Ltd

Government
Government
Circulation (000)
20
17
17
766
ZIMBABWE
The land reform program of the government,
characterized by chaos and violence, has badly damaged
the commercial farming sector, the traditional source of
exports and foreign exchange and the provider of
400,000 jobs, turning Zimbabwe into a net importer of
food products. The official annual inflation rate rose
from 32% in 1998, to 133% in 2004, 585% in 2005,
and approached 1,000% - estimates put this figure at
976.4% - in 2006.
Radio remained an important medium of public
communication, particularly for the majority of the
population living in rural areas. The government
controlled all domestic radio broadcasting stations
through the state-owned Zimbabwe Broadcasting
Holdings, supervised by the Ministry for Information
and Publicity.
The popularity of independent shortwave and medium
wave radio broadcasts to the country continued to grow
resulting in government jamming of news broadcasts by
radio stations based in other countries. Voice of America
(VOA) and SW Radio Africa based in the United
Kingdom were both jammed for extended periods of
time during the year.
The government controlled the only domestically based
television broadcasting station.
The Broadcasting Authority of Zimbabwe has not issued
licenses to private television and radio broadcasters since
its establishment in 2001. All televisions and radios in
the country must be registered with the government.
The Broadcasting Services Act, which parliaments legal
committee found to be unconstitutional but which was
still in force, gives the minister of information final
authority to issue and revoke broadcasting licenses. The
act allows for one independent radio broadcaster and
one independent television broadcaster but requires
them to broadcast with a government-controlled signal
carrier.
all three of which continued to operate despite threats

and pressure from the government.
The government has established what it calls
community newspapers in all provinces. These
community newspapers are wholly owned by the state
through New Ziana, a government owned news agency.
Circulation
The state-owned Herald is the biggest-selling newspaper
in Zimbabwe, followed by The Chronicle, also owned by
the state.
The law permits the government to monitor all
international e-mail messages entering and leaving the
country, and security services reportedly continued to
monitor Internet activity. Internet access was available
but, due to a lack of infrastructure, was not widely
accessed by the public beyond commercial centers.
In September 2006 the parliament began consideration
of an Interception of Communications Bill that would
greatly expand the governments ability to monitor
internal communications and Internet usage.
Ownership
The majority of newspapers are now in government
hands through Zimbabwe Newspapers Ltd (Zimpapers),
publishers of The Herald, Sunday Mail, The Sunday
News and The Chronicle. The government also owns
and runs New Ziana, the parent company of all
provincial newspapers, which the government calls
community newspapers. New Ziana also runs a news
agency, which collects information from all provinces for
sale to the local and international media. New Ziana is,
however, saddled with financial problems as a result of a
lack of markets for its stories.
Private ownership in the newspaper industry has

declined owing to the closure of four newspapers by the
government and also the infiltration of the newspaper
industry by the Central Intelligence Organisation
(CIO), which secretly acquired the majority
shareholding in The Daily Mirror and Sunday Mirror
newspapers. The remaining leading private newspapers
The Ministry for Information and Publicity controlled are weekly newspapers, and these have a limited
the state-run media while the Ministry for National circulation.
Security acquired a controlling financial interest in the
Daily Mirror, a formerly privately owned newspaper. Media / Press Laws
Consequently, the government controlled the only three The constitution provides for freedom of expression, but
daily newspapers, the Chronicle, the Herald, and the legislation limits this freedom in the interest of defense,
Daily Mirror.
public safety, public order, state economic interests,
public morality, and public health. The government
There were two independent major weekly newspapers, restricted this right in practice. Journalists and
the Zimbabwe Independent and the Standard, and publishers practiced self-censorship.
a semi independent weekly paper, the Financial Gazette,
767
ZIMBABWE
The government continued to use the Access to
Information and Privacy Protection Act (AIPPA), signed
by President Mugabe in February 2002, to serve as the
primary justification to control media content. The
main provisions of the law give the government
extensive powers to control the media and suppress free
speech by requiring the registration of journalists and
prohibiting the abuse of free expression.
In February the government passed the General Laws
Amendment Act (GLAA), which amends sections of the
POSA to allow authorities to monitor and censor the
publication of false statements that will engender
feelings of hostility towards or cause hatred, contempt or
ridicule of the president or acting president. The
GLAA recommends a jail term for any journalist who

insults the president or communicates falsehoods.
The criminal code makes it an offense to publish
or communicate false statements prejudicial to the state.
An extremely broad Official Secrets Act makes it a crime
to divulge any information acquired in the course of
official duties. In addition, anti-defamation laws
criminalize libel of both public and private persons.
Other Factors
In December 2006 the government announced
a decision to strip a newspaper owner of his citizenship
and not to renew his passport.

(2004)
2.ca
Occupancy
Households
000
Total
3.a
2,500
Number of titles
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05

4
4
Regional and local
11
4
4
17
7
10
3
3
14
6
8
3
3
13
6
7
3
3
13
6
7
-25.00
-25.00
-27.78
-14.29
-36.36
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Development Initiative; 2006 WAN assessment
3.b

(000)
Change (%)
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2006/02 2006/05
125
125
125
125
125
0.00
0.00
assessment
7.aa
2.a
Age
0-14
15-64
65 +
Total
All individuals
000
%
4,572
7,238
427
12,237
37
59
3
100
Male
000
2,307
3,617
200
6,124
38
59
3
100
Female
000
%
2,265
3,621
227
6,113
37
59
4
100
2002
GDP
(Zimbabwe, dollar, bln)

2003
2004
2005
-
2006
108,145.3 518,478.5 1,463,593.1

8.ba
Title
Publisher
The Herald
The Chronicle
The Daily Mirror
Zimbabwean Newspapers Pvt Ltd.

Zimbabwean Newspapers Pvt Ltd.
Zimbabwe African National Union Patriotic Front
Circulation (000)
85
30
10
768
CHAPTER III
QUICK REFERENCE
QUICK REFERENCE
EMPLOYMENT: NUMBER OF JOURNALISTS AND EMPLOYEES
using most recent available figures
Country
America, North
Costa Rica
America, South
Brazil
Chile
Ecuador
Uruguay
Asia
China
East Timor
India
Indonesia
Iran
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Mongolia
Sri Lanka
Vietnam
Australia & Oceania
New Zealand
Europe
Albania
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Iceland
Italy
Luxembourg
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Serbia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Number of journalists
Number of employees
131
54,800 (1)
1,324
-
6,914
951
580
87
5,334
2,000
570
82,849
50
30,000
19,341
5,000
20,773
6,810
1,350
452
1,100
-
158,037
80
150,000
35,846
49,668
13,313
2,050
1,110
3,900
7,500
1,106
4,614
305
1,287
7,250
2,850
2,000
2,099
894
3,246
5,441
14,920
1,900
6,469
302
452
3,757
3,000
5,861
106,400
405
5,392
10,597
40,000
13,437
827
4,309
16,250
23,000
9,880
1,402
9,500
18,259
3,900
582
7,271
1,124
10,709
9,000
10,357
310,500
7,185
970
10,900
25,528
32,322
50,000
52,889
(1) Total newsroom workforce
770
QUICK REFERENCE
VALUE ADDED TAX
Tax rates (%)
Country
Standard VAT
Single copy sales
Subscription sales
Advertising
Newsprint
Composition
Plant
Africa
Kenya
Mali
Morocco
Mozambique
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
16
20
14
20
17
0
0
14
0
17
0
0
14
0
17
18
17
14
20
17
0
17
14
20
17
0
14
20
17
18
14
20
17
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
Mexico
6
13
15
0
6
13
0
0
6
13
0
0
6
15
0
6
0
0
6
15
0
6
15
0
19
15
12
3.65
19
0
0
3.65
19
0
-
3.65
19
10
12
0
19
15
0
19
15
-
19
15
12
15
20
17
12.5
10
5
10
10
0
5
7
18
20
13
10
18
5
0
0
0
20
7
1
20
13
10
18
5
0
0
0
20
7
1
20
10
5
16
10
10
5
0
20
5
7
18
20
17
4
10
5
20
10
0
0
0
0
8
20
10
5
10
0
0
0
-
20
17
10
5
16
10
0
0
10
0
-
10
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
20
21
20
22
15
19
25
18
22
20
16
20
24.5
21
20
18
18
15
18
18
20
17
19
25
22
21
19
18
18
19
20
16
25
20
18
10
0
20
22
5
5
0
5
22
2
7
4.5
5
14
14
4
5
3
5
0
6
0
7
5
9
10
19
8.5
4
6
2.4
0
0
10
0
20
22
5
5
0
5
0
2
7
4.5
5
14
14
4
18
3
0
6
0
7
5
9
18
19
8.5
4
6
2.4
0
0
20
21
20
22
19
25
18
0
20
16
19
20
24.5
21
20
18
12
18
20
19
25
22
21
19
18
19
20
16
25
7.6
20
18
20
21
20
22
19
25
18
0
20
16
19
20
24.5
21
4
18
15
18
0
7
19
25
22
5
19
18
19
20
16
25
7.6
0
18
20
21
20
22
19
25
18
0
6
16
4.5
20
24.5
21
4
18
12
18
0
7
19
25
22
21
19
18
19
16
25
7.6
18
20
21
20
22
19
25
18
0
6
16
19
20
24.5
21
20
18
15
18
0
7
19
25
21
19
18
19
16
25
7.6
0
18
America, South
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
Venezuela
Asia
Armenia
China
India
Indonesia
Israel
Japan
Jordan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Sri Lanka
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
Australia & Oceania
Australia
New Zealand
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Malta
Moldova
Montenegro
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
771
QUICK REFERENCE
OTHER TAXES
Tax rates (%)
Country
Africa
Mali
Mozambique
South Africa
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
Mexico
Tax on advertising
25
32
30
25
32
30
0
0
7
-
30
30
35
35
America, Sud
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
Peru
34
17
35
25
10
35
25
10
10
-
Asia
Armenia
China
East Timor
Japan
Lebanon
Malaysia
Turkey
5
-
20
33
30
30
10
28
20
20
33
30
10
28
20
0
30
-
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
30
33
30
33
33
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Ukraine
5
-
34
34
15
22
10
26
32
23
33
32
18
18
13
33
15
30
22
25
16
24
10
19
25
35
28
25
34
34
15
20
26
32
23
33
53
32
18
18
13
33
15
30
22
33
25
16
24
19
25
35
28
0
0
32
0
0
0
0
19
-
772
QUICK REFERENCE
TRANSPORT & TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Tariff Reductions (%)
Country
Post
Railroad
Telephone
Telegraph
Telex
Other
Africa
Mali
Mozambique
Uganda
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
Mexico
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
America, South
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
Peru
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Asia
Armenia
China
Indonesia
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Sri Lanka
Thailand
Turkey
0
0
0
75
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
69
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
25
-
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Slovakia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
60
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
50
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
773
QUICK REFERENCE
TOTAL AMOUNT OF DIRECT SUBSIDIES
(national currencies, millions)
Country
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
Guinea (Guinea, franc)
450
400
-11.11
Asia
30
182
13.5
1.44
9
26
68
95
20
1.22
224
486
-
12.9
1.07
14
28
63.6
130
5.5
56
1.56
266
509
-
13.5
6.2
14
28
61.3
150
5.5
0.97
310
518
-
12.1
6.2
14
28
13.6
106
150
6.6
0.34
48
495
-
12.9
6
14
29
13.6
101
150
240
0.27
150.6
495
20.4
-4.44
316.67
55.56
11.54
48.53
57.89
-77.87
-32.77
1.85
-
6.61
-3.23
0.00
3.57
0.00
-4.72
0.00
-20.59
213.75
0.00
-
Europe
Italy (Italy, euro)
Norway (Norway, krone)
Russia (Russia, ruble)
TOTAL AMOUNT OF DIRECT SUBSIDIES

(USD, million)
Change (%)
2006/02
2006/05
Country
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
Africa
Guinea
0.12
0.08
-33.33
Asia
Armenia
0.06
0.43
12.74
1.36
1.14
1.57
64.15
89.62
1.47
1.15
7.18
50.00
-
14.49
1.20
2.13
2.02
71.46
146.07
6.18
1.03
1.75
8.66
63.00
-
16.67
7.65
2.34
2.22
75.68
185.19
6.79
1.20
10.76
70.48
-
15.12
7.75
2.33
2.22
17.00
132.5
187.5
8.25
0.43
1.70
66.27
-
16.13
7.50
2.36
2.33
17.00
126.25
187.5
37.27
0.34
5.54
67.07
3.91
26.61
451.47
107.02
48.41
96.8
109.22
-70.43
-22.84
34.14
-
6.68
-3.23
1.29
4.95
0.00
-4.72
0.00
-20.93
225.88
1.21
-
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Italy
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Norway
Portugal
Russia
Sweden
Ukraine
774
QUICK REFERENCE
OWNERSHIP
Regulations on:
Ownership
registration
Foreign
ownership
Cross media
ownership
Transparency
of capital structure
Concentration
Concentration
regulations
planned?
Africa
Kenya
Mali
Mozambique
South Africa
Tanzania
Uganda
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
(*)
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
-
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No (*)
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
America, North
Canada
Costa Rica
Mexico
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No (*)
No
No
Yes
No (*)
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No (*)
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
America, South
Brazil
Chile
Colombia
Ecuador
Peru
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No (*)
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No (*)
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No (*)
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes (*)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Australia & Oceania

Australia
New Zealand
Yes
No
Yes (*)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No.
No
Europe
Austria
Belgium
Bulgaria
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
Estonia
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hungary
Iceland
Ireland
Italy
Latvia
Luxembourg
Macedonia
Moldova
Netherlands, The
Norway
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Russia
Serbia
Slovakia
Slovenia
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
(*)
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
(*)
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
(*)
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
(*)
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No (*)
No
No (*)
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No (*)
No
No
No
No
Yes
No (*)
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No (*)
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No (*)
Yes
No (*)
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No (*)
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No (*)
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No (*)
No (*)
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes (*)
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No (*)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No (*)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes (*)
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Asia
Armenia
China
India
Japan
Korea, Republic of
Lebanon
Malaysia
Mongolia
Singapore
Sri Lanka
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
(*) see country report
775
QUICK REFERENCE
CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES
Country
Currency
Currency Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Afghanistan
Albania
Algeria
American Samoa
Andorra
Angola
Anguilla
Antarctica
Antigua and Barbuda
Argentina
Armenia
Aruba
Australia
Austria
Azerbaijan
Bahamas, The
Bahrain
Bangladesh
Barbados
Belarus
Belgium
Belize
Benin
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Bermuda
Bhutan
Bolivia
Bosnia & Herzegovina
Botswana
Brazil
Brunei
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso
34
35
36
Burundi
Cambodia
Cameroon
37
38
39
40
Canada
Cape Verde
Cayman Islands
41
Chad
42
43
44
45
46
47
Chile
China
Christmas Island
Colombia
Comoros
Congo, Democratic
Republic of
afghani
lek
dinar
US dollar
euro (1)
kwanza
East Caribbean dollar
N/A
Argentine peso
dram
Aruban guilder
Australian dollar
euro (1)
Azerbaijani manat
Bahamian dollar
Bahraini dinar
taka
Barbadian dollar
Belarusian ruble
euro (1)
Belizean dollar
Communaute Financiere
Africaine franc (2)
Bermudian dollar
ngultrum
boliviano
marka
pula
real
US dollar
Bruneian dollar
lev
Africaine franc (2)
Burundi franc
riel
Africaine franc (3)
Canadian dollar
Cape Verdean escudo
Caymanian dollar
Africaine franc (3)
Africaine franc (3)
Chilean peso
yuan (4)
Australian dollar
Colombian peso
Comoran franc
Congolese franc
2002
2003
2004
1 USD = *
2005
2006
AFA
ALL
DZD
USD
EUR
AOA
XCD
N/A
XCD
ARS
AMD
AWG
AUD
EUR
AZM
BSD
BHD
BDT
BBD
BYR
EUR
BZD
XOF
4,726.30
145.44
82.02
1.00
1.06
32.43
2.68
N/A
2.68
3.11
573.35
1.78
1.84
1.06
4,860.82
0.99
0.38
59.63
1.99
1,790.92
1.06
1.97
696.01
55.62
126.34
79.81
1.00
0.89
58.17
2.67
N/A
2.67
2.99
578.76
1.78
1.54
0.89
4,910.73
1.00
0.38
60.06
1.99
2,051.27
0.89
1.97
580.78
42.79
106.80
74.15
1.00
0.81
58.17
2.68
N/A
2.68
2.96
533.45
1.77
1.36
0.81
4,913.48
1.00
0.38
60.88
2.01
2,160.26
0.81
1.97
528.11
43.13
102.93
74.39
1.00
0.80
75.26
2.71
N/A
2.71
2.93
445.00
1.77
1.31
0.80
4,794.15
1.00
0.38
64.65
2.03
2,150.00
0.80
1.99
527.74
49.02
102.91
75.18
1.00
0.80
87.07
2.72
N/A
2.72
3.09
423.98
1.80
1.33
0.80
4,584.20
1.01
0.38
70.29
2.02
2,151.67
0.80
2.04
522.82
BMD
BTN
BOB
BAM
BWP
BRL
USD
BND
BGL
XOF
1.00
48.29
7.45
2.08
6.31
2.97
1.00
1.79
2.07
696.01
0.99
46.57
7.89
1.73
4.91
3.12
1.00
1.76
1.73
580.78
1.00
45.25
8.14
1.58
4.68
2.93
1.00
1.70
1.58
528.11
1.00
45.07
8.16
1.43
5.12
2.43
1.00
1.68
1.57
527.74
1.01
44.39
8.27
1.61
6.00
2.18
1.00
1.61
1.57
522.82
BIF
KHR
XAF
938.97
4,014.92
724.61
1,072.58
4,007.03
590.97
1,091.69
4,062.21
549.16
1,109.33
4,187.17
532.75
1,045.27
4,207.79
539.56
CAD
CVE
KYD
XAF
1.57
116.98
0.82
724.61
1.40
97.62
0.82
590.97
1.30
88.76
0.82
549.16
1.21
88.70
0.82
532.75
1.13
87.87
0.83
539.56
XAF
724.61
590.97
549.16
532.75
539.56
CLP
CNY
AUD
COP
KMF
CDF
703.77
8.29
1.84
2,579.95
519.83
346.49
702.97
8.29
1.54
2,937.97
433.87
405.34
621.67
8.29
1.36
2,676.34
392.76
401.04
561.81
8.20
1.31
2,331.71
395.42
437.86
539.39
7.98
1.33
2,424.14
393.83
437.96
* Yearly average interbank rates
776
QUICK REFERENCE
Country
Currency
Currency Code
48
Congo, Republic of
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Cook Islands
Costa Rica
Croatia
Cuba
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Djibouti
Dominica
Dominican Republic
East Timor
Ecuador
Egypt
Equatorial Guinea
Africaine franc (3)
New Zealand dollar
Costa Rican colon
kuna
Cuban peso (5)
Cypriot pound (6)
Czech koruna
Danish krone
Djiboutian franc
Dominican peso
US dollar
US dollar
Egyptian pound
Africaine franc (3)
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
Eritrea (7)
Estonia
Ethiopia
Falkland Islands
Faroe Islands
Fiji
Finland
France
French Guiana
French Polynesia
73
Gabon
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
Gambia, The
Georgia
Germany
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greece
Greenland
Grenada
Guadeloupe
Guam
Guatemala
Guinea
Guinea-Bissau
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
Guyana
Haiti
Honduras
Hong Kong
Hungary
Iceland
India
Indonesia
Iran
Iraq
nakfa
Estonian kroon
birr
Falkland pound
Danish krone
Fijian dollar
euro (1)
euro (1)
euro (1)
Comptoirs Francais
du Pacifique franc
Africaine franc (3)
dalasi
lari
euro (1)
cedi
Gibraltar pound
euro (1)
Danish krone
euro (1)
US dollar
quetzal
Guinean franc
Africaine franc (2)
Guyanese dollar
gourde
lempira
Hong Kong dollar
forint
Icelandic krona
Indian rupee
Indonesian rupiah
Iranian rial
new Iraqi dinar (8)
2002
2003
2004
1 USD = *
2005
2006
XAF
724.61
590.97
549.16
532.75
539.56
NZD
CRC
HRK
CUP
CYP
CZK
DKK
DJF
XCD
DOP
USD
USD
EGP
XAF
2.16
372.42
8.10
2.03
0.61
32.81
7.88
174.97
2.68
18.33
1.00
1.00
4.66
724.61
1.72
409.24
6.97
4.24
0.52
28.23
6.58
180.31
2.67
29.48
1.00
1.00
5.91
590.97
1.51
447.48
6.28
21.00
0.47
25.73
5.99
178.72
2.68
40.73
1.00
1.00
6.24
549.16
1.42
482.49
5.98
21.00
0.47
23.99
6.00
182.21
2.71
30.39
1.00
1.00
5.83
532.75
1.54
527.71
5.84
22.71
0.46
22.63
5.94
182.64
2.72
34.01
1.00
1.00
5.82
539.56
ERN
EEK
ETB
FKP
DKK
FJD
EUR
EUR
EUR
XPF
13.96
16.61
8.79
0.51
7.88
2.16
1.06
1.06
1.06
126.61
13.88
13.86
8.79
0.46
6.58
1.89
0.89
0.89
0.89
105.38
13.79
12.60
8.89
0.59
5.99
1.74
0.81
0.81
0.81
96.11
14.5
12.59
8.83
0.59
6.00
1.69
0.80
0.80
0.80
96.07
14.00
12.47
9.02
0.57
5.94
1.74
0.80
0.80
0.80
98.23
XAF
724.61
590.97
549.16
532.75
539.56
GMD
GEL
EUR
GHC
GIP
EUR
DKK
XCD
EUR
USD
GTQ
GNF
XOF
20.27
2.20
1.06
8,223.34
0.66
1.06
7.88
2.68
1.06
1.00
8.10
2,035.23
696.01
27.24
2.15
0.89
8,644.42
0.62
0.89
6.58
2.67
0.89
1.00
8.17
2,041.45
580.78
29.80
1.92
0.81
8,915.19
0.55
0.81
5.99
2.68
0.81
1.00
8.16
2,291.77
528.11
29.24
1.81
0.80
9,074.09
0.55
0.80
6.00
2.71
0.80
1.00
7.73
3,640.86
527.74
29.25
1.96
0.80
9,445.24
0.56
0.80
5.94
2.72
0.80
1.00
7.88
5,060.76
522.82
GYD
HTG
HNL
HKD
HUF
ISK
INR
IDR
IRR
NID
179.47
29.57
17.09
7.80
258.08
91.67
48.68
9,350.14
6,889.86
3,252.61
178.51
40.49
17.90
7.79
224.50
76.78
46.66
8,592.80
7,900.00
685.81
179.34
36.98
18.69
7.79
202.93
70.26
45.34
8,945.82
7,900.00
738.29
183.73
41.05
19.62
7.78
199.94
62.92
44.12
9,721.65
8,283.13
1,500.59
190.01
41.20
19.69
7.77
210.83
70.10
45.32
9,183.77
9,491.84
1,516,60
777
QUICK REFERENCE
Country
Currency
97
98
99
100
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Ivory Coast
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
Jamaica
Japan
Jordan
Kazakhstan
Kenya
Kiribati
Korea, North
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Kyrgyzstan
Laos
Latvia
euro (1)
new Israeli shekel
euro (1)
Africaine franc (2)
Jamaican dollar
yen
Jordanian dinar
tenge
Kenyan shilling
Australian dollar
North Korean won
South Korean won
Kuwaiti dinar
soms
kip
Latvian lat
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
Lebanon
Lesotho
Liberia
Libya
Liechtenstein
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Macau
Macedonia
Madagascar
Malawi
Malaysia
Maldives
Mali
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
Man, Isle of (10)

Marshall Islands
Martinique
Mauritania
Mauritius
Mayotte
Mexico
Micronesia
Moldova
Monaco
Mongolia
Lebanese pound
loti
Liberian dollar
Libyan dinar
Swiss franc
litas
euro (1)
pataca
Macedonian denar
Madagascar ariary (9)
Malawian kwacha
ringgit
rufiyaa
Africaine franc (2)
Maltese lira
British pound
US dollar
euro (1)
ouguiya
Mauritian rupee
euro (1)
Mexican peso
US dollar
Moldovan leu
euro (1)
tugrik
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
Montenegro (11)
Montserrat
Morocco
Mozambique
Myanmar
Namibia
Nauru
Nepal
Netherlands, The
Malta
Currency Code
2002
2003
2004
1 USD = *
2005
2006
EUR
ILS
EUR
XOF
1.06
4.74
1.06
696.01
0.89
4.55
0.89
580.78
0.81
4.49
0.81
528.11
0.80
4.50
0.80
527.74
0.80
4.47
0.80
522.82
JMD
JPY
JOD
KZT
KES
AUD
KPW
KRW
KWD
KGS
LAK
LVL
49.20
125.22
0.71
150.77
79.15
1.84
2.20
1,249.79
0.30
46.94
7,917.41
0.62
56.13
115.98
0.71
151.91
76.32
1.54
2.20
1,194.54
0.30
43.65
7,904.86
0.57
64.49
108.17
0.71
140.81
79.55
1.36
2.20
1,150.91
0.30
42.65
8,103.56
0.54
66.35
110.12
0.71
134.17
75.72
1.31
2.20
1,027.59
0.29
41.01
10,007.99
0.56
65.76
116.34
0.71
130.59
72.62
1.33
2.20
969.90
0.29
41.44
10,457.02
0.56
LBP
LSL
LRD
LYD
CHF
LTL
EUR
MOP
MKD
MGA
MWK
MYR
MVR
XOF
1,565.80
10.53
0.99
1.23
1.56
3.66
1.06
8.33
64.35
6,738.61
78.52
3.80
11.94
696.01
1,553.23
7.57
1.00
1.26
1.35
3.06
0.89
8.28
54.32
6,100.41
96.37
3.80
12.69
580.78
1,547.83
6.46
1.00
1.33
1.24
2.78
0.81
8.25
49.41
8,574.42
107.37
3.80
12.83
528.11
1,515.94
6.38
38.43
1.36
1.25
2.78
0.80
8.33
48.92
2,001.55
118.48
3.79
12.88
527.74
1,542.60
6.79
57.15
1.36
1.25
2.75
0.80
8.32
50.31
2,210.33
139.58
3.68
13.00
522.82
MTL
GBP
USD
EUR
MRO
MUR
EUR
MXN
USD
MDL
EUR
MNT
0.44
0.41
0.35
0.35
0.34
0.67
1.00
1.06
282.97
30.22
1.06
9.68
1.00
13.57
1.06
1,103.86
0.61
1.00
0.89
272.11
28.18
0.89
10.81
1.00
13.95
0.89
1,121.30
0.55
1.00
0.81
264.37
27.79
0.81
11.31
1.00
12.33
0.81
1,120.37
0.55
1.00
0.80
273.72
29.64
0.80
10.90
1.00
12.60
0.80
1,120.37
0.54
1.00
0.80
280.84
31.92
0.80
10.92
1.00
13.59
0.80
1,134.99
euro (1)
EUR
XCD
Moroccan dirham
MAD
metical
MZM
kyat
MMK
Namibian dollar
NAD
Australian dollar
AUD
Nepalese rupee
NPR
euro (1)
EUR
Netherlands Antillean guilder ANG
1.06
2.68
11.07
23,405.45
6.64
10.68
1.84
80.42
1.06
1.78
0.89
2.67
9.69
23,450.20
6.44
7.71
1.54
78.18
0.89
1.77
0.81
2.68
8.97
22,035.37
6.26
6.58
1.36
74.86
0.81
1.78
0.80
2.71
8.96
23,001.40
6.34
6.41
1.31
73.99
0.80
1.78
0.80
2.72
8.91
26,111.64
6.70
6.89
1.33
75.24
0.80
1.79
778
QUICK REFERENCE
Country
Currency
Currency Code
2002
2003
2004
1 USD = *
2005
2006
149
New Caledonia
150
151
152
New Zealand
Nicaragua
Niger
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
Nigeria
Niue
Norfolk Island
Norway
Oman
Pakistan
Palau
Panama
Papua New Guinea
Comptoirs Francais
du Pacifique franc
New Zealand dollar
gold cordoba
Africaine franc (2)
naira
New Zealand dollar
Australian dollar
US dollar
Norwegian krone
Omani rial
Pakistani rupee
US dollar
new Israeli shekel
US dollar
kina
XPF
126.61
105.38
96.11
96.07
98.23
NZD
NIO
XOF
2.16
14.21
696.01
1.72
14.97
580.78
1.51
15.86
528.11
1.42
16.56
527.74
1.54
18.05
522.82
NGN
NZD
AUD
USD
NOK
OMR
PKR
USD
ILS
USD
PGK
126.40
2.16
1.84
1.00
7.98
0.39
62.26
1.00
4.74
1.00
3.83
133.07
1.72
1.54
1.00
7.08
0.39
59.89
1.00
4.55
1.00
3.50
133.56
1.51
1.36
1.00
6.74
0.39
60.01
1.00
4.49
1.00
3.21
132.10
1.42
1.31
1.00
6.44
0.39
59.74
1.00
4.50
1.00
3.12
132.44
1.54
1.33
1.00
6.42
0.39
60.25
1.00
4.47
1.00
3.12
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Pitcairn Islands
Poland
Portugal
Puerto Rico
Qatar
Reunion
Romania
Russia
Rwanda
Saint Helena
Saint Lucia
Saint Vincent
and the Grenadines
Salvador, El
Samoa
San Marino
Saudi Arabia
Senegal
guarani
nuevo sol
Philippine peso
New Zealand dollar
zloty
euro (1)
US dollar
Qatari rial
euro (1)
lei
Russian ruble
Rwandan franc
Saint Helenian pound
euro (1)
PYG
PEN
PHP
NZD
PLN
EUR
USD
QAR
EUR
ROL
RUR
RWF
SHP
XCD
XCD
EUR
XCD
5,850.10
3.66
51.73
2.16
4.07
1.06
1.00
3.64
1.06
34,098.17
31.39
476.33
0.69
2.68
2.68
1.06
2.68
6,591.93
3.60
54.31
1.72
3.89
0.89
1.00
3.64
0.89
34,095.59
30.70
537.66
0.68
2.67
2.67
0.89
2.67
6,071.17
3.51
56.19
1.51
3.65
0.81
1.00
3.64
0.81
33,444.84
28.82
574.62
0.55
2.68
2.68
0.81
2.68
6,246.40
3.31
55.14
1.42
3.24
0.80
1.00
3.64
0.80
29,357.41
28.29
610.00
0.55
2.71
2.71
0.80
2.71
5,843.33
3.36
51.41
1.54
3.12
0.80
1.00
3.66
0.80
28,180.90
27.19
571.11
0.57
2.72
2.72
0.80
2.72
USD
SAT
EUR
STD
SAR
XOF
1.00
3.41
1.06
8,930.83
3.75
696.01
1.00
3.02
0.89
8,844.28
3.75
580.78
1.00
2.79
0.81
8,804.44
3.75
528.11
1.00
2.63
0.80
8,457.44
3.75
527.74
1.00
2.90
0.80
7,190.98
3.75
522.82
Serbia (11)
Seychelles
US dollar
tala
euro (1)
dobra
Saudi riyal
Africaine franc (2)
Serbian dinar (12)
Seychelles rupee
187
188
CSD
SCR
63.53
5.87
57.68
5.43
58.96
5.27
67.07
5.56
69.36
5.49
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
Sierra Leone
Singapore
Slovakia
Slovenia
Solomon Islands
Somalia
South Africa
Spain
Sri Lanka
Sudan
leone
Singapore dollar
Slovak koruna
tolar
Solomon Islands dollar
Somali shilling
rand
euro (1)
Sri Lankan rupee
Sudanese dinar
SLL
SGD
SKK
SIT
SBD
SOS
ZAR
EUR
LKR
SDD
1,992.23
1.79
45.31
243.59
6.60
2,606.93
10.53
1.06
95.78
256.00
1,932.91
1.74
36.77
210.39
7.41
2,615.87
7.57
0.89
96.55
258.36
2,478.17
1.69
32.29
195.50
7.61
2,746.86
6.46
0.81
101.24
258.50
2,385.40
1.66
31.09
193.33
7.63
2,687.76
6.38
0.80
100.59
247.28
2,360.00
1.59
29.71
191.09
7.64
1,546.65
6.79
0.80
104.29
228.65
779
QUICK REFERENCE
Country
Currency
Currency Code
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
Suriname
Swaziland
Sweden
Switzerland
Syria
Taiwan
Tajikistan (7)
Tanzania
Thailand
Togo
209
210
211
212
213
214
Tonga
Trinidad and Tobago
Tunisia
Turkey
Turkmenistan
Surinam dollar
lilangeni
Swedish krona
Swiss franc
Syrian pound
new Taiwan dollar
somoni
Tanzanian shilling
baht
Africaine franc (2)
pa'anga
Trinidad and Tobago dollar
Tunisian dinar
new Turkish lira
Turkmen manat
US dollar
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
Tuvalu
Uganda
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Uruguay
Uzbekistan (7)
Vanuatu
Vatican
Venezuela
Vietnam
Virgin Islands (US)
Wallis and Futuna
229
230
231
232
Western Sahara
Yemen
Zambia
Zimbabwe
Australian dollar
Ugandan shilling
hryvnia
Emirati dirham
British pound
US dollar
Uruguayan peso
Uzbekistani soum
vatu
euro (1)
bolivar
dong
US dollar
Comptoirs Francais
du Pacifique franc
Moroccan dirham
Yemeni rial
Zambian kwacha
Zimbabwean dollar
2002
2003
2004
1 USD = *
2005
2006
SRD
SZL
SEK
CHF
SYP
TWD
TJS
TZS
THB
XOF
2.17
10.57
9.72
1.56
52.29
34.58
2.76
994.12
43.07
696.01
2.45
7.62
8.08
1.35
48.51
34.48
3.06
1,062.81
41.60
580.78
2.50
6.48
7.35
1.24
52.18
33.47
2.97
1,112.83
40.31
528.11
2.55
6.38
7.47
1.25
52.98
32.20
3.12
1,150.31
40.31
527.74
2.78
6.78
7.38
1.25
54.21
32.56
3.25
1,286.26
37.99
522.82
TOP
TTD
TND
YTL
TMM
USD
2.18
6.12
1.43
1.54
5,200.00
1.00
2.13
6.15
1.33
1.53
5,200.00
1.00
1.97
6.19
1.29
1.45
5,200.00
1.00
1.95
6.26
1.31
1.35
5,200.00
1.00
2.07
6.29
1.34
1.44
5,200.10
1.00
AUD
UGX
UAH
AED
GBP
USD
UYU
UZS
VUV
EUR
VEB
VND
USD
XPF
1.84
1,737.85
5.49
3.67
0.67
1.00
21.32
423.83
141.33
1.06
1,163.95
15,934.27
1.00
126.61
1.54
1,844.63
5.51
3.67
0.61
1.00
28.24
771.03
129.69
0.89
1,614.06
16,067.76
1.00
105.38
1.36
1,807.11
5.47
3.67
0.55
1.00
28.69
971.27
112.85
0.81
1,884.78
16,174.58
1.00
96.11
1.31
1,777.28
5.16
3.67
0.55
1.00
24.46
1020.00
111.64
0.80
2,110.56
15,967.54
1.00
96.07
1.33
1,846.83
5.22
3.67
0.54
1.00
24.93
1219.58
114.56
0.80
2,149.04
16,435.76
1.00
98.23
MAD
YER
ZMK
ZWD
11.07
9.69
8.97
8.96
8.91
173.83
4,439.33
57.20
165.17
4,933.82
578.79
182.05
4,757.89
4,500.43
182.59
4,457.38
21,621.29
180.66
3,754.78
58,426.87
Notes:
(1) As of 1 January 2002, the euro is the sole currency for transactions in the European Monetary Union; some non-EMU states use it as well
(2) Responsible authority is the Central Bank of the West African States
(3) Responsible authority is the Bank of the Central African States
(4) Also referred to as the Renminbi (RMB)
(5) Cuba has three currencies in circulation: the Cuban peso (CUP), the convertible peso (CUC), and the US dollar (USD), although the dollar is
being withdrawn from circulation; 1 USD = 0.93 CUC (2006), 0.95 CUC (2005), 1.00 CUC (2002-2004)
(6) Northern Cyprus uses the new Turkish lira (YTL)
(7) Exchange rates from CIA - The World Factbook 2006
(8) As of 22 January 2004; currency code IQD at www.OANDA.com
(9) Before 2005, currency was the Madagascar franc (MGF)
(10) There is also a Manx pound
(11) Montenegro federated with Serbia, first as the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia and, after 2003, in a looser union of Serbia and Montenegro;
Montenegro held an independence referendum in the spring of 2006, allowing Montenegro to formally declare its independence on 3 June
2006; Serbia declared that it was the successor state to the union of Serbia and Montenegro
(12) In Kosovo both the euro and the Serbian dinar are legal
Sources: CIA - The World Factbook (countries, currencies, and codes); www.OANDA.com (exchange rates)
780
CONTACTS
Name
Association/Company
Country
Telephone
Fax
E-mail
Armen Nikoghosyan
Expert, Yerevan Press Club
Armenia
+374-10 53 00 67
+374-10 53 56 61
nikoghosyan@ypc.am
Richard Newsome
Director, Cicero Communications
Australia
+61402056047
+61 7 3278 2451
richard@cicero.net.au
Hannes Schopf
PR-Manager, Austrian Newspaper Association
Austria
+43 / 1 / 533 79 79-419
+43 / 1 / 533 79 79-422 hannes.schopf@voez.at
Kris De Staercke
Administrative Director,
Association Belge des Editeurs de Journaux
Belgium
+32 2 558 97 60
+32 2 558 97 68
kris.destaercke@pressorg.be
Juliana Toscano
Asociacao Nacional de Jornais (ANJ)
Brazil
+55 61 2103-7470
+55 61 3322-1425
juliana.toscano@anj.org.br
Ognian Zlatev
Managing Director, Media Development Center
Bulgaria
+359 2 988 9265
+359 2 988 9265
ozlatev@mediacenterbg.org
Stella Penney
Canadian Newspaper Association (CNA)
Canada
+416-923-3567 ext. 248
+416-923-7206
spenney@cna-acj.ca
Donald Williams
NADbank Inc
Canada
+416 923 5291
+416 923 4002
dwilliams@nadbank.com
Ignacio Munoz
Jefe de Estudios, Asociacin Nacional de la Prensa
Chile
+562-2321004
+562-2321006
Chen Zhongyuan
Senior Reporter & Training Manager, Training Center

for Journalists and Teachers, China Education
Press Agency affiliated to the Ministry of Education
China
+86-10-62257722 ext. 338 +86-10-62244152
zhyuan_chen@yahoo.com
Eduardo Chavarra
Market Analyst, Grupo Nacin GN S.A.
Costa Rica
+506 247-4362
+506 247-5051
echavarria@nacion.co.cr
Stjepan Malovic, Ph.D.
University professor, ICEJ
Croatia
+38598323213
+38514655316
stjepan.malovic@hnd.hr
Jan Pochman
Media Services Co-ordinator, Czech Publishers Association
Czech Republic +420 221 733 527
+420 222 322 961
pochman@unievydavatelu.cz
imunoz@anp.cl
Marianne Bugge Zederkof Market Manager, Danish Newspaper Publishers Association Denmark
+45 33 974000
+45 33 142325
mbz@danskedagblade.dk
Ana Mara Burbano
Administrative Coordinator, AEDEP
Ecuador
+593 2 2547 457
+593 2 2547 442
aedep@hoy.net
Maige Prm
Acting Secretary, Estonian Newspaper Association
Estonia
+372 646 1005
+372 631 1210
eall@eall.ee
Sirpa Saarikivi
Sanomalehtien Liitto
Finland
+358 9 228773
+358 9 607989
sirpa.saarikivi
@sanomalehdet.fi
Jean-Pierre Raffoux
Syndicat de la Presse Quotidienne Regionale
France
+33 1 40 73 85 94
jpraffoux@spqr.fr
Sabine Ozil
Syndicat de la Presse Parisienne
France
+33 1 53 20 90 66
+33 1 53 20 90 65
ozil@pqn-spp.org
Christian Eggert
Referent Verlagswirtschaft, Bundesverband

Deutscher Zeitungsverleger e.V. (BDZV)
Germany
+49 (30) 72 62 98 221
+49 (30) 72 62 98 225
eggert@bdzv.de
Christos Aidinis
Athens Daily Newspaper Publishers Association
Greece
+30 210 7209812
+30 210 7246456
christos@eihea.gr
Andras Math
Research Director, Ringier
Hungary
+36-1-460-2750
andras.math@ringier.hu
Ragnar Karlsson
Statistics Iceland
Iceland
+354 528 1051
+354 528 1199
ragnar.karlsson@statice.is
Michelle Morrisroe
Research and Information Officer,

National Newspapers of Ireland
Ireland
+353 1 6689099
+353 1 6689872
mmorrisroe@cullencommunications.ie
Jonathan Shalet
Deputy Managing Director, Single Source Research
Israel
+972-3-6165111
+972-3-6165444
jonathan.shalet@tgi.co.il
Tomoko Hattori
Manager, International Section, Nihon Shinbun Kyokai
Japan
+81-3-3591-3462
+81-3-3591-6149
kokusai@pressnet.or.jp
Madara Dambe
Office manager, Latvian Press Publishers Association
Latvia
+371 780 89 36 or
+371 292 56 936 (mobile)
+371 787 11 57
lpia@lilita.lv
Nagi Tueni
Deputy General Manager, An-Nahar newspaper
Lebanon
+961 1 963720
+961 1 963792
naji.tueni@annahar.com.lb
Jurgita Rackyte-Vilime
Senior project manager, TNS Global
Lithuania
+370 5 210 66 20
+370 5 210 66 01
jurgita.rackyte@tns-global.com
Martin Trajkovski
Former Secretary General, Association of Printed Media
Macedonia
+389 70 361 483
boxconcept@gmail.com
Tom Nauta
Secretary General, Dutch Newspaper Publishers Association Netherlands, The +31 (0)20-4309171
+31 (0)20-4309199
t.nauta@nuv.nl
Robyn Fell
Executive Officer, Newspaper Publishers Association
New Zealand
+61 4 498-480
+61 4 471-0987
robyn@newspapers.co.nz
Geir E. Engen
Assistant director, Norwegian Media Business Association
Norway
+47 22 86 12 47
+47 22 42 26 11
ge@mediebedriftene.no
Rosa Zeta de Pozo
Professor, Universidad de Piura
Peru
+51 73 284500
+51 73 284510
rzeta@udep.edu.pe
Maciej Hoffman
Director General, Izba Wydawcow Prasy
Poland
+48 22 828 59 30
+ 48 22 827 87 17
info@izbaprasy.pl
Lus Landerset Cardoso
Consultant, API (Associacao Portuguesa de Imprensas)
Portugal
+351917215708
+35121213600426
landerset@iscsp.utl.pt
Mona Dadu
Research Analyst, Grup Realitatea Catavencu
Romania
+40744.579.742
+4021.210.13.41
mona.dadu@catavencu.ro
Dragos Cerbu
Research Manager, Grup Realitatea Catavencu
Romania
+40744.579.742
+4021.210.13.41
dragos.cerbu@catavencu.ro
Xenia Shevnina
Head of the MediaStat Project, Guild of Press Publishers (GIPP) Russia
+7.495.257.3088
+7.495.257.4057
stat@gipp.ru
Marija Stanojevic
Media Research Coordinator, Strategic Marketing

& Media Research Institute (SMMRI)
+381 011 3284 - 075
+ 381 011 2626 - 430
marija@smmri.com
Serbia
Samuel Brecka
Secretary, Slovak Press Publishers' Association
Slovakia
+421 904 569 640
+421 2 4437 2446
Samuel.Brecka@fphil.uniba.sk
Andraz Zorko
Media Research Director, Valicon d.o.o.
Slovenia
+386 1 420 49 00
+386 1 420 49 60
andraz.zorko@valicon.net
Cathy Pestana
Administration Manager, Newspaper Association of South Africa South Africa
(+27 11) 721-3200
(+27 11) 721-3254
cathyp@printmedia.org.za
Eric D. Cordero Moniz
Assistant to Director General, AEDE
+ 34 91 425 10 85
+ 34 91 579 60 20
aede@aede.es
Simon Lindberg
Market Analyst, Swedish Newspaper Publishers Association Sweden
+46.8.6924608
+46.8.6924638
simon.lindberg@tu.se
Waltraud Stalder
Marketing assistant, Verband Schweizer Presse
Switzerland
+ 41 318 64 64
+ 41 318 64 62
waltraud.stalder
@schweizerpresse.ch
Ozge Adak
Media Research Analyst, Dogan Media Group
Turkey
+90 212 677 08 06
+90 212 677 08 40
oadak@dmg.com.tr
Oleksii Pogorelov
Director General, Ukrainian Association of Press Publishers (UAPP) Ukraine
+380-44-289-99-90
+380-44-289-99-90
pogorelov@uapp.org
Maria Pelekanos
Market Analyst, The Newspaper Society
United Kingdom +44 (0) 20 7632 7400
+44 (0) 20 7632 7401
maria_pelekanos
@newspapersoc.org.uk
Jim Conaghan
Vice President of Business Analysis & Research,

Newspaper Association of America
United States
of America
+1 (571) 366-1026
+1 (571) 366-1226
Jim.Conaghan@naa.org
Andrea Stroud
Research Analyst, Newspaper Association of America
United States
of America
+1 (571) 366-1026
+1 (571) 366-1226
Andrea.Stroud@naa.org
Spain
For all other countries, please contact Tatiana Repkova at the World Association of Newspapers in Paris
781
ISBN 2-9524129-4-4
ISBN978-2-952412-94-0
90000
9 782952 412940

World Press Trends 2007

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

World Press Trends 2007

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

13:25

400,000,000 newspaper readers per day

MAN Roland is strategic partner of the World Association of Newspapers (WAN).

MAN Roland Druckmaschinen AG

World Press Trends 2007

WORLD PRESS TRENDS

7, rue Geoffroy Saint Hilaire, 75005 Paris, France

In 1998 WAN adopted the UNESCO definition of newspapers in order to further

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

44. Christmas Island ................................................................249

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

Saint Vincent and the Grenadines .................................616

CHAPTER III: QUICK REFERENCE

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

TITLES & CIRCULATIONS

Circulation of dailies (000)

PAID-FOR DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION PER TITLE

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

TITLES & CIRCULATIONS

Circulation of dailies (000)

FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION PER TITLE

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

TITLES & CIRCULATIONS

Circulation of dailies (000)

PAID-FOR & FREE DAILIES: AVERAGE CIRCULATION PER TITLE

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

TITLES & CIRCULATIONS

DAILY NEWSPAPER CIRCULATION

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

ADVERTISING EXPENDITURE SHARES

Costa Rica (1) (2)

Korea, Republic Of 47.9

Continued on the following page

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

News MagaRadio Cinema Outdoor Internet papers zines

United Arab Emirates 63.0

Australia & Oceania

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

Australia & Oceania

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

Australia & Oceania

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

Australia & Oceania

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

United Arab Emirates

United States of America

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

Australia & Oceania

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

Fakt Gazeta Codzienna

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

LANGUAGES OF TOP 100 PAID-FOR DAILIES

No. top 100 dailies

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

No. top 100 dailies

Continued on the following page

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

Australia & Oceania

* or latest available figure

WORLD ASSOCIATION OF NEWSPAPERS WORLD PRESS TRENDS 2007

* or latest available figure